Fortinet Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 FortiMail Administration Guide
Below you will find brief information for FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2. The FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 is a comprehensive email security solution that helps to protect your organization from spam, viruses, phishing attacks, and other email-borne threats. It provides a range of features to help you control the flow of email, including antispam, antivirus, content filtering, and email archiving.
Advertisement
Advertisement
FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2
Administration Guide
FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
December 1, 2014
1st Edition
Copyright © 2014 Fortinet, Inc. All rights reserved. Fortinet®, FortiGate®, FortiCare® and
FortiGuard®, and certain other marks are registered trademarks of Fortinet, Inc., and other
Fortinet names herein may also be registered and/or common law trademarks of Fortinet. All other product or company names may be trademarks of their respective owners. Performance and other metrics contained herein were attained in internal lab tests under ideal conditions, and actual performance and other results may vary. Network variables, different network environments and other conditions may affect performance results. Nothing herein represents any binding commitment by Fortinet, and Fortinet disclaims all warranties, whether express or implied, except to the extent Fortinet enters a binding written contract, signed by Fortinet’s
General Counsel, with a purchaser that expressly warrants that the identified product will perform according to certain expressly-identified performance metrics and, in such event, only the specific performance metrics expressly identified in such binding written contract shall be binding on Fortinet. For absolute clarity, any such warranty will be limited to performance in the same ideal conditions as in Fortinet’s internal lab tests. Fortinet disclaims in full any covenants, representations, and guarantees pursuant hereto, whether express or implied. Fortinet reserves the right to change, modify, transfer, or otherwise revise this publication without notice, and the most current version of the publication shall be applicable.
Technical Documentation
Knowledge Base
Customer Service & Support
Training Services
FortiGuard
Document Feedback docs.fortinet.com
kb.fortinet.com
support.fortinet.com
training.fortinet.com
fortiguard.com
Table of contents
Concepts and workflow................................................................................... 5
Setting up the system .................................................................................... 25
Monitoring the system ................................................................................. 172
Maintaining the system................................................................................ 206
Configuring FortiGuard updates and antispam queries ...................................... 219
Configuring system settings ....................................................................... 229
Configuring system time, configuration options, SNMP, and FortiSandbox....... 246
Page 1
Table of contents
Customizing GUI, replacement messages and email templates ......................... 258
Configuring administrator accounts and access profiles .................................... 271
Configuring encryption settings ................................................................. 337
Configuring mail settings............................................................................. 346
Managing the address book (server mode only) ................................................. 380
Sharing calendars and address books (server mode only).................................. 386
Migrating email from other mail servers (server mode only) ................................ 391
Managing users ............................................................................................ 402
Configuring local user accounts (server mode only)............................................ 402
Configuring policies ..................................................................................... 427
Controlling email based on recipient addresses.................................................. 442
Configuring profiles...................................................................................... 456
Configuring antispam profiles and antispam action profiles ............................... 477
Configuring antivirus profiles and antivirus action profiles .................................. 494
Configuring content profiles and content action profiles..................................... 498
Workflow to enable and configure authentication of email users........................ 514
Page 2 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table of contents
Configuring antispam settings .................................................................... 569
Configuring email quarantines and quarantine reports ....................................... 569
Training and maintaining the Bayesian databases .............................................. 611
Archiving email ............................................................................................. 622
Logs, reports and alerts............................................................................... 630
Configuring report profiles and generating reports ............................................. 641
Installing firmware........................................................................................ 650
Best practices and fine tuning .................................................................... 661
Troubleshooting ........................................................................................... 667
Page 3 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table of contents
Troubleshoot GUI and CLI connection issues ..................................................... 670
Contact Fortinet customer support for assistance .............................................. 681
Setup for email users ................................................................................... 683
Accessing the personal quarantine and webmail ................................................ 684
Sending email from an email client (gateway and transparent mode)................. 688
Appendix A: Supported RFCs...................................................................... 689
Appendix B: Maximum Values Matrix......................................................... 692
Appendix C: Port Numbers .......................................................................... 695
Appendix D: PKI Authentication.................................................................. 699
Appendix E: Working with TLS/SSL............................................................ 720
Appendix F: Regular expressions ............................................................... 730
Special characters with regular expressions and wild cards............................... 730
Index .............................................................................................................. 733
Page 4 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Concepts and workflow
This section describes some basic email concepts, how FortiMail works in general, and the tools that you can use to configure your FortiMail unit.
This section includes:
•
•
Client-server connections in SMTP
•
The role of DNS in email delivery
•
•
•
FortiMail high availability modes
•
Email protocols
There are multiple prevalent standard email protocols:
•
•
•
•
SMTP
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is the standard protocol for sending email between:
• two mail transfer agents (MTA)
• a mail user agent (MUA) and an MTA
For definitions of MTA and MUA, see
“Client-server connections in SMTP” on page 7
.
SMTP communications typically occur on TCP port number 25.
When an email user sends an email, their MUA uses SMTP to send the email to an MTA, which is often their email server. The MTA then uses SMTP to directly or indirectly deliver the email to the destination email server that hosts email for the recipient email user.
When an MTA connects to the destination email server, it determines whether the recipient exists on the destination email server. If the recipient email address is legitimate, then the MTA delivers the email to the email server, from which email users can then use a protocol such as
POP3 or IMAP to retrieve the email. If the recipient email address does not exist, the MTA typically sends a separate email message to the sender, notifying them of delivery failure.
Page 5
While the basic protocol of SMTP is simple, many SMTP servers support a number of protocol extensions for features such as authentication, encryption, multipart messages and attachments, and may be referred to as extended SMTP (ESMTP) servers.
FortiMail units can scan SMTP traffic for spam and viruses, and support several SMTP extensions.
POP3
Post Office Protocol version 3 (POP3) is a standard protocol used by email clients to retrieve email that has been delivered to and stored on an email server.
POP3 communications typically occur on TCP port number 110.
Unlike IMAP, after a POP3 client downloads an email to the email user’s computer, a copy of the email usually does not remain on the email server’s hard disk. The advantage of this is that it frees hard disk space on the server. The disadvantage of this is that downloaded email usually resides on only one personal computer. Unless all of their POP3 clients are always configured to leave copies of email on the server, email users who use multiple computers to view email, such as both a desktop and laptop, will not be able to view from one computer any of the email previously downloaded to another computer.
FortiMail units do not scan POP3 traffic for spam and viruses, but may use POP3 when operating in server mode, when an email user retrieves their email.
IMAP
Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP) is a standard protocol used by email clients to retrieve email that has been delivered to and stored on an email server.
IMAP communications typically occur on TCP port number 143.
Unless configured for offline availability, IMAP clients typically initially download only the message header. They download the message body and attachments only when the email user selects to read the email.
Unlike POP3, when an IMAP client downloads an email to the email user’s computer, a copy of the email remains on the email server’s hard disk. The advantage of this is that it enables email users to view email from more than one computer. This is especially useful in situations where more than one person may need to view an inbox, such where all members of a department monitor a collective inbox. The disadvantage of this is that, unless email users delete email,
IMAP may more rapidly consume the server’s hard disk space.
FortiMail units do not scan IMAP traffic for spam and viruses, but may use IMAP when operating in server mode, when an email user retrieves their email.
HTTP and HTTPS
Secured and non-secured HyperText Transfer Protocols (HTTP/HTTPS), while not strictly for the transport of email, are often used by webmail applications to view email that is stored remotely.
HTTP communications typically occur on TCP port number 80; HTTPS communications typically occur on TCP port number 443.
FortiMail units do not scan HTTP or HTTPS traffic for spam or viruses, but use them to display quarantines and, if the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode, FortiMail webmail.
Concepts and workflow Page 6 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Client-server connections in SMTP
Client-server connections and connection directionality in SMTP differ from how you may be familiar with them in other protocols.
For example, in the SMTP protocol, an SMTP client connects to an SMTP server. This seems consistent with the traditional client-server model of communications. However, due to the notion of relay in SMTP, the SMTP client may be either:
• an email application on a user’s personal computer
• another SMTP server that acts as a delivery agent for the email user, relaying the email to its destination email server
The placement of clients and servers within your network topology may affect the operation mode you choose when installing a FortiMail unit. If your FortiMail unit will be operating in gateway mode or server mode, SMTP clients — including SMTP servers connecting as clients
— must be configured to connect to the FortiMail unit.
Terms such as MTA and MUA describe server and client relationships specific to email protocols.
MTA
A Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) is an SMTP server that relays email messages to another SMTP server.
FortiMail units operating in gateway mode function as an MTA. FortiMail units operating in server mode function as an MTA and full (SMTP, IMAP, POP3, webmail) email server.
In order to deliver email, unless the email is incoming and the email server has no domain name and is accessed by IP address only, MTAs must query a DNS server for the MX record and the
corresponding A record. For more information, see “The role of DNS in email delivery” on page 8 .
MUA
A Mail User Agent (MUA), or email client, is software such as Microsoft Outlook that enables users to send and receive email.
FortiMail units support SMTP connections for sending of email by a MUA.
FortiMail units operating in server mode support POP3 and IMAP connections for retrieval of email by a MUA. For email users that prefer to use their web browsers to send and retrieve email instead of a traditional MUA, FortiMail units operating in server mode also provide
FortiMail webmail.
Incoming versus outgoing directionality
Many FortiMail features such as proxies and policies act upon the directionality of an SMTP connection or email message. Rather than being based upon origin, incoming or outgoing directionality is determined by whether the destination is a protected domain.
Incoming connections consist of those destined for the SMTP servers that are protected domains of the FortiMail unit. For example, if the FortiMail unit is configured to protect the
SMTP server whose IP address is 192.168.0.1, the FortiMail unit treats all SMTP connections destined for 192.168.0.1 as incoming.
Outgoing connections consist of those destined for SMTP servers that the FortiMail unit has not been configured to protect. For example, if the FortiMail unit is not configured to protect the
Concepts and workflow Page 7 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
SMTP server whose IP address is 10.0.0.1, all SMTP connections destined for 10.0.0.1 will be treated as outgoing, regardless of their origin.
Figure 1: Incoming versus outgoing SMTP connections
Directionality at the connection level may be different than directionality at the level of email messages contained by the connection. It is possible that an incoming connection could contain an outgoing email message, and vice versa.
For example, in the above figure, connections from the internal mail relays to the internal mail servers are outgoing connections, but they contain incoming email messages. Conversely, connections from remote MUAs to the internal mail relays are incoming connections, but may contain outgoing email messages if the recipients’ email addresses (RCPT TO:) are external.
Similarly to when determining the directionality of an SMTP connection, when determining the directionality of an email message, FortiMail units examine the domain to which the recipient belongs: if the domain to which the recipient email address belongs is a protected domain, the email message is considered to be incoming; if the domain to which the recipient email address belongs is not a protected domain, the email message is considered to be outgoing.
The role of DNS in email delivery
SMTP can be configured to operate without DNS, using IP addresses instead of domain names for SMTP clients, SMTP servers, and recipient email addresses. However, this configuration is rare.
SMTP as it is typically used relies upon DNS to determine the mail gateway server (MX) for a domain name, and to resolve domain names into IP addresses. As such, you usually must configure email servers and FortiMail units to be able to query a DNS server.
In addition, you may also be required to configure the DNS server with an MX record, an A record, and a reverse DNS record for protected domain names and for the domain name of the
FortiMail unit itself.
Concepts and workflow Page 8 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
MX record
Mail Exchanger (MX) records are configured on a DNS server. MX records for a domain name indicate designated email servers or email gateways that deliver email to that domain, and their order of preference. In their most simple form, MX records use the following format: example.com IN MX 10 mail.example.com
where:
• example.com is the name of the domain
• IN indicates the Internet protocol class
• MX indicates that the DNS resource record is of the MX type
• 10 indicates the order of preference (greater values indicate lower preference)
• mail.example.com is the host name of an email server or gateway
When an email client sends an email, the sender’s MTA queries a DNS server for the MX record of the domain name in the recipient’s email address. To resolve the host name of the MTA referenced by the MX record, it then queries for the A record of the destination MTA. That A record provides the IP address of the email server or gateway. The sender’s MTA then attempts to deliver the email to that IP address.
For example, if the recipient email address is [email protected], in order to deliver the email, the sender’s MTA would query the MX and A records to determine the IP address of the email gateway of example.com.
Often, the domain name and/or IP address of the email domain is different from that of its email server or gateway. The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of an email server or gateway may be a subdomain or another domain name entirely, such as that of the MTA of an Internet service provider (ISP). For example, the email gateways for the email domain example.com could be mail1.example.com and mail2.example.com, or mail.isp.example.net.
If your FortiMail unit will operate in transparent mode, and you will configure it be fully transparent at both the IP layer and in the SMTP envelope and message headers by enabling
“Hide this box from the mail server” in the session profile, “Hide the transparent box” in the protected domain, and “Use client-specified SMTP server to send email” for the proxies, no MX record changes are required.
If your FortiMail unit will operate in gateway mode or server mode, or in transparent mode while not configured to be fully transparent, you must configure the public DNS server for your domain name with an MX record that refers to the FortiMail unit which will operate as the email gateway, such as: example.com IN MX 10 fortimail.example.com
If your FortiMail unit will operate in gateway mode or server mode, or in transparent mode while not fully transparent, configure the MX record to refer to the FortiMail unit, and remove other MX records. If you do not configure the MX record to refer to the FortiMail unit, or if other MX records exist that do not refer to the FortiMail unit, external MTAs may not be able to deliver email to or through the FortiMail unit, or may be able to bypass the FortiMail unit. If you have configured secondary MX records for failover reasons, consider configuring FortiMail high availability (HA) instead. For details, see
“FortiMail high availability modes” on page 23 .
Exceptions include if you are configuring a private DNS server for use with the Use MX Record option. In that case, rather than referencing the FortiMail unit as the mail gateway and being used by external SMTP servers to route mail, the MX record references the protected SMTP server and is used by the FortiMail unit to define the SMTP servers for the protected domain.
Concepts and workflow Page 9 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
A record
A records are configured on a DNS server. A records indicate the IP address to which a host name resolves. In their most simple form, A records use the following format: mail IN A 192.168.1.10
where:
• mail is the name of the host
• IN indicates the Internet protocol class
• A indicates that the DNS resource record is of the IPv4 address type
• 192.168.1.10 indicates the IP address that hosts the domain name
When an email client sends an email, the sender’s MTA queries a DNS server for the MX record of the domain name in the recipient’s email address. To resolve the host name of the MTA referenced by the MX record, it then queries for the A record of the destination MTA. That A record provides the IP address of the email server or gateway. The sender’s MTA then attempts to deliver the email to that IP address.
You must configure the public DNS server for your host names with an A record to resolve the host names referenced in MX records, and the host name of the FortiMail unit, if any. For example, if an MX record is: example.com IN MX 10 fortimail.example.com the required A record in the example.com zone file might be: fortimail IN A 192.168.1.15
Reverse DNS record
Because the SMTP protocol does not strictly require SMTP clients to use their own domain name during the SMTP greeting, it is possible to spoof the origin domain. In an attempt to bypass antispam measures against domain names known to be associated with spam, spammers often exploit that aspect of SMTP by pretending to send email from legitimate domains.
For example, the spammer spam.example.com might initiate an SMTP session with the command:
EHLO nonspam.example.edu
To prevent this form of attack, many SMTP servers query reverse DNS records to verify that the domain name provided in the SMTP greeting genuinely matches the IP address of the connecting SMTP client.
You should configure the public DNS server for your protected domain names with a reverse
DNS record to resolve the IP addresses of your protected SMTP servers and/or FortiMail unit into domain names.
For example, if the outgoing MTA for example.com is the FortiMail unit, fortimail.example.com, and the public network IP address of the FortiMail unit is 10.10.10.1, a public DNS server’s reverse DNS zone file for the 10.10.10.0/24 subnet might contain:
1 IN PTR fortimail.example.com.
Concepts and workflow Page 10 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
where fortimail.example.com is the FQDN of the FortiMail unit.
Reverse DNS records are required for FortiMail units operating in gateway mode or server mode. However, they are also required for FortiMail units operating in transparent mode, unless they have been configured to be completely transparent. For more information on transparency, see
“Configuring proxies (transparent mode only)” on page 393 .
How FortiMail processes email
FortiMail units receive email for defined email domains and control relay of email to other domains. Email passing through the FortiMail unit can be scanned for viruses and spam.
Policies and profiles govern how the FortiMail unit scans email and what it does with email messages containing viruses or spam. For information about policies, see
“Configuring policies” on page 427
. For information about profiles, see
“Configuring profiles” on page 456 .
In addition to policies and profiles, other configured items, such as email domains, may affect how your FortiMail unit processes email.
Email domains
An email domain is a set of email accounts that reside on a particular email server. The email domain name is the portion of the user’s email address following the “@” symbol.
FortiMail units can be configured to protect email domains (referred to as “protected domains” in this Administration Guide) by defining policies and profiles to scan and relay email that is incoming to or outbound from protected domains.
If the FortiMail unit is operating in gateway mode or transparent mode, there is one local email domain that represents the FortiMail unit itself. If the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode, protected domains reside locally on the FortiMail unit’s built-in email server.
For information about creating protected domains, see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359 .
In transparent mode, each network interface includes a proxy and/or implicit MTA that receives and relays email. By default, the proxy/implicit MTA responds to SMTP greetings (HELO/EHLO) using the host name of the SMTP server of the protected domain. For information about configuring the proxies, see
“Configuring proxies (transparent mode only)” on page 393 . For
information on configuring the SMTP greeting, see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359 .
Access control rules
The access control rules allow you to control how email messages move to, from, and through the FortiMail unit. Using access control rules the FortiMail unit can analyze email messages and take action based on the result. Messages can be examined according to the sender email address, recipient email address, and the IP address or host name of the system delivering the email message.
Each access control rule specifies an action to be taken for matching email.
For information about configuring access control rules, see
“Configuring access control rules” on page 430 .
Concepts and workflow Page 11 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Recipient address verification
Recipient address verification ensures that the FortiMail unit rejects email with invalid recipients and does not scan or send them to the protected email server. This verification can reduce the load on the FortiMail unit when a spammer tries to send messages to every possible recipient name on the email server.
If you want to use recipient address verification, you need to verify email recipient addresses by using either the email server or an LDAP server.
Usually you can use the email server to perform address verification. This works with most email servers that provide a User unknown response to invalid addresses.
For instructions on configuring recipient address verification, see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359 .
Disclaimer messages and customized appearance
You can customize both the disclaimer and replacement messages, as well as the appearance of the FortiMail unit interface.
The disclaimer message is attached to all email, generally warning the recipient the contents
may be confidential. See “Configuring global disclaimers” on page 353 .
Replacement messages are messages recipients receive instead of their email. These can include warnings about messages sent and incoming messages that are spam or infected with
a virus. See “Customizing replacement messages” on page 261 .
You can customize the appearance of the FortiMail unit web pages visible to mail administrators to better match a company look and feel. See
“Customizing the GUI appearance” on page 258 .
Advanced delivery features
Processing email takes time. That can cause delays that result in client and server timeouts. To reduce this problem, you can:
• defer delivery to process oversized email at a time when traffic is expected to be light
• send delivery status notifications (DSN)
For detailed information, see
“Configuring mail server settings” on page 346 .
Antispam techniques
Spam detection is a key feature of the FortiMail unit. The feature is based on two tiers of spam defense:
•
•
Each tier plays an important role in separating spam from legitimate email. FortiGuard Antispam delivers a highly-tuned managed service for the classification of spam while the FortiMail unit offers superior antispam detection and control technologies.
In addition to scanning incoming email messages, FortiMail units can also inspect the content of outgoing email messages. This can help eliminate the possibility that an employee or a compromised computer could send spam, resulting in the blacklisting of your organization’s email servers.
For more information on FortiMail antispam techniques, see
“Configuring profiles” on page 456
and
“Configuring antispam settings” on page 569 .
Concepts and workflow Page 12 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
FortiMail antispam techniques
The following table highlights some of the FortiMail antispam techniques. For information about
how these techniques are executed, see “Order of execution” on page 16 .
Table 1: FortiMail antispam technique highlights
Greylist scanning
DNSBL scanning
SURBL scanning
See “Configuring greylisting” on page 592 .
In addition to supporting Fortinet’s FortiGuard Antispam
DNSBL service, the FortiMail unit supports third-party DNS
Blacklist servers. See
“Configuring SURBL options” on page 483
.
In addition to supporting Fortinet’s FortiGuard Antispam
SURBL service, the FortiMail unit supports third-party Spam
URI Realtime Block Lists servers. See
“Configuring SURBL options” on page 483 .
See “Training the Bayesian databases” on page 613 .
See “Configuring heuristic options” on page 482 .
Bayesian scanning
Heuristic scanning
Image spam scanning
PDF scanning
Black/white lists
See “Configuring image spam options” on page 486 .
See “Configuring scan conditions” on page 488 .
• For information on global black/white lists, see
“Configuring the global black list and white list” on page 584 .
• For information on domain-wide black/white lists, see
“Configuring the per-domain black lists and white lists” on page 586
.
• For information on personal black/white lists, see
“Configuring the personal black lists and white lists” on page 588
.
• For information on session black/white lists, see
“Click the arrow to expand Lists.” on page 473 .
Banned word scanning
See “Configuring banned word options” on page 484 .
White list word scanning
See “Configuring whitelist word options” on page 485
.
Sender reputation
See “Viewing the sender reputation statuses” on page 190 .
FortiGuard Antispam service
The FortiGuard Antispam service is a Fortinet-managed service that provides a three-element approach to screening email messages.
• The first element is a DNS Black List (DNSBL) which is a “living” list of known spam origins.
• The second element is in-depth email screening based on a Uniform Resource Identifier
(URI) contained in the message body – commonly known as Spam URI Realtime Block Lists
(SURBLs).
• The third element is the FortiGuard Antispam Spam Checksum Blocklist (SHASH) feature.
Using SHASH, the FortiMail unit sends a hash of an email to the FortiGuard Antispam server which compares the hash to hashes of known spam messages stored in the FortiGuard
Antispam database. If the hash results match, the email is flagged as spam.
Concepts and workflow Page 13 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
FortiGuard query results can be cached in memory to save network bandwidth. For information
FortiGuard Antispam DNSBL
To achieve up-to-date real-time identification, the FortiGuard Antispam service uses globally distributed spam probes that receive over one million spam messages per day. The FortiGuard
Antispam service uses multiple layers of identification processes to produce an up-to-date list of spam origins. To further enhance the service and streamline performance, the FortiGuard
Antispam service continuously retests each of the “known” identities in the list to determine the state of the origin (active or inactive). If a known spam origin has been decommissioned, the
FortiGuard Antispam service removes the origin from the list, thus providing customers with both accuracy and performance.
The FortiMail FortiGuard Antispam DNSBL scanning process works this way:
1. Incoming email (SMTP) connections are directed to the FortiMail unit.
2. Upon receiving the inbound SMTP connection request, the FortiMail unit extracts the source information (sending server’s domain name and IP address).
3. The FortiMail unit transmits the extracted source information to Fortinet’s FortiGuard
Antispam service using a secure communication method.
4. The FortiGuard Antispam service checks the sender’s source information against its DNSBL database of known spam sources and sends the results back to the FortiMail unit.
5. The results are cached on the FortiMail unit.
• If the results identify the source as a known spam source, the FortiMail unit acts according to its configured policy.
• The cache on the FortiMail unit is checked for additional connection attempts from the same source. The FortiMail unit does not need to contact the FortiGuard Antispam service if the results of a previous connection attempt are cached.
• Additional connection requests from the same source do not need to be submitted to the
FortiGuard Antispam service again because the classification is stored in the system cache.
Once the incoming connection has passed the first pass scan (DNSBL), and has not been classified as spam, it will then go through a second pass scan (SURBL) if the administrator has configured the service.
FortiGuard Antispam SURBL
To detect spam based on the message body URIs (usually web sites), Fortinet uses FortiGuard
Antispam SURBL technology. Complementing the DNSBL component, which blocks messages based on spam origin, SURBL technology blocks messages that have spam hosts mentioned in message bodies. By scanning the message body, SURBL is able to determine if the message is a known spam message regardless of origin. This augments the DNSBL technology by detecting spam messages from a spam source that may be dynamic, or a spam source that is yet unknown to the DNSBL service. The combination of both technologies provides a superior managed service with higher detection rates than traditional DNSBLs or SURBLs alone.
The FortiMail FortiGuard Antispam SURBL scanning process works this way:
1. After accepting an incoming SMTP connection (passed first-pass scan), the email message is received.
2. After an incoming SMTP connection has passed the DNSBL scan, the FortiMail unit accepts delivery of email messages.
3. The FortiMail unit generates a signature (URI) based on the contents of the received email message.
4. The FortiMail unit transmits the signature to the FortiGuard Antispam service.
Concepts and workflow Page 14 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. The FortiGuard Antispam service checks the email signature against its SURBL database of known signatures and sends the results back to the FortiMail unit.
6. The results are cached on the FortiMail unit.
• If the results identify the signature as known spam email content, the FortiMail unit acts according to its configured policy.
• Additional connection requests with the same email signature do not need to be re-classified by the FortiGuard Antispam service, and can be checked against the classification in the system cache.
• Additional messages with the same signature do not need to be submitted to the
FortiGuard Antispam service again because the signature classification is stored in the system cache.
Once the message has passed both elements (DNSBL and SURBL), it goes to the next layer of defense; the FortiMail unit that includes additional spam classification technologies.
Concepts and workflow Page 15 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Order of execution
FortiMail units perform each of the antispam scanning and other actions in the following sequence, from the top of the table towards the bottom. Disabled scans are skipped.
This table does not include everything the FortiMail unit does when a client connects to deliver email. Only the antispam techniques, and other functions having an effect on the antispam techniques, are included. Other non-antispam functions may be running in parallel to the ones in the table.
The PDF file type scan does not appear in this table. When enabled, the PDF file type converts the first page of any PDF attachments into to a format the heuristic, banned word, and image spam scanners can scan. If any of these scanners are enabled, they will scan the first page of the PDF at the same time they examine the message body, according to the sequence in the table below.
Table 2: Execution sequence of antispam techniques
Check Check Involves Action If Positive
Client initiates communication with the FortiMail unit
Sender reputation
Action If Negative
Client IP address If the client IP is in the sender reputation database, check the score and enable any appropriate restrictions, if any.
Add the IP address to the sender reputation database and keep a reputation score based on the email received.
Proceed to the next check.
FortiGuard black IP check
Client IP address If the “Check FortiGuard Black IP at connection phase” is enabled in a session profile, FortiMail will check the client IP address against the FortiGuard black IP list. If positive, FortiMail rejects the email.
Proceed to the next check.
Endpoint reputation
Client endpoint ID If the client endpoint ID is in the sender reputation database, check the score and enable any appropriate restrictions, if any.
Add the IP address to the endpoint reputation database and keep a reputation score based on the email received.
Proceed to the next check.
Concepts and workflow Page 16 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 2: Execution sequence of antispam techniques
Sender rate control per connection
Client IP address Apply any connection limitations specified in the session profile.
Proceed to the next check.
In there are no connection limitations, or if no session profile applies, proceed to the next check.
HELO/EHLO received from SMTP client
HELO/EHLO
Domain of the
HELO
/EHLO command
If invalid characters appear in the domain, reject the HELO/EHLO command. Session will not continue until a proper
HELO
/EHLO command is received.
Proceed to the next check.
MAIL FROM: and RCPT TO: commands received from SMTP client
Sender rate control per message
Client IP address Apply any connection limitations specified in the session profile.
Proceed to the next check.
In there are no connection limitations, or if no session profile applies, proceed to the next check.
Sender domain check
System white list
(Phase I)
Domain of envelope sender
(MAIL FROM:)
Client IP address and email address/domain of the envelope sender
(MAIL FROM:)
If any of the domain checks (the
Check sender domain and Reject
empty domains checks listed in
Unauthenticated Session Settings
in the session profile) fail, an error is returned to the SMTP client.
The error depends on which particular check failed.
Proceed to the next check.
If the client IP or email address/domain of the sender appear in the system white list, deliver the email and cancel remaining antispam checks.
Proceed to the next check.
System black list
(Phase I)
Client IP address and email address/domain of the envelope sender
(MAIL FROM:)
If the client IP or email address/domain of the sender appear in the system black list, invoke the black list action for the email.
Proceed to the next check.
Session sender white list
(Phase I)
Client IP address and email address/domain of the envelope sender
(MAIL FROM:)
If the client IP or email address/domain of the sender appear in the session white list, deliver the message and cancel remaining antispam checks.
Proceed to the next check.
Concepts and workflow Page 17 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 2: Execution sequence of antispam techniques
Session sender black list
(Phase I)
Client IP address and email address/domain of the envelope sender
(MAIL FROM:)
If the client IP or email address/domain of the sender appear in the session black list, invoke the black list action for the message.
Proceed to the next check.
Authentication difference check
Envelope sender
(MAIL FROM:)
Checks to see if the sender email address in the SMTP envelope matches the authenticated user name. If not allowed in the
IP-based policy, the email will be rejected.
Proceed to the next check.
Bounce
Verification
Envelope recipient
(RCPT TO:)
Apply actions specified in the bounce verification settings.
Proceed to the next check.
Access control rules
Client IP address, envelope sender and recipient
(MAIL FROM: and RCPT TO:
)
If the combination of client IP, the domain/email address of the sender, and the domain/email of the recipient matches an access control rule (Policy >
Access Control > Receive), the
FortiMail unit performs the action selected in the access control rule, which is one of the following:
If a matching access control rule does not exist, and if the recipient is a member of a protected domain, the default action is
RELAY; if the recipient is not a member of a protected domain, the default action is
REJECT.
• BYPASS: Accept and relay the email, skipping all subsequent antispam checks, except
greylisting, if the sender or recipient belongs to a protected domain.
• RELAY: Accept and relay the email if it passes subsequent antispam checks. Do not
apply greylisting.
• REJECT: Reject the email and return SMTP reply code 550 to the client.
For more information, see
“Configuring access control rules” on page 430
.
• DISCARD: Accept the email, but silently delete it instead of delivering it. Neither the sender nor the recipient are notified of the deletion.
Concepts and workflow Page 18 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 2: Execution sequence of antispam techniques
Recipient domain check
Domain of envelope recipient
(RCPT TO:)
If any of the domain checks (the
Check recipient domain and
Reject if recipient and helo domain match but sender domain
is different checks listed in
Unauthenticated Session Settings
in the session profile) fail, an error is returned to the SMTP client.
The error depends on which check failed.
Proceed to the next check.
Session recipient white list
Envelope recipient
(RCPT TO:)
If the recipient appears in the session recipient white list, deliver the message and cancel remaining antispam checks.
Proceed to the next check.
Session recipient black list
Envelope recipient
(RCPT TO:)
If the recipient appears in the session recipient black list, reject the message.
Proceed to the next check.
Recipient verification
Greylist
Envelope recipient
(RCPT TO:)
If the recipient is unknown, reject the message.
Proceed to the next check.
Envelope sender
(MAIL FROM:), envelope recipient
(RCPT TO:), and client IP subnet address
If the sender is in the greylist database or if the client IP subnet appears in the greylist exempt list, the message is passed to the next check.
Note: This check is omitted if the access control rule’s action is
RELAY.
If the sender is not in the greylist database, a temporary failure code is returned to the SMTP client.
DATA command received from SMTP client
System white list
(Phase II)
Message header sender (From:)
If the email address/domain of the sender appears in the system white list, deliver the message and cancel remaining antispam checks.
Proceed to the next check.
System black list
(Phase II)
Message header sender (From:)
If the email address/domain of the sender appears in the system black list, invoke the black list action for the message.
Proceed to the next check.
Domain white list
Client IP, envelope sender
(MAIL FROM:) and message header sender
(From:)
If the client IP, email address/domain of the sender appears in the domain white list, deliver the message and cancel remaining antispam checks.
Proceed to the next check.
Concepts and workflow Page 19 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 2: Execution sequence of antispam techniques
Domain black list
Client IP, envelope sender
(MAIL FROM:) and message header sender
(From:)
If the client IP, email address/domain of the sender appears in the domain white list, deliver the message and cancel remaining antispam checks.
Proceed to the next check.
Session sender white list
(Phase II)
Message header sender (From:)
If the email address/domain of the sender appears in the session sender white list, deliver the message and cancel remaining antispam checks.
Proceed to the next check.
Session sender black list
(Phase II)
Message header sender (From:)
If the email address/domain of the sender appears in the session sender black list, the black list action is invoked.
Proceed to the next check.
Personal white list
Client IP, envelope sender
(MAIL FROM:) and message header sender
(From:)
If the client IP, email address/domain of the sender appears in the personal white list, deliver the message and cancel remaining antispam checks.
Proceed to the next check.
Personal black list
Client IP, envelope sender
(MAIL FROM:) and message header sender
(From:)
If the client IP, email address/domain of the sender appears in the personal black list, the message is discarded.
Proceed to the next check.
End of message (EOM) command received from SMTP client
Antivirus
Message body and attachments
If an infected message is detected, and the antispam profile is configured to treat viruses as spam, the default spam action will be invoked on the infected message.
Proceed to the next check.
White List
Word
FortiGuard
Antispam
Message subject and/or body
If the whitelisted word scanner determines that the message is not spam, deliver the message and cancel remaining antispam checks.
Proceed to the next check.
Every URI in the message body
If Black IP scan is enabled, all IP addresses in the message header are also checked.
If the FortiGuard scanner determines that the message is spam, the configured individual action is invoked. If the individual action is set to default, then the antispam profile default action is used.
Proceed to the next check.
Concepts and workflow Page 20 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 2: Execution sequence of antispam techniques
Forged IP
DNSBL
SURBL
Last hop IP address
If Black IP scan is enabled, all IP addresses in the message header are also checked.
If Headers analysis is enabled, the entire header is examined for characteristics of spam.
If the forged IP scanner determines the message is spam, the configured individual action is invoked. If the individual action is set to default, then the antispam profile default action is used.
Proceed to the next check.
Client IP address If the DNSBL scanner determines that the message is spam, the configured individual action is invoked. If the individual action is set to default, then the antispam profile default action is used.
Proceed to the next check.
Every URI in the message body
If the SURBL scanner determines that the message is spam, the configured individual action is invoked. If the individual action is set to default, then the antispam profile default action is used.
Proceed to the next check.
Heuristic
Message body
Banned Word
Message subject and/or body
If the banned word scanner determines that the message is spam, the configured individual action is invoked. If the individual action is set to default, then the antispam profile default action is used.
Proceed to the next check.
Dictionary
Message body
If the heuristic antispam scanner determines that the message is spam, the configured individual action is invoked. If the individual action is set to default, then the antispam profile default action is used.
Proceed to the next check.
If the dictionary scanner determines that the message is spam, the configured individual action is invoked. If the individual action is set to default, then the antispam profile default action is used.
Proceed to the next check.
Concepts and workflow Page 21 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 2: Execution sequence of antispam techniques
Image Spam
Embedded images
If Aggressive scan is enabled, attached images are also examined.
If the image spam scanner determines that the message is spam, the configured individual action is invoked. If the individual action is set to default, then the antispam profile default action is used.
Proceed to the next check.
SPF check
Client IP address This option compares the client IP address to the IP addresses of authorized senders in the DNS record (RFC 4408).
Proceed to the next check.
If failed, treat the email as spam.
Deep Header
Message header If the deep header scan determines that the message is spam, the configured individual action is invoked. If the individual action is set to default, then the antispam profile default action is used.
Proceed to the next check.
Bayesian
Message body If the Bayesian scanner determines that the message is spam, the configured individual action is invoked. If the individual action is set to default, then the antispam profile default action is used.
Proceed to the next check.
Suspicious
Newsletter
Content
Message header and body
If the newsletter scan determines that the message is a newsletter, the configured individual action is invoked. If the individual action is set to default, then the antispam profile default action is used.
Proceed to the next check.
Attachments (for content scan) and message body (for content monitor scan)
If the content scanner determines that the message is spam or prohibited, the action configured in the content profile individual action is invoked. If the individual action is set to default, then the antispam profile default action is used.
Proceed to the next check.
FortiMail operation modes
FortiMail units can run in one of three operation modes: gateway mode, transparent mode, and server mode.
Concepts and workflow Page 22 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Gateway mode
• The FortiMail unit acts as a mail transfer agent (MTA), or email gateway, relaying email to and from the email servers that it protects.
• Simple DNS MX record change redirects email to FortiMail for antispam and antivirus scanning.
• FortiMail does not locally store email unless queued or quarantined.
Transparent mode
• The FortiMail unit transparently proxies or relays email traffic to and from the email servers that it protects.
• Eliminates the need to change existing mail server network configuration.
• FortiMail does not locally store email unless queued or quarantined.
Server mode
• The FortiMail unit operates as a standalone, full-featured email server and MTA.
• The FortiMail unit locally stores email for delivery to its email users. Email users can access their email using FortiMail webmail, POP3, or IMAP.
All operation modes can scan email traffic for viruses and spam, and can quarantine suspicious email and attachments.
FortiMail high availability modes
FortiMail units can be configured to operate in high availability (HA) clusters. FortiMail HA has two modes: active-passive and config-only.
• Active-passive HA: Two FortiMail units operate as an HA cluster, synchronizing both configuration and data, providing failover protection.
• Config-only HA: Up to 25 FortiMail units use an identical configuration, but do not synchronize data, and therefore operate as independent FortiMail units.
Fortinet recommends HA to achieve uninterrupted service.
For more information on HA, see
“Using high availability (HA)” on page 286 .
FortiMail management methods
After you install the FortiMail unit, you can configure and manage it with either of:
• the web-based manager
• and/or the command line interface (CLI)
The CLI is only available to administrator accounts whose Domain is System. It is not available to domain (tiered) administrator accounts. For more information on domain administrators, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
Depending on the FortiMail unit’s model number, you may also be able to reset the configuration and to configure basic settings such as operation mode and IP addresses using
Concepts and workflow Page 23 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
the buttons and LCD on the front panel. For details, see
“Configuring system options” on page 247 .
This Administration Guide describes the web UI. For equivalent documentation of the CLI, see the
FortiMail CLI Reference
.
Basic mode versus advanced mode
The web UI enables you to configure the FortiMail unit by connecting to the FortiMail unit through a web browser. The web UI has two modes: basic mode and advanced mode.
• Basic mode
Provides easy navigation using a simplified set of menu options that allow for many, but not all, typical FortiMail unit configurations. Less frequently used options are hidden, and some configurations are simplified by providing you with pre-defined configuration sets.
Basic mode is only available to administrator accounts whose Domain is System. It is not available to domain (tiered) administrator accounts. For more information on domain administrators, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
• Advanced mode
Provides the full set of menu options which allows you to achieve more complex configurations.
You can switch between the basic mode and advanced mode of the web UI at any time with no configuration loss. If, for example, you prefer basic mode but need to configure an item available only in advanced mode, you could switch to advanced mode, configure the item, then switch back to basic mode. To switch between the two modes, click either Basic Mode >> or
Advanced Mode >>.
Concepts and workflow Page 24 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
These instructions in this chapter will guide you to the point where you have a simple, verifiably working installation. From there, you can begin to use optional features and fine-tune your configuration.
FortiMail initial setup involves the following steps:
•
Connecting to the Web UI or CLI
•
•
Running the Quick Start Wizard
•
Connecting to FortiGuard services
•
•
•
•
Initial configuration in basic mode
•
•
Connecting to the Web UI or CLI
To configure, maintain, and administer the FortiMail unit, you need to connect to it. There are three methods for these tasks:
• using the web UI, a graphical user interface (GUI), from within a current web browser (see
“Connecting to the FortiMail web UI for the first time” )
• using the command line interface (CLI), a command line interface similar to DOS or UNIX
commands, from a Secure Shell (SSH) or Telnet terminal (see “Connecting to the FortiMail
CLI for the first time” on page 27 )
• using the front panel’s LCD display and control buttons available on some models (see
“Using the front panel’s control buttons and LCD display” on page 29 ).
Connecting to the FortiMail web UI for the first time
To use the web UI for the initial configuration, you must have:
• a computer with an Ethernet port
• a supported web browser (Microsoft Internet Explorer 11, Firefox 21 to 26, Safari 5 to 7, and
Chrome 26 to 35)
• Adobe Flash Player 9 or higher plug-in to display statistic charts
• a crossover Ethernet cable
Table 3: Default settings for connecting to the web UI
Network Interface
URL
port1 https://192.168.1.99/admin
Page 25
Setting up the system
Table 3: Default settings for connecting to the web UI admin
Administrator
Account
Password
(none)
To connect to the web UI
1. Configure the management computer to be on the same subnet as the port 1 interface of the
FortiMail unit.
For example, in Microsoft Windows 7, from the Windows Start menu, go to Control Panel >
Network and Sharing Center > Change Adapter Settings > Local Area Connection Properties
> Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties and change the management computer
IP address to 192.168.1.2 and the netmask to 255.255.255.0.
2. Using the Ethernet cable, connect your computer’s Ethernet port to the FortiMail unit’s port1.
3. Start your web browser and enter the URL https://192.168.1.99/admin . (Remember to include the “s” in https:// and “/admin” at the end of the URL.)
If you are connecting to FortiMail-VM with a trial license or to a LENC version of FortiMail, you may not be able to see the logon page due to an SSL cipher error during the connection. In this case, you must configure your browser to accept low encryption.
For example, in Mozilla Firefox, if you receive this error message: ssl_error_no_cypher_overlap you may need to enter about:config in the URL bar, then set security.ssl3.rsa.rc4_40_md5
to true.
To support HTTPS authentication, the FortiMail unit ships with a self-signed security certificate, which it presents to clients whenever they initiate an HTTPS connection to the
FortiMail unit. When you connect, depending on your web browser and prior access of the
FortiMail unit, your browser might display two security warnings related to this certificate:
• The certificate is not automatically trusted because it is self-signed, rather than being signed by a valid certificate authority (CA). Self-signed certificates cannot be verified with a proper CA, and therefore might be fraudulent. You must manually indicate whether or not to trust the certificate.
• The certificate might belong to another web site. The common name (CN) field in the certificate, which usually contains the host name of the web site, does not exactly match the URL you requested. This could indicate server identity theft, but could also simply indicate that the certificate contains a domain name while you have entered an IP address. You must manually indicate whether this mismatch is normal or not.
Both warnings are normal for the default certificate.
4. Verify and accept the certificate, either permanently (the web browser will not display the self-signing warning again) or temporarily. You cannot log in until you accept the certificate.
For details on accepting the certificate, see the documentation for your web browser.
The Login dialog appears.
5. In the Name field, type admin, then select Login. (In its default state, there is no password for this account.)
Login credentials entered are encrypted before they are sent to the FortiMail unit. If your login is successful, the web UI appears.
Page 26 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Connecting to the FortiMail CLI for the first time
For the initial configuration, you can access the CLI from your management computer using either of these two ways:
• a local serial console connection
• an SSH connection, either local or through the network
To connect to the CLI using a local serial console connection, you must have:
• a computer with a serial communications (COM) port
• the RJ-45-to-DB-9 serial or null modem cable included in your FortiMail package
• terminal emulation software, such as HyperTerminal for Microsoft Windows
To connect to the CLI using an SSH connection, you must have:
• a computer with an Ethernet port
• a crossover Ethernet cable
• an SSH client, such as PuTTY
Table 4: Default settings for connecting to the CLI by SSH
Network Interface
IP Address
SSH Port Number
Administrator
Account
Password
port1
192.168.1.99
22 admin
(none)
To connect to the CLI using a local serial console connection
The following procedure uses Microsoft HyperTerminal. Steps may vary with other terminal emulators.
Setting up the system
1. Using the RJ-45-to-DB-9 or null modem cable, connect your computer’s serial communications (COM) port to the FortiMail unit’s console port.
2. Verify that the FortiMail unit is powered on.
3. On your management computer, start HyperTerminal.
4. On Connection Description, enter a Name for the connection, and select OK.
5. On Connect To, from Connect using, select the communications (COM) port where you connected the FortiMail unit.
6. Select OK.
7. Select the following Port settings and select OK.
Bits per second
Data bits
9600
8
Page 27 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Parity
Stop bits
Flow control
None
1
None
8. Press Enter.
The terminal emulator connects to the CLI, and the CLI displays a login prompt.
9. Type admin and press Enter twice. (In its default state, there is no password for this account.)
The CLI displays the following text:
Welcome!
Type ? for a list of commands.
You can now enter commands. For information about how to use the CLI, including how to connect to the CLI using SSH or Telnet, see the FortiMail CLI Reference.
To connect to the CLI using an SSH connection
The following procedure uses PuTTY . Steps may vary with other SSH clients.
Setting up the system
1. On your management computer, configure the Ethernet port with the static IP address
192.168.1.2 with a netmask of 255.255.255.0.
2. Using the Ethernet cable, connect your computer’s Ethernet port to the FortiMail unit’s port1.
3. Verify that the FortiMail unit is powered on.
4. On your management computer, start your SSH client.
5. In Host Name (or IP Address), type 192.168.1.99.
6. In Port, type 22.
7. From Connection type, select SSH.
8. Select Open.
The SSH client connects to the FortiMail unit.
The SSH client may display a warning if this is the first time you are connecting to the
FortiMail unit and its SSH key is not yet recognized by your SSH client, or if you have previously connected to the FortiMail unit but it used a different IP address or SSH key. If your management computer is directly connected to the FortiMail unit with no network hosts between them, this is normal.
9. Click Yes to verify the fingerprint and accept the FortiMail unit’s SSH key. You will not be able to log in until you have accepted the key.
The CLI displays a login prompt.
10.Type admin and press Enter. (In its default state, there is no password for this account.)
The CLI displays the following text:
Type ? for a list of commands.
You can now enter commands. For information about how to use the CLI, including how to connect to the CLI using SSH or Telnet, see the FortiMail CLI Reference.
Page 28 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Using the front panel’s control buttons and LCD display
On FortiMail-400 and FortiMail-2000 models, you can use the front panel’s control buttons and
LCD display to configure:
• IP addresses and netmasks for each of the network interfaces
• the default gateway
• the operating mode
You can also use the front panel to reset the FortiMail unit to the default settings for its firmware version.
Table 5: Control buttons on the front panel
Button
Enter
Esc
Up
Down
Description
Move into the currently selected menu area, or confirm your selected option.
Exit the current menu area.
Select the previous option, or increase the number for an IP address, default gateway address, or netmask.
Select the next option, or decrease the number for an IP address, default gateway address, or netmask.
After using the front panel to configure these basic settings, you must still connect to the web UI to complete additional setup. To continue, see
“Connecting to the FortiMail web UI for the first time” on page 25 .
Choosing the operation mode
Once the FortiMail unit is mounted and powered on, and you have completed initial configuration, you can configure the operation mode of the FortiMail unit using the CLI or web
UI.
FortiMail units can run in one of three operation modes: gateway mode, transparent mode, or server mode. Requirements of each operation mode vary.
Table 6: Comparison of gateway, transparent, and server mode of operation
SMTP role
FortiMail unit is hidden
Email user accounts
Gateway
MTA/relay
No
Preferences and per-recipient quarantine only
Requires DNS record change Yes
Transparent
Transparent proxy/relay
Yes, if enabled
Server
Server
No
Yes Preferences and per-recipient quarantine only
No, if hidden with no per-recipient quarantines or
Bayesian scan
Yes
Setting up the system Page 29 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 6: Comparison of gateway, transparent, and server mode of operation
No Yes
May require changes to
SMTP client configurations or other infrastructure
Yes
No
Requires FortiMail unit located between external
MTAs and protected email servers
Protected email servers
Separate
Yes
Separate
N/A
(FortiMail unit acts as email server)
Integrated
(FortiMail unit acts as email server)
In addition, some FortiMail features are specific to the operation mode. As a result, changing the operation mode may reset your FortiMail configuration.
You will usually choose the operation mode that is appropriate for your topology and requirements and configure the operation mode only once, just after physical installation and initial configuration, and before using the Quick Start Wizard.
This section describes each operation mode, assisting you in choosing the mode that best suits your requirements.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Characteristics of gateway mode
•
Characteristics of transparent mode
•
Characteristics of server mode
•
Deployment guidelines
Generally speaking, gateway mode is suitable for most deployment environments. It is usually easier to implement and better understood. Exceptions are situations where neither DNS MX records nor IP addresses cannot be modified.
Transparent mode was developed for the purpose of implementing FortiMail in carrier environments to combat outgoing spam. It is suitable for certain environments but needs more careful routing handling and good understanding of network and application layer transparency.
Transparent mode is the best choice for combatting outgoing spam in carrier environments.
You use server mode to set up a standalone email server or to replace an existing email server.
After you set the operation mode, run the Quick Start Wizard to set up a basic system. Then deploy your FortiMail unit. The details vary depending on the operation mode you chose. For instructions, consult the applicable sections:
•
•
•
Setting up the system Page 30 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Characteristics of gateway mode
When operating in gateway mode, the FortiMail unit acts as a mail transfer agent (MTA), sometimes known as an email gateway or relay. The FortiMail unit receives email messages, scans for viruses and spam, then relays email to its destination email server for delivery.
External MTAs connect to the FortiMail unit, rather than directly to the protected email server.
FortiMail units operating in gateway mode provide a web-based user interface from which email users can access personal preferences and their per-recipient quarantined email. However,
FortiMail units operating in gateway mode do not locally host mailboxes such as each email user’s inbox. Mailboxes are stored on the protected email servers.
Gateway mode requires some changes to an existing network. Requirements include MX records on public DNS servers for each protected domain, which must refer to the FortiMail unit instead of the protected email servers. You may also need to configure firewalls or routers to direct SMTP traffic to the FortiMail unit rather than your email servers.
Figure 2: Example gateway mode topology
Local Email Users
Email Domain: example.com
Internal Email Server
172.16.1.10
Remote Email Users
Switch port1
172.16.1.5
internal
172.16.1.1
External
Email Server wan1
10.10.10.1
Internet
Private DNS Server example.com IN M 10 mail.example.com
mail IN A 172.16.1.10
Gateway Mode
Protected Domain: example.com
DNS Server example.com IN M 10 fortimail.example.com
fortimail IN A 10.10.10.1
For example, an Internet service provider (ISP) could deploy a FortiMail unit to protect their customers’ email servers. For security reasons, customers do not want their email servers to be directly visible to external MTAs. Therefore, the ISP installs the FortiMail unit in gateway mode, and configures its network such that all email traffic must pass through the FortiMail unit before reaching customers’ email servers.
For sample deployment scenarios, see
“Gateway mode deployment” on page 50 .
Characteristics of transparent mode
When operating in transparent mode, the FortiMail acts as either an implicit relay or a proxy. The
FortiMail unit intercepts email messages, scans for viruses and spam, then transmits email to its destination email server for delivery. External MTAs connect through the FortiMail unit to the protected email server.
Transparency at both the network and application layers is configurable, but not required. When hiding, the FortiMail unit preserves the IP address and domain name of the SMTP client in IP headers and the SMTP envelope and message headers, rather than replacing them with its own.
FortiMail units operating in transparent mode provide a web-based user interface from which email users can access personal preferences and email quarantined to their per-recipient quarantine. However, FortiMail units operating in transparent mode do not locally host
Setting up the system Page 31 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
mailboxes such as each email user’s inbox. These mailboxes are stored on the protected email servers.
By default, FortiMail units operating in transparent mode are configured as a bridge, with all network interfaces on the same subnet. You can configure out-of-bridge network interfaces if you require them, such as if you have some protected email servers that are not located on the same subnet. If you set an interface to route mode, you must assign the interface a local IP address that belongs to a different subnet from that of the management IP.
Port 1 is the only port permanently attached to the built-in bridge and thus cannot be set in route mode.
Transparent mode usually requires no changes to an existing network. Requirements include that the FortiMail unit must be physically inline between the protected email server and all
SMTP clients—unlike gateway mode. Because FortiMail units operating in transparent mode are invisible, clients cannot be configured to route email directly to the FortiMail unit; so, it must be physically placed where it can intercept the connection.
Figure 3: Example transparent mode topology
Local Email Users
External
Email Server
Protected Domain:
@example.com
Transparent Mode port2 port1
Router 10.10.10.1
Internet
Remote Email Users
Internal Email Server
172.16.1.10
Email Domain:
@example.com
Private DNS Server example.com IN MX 10 mail.example.com
mail IN A 172.16.1.10
Public DNS Server example.com IN MX 10 mail.example.com
mail IN A 10.10.10.1
Do not connect two ports to the same VLAN on a switch or the same hub. Some Layer 2 switches become unstable when they detect the same media access control (MAC) address originating on more than one network interface on the switch, or from more than one VLAN.
For example, a school might want to install a FortiMail unit to protect its mail server, but does not want to make any changes to its existing DNS and SMTP client configurations or other network topology. Therefore, the school installs the FortiMail unit in transparent mode.
For sample deployment scenarios, see
“Transparent mode deployment” on page 78 .
Characteristics of server mode
When operating in server mode, the FortiMail is a standalone email server. The FortiMail unit receives email messages, scans for viruses and spam, and then delivers email to its email
Setting up the system Page 32 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
users’ mailboxes. External MTAs connect to the FortiMail unit, which itself is also the protected email server.
FortiMail units operating in server mode provide a web-based user interface from which email users can access:
• personal preferences
• email quarantined to their per-recipient quarantine
• their locally hosted mailboxes such as each email user’s inbox.
In addition, email users can retrieve email using POP3 or IMAP.
Server mode requires some changes to an existing network. Requirements include MX records on public DNS servers for each protected domain. The records must refer to the FortiMail unit.
You may also need to configure firewalls or routers to direct SMTP traffic to the FortiMail unit.
Figure 4: Example server mode topology
Local Email Users
Remote Email Users
External
Email Server internal
172.16.1.1
wan1 dmz
Vitual IP 10.10.10.1:25
192.168.1.1
mapped to 192.168.1.5:25
Private DNS Server port1
192.168.1.5
Internet
Public DNS Server example.com IN MX 10 fortimail.example.com
fortimail IN A 10.10.10.1
Server Mode
Email Domain:
@example.com
For example, a company might be creating a network, and does not have an existing email server. The company wants the convenience of managing both their email server and email security on one network device. Therefore, the company deploys the FortiMail unit in server mode.
For sample deployment scenarios, see
“Server mode deployment” on page 101 .
Changing the operation mode
By default, FortiMail units operate in gateway mode. If you do not want your FortiMail unit to operate in gateway mode, before configuring the FortiMail unit or using the Quick Start Wizard, select the operation mode.
The default mode is gateway. If that is your chosen mode, you can skip the following procedure.
Setting up the system Page 33 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To select the operation mode
1. Open the web UI. (See
“Connecting to the FortiMail web UI for the first time” .)
2. The dashboard appears on the System Status > Status tab.
3. In the System Information widget, select either Gateway, Server, or Transparent from the
Operation mode drop-down list.
A confirmation dialog appears, warning you that many settings will revert to their default value for the version of your FortiMail unit’s firmware.
4. Select OK.
The FortiMail unit changes the operation mode and restarts. The Login dialog of the web UI appears.
Do not change the operation mode once you have committed resources to configuring
FortiMail. Changing the operation mode resets most configurations to the factory defaults.
Running the Quick Start Wizard
The Quick Start Wizard leads you through required configuration steps, helping you to quickly set up your FortiMail unit.
While al settings configured by the Quick Start Wizard can also be configured through the basic and advanced modes of the web UI, the wizard presents each setting in the necessary order.
The wizard also provides descriptions to assist you in configuring each setting. These descriptions are not available in the web UI.
Before running the Quick Start Wizard, select the operation mode of the FortiMail unit, such as gateway mode, transparent mode, or server mode. Failure to select the operation mode before running the Quick Start Wizard may require you to run the Quick Start Wizard again after changing the operation mode, as changing the operation mode may reset or change part of the configuration performed by the Quick Start Wizard. For more information on selecting the
operation mode, see “Choosing the operation mode” on page 29 .
The following topics describe how to use the Quick Start Wizard:
•
•
Step 1: Changing the “admin” password
•
Step 2: Configuring the network settings and system time
•
Step 3: Configuring local host settings
•
Step 4: Adding protected domains
•
Step 5: Configuring incoming antispam and antivirus settings
•
Step 6: Configuring access control rules and outgoing settings
•
Step 7: Reviewing and saving the configuration
•
Starting the wizard
Open the web UI in a browser.
Setting up the system Page 34 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
In either basic mode or advanced mode, select Quick Start Wizard in the top-right button row of the web UI.
Select Yes when prompted to continue. The first page of the wizard appears in a new window over the web UI. You cannot access the web UI when the wizard is open.
You can navigate through the wizard using the Next and Back buttons at the lower corners of the window.
None of the settings you make on the wizard take effect until you click OK on the last step.
Step 1: Changing the “admin” password
Step 1 of the Quick Start Wizard configures the password of the default and most privileged administrator account, admin. By default, it has no password. Adding a password is optional for this account, but for security reasons, you should provide a password.
Failure to configure a strong administrator password could compromise the security of your
FortiMail unit.
To change the password
1. Select Change password.
2. Enter and confirm a new password.
3. Select Next to move to the next step.
Step 2: Configuring the network settings and system time
Step 2 of the Quick Start Wizard configures basic system time and network settings.
Available settings vary by whether or not the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode.
To configure network and time settings
1. Configure the following, as applicable to you operation mode.
Port1
IP Address
Netmask
Enter the IP address of the port1 network interface, such as 192.168.1.99.
This option does not appear if the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode.
Enter the netmask of the port1 network interface, such as 255.255.255.0.
This option does not appear if the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode.
Setting up the system Page 35 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Management
IP
IP Address
Netmask
Enter the IP address which FortiMail administrators will use to access the web UI and CLI through port1 and other bridging network interfaces, and which the FortiMail unit will use when connecting to the
Fortinet Distribution Network (FDN), such as
192.168.1.99
.
This option appears only if the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode.
Enter the netmask of the management IP address, such as 255.255.255.0.
This option appears only if the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode.
DNS
Primary DNS
Secondary DNS
Default
Gateway
Time Settings
IP Address
Time Zone
Set Time
Enter the IP address of the primary server to which the FortiMail unit will make DNS queries.
Caution: Verify connectivity with the DNS servers.
Failure to verify connectivity could result in many issues, including the inability of the FortiMail unit to process email.
Enter the IP address of the secondary server to which the FortiMail unit will make DNS queries.
Enter the IP address of the default gateway router.
Select the time zone of the FortiMail unit.
Select to manually set the system time, then select the:
• Second
• Minute
• Hour
• Date
Page 36 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Automatically synchronize system time using the
Network Time
Protocol (NTP) server
Select to automatically set the system time by periodically synchronizing with an NTP server, then configure the NTP Server Name/IP.
NTP Server Name/IP If you have selected to automatically synchronize the system time with an NTP server, enter the domain name or IP address of an NTP server. For a list of public NTP servers, see http://www.ntp.org/ .
Note: Verify connectivity with the NTP server.
Failure to set the correct time could result in issues such as inaccurate log message times and inability to make secure connections, including downloading
FortiGuard Antivirus updates from the FDN.
2. When done, select Next to move to the next step.
Step 3: Configuring local host settings
Step 3 of the Quick Start Wizard configures the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the
FortiMail unit, its listening port numbers, and whether to use SSL/TLS with SMTP clients that request secure connections.
You usually should configure the FortiMail unit with a local domain name that is different from that of protected email servers, such as mail.example.com for the FortiMail unit and server.mail.example.com for the protected email server. The local domain name of the FortiMail unit will be used in many features such as email quarantine, Bayesian database training, spam report, and delivery status notification (DSN) email messages, and if the FortiMail unit uses the same domain name as your mail server, it may become difficult to distinguish email messages that originate from the FortiMail unit.
The local domain name must be globally DNS-resolvable only if the FortiMail unit is used as a relay server for outgoing email.
Setting up the system Page 37 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
To configure the local host
1. Configure the following.
Local Host
Host name
Local domain name
Enter the host name of the FortiMail unit.
You should use a different host name for each FortiMail unit, especially when you are managing multiple FortiMail units of the same model, or when configuring a FortiMail high availability (HA) cluster. This will enable you to distinguish between different members of the cluster. If the FortiMail unit is in HA mode:
• when you connect to the web UI, your web browser will display the host name of that cluster member in its status bar.
• the FortiMail unit will add the host name to the subject line of alert email messages.
Enter the local domain name to which the FortiMail unit belongs.The FortiMail unit’s fully qualified domain name (FQDN) is in the format:
<Host Name>.<Local Domain Name>
This option does not appear if the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode.
Note: The local domain name can be a subdomain of an internal domain if the MX record for the domain on the DNS server can direct the mail destined for the subdomain to the intended FortiMail unit.
POP3 server port number
Enter the port number on which the FortiMail unit’s POP3 server will listen for POP3 connections. The default port number is 110.
SMTP server port number
Enter the port number on which the FortiMail unit’s SMTP server will listen for SMTP connections. The default port number is 25.
SMTP over
SSL/TLS
Enable to allow SSL- and TLS-secured connections from servers and clients requesting SSL/TLS.
When disabled, SMTP connections with the FortiMail unit’s
SMTP server will occur as clear text, unencrypted.
This option must be enabled to use SMTPS.
SMTPS server port number
Enter the port number on which the FortiMail unit’s SMTP server listens for secure SMTP connections. The default port number is 465.
This option is unavailable if SMTP over SSL/TLS is disabled.
2. When done, select Next to move to the next step.
Page 38 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Step 4: Adding protected domains
Step 4 of the Quick Start Wizard configures the protected domains.
Protected domains define connections and email messages for which the FortiMail unit can perform protective email processing by describing both:
• the IP address of an SMTP server
• the domain name portion (the portion which follows the “@” symbol) of recipient email addresses in the envelope both of which the FortiMail unit compares to connections and email messages when looking for traffic that involves the protected domain.
For example, if you wanted to scan email from email addresses such as [email protected] that are hosted on the SMTP server 10.10.10.10, you would configure a protected domain of example.com
whose SMTP server is 10.10.10.10.
You usually must configure at least one protected domain. FortiMail units can be configured to protect one or more email domains that are hosted on one or more email servers.
Exceptions include if you will not apply recipient-based policies or authentication profiles, such as in
“Example 3: FortiMail unit for an ISP or carrier” on page 90 .
To add a protected domain
1. Select New.
A dialog appears that enables you to configure the protected domain. Its appearance varies by the operating mode of the FortiMail unit.
2. Configure the following as applicable to your operation mode:
Domain name
Enter the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the protected domain.
For example, if you want to protect email addresses such as [email protected], you would enter the protected domain name example.com
.
Use MX record
(transparent mode and gateway mode only)
Select to enable the FortiMail unit to query the DNS server’s MX record for the FQDN or IP address of the SMTP server for this domain name.
Note: If enabled, you may also be required to configure the FortiMail unit to use a private DNS server whose MX and/or A records differ from that of a public DNS server. Requirements vary by the topology of your network and by the operating mode of the FortiMail unit. For details, see
“Configuring DNS records” on page 50
(gateway mode) or
“Configuring DNS records” on page 101 (transparent mode).
Setting up the system Page 39 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
SMTP server
(transparent mode and gateway mode only)
Enter the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of the primary SMTP server for this protected domain, then also configure
Port.
If you have an internal mail relay that is located on a physically separate server from your internal mail server, this could be your internal mail relay, instead of your internal mail server. Consider your network topology, directionality of the mail flow, and the operation mode of the FortiMail unit.
Port
Enter the port number on which the SMTP server listens.
(transparent mode and gateway mode only)
The default SMTP port number is 25.
3. Select Create.
4. Repeat the previous three steps for each domain that the FortiMail unit will protect.
5. To change a domain configuration, select it and click Edit. To delete one, select it and click
Delete.
6. When done, select Next to move to the next step.
Step 5: Configuring incoming antispam and antivirus settings
Step 5 of the Quick Start Wizard enables or disables antivirus scanning and configures the intensity level of antispam scanning for email incoming to protected domains.
Each antispam level (Off, Low, Medium, and High) is a default antispam profile that groups settings for many antispam features. After completing the Quick Start Wizard, if you want to enable, disable, or differently configure those features, you can use the advanced mode of the web UI to create and/or modify the antispam profiles.
To enable spam and virus checking for incoming mail
1. Select an antispam scan level for incoming email from the drop-down list.
• Off: No scanning
• Low: Good detection rate
• Medium: Better detection rate with a small impact on system performance
• High: Best detection rate with an additional impact on system performance
2. Select or clear Enable AntiVirus scan for incoming email. (For security reasons, leave this option enabled.)
3. When done, select Next to move to the next step.
Step 6: Configuring access control rules and outgoing settings
Step 6 of the Quick Start Wizard configures enables or disables antivirus scanning and configures the intensity level of antispam scanning for email outgoing from protected domains.
Step 6 also configures access control rules. Access control rules specify whether the FortiMail unit will process and relay, reject, or discard email messages for SMTP sessions that are initiated by SMTP clients.
Without any configured access control rules, the FortiMail unit’s access control prevents SMTP clients from using your protected server or FortiMail unit as an open relay: senders can deliver email incoming to protected domains, but cannot deliver email outgoing to unprotected domains.
Setting up the system Page 40 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Usually, you must configure at least one access control rule to allow SMTP clients such as your email users or email servers to send email to unprotected domains.
Exceptions include if you have not configured any protected domains, such as in “Example 3:
FortiMail unit for an ISP or carrier” on page 90
.
Access control rules can also match SMTP sessions based upon the use of TLS. To configure access control rules with TLS, after using the Quick Start Wizard, use the advanced mode of the web UI to create TLS profiles and select them in access control rules. For details, see
“Controlling SMTP access and delivery” on page 430
.
To enable spam and virus checking for outgoing mail
1. Select an antispam scan level for incoming email from the drop-down list.
• Off: No scanning
• Low: Good detection rate
• Medium: Better detection rate with a small impact on system performance
• High: Best detection rate with an additional impact on system performance
2. Select or clear Enable AntiVirus scan. (For security reasons, leave this option enabled.)
To add an access control rule
1. Select New under Access Control for SMTP Relay.
A dialog appears, enabling you to create an access control rule.
For example, if your protected domain, example.com, contains email addresses in the format of [email protected], [email protected], etc., and you want to allow those email addresses to send email to any external domain as long as they authenticate their identities, you might configure the following access control rule:
Table 7: Example access control rule
Sender Pattern
Recipient Pattern
Sender IP/Netmask
Reverse DNS Pattern
Authentication Status
Action
user*@example.com
*
0.0.0.0/0
* authenticated
RELAY
2. Configure the following:
Page 41 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Sender Pattern
Enter a complete or partial envelope sender (MAIL FROM:) email address to match.
Wildcard characters allow you to enter partial patterns that can match multiple sender email addresses. The asterisk (*) represents one or more characters and the question mark (?) represents any single character.
For example, the sender pattern ??@*.com will match messages sent by any email user with a two letter email user name from any
“.com” domain name.
Mark this check box to use regular expression syntax instead of wildcards to specify the sender pattern.
Regular expression
Recipient Pattern
Enter a complete or partial envelope recipient (RCPT TO:) email address to match.
Wildcard characters allow you to enter partial patterns that can match multiple recipient email addresses. The asterisk (*) represents one or more characters and the question mark (?) represents any single character.
For example, the recipient pattern *@example.??? will match messages sent to any email user at example.com, example.net, example.org, or any other “example” domain ending with a three-letter top-level domain name.
Mark this check box to use regular expression syntax instead of wildcards to specify the recipient pattern.
Regular expression
Sender IP/Netmask
Enter the IP address and netmask of the SMTP client attempting to deliver the email message. Use the netmask, the portion after the slash (/), to specify the matching subnet.
For example, enter 10.10.10.10/24 to match a 24-bit subnet, or all addresses starting with 10.10.10. This will appear as
10.10.10.0/24 in the access control rule table, with the 0 indicating that any value is matched in that position of the address.
Similarly, 10.10.10.10/32 will appear as 10.10.10.10/32 and match only the 10.10.10.10 address.
To match any address, enter 0.0.0.0/0.
Setting up the system Page 42 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Reverse DNS Pattern Enter a pattern to compare to the result of a reverse DNS look-up of the IP address of the SMTP client delivering the email message.
Because domain names in the SMTP session are self-reported by the connecting SMTP server and easy to fake, the FortiMail unit does not trust the domain name that an SMTP server reports.
Instead, the FortiMail does a DNS lookup using the SMTP server’s
IP address. The resulting domain name is compared to the reverse
DNS pattern for a match. If the reverse DNS query fails, the access control rule match will also fail. If no other access control rule matches, the connection will be rejected with SMTP reply code 550
(Relaying denied).
Wildcard characters allow you to enter partial patterns that can match multiple reverse DNS lookup results. An asterisk (*) represents one or more characters; a question mark (?) represents any single character.
For example, the recipient pattern mail*.com will match messages delivered by an SMTP server whose domain name starts with “mail” and ends with “.com”.
Note: Reverse DNS queries for access control rules require that the domain name be a valid top level domain (TLD). For example, “.lab” is not a valid top level domain name, and thus the FortiMail unit cannot successfully perform a reverse DNS query for it.
Authentication Status Select whether or not to match this access control rule based upon client authentication.
• Any: Match or do not match this access control rule regardless of whether the client has authenticated with the FortiMail unit.
• Authenticated: Match this access control rule only for clients that have authenticated with the FortiMail unit.
• Not Authenticated: Clients do not need to authenticate with the
FortiMail unit.
Action
Regular expression
Mark this check box to use regular expression syntax instead of wildcards to specify the reverse DNS pattern.
Select which action the FortiMail unit will perform for SMTP sessions matching this access control rule.
• BYPASS: Relay or proxy and deliver the email, but, if the sender or recipient belongs to a protected domain, bypass all antispam profile processing. Antivirus, content and other scans will still occur.
• DISCARD: Accept the email, but silently delete it and do not deliver it. Do not inform the SMTP client.
• RELAY: Relay or proxy, process, and deliver the email normally if it passes all configured scans.
• REJECT: Reject delivery of the email and respond to the SMTP client with SMTP reply code 550 (Relaying denied).
3. Click OK.
When you click OK, a new access control rule appears at the bottom of the list of access control rules. The FortiMail unit evaluates each new rule as a match for the SMTP session
Page 43 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
only if no previous access control rule matches. If you want your new rule to be evaluated before another rule, move your new access control rule to its intended position in the list.
4. Repeat the previous three steps step for any additional access control rules.
5. To change an access control rule, select it and click Edit. To delete one, select it and click
Delete.
6. When done, select Next to move to the last step.
Step 7: Reviewing and saving the configuration
Step 7 presents a list of all settings you have made in the wizard.
• Review the configuration.
• To change a setting, click Back until you reach the applicable step.
• If all settings are correct, select OK.
None of the settings you made on the wizard take effect until you click OK on the final page.
The wizard and the dashboard disappear, and FortiMail prompts you to log in.
Continuing the installation
After using the Quick Start Wizard:
1. If you have multiple FortiMail units, and you want to configure them in high availability (HA) mode, configure the HA settings before physically connecting the FortiMail units to your network.
For instructions on configuring HA, see “Using high availability (HA)” on page 286
2. If you have subscribed to FortiGuard Antivirus or FortiGuard Antispam services, connect the
FortiMail unit to the Fortinet Distribution Network (FDN) to update related packages. For details, see
“Connecting to FortiGuard services” on page 44 .
3. You may need to configure additional features that may be specific to your operation mode and network topology, such as configuring your router or firewall, and records on your public
DNS server. For instructions applicable to your operation mode, see:
•
•
•
4. Expand your basic configuration using basic mode. See
“Initial configuration in basic mode” on page 122 .
5. Verify that email clients can connect to or through the FortiMail unit. For details, see
“Testing the installation” on page 158 .
Connecting to FortiGuard services
After the FortiMail unit is physically installed and configured to operate in your network, if you have subscribed to FortiGuard Antivirus and/or FortiGuard Antispam services, connect the
FortiMail unit to the Fortinet Distribution Network (FDN).
Setting up the system Page 44 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Connecting your FortiMail unit to the FDN or override server ensures that your FortiMail unit can:
• download the most recent FortiGuard Antivirus and FortiGuard Antispam definitions and engine packages
• query the FDN for blacklisted servers and other real-time information during FortiGuard
Antispam scans, if configured
This way, you scan email using the most up-to-date protection.
The FDN is a world-wide network of Fortinet Distribution Servers (FDS). When a FortiMail unit connects to the FDN to download FortiGuard engine and definition updates, by default, it connects to the nearest FDS based on the current time zone setting. You can override the FDS to which the FortiMail unit connects.
Your FortiMail unit may be able to connect using the default settings. However, you should confirm this by verifying connectivity.
FortiMail units use multiple connection types with the FDN. To completely verify connectivity, you should test each connection type by performing both of the following procedures.
Setting up the system
You must first register the FortiMail unit with the Fortinet Technical Support web site, https://support.fortinet.com/, to receive service from the FDN. The FortiMail unit must also have a valid Fortinet Technical Support contract which includes service subscriptions, and be able to connect to the FDN or the FDS that you will configure to override the default FDS addresses.
For port numbers required for license validation and update connections, see the
FortiMail
Administration Guide
.
Before performing the next procedure, if your FortiMail unit connects to the Internet using a proxy, use the CLI command config system fortiguard antivirus to enable the
FortiMail unit to connect to the FDN through the proxy. For more information, see the
FortiMail
CLI Reference
.
To override the default FDS server
1. Go to Maintenance > FortiGuard > Update in the advanced mode of the web UI.
2. In the FortiGuard Update Options area, select Use override server address,
3. Enter the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of the FDS.
4. Click Apply.
5. Click Refresh.
A dialog appears, notifying you that the process could take a few minutes.
The FortiMail unit tests the connection to the FDN and, if any, the override server. Time required varies by the speed of the FortiMail unit’s network connection, and the number of timeouts that occur before the connection attempt is successful or the FortiMail unit determines that it cannot connect. When the connection test completes, the page refreshes.
Test results are displayed in the FortiGuard Distribution Network field.
• Available: The FortiMail unit successfully connected to the FDN or override server.
• Not available: The FortiMail unit could not connect to the FDN or override server, and will not be able to download updates from it. For CLI commands that may be able to
assist you in troubleshooting, see “To verify rating query connectivity” on page 46 .
Page 45 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
6. When successful connectivity has been verified, continue by configuring the FortiMail unit to receive engine and definition updates from the FDN or the override server using one or more of the following methods:
• scheduled updates (see
“Configuring scheduled updates” on page 47 )
• push updates (see
“Configuring push updates” on page 48
)
• manually initiated updates (see
“Manually requesting updates” on page 49 )
7. Click Apply to save your settings.
To verify rating query connectivity
1. Go to Maintenance > FortiGuard > AntiSpam in the advanced mode of the web UI.
2. Make sure the Enable Service check box is marked. If it is not, mark it and click Apply.
If the FortiMail unit can reach the DNS server, but cannot successfully resolve the domain name of the FDS, a message appears notifying you that a DNS error has occurred.
Figure 5: DNS error when resolving the FortiGuard Antispam domain name
Verify that the DNS servers contain A records to resolve service.fortiguard.net and other FDN servers. You may be able to obtain additional insight into the cause of the query failure by manually performing a DNS query from the FortiMail unit using the following CLI command: execute nslookup name service.fortiguard.net
If the FortiMail unit cannot successfully connect, or if your FortiGuard Antispam license does not exist or is expired, a message appears notifying you that a connection error has occurred.
Setting up the system Page 46 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 6: Connection error when verifying FortiGuard Antispam rating query connectivity
Verify that:
• your FortiGuard Antispam license is valid and currently active
• the default route (located in System > Network > Routing) is correctly configured
• the FortiMail unit can connect to the DNS servers you configured during the Quick Start
Wizard (located in System > Network > DNS), and to the FDN servers
• firewalls between the FortiMail unit and the Internet or override server allow FDN traffic
,
“Transparent mode deployment” on page 78 , or
“Server mode deployment” on page 101 .)
Obtain additional insight into the point of the connection failure by tracing the connection using the following CLI command: execute traceroute <address_ipv4> where <address_ipv4> is the IP address of the DNS server or FDN server.
When query connectivity is successful, antispam profiles can use the FortiGuard-AntiSpam
scan option.
If FortiGuard Antispam scanning is enabled, you can use the antispam log to analyze any query connectivity interruptions caused because FortiMail cannot connect to the FDN and/or its license is not valid. To enable the antispam log, go to Log and Report >
Log Settings > Local Log Settings in the advanced mode of the web UI. To view the antispam log, go to Monitor > Log > AntiSpam, then mark the check box of a log file and click View.
If FortiMail cannot connect with the FDN server, the log Message field contains:
FortiGuard-Antispam: No Answer from server.
Verify that the FortiGuard Antispam license is still valid, and that network connectivity has not been disrupted for UDP port 53 traffic from the FortiMail unit to the Internet.
Configuring scheduled updates
You can configure the FortiMail unit to periodically request FortiGuard Antivirus and FortiGuard
Antispam engine and definition updates from the FDN or override server.
You can use push updates or manually initiate updates as alternatives or in conjunction with scheduled updates. If protection from the latest viral threats is a high priority, you could configure both scheduled updates and push updates, using scheduled updates as a failover method to increase the likelihood that the FortiMail unit will still periodically retrieve updates if connectivity is interrupted during a push notification. While using only scheduled updates could potentially leave your network vulnerable to a new virus, it minimizes short disruptions to antivirus scans that can occur if the FortiMail unit applies push updates during peak volume times. For additional/alternative update methods, see
“Configuring push updates” on page 48
and
“Manually requesting updates” on page 49 .
For example, you might schedule updates every night at 2 AM or weekly on Sunday, when email traffic volume is light.
Setting up the system Page 47 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Before configuring scheduled updates, first verify that the FortiMail unit can connect to the FDN
or override server. For details, see “To override the default FDS server” on page 45 .
To configure scheduled updates
1. Go to Maintenance > FortiGuard > Update in the advanced mode of the web UI.
2. Enable Scheduled Update.
3. Select one of the following:
Every
Daily
Weekly
Select to request updates once per interval, then configure the number of hours and minutes between each request.
Select to request updates once a day, then configure the time of day.
Select to request updates once a week, then configure the day of the week and the time of day.
Updating FortiGuard Antivirus definitions can cause a short disruption in traffic currently being scanned while the FortiMail unit applies the new signature database. To minimize disruptions, update when traffic is light, such as during the night.
4. Click Apply.
The FortiMail unit starts the next scheduled update according to the configured update schedule. If you have enabled logging, when the FortiMail unit requests a scheduled update, the event is recorded in the event log.
Configuring push updates
You can configure the FortiMail unit to receive push updates from the FDN or override server.
When push updates are configured, the FortiMail unit first notifies the FDN of its IP address, or the IP address and port number override. (If your FortiMail unit’s IP address changes, including if it is configured with DHCP, the FortiMail unit automatically notifies the FDN of the new IP address.) As soon as new FortiGuard Antivirus and FortiGuard Antispam packages become available, the FDN sends an update availability notification to that IP address and port number.
Within 60 seconds, the FortiMail unit then requests the package update as if it were a scheduled or manually initiated update.
You can use scheduled updates or manually initiate updates as alternatives or in conjunction with push updates. If protection from the latest viral threats is a high priority, you could configure both scheduled updates and push updates, using scheduled updates as a failover method to increase the likelihood that the FortiMail unit will still periodically retrieve updates if connectivity is interrupted during a push notification. Using push updates, however, can potentially cause short disruptions to antivirus scans that can occur if the FortiMail unit applies push updates during peak volume times. For additional/alternative update methods, see
“Configuring scheduled updates” on page 47 and
“Manually requesting updates” on page 49
.
Before configuring push updates, first verify that the FortiMail unit can connect to the FDN or
override server. For details, see “To override the default FDS server” on page 45 .
To configure push updates
1. Go to Maintenance > FortiGuard > Update in the advanced mode of the web UI.
Setting up the system Page 48 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
2. Enable Allow push update.
3. If the FortiMail unit is behind a firewall or router performing NAT, enable Use override push IP and enter the external IP address and port number of the NAT device.
You must also configure the NAT device with port forwarding or a virtual IP to forward push notifications (UDP port 9443) to the FortiMail unit.
For example, if the FortiMail unit is behind a FortiGate unit, configure the FortiGate unit with a virtual IP that forwards push notifications from its external network interface to the private network IP address of the FortiMail unit. Then, on the FortiMail unit, configure Use override
push IP with the IP address and port number of that virtual IP. For details on configuring virtual IPs and/or port forwarding, see the documentation for the NAT device.
Push updates require that the external IP address of the NAT device is not dynamic (such as an
IP address automatically configured using DHCP). If dynamic, when the IP address changes, the override push IP will become out-of-date, causing subsequent push updates to fail.
If you do not enable Use override push IP, the FDN will send push notifications to the IP address of the FortiMail unit, which must be a public network IP address routable from the
Internet.
4. Click Apply.
The FortiMail unit notifies the FDN of its IP address or, if configured, the override push IP.
When an update is available, the FDN will send push notifications to this IP address and port number.
5. Click Refresh.
A dialog appears, notifying you that the process could take a few minutes.
The FDN tests the connection to the FortiMail unit. Time required varies by the speed of the
FortiMail unit’s network connection, and the number of timeouts that occur before the connection attempt is successful or the FortiMail unit determines that it cannot connect.
When the connection test completes, the page refreshes. Test results are displayed in the
Push Update field.
• Available: The FDN successfully connected to the FortiMail unit.
• Not available: The FDN could not connect to the FortiMail unit, and will not be able to send push notifications to it. Verify that intermediary firewalls and routers do not block push notification traffic (UDP port 9443). If the FortiMail unit is behind a NAT device, verify that you have enabled and configured Use override push IP, and that the NAT device is configured to forward push notifications to the FortiMail unit.
Manually requesting updates
You can manually trigger the FortiMail unit to connect to the FDN or override server to request available updates for its FortiGuard Antivirus and FortiGuard Antispam packages.
You can manually initiate updates as an alternative or in addition to other update methods. For details, see
“Configuring push updates” on page 48
and “Configuring scheduled updates” on page 47 .
To manually request updates
Before manually initiating an update, first verify that the FortiMail unit can connect to the FDN or
override server. For details, see “To override the default FDS server” on page 45 .
1. Go to Maintenance > FortiGuard > Update in the advanced mode of the web UI.
Setting up the system Page 49 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
2. Click Update Now.
Updating FortiGuard Antivirus definitions can cause a short disruption in traffic currently being scanned while the FortiMail unit applies the new signature database. To minimize disruptions, update when traffic is light, such as during the night.
The web UI displays a message similar to the following:
Your update request has been sent. Your database will be updated in a few minutes. Please check your update page for the status of the update.
3. Click RETURN.
4. After a few minutes, select the Update tab to refresh the page, or go to Monitor >
System Status > Status.
If an update was available, new version numbers appear for the packages that were updated. If you have enabled logging, messages are recorded to the event log indicating whether the update was successful or not.
Gateway mode deployment
After completing the Quick Start Wizard, you may need to configure some items that are specific to your network topology or the operation mode of your FortiMail unit.
This section contains examples of how to deploy a FortiMail unit operating in gateway mode.
Other sections discuss deployment in the other two modes.
This section includes the following topics:
•
•
Example 1: FortiMail unit behind a firewall
•
Example 2: FortiMail unit in front of a firewall
•
Example 3: FortiMail unit in DMZ
Configuring DNS records
You must configure public DNS records for the protected domains and for the FortiMail unit itself.
If you are unfamiliar with configuring DNS and related MX and A records, first read “The role of
DNS in email delivery” on page 8
.
Setting up the system
For performance reasons, and to support some configuration options, you may also want to provide a private DNS server for exclusive use by the FortiMail unit.
This section includes the following:
•
Configuring DNS records for the protected domains
•
Configuring DNS records for the FortiMail unit itself
•
Configuring a private DNS server
Page 50 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Configuring DNS records for the protected domains
Regardless of your private network topology, in order for external MTAs to deliver email through the FortiMail unit, you must configure the public MX record for each protected domain to indicate that the FortiMail unit is its email gateway.
For example, if the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the FortiMail unit is fortimail.example.com, and example.com is a protected domain, the MX record for example.com would be: example.com IN MX 10 fortimail.example.com
If your FortiMail unit will operate in gateway mode, configure the MX record to refer to the
FortiMail unit, and remove other MX records. If you fail to do so, external MTAs may not be able to deliver email to or through the FortiMail unit, or may be able to bypass the FortiMail unit by using the other MX records. If you have configured secondary MX records for failover reasons,
.
An A record must also exist to resolve the host name of the FortiMail unit into an IP address.
For example, if the MX record indicates that fortimail.example.com is the email gateway for a domain, you must also configure an A record in the example.com zone file to resolve fortimail.example.com into a public IP address: fortimail IN A 10.10.10.1
where 10.10.10.1 is either the public IP address of the FortiMail unit, or a virtual IP address on a firewall or router that maps to the private IP address of the FortiMail unit.
If your FortiMail unit will relay outgoing email, you should also configure the public reverse DNS record. The public IP address of the FortiMail unit, or the virtual IP address on a firewall or router that maps to the private IP address of the FortiMail unit, should be globally resolvable into the
FortiMail unit’s FQDN. If it is not, reverse DNS lookups by external SMTP servers will fail.
For example, if the public network IP address of the FortiMail unit is 10.10.10.1, a public DNS server’s reverse DNS zone file for the 10.10.10.0/24 subnet might contain:
1 IN PTR fortimail.example.com.
where fortimail.example.com is the FQDN of the FortiMail unit.
Configuring DNS records for the FortiMail unit itself
In addition to that of protected domains, the FortiMail unit must be able to receive web connections, and send and receive email, for its own domain name. Dependent features include:
• delivery status notification (DSN) email
• spam reports
• email users’ access to their per-recipient quarantined mail
• FortiMail administrators’ access to the web UI by domain name
• alert email
• report generation notification email
For this reason, you should also configure public DNS records for the FortiMail unit itself.
Appropriate records vary by whether or not you configured Web release host name/IP (located in AntiSpam > Quarantine > Quarantine Report in the advanced mode of the web UI).
Page 51 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
See the following:
• Case 1: Web Release Host Name/IP is empty/default
• Case 2: Web Release Host Name/IP is configured
Case 1: Web Release Host Name/IP is empty/default
When Web release host name/IP is not configured (the default), the web release/delete links that appear in spam reports use the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the FortiMail unit.
For example, if the FortiMail unit’s host name is fortimail, and its local domain name is example.net
, resulting in the FQDN fortimail.example.net, a spam report’s default web release link might look like (FQDN highlighted in bold): https://fortimail.example.net/releasecontrol?release=0%3Auser2%40examp le.com%3AMTIyMDUzOTQzOC43NDJfNjc0MzE1LkZvcnRpTWFpbC00MDAsI0YjUyM2N
TkjRSxVMzoyLA%3D%3D%3Abf3db63dab53a291ab53a291ab53a291
In the DNS configuration to support this and the other DNS-dependent features, you would configure the following three records: example.net IN MX 10 fortimail.example.net
fortimail IN A 10.10.10.1
1 IN PTR fortimail.example.net.
where:
• example.net is the local domain name to which the FortiMail unit belongs; in the MX record, it is the local domain for which the FortiMail is the mail gateway
• fortimail.example.net is the FQDN of the FortiMail unit
• fortimail is the host name of the FortiMail unit; in the A record of the zone file for example.net, it resolves to the IP address of the FortiMail unit for the purpose of administrators’ access to the web UI, email users’ access to their per-recipient quarantines, to resolve the FQDN referenced in the MX record when email users send Bayesian and quarantine control email to the FortiMail unit, and to resolve to the IP address of the FortiMail unit for the purpose of the web release/delete hyperlinks in the spam report
• 10.10.10.1 is the public IP address of the FortiMail unit
Case 2: Web Release Host Name/IP is configured
You could configure Web release host name/IP to use an alternative fully qualified domain name
(FQDN) such as webrelease.example.info instead of the configured FQDN, resulting in the following web release link (web release FQDN highlighted in bold): https://webrelease.example.info/releasecontrol?release=0%3Auser2%40exa mple.com%3AMTIyMDUzOTQzOC43NDJfNjc0MzE1LkZvcnRpTWFpbC00MDAsI0YjUyM
2NTkjRSxVMzoyLA%3D%3D%3Abf3db63dab53a291ab53a291ab53a291
Then, in the DNS configuration to support this and the other DNS-dependent features, you would configure the following MX record, A records, and PTR record (unlike “Case 1: Web
Release Host Name/IP is empty/default” on page 52 , in this case, two A records are required; the difference is highlighted in bold): example.net IN MX 10 fortimail.example.net
fortimail IN A 10.10.10.1
webrelease IN A 10.10.10.1
1 IN PTR fortimail.example.net.
Page 52 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system where:
• example.net is the local domain name to which the FortiMail unit belongs; in the MX record, it is the local domain for which the FortiMail is the mail gateway
• fortimail.example.net is the FQDN of the FortiMail unit
• fortimail is the host name of the FortiMail unit; in the A record of the zone file for example.net, it resolves to the IP address of the FortiMail unit for the purpose of administrators’ access to the web UI and to resolve the FQDN referenced in the MX record when email users send Bayesian and quarantine control email to the FortiMail unit
• webrelease is the web release host name; in the A record of the zone file for example.info, it resolves to the IP address of the FortiMail unit for the purpose of the web release/delete hyperlinks in the spam report
• 10.10.10.1 is the public IP address of the FortiMail unit
Configuring a private DNS server
In addition to the public DNS server, consider providing a private DNS server on your local network to improve performance with features that use DNS queries.
Figure 7: Public and private DNS servers (gateway mode)
Local Email Users
Email Domain: example.com
Internal Email Server
172.16.1.10
Switch port1
172.16.1.5
internal
172.16.1.1
External
Email Server wan1
10.10.10.1
Remote Email Users
Internet
Private DNS Server example.com IN M 10 mail.example.com
mail IN A 172.16.1.10
Gateway Mode
Protected Domain: example.com
Public DNS Server example.com IN M 10 fortimail.example.com
fortimail IN A 10.10.10.1
In some situations, a private DNS server may be required. A private DNS server is required if you enable the Use MX record option. Because gateway mode requires that public DNS servers have an MX record that routes mail to the FortiMail unit, but Use MX record requires an MX record that references the protected SMTP server, if you enable that option, you must configure the records of the private DNS server and public DNS server differently.
For example, if both a FortiMail unit (fortimail.example.com) operating in gateway mode and the SMTP server reside on your private network behind a router or firewall as illustrated in
Figure 7 on page 53
, and the Use MX Record option is enabled, Table 9 on page 81
illustrates differences between the public and private DNS servers for the authoritative DNS records of example.com.
Table 8: Public versus private DNS records when “Use MX record” is enabled
Private DNS server
example.com IN MX 10 mail.example.com
Public DNS server
example.com IN MX 10 fortimail.example.com
Page 53 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 8: Public versus private DNS records when “Use MX record” is enabled mail IN A 172.16.1.10
fortimail IN A 10.10.10.1
1 IN PTR fortimail.example.com
If you choose to add a private DNS server, to configure the FortiMail unit to use it, go to System
> Network > DNS in the advanced mode of the web UI.
Example 1: FortiMail unit behind a firewall
In this example, a FortiMail unit operating in gateway mode, a protected email server, a private
DNS server, and email users’ computers are all positioned within a private network, behind a firewall. Remote email users’ computers and external email servers are located on the Internet, outside of the network protected by the firewall. The FortiMail unit protects accounts for email addresses ending in “@example.com”, which are hosted on the local email server.
Figure 8: FortiMail unit behind a NAT device
Local Email Users
Email Domain: example.com
Internal Email Server
172.16.1.10
Remote Email Users
Switch port1
172.16.1.5
internal
172.16.1.1
External
Email Server wan1
10.10.10.1
Internet
Private DNS Server example.com IN M 10 mail.example.com
mail IN A 172.16.1.10
Gateway Mode
Protected Domain: example.com
DNS Server example.com IN M 10 fortimail.example.com
fortimail IN A 10.10.10.1
The private DNS server is configured to locally replicate records from public DNS servers for most domains, with the exception of records for protected domains, which instead have been configured differently locally in order to support the Use MX record option.
The FortiMail unit is configured to query the private DNS server, and also includes an access control rule that allows local and remote email users to send email to unprotected domains if they first authenticate:
Sender Pattern
*@example.com
Recipient
Pattern
*
Sender
IP/Netmask
Reverse DNS
Pattern
0.0.0.0/0
*
Setting up the system Page 54 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Authentication
Status
authenticated
TLS
Action
< none >
RELAY
To deploy the FortiMail unit behind a NAT device such as a firewall or router, you must complete the following:
•
•
•
This example assumes you have already completed the Quick Start Wizard and configured records on the DNS server for each protected domain. For details, see
“Configuring DNS records” on page 50 .
Configuring the firewall
With the FortiMail unit behind a FortiGate unit, you must configure firewall policies to allow traffic between the internal network and the Internet.
To create the required policies, complete the following:
• Configuring the firewall address
• Configuring the service groups
• Configuring the virtual IPs
• Configuring the firewall policies
The following procedures use a FortiGate unit running FortiOS v3.0 MR7. If you are using a different firewall appliance, consult the appliance’s documentation for completing similar configurations.
Configuring the firewall address
In order to create the outgoing firewall policy that governs the IP address of the FortiMail unit, you must first define the IP address of the FortiMail unit by creating a firewall address entry.
To add a firewall address for the FortiMail unit
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Address > Address.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following and then click OK.
Page 55 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Name
Enter a name to identify the firewall address entry, such as
FortiMail_address
.
Type
Select Subnet/IP Range.
Subnet /IP Range
Enter 172.16.1.5.
Interface
Select internal.
Configuring the service groups
In order to create firewall policies that govern only email and FortiMail-related traffic, you must first create groups of services that define protocols and port numbers used in that traffic.
Because FortiGuard-related services for FortiMail units are not predefined, you must define them before you can create a service group that contains those services.
For more information on protocols and port numbers used by FortiMail units, see the Fortinet
Knowledge Base article FortiMail Traffic Types and TCP/UDP Ports .
Setting up the system
To add a custom service for FortiGuard Antivirus push updates
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Custom.
3. Select Create New.
4. Configure the following and then click OK:
Name
Protocol Type
Protocol
Destination Port
Enter a name to identify the custom service entry, such as
FortiMail_antivirus_push_updates
.
Select TCP/UDP.
Select UDP.
Low
High
Enter 9443.
Enter 9443.
To add a custom service for FortiGuard Antispam rating queries
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Custom.
3. Select Create New.
4. Configure the following and then click OK.
Name
Protocol Type
Protocol
Enter a name to identify the custom service entry, such as
FortiMail_antispam_rating_queries
.
Select TCP/UDP.
Select UDP.
Page 56 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Destination Port
Low
High
Enter 8889.
Enter 8889.
To add a service group for incoming FortiMail traffic
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
3. Select Create New.
4. In Group Name, enter a name to identify the service group entry, such as
FortiMail_incoming_services
.
5. In the Available Services area, select HTTP, HTTPS, SMTP, and your custom service for
FortiGuard Antivirus push updates, FortiMail_antivirus_push_updates, then select the right arrow to move them to the Members area.
6. Select OK.
To add a service group for outgoing FortiMail traffic
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
3. Select Create New.
4. In Group Name, enter a name to identify the service group entry, such as
FortiMail_outgoing_services
.
5. In the Available Services area, select DNS, NTP, HTTPS, SMTP, and your custom service for
FortiGuard Antispam rating queries, FortiMail_antispam_rating_queries, then select the right arrow to move them to the Members area.
6. Select OK.
To add a service group for email user traffic
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
3. Select Create New.
4. In Group Name, enter a name to identify the service group entry, such as
PO3_IMAP_services
.
5. In the Available Services area, select POP3 and IMAP, then select the right arrow to move them to the Members area.
6. Select OK.
Configuring the virtual IPs
In order to create the firewall policy that forwards email-related traffic to the FortiMail unit, you must first define a static NAT mapping from a public IP address on the FortiGate unit to the private IP address of the FortiMail unit by creating a virtual IP entry.
Similarly, in order to create the firewall policy that forwards POP3/IMAP-related traffic to the protected email server, you must first define a static NAT mapping from a public IP address on
Page 57 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
the FortiGate unit to the private IP address of the protected email server by creating a virtual IP entry.
To add virtual IPs, the FortiGate unit must be operating in NAT mode. For more information, see the
FortiGate Administration Guide
.
Setting up the system
To add a virtual IP for the FortiMail unit
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Virtual IP > Virtual IP.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following and then click OK.
Name
External Interface
Type
External IP
Address/Range
Mapped IP
Address/Range
Enter a name to identify the virtual IP entry, such as
FortiMail_VIP
.
Select wan1.
Select Static NAT.
Enter 10.10.10.1.
Enter 172.16.1.5.
To add a virtual IP for the protected email server
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Virtual IP > Virtual IP.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following and then click OK.
Name
External Interface
Type
External IP
Address/Range
Mapped IP
Address/Range
Enter a name to identify the virtual IP entry, such as protected_email_server_VIP
.
Select wan1.
Select Static NAT.
Enter 10.10.10.1.
Enter 172.16.1.10.
Configuring the firewall policies
First, create a firewall policy that allows incoming FortiMail services that are received at the virtual IP address, then applies a static NAT when forwarding the traffic to the private network IP address of the FortiMail unit.
Page 58 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Second, create a firewall policy that allows outgoing email and other FortiMail connections from the FortiMail unit to the Internet.
Last, create a firewall policy that allows incoming POP3 and IMAP traffic that is received at the virtual IP address, then applies a static NAT when forwarding the traffic to the private network IP address of the protected email server.
To add the Internet-to-FortiMail policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following and then click OK.
Source Interface/zone Select wan1.
Source Address Name Select all.
Destination
Interface/zone
Select internal.
Destination Address
Name
Select FortiMail_VIP.
Schedule
Service
Action
Select ALWAYS.
Select FortiMail_incoming_services.
Select ACCEPT.
To add the FortiMail-to-Internet policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Source Interface/zone Select internal.
Source Address Name Select FortiMail_address.
Destination
Interface/zone
Select wan1.
Destination Address
Name
Select all.
Schedule
Service
Action
Select ALWAYS.
Select FortiMail_outgoing_services.
Select ACCEPT.
5. Select NAT.
6. Select OK.
Page 59 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To add the Internet-to-email-server policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following and then click OK.
Source Interface/zone Select wan1.
Source Address Name Select all.
Destination
Interface/zone
Select internal.
Destination Address
Name
Select protected_email_server_VIP.
Schedule
Service
Action
Select ALWAYS.
Select PO3_IMAP_services.
Select ACCEPT.
Configuring the MUAs
Configure the email clients of local and remote email users to use the FortiMail unit as their outgoing mail (SMTP) server/MTA. For local email users, this is the private network IP address of the FortiMail unit, 172.16.1.5; for remote email users, this is the virtual IP on the FortiGate unit that maps to the FortiMail unit, 10.10.10.1 or fortimail.example.com.
If you do not configure the email clients to send email through the FortiMail unit, incoming email delivered to your protected email server can be scanned, but email outgoing from your email users cannot.
Also configure email clients to authenticate with the email user’s user name and password for outgoing mail. The user name is the email user’s entire email address, including the domain name portion, such as [email protected].
If you do not configure the email clients to authenticate, email destined for other email users in the protected domain may be accepted, but email outgoing to unprotected domains will be denied by the access control rule.
Testing the installation
Basic configuration is now complete, and the installation may be tested. For testing instructions, see
“Testing the installation” on page 158 .
Example 2: FortiMail unit in front of a firewall
In this example, a FortiMail unit operates in gateway mode within a private network, but is separated from the protected email server and local email users’ computers by a firewall. The protected email server is located on the demilitarized zone (DMZ) of the firewall. The local email users are located on the internal network of the firewall. Remote email users’ computers and external email servers are located on the Internet, outside of the private network. The FortiMail unit protects accounts for email addresses ending in “@example.com,” which are hosted on the local email server.
Setting up the system Page 60 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Figure 9: FortiMail unit in front of a NAT device
Local Email Users
Email Domain: example.com
Internal Email Server
192.168.1.10
Remote Email Users
External
Email Server dmz
192.168.1.1
wan1
10.10.10.1
Switch
Internet internal
172.16.1.1
(virtual IP:
172.16.1.2) port1
10.10.10.5
Protected Domain: example.com
DNS Server example.com IN M 10 fortimail.example.com
fortimail IN A 10.10.10.5
The FortiMail unit has also been configured with an access control rule that allows local and remote email users to send email to unprotected domains if they first authenticate:
Sender Pattern
*@example.com
Recipient
Pattern
*
Sender
IP/Netmask
Reverse DNS
Pattern
0.0.0.0/0
*
Authentication
Status
authenticated
TLS
Action
< none >
RELAY
To deploy the FortiMail unit in front of a NAT device such as a firewall or router, you must complete the following:
•
•
•
This example assumes you have already completed the Quick Start Wizard and configured records on the DNS server for each protected domain. For details, see
“Configuring DNS records” on page 50 .
Page 61 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring the firewall
With the FortiMail unit in front of a FortiGate unit, the internal network located behind the
FortiGate unit, and the protected email server located on the DMZ, you must configure firewall policies to allow traffic:
• between the internal network and the FortiMail unit
• between the internal network and protected email server
• between the protected email server and the FortiMail unit
• between the protected email server and the Internet
To create the required policies, complete the following:
• Configuring the firewall addresses
• Configuring the service groups
• Configuring the virtual IPs
• Configuring the firewall policies
The following procedures use a FortiGate unit running FortiOS v3.0 MR7. If you are using a different firewall appliance, consult the appliance’s documentation for completing similar configurations.
Configuring the firewall addresses
In order to create the firewall policies that governs traffic from the IP addresses of local email users, the protected email server, and the IP address of the FortiMail unit, you must first define the IP addresses of those hosts by creating firewall address entries.
To add a firewall address for local email users
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Address > Address.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Name
Type
Subnet /IP Range
Interface
Enter a name to identify the firewall address entry, such as local_email_users_address
.
Select Subnet/IP Range.
Enter 172.16.1.0/24.
Select internal.
Setting up the system
5. Select OK.
To add a firewall address for the protected email server
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Address > Address.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Page 62 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Name
Type
Subnet /IP Range
Interface
Enter a name to identify the firewall address entry, such as protected_email_server_address
.
Select Subnet/IP Range.
Enter 192.168.1.10/32.
Select dmz.
5. Select OK.
To add a firewall address for the FortiMail unit
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Address > Address.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Name
Type
Subnet /IP Range
Interface
Enter a name to identify the firewall address entry, such as FortiMail_address.
Select Subnet/IP Range.
Enter 10.10.10.5/32.
Select wan1.
5. Select OK.
Configuring the service groups
In order to create firewall policies that governs email and FortiMail-related traffic, you must first create service groups that contain services that define protocols and port numbers used in that traffic.
To add a service group for internal email user and protected server traffic to the FortiMail unit
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
3. Select Create New.
4. In Group Name, enter a name to identify the service group entry, such as
SMTP_quar_services
.
5. In the Available Services area, select HTTP, HTTPS, and SMTP, then select the right arrow to move them to the Members area.
6. Select OK.
To add a service group for POP3 and IMAP traffic to the protected email server
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
3. Select Create New.
Page 63 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
4. In Group Name, enter a name to identify the service group entry, such as
PO3_IMAP_services
.
5. In the Available Services area, select POP3 and IMAP, then select the right arrow to move them to the Members area.
6. Select OK.
Configuring the virtual IPs
In order to create the firewall policies that forward from the FortiMail unit and local and remote email users to the protected email server, you must first define static NAT mappings from a public IP address on the FortiGate unit to the IP address of the protected email server, and from an internal IP address on the FortiGate unit to the IP address of the protected email server, by creating virtual IP entries.
Note: To add virtual IPs, the FortiGate unit must be operating in NAT mode. For more information, see the
FortiGate Administration Guide
.
To add a wan1 virtual IP for the protected email server
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Virtual IP > Virtual IP.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Name
External Interface
Type
External IP
Address/Range
Mapped IP
Address/Range
Enter a name to identify the virtual IP entry, such as protected_email_server_VIP_wan1
.
Select wan1.
Select Static NAT.
Enter 10.10.10.1.
Enter 192.168.1.10.
5. Select OK.
To add an internal virtual IP for the protected email server
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Virtual IP > Virtual IP.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Page 64 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Name
External Interface
Type
External IP
Address/Range
Mapped IP
Address/Range
Enter a name to identify the virtual IP entry, such as protected_email_server_VIP_interna l
.
Select internal.
Select Static NAT.
Enter 172.16.1.2.
Enter 192.168.1.10.
5. Select OK.
Configuring the firewall policies
Create the following firewall policies:
• Allow SMTP connections from the protected email server to the FortiMail unit.
• Allow SMTP_quar_services from the local email users to the FortiMail unit.
• allow SMTP connections that are received at the wan1 virtual IP address from the FortiMail unit, then apply a static NAT when forwarding the traffic to the private network IP address of the protected email server.
• Allow PO3_IMAP_services that are received at the internal virtual IP address, then apply a static NAT when forwarding the traffic to the private network IP address of the protected email server.
• Allow PO3_IMAP_services that are received at the wan1 virtual IP address, then apply a static NAT when forwarding the traffic to the private network IP address of the protected email server.
To add the email-server-to-FortiMail policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Source Interface/zone Select dmz.
Source Address Name Select protected_email_server_address.
Destination
Interface/zone
Select wan1.
Destination Address
Name
Select FortiMail_address.
Schedule
Select ALWAYS.
Page 65 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Service
Action
Select SMTP.
Select ACCEPT.
5. Select NAT.
6. Select OK.
To add the local-users-to-FortiMail policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Source Interface/zone Select internal.
Source Address Name Select local_email_users_address.
Destination
Interface/zone
Select wan1.
Destination Address
Name
Select FortiMail_address.
Schedule
Service
Action
Select ALWAYS.
Select SMTP_quar_services.
Select ACCEPT.
5. Select NAT.
6. Select OK.
To add the FortiMail-to-email-server policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Setting up the system
Source Interface/zone Select wan1.
Source Address Name Select FortiMail_address.
Destination
Interface/zone
Select wan1.
Destination Address
Name
Select protected_email_server_VIP_wan1.
Schedule
Service
Action
Select ALWAYS.
Select SMTP.
Select ACCEPT.
Page 66 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
5. Select NAT.
6. Select OK.
To add the local-users-to-email-server policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Source Interface/zone Select internal.
Source Address Name Select local_email_users_address.
Destination
Interface/zone
Select internal.
Destination Address
Name
Select protected_email_server_VIP_internal.
Schedule
Service
Action
Select ALWAYS.
Select PO3_IMAP_services.
Select ACCEPT.
5. Select NAT.
6. Select OK.
To add the remote-users-to-email-server policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Source Interface/zone Select wan1.
Source Address Name Select all.
Destination
Interface/zone
Select dmz.
Destination Address
Name
Select protected_email_server_VIP_wan1.
Schedule
Service
Action
Select ALWAYS.
Select PO3_IMAP_services.
Select ACCEPT.
5. Select NAT.
6. Select OK.
Page 67 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring the MUAs
Configure the email clients of local and remote email users to use the FortiMail unit as their outgoing mail (SMTP) server/MTA. For both local and remote email users, this is 10.10.10.5 or fortimail.example.com.
If you do not configure the email clients to send email through the FortiMail unit, incoming email delivered to your protected email server can be scanned, but email outgoing from your email users cannot.
Also configure email clients to authenticate with the email user’s user name and password for outgoing mail. The user name is the email user’s entire email address, including the domain name portion, such as [email protected].
If you do not configure the email clients to authenticate, email destined for other email users in the protected domain may be accepted, but email outgoing to unprotected domains will be denied by the access control rule.
Testing the installation
Basic configuration is now complete, and the installation may be tested. For testing instructions, see
“Testing the installation” on page 158 .
Example 3: FortiMail unit in DMZ
In this example, a FortiMail unit operating in gateway mode, a protected email server, and email users’ computers are all positioned within a private network, behind a firewall. However, the
FortiMail unit is located in the demilitarized zone (DMZ) of the firewall, separated from the local email users and the protected email server, which are located on the internal network of the firewall. Remote email users’ computers and external email servers are located on the Internet, outside of the network protected by the firewall. The FortiMail unit protects accounts for email addresses ending in “@example.com”, which are hosted on the local email server.
Figure 10:FortiMail unit in DMZ
Local Email Users
Email Domain: example.com
Internal Email Server
172.16.1.10
Remote Email Users
Switch
External
Email Server internal
172.16.1.1
(virtual IP:
172.16.1.2) wan1
10.10.10.1
Internet dmz
192.168.1.1
(virtual IP:
192.168.1.2) port1
192.168.1.5
DNS Server example.com IN M 10 fortimail.example.com
fortimail IN A 10.10.10.1
Protected Domain: example.com
Setting up the system Page 68 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
The FortiMail unit has also been configured with an access control rule that allows local and remote email users to send email to unprotected domains if they first authenticate:
Sender Pattern
*@example.com
Recipient
Pattern
*
Sender
IP/Netmask
Reverse DNS
Pattern
0.0.0.0/0
*
Authentication
Status
authenticated
TLS
Action
< none >
RELAY
To deploy the FortiMail unit in the DMZ of a firewall, you must complete the following:
•
•
•
This example assumes you have already completed the Quick Start Wizard and configured records on the DNS server for each protected domain. For details, see
“Configuring DNS records” on page 50 .
Setting up the system
Configuring the firewall
With the FortiMail unit in front of a FortiGate unit, and local email users and protected email server located behind the FortiGate unit on its internal network, you must configure firewall policies to allow traffic:
• between the internal network and the FortiMail unit
• between the protected email server and the Internet
• between the FortiMail unit and the Internet
To create the required policies, complete the following:
• Configuring the firewall addresses
• Configuring the service groups
• Configuring the virtual IPs
• Configuring the firewall policies
The following procedures use a FortiGate unit running FortiOS v3.0 MR7. If you are using a different firewall appliance, consult the appliance’s documentation for completing similar configurations.
Page 69 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Configuring the firewall addresses
In order to create the firewall policies that governs traffic from the IP addresses of local email users and the protected email server, and the IP address of the FortiMail unit, you must first define the IP addresses of those hosts by creating firewall address entries.
To add a firewall address for local email users
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Address > Address.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Name
Type
Subnet /IP Range
Interface
Enter a name to identify the firewall address entry, such as local_email_users_address
.
Select Subnet/IP Range.
Enter 172.16.1.0/24.
Select internal.
5. Select OK.
To add a firewall address for the FortiMail unit
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Address > Address.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Name
Type
Subnet /IP Range
Interface
Enter a name to identify the firewall address entry, such as FortiMail_address.
Select Subnet/IP Range.
Enter 192.168.1.5/32.
Select dmz.
5. Select OK.
Configuring the service groups
In order to create firewall policies that govern only email and FortiMail-related traffic, you must first create groups of services that define protocols and port numbers used in that traffic.
Page 70 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Because FortiGuard-related services for FortiMail units are not predefined, you must define them before you can create a service group that contains those services.
For more information on protocols and port numbers used by FortiMail units, see the Fortinet
Knowledge Base article FortiMail Traffic Types and TCP/UDP Ports .
To add a custom service for FortiGuard Antivirus push updates
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Custom.
3. Select Create New.
4. Configure the following:
Name
Protocol Type
Protocol
Destination Port
Low
High
Enter a name to identify the custom service entry, such as
FortiMail_antivirus_push_updates
.
Select TCP/UDP.
Select UDP.
Enter 9443.
Enter 9443.
5. Select OK.
To add a custom service for FortiGuard Antispam rating queries
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Custom.
3. Select Create New.
4. Configure the following:
Name
Protocol Type
Protocol
Destination Port
Enter a name to identify the custom service entry, such as
FortiMail_antispam_rating_queries
.
Select TCP/UDP.
Select UDP.
Low
High
Enter 8889.
Enter 8889.
Setting up the system
5. Select OK.
To add a service group for remote incoming FortiMail traffic
1. Access FortiGate.
Page 71 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
3. Select Create New.
4. In Group Name, enter a name to identify the service group entry, such as
FortiMail_incoming_services
.
5. In the Available Services area, select HTTP, HTTPS, SMTP, and your custom service for
FortiGuard Antivirus push updates, FortiMail_antivirus_push_updates, then select the right arrow to move them to the Members area.
6. Select OK.
To add a service group for outgoing FortiMail traffic
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
3. Select Create New.
4. In Group Name, enter a name to identify the service group entry, such as
FortiMail_outgoing_services
.
5. In the Available Services area, select DNS, NTP, HTTPS, SMTP, and your custom service for
FortiGuard Antispam rating queries, FortiMail_antispam_rating_queries, then select the right arrow to move them to the Members area.
6. Select OK.
To add a service group for internal email user traffic to the FortiMail unit
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
3. Select Create New.
4. In Group Name, enter a name to identify the service group entry, such as
SMTP_quar_services
.
5. In the Available Services area, select HTTP, HTTPS, and SMTP, then select the right arrow to move them to the Members area.
6. Select OK.
To add a service group for POP3 and IMAP traffic to the protected email server
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
3. Select Create New.
4. In Group Name, enter a name to identify the service group entry, such as
PO3_IMAP_services
.
5. In the Available Services area, select POP3 and IMAP, then select the right arrow to move them to the Members area.
6. Select OK.
Configuring the virtual IPs
In order to create the firewall policy that forwards email-related traffic to the FortiMail unit, you must first define a static NAT mapping from a public IP address on the FortiGate unit to the IP address of the FortiMail unit by creating a virtual IP entry.
Page 72 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
You must also create virtual IPs to define static NAT mappings:
• from a public IP address on the FortiGate unit to the IP address of the protected email server
• from an IP address on the internal network of the FortiGate unit to the IP address of the
FortiMail unit
• from an IP address on the DMZ of the FortiGate unit to the IP address of the protected email server
To add virtual IPs, the FortiGate unit must be operating in NAT mode. For more information, see the
FortiGate Administration Guide
.
To add a wan1 virtual IP for the FortiMail unit
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Virtual IP > Virtual IP.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Name
External Interface
Type
External IP
Address/Range
Mapped IP
Address/Range
Enter a name to identify the virtual IP entry, such as FortiMail_VIP_wan1.
Select wan1.
Select Static NAT.
Enter 10.10.10.1.
Enter 192.168.1.5.
5. Select OK.
To add a wan1 virtual IP for the protected email server
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Virtual IP > Virtual IP.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Name
External Interface
Type
Enter a name to identify the virtual IP entry, such as protected_email_server_VIP_wan1
.
Select wan1.
Select Static NAT.
Page 73 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
External IP
Address/Range
Mapped IP
Address/Range
Enter 10.10.10.1.
Enter 172.16.1.10.
5. Select OK.
To add a internal virtual IP for the FortiMail unit
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Virtual IP > Virtual IP.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Name
External Interface
Type
External IP
Address/Range
Mapped IP
Address/Range
Enter a name to identify the virtual IP entry, such as FortiMail_VIP_internal.
Select internal.
Select Static NAT.
Enter 172.16.1.2.
Enter 192.168.1.5.
5. Select OK.
To add a dmz virtual IP for the protected email server
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Virtual IP > Virtual IP.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Name
External Interface
Type
External IP
Address/Range
Mapped IP
Address/Range
5. Select OK.
Enter a name to identify the virtual IP entry, such as protected_email_server_VIP_dmz
.
Select dmz.
Select Static NAT.
Enter 192.168.1.2.
Enter 172.16.1.10.
Page 74 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Configuring the firewall policies
Create the following firewall policies:
• Allow SMTP_quar_services that are received at the internal virtual IP address, then apply a static NAT when forwarding the traffic to the private network IP address of the FortiMail unit.
• Allow FortiMail_incoming_services that are received at the wan1 virtual IP address that maps to the FortiMail unit, then apply a static NAT when forwarding the traffic to the private network IP address of the FortiMail unit.
• Allow FortiMail_outgoing_services from the FortiMail unit to the Internet.
• Allow SMTP traffic that is received at the DMZ virtual IP address, then apply a static NAT when forwarding the traffic to the private network IP address of the protected email server.
• Allow PO3_IMAP_services that are received at the wan1 virtual IP address that maps to the protected email server, then apply a static NAT when forwarding the traffic to the private network IP address of the protected email server.
To add the internal-to-FortiMail policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Source Interface/zone Select internal.
Source Address Name Select internal_address.
Destination
Interface/zone
Select dmz.
Destination Address
Name
Select FortiMail_VIP_internal.
Schedule
Service
Action
Select ALWAYS.
Select SMTP_quar_services.
Select ACCEPT.
5. Select NAT.
6. Select OK.
To add the Internet-to-FortiMail unit policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Source Interface/zone Select wan1.
Source Address Name Select all.
Page 75 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Destination
Interface/zone
Select dmz.
Destination Address
Name
Select FortiMail_VIP_wan1.
Schedule
Service
Action
Select ALWAYS.
Select FortiMail_incoming_services.
Select ACCEPT.
5. Select OK.
To add the FortiMail-to-Internet policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Source Interface/zone Select dmz.
Source Address Name Select FortiMail_address.
Destination
Interface/zone
Select wan1.
Destination Address
Name
Select all.
Schedule
Service
Action
Select ALWAYS.
Select FortiMail_outgoing_services.
Select ACCEPT.
5. Select NAT.
6. Select OK.
To add the FortiMail-to-email-server policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Source Interface/zone Select dmz.
Source Address Name Select FortiMail_address.
Destination
Interface/zone
Select internal.
Page 76 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Destination Address
Name
Select protected_email_server_VIP_dmz.
Schedule
Service
Action
Select ALWAYS.
Select SMTP.
Select ACCEPT.
5. Select NAT.
6. Select OK.
To add the remote-users-to-email-server policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Source Interface/zone Select wan1.
Source Address Name Select all.
Destination
Interface/zone
Select internal.
Destination Address
Name
Select protected_email_server_VIP_wan1.
Schedule
Service
Action
Select ALWAYS.
Select PO3_IMAP_services.
Select ACCEPT.
5. Select OK.
Configuring the MUAs
Configure the email clients of local and remote email users to use the FortiMail unit as their outgoing mail (SMTP) server/MTA. For local email users, this is 172.16.1.2, the virtual IP on the internal network interface of the FortiGate unit that is mapped to the IP address of the FortiMail unit; for remote email users, this is 10.10.10.1 or fortimail.example.com, the virtual IP on the wan1 network interface of the FortiGate unit that is mapped to the FortiMail unit.
If you do not configure the email clients to send email through the FortiMail unit, incoming email delivered to your protected email server can be scanned, but email outgoing from your email users cannot.
Also configure email clients to authenticate with the email user’s user name and password for outgoing mail. The user name is the email user’s entire email address, including the domain name portion, such as [email protected].
If you do not configure the email clients to authenticate, email destined for other email users in the protected domain may be accepted, but email outgoing to unprotected domains will be denied by the access control rule.
Page 77 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Testing the installation
Basic configuration is now complete, and the installation may be tested. For testing instructions, see
“Testing the installation” on page 158 .
Transparent mode deployment
The following procedures and examples show you how to deploy the FortiMail unit in transparent mode.
•
•
Example 1: FortiMail unit in front of an email server
•
Example 2: FortiMail unit in front of an email hub
•
Example 3: FortiMail unit for an ISP or carrier
Configuring DNS records
If the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode, in most cases, configuring DNS records for protected domain names is not required. Proper DNS records for your protected domain names are usually already in place. However, you usually must configure public DNS records for the
FortiMail unit itself.
If you are unfamiliar with configuring DNS and related MX and A records, first read “The role of
DNS in email delivery” on page 8
.
For performance reasons, and to support some configuration options, you may also want to provide a private DNS server for exclusive use by the FortiMail unit.
This section includes the following:
•
Configuring DNS records for the FortiMail unit itself
•
Configuring a private DNS server
Configuring DNS records for the FortiMail unit itself
In addition to that of protected domains, the FortiMail unit must be able to receive web connections, and send and receive email, for its own domain name. Dependent features include:
• delivery status notification (DSN) email
• spam reports
• email users’ access to their per-recipient quarantined mail
• FortiMail administrators’ access to the web UI by domain name
• alert email
• report generation notification email
For this reason, you should also configure public DNS records for the FortiMail unit itself.
Setting up the system Page 78 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Appropriate records vary by whether or not Web release host name/IP (located in AntiSpam >
Quarantine > Quarantine Report in the advanced mode of the web UI) is configured:
• Case 1: Web Release Host Name/IP is empty/default
• Case 2: Web Release Host Name/IP is configured
Unless you have enabled both Hide the transparent box in each protected domain and Hide this
box from the mail server in each session profile, the FortiMail unit is not fully transparent in
SMTP sessions: the domain name and IP address of the FortiMail unit may be visible to SMTP servers, and they might perform reverse lookups. For this reason, public DNS records for the
FortiMail unit usually should include reverse DNS (RDNS) records.
Case 1: Web Release Host Name/IP is empty/default
When Web release host name/IP is not configured (the default), the web release/delete links that appear in spam reports use the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the FortiMail unit.
For example, if the FortiMail unit’s host name is fortimail, and its local domain name is example.net
, resulting in the FQDN fortimail.example.net, a spam report’s default web release link might look like (FQDN highlighted in bold): https://fortimail.example.net/releasecontrol?release=0%3Auser2%40examp le.com%3AMTIyMDUzOTQzOC43NDJfNjc0MzE1LkZvcnRpTWFpbC00MDAsI0YjUyM2N
TkjRSxVMzoyLA%3D%3D%3Abf3db63dab53a291ab53a291ab53a291
In the DNS configuration to support this and the other DNS-dependent features, you would configure the following three records: example.net IN MX 10 fortimail.example.net
fortimail IN A 10.10.10.1
1 IN PTR fortimail.example.net.
where:
• example.net is the local domain name to which the FortiMail unit belongs; in the MX record, it is the local domain for which the FortiMail is the mail gateway
• fortimail.example.net is the FQDN of the FortiMail unit
• fortimail is the host name of the FortiMail unit; in the A record of the zone file for example.net, it resolves to the IP address of the FortiMail unit for the purpose of administrators’ access to the web UI, email users’ access to their per-recipient quarantines, to resolve the FQDN referenced in the MX record when email users send Bayesian and quarantine control email to the FortiMail unit, and to resolve to the IP address of the FortiMail unit for the purpose of the web release/delete hyperlinks in the spam report
• 10.10.10.1 is the public IP address of the FortiMail unit
Case 2: Web Release Host Name/IP is configured
You could configure Web release host name/IP to use an alternative fully qualified domain name
(FQDN) such as webrelease.example.info instead of the configured FQDN, resulting in the following web release link (web release FQDN highlighted in bold): https://webrelease.example.info/releasecontrol?release=0%3Auser2%40exa mple.com%3AMTIyMDUzOTQzOC43NDJfNjc0MzE1LkZvcnRpTWFpbC00MDAsI0YjUyM
2NTkjRSxVMzoyLA%3D%3D%3Abf3db63dab53a291ab53a291ab53a291
Then, in the DNS configuration to support this and the other DNS-dependent features, you would configure the following MX record, A records, and PTR record (unlike “Case 1: Web
Page 79 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Release Host Name/IP is empty/default” on page 52 , in this case, two A records are required; the difference is highlighted in bold): example.net IN MX 10 fortimail.example.net
fortimail IN A 10.10.10.1
webrelease IN A 10.10.10.1
1 IN PTR fortimail.example.net.
where:
• example.net is the local domain name to which the FortiMail unit belongs; in the MX record, it is the local domain for which the FortiMail is the mail gateway
• fortimail.example.net is the FQDN of the FortiMail unit
• fortimail is the host name of the FortiMail unit; in the A record of the zone file for example.net, it resolves to the IP address of the FortiMail unit for the purpose of administrators’ access to the web UI and to resolve the FQDN referenced in the MX record when email users send Bayesian and quarantine control email to the FortiMail unit
• webrelease is the web release host name; in the A record of the zone file for example.info, it resolves to the IP address of the FortiMail unit for the purpose of the web release/delete hyperlinks in the spam report
• 10.10.10.1 is the public IP address of the FortiMail unit
Configuring a private DNS server
Consider providing a private DNS server on your local network to improve performance with features that use DNS queries.
Figure 11:Public and private DNS servers (transparent mode)
Local Email Users
External
Email Server
Protected Domain:
@example.com
Transparent Mode port2 port1
Router
10.10.10.1
Internet
Remote Email Users
Internal Email Server
172.16.1.10
Email Domain:
@example.com
Private DNS Server example.com IN MX 10 mail.example.com
mail IN A 172.16.1.10
Public DNS Server example.com IN MX 10 mail.example.com
mail IN A 10.10.10.1
In some situations, a private DNS server may be required. If:
• you configure the FortiMail unit to use a private DNS server, and
• both the FortiMail unit and the protected SMTP server reside on the internal network, with private network IP addresses, and
• you enable the Use MX record option you should configure the A records on the private DNS server and public DNS server differently: the private DNS server must resolve to the domain names of the SMTP servers into private IP addresses, while the public DNS server must resolve them into public IP addresses.
Page 80 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
For example, if both a FortiMail unit (fortimail.example.com) operating in transparent mode and the SMTP server reside on your private network behind a router or firewall as illustrated in
Figure 7 on page 53 , and the Use MX record option is enabled,
Table 9 on page 81 illustrates
differences between the public and private DNS servers for the authoritative DNS records of example.com.
Table 9: Public versus private DNS records when “Use MX Record” is enabled
Private DNS server
example.com IN MX 10 mail.example.com
Public DNS server
example.com IN MX 10 mail.example.com
mail IN A 172.16.1.10
mail IN A 10.10.10.1
10 IN PTR fortimail.example.com
1 IN PTR fortimail.example.com
If you choose to add a private DNS server, to configure the FortiMail unit to use it, go to System
> Network > DNS in the advanced mode of the web UI.
Example 1: FortiMail unit in front of an email server
In this example, a FortiMail unit operating in transparent mode is positioned in front of one email server.
This example assumes that the FortiMail unit is protecting a single email server. If your FortiMail unit is protecting multiple email servers and they are not on the same subnet, you must first remove some network interfaces from the bridge and configure static routes. For an example of configuring out-of-bridge network interfaces, see
“Removing the network interfaces from the bridge” on page 95 .
Figure 12:Transparent mode deployment to protect an email server
Local Email Users
External
Email Server
Protected Domain:
@example.com
Transparent Mode port2 port1
Router 10.10.10.1
Internet
Remote Email Users
Internal Email Server
172.16.1.10
Email Domain:
@example.com
Private DNS Server example.com IN MX 10 mail.example.com
mail IN A 172.16.1.10
Public DNS Server example.com IN MX 10 mail.example.com
mail IN A 10.10.10.1
The FortiMail unit has also includes an access control rule that allows local and remote email users to send email to unprotected domains if they first authenticate:
Setting up the system
Sender Pattern
*@example.com
Recipient
Pattern
*
Page 81 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Sender
IP/Netmask
Reverse DNS
Pattern
0.0.0.0/0
*
Authentication
Status
authenticated
TLS
Action
< none >
RELAY
To deploy the FortiMail unit in front of an email server, you must complete the following:
•
Configuring the protected domains and session profiles
•
Configuring the proxies and implicit relay
•
This example assumes you have already completed the Quick Start Wizard. For details, see
“Running the Quick Start Wizard” on page 34
.
Configuring the protected domains and session profiles
When configuring the protected domain and session profiles, you can select transparent mode options to hide the existence of the FortiMail unit.
To configure the transparent mode options of the protected domain
1. Go to Mail Settings > Domains > Domains in the advanced mode of the web UI.
2. Select the domain and then click Edit.
3. Configure the following:
Transparent Mode Options
This server is on
(transparent mode only)
Select the network interface (port) to which the protected
SMTP server is connected.
Note: Selecting the wrong network interface will result in the FortiMail sending email traffic to the wrong network interface.
Setting up the system Page 82 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Hide the transparent box
(transparent mode only)
Enable to preserve the IP address or domain name of the
SMTP client for incoming email messages in:
• the SMTP greeting (HELO/EHLO) in the envelope and in the Received: message headers of email messages
• the IP addresses in the IP header
This masks the existence of the FortiMail unit to the protected SMTP server.
Disable to replace the SMTP client’s IP address or domain name with that of the FortiMail unit.
Note: If the protected SMTP server applies rate limiting according to IP addresses, enabling this option can improve performance. The rate limit will then be separate for each client connecting to the protected SMTP server, rather than shared among all connections handled by the
FortiMail unit.
Note: Unless you have enabled Take precedence over
recipient based policy match in the IP-based policy, this option has precedence over the Hide this box from the mail
server option in the session profile, and may prevent it from applying to incoming email messages.
Use this domain’s SMTP server to deliver the mail
Enable to allow SMTP clients to send outgoing email directly through the protected SMTP server.
(transparent mode only)
Disable to, instead of allowing a direct connection, proxy the connection using the incoming proxy, which queues email messages that are not immediately deliverable.
4. Select OK.
To configure the transparent mode options of the session profile
1. Go to Policy > Policies > IP Policies in the advanced mode of the web UI.
2. In the Session column for an IP-based policy, select the name of the session profile to edit the profile.
A dialog appears.
3. Configure the following:
Setting up the system Page 83 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Connection Settings
Hide this box from the mail server
(transparent mode only)
Enable to preserve the IP address or domain name of the
SMTP client in:
• the SMTP greeting (HELO/EHLO) and in the Received: message headers of email messages
• the IP addresses in the IP header
This masks the existence of the FortiMail unit.
Disable to replace the IP addresses or domain names with that of the FortiMail unit.
Note: Unless you have enabled Take precedence over
recipient based policy match in the IP-based policy, the
Hide the transparent box option in the protected domain has precedence over this option, and may prevent it from applying to incoming email messages.
4. Select OK.
5. Repeat the previous three steps for each IP-based policy.
Configuring the proxies and implicit relay
When operating in transparent mode, the FortiMail unit can use either transparent proxies or an implicit relay to inspect SMTP connections. If connection pick-up is enabled for connections on that network interface, the FortiMail unit can scan and process the connection. If not enabled, the FortiMail unit can either block or permit the connection to pass through unmodified.
Exceptions to SMTP connections that can be proxied or relayed include SMTP connections destined for the FortiMail unit itself. For those local connections, such as email messages from email users requesting deletion or release of their quarantined email, you must choose to either allow or block the connection.
You configure proxy/relay pick-up separately for incoming and outgoing connections.
For information on determining directionality, see
“Incoming versus outgoing directionality” on page 7 .
Setting up the system
In this deployment example, incoming connections arriving on port2 must be scanned before traveling to the main email server, and therefore are configured to be Proxy — that is, picked up by the implicit relay.
Outgoing connections arriving on port1 will contain email that has already been scanned once, during SMTP clients’ relay to the main email server. Scanning outgoing connections again using either the outgoing proxy or the implicit relay would waste resources. Therefore outgoing connections will be Pass through.
To configure SMTP proxy and implicit relay pick-up
1. Go to System > Network in the advanced mode of the web UI.
2. Edit SMTP proxy settings on both Port 1 and Port 2:
Page 84 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Port 1
Incoming connections
Outgoing connections
Local connections
Port 2
Incoming connections
Outgoing connections
Local connections
Drop
Pass through
Allow
Proxy
Drop
Disallow
If Use client-specified SMTP server to send email is disabled under Mail Settings > Proxies, and an SMTP client is configured to authenticate, you must configure and apply an authentication profile. Without the profile, authentication with the built-in MTA will fail. Also, the mail server must be explicitly configured to allow relay in this case.
Testing the installation
Basic configuration is now complete, and the installation may be tested. For testing instructions, see
“Testing the installation” on page 158 .
Example 2: FortiMail unit in front of an email hub
In this example, a FortiMail unit operating in transparent mode is positioned between an email gateway and other internal email servers.
When sending email with external recipients, the email servers (Relay A and Relay B) in each
WAN location are required to deliver through the main email server, which encrypts outgoing
SMTP connections. The firewall will only allow SMTP traffic from the main email server.
Setting up the system Page 85 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 13:Transparent mode deployment to protect an email hub
Local Email Users
Remote Email Users
External
Email Server
Router
Internet
WAN port1 port2
Main Internal Email Server
172.16.1.10
Email Domain:
@example.com
Protected Domain:
@example.com
Internal SMTP
Relay A
Internal SMTP
Relay B
The FortiMail unit also includes an access control rule that allows local and remote email users to send email to unprotected domains if they first authenticate:
Sender Pattern
*@example.com
Recipient
Pattern
*
Sender
IP/Netmask
Reverse DNS
Pattern
0.0.0.0/0
*
Authentication
Status
authenticated
TLS
Action
< none >
RELAY
Setting up the system Page 86 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To deploy the FortiMail unit in front of one or more email servers, you must complete the following:
•
Configuring the protected domains and session profiles
•
Configuring the proxies and implicit relay
•
This example assumes you have already completed the Quick Start Wizard. For details, see
“Running the Quick Start Wizard” on page 34
.
Configuring the protected domains and session profiles
When configuring the protected domain and session profiles, you can select transparent mode options to hide the existence of the FortiMail unit.
To configure the transparent mode options of the protected domain
1. Go to Mail Settings > Domains > Domains in the advanced mode of the web UI.
2. In the row corresponding to the protected domain, select Edit.
3. Configure the following:
Transparent Mode Options
This server is on
(transparent mode only)
Select the network interface (port) to which the protected
SMTP server is connected.
Note: Selecting the wrong network interface will result in the FortiMail sending email traffic to the wrong network interface.
Setting up the system Page 87 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Hide the transparent box
(transparent mode only)
Enable to preserve the IP address or domain name of the
SMTP client for incoming email messages in:
• the SMTP greeting (HELO/EHLO) in the envelope and in the Received: message headers of email messages
• the IP addresses in the IP header
This masks the existence of the FortiMail unit to the protected SMTP server.
Disable to replace the SMTP client’s IP address or domain name with that of the FortiMail unit.
Note: If the protected SMTP server applies rate limiting according to IP addresses, enabling this option can improve performance. The rate limit will then be separate for each client connecting to the protected SMTP server, rather than shared among all connections handled by the
FortiMail unit.
Note: Unless you have enabled Take precedence over
recipient based policy match in the IP-based policy, this option has precedence over the Hide this box from the mail
server option in the session profile, and may prevent it from applying to incoming email messages.
Use this domain’s SMTP server to deliver the mail
Enable to allow SMTP clients to send outgoing email directly through the protected SMTP server.
(transparent mode only)
Disable to, instead of allowing a direct connection, proxy the connection using the incoming proxy, which queues email messages that are not immediately deliverable.
4. Select OK.
To configure the transparent mode options of the session profile
1. Go to Policy > Policies > IP Policies in the advanced mode of the web UI.
2. In the Session column for an IP-based policy, select the name of the session profile to edit the profile.
3. Configure the following:
Setting up the system Page 88 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Connection Settings
Hide this box from the mail server
(transparent mode only)
Enable to preserve the IP address or domain name of the
SMTP client in:
• the SMTP greeting (HELO/EHLO) and in the Received: message headers of email messages
• the IP addresses in the IP header
This masks the existence of the FortiMail unit.
Disable to replace the IP addresses or domain names with that of the FortiMail unit.
Note: Unless you have enabled Take precedence over
recipient based policy match in the IP-based policy, the
Hide the transparent box option in the protected domain has precedence over this option, and may prevent it from applying to incoming email messages.
4. Select OK.
5. Repeat the previous three steps for each IP-based policy.
Configuring the proxies and implicit relay
When operating in transparent mode, the FortiMail unit can use either transparent proxies or an implicit relay to inspect SMTP connections. If connection pick-up is enabled for connections on that network interface, the FortiMail unit can scan and process the connection. If not enabled, the FortiMail unit can either block or permit the connection to pass through unmodified.
Exceptions to SMTP connections that can be proxied or relayed include SMTP connections destined for the FortiMail unit itself. For those local connections, such as email messages from email users requesting deletion or release of their quarantined email, you must choose to either allow or block the connection.
Proxy/relay pick-up is configured separately for incoming and outgoing connections.
For information on determining directionality, see
“Incoming versus outgoing directionality” on page 7 .
Setting up the system
In this deployment example, incoming connections arriving on port2 must be scanned before traveling to the main email server, and therefore are configured to be Proxy — that is, picked up by the implicit relay.
Outgoing connections arriving on port1 will contain email that has already been scanned once, during SMTP clients’ relay to the main email server. In addition, outgoing connections by the main mail server will be encrypted using TLS. Encrypted connections cannot be scanned.
Therefore outgoing connections will be passed through, and neither proxied nor implicitly relayed.
To configure SMTP proxy and implicit relay pick-up
1. Go to System > Network in the advanced mode of the web UI.
2. Edit SMTP proxy settings on both Port 1 and Port 2:
Page 89 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Port 1
Incoming connections
Outgoing connections
Local connections
Port 2
Incoming connections
Outgoing connections
Local connections
Drop
Pass through
Allow
Proxy
Drop
Disallow
Testing the installation
Basic configuration is now complete, and the installation may be tested. For testing instructions, see
“Testing the installation” on page 158 .
Example 3: FortiMail unit for an ISP or carrier
In this example, a FortiMail unit operating in transparent mode is positioned as an offshoot from the backbone or other primary traffic flow between the internal and external network. A router uses policy-based routes to redirect only SMTP connections to the FortiMail unit, which scans the traffic before allowing legitimate connections to return the overall flow. The FortiMail unit does not receive non-SMTP traffic. (This would result in unnecessary processing and resource usage.)
For increased session-handling capacity, multiple FortiMail units could be clustered into a config-only HA group and deployed behind a load balancer that is attached to the router.
Connections to the same source IP address would be handled by the same FortiMail unit to avoid sessions split among multiple units, and to maintain the accuracy of IP statistics.
Otherwise, attach a single FortiMail unit to the router.
Service providers often fundamentally require transparent mode. Requiring subscribers to explicitly configure a mail relay can be problematic, and in the case of 3G mobile subscribers, impossible. Therefore gateway mode is not suitable. Transparent mode makes SMTP scanning possible without configuration by the subscriber.
A dual-arm attachment is used. This provides natural isolation of traffic before and after inspection, which can be useful if traffic requires further analysis such as packet traces by a sniffer. (If you use a load balancer and it does not support the same session on two different ports, deploy the FortiMail unit using a single-arm attachment instead. For example, Foundry
IronServer has been known to require single-arm attachment.)
Setting up the system Page 90 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 14:Transparent mode deployment at an ISP or carrier (with HA cluster)
Setting up the system
Each network interface in the dual-arm attachment (port2 and port3) is removed from the
Layer 2 bridge, and is configured with its own IP address. This reduces the possibility of
Ethernet loops and improves compatibility with other filtering devices.
Because port1 cannot be removed from the bridge, and the management IP is accessible from any bridging network interface, port1 is reserved for direct connections from the administrator's computer. (If the administrator’s computer is not directly connected but is instead part of a management LAN, a route must also be configured for port1.)
Network address translation (NAT) must not occur on any device between the FortiMail unit and
SMTP clients, such as subscribers and external MTAs. Antispam scans involving the SMTP client’s IP address, such as sender reputation, carrier endpoint reputation, session rate limits, and mail rate limits, require the ability to correctly identify each source of email by its unique IP address in order to operate correctly. NAT would interfere with this requirement.
Full transparency is configured. Popular email services such as Microsoft Hotmail may rate limit by an SMTP client’s IP address in order to reduce spam. If the FortiMail unit were not transparent to those mail servers, all SMTP connections from your subscribers would appear to come from the FortiMail unit. The result is that external mail servers could throttle the connections of all subscribers behind the FortiMail unit. To prevent this, each individual SMTP client’s IP address should be visible to external MTAs. NAT therefore would also interfere with the requirement of transparency.
Page 91 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Protected domains and access control rules (sometimes called access control lists or ACLs) are not configured. Instead, administrators will configure ACLs on their own internal or external
MTAs.
You could configure ACLs to reject SMTP connections from specific IP addresses if required by your security policy.However, in this example, because no protected domains are configured,
ACLs are not required. For connections to unprotected SMTP servers, the implicit ACL permits the connection if no other ACL is configured.
To prevent SMTP clients’ access to open relays, the outgoing proxy will require all connections to be authenticated using the SMTP AUTH command, but will not apply authentication profiles on behalf of the SMTP servers, as no protected domains are configured. It will also not interfere with command pipelining. However, the outgoing proxy will be configured to block TLS connections, whose encryption would prevent the FortiMail unit from being able to scan the connection.
The outgoing proxy is enabled. Unlike other transparent mode deployments, because no protected domains are defined, all connections will be considered to be outgoing — that is, destined for an SMTP server whose IP address is not configured in the SMTP server field in a protected domain. As a result, all connections will be handled by the outgoing proxy. The built-in MTA will never be implicitly used, and the incoming proxy will never be used. If a destination SMTP server is unavailable, the outgoing proxy will refuse the connection. The
FortiMail unit will not queue undeliverable mail. Instead, each SMTP client will be responsible for retrying its own delivery attempts.
Unlike other FortiMail deployments, because the ISP or carrier uses a RADIUS server to authenticate and/or track the currently assigned IP addresses of subscribers, the FortiMail unit can combat spam using the carrier endpoint reputation feature.
The FortiMail unit scans SMTP connections originating from both the internal and external network.
• Scanning connections from the external network protects subscribers from viruses and spam.
• Scanning connections from the internal network protects subscribers’ service levels and reduces cost of operation to the ISP or carrier by preventing its public IP addresses from being added to DNS black list (DNSBL) servers.
Why should you scan email originating from the internal network?
Spammers often use a subscriber account to send spam, either by purchasing temporary
Internet access or, increasingly, by infecting subscriber’s computers or phones. Infected devices become part of a botnet that can be used to infect more devices, and to send spam.
Because many mail servers use DNSBL to combat spam, if a subscriber’s IP address is added to a DNSBL, it can instantly cause email service interruption. If the subscriber’s IP address is dynamic rather than static, when the spammer’s IP address is reassigned to another subscriber, this can cause problems for an innocent subscriber. Even worse, if many subscribers on your network share a single public IP address, if that single IP address is blacklisted, all of your customers could be impacted.
Protecting the public range of IP addresses from being blacklisted is essential for service providers to be able to guarantee a service level to subscribers.
In addition to jeopardizing customer retention, spam originating from your internal network can also cost money and time. Spam consumes bandwidth and network resources. Tracking which in your block of IPs is currently blacklisted, and paying to have them de-listed, can be a significant recurring cost.
Page 92 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
By scanning email destined for the Internet, you can thereby reduce your own costs and maximize customers’ satisfaction with your service levels.
To deploy the FortiMail unit at an ISP or carrier, you must complete the following:
•
Configuring the connection with the RADIUS server
•
Removing the network interfaces from the bridge
•
Configuring the session profiles
•
Configuring the IP-based policies
•
Configuring the outgoing proxy
•
This example assumes you have already completed the Quick Start Wizard. For details, see
“Running the Quick Start Wizard” on page 34
.
Setting up the system
Configuring the connection with the RADIUS server
FortiMail units can use your RADIUS accounting records to combat spam and viruses. This reduces spam and viruses originating from your network, and reduces the likelihood that your public IP addresses will be blacklisted.
Unlike MTAs, computers in homes and small offices and mobile devices such as laptops and cellular phones that send email may not have a static IP address. Cellular phones’ IP addresses especially may change very frequently. After a device leaves the network or changes its IP address, its dynamic IP address may be reused by another device. Because of this, a sender reputation score that is directly associated with an SMTP client’s IP address may not function well. A device sending spam could start again with a clean sender reputation score simply by rejoining the network to get another IP address, and an innocent device could be accidentally blacklisted when it receives an IP address that was previously used by a spammer.
To control spam from SMTP clients with dynamic IP addresses, you may be able to use the endpoint reputation score method instead.
The endpoint reputation score method does not directly use the IP address as the SMTP client’s unique identifier. Instead, it uses the subscriber ID, login ID, MSISDN, or other identifier. (An
MSISDN is the number associated with a mobile device, such as a SIM card on a cellular phone network.) The IP address is only temporarily associated with this identifier while the device is joined to the network.
When a device joins the network of its service provider, such as a cellular phone carrier or DSL provider, it may use a protocol such as PPPoE or PPPoA which supports authentication. The network access server (NAS) queries the remote authentication dial-in user (RADIUS) server for authentication and access authorization. If successful, the RADIUS server then creates a record which associates the device’s MSISDN, subscriber ID, or other identifier with its current IP address.
The server, next acting as a RADIUS client, sends an accounting request with the mapping to the FortiMail unit. (The FortiMail unit acts as an auxiliary accounting server if the endpoint reputation daemon is enabled.) The FortiMail unit then stores the mappings, and uses them for the endpoint reputation feature.
When the device leaves the network or changes its IP address, the RADIUS server acting as a client requests that the FortiMail unit stop accounting (that is, remove its local record of the
IP-to-MSISDN/subscriber ID mapping). The FortiMail unit keeps the reputation score associated with the MSISDN or subscriber ID, which will be re-mapped to the new IP address upon the next time that the mobile device joins the network.
Page 93 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
The endpoint reputation feature can be used with traditional email, but it can also be used with
MMS text messages.
The multimedia messaging service (MMS) protocol transmits graphics, animations, audio, and video between mobile phones. There are eight interfaces defined for the MMS standard, referred to as MM1 through MM8. MM3 uses SMTP to transmit text messages to and from mobile phones. Because it can be used to transmit content, spammers can also use MMS to send spam.
You can blacklist MSISDNs or subscriber IDs to reduce MMS and email spam.
In addition to manually blacklisting or exempting MSISDNs and subscriber IDs, you can configure automatic blacklisting based upon endpoint reputation scores. If a carrier end point sends email or text messages that the FortiMail unit detects as spam, the endpoint reputation score increases. You can configure session profiles to log or block, for a period of time, email and text messages from carrier end points whose endpoint reputation score exceeds the threshold during the automatic blacklisting window.
To configure your RADIUS server
1. On your RADIUS server, configure the FortiMail unit as an auxiliary RADIUS server, to which it will send copies when its accounting records change.
2. Specify that it should send the Calling-Station-Id and Framed-IP-Address attributes to the FortiMail unit.
The data type of the value of Calling-Station-Id may vary. For 3G subscribers, the
RADIUS server typically uses Calling-Station-Id to contain an MSISDN. For ADSL subscribers, the RADIUS server typically uses to contain a login ID, such as an email address.
3. Determine whether your RADIUS server sends the Framed-IP-Address attribute’s value in network order (e.g. 192.168.1.10) or host order (e.g. 10.1.168.192).
4. Verify that routing and firewall policies permit RADIUS accounting records to reach the
FortiMail unit.
To enable the FortiMail unit to receive RADIUS records
1. Connect to the CLI.
This feature cannot be configured through the web UI. For instructions on how to connect to the CLI, see
“Connecting to the Web UI or CLI” on page 25 .
2. Enter the following command to enable the FortiMail unit to receive RADIUS records by starting the endpoint reputation daemon: config antispam settings set carrier-endpoint-status enable end
3. Enter the following command to configure the RADIUS secret: config antispam settings set carrier-endpoint-acc-secret <secret_str> end where <secret_str> is the secret configured on the RADIUS server.
4. Enter the following command to configure whether to enable or disable the FortiMail unit to validate RADIUS requests using the RADIUS secret: config antispam settings set carrier-endpoint-acc-validate <enable | disable> end where {enable | disable} indicates your choice.
Page 94 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
5. Enter the following command to configure whether or not the FortiMail unit will acknowledge accounting records: config antispam settings set carrier-endpoint-acc-response {enable | disable} end where {enable | disable} indicates your choice.
6. Enter the following command to indicate that the RADIUS server will send the value of the
Framed-IP-Address attribute in network order: config antispam settings set carrier-endpoint-framed-ip-order {host-order | network-order} end where {host-order | network-order} indicates your choice. (Most RADIUS servers use network order.)
Removing the network interfaces from the bridge
In transparent mode, by default, network interfaces are members of a Layer 2 bridge, and have no IP addresses of their own. To connect to the web UI, administrators connect to any network interface that is a member of the bridge, using the management IP.
In this deployment example, only port1 will remain a member of the bridge. Administrators will directly connect their computer to that network interface in order to access the web UI or CLI.
The network interfaces through which SMTP traffic passes, port2 and port3, will have their own
IP addresses, and will not act as a Layer 2 bridge. As a result, the management IP will not be accessible from port2 and port3. In addition, all administrative access protocols will be disabled on port2 and port3 to prevent unauthorized administrative access attempts from the subscriber and external networks.
Both port2 and port3 will be connected to the same router, and do not require additional static routes.
To remove port2 and port3 from the bridge
1. Go to System > Network > Interface in the advanced mode of the web UI.
2. Double-click on port2 to edit it.
3. Select Do not associate with management IP.
The network interface will be removed from the bridge, and may be configured with its own
IP address.
4. In IP/Netmask, type the IP address and netmask of the network interface.
5. Next to Access, disable all administrative access protocols, including HTTPS, SSH, and
PING.
6. Next to Administrative status, select Up.
7. Select OK.
8. Repeat this procedure for port3.
Configuring the session profiles
When configuring the protected domain and session profiles, you can select transparency, encryption, authentication, and antispam IP-based reputation settings that will be applied by an
IP-based policy.
In this deployment example, you configure two session profiles:
• a profile for connections from subscribers
• a profile for connections from SMTP clients on the external network
Page 95 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
FortiMail applies each profile in the IP-based policy that governs connections from either the subsurface or external network.
In both profiles, TLS-encrypted connections are not allowed in order to prevent viruses from entering or leaving the subscriber network, since encrypted connections cannot be scanned.
Authentication is required to prevent spammers from connecting to open relays. No protected domains are configured, and so transparency will be configured through the session profiles alone. This will hide the existence of the FortiMail unit to all SMTP clients.
Because subscribers use dynamic IP addresses, instead of sender reputation, endpoint reputation is used in the subscribers’ session profile to score their trustworthiness. Endpoint reputation scans use RADIUS accounting notices from your RADIUS server to map subscriber end point identifiers or MSISDNs to their current IP address. Subscribers who have a reputation for sending spam or viruses will be blocked, thereby reducing the risk that your public IP addresses could be blacklisted by DNS black list (DNSBL) services.
Sender reputation, which functions best with static IP addresses and does not require a
RADIUS server, will be used in the external networks’ session profile to score SMTP clients on external networks. This will help to prevent viruses and spam from reaching your subscribers.
To configure the session profile for connections from external SMTP clients
1. Go to Profile > Session in the advanced mode of the web UI.
2. Select New.
3. In Profile Name, type a name for the session profile, such as external_session_profile
.
4. Configure the following:
Connection Settings
Hide this box from the mail server
(transparent mode only)
Enable to preserve the IP address or domain name of the
SMTP client in:
• the SMTP greeting (HELO/EHLO) and in the Received: message headers of email messages
• the IP addresses in the IP header
This masks the existence of the FortiMail unit.
Sender Reputation
Enable sender reputation
Throttle client at
Restrict number of email per hour to
Enable to accept or reject email based upon sender reputation scores.
Enter a sender reputation score over which the FortiMail unit will rate limit the number of email messages that can be sent by this SMTP client.
The enforced rate limit is either Restrict number of email
per hour to n or Restrict email to n percent of the previous
hour, whichever value is greater.
Enter the maximum number of email messages per hour that the FortiMail unit will accept from a throttled SMTP client.
Page 96 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Restrict email to n percent of the previous hour
Enter the maximum number of email messages per hour that the FortiMail unit will accept from a throttled SMTP client, as a percentage of the number of email messages that the SMTP client sent during the previous hour.
Temporarily fail client at Enter a sender reputation score over which the FortiMail unit will return a temporary failure error when the SMTP client attempts to initiate a connection.
Reject client at
Enter a sender reputation score over which the FortiMail unit will return a permanent rejection error when the SMTP client attempts to initiate a connection.
Session Settings
Prevent encryption of the session
(transparent mode only)
Enable to block STARTTLS/MD5 commands so that email connections cannot be TLS-encrypted.
Unauthenticated Session Settings
Prevent open relaying
(transparent mode only)
Enable to prevent clients from using open relays to send email by blocking sessions that are unauthenticated.
(Unauthenticated sessions are assumed to be occurring to an open relay.)
If you permit SMTP clients to use open relays to send email, email from their domain could be blacklisted by other SMTP servers.
5. Select Create.
To configure the session profile for connections from internal SMTP clients
1. Go to Profile > Session in the advanced mode of the web UI.
2. Select New.
3. In Profile Name, type a name for the session profile, such as internal_session_profile
.
4. Configure the following:
Connection Settings
Hide this box from the mail server
(transparent mode only)
Enable to preserve the IP address or domain name of the
SMTP client in:
• the SMTP greeting (HELO/EHLO) and in the Received: message headers of email messages
• the IP addresses in the IP header
This masks the existence of the FortiMail unit.
Do not let client connect to blacklisted SMTP servers
Enable to prevent clients from connecting to SMTP servers that have been blacklisted in antispam profiles or, if enabled, the FortiGuard AntiSpam service.
(transparent mode only)
Page 97 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Endpoint Reputation
Enable Endpoint
Reputation
Action
Auto blacklist score trigger value
Enable to accept, monitor, or reject email based upon endpoint reputation scores.
This option is designed for use with SMTP clients with dynamic IP addresses. It requires that your RADIUS server provide mappings between dynamic IP addresses and
MSISDNs/subscriber IDs to the FortiMail unit.
Select either:
• Reject: Reject email and MMS messages from
MSISDNs/subscriber IDs whose endpoint reputation scores exceed Auto blacklist score trigger value.
• Monitor: Log, but do not reject, email and MMS messages from MSISDNs/subscriber IDs whose endpoint reputation scores exceed Auto blacklist score
trigger value. Log entries appear in the history log.
Enter the endpoint reputation score over which the
FortiMail unit will add the MSISDN/subscriber ID to the automatic blacklist.
The trigger score is relative to the period of time configured as the automatic blacklist window.
Auto blacklist duration
Enter the number of minutes that an MSISDN/subscriber ID will be prevented from sending email or MMS messages after they have been automatically blacklisted.
Session Settings
Prevent encryption of the session
(transparent mode only)
Enable to block STARTTLS/MD5 commands so that email connections cannot be TLS-encrypted.
Unauthenticated Session Settings
Prevent open relaying
(transparent mode only)
Enable to prevent clients from using open relays to send email by blocking sessions that are unauthenticated.
(Unauthenticated sessions are assumed to be occurring to an open relay.)
If you permit SMTP clients to use open relays to send email, email from their domains could be blacklisted by other SMTP servers.
Configuring the IP-based policies
Session profiles are applied to IP-based policies governing SMTP client connections.
In this deployment example, two IP-based policies are configured. The first policy governs connections from the internal subscriber network. The second policy matches all other connections that did not match the first policy, and will therefore govern connections from the external network.
To configure the IP-based policy for connections from internal SMTP clients
1. Go to Policy > Policies > IP Policies in the advanced mode of the web UI.
Page 98 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
2. Select New.
3. In Source IP/Netmask, type the IP address and netmask of your subscriber network.
4. In Destination, type 0.0.0.0/0 to match all SMTP server IP addresses.
5. From Session, select internal_session_profile.
6. From AntiSpam, select the name of an antispam profile. When this profile detects spam, it will affect the subscriber’s endpoint reputation score.
7. From AntiVirus, select the name of an antivirus profile. When this profile detects a virus, it will affect the subscriber’s endpoint reputation score.
8. Select Create.
The internal network policy appears at the bottom of the list of IP-based policies. Policies are evaluated in order until a policy is found that matches the connection.
Because the default IP-based policy (0.0.0.0/0 --> 0.0.0.0/0) matches all connections, and because it is first in the list, in order for connections to be able to match the new policy, you must move the new policy to an index number above the default policy.
To move a policy
1. Select the new IP policy and click Move.
A menu appears with four choices: Down, Up, after, Before.
2. Do one of the following:
• Select Up to move it one position in that direction and repeat the movement until the new record is in the top position.
• Select Before. A dialog appears.
• In the field beside Move right before, enter 1.
• Click OK
Your new policy for internal SMTP clients should now appear above the default policy, in the row whose index number is 1.
To configure the IP-based policy for connections from external SMTP clients
1. Go to Policy > Policies > IP Policies in the advanced mode of the web UI.
2. Select Edit for the default policy whose Match column contains
0.0.0.0/0 --> 0.0.0.0/0
.
3. From Session, select external_session_profile.
4. From AntiSpam, select the name of an antispam profile. When this profile detects spam, it will affect the SMTP client’s sender reputation score.
5. From AntiVirus, select the name of an antivirus profile. When this profile detects a virus, it will affect the SMTP client’s sender reputation score.
6. Select OK.
Configuring the outgoing proxy
When operating in transparent mode, the FortiMail unit can use either transparent proxies or an implicit relay to inspect SMTP connections. If connection pick-up is enabled for connections on that network interface, the FortiMail unit can scan and process the connection. If not enabled, the FortiMail unit can either block or permit the connection to pass through unmodified.
Exceptions to SMTP connections that can be proxied or relayed include SMTP connections destined for the FortiMail unit itself. For those local connections, such as email messages from email users requesting deletion or release of their quarantined email, you must choose to either allow or block the connection.
Page 99 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Proxy pick-up is configured separately for incoming and outgoing connections.
For information on determining directionality, see
“Incoming versus outgoing directionality” on page 7 .
In this deployment example, there are no protected domains; therefore, all connections are outgoing. In addition, per-domain and per-recipient Bayesian databases and per-recipient quarantines do not exist and, therefore, the FortiMail unit does not need to receive local SMTP connections in order to train databases or delete or release a domain’s recipient’s quarantined email.
The FortiMail unit must not expend resources to queue undeliverable email, nor reroute connections, and therefore it must not implicitly use its built-in MTA. Instead, it must always use its outgoing proxy by enabling Use client-specified SMTP server to send email under Mail
Settings > Proxies. Because port1 is used exclusively for administration, the outgoing proxy must be configure to pick up outgoing connections only on port2 and port3.
To configure outgoing proxy pick-up
1. Go to Mail Settings > Proxies in the advanced mode of the web UI.
2. Enable Use client-specified SMTP server to send email.
3. Go to System > Network.
4. Edit SMTP proxy settings on both port 2 and port 3:
Port 2
Incoming connections
Outgoing connections
Local connections
Port 3
Incoming connections
Outgoing connections
Local connections
Drop
Proxy
Disallow
Drop
Proxy
Disallow
Configuring policy-based routes on the router
After you have configured the FortiMail settings, you must create policy routes on the router to redirect the SMTP traffic (from and to the subscribers) to the FortiMail unit for scanning.
For example, you use a FortiGate unit as the router/firewall, you can go to Router > Policy Route to create two routes: one for the external-to-subscribers SMTP traffic and one for the subscribers-to-external SMTP traffic.
For details, see the FortiGate Handbook on http://docs.fortinet.com.
Setting up the system Page 100 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Testing the installation
Basic configuration is now complete, and the installation may be tested. For testing instructions, see
“Testing the installation” on page 158 .
Unlike other deployments, this deployment requires that SMTP clients be configured to use the
SMTP AUTH command, and not to use TLS. Before testing, you should verify that SMTP clients that will connect for themselves through the FortiMail unit meet those requirements. If some subscribers require TLS or do not use authentication, consider first making separate session profiles and IP-based policies for those subscribers.
Server mode deployment
The following procedures and examples show you how to deploy the FortiMail unit in server mode.
•
•
Example 1: FortiMail unit behind a firewall
•
Example 2: FortiMail unit in front of a firewall
•
Example 3: FortiMail unit in DMZ
Configuring DNS records
You must configure public DNS records for the protected domains and for the FortiMail unit itself.
If you are unfamiliar with configuring DNS and related MX and A records, first read “The role of
DNS in email delivery” on page 8
.
For performance reasons, you may also want to provide a private DNS server for use exclusively by the FortiMail unit.
This section includes the following:
•
Configuring DNS records for protected domains
•
Configuring DNS records for the FortiMail unit itself
•
Configuring a private DNS server
Configuring DNS records for protected domains
Regardless of your private network topology, in order for external MTAs to deliver email to the
FortiMail unit, you must configure the public MX record for each protected domain to indicate that the FortiMail unit is its email server.
Setting up the system Page 101 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
For example, if the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the FortiMail unit is fortimail.example.com, and example.com is a protected domain, the MX record for example.com would be: example.com IN MX 10 fortimail.example.com
If your FortiMail unit will operate in server mode, configure the MX record to refer to the
FortiMail unit, and remove other MX records. If you fail to do so, external MTAs may not be able to deliver email to or through the FortiMail unit, or may be able to bypass the FortiMail unit by using the other MX records. If you have configured secondary MX records for failover reasons,
.
An A record must also exist to resolve the host name of the FortiMail unit into an IP address.
For example, if the MX record indicates that fortimail.example.com is the email gateway for a domain, you must also configure an A record in the example.com zone file to resolve fortimail.example.com into a public IP address: fortimail IN A 10.10.10.1
where 10.10.10.1 is either the public IP address of the FortiMail unit, or a virtual IP address on a firewall or router that maps to the private IP address of the FortiMail unit.
If your FortiMail unit will relay outgoing email, you should also configure the public reverse DNS record. The public IP address of the FortiMail unit, or the virtual IP address on a firewall or router that maps to the private IP address of the FortiMail unit, should be globally resolvable into the
FortiMail unit’s FQDN. If it is not, reverse DNS lookups by external SMTP servers will fail.
For example, if the public network IP address of the FortiMail unit is 10.10.10.1, a public DNS server’s reverse DNS zone file for the 10.10.10.0/24 subnet might contain:
1 IN PTR fortimail.example.com.
where fortimail.example.com is the FQDN of the FortiMail unit.
Configuring DNS records for the FortiMail unit itself
In addition to that of protected domains, the FortiMail unit must be able to receive web connections, and send and receive email, for its own domain name. Dependent features include:
• delivery status notification (DSN) email
• spam reports
• email users’ access to their per-recipient quarantines
• FortiMail administrators’ access to the web UI by domain name
• alert email
• report generation notification email
For this reason, you should also configure public DNS records for the FortiMail unit itself.
Appropriate records vary by whether or not Web release host name/IP (located in AntiSpam >
Quarantine > Quarantine Report in the advanced mode of the web UI) is configured:
• Case 1: Web Release Host Name/IP is empty/default
• Case 2: Web Release Host Name/IP is configured
Setting up the system
Case 1: Web release host name/IP is empty/default
If Web release host name/IP is not configured (the default), the web release/delete links that appear in spam reports will use the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the FortiMail unit.
Page 102 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
For example, if the FortiMail unit’s host name is fortimail, and its local domain name is example.net
, resulting in the FQDN fortimail.example.net, a spam report’s default web release link might look like (FQDN highlighted in bold): https://fortimail.example.net/releasecontrol?release=0%3Auser2%40examp le.com%3AMTIyMDUzOTQzOC43NDJfNjc0MzE1LkZvcnRpTWFpbC00MDAsI0YjUyM2N
TkjRSxVMzoyLA%3D%3D%3Abf3db63dab53a291ab53a291ab53a291
In the DNS configuration to support this and the other DNS-dependent features, you would configure the following three records: example.net IN MX 10 fortimail.example.net
fortimail IN A 10.10.10.1
1 IN PTR fortimail.example.net.
where:
• example.net is the local domain name to which the FortiMail unit belongs; in the MX record, it is the local domain for which the FortiMail is the mail gateway
• fortimail.example.net is the FQDN of the FortiMail unit
• fortimail is the host name of the FortiMail unit; in the A record of the zone file for example.net, it resolves to the IP address of the FortiMail unit for the purpose of administrators’ access to the web UI, email users’ access to their per-recipient quarantines, to resolve the FQDN referenced in the MX record when email users send Bayesian and quarantine control email to the FortiMail unit, and to resolve to the IP address of the FortiMail unit for the purpose of the web release/delete hyperlinks in the spam report
• 10.10.10.1 is the public IP address of the FortiMail unit
Case 2: Web release host name/IP is configured
You could configure Web release host name/IP to use an alternative fully qualified domain name
(FQDN) such as webrelease.example.info instead of the configured FQDN, resulting in the following web release link (web release FQDN highlighted in bold): https://webrelease.example.info/releasecontrol?release=0%3Auser2%40exa mple.com%3AMTIyMDUzOTQzOC43NDJfNjc0MzE1LkZvcnRpTWFpbC00MDAsI0YjUyM
2NTkjRSxVMzoyLA%3D%3D%3Abf3db63dab53a291ab53a291ab53a291
Then, in the DNS configuration to support this and the other DNS-dependent features, you would configure the following MX record, A records, and PTR record (unlike “Case 1: Web
Release Host Name/IP is empty/default” on page 52 , in this case, two A records are required; the difference is highlighted in bold): example.net IN MX 10 fortimail.example.net
fortimail IN A 10.10.10.1
webrelease IN A 10.10.10.1
1 IN PTR fortimail.example.net.
where:
• example.net is the local domain name to which the FortiMail unit belongs in the MX record, it is the local domain for which the FortiMail is the mail gateway
• fortimail.example.net is the FQDN of the FortiMail unit
• fortimail is the host name of the FortiMail unit; in the A record of the zone file for example.net, it resolves to the IP address of the FortiMail unit for the purpose of
Page 103 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
administrators’ access to the web UI and to resolve the FQDN referenced in the MX record when email users send Bayesian and quarantine control email to the FortiMail unit
• webrelease is the web release host name; in the A record of the zone file for example.info, it resolves to the IP address of the FortiMail unit for the purpose of the web release/delete hyperlinks in the spam report
• 10.10.10.1 is the public IP address of the FortiMail unit
Configuring a private DNS server
In addition to the public DNS server, consider providing a private DNS server on your local network to improve performance with features that use DNS queries.
Figure 15:Public and private DNS servers (server mode)
Local Email Users
Remote Email Users
External
Email Server internal
172.16.1.1
dmz
192.168.1.1
wan1
Virtual IP 10.10.10.1:25 mapped to 192.168.1.5:25
Private DNS Server
Internet port1
192.168.1.5
Public DNS Server example.com IN M 10 fortimail.example.com
fortimail IN A 10.10.10.1
Server Mode
Email Domain: example.com
If the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode, the private DNS server should contain identical records to a public DNS server.
If you choose to add a private DNS server, to configure the FortiMail unit to use it, go to System
> Network > DNS in the advanced mode of the web UI.
Example 1: FortiMail unit behind a firewall
In this example, a FortiMail unit operating in server mode and email users’ computers are both positioned within a private network, behind a firewall. Remote email users’ computers and external email servers are located on the Internet, outside of the network protected by the firewall. The FortiMail unit hosts and protects accounts for email addresses ending in
“@example.com”.
Setting up the system Page 104 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Figure 16:Server mode deployment behind a NAT device
Local Email Users
Remote Email Users
Switch internal
172.16.1.1
External
Email Server wan1
10.10.10.1
Internet port1
172.16.1.5
Email Domain: example.com
DNS Server example.com IN M 10 fortimail.example.com
fortimail IN A 10.10.10.1
The FortiMail unit has also been configured with an access control rule that allows local and remote email users to send email to unprotected domains if they first authenticate:
Sender Pattern
*@example.com
Recipient
Pattern
*
Sender
IP/Netmask
Reverse DNS
Pattern
0.0.0.0/0
*
Authentication
Status
authenticated
TLS
Action
< none >
RELAY
To deploy the FortiMail unit behind a NAT device such as a firewall or router, you must complete the following:
•
•
Configuring the email user accounts
•
•
This example assumes you have already completed the Quick Start Wizard and configured records on the DNS server for each protected domain. For details, see
“Configuring DNS records” on page 101
.
Page 105 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Configuring the firewall
With the FortiMail unit behind a FortiGate unit, you must configure policies to allow traffic:
• from the Internet to the FortiMail unit
• from the FortiMail unit to the Internet
To create the required policies, complete the following:
• Configuring the firewall address
• Configuring the service groups
• Configuring the virtual IPs
• Configuring the firewall policies
The following procedures use a FortiGate unit running FortiOS v3.0 MR7. If you are using a different firewall appliance, consult the appliance’s documentation for completing similar configurations.
Configuring the firewall address
In order to create the outgoing firewall policy that governs the IP address of the FortiMail unit, you must first define the IP address of the FortiMail unit by creating a firewall address entry.
To add a firewall address for the FortiMail unit
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Address > Address.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Name
Enter a name to identify the firewall address entry, such as
FortiMail_address
.
Type
Select Subnet/IP Range.
Subnet /IP Range
Enter 172.16.1.5.
Interface
Select internal.
5. Select OK.
Configuring the service groups
In order to create firewall policies that govern only FortiMail-related traffic, you must first create groups of services that define protocols and port numbers used in that traffic.
Because FortiGuard-related services for FortiMail units are not predefined, you must define them before you can create a service group that contains those services.
For more information on protocols and port numbers used by FortiMail units, see the Fortinet
Knowledge Center article FortiMail Traffic Types and TCP/UDP Ports .
Page 106 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
To add a custom service for FortiGuard Antivirus push updates
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Custom.
3. Select Create New.
4. Configure the following:
Name
Protocol Type
Protocol
Destination Port
Enter a name to identify the custom service entry, such as
FortiMail_antivirus_push_updates
.
Select TCP/UDP.
Select UDP.
Low
High
Enter 9443.
Enter 9443.
5. Select OK.
To add a custom service for FortiGuard Antispam rating queries
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Custom.
3. Select Create New.
4. Configure the following:
Name
Protocol Type
Protocol
Destination Port
Enter a name to identify the custom service entry, such as
FortiMail_antispam_rating_queries
.
Select TCP/UDP.
Select UDP.
Low
High
Enter 8889.
Enter 8889.
5. Select OK.
To add a service group for incoming FortiMail traffic
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
3. Select Create New.
4. In Group Name, enter a name to identify the service group entry, such as
FortiMail_incoming_services
.
Page 107 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
5. In the Available Services area, select HTTP, HTTPS, SMTP, POP3, IMAP, and your custom service for FortiGuard Antivirus push updates, FortiMail_antivirus_push_updates, then select the right arrow to move them to the Members area.
6. Select OK.
To add a service group for outgoing FortiMail traffic
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
3. Select Create New.
4. In Group Name, enter a name to identify the service group entry, such as
FortiMail_outgoing_services
.
5. In the Available Services area, select DNS, NTP, HTTPS, SMTP, and your custom service for
FortiGuard Antispam rating queries, FortiMail_antispam_rating_queries, then select the right arrow to move them to the Members area.
6. Select OK.
Configuring the virtual IPs
In order to create the firewall policy that forwards email-related traffic to the FortiMail unit, you must first define a static NAT mapping from a public IP address on the FortiGate unit to the IP address of the FortiMail unit by creating a virtual IP entry.
To add virtual IPs, the FortiGate unit must be operating in NAT mode. For more information, see the
FortiGate Administration Guide
.
To add a virtual IP for the FortiMail unit
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Virtual IP > Virtual IP.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Name
External Interface
Type
External IP
Address/Range
Mapped IP
Address/Range
5. Select OK.
Enter a name to identify the virtual IP entry, such as FortiMail_VIP.
Select wan1.
Select Static NAT.
Enter 10.10.10.1.
Enter 172.16.1.5.
Page 108 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Configuring the firewall policies
First, create a firewall policy that allows incoming email and other FortiMail services that are received at the virtual IP address, then applies a static NAT when forwarding the traffic to the private network IP address of the FortiMail unit.
Second, create a firewall policy that allows outgoing email and other connections from the
FortiMail unit to the Internet.
To add the Internet-to-FortiMail policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Source Interface/zone Select wan1.
Source Address Name Select all.
Destination
Interface/zone
Select internal.
Destination Address
Name
Select FortiMail_VIP.
Schedule
Service
Action
Select ALWAYS.
Select FortiMail_incoming_services.
Select ACCEPT.
5. Select OK.
To add the FortiMail-to-Internet policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Source Interface/zone Select internal.
Source Address Name Select FortiMail_address.
Destination
Interface/zone
Select wan1.
Destination Address
Name
Select all.
Schedule
Service
Action
Select ALWAYS.
Select FortiMail_outgoing_services.
Select ACCEPT.
Page 109 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. Select NAT.
6. Select OK.
Configuring the email user accounts
Create email user accounts for each protected domain on the FortiMail unit.
You may choose to create additional email user accounts later, but you should create at least one email user account for each protected domain that you can use in order to verify connectivity for the domain.
To add an email user
1. Go to User > User > User in the advanced mode of the web UI. (The User tab appears only when FortiMail operates in server mode.)
2. From the Domain list, select example.com.
3. Either select New to add an email user, or double-click an email user you want to modify.
A dialog appears.
4. In User name, enter the user name portion, such as user1, of the email address that will be locally deliverable on the FortiMail unit ([email protected]).
5. Select Password, then enter the password for this email account.
6. In Display Name, enter the name of the user as it should appear in a MUA, such as "Test
User 1"
.
7. Select Create for a new user or OK for an existing user.
Configuring the MUAs
Configure the email clients of local and remote email users to use the FortiMail unit as their outgoing mail server (SMTP)/MTA. For local email users, this is the private network IP address of the FortiMail unit, 172.16.1.5; for remote email users, this is the virtual IP on the FortiGate unit that maps to the FortiMail unit, 10.10.10.1 or fortimail.example.com.
If you do not configure the email clients to send email through the FortiMail unit, incoming email can be scanned, but outgoing email cannot.
Also configure email clients to authenticate with the email user’s user name and password for outgoing mail. The user name is the email user’s entire email address, including the domain name portion, such as [email protected].
If you do not configure the email clients to authenticate, email destined for other email users in the protected domain may be accepted, but email outgoing to unprotected domains will be denied by the access control rule.
Testing the installation
Basic configuration is now complete, and the installation may be tested. For testing instructions, see
“Testing the installation” on page 158 .
Example 2: FortiMail unit in front of a firewall
In this example, a FortiMail unit operating in server mode within a private network, but is separated from local email users’ computers by a firewall. Remote email users’ computers and external email servers are located on the Internet, outside of the private network. The FortiMail unit hosts and protects accounts for email addresses ending in “@example.com”.
Setting up the system Page 110 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Figure 17:Server mode deployment in front of a NAT device
Local Email Users
Remote Email Users
External
Email Server internal
172.16.1.1
wan1
10.10.10.1
Switch port1
10.10.10.5
Router
Internet
Email Domain: example.com
DNS Server example.com IN M 10 fortimail.example.com
fortimail IN A 10.10.10.5
The FortiMail unit also includes an access control rule that allows local and remote email users to send email to unprotected domains if they first authenticate:
Sender Pattern
*@example.com
Recipient
Pattern
*
Sender
IP/Netmask
Reverse DNS
Pattern
0.0.0.0/0
*
Authentication
Status
authenticated
TLS
Action
< none >
RELAY
To deploy the FortiMail unit in front of a NAT device such as a firewall or router, you must complete the following:
•
•
Configuring the email user accounts
•
•
This example assumes you have already completed the Quick Start Wizard and configured records on the DNS server for each protected domain. For details, see
“Configuring DNS records” on page 101
.
Page 111 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Configuring the firewall
With the FortiMail unit in front of a FortiGate unit which is between the FortiMail unit and local email users, you must configure a policy to allow from local email users to the FortiMail unit.
To create the required policies, complete the following:
• Configuring the firewall addresses
• Configuring the service group
• Configuring the firewall policy
The following procedures use a FortiGate unit running FortiOS v3.0 MR7. If you are using a different firewall appliance, consult the appliance’s documentation for completing similar configurations.
Configuring the firewall addresses
In order to create the outgoing firewall policy that governs traffic from the IP addresses of local email users to the IP address of the FortiMail unit, you must first define the IP addresses of the local email users and the FortiMail unit by creating firewall address entries.
To add a firewall address for local email users
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Address > Address.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Name
Enter a name to identify the firewall address entry, such as local_email_users_address
.
Type
Select Subnet/IP Range.
Subnet /IP Range
Enter 172.16.1.0/24.
Interface
Select internal.
5. Select OK.
To add a firewall address for the FortiMail unit
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Address > Address.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Name
Type
Enter a name to identify the firewall address entry, such as
FortiMail_address
.
Select Subnet/IP Range.
Page 112 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Subnet /IP Range
Enter 10.10.10.5/32.
Interface
Select wan1.
5. Select OK.
Configuring the service group
In order to create a firewall policy that governs only FortiMail-related traffic, you must first a create service group that contains services that define protocols and port numbers used in that traffic.
To add a service group for email user traffic to the FortiMail unit
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
3. Select Create New.
4. In Group Name, enter a name to identify the service group entry, such as local
_email_users_services.
5. In the Available Services area, select HTTP, HTTPS, SMTP, POP3, and IMAP, then select the right arrow to move them to the Members area.
6. Select OK.
Configuring the firewall policy
Create a firewall policy that allows outgoing email and other FortiMail connections from the local email users to the FortiMail unit.
To add the internal-to-FortiMail policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Source
Interface/zone
Source Address
Name
Destination
Interface/zone
Destination
Address Name
Schedule
Service
Action
Select internal.
Select local_email_users_address.
Select wan1.
Select FortiMail_address.
Select ALWAYS.
Select local_email_users_services.
Select ACCEPT.
Setting up the system
5. Select NAT.
6. Select OK.
Page 113 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring the email user accounts
Create email user accounts for each protected domain on the FortiMail unit.
You may choose to create additional email user accounts later, but you should create at least one email user account for each protected domain in order to verify connectivity for the domain.
To add an email user
1. Go to User > User > User in the advanced mode of the web UI. (The User tab appears only when FortiMail operates in server mode.)
2. From the Domain list, select example.com.
3. Either select New to add an email user, or double-click an email user you want to modify.
A dialog appears.
4. In User Name, enter the user name portion, such as user1, of the email address that will be locally deliverable on the FortiMail unit ([email protected]).
5. Select Password, then enter the password for this email account.
6. In Display Name, enter the name of the user as it should appear in a MUA, such as "Test
User 1"
.
7. Select Create for a new user or OK for an existing user.
Configuring the MUAs
Configure the email clients of local and remote email users to use the FortiMail unit as their outgoing mail server (SMTP)/MTA. For local email users, this is the virtual IP address on the
FortiGate unit that maps to the FortiMail unit, 172.16.1.2; for remote email users, this is the public IP address of the FortiMail unit, 10.10.10.5 or fortimail.example.com.
If you do not configure the email clients to send email through the FortiMail unit, incoming email can be scanned, but outgoing email cannot.
Also configure email clients to authenticate with the email user’s user name and password for outgoing mail. The user name is the email user’s entire email address, including the domain name portion, such as [email protected].
If you do not configure the email clients to authenticate, email destined for other email users in the protected domain may be accepted, but email outgoing to unprotected domains will be denied by the access control rule.
Testing the installation
Basic configuration is now complete, and the installation may be tested. For testing instructions, see
“Testing the installation” on page 158 .
Example 3: FortiMail unit in DMZ
In this example, a FortiMail unit operates in server mode within the demilitarized zone (DMZ). It is protected by a firewall but also separated from local email users’ computers by it. Remote email users’ computers and external email servers are located on the Internet, outside of the private network. The FortiMail unit hosts and protects accounts for email addresses ending in
“@example.com”.
Setting up the system Page 114 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 18:Server mode deployment in a DMZ
Local Email Users
Remote Email Users
External
Email Server internal
172.16.1.1
wan1 dmz
Vitual IP 10.10.10.1:25
192.168.1.1
mapped to 192.168.1.5:25 port1
192.168.1.5
Private DNS Server
Internet
Public DNS Server example.com IN MX 10 fortimail.example.com
fortimail IN A 10.10.10.1
Server Mode
Email Domain:
@example.com
The FortiMail unit has also been configured with an access control rule that allows local and remote email users to send email to unprotected domains if they first authenticate:
Sender Pattern
*@example.com
Recipient
Pattern
*
Sender
IP/Netmask
Reverse DNS
Pattern
0.0.0.0/0
*
Authentication
Status
authenticated
TLS
Action
< none >
RELAY
Setting up the system Page 115 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To deploy the FortiMail unit in the DMZ of a NAT device such as a firewall or router, you must complete the following:
•
•
Configuring the email user accounts
•
•
This example assumes you have already completed the Quick Start Wizard and configured records on the DNS server for each protected domain. For details, see
“Configuring DNS records” on page 101
.
Setting up the system
Configuring the firewall
With the FortiMail unit located in the DMZ of a FortiGate unit which is between the FortiMail unit and local email users, you must configure policies to allow traffic:
• from local email users to the FortiMail unit
• from the FortiMail unit to the Internet
• from the Internet to the FortiMail unit
To create the required policies, complete the following:
• Configuring the firewall addresses
• Configuring the service groups
• Configuring the virtual IPs
• Configuring the firewall policies
Note: The following procedures use a FortiGate unit running FortiOS v3.0 MR7. If you are using a different firewall appliance, consult the appliance’s documentation for completing similar configurations.
Configuring the firewall addresses
In order to create the firewall policies that govern traffic to and from the IP addresses of local email users and the IP address of the FortiMail unit, you must first define the IP addresses of the local email users and the IP address of the FortiMail unit by creating firewall address entries.
To add a firewall address for the FortiMail unit
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Address > Address.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Name
Type
Enter a name to identify the firewall address entry, such as
FortiMail_address
.
Select Subnet/IP Range.
Page 116 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Subnet /IP Range
Enter 192.168.1.5.
Interface
Select dmz.
5. Select OK.
To add a firewall address for local email users
1. Go to Firewall > Address > Address.
2. Select Create New.
3. Complete the following:
Name
Enter a name to identify the firewall address entry, such as local_email_users_address
.
Type
Select Subnet/IP Range.
Subnet /IP Range
Enter 172.168.1.0/24.
Interface
Select internal.
4. Select OK.
Configuring the service groups
In order to create firewall policies that govern only FortiMail-related traffic, you must first create groups of services that define protocols and port numbers used in that traffic.
Because FortiGuard-related services for FortiMail units are not predefined, you must define them before you can create a service group that contains those services.
For more information on protocols and port numbers used by FortiMail units, see the Fortinet
Knowledge Center article FortiMail Traffic Types and TCP/UDP Ports .
Setting up the system
To add a custom service for FortiGuard Antivirus push updates
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Custom.
3. Select Create New.
4. Configure the following:
Name
Protocol Type
Protocol
Destination
Port
Enter a name to identify the custom service entry, such as
FortiMail_antivirus_push_updates
.
Select TCP/UDP.
Select UDP.
Page 117 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Low
High
Enter 9443.
Enter 9443.
5. Select OK.
To add a custom service for FortiGuard Antispam rating queries
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Custom.
3. Select Create New.
4. Configure the following:
Name
Protocol Type
Protocol
Destination Port
Low
High
Enter a name to identify the custom service entry, such as
FortiMail_antispam_rating_queries
.
Select TCP/UDP.
Select UDP.
Enter 8889.
Enter 8889.
Setting up the system
5. Select OK.
To add a service group for incoming FortiMail traffic
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
3. Select Create New.
4. In Group Name, enter a name to identify the service group entry, such as
FortiMail_incoming_services
.
5. In the Available Services area, select HTTP, HTTPS, SMTP, POP3, IMAP, and your custom service for FortiGuard Antivirus push updates, FortiMail_antivirus_push_updates, then select the right arrow to move them to the Members area.
6. Select OK.
To add a service group for outgoing FortiMail traffic
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
3. Select Create New.
4. In Group Name, enter a name to identify the service group entry, such as
FortiMail_outgoing_services
.
5. In the Available Services area, select DNS, NTP, HTTPS, SMTP, and your custom service for
FortiGuard Antispam rating queries, FortiMail_antispam_rating_queries, then select the right arrow to move them to the Members area.
6. Select OK.
To add a service group for email user traffic to the FortiMail unit
1. Access FortiGate.
Page 118 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
2. Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
3. Select Create New.
4. In Group Name, enter a name to identify the service group entry, such as local_email_users_services
.
5. In the Available Services area, select HTTP, HTTPS, SMTP, POP3, and IMAP, then select the right arrow to move them to the Members area.
6. Select OK.
Configuring the virtual IPs
In order to create the firewall policies that forward email-related traffic to the FortiMail unit from the internal network and from the Internet, you must first define two static NAT mappings:
• from a public IP address on the FortiGate unit to the IP address of the FortiMail unit
• from a virtual IP address on the 172.16.1.* network to the IP address of the FortiMail unit by creating a virtual IP entries.
To add a wan1 virtual IP for the FortiMail unit
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Virtual IP > Virtual IP.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Name
External Interface
Type
External IP
Address/Range
Mapped IP
Address/Range
Enter a name to identify the virtual IP entry, such as FortiMail_VIP_wan1.
Select wan1.
Select Static NAT.
Enter 10.10.10.1.
Enter 192.168.1.5.
Setting up the system
5. Select OK.
Configuring the firewall policies
First, create a firewall policy that allows incoming email and other FortiMail services that are received at the virtual IP address, then applies a static NAT when forwarding the traffic to the private network IP address of the FortiMail unit.
Second, create a firewall policy that allows outgoing email and other FortiMail connections from the FortiMail unit to the Internet.
Last, create a firewall policy that allows outgoing email and other FortiMail connections from the local email users to the FortiMail unit.
To add the Internet-to-FortiMail policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
Page 119 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
4. Complete the following:
Source Interface/zone Select wan1.
Source Address Name Select all.
Destination
Interface/zone
Select dmz.
Destination Address
Name
Select FortiMail_VIP_wan1.
Schedule
Service
Action
Select ALWAYS.
Select FortiMail_incoming_services.
Select ACCEPT.
5. Select OK.
To add the FortiMail-to-Internet policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Source Interface/zone Select dmz.
Source Address Name Select FortiMail_address.
Destination
Interface/zone
Select wan1.
Destination Address
Name
Select all.
Schedule
Service
Action
Select ALWAYS.
Select FortiMail_outgoing_services.
Select ACCEPT.
5. Select NAT.
6. Select OK.
To add the internal-to-FortiMail policy
1. Access FortiGate.
2. Go to Firewall > Policy > Policy.
3. Select Create New.
4. Complete the following:
Page 120 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Source Interface/zone Select internal.
Source Address Name Select local_email_users_address.
Destination
Interface/zone
Select dmz.
Destination Address
Name
Select FortiMail_address.
Schedule
Service
Action
Select ALWAYS.
Select local_email_users_services.
Select ACCEPT.
5. Select OK.
Configuring the email user accounts
Create email user accounts for each protected domain on the FortiMail unit.
You may choose to create additional email user accounts later, but you should create at least one email user account for each protected domain in order to verify connectivity for the domain.
To add an email user
1. Go to User > User > User in the advanced mode of the web UI. (The User tab appears only when FortiMail operates in server mode.)
2. From the Domain list, select example.com.
3. Either select New to add an email user, or double-click an email user you want to modify.
A dialog appears.
4. In User Name, enter the user name portion, such as user1, of the email address that will be locally deliverable on the FortiMail unit ([email protected]).
5. Select Password, then enter the password for this email account.
6. In Display Name, enter the name of the user as it should appear in a MUA, such as "Test
User 1"
.
7. Select Create for a new user or OK for an existing user.
Configuring the MUAs
Configure the email clients of local and remote email users to use the FortiMail unit as their outgoing mail server (SMTP)/MTA. For local email users, this is the FortiMail address,
192.168.1.5; for remote email users, this is the virtual IP address on the wan1 network interface of the FortiGate unit that maps to the FortiMail unit, 10.10.10.1 or fortimail.example.com.
If you do not configure the email clients to send email through the FortiMail unit, incoming email can be scanned, but outgoing email cannot.
Also configure email clients to authenticate with the email user’s user name and password for outgoing mail. The user name is the email user’s entire email address, including the domain name portion, such as [email protected].
If you do not configure the email clients to authenticate, email destined for other email users in the protected domain may be accepted, but email outgoing to unprotected domains will be denied by the access control rule.
Page 121 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Testing the installation
Basic configuration is now complete, and the installation may be tested. For testing instructions, see
“Testing the installation” on page 158 .
Initial configuration in basic mode
FortiMail Web UI has two configuration mode: Basic mode and Advanced mode. This section describes how to use the FortiMail unit’s web UI in basic configuration mode to adjust or enhance your FortiMail configuration or to examine email information. Basic mode offers fewer menu selections than advanced mode but basic mode’s simplicity can make it easier for a new administrator to get started.
This section assumes you have already configured your FortiMail unit using the Quick Start
Wizard and have set up the correct deployment for your operation mode.
To access the web UI, enter its URL in a supported browser. See “Connecting to the Web UI or
.
If you see Monitor instead of Management at the top of the web UI’s left-hand menu, it means the web UI is in advanced mode. Click Basic on the top button bar to switch modes.
If there is no
Basic
button, it means your administrator access profile lacks permission to use that mode.
Log on as the “admin” administrator instead.
Click the Help button on the web UI at any time to get information on currently displayed features.
This section includes:
•
Managing mail queues and quarantines
•
Configuring basic system and mail settings
•
Configuring logs, reports and email alerts
Managing mail queues and quarantines
The Management menu provides information on your FortiMail system including its overall health and resource usage, mail statistics, email queues, and quarantine lists.
Viewing system status and statistics
The dashboard always appears when you first start the web UI. To access it otherwise, go to
Management > System Status > Status.
The dashboard displays information in specialized widgets. The widgets provide system information (such as the operation mode and firmware version) and the state of system resources, plus statistics on spam and virus detection. Take time to review the dashboard for obvious problems.
Buttons on the top-right side of each widget’s title bar let you expand/collapse it, refresh its contents, or close it. To open a closed widget, select it from the Add Content list.
Setting up the system Page 122 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 19:Basic mode dashboard
You can change a widget’s position. Select its title bar and drag it to the new position. Other widgets adjust their position automatically to accommodate the change.
Viewing mail statistics
Go to Management > System Status > Mail Statistics to view antispam history in a variety of time slices--everything from by the minute to by the year. Click any down-arrow on the top-right of a report’s title bar to open the report.
Viewing and managing mail queues
The Mail Queue menu item provides management access to the FortiMail unit’s two email queues and the queue maintenance tools.
Managing delayed mail
Go to Management > Mail Queue > Mail Queue to see a list of undelivered email (called either delayed mail or deferred mail), if any exists. Email deliver may be delayed for a variety of reasons, such as network or server problems. FortiMail will periodically try to resend the mail in this queue. You can manually resend or delete delayed mail.
After a set period of time in this queue, email moves to the dead mail queue. (See “Managing dead mail” on page 124 .) You can configure how long a message is held before it becomes dead. See “Configuring mail servers” on page 138 .
Figure 20:Mail queue display
Setting up the system
You can manage delayed mail, modify the queue’s display and search for specific messages.
Page 123 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
The Mail Queue tab provides the following mail management features:
• To view a mail message, select it and click View, or double-click the message.
• To remove one or more mail messages from the queue, select their check boxes and click
Delete.
• To manually retry delivery of one or more mail message, select their check boxes and click
Resend.
Besides the common display features, the Mail Queue tab provides these additional features:
• The mail queue contains several different queue types (incoming, outgoing, slow, etc.). To pick the queue to view, select it from the Type drop-down list.
• Search for a specific message in the current queue:
Managing dead mail
Go to Management > Mail Queue > Dead Mail to see a list of dead email messages. These are messages that could not be sent successfully within a set period, usually because the recipient address is invalid. The list also contains any related delivery status notification (DSN) messages.
Figure 21:Dead mail queue display
Setting up the system
The Dead Mail Queue tab provides the following mail management features:
• To view a mail message, select it and click View, or double-click the message.
• To remove one or more messages from the queue, select their check boxes and click Delete.
Backing up and restoring mail queues
Go to Management > Mail Queue > Mail Queue Maintenance to backup or restore your mail.
• Click Backup queue to save the queue file on your management computer.
• Click Restore queue to reload a queue file from your management computer.
Viewing and managing quarantine lists
The Quarantine menu item provides management access to the FortiMail unit’s two quarantine tabs: one for personal quarantines and another for system quarantines.
FortiMail can quarantine email messages if the email is spam or it contains a prohibited word or phrase. (Prohibited words are set in advanced mode by going to Profile > Content > Content and creating a content profile.) Quarantined messages are kept in folders.
The FortiMail unit directs messages to quarantine only if this feature is enabled for incoming email. You can set whether the quarantined mail goes to the personal quarantine list or the
system quarantine list. See “Configuring incoming actions” on page 146
.
Page 124 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Managing the personal quarantine list
Go to Management > Quarantine > Personal Quarantine to see a list of recipient folders that contain quarantined messages per user. FortiMail periodically sends quarantine reports to notify recipients or their designated group owner that some of their messages were added to the quarantine folder.
When user access is enabled, recipients can review the quarantine list and release their messages that are false positives.
Figure 22:Personal quarantine list
The Personal Quarantine tab provides the following features to manage specific items in the quarantine list:
• To remove one or more quarantine folders from the list, select their check boxes and click
Delete.
Caution
: Per-recipient quarantine folders contain both the email user’s recipient quarantined messages plus the email user’s preferences, and personal white and black lists. Deleting a quarantine folder will also delete that personal data. To avoid this, delete email inside the quarantine folder, but not the quarantine folder itself. See
“To view and manage quarantine folders” .
• To compact one or more quarantine folders, select their check boxes and click Compact.
This reduces the disk space used to store the folder.
• Send a quarantine report to one or more users to tell them about their quarantined messages. See
“To send a quarantine report” .
• View and manage any quarantined message. See
“To view and manage quarantine folders” .
To send a quarantine report
1. Select how many users will get the report. Either:
• limit the report to specific users by selecting the check boxes of applicable quarantine folders
• include all users by selecting the Mailbox check box at the top of the list
2. Click Send quarantine report to and select either All users or Selected users from the list.
A dialog appears.
Setting up the system
3. Enter the number of previous hours’ worth of quarantined message to include in the report.
Page 125 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
4. Click OK.
The report is sent.
To view and manage quarantine folders
1. Double-click a folder in the quarantine list.
A new list appears showing all quarantined messages in that folder.
Figure 23:Quarantine management list
2. To manage a message, do one or more of the following:
• To view the message, select it and click View.
• To remove the message, select it and click Delete.
• To release the message from quarantine, select it and click Release.
3. To return to the Personal Quarantine tab, click Back.
Besides the common display features, the Personal Quarantine tab provides these additional features:
• Use the Domain drop-down list to select a different domain to examine for per-recipient quarantined messages.
• The Personal Quarantine tab provides two ways to search quarantine folders:
To search the current quarantine list
1. Enter the user name in the Search user field. The name can include wild cards.
2. Click Search user.
The display now shows just the user or users that match the search criteria.
3. To return to the original full list, clear the field and click Search user.
To create a customized quarantine search
1. Click Search on the top row.
A new tab appears.
Figure 24:Personal Quarantine Search tab
2. Select the tab. The search form appears if no customized search exists; otherwise, select
New to create a new search task.
Page 126 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 25:Personal quarantine search form
Setting up the system
3. Configure one or more of the following search criteria.
From
To
Cc
Subject
Text
Time
User
Domain
Enter the email address of the sender.
Enter the email address of the recipient.
Enter the carbon copy email addresses.
Enter the subject line.
Enter text that appears on the message body.
Select the range of time of email messages that you want to include in the search results.
Enter the user name portion (also known as the local-part) of recipient email addresses whose quarantine folders you want to search.
To select which protected domains’ per-recipient quarantines will be searched, in the text area on the left, select the names of one or more protected domains, then click the right arrow to move them into the text area on the right.
You must select at least one protected domain to search.
Email messages must match all criteria that you configure in order to be included in the search results. For example, if you configure From and Subject, only email messages matching both From and Subject will be included in the search results. Leave fields you do not need blank.
4. Click Create to execute and save the search task.
Page 127 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. The new search task appears on the Personal Quarantine Search tab. The task name is the time the task was created. The right column shows the status of the search as follows:
• Done: FortiMail has finished the search.
• Pending: The search task is in the waiting list.
• Running: The search task is still running. You can choose to stop the task by clicking the
Stop button.
• Stopped: The search task is stopped. You can choose to resume the task by clicking the
Resume button.
6. To view the results of any completed search task, select it on the Personal Quarantine
Search tab and click View Search Result. It appears on the Search Summary tab.
Managing the system quarantine list
Go to Management > Quarantine > System Quarantine to view system-wide quarantined messages.
for details.) They can be viewed only by administrators. In contrast, quarantined messages on the personal quarantine list can be viewed by the owner of the related mailbox.
The System Quarantine tab provides the following features to manage the list:
• To remove one ore more quarantine folders from the list, select their check boxes and click
Delete.
• To compact one or more quarantine folders, select their check boxes and click Compact.
This reduces the disk space used to store the folder.
• View and manage a quarantine folder:
To view and manage a quarantined message
1. Double-click the quarantine folder in the quarantine list.
A new list appears showing all quarantined messages in the folder.
2. To manage a message, do one or more of the following:
• To view the message, select it and click View.
• To remove the message, select it and click Delete.
• To release the message from quarantine, select it and click Release.
• Click Search to search the current system quarantine folder. (The search form is similar to the one provided for personal quarantine searches but with fewer fields. See
“To create a customized quarantine search” on page 126 .)
3. To return to the System Quarantine tab, click Back.
Configuring basic system and mail settings
The Settings menu lets you view, edit and modify many settings you made using the Quick Start
Wizard. Further, it contains configuration options not found on the wizard.
Setting up the system
Changing time settings and managing administrators
The Configuration menu item contains two tabs. One lets you change system time. The other lets you create and edit administrator accounts.
Configuring time
You can change the time options you made with the wizard. Go to
Settings > Configuration > Time.
Page 128 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 26:Time settings dialog
This tab contains the same time options as the equivalent page in the wizard. You can change the time zone, refresh the system time, set a specific date, or synchronize with an NTP server.
See
“Step 2: Configuring the network settings and system time” on page 35 for details.
Configuring administrators
You can create and edit administrator accounts.
You cannot modify or delete the default administrator, admin.
To create a new administrator
1. Go to Settings > Configuration > Administrator.
This tab lets you create new administrators and assign them an access profile. The access profile sets the administrators scope (domain-wide or system-wide) and permissions.
Setting up the system Page 129 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 27:Administrator tab
2. Click New to begin creating a new administrator.
A dialog appears.
3. Configure the following:
Administrator
Enter the name for this administrator account.
Domain
Select the entire FortiMail unit (System) or name of a protected domain, such as example.com,to which this administrator account will be assigned.
Note: If Domain names a protected domain (that is, System was not selected), the administrator cannot use the CLI, nor basic mode of the web UI.
Password
Confirm password
For a new administrator, enter this account’s password twice.
The password can contain any character except spaces.
These fields do not appear if
Auth type
is not Local or RADIUS+Local.
Caution: Do not enter a FortiMail administrator password less than six characters long. For better security, enter a longer password with a complex combination of characters and numbers, and change the password regularly. Failure to provide a strong password could compromise the security of your FortiMail unit.
Setting up the system Page 130 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Trusted Host #1 Enter an IP address or subnet from which this administrator can log in.
This is optional.
If you want the administrator to access the FortiMail unit from any IP address, leave the default 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0.
To limit access to a trusted host, enter the IP address and netmask in dotted decimal format. For example, you might permit the administrator to log in to the FortiMail unit from your private network by typing
192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0
.
Note: For additional security, restrict all trusted host entries to administrative hosts on your trusted private network. For example, if your FortiMail administrators log in only from the 10.10.10.10/26 subnet, to prevent possibly fraudulent login attempts from unauthorized locations, you could configure that subnet in the Trusted Host #1,
Trusted Host #2, and Trusted Host #3 fields.
Trusted Host #2 Enter an IP address or subnet from which this administrator can log in.
Trusted Host #3 Enter an IP address or subnet from which this administrator can log in.
Access profile
Select an existing access profile that determines which functional areas the administrator account may view or affect. You can create and edit profiles only in advanced mode.
Management mode
Select which display mode, Basic or Advanced, the web UI will initially display when this administrator logs in.
The administrator can switch the mode at any time.
Auth type
Select the local or remote type of authentication that the administrator can use:
• Local
• RADIUS
• RADIUS+Local
• PKI
Note: RADIUS and PKI authentication require that you first configure a
RADIUS authentication profile or PKI user in advanced mode of the web
UI.
Select language Select this administrator account’s preference for the display language of the web UI.
Select theme
Select which theme the web UI will initially display when this administrator logs in.
The administrator can switch the theme at any time.
4. Click Create.
On this tab your can also:
• select an administrator and click Edit to change settings
• select an administrator and click Delete to remove it
You cannot modify or delete the default administrator.
Page 131 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring network settings
The Network menu item lets you configure or change settings for network interfaces (ports), set or change the default gateway, and review and edit DNS settings. It is here that you can change the IP address of the URL that you enter in a browser to access the web UI.
Configuring interfaces
The Interface tab displays the FortiMail unit’s four ports, which you can configure for various purposes. Port1 is usually the interface used to access the FortiMail unit’s web UI.
To configure a port interface
1. Go to Settings > Network > Interface.
Figure 28:Interface tab
The table shows the available ports, with their IP/netmask, assigned access protocols and up/down status.
2. To configure any port, do one of the following:
• select the port in the table and click Edit
• double-click a port
One of the following dialogs appears.
Setting up the system Page 132 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 29:Network interface for gateway and server mode
Figure 30: Network interface for transparent mode
Setting up the system
3. Configure the following:
Addressing mode
Manual
Options in this area apply to gateway and server mode only.
Select to enter a static IP address, then enter the IP address and netmask for the network interface in IP/Netmask.
Select to retrieve a dynamic IP address using DHCP.
DHCP
Retrieve default gateway and
DNS from server
Enable to retrieve both the default gateway and DNS addresses from the DHCP server, replacing any manually configured values.
Only available if DHCP is selected.
Connect to server
Enable for the FortiMail unit to attempt to obtain DNS addressing information from the DHCP server. Only available if DHCP is selected.
Disable this option if you are configuring the network interface offline, and do not want the unit to attempt to obtain addressing information at this time.
The following options apply to all modes.
Page 133 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
IP/Netmask
Access
Enter the IP address and netmask for the network interface. Only available if
Manual
is selected.
Enable protocols that this network interface should accept for connections to the FortiMail unit itself. (These options do not affect connections that will travel through the FortiMail unit.)
Caution: For security reasons, limit the access protocols to just a few secure forms for the port used for administrative access.
Telnet connections are not secure, and can be intercepted by a third party. If possible, enable this option only for network interfaces connected to a trusted private network, or directly to your management computer.
MTU
Override default
MTU value (1500).
Enable to change the maximum transmission unit (MTU) value, then enter the maximum packet or Ethernet frame size in bytes.
If network devices between the FortiMail unit and its traffic destinations require smaller or larger units of traffic, packets may require additional processing at each node in the network to fragment or defragment the units, resulting in reduced network performance. Adjusting the MTU to match your network can improve network performance.
The default value is 1500 bytes. The MTU size must be between
576 and 1500 bytes.
Administrative status
Select either:
• Up: Enable (that is, bring up) the network interface so that it can send and receive traffic.
• Down: Disable (that is, bring down) the network interface so that it cannot send or receive traffic.
4. Click OK.
Configuring routing settings
The Routing tab displays a list of routes. You can configure static routes and gateways used by the FortiMail unit.
Static routes direct traffic exiting the FortiMail unit -- you can specify through which network interface a packet will leave, and the IP address of a next-hop router that is reachable from that network interface. The router is aware of which IP addresses are reachable through various network pathways, and can forward those packets along pathways capable of reaching the packets’ ultimate destinations.
A default route is a special type of static route. A default route matches all packets, and defines a gateway router that can receive and route packets if no other, more specific static route is defined for the packet’s destination IP address.
You should configure at least one static route, a default route, that points to your gateway.
However, you may configure multiple static routes if you have multiple gateway routers, each of which should receive packets destined for a different subset of IP addresses.
To edit a routing entry
1. Go to Settings > Network > Routing.
Page 134 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 31:Routing tab
2. To configure an entry, do one of the following:
• select New for a new route
• select a route in the table and click Edit
• double-click a route to edit it
The following dialog appears.
Figure 32:Routing edit and create dialog
3. Configure the following:
Destination
IP/netmask
Gateway
Enter the destination IP address and netmask of packets that will be subject to this static route.
To create a default route that will match all packets, enter
0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0
.
Type the IP address of the next-hop router to which the FortiMail unit will forward packets subject to this static route. This router must know how to route packets to the destination IP addresses that you have specified in
Destination IP/netmask. For an Internet connection, the next hop routing gateway routes traffic to the Internet.
4. Click Create or OK.
Configuring DNS settings
The DNS tab enables you to configure the primary and secondary DNS servers that the
FortiMail unit will query to resolve domain names into IP addresses.
If you deployed the FortiMail unit for your chosen mode (gateway, server, or transparent), as described in earlier chapters, do not change these settings unless your earlier deployment settings are incorrect.
To edit a DNS entry
1. Go to Settings > Network > DNS.
Figure 33:DNS settings
Setting up the system
2. Change one or both of the DNS entries, as required.
Page 135 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. Click Apply.
Configuring domains and mail servers
The Domains menu item lets you add and edit protected domain settings, and their related mail server settings.
Configuring protected domains
The Domains tab displays the domains you created using the Quick Start Wizard. You can add, edit or delete domains using this tab’s features.
To configure a domain
1. Go to Settings > Domains > Domains.
Figure 34:Domain tab showing a domain with associated domains
2. Either click New for a new domain, or select a domain and click Edit.
• For a FortiMail unit in server mode, a dialog with a single field appears where you enter a fully qualified domain name.
• For a FortiMail unit in gateway or transparent mode, the following dialog appears.
Figure 35:New domain dialog for gateway and transparent modes
Setting up the system
Configure the following:
Domain name
The first option applies to all modes.
Enter the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the protected domain, such as example.com.
The following options apply to transparent and gateway modes.
Page 136 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Relay type
SMTP server
Fallback SMTP server
Port
Select one of the following to define which SMTP server will receive email from the FortiMail unit that is destined for the protected domain:
• Host: Configure the connection to one protected SMTP server or a fallback. Also configure
SMTP server
and Fallback SMTP server.
• MX Record (this domain): Query the DNS server’s MX record of the protected domain name for the FQDN or IP address of the
SMTP server. If there are multiple MX records, the FortiMail unit will load balance between them.
Note: For am MX record, you may also need to configure the FortiMail unit to use a private DNS server whose MX and/or A records differ from that of a public DNS server. Requirements vary by the topology of your network and by the operating mode of the FortiMail unit.
See the applicable deployment chapter in this guide for your mode.
For both servers, enter the fully qualified domain name (FQDN)or IP address of the primary SMTP server for this protected domain, then also configure
Port
and
Use SMTPS
.
If you have an internal mail relay that is located on a physically separate server from your internal mail server, this could be your internal mail relay, instead of your internal mail server. Consider your network topology, directionality of the mail flow, and the operation mode of the FortiMail unit. For more information, see
“Incoming versus outgoing directionality” on page 7 .
This field appears only if
Relay type
is Host.
For both servers, enter the port number on which the SMTP server listens.
If you enable
Use SMTPS
,
Port
automatically changes to the default port number for SMTPS, but can still be customized.
The default SMTP port number is 25; the default SMTPS port number is 465.
This field appears only if
Relay type
is Host.
Use SMTPS
For both servers, enable to use SMTPS for connections originating from or destined for this protected server.
This field appears only if
Relay type
is Host.
Domain
Association
To expand this area, click the down-arrow beside the title.
Associated domains use the settings of the protected domain with which they are associated, and do not have separate protected domain settings of their own.
To add an association:
1 Enter a domain name in the text field at the bottom of the display area.
2 Click
Create
.
The domain name appears in the Members area.
3. Click Create or OK.
Page 137 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring mail servers
The Mail Server Settings tab lets you configure assorted settings that apply to the SMTP server and webmail server that are built into the FortiMail unit.
To configure mail server settings
1. Go to Settings > Domains > Mail Server Settings.
A multisection dialog appears.
Figure 36:Mail server settings dialog
Setting up the system
2. Click the down-arrows beside each section title and configure the following:
Local Host
Relay Server
Deferred oversize message delivery
DSN
Mail Queue
Delivery Options
Domain Check
Configure the local host and SMTP settings. See “Configuring the local host” on page 139 .
Configure the relay server. See “Configuring the relay server and policy for oversized messages” on page 140 .
Specify how to handle oversized messages. See “Configuring the relay server and policy for oversized messages” on page 140 .
Specify if and how to manage delivery service notifications. See
“Configuring the use of DSN” on page 142 .
Set how long mail can remain in the delayed and dead mail queues.
See “Configuring the mail queues and ESMTP” on page 142 .
Enable or disable Extended Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (ESMTP).
See “Configuring the mail queues and ESMTP” on page 142 .
Enable to verify the existence of domains that have not been configured as protected domains. See “Configuring an LDAP connection” on page 143 .
This option is not available in server mode.
3. Click Apply when done.
Page 138 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring the local host
Configure the mail server and SMTP connections.
Figure 37:Host settings
Setting up the system
Local Host
Host name
Enter the host name of the FortiMail unit.
The FortiMail unit’s fully qualified domain name (FQDN) is in the format:
<host-name>.<local-domain-name> such as fortimail-400.example.com, where fortimail-400
is the
Host name
and example.com is the
Local domain name
.
Note: The FQDN of the FortiMail unit should be different from that of protected SMTP servers.
Note: You should use a different host name for each FortiMail unit.
Local domain name
Enter the local domain name to which the FortiMail unit belongs, such as example.com.
Note: The IP address should be globally resolvable into the FQDN of the FortiMail unit if it will relay outgoing email. If it is not globally resolvable, reverse DNS lookups of the FortiMail unit’s domain name by external SMTP servers will fail. For quarantine reports, if the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode or gateway mode, DNS records for the local domain name may need to be globally resolvable to the IP address of the FortiMail unit. If it is not globally resolvable, web and email release/delete for the per-recipient quarantines may fail.
SMTP server port number
Enter the port number on which the FortiMail unit’s SMTP server will listen for SMTP connections. The default port number is 25.
Page 139 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
SMTP over
SSL/TLS
Enable to allow SSL- and TLS-secured connections from SMTP clients that request SSL/TLS.
When disabled, SMTP connections with the FortiMail unit’s built-in MTA must occur as clear, unencrypted text.
Note: This option must be enabled to receive SMTPS connections. However, it does not require them.
SMTPS server port number
Enter the port number on which the FortiMail unit’s built-in MTA listens for secure SMTP connections. The default port number is
465.
This option is unavailable if SMTP over SSL/TLS is disabled.
SMTP MSA service Enable to allow your email clients to use SMTP for message submission on a separate TCP port number from deliveries or mail relay by MTAs.
SMTP MSA port number
Enter the TCP port number on which the FortiMail unit listens for email clients to submit email for delivery. The default port number is 587.
POP3 server port number
Enter the port number on which the FortiMail unit’s POP3 server will listen for POP3 connections. The default port number is 110.
This option is available only in server mode.
Default domain for authentication
If you set one domain as the default domain, users on the default domain only need to enter their user names without the domain part for webmail/SMTP/IMAP/POP3 authentication, such as user1. Users on the non-default domains must enter both the user name part and domain part to authentication, such as [email protected].
Configuring the relay server and policy for oversized messages
Configure the relay server and specify how to handle very large messages.
Click the down-arrow beside each heading to expand the options.
Setting up the system Page 140 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 38:Relay server and oversized messages
Setting up the system
Relay Server
Relay server name Enter the domain name of an SMTP relay, if any, to which the
FortiMail unit will relay outgoing email. This is typically provided by your Internet service provider (ISP), but could be a mail relay on your internal network.
This option is ignored in transparent mode.
Relay server port
Enter the TCP port number on which the SMTP relay listens.
This is typically provided by your Internet service provider (ISP).
Use SMTPs
Enable to initiate SSL- and TLS-secured connections to the SMTP relay if it supports SSL/TLS.
When disabled, SMTP connections from the FortiMail unit’s built-in MTA or proxy to the relay will occur as clear text, unencrypted.
This option must be enabled to initiate SMTPS connections.
Authentication
Required
If the relay server requires use of the SMTP AUTH command, enable this option, then click the arrow to expand and configure:
• User name: Enter the name of the FortiMail unit’s account on the SMTP relay.
• Password: Enter the password for the FortiMail unit’s user name.
• Authentication type: Available SMTP authentication types include:
• AUTO (automatically detect and use the most secure SMTP authentication type supported by the relay server)
• PLAIN
• LOGIN
• DIGEST-MD5
• CRAM-MD5
Page 141 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Deferred message delivery
Start delivering messages at
Stop delivering messages at
To defer sending email messages that are larger than the limit during certain periods, use Start delivering messages and Stop
delivering messages to configure the start and stop times.
Schedule delivery during times when email traffic volume is low, such as nights and weekends.
Select the hour and minute of the day at which to begin delivering oversized email messages.
Select the hour and minute of the day at which to stop delivering oversized email messages.
Configuring the use of DSN
If desired, enable delivery service notifications and set the display options.
Click the down-arrow beside the heading to expand the options.
Setting up the system
DSN
DSN (NDR) email generation
Enable to allow the FortiMail unit to send delivery status notification (DSN) email messages sent by the FortiMail unit to notify email users of delivery delays and/or failure.
Sender displayname
Sender address
The name of the sender, such as FortiMail administrator, as it should appear in DSN.
If this field is empty, the FortiMail unit sends DSN from the default name of postmaster.
The sender email address in DSN.
If this field is empty, the FortiMail unit sends DSN from the default sender email address of postmaster@<domain_str>, where
<domain_str> is the domain name of the FortiMail unit, such as example.com
.
Configuring the mail queues and ESMTP
The mail queue options affect what you will see on FortiMail’s two mail queues. See
“Viewing and managing mail queues” on page 123 .
Page 142 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Click the down-arrow beside a heading to expand the options.
Mail Queue
Maximum time for email in queue
Select the maximum number of hours that deferred/delayed email messages can remain in the delayed mail queue.
After the maximum time passes, the FortiMail unit will send a final delivery status notification (DSN) email message to notify the sender that the email message was undeliverable.
Maximum time for
DSN email in queue
Select the maximum number of days a delivery status notification
(DSN) message can remain in the mail queues. If the maximum time is set to zero (0) days, the FortiMail unit attempts to deliver the DSN only once.
After the maximum time has been reached, the DSN email is moved to the dead mail folder.
Time before delay warning
Select the number of hours after an initial failure to deliver an email message before the FortiMail unit sends the first delivery status notification (DSN) email message to notify the sender that the email message has been deferred.
After sending this initial DSN, the FortiMail unit will continue to retry sending the email until reaching the limit configured in
Maximum time for email in queue
.
Time interval for retry
The number of days a dead mail is to be kept
Enter the number of days that undeliverable email and its associated DSN will be kept in the dead mail folder. After this amount of time, the dead email and its DSN is automatically deleted.
Delivery Options
Select the number of minutes between delivery retries for email messages in the deferred and spam mail queues.
Disable ESMTP for outgoing email
Mark the check box to disable Extended Simple Mail Transfer
Protocol (ESMTP) for outgoing email.
By default, FortiMail units can use ESMTP commands. ESMTP supports email messages with graphics, sound, video, and text in various languages.
Setting up the system
Configuring an LDAP connection
You can set up an LDAP connection for email address mappings and access to unprotected domains. This is not available in server mode.
Page 143 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Click the down-arrow beside the heading to expand the options.
Setting up the system
Domain Check
These options apply to gateway and transparent mode only
Perform LDAP domain verification for unknown domains
Enable to verify the existence of domains that have not been configured as protected domains. Also configure
LDAP profile for domain check
.
To verify the existence of unknown domains, the FortiMail unit queries an LDAP server for a user object that contains the email address. If the user object exists, the verification is successful, and:
• If
Automatically create domain association for verified domain
is enabled, the FortiMail unit automatically adds the unknown domain as a domain associated of the protected domain selected in Internal domain to hold association.
• If
Automatically create domain association for verified domain
is disabled, and the DNS lookup of the unknown domain name is successful, the FortiMail unit routes the email to the IP address resolved for the domain name during the DNS lookup.
Because the domain is not formally defined as a protected domain, the email is considered to be outgoing, and outgoing recipient-based policies are used to scan the email.
LDAP profile for domain check
Select the LDAP profile to use when verifying existence of unknown domains. The LADP query is configured under User
Query Options in an LDAP profile.
This option is available only if
Perform LDAP domain verification for unknown domains
is enabled.
Automatically create domain association for verified domain
Enable to automatically add unknown domains as domain associations if they are successfully verified by the LDAP query.
This option is available only if
Perform LDAP domain verification for unknown domains
is enabled.
Internal domain to hold domain association
Select the name of a protected domain with which to associate unknown domains, if they pass domain verification.
This option is available only if
Automatically create domain association for verified domain
is enabled.
Configuring antispam settings
The AntiSpam menu item lets you configure the antispam and antivirus features of the FortiMail unit to protect your SMTP servers and email users. You can configure antispam and antivirus settings separately for incoming and outgoing email messages.
Page 144 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Available FortiMail features and their behavior vary by whether the email is incoming or outgoing. This is called directionality.
• Incoming email messages consist of messages sent to the SMTP servers that are protected domains of the FortiMail unit.
• Outgoing email messages consist of messages sent to recipients on domains that the
FortiMail unit was not configured to protect.
For a more detailed explanation, see
“Incoming versus outgoing directionality” on page 7
.
Configuring incoming mail protection
The Incoming tab displays the antispam and antivirus settings for the protected domains, and enables you to change the default settings.
To edit incoming antispam and antivirus settings
1. Go to Settings > AntiSpam > Incoming.
Figure 39:Antispam incoming tab
2. To change settings, do one of the following:
• select a domain in the table and click Edit
• double-click the domain
A dialogs appears.
Figure 40: Editing the antispam and antivirus settings
Setting up the system
3. Select one of the following for the antispam level:
• Unknown: No setting
• Off: No scanning
• Low: Good detection rate
• Medium: Better detection rate with a small impact on system performance
• High: Best detection rate with an additional impact on system performance
4. Select one of the following for the antivirus level:
• Unknown: No setting
• Disabled: Virus checking is off
• Enabled: Virus checking is on
5. Click OK.
Page 145 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring incoming actions
The Incoming Action tab lets you to select what measures the FortiMail unit will take against spam and virus-infected email coming into the domain. This tab also determines which quarantine list to use: personal or system.
To configure incoming actions
1. Go to Settings > AntiSpam > Incoming Action.
2. Configure the following:
Figure 41: Editing incoming actions
Setting up the system
AntiSpam Actions
Tag email’s subject line
Enable and then enter in the With value field the text that will appear in the subject line of the email, such as “[spam]”. The
FortiMail unit will prepend this text to the subject line of spam before forwarding it to the recipient.
Many email clients can sort incoming email messages into separate mailboxes, including a spam mailbox, based on text appearing in parts of email messages, including the subject line.
For details, see the documentation for your email client.
Reject
Discard
Enable to reject the email and reply to the SMTP client with
SMTP reply code 550.
Enable to delete the message (instead of delivering the email) without notifying the SMTP client
Quarantine
When enabled, FortiMail directs spam to the per-recipient quarantine folder. For more information, see
“Viewing and managing quarantine lists” on page 124
. Also configure:
• Delete messages after: Enter the number of days you want to keep the quarantined email. Enter a small enough value that will prevent the size of the quarantine from exceeding the available disk space. If you enter 0 to prevent automatic deletion of quarantined files, you must periodically manually remove old files.
This option and Quarantine for review are mutually exclusive.
Page 146 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Quarantine to review
When enabled, FortiMail directs spam to the system quarantine folder. Both quarantine options cannot be enabled at the same time.
AntiVirus Actions
Virus scanning
Scan email for virus infection and take actions defined in the antivirus action profile.
3. Click Apply.
Configuring outgoing mail protection
After you create a protected domain, the FortiMail unit will apply default outgoing antispam and antivirus settings to it. The Outgoing tab lets you change the defaults.
To edit outgoing antispam and antivirus settings
1. Go to Settings > AntiSpam > Outgoing.
Figure 42: Editing the antispam and antivirus settings
Setting up the system
2. Select one of the following for the antispam level:
• Unknown: No setting
• Off: No scanning
• Low: Good detection rate
• Medium: Better detection rate with a small impact on system performance
• High: Best detection rate with an additional impact on system performance
3. Select one of the following for the antivirus level:
• Unknown: No setting
• Disabled: Virus checking is off
• Enabled: Virus checking is on
4. Optionally, view or edit the access control link. See “Configuring access control” .
5. Click Apply.
Configuring access control
Access control rules allow specific SMTP clients to send email from your protected domains.
These rules prevent your FortiMail unit from being an open relay. Open relays are often used by spammers, which could cause your unit to be blacklisted by other mail servers.
Access control rules allow, discard, reject, or relay email based on the sender, recipient, IP address, or a reverse DNS lookup of the domain name of the connecting SMTP server.
To configure access control
1. Go to Settings > AntiSpam > Outgoing.
Page 147 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
2. Click Access control link.
A new window appears. If you created an access control rule using the Quick Start Wizard, it will appear on the list.
Figure 43:Access control window
3. Either click New to create a new rule, or select an existing rule and click Edit.
A dialog appears.
Figure 44:Access control rule dialog
Setting up the system
4. Configure the access rule the same way as in the Quick Start Wizard. See
Configuring access control rules and outgoing settings” on page 40
5. Click Create or OK.
Outgoing Action tab
The Outgoing Action tab lets you to select what actions the FortiMail unit takes against spam and virus-infected email going to a domain that is not protected by FortiMail.
To configure outgoing actions
1. Go to Settings > AntiSpam > Outgoing Action.
Page 148 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 45:Editing outgoing actions
2. Configure the following:
AntiSpam Actions
Tag email’s subject line
Reject
Discard
Enable and then enter in the With value field the text that will appear in the subject line of the email, such as “[spam]”. The
FortiMail unit will prepend this text to the subject line of spam it forwards to the recipient.
Many email clients can sort incoming email messages into separate mailboxes, including a spam mailbox, based on text appearing in various parts of email messages, including the subject line.
Enable to reject the email and reply to the SMTP client with
SMTP reply code 550.
Enable to delete the message (instead of delivering the email) without notifying the SMTP client
AntiVirus Action s
Virus scanning
Scan email for virus infection and take actions defined in the antivirus action profile.
3. Click Apply.
Configuring logs, reports and email alerts
The Log and Report menu lets you:
• view logs
• create and view reports
• create email alerts
Viewing logs
The FortiMail unit provides easy access to four types of logs: history, events, antispam, and antivirus. All four logs behave the same way and offer the same features.
To view log data
1. Go to Log and Report > Log and select one of the tabs.
Setting up the system Page 149 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 46:Event tab used as an example
Each available log appears on a separate line.
2. To view log contents, do one of the following:
• select a log and click Edit
• double-click the log
The log entry expands.
Figure 47:Expanded event log
Setting up the system
3. Examine the log contents using these tools:
• To filter entries on their severity level, select a severity from the Level drop-down list:
Table 10:Log severity levels
Levels
0 - Emergency
1 - Alert
2 - Critical
3 - Error
4 - Warning
5 - Notification
6 - Information
Description
The system has become unusable.
Immediate action is required.
Functionality is affected.
An error condition exists and functionality could be affected.
Functionality could be affected.
Information about normal events.
General information about system operations.
• To filter by the type of problem (such as an administration, configuration or mail protocol problem), select a type from the Subtype drop-down list.
• To go to a specific line number, enter the number next to Go to line and press Enter.
• Click Save View to retain the changes you made to the report view for the next time.
Page 150 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
4. Click Back to collapse the log report and return to the log listing.
5. To delete one or more logs, select their check boxes and click Delete.
6. To download a log, select it and click Download.
• Select one of the download formats.
• A file download dialog appears.
• Click Save and then browse to a location to save the file.
Searching log data
When viewing a list of logs or when you expand the log data to examine individual log entries, you can use the log search facility to help locate the information you want by keyword, message, date or other attributes.
To search log data
1. Click Search.
A dialog appears.
Figure 48:Log search dialog for events
Setting up the system
2. Enter your search criteria. The fields vary with the type of log you are searching.
3. Click Apply.
The search results appear in a new tab named Search Result.
Creating and managing reports
The Report menu item provides a way to create reports of log information and to manage those reports.
Managing reports
The Report tab lets you view, delete or download existing reports. If you have not yet created a report profile and run it, the Report tab will be empty.
Go to Log and Report > Report > Report.
• To view a report, click the plus sign next to the report name to see all its components.
Double-click one of its component parts: the report opens in a new browser window.
• The delete a report and all its components, select the report’s check box and click Delete.
• To download a report, select the report’s check box and click Download. Select the format option from the menu presented (PDF or HTML). Click Save when prompted. Browse to the save location and click Save.
Page 151 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Creating reports
You can configure a report profile, including its contents, design, output format, recipients, and run schedule.
To configure a report profile
1. Go to Log and Report > Report > Configuration.
Figure 49:Report configuration tab
2. For a new report, click New. For an existing report, select it and click Edit.
A multisection dialog appears.
3. In Report name, enter a name for the report profile.
Report names cannot include spaces.
Figure 50:Report configuration dialog
Setting up the system
4. Click the arrow
next to each option, and configure the following:
Time Period
Query Selection
Schedule
Domain
Select the time span of log messages from which to generate the report. For more information, see “Configuring the time period of a report profile” on page 153 .
Select one or more subject matters to include in the report. For more information, see “Configuring the query selection of a report profile” on page 153 .
Select to generate reports from this report profile either manually only or automatically, according to a schedule. For more information, see
“Configuring a report profile schedule” on page 154 .
Select the protected domains to include in the report. For more information, see “Configuring the protected domain of a report profile” on page 154 .
Page 152 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Incoming Outgoing Select whether to report upon incoming email, outgoing email, or both. For more information, see “Configuring incoming or outgoing directionality of a report profile” on page 155 .
Email Notification
Select recipients to receive the report by email. This is optional. For more information, see “Configuring email notification for a report profile” on page 155 .
5. Click Create or OK.
Configuring the time period of a report profile
When configuring a report profile, you can select the time span of log messages from which to generate the report.
Figure 51:Time period
Setting up the system
1. Select the down-arrow next to Time Period to expand the section.
2. Select which time span option you want. This sets the range of log data to include in the report.
• Select the first option to chose a relative time, such as Today, Yesterday, Last n hours, and so on. If you select an option with an unspecified “n” value, another field appears.
Enter the number of hours, days or weeks, as applicable.
• Select the second option to set a specific time range. Set the start date and hour, and end date and hour.
Configuring the query selection of a report profile
When configuring a report profile, you can select one or more queries or query groups that define the report’s contents. Each query group contains multiple individual queries, each of which correspond to a chart that will appear in the generated report.
1. Select the down-arrow next to Query Selection to expand the section.
2. Select which query groups and individual queries you want to include in the report.
• To select all queries in a query group, select the check box next to the query group heading.
• To select specific queries in a query group, expand the group heading. Select the check boxes next to each query you want to include.
For example:
• If you want the report to include charts about spam, you might select both of the query groups Spam by Sender and Spam by Recipient.
• If you want the report to specifically include only a chart about top virus senders by date, you might expand the query group Virus by Sender, then select only the individual query
Top Virus Sender By Date.
Page 153 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring a report profile schedule
When configuring a report profile, you can select whether the FortiMail unit will generate the report on demand or according to a schedule you configure.
1. Select the down-arrow next to Schedule to expand the section.
Figure 52:Schedule
Setting up the system
Generating reports can be resource-intensive. To improve performance, generate reports during times when traffic volume is low, such as at night or during weekends.
2. Choose your report scheduling options:
Not scheduled
Daily
These days
These dates
At hour
Select if you do not want the FortiMail unit to generate the report automatically according to a schedule.
If you select this option, you must generate the report manually.
Select to generate the report each day. Also configure At hour.
Select to generate the report on specific days of each week, then select those days. Also configure At hour.
Select to generate the report on specific days of each month, then enter those date numbers. Separate date numbers with a comma. Also configure At hour.
For example, to generate a report on the first and 15 th
day of every month, enter 1,15.
Select the hour of the day to generate the report, according to a
24-hour clock.
This option does not apply if you select Not scheduled.
Configuring the protected domain of a report profile
When configuring a report profile, you can select one or more protected domains whose log messages will be used as input to the report.
1. Select the down-arrow next to Domain to expand the section.
Page 154 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Figure 53:Domain
2. Select a domain to include in the Available domains list.
The available domains are those configure on the Settings > Domains > Domains tab.
3. Click the move-right button (->) to move it to the Selected domains list.
4. Repeat the previous two steps for each domain you want included in the report.
Configuring incoming or outgoing directionality of a report profile
When configuring a report profile, you can select to report email messages based on their directionality: incoming, outgoing, or both.
1. Select the down-arrow next to Incoming/Outgoing to expand the section.
Figure 54:Directionality selection
2. Select an option from the drop-down list.
• Incoming
• Outgoing
• Both
For an explanation of directionality, see “Incoming versus outgoing directionality” on page 7 .
Configuring email notification for a report profile
When configuring a report profile, you can configure the FortiMail unit to email a copy of the generated report to designated recipients in either HTML or PDF format.
1. Select the down-arrow next to Email Notification to expand the section.
Figure 55:Email Notification
Page 155 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
2. Select an option next to Report format (HTML or PDF) to set the report output.
3. For each email address you want to receive the report, do the following:
• Enter the email address of a recipient under Email address.
• Click the move-right button (->) to move it to the All notification Email address list.
Generate an on-demand report
While some of your reports may execute on a schedule, you can manually run any report, anytime, including non-scheduled reports.
To manually generate a report
1. Go to Log and Report > Report > Configuration.
2. Click to select the report profile to use when generating the report.
3. Click Generate.
The FortiMail unit immediately begins to generate a report. To view the resulting report, click the Report tab. The report label is the name you gave the report plus a time stamp.
Creating email alerts
The Alert Email tab lets you define which problem categories to use as alerts and to specify which email addresses should receive the alerts.
Configuring alert recipients
Use the Configuration tab to create and manage a list of alert recipients.
Go to Log and Report > Alert Email > Configuration.
Figure 56:Alert email Configuration tab
• You can send a test message to any recipient. Select the check box next to one or more recipients and click Test.
• To remove alert recipients, select the check box next to one or more recipients and click
Delete.
• You can add a recipient to the list:
To add a recipient to the list
1. Click New.
A dialog appears.
Figure 57:New alert email dialog
Setting up the system
2. Enter an email address and click Create.
Page 156 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Selecting alert categories
Use the Categories tab to select the events for which the FortiMail unit will generate an alert.
1. Go to Log and Report > Alert Email > Categories.
Figure 58:Alert email categories
Setting up the system
2. Select one or more alert categories.
Virus incidents
Critical events
Disk is full
Remote archiving/NAS failures
HA events
Send an alert message when the FortiMail unit detects a virus.
Send an alert email message when the FortiMail unit detects a system error that may affect its operation.
Send an alert email message when the FortiMail unit hard disk is full.
Send an alert email message when the remote archiving feature encounters one or more failures.
Disk quota of an account is exceeded
Send an alert email message when any high availability (HA) event occurs.
When a FortiMail unit is operating in HA mode, the subject line of the alert email includes the host name of the cluster member. If you have configured a different host name for each member of the cluster, this enables you to identify which FortiMail unit in the HA cluster sent the alert email message.
Send an alert email message when an email user’s account exceeds its quota of hard disk space.
This option is available only in server mode.
Dictionary is corrupted
Send an alert email message when a dictionary is corrupt.
System quarantine quota is full
Send an alert email message when the system quarantine reaches its quota of hard disk space.
Page 157 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Deferred email # over x, interval time y minutes
Send an alert email message if the delayed email queue contains greater than this number of email messages. Enter a number between
1 and 10 000 to define the alert threshold, then enter the interval of time between each alert email message that the FortiMail unit will send while the number of email messages in the deferred email queue remains over this limit.
FortiGuard license expiry time
Send an alert if the FortiGuard license is nearing expiry. Enter the number of days until expiry between 1 and 100.
Testing the installation
After completing the installation, test it by sending email between legitimate SMTP clients and servers at various points within your network topology.
If the FortiMail unit is operating in gateway mode or transparent mode, you may also wish to test access of email users to their per-recipient quarantined email.
If the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode, you may also wish to test access to FortiMail webmail, POP3, and/or IMAP.
Figure 59:Connection test paths (gateway mode)
Local Email Users
Remote Email Users
Internal
Email Server
Switch
SMTP connection test paths
External
Email Server
Internet
Quarantine connection test paths
Private
DNS Server
Gateway Mode
Public DNS Server
Setting up the system Page 158 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
Figure 60:Connection test paths (transparent mode)
Local Email Users
Private
DNS Server
Switch
Transparent Mode
Remote Email Users
SMTP connection test paths
External
Email Server
Internet
Quarantine connection test paths
Public DNS Server
Internal
Email Server
Figure 61:Connection test paths (server mode)
Local Email Users
Remote Email Users
SMTP connection test paths
External
Email Server
Private
DNS Server
Internet
Webmail
POP3/IMAP connection test paths
Public DNS Server
Server Mode
To verify all SMTP connections to and from your FortiMail unit, consider both internal and external recipient email addresses, as well as all possible internal and external SMTP clients and servers that will interact with your FortiMail unit, and send email messages that test the connections both to and from each of those clients and servers. For example:
1. Using an SMTP client on the local network whose MTA is the FortiMail unit or protected email server, send an email from an internal sender to an internal recipient.
2. Using an SMTP client on the local network whose MTA is the FortiMail unit or protected email server, send an email from an internal sender to an external recipient.
3. Send an email from an external sender to an internal recipient.
4. If you have remote SMTP clients such as mobile users or branch office SMTP servers, using an SMTP client on the remote network whose MTA is the FortiMail unit or protected email server, send an email from an internal sender to an internal recipient.
Page 159 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. If you have remote SMTP clients such as mobile users or branch office SMTP servers, using an SMTP client on the remote network whose MTA is the FortiMail unit or protected email server, send an email from an internal sender to an external recipient.
If you cannot connect, receive error messages while establishing the connection, or the recipient does not receive the email message, verify your configuration, especially:
• routing and policy configuration of intermediary NAT devices such as firewalls or routers
• connectivity of the FortiMail unit with the Fortinet Distribution Network (FDN)
• external email servers’ connectivity with and the configuration of the public DNS server that hosts the MX records, A records, and reverse DNS records for your domain names
• the FortiMail unit’s connectivity with and the configuration of the local private DNS server (if any) that caches records for external domain names and, if the Use MX record option is enabled, hosts private MX records that refer to your protected email servers
• access control rules on your FortiMail unit
• configuration of MUAs, including the IP address/domain name of the SMTP and POP3/IMAP server, authentication, and encryption (such as SSL or TLS)
For information on tools that you can use to troubleshoot, see
“Troubleshooting tools” on page 160 .
Troubleshooting tools
To locate network errors and other issues that may prevent email from passing to or through the
FortiMail unit, FortiMail units feature several troubleshooting tools. You may also be able to perform additional tests from your management computer or the computers of SMTP clients and servers.
This section includes:
•
•
•
Telnet connections to the SMTP port number
•
•
Greylist and sender reputation displays
•
•
Ping and traceroute
If your FortiMail unit cannot connect to other hosts, you may be able to use ICMP ping and traceroute to determine if the host is reachable or locate the node of your network at which connectivity fails, such as when static routes are incorrectly configured. You can do this from the FortiMail unit using CLI commands.
Setting up the system Page 160 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
For example, you might use ICMP ping to determine that 172.16.1.10 is reachable (commands that you would type are highlighted in bold; responses from the FortiMail unit are not bolded):
FortiMail-400 # execute ping 172.16.1.10
PING 172.16.1.10 (172.16.1.10): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 172.16.1.10: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=2.4 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.1.10: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.4 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.1.10: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.4 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.1.10: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.8 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.1.10: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=1.4 ms
--- 172.20.120.167 ping statistics ---
5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 0.8/1.4/2.4 ms or that 192.168.1.10 is not reachable:
FortiMail-400 # execute ping 192.168.1.10
PING 192.168.1.10 (192.168.1.10): 56 data bytes
Timeout ...
Timeout ...
Timeout ...
Timeout ...
Timeout ...
--- 192.168.1.10 ping statistics ---
5 packets transmitted, 0 packets received, 100% packet loss
Both ping and traceroute require that network nodes respond to ICMP ping. If you have disabled responses to ICMP on your network, hosts may appear to be unreachable to ping and traceroute, even if connections using other protocols can succeed.
If the host is not reachable, you can use traceroute to determine the router hop or host at which the connection fails:
FortiMail-400 # execute traceroute 192.168.1.10 traceroute to 192.168.1.10 (192.168.1.10), 32 hops max, 72 byte packets
1 192.168.1.2 2 ms 0 ms 1 ms
2 * * *
For more information on CLI commands, see the
FortiMail CLI Reference
.
Nslookup
It is critical that FortiMail has good access to DNS services to properly handle SMTP sessions and apply antispam scans, including FortiGuard Antispam. If DNS queries fail, they will be recorded in the event log.
Page 161 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 62:Event log when DNS queries fail
Setting up the system
If a DNS query fails or resolves incorrectly, you may want to manually query your DNS server to verify that the records are correctly configured. You can do this from the FortiMail unit using CLI commands.
For example, you might query for the mail gateway of the domain example.com (commands that you would type are highlighted in bold; responses from the FortiMail unit are not bolded):
FortiMail-400 # execute nslookup mx example.com example.com mail exchanger = 10 mail.example.com.
or query to resolve mail.example.com and service.fortiguard.net (the domain name of a
FortiGuard Distribution Network server) into IP addresses:
FortiMail-400 # execute nslookup name mail.example.com
Name: mail.example.com
Address: 192.168.1.10
FortiMail-400 # execute nslookup name service.fortiguard.net
Name: service.fortiguard.net
Address: 212.95.252.120
Name: service.fortiguard.net
Address: 72.15.145.66
Name: service.fortiguard.net
Address: 69.90.198.55
For more information on CLI commands, see the
FortiMail CLI Reference
.
Like verifying DNS connectivity and configuration from the FortiMail unit, you may also be able to verify DNS connectivity and configuration from protected and external mail servers using similar commands. This can be necessary if the devices are configured to use different DNS servers. For details, see the documentation for those mail servers.
Telnet connections to the SMTP port number
Instead of using an SMTP client to verify SMTP connections, you can manually establish SMTP connections by using a Telnet client. Especially if your SMTP client or SMTP server is unable to establish a connection, manually attempting the connection may provide you with SMTP error codes or other insight into why the connection is failing.
Page 162 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 11:Some common SMTP error codes
SMTP error code number
Description
500
501
502
Syntax error, command unrecognized
Syntax error in parameters or arguments
503
Command not implemented (such as for ESMTP and other
SMTP protocol extensions that are not enabled/installed on the
SMTP server)
Bad sequence of commands
If extended SMTP error codes are installed and enabled on the target SMTP server, a manual
Telnet connection may enable you to view additional error descriptions. For example, the enhanced error code 4.3.2 Please Try Again Later may notify you that a temporary condition exists preventing delivery, such as greylisting or service unavailability, and that the
SMTP client should try delivery again later.
How you should establish the connection depends on the origin and destination of the SMTP connection that you want to test, either:
• From the FortiMail unit to an SMTP server
• To or through the FortiMail unit
From the FortiMail unit to an SMTP server
If you are not sure if the FortiMail unit can use SMTP to reach an SMTP server, you might use the execute telnettest <fqdn_str>:<port_int> CLI command.
For example, to test SMTP connectivity with mail.example.com on the standard SMTP port number, 25 (commands that you would type are highlighted in bold; responses from the
FortiMail unit are not bolded):
FortiMail-400 # execute telnettest mail.example.com:25
Connecting to remote host succeeded.
To or through the FortiMail unit
If you are not sure if a MUA can use SMTP to reach a FortiMail unit that is operating in gateway mode or server mode, or not sure which SMTP commands the FortiMail unit was configured to accept, from the email user’s computer or an external SMTP server, you might open a command prompt and use the command line Telnet client.
Setting up the system Page 163 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setting up the system
For example, to send a test email message (commands that you would type are highlighted in bold; responses from the FortiMail unit are not bolded):
$ telnet fortimail.example.com 25
Trying fortimail.example.com...
Connected to fortimail.example.com.
Escape character is '^]'.
220 fortimail.example.com ESMTP Smtpd; Mon, 6 Oct 2008 14:47:32 -0400
EHLO mail.example.com
250-fortimail.example.com Hello [172.16.1.10], pleased to meet you
250-ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES
250-PIPELINING
250-8BITMIME
250-SIZE 10485760
250-DSN
250-AUTH LOGIN PLAIN DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5
250-DELIVERBY
250 HELP
MAIL FROM: [email protected]
250 2.1.0 [email protected]... Sender ok
RCPT TO: [email protected]
250 2.1.5 [email protected]... Recipient ok
DATA
354 Enter mail, end with "." on a line by itself
Subject: TEST
This is a test email message.
.
250 2.0.0 m96IlWkF001390 Message accepted for delivery
QUIT
221 2.0.0 fortimail.example.com closing connection
Connection closed by foreign host.
$ where:
• fortimail.example.com is the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of your FortiMail unit
• the FortiMail unit is listening for SMTP connections on the default SMTP port number, 25
• mail.example.com is the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of a protected email server from which you are connecting, whose domain name resolves to the IP address
172.16.1.10
• [email protected] is a email address of an sender that is internal to your protected domain, internal.example.com
• [email protected] is a email address of an recipient that is external to your protected domain
Log messages
Log messages often contain clues that can aid you in determining the cause of a problem.
FortiMail units can record log messages when errors occur that cause failures, upon significant changes, and upon processing events.
Page 164 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Depending on the type, log messages may appear in either the history, event, antivirus, or antispam logs. For example:
• To determine when and why an email was quarantined, you might examine the Classifier and
Disposition fields in the history log.
• To determine if an antiSpam scan query was able to reach the FDN, you might examine the
Message field in the antispam log.
During troubleshooting, you may find it useful to reduce the logging severity threshold for more verbose logs, to include more information on less severe events.
For example, when the FortiMail unit cannot reach the FDN or override server for FortiGuard
Antispam queries, the associated log message in the antispam log has a severity level of
Notification. If your severity threshold is currently greater than Notification (such as Warning or
Error), the FortiMail unit will not record that log message, and you will not be notified of the error.
Often this error might occur due to temporary connectivity problems, and is not critical.
However, if you are frequently encountering this issue, you may want to lower the severity threshold to determine how often the issue is occurring and whether the cause of the problem is persistent.
Similar to how the FortiMail unit will not record log messages below the severity threshold, if the
FortiMail unit is not enabled to record event, history, antivirus, and antispam log messages, you will not be able to analyze the log messages for events of that type. During troubleshooting, be sure that log messages are enabled for the type of event that you want to analyze.
To configure the severity threshold, go to Log and Report > Log Setting and set the logging level on one or both of the tabs. To enable logging of different types of events, select applicable options under Logging Policy Configuration on either or both tabs.
If this menu path is not available, first select Advanced to switch to the advanced mode of the web UI.
Greylist and sender reputation displays
If an SMTP client is unable to send email despite being able to initiate SMTP connections to or through the FortiMail unit, and is receiving SMTP error codes that indicate temporary failure or permanent rejection, verify that the SMTP client has not been temporarily blocked by the greylist or sender reputation features.
To view the lists of SMTP clients and their statuses with those features, go to Monitor > Greylist
> Display and Monitor > Sender Reputation > Display, respectively.
If these menu paths are not available, first select Advanced >> to switch to the advanced mode of the web UI.
Setting up the system
Mail queues and quarantines
If email has not successfully passed to or through the FortiMail unit, but you have been able to successfully initiate the SMTP connection and send the email and have not received any SMTP error codes, verify that delivery has not been delayed and that the email message has not been quarantined.
Page 165 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To view the mail queues, go to Monitor> Mail Queue, then select a mail queue tab. To view the per-recipient or system quarantine, go to Monitor > Quarantine, then select either the Personal
Quarantine or System Quarantine tab.
If these menu paths are not available, first select Advanced >> to switch to the advanced mode of the web UI.
Packet capture
Packet capture, also known as sniffing, records some or all of the packets seen by a network interface. By recording packets, you can trace connection states to the exact point at which they fail, which may help you to diagnose some types of problems that are otherwise difficult to detect.
FortiMail units have a built-in sniffer. Packet capture on FortiMail units is similar to that of
FortiGate units. To use the built-in sniffer, connect to the CLI and enter the following command: diagnose sniffer packet <interface_str> '<filter_str>'
<verbosity_level_int> <packet_count_int> where:
• <interface_str> is the name of a network interface, such as port1,or enter any for all interfaces.
• '<filter_str>' is the sniffer filter that specifies which protocols and port numbers that you do or do not want to capture, such as 'tcp port 25',or enter none for no filters.
• <verbosity_level_int> is an integer indicating the depth of packet headers and payloads to display.
• <packet_count_int> is the number of packets the sniffer reads before stopping. Packet capture output is printed to your CLI display until you stop it by pressing Ctrl + C, or until it reaches the number of packets that you have specified to capture.
Packet capture can be very resource intensive. To minimize the performance impact on your
FortiMail unit, use packet capture only during periods of minimal traffic, with a serial console
CLI connection rather than a Telnet or SSH CLI connection, and be sure to stop the command when you are finished.
Setting up the system
For example, you might selectively capture packets for FortiGuard Antispam queries occurring through port1 (commands that you would type are highlighted in bold; responses from the
FortiMail unit are not bolded):
FortiMail-400 # diag sniffer packet port1 'udp port 8889' 3
2.685841 172.16.1.10.47319 -> 212.95.252.120.8889: udp 64
0x0000 0009 0f84 27fe 0009 0f15 02e8 0800 4500....'.........E.
0x0010 005c 0000 4000 4011 44ff ac14 78a5 d45f.\..@[email protected].._
0x0020 fc78 b8d7 22b9 0048 9232 6968 726a b3c5.x.."..H.2ihrj..
0x0030 776c 2d2f 5a5f 545e 4555 5b5f 425b 545fwl-/Z_T^EU[_B[T_
0x0040 4559 6b6a 776b 646e 776c 6b6a 772b 646eEYkjwkdnwlkjw+dn
0x0050 776c 6b6a 776b 646e 776c 6b6a 776b 86a9wlkjwkdnwlkjwk..
0x0060 db73 21e1 5622 c618 7d6c .s!.V"..}l
Instead of reading packet capture output directly in your CLI display, you usually should save the output to a plain text file using your CLI client. Saving the output provides several
Page 166 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
advantages. Packets can arrive more rapidly than you may be able to read them in the buffer of your CLI display, and many protocols transfer data using encodings other than US-ASCII. It is usually preferable to analyze the output by loading it into in a network protocol analyzer application such as Wireshark ( http://www.wireshark.org/ ).
For example, you could use PuTTY or Microsoft HyperTerminal to save the sniffer output.
Methods may vary. See the documentation for your CLI client.
Requirements
• terminal emulation software such as PuTTY
• a plain text editor such as Notepad
• a Perl interpreter
• network protocol analyzer software such as Wireshark
To view packet capture output using PuTTY and Wireshark
1. On your management computer, start PuTTY.
2. Use PuTTY to connect to the FortiMail appliance using either a local serial console, SSH, or
Telnet connection. For details, see the
FortiMail CLI Reference
.
3. Type the packet capture command, such as: diag sniffer packet port1 'tcp port 25' 3 but do not press Enter yet.
4. In the upper left corner of the window, click the PuTTY icon to open its drop-down menu, then select Change Settings.
Setting up the system
A dialog appears where you can configure PuTTY to save output to a plain text file.
5. In the Category tree on the left, go to Session > Logging.
6. In Session logging, select Printable output.
7. In Log file name, click the Browse button, then choose a directory path and file name such as C:\Users\MyAccount\packet_capture.txt to save the packet capture to a plain text file. (You do not need to save it with the .log file extension.)
Page 167 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
8. Click Apply.
9. Press Enter to send the CLI command to the FortiMail unit, beginning packet capture.
10.If you have not specified a number of packets to capture, when you have captured all packets that you want to analyze, press Ctrl + C to stop the capture.
11.Close the PuTTY window.
12.Open the packet capture file using a plain text editor such as Notepad.
13.Delete the first and last lines, which look like this:
=~=~=~=~=~=~=~=~=~=~=~= PuTTY log 2014.07.25 11:34:40
=~=~=~=~=~=~=~=~=~=~=~=
FortiMail-2000 #
These lines are a PuTTY timestamp and a command prompt, which are not part of the packet capture. If you do not delete them, they could interfere with the script in the next step.
14.Convert the plain text file to a format recognizable by your network protocol analyzer application.
You can convert the plain text file to a format (.pcap) recognizable by Wireshark (formerly called Ethereal) using the fgt2eth.pl Perl script. To download fgt2eth.pl, see the Fortinet
Knowledge Base article Using the FortiOS built-in packet sniffer .
The fgt2eth.pl script is provided as-is, without any implied warranty or technical support, and requires that you first install a Perl module compatible with your operating system.
To use fgt2eth.pl, open a command prompt, then enter a command such as the following:
Methods to open a command prompt vary by operating system.
On Windows XP, go to Start > Run and enter cmd.
On Windows 7, click the Start (Windows logo) menu to open it, then enter cmd.
Setting up the system fgt2eth.pl -in packet_capture.txt -out packet_capture.pcap
where:
• fgt2eth.pl is the name of the conversion script; include the path relative to the current directory, which is indicated by the command prompt
• packet_capture.txt is the name of the packet capture’s output file; include the directory path relative to your current directory
• packet_capture.pcap is the name of the conversion script’s output file; include the directory path relative to your current directory where you want the converted output to be saved
Page 168 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 63:Converting sniffer output to .pcap format
15.Open the converted file in your network protocol analyzer application. For further instructions, see the documentation for that application.
Figure 64:Viewing sniffer output in Wireshark
Setting up the system
For additional information on packet capture, see the Fortinet Knowledge Center article Using the FortiOS built-in packet sniffer .
For more information on CLI commands, see the
FortiMail CLI Reference
.
Page 169 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Backing up the configuration
Once you have tested your basic installation and verified that it functions correctly, create a backup. This “clean” backup can be used to:
• troubleshoot a non-functional configuration by comparing it with this functional baseline
• rapidly restore your installation to a simple yet working point
The following procedures only produce a backup of the configuration file. If you have also configured other settings such as black/white lists, dictionaries, and the Bayesian databases, you should back them up as well. For information on how to back up other configuration
settings and databases, see “Backup and restore” on page 206 .
To back up the configuration file via the web UI
1. Log in to the web UI as the admin administrator.
Other administrator accounts do not have the required permissions.
2. Go to Maintenance > System > Configuraton in the advanced mode.
3. In the Backup Configuration area, select Local PC.
4. Select System Configuration (and User Configuration if you have already configured user preferences).
5. Click Backup.
If your browser prompts you, navigate to the folder where you want to save the configuration file. Click Save.
Your browser downloads the configuration file. Time required varies by the size of the configuration and the specifications of the appliance’s hardware as well as the speed of your network connection.
To back up the configuration file via the CLI
1. Log in to the CLI as the admin administrator using either the local serial console, the CLI
Console widget in the web UI, or an SSH or Telnet connection.
Other administrator accounts do not have the required permissions.
2. Enter the following command: execute backup full-config tftp <file-name_str> <server_ipv4>
[<backup-password_str>] where the variables and options are as follows:
Setting up the system Page 170 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Variable
<file-name_str>
Description
Type the file name of the backup.
<server_ipv4>
Type the IP address or domain name of the server.
[<backup-password_s tr>]
Optional. Type the password that will be used to encrypt the backup file.
Caution: Do not lose this password. You will need to enter this same password when restoring the backup file in order for the appliance to successfully decrypt the file. If you cannot remember the password, the backup cannot be used.
For example, the following command backs up a FortiMail-3000C’s configuration file to a file named FortiMail-3000C.conf in the current directory on the TFTP server 172.16.1.10, encrypting the backup file using the password P@ssw0rd1:
FortiMail-3000C # execute backup full-config tftp
FortiMail-3000c.conf 172.16.1.10 P@ssw0rd1
Time required varies by the size of the database and the specifications of the appliance’s hardware, but could take several minutes.
Setting up the system Page 171 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Monitoring the system
The Monitor menu displays system usage, mail queues, log messages, reports, and other status-indicating items.
It also allows you to manage the contents of the mail queue and quarantines, and the sender reputation and endpoint reputation scores.
This section includes:
•
Viewing overall system statuses
•
Managing the deferred mail queue
•
•
•
Viewing the sender reputation statuses
•
Viewing the endpoint reputation statuses
•
•
•
Viewing overall system statuses
Monitor > System Status displays system statuses, most of which pertain to the entire system, such as CPU usage and current IP sessions. It also displays items that span multiple features, such as email statistics.
This section includes:
•
•
•
Viewing the list of current IP sessions
Viewing the dashboard
Monitor > System Status > Status displays first after you log in to the web UI. It contains a dashboard with widgets that each indicate performance level or other statistics.
By default, widgets display the serial number and current system status of the FortiMail unit, including uptime, system resource usage, alert messages, host name, firmware version, system time, and email throughput.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view the dashboard, go to Monitor > System Status > Status.
Page 172
Hiding, showing and moving widgets
The dashboard is customizable. You can select which widgets to display, where they are located on the tab, and whether they are minimized or maximized.
To move a widget, position your mouse cursor on the widget’s title bar, then click and drag the widget to its new location.
To show or hide a widget, in the upper left-hand corner, click Add Content, then mark the check boxes of widgets that you want to show.
Options vary slightly from widget to widget, but always include options to close or minimize/maximize the widget.
System Information widget
The System Information widget displays the serial number and basic system statuses such as the firmware version, system time, and up time and high availability (HA) status.
In addition to displaying basic system information, the System Information widget lets you configure the operation mode and to change the firmware.
To view the widget, go to Monitor > System Status > Status. If the widget is not currently shown, click Add Content, and mark the check box for the widget.
License Information widget
The License Information widget displays the last queried license statuses for
FortiGuard Antispam and FortiGuard Antivirus.
If you do not want to allow the FortiMail unit to automatically download antivirus definition updates from the FortiGuard Distribution Network (FDN), you can also use the
License Information widget to manually upload an antivirus definitions update file. To upload the file, first download the antivirus definition file to your management computer from the Fortinet
Technical Support web site, https://support.fortinet.com
, then click Update.
If your update is a downgrade to a lower antivirus definition, you need to enable this function in the CLI. For more information, see the diag debug autoupdate command in the FortiMail
CLI Reference.
Updating FortiGuard Antivirus definitions can cause a short disruption in the traffic currently being scanned while the FortiMail unit applies the new signature database. To minimize disruptions, update when traffic is light, such as during the night.
To view the widget, go to Monitor > System Status > Status. If the widget is not currently shown, click Add Content, and mark the check box for the widget.
System Resource widget
The System Resource widget displays the CPU, memory, and disk space usage. It also displays the system load and current number of IP sessions.
To view the widget, go to Monitor > System Status > Status. If the widget is not currently shown, click Add Content, and mark the check box for the widget.
Monitoring the system Page 173 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Monitoring the system
The system resources history can also be viewed in this widget. The system resources history contains four graphs. Each graph displays readings of one of the system resources: CPU, memory, IP sessions, and network bandwidth usage. Each graph is divided by a grid.
• Horizontal axis: Indicates time, with each grid square representing approximately three seconds. The most recent time is towards the right side of the graph.
• Vertical axis: Indicates the usage level, with each grid square representing one-fifth (20%) of either the:
• maximum possible usage (CPU Usage History and Memory Usage History), or
• number of units currently in the upper left corner of the graph; this number of units is not constant, but instead scales to more clearly show trends at higher or lower levels of usage, such as scaling from 100 kilobits per second (Kbps) to 1 megabit (Mbps) (Session
History and Network Utilization History)
Greater usage levels are towards the top of the graph.
• Red line: Indicates the usage level of that resource over the previous 60 seconds.
If you do not initially see the red line in a graph, look at the bottom edge of the graph. If the system resource usage is very low, such as when the CPU is idle, the red line may coincide with the bottom edge of the graph.
To view the system resources history, go to Monitor > System Status > Status, then, in the
System Resource widget, click History >>. To return to the current system resources, click the
Refresh icon on the widget’s title bar.
System Command widget
The System Command widget lets you restart, shut down, or reload the configuration of the
FortiMail unit.
To view the widget, go to Monitor > System Status > Status. If the widget is not currently shown, click Add Content, and mark the check box for the widget.
Before rebooting or halting the FortiMail unit, consider notifying your email users, as it could result in temporary interruptions to connectivity.
Statistics History widget
The Statistics History widget contains charts that can also be viewed on the Mail Statistics tab.
For details, see “Viewing the email statistics” on page 175 .
To view the widget, go to Monitor > System Status > Status. If the widget is not currently shown, click Add Content, and mark the check box for the widget.
Statistics Summary widget
The Statistics Summary widget contains a table-format summary of charts that can also be viewed on the Mail Statistics tab. For details, see
“Viewing the email statistics” on page 175 .
To view the widget, go to Monitor > System Status > Status. If the widget is not currently shown, click Add Content, and mark the check box for the widget.
Fortinet RSS Feed widget
The Fortinet RSS Feed widget provides a convenient display of the latest security advisories and discovered threats from Fortinet.
To view the widget, go to Monitor > System Status > Status. If the widget is not currently shown, click Add Content, and mark the check box for the widget.
Page 174 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Viewing the email statistics
The Mail Statistics tab contains summaries of the numbers of email messages in each time period that the FortiMail unit detected as containing viruses, spam, or neither.
For email messages classified as spam, mail statistics include which FortiMail feature classified the email as spam, such as Bayesian antispam databases, access control rules, the system-wide black list, or email user-configured black lists.
For email not classified as spam by any antispam scan, mail statistics label it as Not Spam.
In addition to viewing overall trends via the graph, you can also view details at each point in time. To view these details, hover your mouse over a bar in the graph. A tool tip appears next to that point on the graph, including the name of the antispam category, message count, and percentage relative to the overall mail volume at that time.
To use the Mail Statistics tab, first configure your FortiMail unit to detect spam and/or viruses.
For more information, see
“Configuring profiles” on page 456 and
“Configuring policies” on page 427 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view mail statistics, go to Monitor > System Status > Mail Statistics.
Viewing the list of current IP sessions
The Sessions tab displays information about the TCP sessions in established state, to and from the FortiMail unit.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view the session list, go to Monitor > System Status > Sessions.
Using the CLI Console
Go to Monitor > System Status > Console to access the CLI without exiting from the web UI.
You can click the Open in New Window button to move the CLI Console into a pop-up window that you can resize and reposition.
For more information about CLI commands, see the FortiMail CLI Reference availabe at docs.fortinet.com.
Monitoring the system Page 175 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Managing the deferred mail queue
The FortiMail unit prioritizes the mail queue into two types:
• Regular mail queue
When the initial attempt to deliver an email fails, the FortiMail unit moves the email to the regular mail queue.
• Slow mail queue
After another two failed delivery attempts, the FortiMail unit moves the email to the slow mail queue. This allows the FortiMail unit to resend valid email quickly, instead of keep resending invalid email (for example, email destined to an invalid MTA).
After the undelivered email remains in the deferred queue for five minutes, the mail appears under Monitor > Mail Queue > Mail Queue. This also means that email staying in the deferred queue for less than five minutes does not appear on the Mail Queue tab.
Delivery failure can be caused by temporary reasons such as interruptions to network connectivity. FortiMail units will periodically retry delivery. (Administrators can also manually initiate a retry.) If the email is subsequently sent successfully, the FortiMail unit simply removes the email from the queue. It does not notify the sender. But if delivery continues to be deferred, the FortiMail unit eventually sends an initial delivery status notification (DSN) email message to notify the sender that delivery has not yet succeeded. Finally, if the FortiMail unit cannot send the email message by the end of the time limit for delivery retries, the FortiMail unit sends a final
DSN to notify the sender about the delivery failure and deletes the email message from the deferred queue. If the sender cannot receive this notification, such as if the sender’s SMTP server is unreachable or if the sender address is invalid or empty, the FortiMail unit will save a copy of the email in the dead mail folder. For more information, see
“Managing undeliverable mail” on page 177 .
For information on configuring the delivery retry interval, maximum amount of time that an email message can spend in a queue, and DSN timing, see
“Configuring mail server settings” on page 346 .
When you delete a deferred email, the FortiMail unit sends an email message, with the deleted email attached to it, to notify the sender.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Policy category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view, delete, or resend an email in the deferred mail queue, go to Monitor > Mail Queue >
Mail Queue.
To reduce the amount of hard disk space consumed by quarantined mail, regularly release or delete the contents of each recipient’s quarantine.
Monitoring the system Page 176 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 12:Managing the deferred mail queue
GUI item Description
View (button) Select a message and click View to see its contents.
Delete (button) Click to deleted the selected item.
Resend
(button)
Type
Search
(button)
Session ID
Mark the check boxes of the rows corresponding to the email messages that you want to immediately retry to send, then click Resend.
To determine if these retries succeeded, click Refresh. If a retry succeeds, the email will no longer appear in either the deferred mail queue or the dead mail folder. Otherwise, the retry has failed.
Select the directionality and priority level of email to filter the mail queue display. For details about email directionality, see
“Incoming versus outgoing email messages” on page 428 .
• Default: Displays all email in the regular mail queue.
• Incoming: Only displays the incoming email in the regular mail queue.
• Outgoing: Only displays the outgoing email in the regular mail queue.
• IBE: Only displays the IBE email in the regular mail queue. For information
about IBE email, see “Configuring IBE encryption” on page 337
.
• Default-slow: Displays all email in the slow mail queue.
• Incoming-slow: Displays the incoming email in the slow mail queue.
• Outgoing-slow: Displays the outgoing email in the slow mail queue.
• IBE-slow: Displays the IBE email in the slow mail queue.
Select to filter the mail queue display by entering criteria that email must match in order to be visible.
Envelope
From
Lists the Session-Id: message header of the email.
Lists the sender (MAIL FROM:) of the email.
Envelope To
Lists the recipient (RCPT TO:) of the email.
Subject
Lists the email subjects.
Reason
Lists the reasons why the email has been deferred, such as DNS lookup failure or refused connections.
Lists the date and time that the FortiMail unit first tried to send the email.
First
Processed
Last
Processed
Tries
Lists the date and time that the FortiMail unit last tried to send the email.
Lists the number of times that the FortiMail unit has tried to send the email.
Managing undeliverable mail
The Dead Mail tab displays the list of email messages in the dead mail folder.
Monitoring the system Page 177 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Unlike the deferred mail queue, the dead mail folder contains copies of delivery status notification (DSN) email messages, also called non-delivery reports (NDR).
DSN messages are sent from the FortiMail unit ("postmaster") to an email’s sender when the email is considered to be more permanently undeliverable because all previous retry attempts of the deferred email message have failed. These email messages from "postmaster" include a copy of the original email message for which the DSN was generated.
If an email cannot be sent nor a DSN returned to the sender, it is usually because both the recipient and sender addresses are invalid. Such email messages are often sent by spammers who know the domain name of an SMTP server but not the names of its email users, and are attempting to send spam by guessing at valid recipient email addresses.
The FortiMail unit can automatically delete old dead mail. For details, see
“Configuring mail queue setting” on page 349 .
Alternatively, you can:
• To prevent dead mail to invalid recipients, enable recipient address verification to reject email with invalid recipients. Rejecting email with invalid recipients also prevents quarantine mailboxes for invalid recipients from consuming hard disk space. For details, see
“Configuring recipient address verification” on page 366 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Policy category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view or delete undeliverable email, go to Monitor > Mail Queue > Dead Mail.
Managing the quarantines
You can quarantine email messages based on the message content, such as whether the email is spam or contains a prohibited word or phrase. FortiMail units have two types of quarantine:
• Personal quarantine
Quarantines email messages into separate folders for each recipient address in each protected domain. The FortiMail unit periodically sends quarantine reports to notify recipients, their designated group owner, and/or another email address of the email
.
• System quarantine
Quarantines email messages into a system-wide quarantine. Unlike the per-recipient quarantine, the FortiMail unit does not send a quarantine report. The FortiMail administrator should review the quarantined email messages to decide if they should be released or
deleted. See “Managing the system quarantine” on page 182 .
To quarantine spam and/or email with prohibited content, you must select a quarantine action in
“Configuring content profiles and content action profiles” on page 498 .
All FortiMail models can be configured to remotely store their quarantined email messages in a centralized quarantine hosted on a FortiMail-2000 model or greater. For more information, see
“Selecting the mail data storage location” on page 355 .
Monitoring the system Page 178 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Managing the personal quarantines
The Personal Quarantine tab displays a list of personal quarantines, also called per-recipient quarantines.
In advanced mode, when incoming email matches a policy that directs quarantined email to the personal quarantine, the FortiMail unit will save the email to its hard drive and not deliver it to the recipient. Instead, the FortiMail unit will periodically send a quarantine report to email users, their designated group owner, or another recipient (if you have configured one using the advanced mode of the web UI).
In basic mode, incoming quarantined email also is kept on the FortiMail unit’s hard drive.
The quarantine report, by default sent once a day at 9 AM, lists all email messages that were withheld since the previous quarantine report. Using the quarantine report, email users can review email message details and release any email messages that are false positives by clicking the link associated with them. The email message will then be released from quarantine and delivered to the email user’s inbox. Using the web UI, FortiMail administrators can also manually release or delete quarantined email. For more information on deleting email that has
see
“Configuring global quarantine report settings” on page 570 .
You can configure the FortiMail unit to send email to the per-recipient quarantine by selecting
Quarantine in action profiles, content profiles and antispam profiles. For more information, see
“Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489 and
“Configuring content profiles” on page 498 .
Unlike the system-wide quarantine, the per-recipient quarantine can be accessed remotely by email users so that they can manage their own quarantined email. For information on configuring remote per-recipient quarantine access, see
“How to enable, configure, and use personal quarantines” on page 180 .
To reduce the amount of hard disk space consumed by quarantined mail, regularly release or delete the contents of each recipient’s quarantine.
Email users can also manage their own per-recipient quarantines through quarantine reports.
For more information, see
“Releasing and deleting email via quarantine reports” on page 577 .
Monitoring the system
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have
Read-Write permission to the Quarantine category. For details, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
To view the list of per-recipient quarantine folders for a protected domain
1. Go to Monitor > Quarantine > Personal Quarantine.
2. Select the name of a protected domain from Domain.
Page 179 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
You can view, delete, and release email that has been quarantined to each personal quarantine mailbox.
To reduce the amount of hard disk space consumed by quarantined mail, regularly release or delete the contents of each recipient’s quarantine.
Monitoring the system
Email users can also manage their own per-recipient quarantines through quarantine reports.
For more information, see
“Releasing and deleting email via quarantine reports” on page 577 .
To view email messages inside a personal quarantine mailbox
1. Go to Monitor > Quarantine > Personal Quarantine.
2. Double-click the row corresponding to that mailbox.
3. To view an email in the mailbox, double-click it.
How to enable, configure, and use personal quarantines
In general, to use personal quarantines, you should complete the following:
1. Configure the host name and mail queue of the FortiMail unit. For details, see
“Configuring mail server settings” on page 346 .
If you want to specify an alternate FQDN that will be used only by web release/delete URLs in HTML-formatted quarantine reports, see
“Web release host name/IP” on page 572 . This
FQDN should be globally resolvable.
2. Select the recipients, delivery schedule, and release methods of the quarantine report. For
details, see “Configuring protected domains” on page 359 for quarantine report settings that
are domain-specific, or
“Configuring global quarantine report settings” on page 570
for quarantine report settings that are system-wide.
3. If email users will release/delete email from their quarantine by sending email, configure the user name portion (also known as the local-part) for the quarantine control email addresses.
(The domain-part will be the local domain name of the FortiMail unit.) For details, see
“Configuring the quarantine control accounts” on page 580 .
4. For gateway mode or transparent mode, configure authentication profiles that will allow email users to authenticate when accessing their per-recipient quarantine. Alternatively, if email users require only HTTP/HTTPS access, you may configure PKI user accounts.
For server mode, configure the email user accounts. Email users can authenticate using this account to access their per-recipient quarantine.
For details, see
“Workflow to enable and configure authentication of email users” on page 513
.
You can allow unauthenticated HTTP/HTTPS access to the per-recipient quarantine during a limited period following the sending of the quarantine report. For details, see
“Time limited access without authentication” on page 571 and
.
Page 180 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. Enable quarantine reports in each email user’s preferences. Both FortiMail administrators and email users can do this. For details, see
“Configuring user preferences” on page 406 , or
the online help for FortiMail webmail and per-recipient quarantines.
6. If the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode and you want to enable web release/delete, configure resource profiles in which
7. Enable the Personal quarantine and Send quarantine report option in incoming antispam and/or content profiles. If you want to allow email users to release and/or delete email from their quarantine by email or web release/delete, also enable Email release and Web release.
For details, see
“Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489 and/or
“Configuring content action profiles” on page 507
.
8. Select the antispam and/or content profiles in incoming recipient-based policies. If you
configured a resource profile in step 6 , also select the resource profile.
If the FortiMail unit is operating in gateway or transparent mode and you want to enable web release/delete, enable Allow quarantined email access through webmail in each incoming recipient-based policy.
For details, see
“Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442 .
9. Either email users or FortiMail administrators can manage email in the per-recipient quarantines. For details, see
“Managing the personal quarantines” on page 179
and
“Releasing and deleting email via quarantine reports” on page 577 .
Searching email in the personal quarantine
You can search the personal quarantine for email messages based on their contents, senders, recipients, and time frames, across any or all protected domains.
The search action involves the following steps:
• Create a search task, where you can specify search criteria.
• Execute and view the search results.
See below for detailed instructions.
To search the personal quarantine
1. Go to Monitor > Quarantine > Personal Quarantine.
2. Click Search. The Personal Quarantine Search tab appears, displaying all search tasks, if there are any.
3. Click New to add a search task.
A dialog appears.
4. Configure the following:
Monitoring the system Page 181 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item Description
From
Enter the email address (in whole or part) or display name of the sender.
To
Cc
Enter the email address (in whole or part) or display name of the recipient.
Enter the carbon copy email addresses.
Subject
Text
Enter the subject line.
Enter text that appears on the message body. Attachments are not searched.
Client IP
Enter the SMTP client’s IP address.
Endpoint
ID
Enter the endpoint ID, such as the MSISDN, subscriber ID, or other identifiers.
Time
Match
Condition
Select either AND or OR.
User
Select the range of time of email messages that you want to include in the search results. The time is when the FortiMail unit received the email.
Domain
Enter the user name portion (also known as the local-part) of recipient email addresses whose quarantine folders you want to search.
Select which protected domains’ per-recipient quarantines will be searched, in the text area on the left, then click the right arrow to move them into the text area on the right.
You must select at least one protected domain to search.
Email messages must match all criteria that you configure to be included in the search results. For example, if you configure From and Subject, only email messages matching
both From and Subject will be included in the search results.
5. Click Create to execute and save the task. The task name is the time when the task is created. The Personal Quarantine Search tab displays the search tasks and their search status as follows:
• Done: the FortiMail unit has finished the search. You can click the View Search Result button to view the search results.
• Pending: the search task is in the waiting list.
• Running: the search task is still running. You can choose to stop the task by clicking the
Stop button.
• Stopped: the search task is stopped. You can choose to resume the task by clicking the
Resume button.
Managing the system quarantine
The System Quarantine tab displays the system quarantine.
Unlike the per-recipient quarantine, the system quarantine cannot be accessed remotely by email users. Also, they do not receive quarantine reports for email held in the system quarantine and cannot manage the system quarantine themselves. A FortiMail administrator should periodically review the contents of the system quarantine. Alternatively, you can configure a
Monitoring the system Page 182 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Monitoring the system special-purpose system quarantine administrator for this task. For more information, see
“Configuring the system quarantine administrator account and disk quota” on page 579
.
To reduce the amount of hard disk space consumed by the system quarantine, regularly release or delete items from the system quarantine.
By default, the system quarantine is not used until you configure the FortiMail unit to send per-recipient quarantine to system quarantine by selecting System quarantine in antivirus action profiles, content action profiles, and antispam action profiles. For more information, see
“Configuring antivirus action profiles” on page 495
,
“Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489 and
“Configuring content action profiles” on page 507 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Quarantine category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view and manage system quarantine folders
1. Go to Monitor > Quarantine > System Quarantine.
2. From the Folder dropdown list, select which type of quarantined email you want to view:
• Content -- these are the email messages caught by content profiles.
• Virus -- these are the email messages caught by antivirus profiles.
• Bulk -- these are the email messages caught by antispam profiles.
GUI item Description
Delete (button) Click to delete the selected item.
Compact
(button)
Mailbox
Select the check boxes of each email user whose quarantine folder you want to compact and click Compact.
For performance reasons, when you delete an email, it is marked for deletion but not actually removed from the hard disk at that time, and so still consumes some disk space. Compaction reclaims this hard disk space.
Note: FortiMail updates folder sizes once an hour. The reduction in folder size is not immediately reflected after compacting.
Lists the current mailbox, which is named Inbox. Older system quarantine mailboxes, also called rotated folders, are named according to their creation date and the rename date. For information on configuring rotation
To view email messages quarantined in that mailbox, double-click its row.
For more information, see
“Managing the system quarantine” on page 182 .
Page 183 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Size
Message
Count
Description
Lists the size of the quarantine folder in kilobytes (KB).
Note: Mailbox sizes are updated once an hour.
Lists the total number of quarantined messages in the mailbox.
Monitoring the system
You can also configure a system quarantine administrator account whose exclusive purpose is
.
3. Double-click a system quarantine mailbox.
You can view, delete, release, and forward email in the system quarantine.
GUI item
View (button)
Delete (button)
Release
(button)
Description
To view a message, either double-click it, or mark its check box and click View.
Click to delete the selected item.
To release all email messages in the current view, mark the top check box and click Release.
To release individual email messages, mark their check boxes and click Release.
In the pop-up window, you can select to release email to the original recipient and/or to other recipients. If want to release email to other recipients, enter the email addresses. You can add up to five email addresses.
Click to return to viewing the list of system quarantine folders.
Back
(button)
Filter
Search
(button)
Subject
From
To
User the filter to display the released or unreleased email only.
By default, FortiMail only displays the unreleased email.
Click to search the system quarantine folder that you are currently viewing. For details, see
“Searching email in the system quarantine” on page 185 .
Lists the subject line of the email. Click to display the email message.
Lists the display name of the sender as it appears in the message header, such as "User 1".
Lists the display name of the recipient as it appears in the message header, such as "User 2".
Page 184 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Rcpt To
Received
Size
Lists the user name portion (also known as the local-part) of the recipient email address (RCPT TO:) as it appears in the message envelope, such as user2 where the full recipient email address is [email protected].
Lists the time that the email was received.
Lists the size of the email message in kilobytes (KB).
4. Double-click an email message to open it.
The email message appears, including basic message headers such as the subject and date.
5. Select the action that you want to perform on the quarantined email.
• To view additional message headers, click the + button, then click Detailed Header.
• To release the email message to its recipient, click Release.
• To download the email message from the quarantine, click Download.
Searching email in the system quarantine
You can search a system quarantine folder for email messages based on their message body content and message headers.
To search the per-recipient quarantine
1. Go to Monitor > Quarantine > System Quarantine.
2. Double-click a system quarantine folder.
The search will examine only email that is within the folder that you select.
3. Click Search.
A dialog appears.
4. Configure one or more of the following search criteria.
Email messages must match all criteria that you configure in order to be included in the search results. For example, if you configure From and Subject, only email messages matching both From: and Subject: will be included in the search results.
Monitoring the system Page 185 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
From
To
Cc
Subject
Text
Client IP
Endpoint ID
Date from
(date selector)
Date to
(date selector)
Description
Enter either or both the display name and sender email address as it appears in the message header (From:), such as:
User 1 <[email protected]>
Enter either or both the display name and recipient email address as it appears in the message header (To:), such as:
User 2 <[email protected]>
Enter carbon copy email addresses.
Enter all or part of the text contained in the subject line.
Enter all or part of the text contained in the message body.
Enter the SMTP client’s IP address.
Enter the endpoint ID, such as the MSISDN, subscriber ID, or other identifiers.
Enter the beginning of the range of email message dates to include in the search results.
Enter the end of the range of email message dates to include in the search results.
The FortiMail unit executes the search and displays a list of email messages in the system quarantine that match the search criteria.
Viewing the greylist statuses
The Greylist submenu lets you monitor automatic greylisting exemptions, and email currently experiencing temporary failure of delivery due to greylisting.
Greylisting exploits the tendency of legitimate email servers to retry email delivery after an initial temporary failure, while spammers will typically abandon further delivery attempts to maximize spam throughput. The greylist scanner replies with a temporary failure for all email messages whose combination of sender email address, recipient email address, and SMTP client IP address is unknown. If an SMTP server retries to send the email message after the required greylist delay but before expiry, the FortiMail unit accepts the email and adds the combination of sender email address, recipient email address, and SMTP client IP address to the list of those known by the greylist scanner. Subsequent known email messages are accepted. For details
on the greylisting mechanism, see “About greylisting” on page 592
.
To use greylisting, you must enable the greylist scan in the antispam profile. For more information, see
“Managing antispam profiles” on page 477 .
Enabling greylisting can improve performance by blocking most spam before it undergoes other, more resource-intensive antispam scans.
Monitoring the system Page 186 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Greylisting is bypassed if the SMTP client establishes an authenticated session (see
“Bypass scan on SMTP authentication” on page 505 ,
“Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442 , and
“Controlling email based on IP addresses” on page 449
), or if the matching access control rule’s Action is RELAY (see
“Order of execution” on page 16
).
You can configure the initial delay associated with greylisting, and manually exempt senders.
For details, see “Configuring the grey list TTL and initial delay” on page 596 and
“Manually exempting senders from greylisting” on page 598 .
Viewing the pending and individual automatic greylist entries
The Display tab lets you view pending and individual automatic greylist entries.
• Pending greylist entries are those whose Status is not PASSTHROUGH. For email messages matching pending greylist entries, the FortiMail unit will reply to delivery attempts with a temporary failure code until the greylist delay period, indicated by Time to passthrough, has elapsed.
• Individual greylist entries are those whose Status is PASSTHROUGH. For email messages matching pending greylist entries, the greylist scanner will allow the delivery attempt, and may create a consolidated automatic greylist entry. For information on consolidated entries,
see “Viewing the consolidated automatic greylist exemptions” on page 189
.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Policy category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view the greylist, go to Monitor > Greylist > Display.
Table 13:Viewing the list of pending and individual greylist entries
GUI item Description
Search
(button)
IP
Click to filter the displayed entries. For details, see
individual automatic greylist entries” on page 188 .
Lists the IP address of the SMTP client that delivered or attempted to deliver the email message.
If the displayed entries are currently restricted by a search filter, a filter icon appears in the column heading. To remove the search filter, click the tab to refresh the display.
Sender
Lists the sender email address in the message envelope (MAIL FROM:), such as [email protected].
If the displayed entries are currently restricted by a search filter, a filter icon appears in the column heading. To remove the search filter, click the tab to refresh the display.
Monitoring the system Page 187 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Monitoring the system
Table 13:Viewing the list of pending and individual greylist entries
Recipient
Lists the recipient email address in the message envelope (RCPT TO:), such as [email protected].
If the displayed entries are currently restricted by a search filter, a filter icon appears in the column heading. To remove the search filter, click the tab to refresh the display.
Status
Time to passthrough
Lists the current action of the greylist scanner when the FortiMail unit receives a delivery attempt for an email message matching the entry.
• TEMPFAIL: The greylisting delay period has not yet elapsed, and the
FortiMail unit currently replies to delivery attempts with a temporary failure code. For information on configuring the greylist delay period,
see “Configuring the grey list TTL and initial delay” on page 596 .
• PASSTHROUGH: The greylisting delay period has elapsed, and the greylist scanner will allow delivery attempts.
Lists the time and date when the greylisting delay period for a pending entry is scheduled to elapse. Delivery attempts after this date and time confirm the pending greylist entry, and the greylist scanner converts it to an individual automatic greylist entry. The greylist scanner may also consolidate individual greylist entries. For information on consolidated entries, see
“Viewing the consolidated automatic greylist exemptions” on page 189
.
N/A appears if the greylisting period has already elapsed.
Expire
Lists the time and date when the entry will expire. The greylist entry’s expiry time is determined by the following two factors:
• Initial expiry period: After a greylist entry passes the greylist delay period and its status is changed to PASSTHROUGH, the entry’s initial expiry time is determined by the time you set with the CLI command set greylist-init-expiry-period
under config antispam settings
(for details, see the FortiMail CLI Reference). The default initial expiry time is 4 hours. If the initial expiry time elapses without an email message matching the automatic greylist entry, the entry expires and the greylist scanner removes the entry.
• TTL: Between the entry’s PASSTHROUGH time and initial expiry time, if the entry is hit again (the sender retries to send the message again), the entry’s expiry time will be reset by adding the TTL value (time to live) to the message’s “Received” time. Each time an email message matches the entry, the life of the entry is prolonged; in this way, entries that are in active use do not expire. If the TTL elapses without an email message matching the automatic greylist entry, the entry expires and the greylist scanner removes the entry. For information on configuring the TTL, see
“Configuring the grey list TTL and initial delay” on page 596 .
Filtering pending and individual automatic greylist entries
You can filter the greylist entries on the Display tab based on sender email address, recipient email address, and/or the IP address of the SMTP client.
To filter the greylist entries
1. Go to Monitor > Greylist > Display.
Page 188 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
2. Click Search.
A dialog appears.
3. Configure one or more of the following:
GUI item
Field
Operation
Description
Select one of the following columns in the greylist entries that you want to use to filter the display.
• IP
• Sender
• Recipient
Select how the column’s contents will be matched, such as whether the row must contain the Value.
Case Sensitive
Enable for case-sensitive filtering.
Value
Enter a pattern or exact value based on your selection in Field and
Operation.
• IP: Enter the IP address of the SMTP client, such as 172.16.1.10.
• Sender: Enter the complete sender email address in the message envelope (MAIL FROM:), such as [email protected].
• Recipient: Enter the complete recipient email address in the message envelope (RCPT TO:), such as [email protected].
Use an asterisk (*) to match multiple patterns, such as typing user* to match [email protected], [email protected], and so forth. Blank fields match any value.
Regular expressions are not supported.
4. Click Search.
The Display tab appears again, but its contents are restricted to entries that match your filter criteria. To remove the filter criteria and display all entries, click the Display tab to refresh its view.
Viewing the consolidated automatic greylist exemptions
The Auto Exempt tab displays consolidated automatic greylist entries.
The FortiMail unit creates consolidated greylist entries from individual automatic greylist entries that meet consolidation requirements. For more information on individual automatic greylist entries, see
“Viewing the pending and individual automatic greylist entries” on page 187 . For
more information on consolidation requirements, see
“Automatic greylist entries” on page 595 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view the list of consolidated entries, go to Monitor > Greylist > Auto Exempt.
Monitoring the system Page 189 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 14:Auto Exempt tab options
GUI item
Description
Click to filter the displayed entries.
Search
(button)
IP
Sender
Expire
Lists the /24 subnet of the IP address of the SMTP client that delivered or attempted to deliver the email message.
If the displayed entries are currently restricted by a search filter, a filter icon appears in the column heading. To remove the search filter, click the tab to refresh the display.
Lists the domain name portion of the sender email address in the message envelope (MAIL FROM:), such as example.com.
If the displayed entries are currently restricted by a search filter, a filter icon appears in the column heading. To remove the search filter, click the tab to refresh the display.
Lists the time and date when the entry will expire, determined by adding the TTL value to the time the last matching message was received. For information on configuring the TTL, see
“Configuring the grey list TTL and initial delay” on page 596
.
Viewing the sender reputation statuses
The FortiMail unit tracks SMTP client behavior to limit deliveries of those clients sending excessive spam messages, infected email, or messages to invalid recipients. Should clients continue delivering these types of messages, their connection attempts are temporarily or permanently rejected. Sender reputation is managed by the FortiMail unit and requires no administration.
Monitor > Sender Reputation > Display displays the sender reputation score for each SMTP client.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Policy category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
For more information on enabling sender reputation and configuring the score thresholds, see
“Configuring sender reputation options” on page 458 .
To view the sender reputation scores, go to Monitor > Sender Reputation > Display.
Table 15:Viewing the sender reputation statuses
GUI item Description
Search
(button)
IP
Click to filter the displayed entries. For more information, see
“Filtering sender reputation score entries” on page 192
.
The IP address of the SMTP client.
Monitoring the system Page 190 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Monitoring the system
Table 15:Viewing the sender reputation statuses
GUI item Description
Score
State
The SMTP client’s current sender reputation score.
Lists the action that the sender reputation feature is currently performing for delivery attempts from the SMTP client.
• Score controlled: The action is determined by comparing the current
Score value to the thresholds in the session profile.
Last Modified
Lists the time and date the sender reputation score was most recently modified.
Sender reputation is a predominantly automatic antispam feature, requiring little or no maintenance. For each connecting SMTP client (sometimes called a sender), the sender reputation feature records the sender IP address and the number of good email and bad email from the sender.
In this case, bad email is defined as:
• Spam
• Virus-infected
• Unknown recipients
• Invalid DKIM
• Failed SPF check
The sender reputation feature calculates the sender’s current reputation score using the ratio of good email to bad email. and performs an action based on that score.
The FortiMail unit calculates the sender reputation score using statistics up to 12 hours old, with more recent statistics influencing the score more than older statistics. The sender reputation score decreases (improves) as time passes where the sender has not sent spam. The score itself ranges from 0 to 100, with 0 representing a completely acceptable sender, and 100 being a totally unacceptable sender.
To determine which action the FortiMail unit will perform after it calculates the sender reputation score, the FortiMail unit compares the score to three score thresholds which you can configure in the session profile:
1. Throttle client at: For scores less than this threshold, senders are allowed to deliver email without restrictions. For scores greater than this threshold but less than the temporary fail threshold, senders are rate-limited in the number of email messages that they can deliver per hour, expressed as either an absolute number or as a percentage of the number sent during the previous hour. If a sender exceeds the limit and keeps sending email, the FortiMail unit will send temporary failure codes to the sender. See descriptions for Temporary fail in
“Configuring sender reputation options” on page 458
.
2. Temporarily fail: For scores greater than this threshold but less than the reject threshold, the
FortiMail unit replies to senders with a temporary failure code, delaying delivery and requiring senders to retry later when their score is reduced.
3. Reject: For scores greater than this threshold, the FortiMail unit replies to senders with a rejection code.
Page 191 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
If the SMTP client does not attempt any email deliveries for more than 12 hours, the SMTP client’s sender reputation entry is deleted, and a subsequent delivery attempt is regarded as a new SMTP client by the sender reputation feature.
Although sender reputation entries are used for only 12 hours after last delivery attempt, the entry may still appear in list of sender reputation scores.
Monitoring the system
Filtering sender reputation score entries
You can filter sender reputation score entries that appear on the Display tab based on the IP address of the SMTP client, the score, state, and date/time of the last score modification.
To filter the sender reputation score entries
1. Go to Monitor > Sender Reputation > Display.
2. Click Search.
A dialog appears.
3. Configure one or more of the following:
GUI item
Field
Operation
Description
Select one of the following in the entries that you want to use to filter the display.
• IP
• Score
• State
• Last Modified
Select how to match the field’s contents, such as whether the row must contain the contents of Value.
Case Sensitive
Enable for case-sensitive filtering.
Value
Enter a pattern or exact value, based on your selection in Field and
Operation.
• IP: Enter the IP address of the SMTP client, such as 172.16.1.10, for the entry that you want to display.
• Score: Enter the minimum and maximum of the range of scores of entries that you want to display.
• State: Select the State of entries that you want to display.
• Last modified: Select the year, month, day, and/or hour before or after the Last Modified value of entries that you want to display.
Blank fields match any value. Regular expressions and wild cards are not supported.
4. Click Search.
The Display tab appears again, but its contents are restricted to entries that match your filter criteria. To remove the filter criteria and display all entries, click the Display tab to refresh its view.
Page 192 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Viewing the endpoint reputation statuses
Go to Monitor > Endpoint Reputation > Auto Blacklist to view the current list of carrier end points (by their MSISDN, subscriber ID, or other identifier) that were caught by FortiMail for sending spam. For general procedures about how to configure endpoint reputation, see
“Configuring endpoint reputation” on page 607 .
If a carrier end point has attempted to deliver during the automatic blacklisting window a number of spam text messages that is greater than the automatic endpoint blacklisting threshold, FortiMail unit adds the carrier end point to the automatic endpoint black list for the duration configured in the session profile. While the carrier end point is on the automatic black list and it does not expire, all text messages or email messages from it will be rejected. For
scan and configuring the automatic black list threshold in a session profile, see
“Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
You can alternatively blacklist MSISDNs/subscriber IDs manually. For more information, see
“Manually blacklisting endpoints” on page 609 .
You can exempt MSISDNs/subscriber IDs from automatic blacklisting. For more information, see
“Exempting endpoints from endpoint reputation” on page 609 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Black/White List category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view the automatic endpoint reputation black list, go to Monitor > Endpoint Reputation >
Auto Blacklist.
Monitoring the system Page 193 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Monitoring the system
Table 16:Auto Blacklist tab
GUI item
Move
(button)
Search
(button)
Endpoint ID
Score
Expire
Description
To move entries to the manual endpoint black list or white list, in the check box column, mark the check boxes of entries that you want to move, then click Move.
.
Lists the mobile subscriber IDSN (MSISDN), subscriber ID, login ID, or other unique identifier for the carrier end point.
Lists the number of text messages or email messages that the FortiMail has detected as spam or infected from the MSISDN/subscriber ID during the automatic endpoint black list window.
Lists the time at which the automatic endpoint blacklisting entry expires and is removed from the list.
N/A appears if the endpoint ID has not reached the threshold yet.
Filtering automatic endpoint black list entries
You can filter automatic endpoint black list entries that appear on the Auto Blacklist tab based on the MSISDN, subscriber ID, or other sender identifier.
To filter the endpoint black list entries
1. Go to Monitor > Endpoint Reputation > Auto Blacklist.
2. Click Search.
GUI item
Field
Operation
Description
Displays one option: Endpoint ID.
Select how to match the field’s contents, such as whether the row must contain the contents of Value.
Case Sensitive
Enable for case-sensitive filtering.
Value
Enter the identifier of the carrier end point, such as the subscriber ID or
MSISDN, for the entry that you want to display.
A blank field matches any value. Use an asterisk (*) to match multiple patterns, such as typing 46* to match 46701123456, 46701123457, and so forth. Regular expressions are not supported.
3. Click Search.
The Auto Blacklist tab appears again, but its contents are restricted to entries that match your filter criteria. To remove the filter criteria and display all entries, click the Auto Blacklist tab to refresh its view.
Page 194 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Managing archived email
You can archive email according to criteria you specify. For details, see
“Email archiving workflow” on page 622 .
You can view and search archived email through the web UI. You can also download them, forward them to an email address, and use them to train the Bayesian databases.
For more information on Bayesian database training, see
“Training the Bayesian databases” on page 613 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view archived email
1. Go to Monitor > Archive > Archive Accounts.
2. Select the email archive account you want to view and click View. For details about email archive accounts, see
“Configuring email archiving accounts” on page 622
.
3. From the Archive Folder drop-down list, select Inbox to view the good mail mailboxes, or select Bulk to view the spam mailboxes.
4. Double-click the name of the email archive mailbox that you want to view.
A list of archived email appears.
GUI item
View
(button)
Send
(button)
Export
(button)
Train Bayesian
Database
(button)
Back (button)
Description
To view the message, click its check box and click View. You can also view the message by double-clicking the message.
Select the check box of each email that you want to send to an email address as a mailbox (.mbox) file, then click this button.
Select the check box of email that you want to download and click
Export to download a mailbox (.mbox) file or an archive (.tar.gz) file containing individual email (.eml) files.
Mark the check box of each email message to use to train Bayesian databases then click this button. For more information, see
Bayesian databases with archived mail” on page 195 .
Click to return to the list of archive mailboxes.
To train Bayesian databases with archived mail
1. Go to Monitor > Archive > Archive Accounts.
2. Select the email archive account you want to view and click View. For details about email archive accounts, see
“Configuring email archiving accounts” on page 622
.
3. From the Archive Folder drop-down list, select Inbox to view the good mail mailboxes, or select Bulk to view the spam mailboxes.
4. Double-click the name of the email archive mailbox that you want to use to train the
Bayesian databases.
Monitoring the system Page 195 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. In the check box column, mark the check box of each email that you want to use to train the
Bayesian databases. To use all messages for training, select the check box above the first message to mark the check boxes of all email on the current page.
6. Click Train Bayesian Database.
7. Select whether to use the messages as spam or non-spam (known as innocent messages) email.
8. Select the database you want to train: global or per-domain (group).
• Global requires no further information.
• For per-domain database training, select the domain.
9. Click Apply.
Searching the archived email
You can search the email archive for email messages based on their contents, senders, recipients, and time frames.
You can search archived email in both the current mailbox and rotated mailboxes, whether email is archived on the local disk or remote host. However, you can view only the archived email in the current mailbox on the local disk.
The search action involves two steps:
• Create a search task, where you can specify search criteria.
• Execute the search and view the results.
See below for detailed instructions.
To search the email archives
1. Go to Monitor > Archive > Archive Accounts.
2. Select the email archive account you want to search and click View. For details about email archive accounts, see
“Configuring email archiving accounts” on page 622
.
3. From the Archive Folder drop-down list, select Inbox to search the good mail mailboxes, or select Bulk to search the spam mailboxes.
4. Click Search button.
A new tab called Archived Email Search appears, displaying all search tasks if there are any.
5. Click New to add a search task.
6. Configure the search criteria.
7. Click Create to execute and save the task. The task name is the time when the task is created. The Archived Email Search tab displays the search tasks and their search status as follows:
• Done: The FortiMail unit has finished the search. Click View Search Result to see the search results.
• Pending: The search task is in the waiting list.
• Running: The search task is still running. Click Stop to pause the search.
• Stopped: The search task has stopped. Click Resume to restart the task.
Monitoring the system Page 196 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Viewing log messages
The Log submenu displays locally stored log files. If you configured the FortiMail unit to store log messages locally (that is, to the hard disk), you can view the log messages currently stored in each log file.
You can also view history log messages from the History Log widget in Monitor >
System Status > Status.
Logs stored remotely cannot be viewed from the web UI of the FortiMail unit. If you require the ability to view logs from the web UI, also enable local storage. For details, see
“Configuring logging to the hard disk” on page 637 .
The Log submenu includes the following tabs, one for each log type:
• History: Where you can view the log of sent and undelivered SMTP email messages.
• Event: Where you can view the log of administrator activities and system events.
• AntiSpam: Where you can view the log of email detected as spam.
• AntiVirus: Where you can view the log of email detected as infected by a virus.
• Encryption: Where you can view the log of IBE encryption. For more information about using
IBE, see
“Configuring IBE encryption” on page 337 .
For more information on log types, see
“FortiMail log types” on page 632 .
Each tab contains a similar display.
The lists are sorted by the time range of the log messages contained in the log file, with the most recent log files appearing near the top of the list.
For example, the current log file would appear at the top of the list, above a rolled log file whose time might range from 2008-05-08 11:59:36 Thu to 2008-05-29 10:44:02 Thu.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view the list of log files and their contents
1. Go to Monitor > Log.
2. Click the tab corresponding to the type of log file that you want to view (History, Event,
AntiVirus, AntiSpam, or Encryption).
Monitoring the system Page 197 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Monitoring the system
GUI item
Download
(button)
Search
(button)
Start Time
End Time
Size
Description
Click to download the report in one of several formats:
• Normal Format for a log file that can be viewed with a plain text editor such as Microsoft Notepad.
• CSV Format for a comma-separated value (.csv) file that can be viewed in a spreadsheet application such as Microsoft Excel or
OpenOffice Calc.
• Compressed Format for a plain text log file like Normal Format, except that it is compressed and stored within a .gz archive.
Click to search all log files of this type.
Unlike the search when viewing the contents of an individual log file, this search displays results regardless of which log file contains them.
For more information, see
“Searching log messages” on page 201 .
Lists the beginning of the log file’s time range.
Lists the end of the log file’s time range.
Lists the size of the log file in bytes.
3. To view messages contained in logs:
• double-click a log file to display the file’s log messages
To view the current page’s worth of the log messages as an HTML table, right-click and select
Export to Table. The table appears in a new tab. To download the table, click and drag to select the whole table, then copy and paste it into a rich text editor such as Microsoft Word or
OpenOffice Writer.
• click a row to select its log file, click Download, then select a format option
Alternatively, to display a set of log messages that may reside in multiple, separate log files:
• If the log files are of the same type (for example, all antispam logs), click Search. For
details, see “Searching log messages” on page 201
.
• If the log messages are of different types but all caused by the same email session ID, you can do a cross-search to find and display all correlating log messages. For details, see
“Cross-searching log messages” on page 203
.
For descriptions of individual log messages, see the
FortiMail Log Message Reference
.
Log messages can appear in either raw or formatted views.
• Raw view displays log messages exactly as they appear in the plain text log file.
• Formatted view displays log messages in a columnar format. Each log field in a log message appears in its own column, aligned with the same field in other log messages, for rapid visual comparison. When displaying log messages in formatted view, you can customize the log view by hiding, displaying and arranging columns and/or by filtering columns, refining your view to include only those log messages and fields that you want to see.
By default, log messages always appear in columnar format, with one log field per column.
However, when viewing this columnar display, you can also view the log message in raw format by hovering your mouse over the index number of the log message, in the # column.
Page 198 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
When hovering your mouse cursor over a log message, that row is temporarily highlighted; however, this temporary highlight automatically follows the cursor, and will move to a different row if you move your mouse. To create a row highlight that does not move when you move your mouse, click anywhere in the row of the log message.
For information on individual log messages, see the
FortiMail Log Message Reference
.
Displaying and arranging log columns
When viewing logs, you can display, hide, sort and re-order columns.
For most columns, you can also filter data within the columns to include or exclude log messages which contain your specified text in that column. For more information, see
“Searching log messages” on page 201
.
By default, each page’s worth of log messages is listed with the log message with the lowest index number towards the top.
To sort the page’s entries in ascending or descending order
1. Click the column heading by which you want to sort.
The log messages are sorted in ascending order.
2. To sort in descending order, click the column heading again.
Depending on your currently selected theme:
• the column heading may darken in color to indicate which column is being used to sort the page
• a small upwards-or downwards-pointing arrow may appear in the column heading next to its name to indicate the current sort order.
To display or hide columns
1. Go to Monitor > Log.
2. Click one of the log type tabs: History, Event, AntiVirus, AntiSpam, or Encryption.
3. Double-click the row corresponding to time period whose log messages you want to view.
4. Position your mouse cursor over a column heading to display the down arrow on its right-hand side, move your cursor over Columns to display the list of available columns, then mark the check boxes of columns that you want to display.
Figure 65:Hiding and showing log columns
Make visible
Make invisible
Monitoring the system
5. Click Save View.
To change the order of the columns
1. Go to Monitor > Log.
2. Click a log type tab, such as History.
Page 199 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. Double-click the row corresponding to time period whose log messages you want to view.
4. For each column whose order you want to change, click and drag its column heading to the left or right.
Figure 66:Re-ordering log columns
While dragging the column heading within the heading row, two arrows follow the column, jumping to the nearest border between columns, indicating where the column will be inserted if you release the mouse button at that time.
5. Click Save View.
Using the right-click pop-up menus
When you right-click on a log message, a context menu appears.
Figure 67:Using the right-click menus on log reports
Right-click pop-up menus
Monitoring the system
Table 17:Log report right-click menu options
GUI item Description
View Details
Select All
Select to view the log message in a pop-up window.
Select to select all log messages in the current page, so that you can export all messages to a table.
Clear Selection
Select to deselect one or multiple log messages.
Export to Table
Select to export the selected log messages to a table format. A new tab named Exported Table appears, displaying the exported information. The table format allows you to copy the information and paste it elsewhere.
Page 200 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 17:Log report right-click menu options
Cross Search
(Session)
Select to search for the log messages triggered by the same SMTP session. This may result in multiple email messages if multiple messages were sent in the same SMTP session.search log messages by session ID and message ID. For details, see
“Cross-searching log messages” on page 203 .
Cross Search
(Message)
Select to search for the log messages triggered by the same email message. For details, see
“Cross-searching log messages” on page 203
.
View Quarantined
Message
When viewing quarantine logs on the History tab, select to view the quarantined email message. For details about quarantined email, see
“Managing the quarantines” on page 178
.
Release
Quarantined
Message
When viewing quarantine logs on the History tab, select one or multiple log entries of the “Quarantine to Review” or “Quarantine” messages, then from the right-click popup menu, select the Release Quarantined Message option to release the selected message/messages. For details about quarantined email, see
“Managing the quarantines” on page 178
.
Searching log messages
You can search logs to quickly find specific log messages in a log file, rather than browsing the entire contents of the log file.
Search appearance varies by the log type.
Some email processing such as mail routing and subject-line tagging modifies the recipient email address, the sender email address, and/or the subject line of an email message. If you search for log messages by these attributes, enter your search criteria using text exactly as it appears in the log messages, not in the email message. For example, you might send an email message from [email protected]; however, if you have configured mail routing on the
FortiMail unit or other network devices, this address, at the time it was logged by the FortiMail unit, may have been [email protected]. In that case, you would search for [email protected] instead of [email protected].
To search log messages
1. Go to Monitor > Log.
2. Click one of the log type tabs: History, Event, AntiVirus, AntiSpam, or Encryption.
3. To search all log files of that type, click Search.
To search one of the log files, first double-click the name of a log file to display the contents of the log file, then click Search.
4. Enter your search criteria by configuring one or more of the following:
GUI item
Keyword
Message
Description
Enter any word or words to search for within the log messages.
For example, you might enter starting daemon to locate all log messages containing that exact phrase in any log field.
Enter all or part of the message log field.
This option does not appear for history log searches.
Monitoring the system Page 201 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Monitoring the system
GUI item
Subject
From
To
Description
Enter all or part of the subject line of the email message as it appears in the log message.
This option appears only for history log searches.
Enter all or part of the sender’s email address as it appears in the log message.
This option does not appear for event log searches.
Enter all or part of the recipient’s email address as it appears in the log message.
This option does not appear for event log searches.
Enter all or part of the session ID in the log message.
Enter all or part of the log ID in the log message.
Session ID
Log ID
Client name
(History log search only)
Classifier
Enter all or part of the domain name or IP address of the SMTP client. For email users connecting to send email, this is usually an IP address rather than a domain name. For SMTP servers connecting to deliver mail, this may often be a domain name.
Enter the classifier in the log message.
The classifier field displays which FortiMail scanner applies to the email message. For example, Banned Word means the email messages was detected by the FortiMail banned word scanning.
For information about classifiers, see “Classifiers and dispositions in history logs” on page 633 .
Disposition
Enter the disposition in the log message.
The disposition field specifies the action taken by the FortiMail unit.
For information about dispositions, see
“Classifiers and dispositions in history logs” on page 633 .
Match condition • Contain: searches for the exact match.
• Wildcard: supports wildcards in the entered search criteria.
Time
Select the time span of log messages to include in the search results.
For example, you might want to search only log messages that were recorded during the last 10 days and 8 hours previous to the current date. In that case, you would specify the current date, and also specify the size of the span of time (10 days and 8 hours) before that date.
5. Click Apply.
The FortiMail unit searches your currently selected log file for log messages that match your search criteria, and displays any matching log messages. For example, if you are currently viewing a history log file, the search locates all matching log messages located in that specific history log file.
Page 202 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Cross-searching log messages
Since different types of log files record different events/activities, the same SMTP session (with one or more email messages sent during the session) or the same email message may be logged in different types of log files. For example, if the FortiMail units detects a virus in an email messages, this event will be logged in the following types of log files:
• History log: because the history log records the metadata of all sent and undelivered email messages.
• AntiVirus log: because a virus is detected. The antivirus log has more descriptions of the virus than the history log does.
• Event log: because the FortiMail system’s antivirus process has been started and stopped.
To find and display all log messages triggered by the same SMTP session or the same email message, you can use the cross-search feature.
The cross-search searches log files recorded five minutes before and after the log entry (this design is for performance purpose). Therefore, the search may cover multiple log files but may not cover all the related log files if any log files are recorded out of the ten minutes interval.
Figure 68:Sample log message cross-search results
To do a cross-search of the log messages
1. Go to Monitor > Log.
2. When viewing a log message on the History, Even, AntiVirus, or AntiSpam tab, right-click the log message that has a message ID. From the pop-up menu, select:
• Cross Search (Session) to search for the log messages triggered by the same SMTP session. This may result in multiple email messages if multiple messages were sent in the same SMTP session.
• Cross Search (Message) to search for the log messages triggered by the same email message.
You can also click the session ID of the log message to search for the log messages triggered by the same SMTP session. This is equivalent to the Cross Search (Session) pop-up menu.
All correlating history, event, antivirus and antispam log messages will appear in a new tab.
Monitoring the system Page 203 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Viewing generated reports
The Report tab displays the list of reports generated from the report profiles. You can delete, view, and/or download generated reports.
In addition to viewing full reports, you can also view summary email statistics. For more information, see
“Viewing the email statistics” on page 175
.
FortiMail units can generate reports automatically, according to the schedule that you configure in the report profile, or manually, when you select a report profile and click Generate. For more information, see
“Configuring report profiles and generating reports” on page 641
.
To reduce the amount of hard disk space consumed by reports, regularly download then delete generated reports from the FortiMail unit.
Monitoring the system
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view and generate reports
1. Go to Monitor > Report > Report.
GUI item
Delete (button)
Description
Click to delete the selected item.
Download
(button)
Click to create a PDF version of the report.
Report File Name
Lists the name of the generated report, and the date and time at which it was generated.
For example, Report 1-2008-03-31-2112 is a report named
Report 1, generated on March 31, 2008 at 9:12 PM.
To view an individual section of the report in HTML format, click + next to the report name to expand the list of HTML files that comprise the report, then double-click one of the file names.
Last Access Time
Lists the date and time when the FortiMail unit completed the generated report.
Size
Lists the file size of the report in HTML format, in bytes.
2. To view the report in PDF file format, mark the check box in the corresponding row and click
Download. On the pop-up menu, select Download PDF.
Page 204 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. To view the report in HTML file format, you can view all sections of the report together, or you can view report sections individually.
• To view all report sections together, mark the check box in the row corresponding to the report, such as treportprofile-2011-06-27-1039, then click Download and select
Download HTML. Your browser downloads a file with an archive (.tgz.gz) file extension to your management computer. To view the report, first extract the report files from the archive, then open the HTML files in your web browser.
• Each Query Selection in the report becomes a separate HTML file. You can view the report as individual HTML files. In the row corresponding to the report that you want to view, click + next to the report name to expand the list of sections, then double-click the file name of the section that you want to view, such as Spam_Recipient.html. The report appears in a new browser window.
Figure 69:Viewing a generated report (HTML file format, Mail by Sender)
Monitoring the system Page 205 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Maintaining the system
The Maintenance menu contains features for use during scheduled maintenance: updates, backups, restoration, and centralized administration.
Also use it to configure FortiGuard Antispam query connectivity.
The Maintenance menu also lets you install firmware using one of the possible methods. For information on this and other installation methods and preparation, see
“Installing firmware” on page 650 .
This section includes:
•
•
Configuring FortiGuard updates and antispam queries
•
Configuring FortiGuard updates and antispam queries
Backup and restore
Before installing FortiMail firmware or making significant configuration changes, back up your
FortiMail configuration. Backups let you revert to your previous configuration if the new configuration does not function correctly. Backups let you compare changes in configuration.
A complete configuration backup consists of several parts:
• core configuration file (fml.cfg), including the local certificates
• Bayesian databases
• mail queues
• system, per-domain, and per-user black/white list databases
• email users’ address books
• images and language files for customized appearance of the web UI and webmail
To access those parts of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to all categories
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
In addition, although they are not part of the configuration, you may want to back up the following data:
• email archives
• log files
• generated report files
• mailboxes
Page 206
To back up the configuration file
Although mailboxes and quarantines cannot be downloaded to your management computer, you can configure the FortiMail unit to back up mail data by storing it externally, on a NAS server. For details, see
“Selecting the mail data storage location” on page 355 .
Maintaining the system
1. Go to Maintenance > System > Configuration.
2. In the Backup Configuration area:
• Enable System configuration.
• Click Backup.
Your management computer downloads the configuration file. Time required varies by the size of the file and the speed of your network connection. You can restore the backup configuration later when required. For details, see
“Restoring the configuration” on page 656
.
To back up the Bayesian databases
1. Go to Maintenance > AntiSpam > Database Maintenance.
2. Click Backup Bayesian database.
Your management computer downloads the database file. Time required varies by the size of the file and the speed of your network connection.
To back up the mail queues
1. Go to Maintenance > System > Mail Queue.
2. Click Backup Queue.
Your management computer downloads the database file. Time required varies by the size of the file and the speed of your network connection.
To back up the black/white list database
1. Go to Maintenance > AntiSpam > Black/White List Maintenance.
2. Click Export Black/White List.
Your management computer downloads the database file. The time required varies by the size of the file and the speed of your network connection.
To back up email users’ accounts (server mode only)
1. Go to User > User > User.
2. Click Export .CSV.
Your management computer downloads the user account spreadsheet file. Time required varies by the size of the file and the speed of your network connection.
To back up the global address book (server mode only)
1. Go to Mail Settings > Address Book > Contacts.
2. Click Export.
3. On the pop-up menu, select CSV.
You are prompted for a location to save the file. Follow the prompts and click Save.
Your management computer downloads the address book spreadsheet file. Time required varies by the size of the file and the speed of your network connection.
To back up customized appearances of the web UI and webmail UI
1. Go to System > Customization > Appearance.
Page 207 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
2. In Administration interface, for each image file, save the image to your management computer.
Methods vary by web browser. For example, you might need to click and drag the images into a folder on your management computer in order to save them to that folder. For instructions, see your browser’s documentation.
3. Click the arrow to expand Webmail interface.
4. For each webmail language, click the name of the language to select it, then click Download.
Your management computer downloads the language file. Time required varies by the size of the file and the speed of your network connection.
5. To back up email archivesGo to Maintenance > System > Mail Data.
In addition to downloading email archives to your management computer, you can configure the FortiMail unit to store email archives on an SFTP or FTP server. For details, see
“Managing archived email” on page 195 and
“Configuring email archiving accounts” on page 622 .
6. Continue using the instructions in
“Configuring mailbox backups” on page 214 .
Backing up your configuration using the CLI
If you only want to back up the core configuration file, you can perform this backup using the
CLI.
The core configuration file does not contain all configuration data. Failure to perform a complete backup could result in data loss of items such as Bayesian databases, dictionary databases, mail queues, and other items. For details on performing a complete backup, see
“Backup and restore” on page 206
.
To back up the configuration file using the CLI, enter the following command: execute backup config tftp <filename_str> <tftp_ipv4> where:
• <filename_str> is the name of the file located in the TFTP server’s root directory
• <tftp_ipv4> is the IP address of the TFTP server
Scheduling configuration backup
Instead of backing up your configuration manually (see the previous sections), you can also configure a schedule to back up the configuration automatically to the FortiMail local hard drive or a remote FTP/SFTP server.
To schedule the configuration backup
1. Go to Maintenance > System > Configuration.
2. Under Scheduled Backup, configure the schedule time and the maximum backup number.
When the maximum number is reached, the oldest version will be overwritten.
3. Enable Local backup if you want to back up locally.
4. Enable Remote backup and configure the FTP/SFTP server credentials if you want to back up remotely.
5. Click Apply.
Maintaining the system Page 208 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Restoring the configuration
In the Restore Configuration area under Maintenance > System > Configuration, you can restore the backup FortiMail configuration from your local PC, For details, see
“Restoring the configuration” on page 656 .
Restoring the firmware
In the Restore Firmware area under Maintenance > System > Configuration, you can install a
FortiMail firmware from your local PC. For details, see
“Installing firmware” on page 652
.
Backing up and restoring the mailboxes
The Maintenance > System > Mail Data tab lets you back and restore all mail data, including system quarantine, email users’ personal quarantines, user preferences, archived email, and server mode webmail mailboxes. (See also
progress.
You can only back up mail data when you store the data locally on the FortiMail hard disk. If you store the mail data on a NAS device, you cannot back up the data. For information about selecting a storage device, see
“Selecting the mail data storage location” on page 355 .
This section contains the following topics:
•
Viewing the mailbox backup/restoration status
•
•
Restoring mailboxes from backups
Viewing the mailbox backup/restoration status
Go to Maintenance > System > Mail Data to view the progress if you are backing up or restoring mail data.
If backup and restoration are enabled, the appearance of this tab varies by:
• whether the FortiMail unit is currently backing up or restoring mailboxes
• whether the FortiMail unit has previously backed up or restored any mailboxes
• whether the previous backup or restoration attempt was successful
Maintaining the system Page 209 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 70:Backup or restoration status (idle; no previous restoration)
Figure 71:Backup or restoration status (backup in progress)
Maintaining the system Page 210 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 72:Backup or restoration status (restoration in progress)
Table 18:Backing up and restoring mailboxes from Maintenance > System > Mail Data
GUI item Description
Automatically refresh interval
Refresh
(button)
Status
Select the interval in seconds to set how often the web UI automatically refreshes its display of this tab.
Click to manually refresh the tab’s display.
Indicates the current activity of mailbox data backup or restoration. If backup and restoration are currently disabled, the
Status area of the Mail Data tab displays the message:
Backup/Restore is currently disabled.
To enable mailbox backups, see
“Configuring mailbox backups” on page 214 .
Maintaining the system Page 211 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Maintaining the system
Table 18:Backing up and restoring mailboxes from Maintenance > System > Mail Data
GUI item Description
State
Displays he current mailbox backup or restoration status, one of:
• IDLE: No backup or restoration is currently occurring. To begin a backup, at the bottom of the status section, click
Click here to start a backup. To begin a restoration, in the
Restore options section, click Restore.
• BACKING UP: The FortiMail unit is currently creating a backup copy of the mailboxes to the backup media configured in
“Configuring mailbox backups” on page 214 .
• RESTORING: The FortiMail unit is currently restoring a backup copy of the mailboxes from the backup media configured in
“Configuring mailbox backups” on page 214 .
• STOPPING: You have cancelled a backup or restoration that was in progress, and the FortiMail unit is halting the backup or restoration process.
• CHECKING: The FortiMail unit is currently checking the file system integrity of the backup media. This state occurs only if you have configured a block-level backup media (either a
USB disk or iSCSI server) in
“Configuring mailbox backups” on page 214 .
• FORMATTING: The FortiMail unit is currently formatting the file system of the backup media. This state occurs only if you have configured a block-level backup media (either a USB disk or iSCSI server) in
“Configuring mailbox backups” on page 214 .
If after some time the progress remains at 0%, or eventually silently reverts to an IDLE state without the backup or restoration having finished, the operation has failed. Verify connectivity with the backup media (this is especially true with NFS, SSH, and iSCSI backup methods, where network connectivity issues can cause the FortiMail’s attempt to mount the backup file system to fail). Also verify that you have configured the backup media
correctly in “Configuring mailbox backups” on page 214 and
configured the restoration item correctly in
“Restoring mailboxes from backups” on page 217 .
Note: If a backup or restoration has failed, you may need to reboot the FortiMail unit before you can try again.
Objects
Copied (Total)
Indicates the number of files transferred to or from the backup media so far, and the total amount that will be transferred when the backup or restoration is complete.
Bytes Copied
(Total)
Indicates the number of bytes of data transferred to or from the backup media so far, and the total amount that will be transferred when the backup or restoration is complete.
Page 212 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Maintaining the system
Table 18:Backing up and restoring mailboxes from Maintenance > System > Mail Data
GUI item Description
Percentage
Complete
Status
Indicates the percentage of bytes of data transferred to or from the backup media so far.
If after some time the progress remains at 0%, or eventually silently reverts to an IDLE state without the backup or restoration having finished, the operation has failed. Verify connectivity with the backup media (this is especially true with NFS, SSH, and iSCSI backup methods, where network connectivity issues can cause the FortiMail’s attempt to mount the backup file system to fail). Also verify that you have configured the backup media
correctly in “Configuring mailbox backups” on page 214 and
configured the restoration item correctly in
“Restoring mailboxes from backups” on page 217 .
Indicates the step of the backup or restoration that is currently occurring, such as OK (stopping file systems).
Last Backup
Total number of errors is
Indicates the number of errors that occurred during the previous backup attempt. If any errors occurred, they may also be individually listed.
For example, if the backup media is an NFS server, and the NFS share could not be mounted, such as if the FortiMail unit could not contact the NFS server or did not have permissions to access the share, an error message similar to the following would appear: failed to mount archive filesystem
[protocol=nfs,host=192.168.1.10,port=2049,directory=/ home/fortimail] stopped, waiting for requested shutdown watch dog stopped, killing backup process
This field appears only if the previous backup attempt was not successful.
Last
Restore
Click here to start a backup
Indicates the date and time of the previous backup attempt. If a backup has not yet occurred, this field displays the message, No
backup has been run.
Indicates the date and time of the previous restoration attempt.
If a restoration has not yet occurred, this field is empty.
Click to manually initiate an immediate mailbox backup to the media configured in
“Configuring mailbox backups” on page 214 . Time required to complete a backup varies by the size
of the backup and the speed of your network connection, and also by whether the backup is a full or incremental backup.
Alternatively, you can schedule the FortiMail unit to automatically back up the mailboxes. For details, see
“Configuring mailbox backups” on page 214
.
This link does not appear if a backup or restoration is currently in progress.
Page 213 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Maintaining the system
Table 18:Backing up and restoring mailboxes from Maintenance > System > Mail Data
GUI item Description
Click here to format backup device
Click here to check file system on backup device
Click here to stop the current backup
If you use a USB device for backup, use this link to format the device for use with FortiMail.
If you use a USB device for backup, use this link to determine if the device is compatible for use with FortiMail.
Click here to stop the current restore
Click to cancel a backup that is currently in progress.
Time required to cancel the backup varies by the backup media, but may be up to 30 seconds.
This link appears only if a backup is currently in progress.
Click to cancel a restore that is currently in progress.
Time required to cancel the restore varies by the restore media, but may be up to 30 seconds.
This link appears only if a restore is currently in progress.
Configuring mailbox backups
Use the Backup Options area of the Mail Data tab to configure which backup media to use when you back up or restore email users’ mailboxes. You can also configure the schedule the
FortiMail unit uses to automatically perform backups.
You can only back up mail data when you store the data locally on the FortiMail hard disk. If you store the mail data on a NAS device, you cannot back up the data. For information about selecting a storage device, see
“Selecting the mail data storage location” on page 355 .
While a backup or restoration is occurring, you cannot change the configuration of this area, and this area will display the message:
Backup/Restore is busy, no configuration changes can be made.
However, you can view the status of the backup or restoration to determine if there are any errors. You can also manually initiate an immediate backup if the backup media was unavailable
Before you can manually initiate a backup, or in order to configure automatic scheduled backups, you must first enable backups and configure the backup media.
To configure backups
1. Go to Maintenance > System > Mail Data.
2. Configure the following in the Backup Options section:
Page 214 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Maintaining the system
GUI item
Enable
Copies to save
Schedule
Day
Description
Mark this check box, configure all other options in this area, then click Apply to enable backups and restoration of email users’ mailboxes.
Select a number for both:
• Full: The total number of full backups to keep on the backup device.
• Incremental: The number of incremental backups to make between each full backup. Incremental backups can reduce the amount of time and disk space required for each backup, but may increase the amount of time required to restore the backup, and depend on a previous full backup, because incremental backups only contain the differences since the previous full backup.
For the initial backup, whether manually or automatically initiated, the FortiMail unit will make a full backup. For subsequent backups, the FortiMail unit will make the number of incremental backups that you set in Incremental, then make another full backup, and repeat this until it reaches the maximum number of full backups to keep on the backup media, which you selected in Full. At that point, it will overwrite the oldest full backup.
For example, if Full is 3 and Incremental is 4, the FortiMail unit would make a full backup, then 4 incremental backups. It would repeat this two more times for a total of 3 backup sets, and then overwrite the oldest full backup when creating the next backup.
The Schedule options are disabled if Protocol is External USB
(auto detect).
Select either:
• None: Disable scheduled backups.
• A day of the week: Enable scheduled backups, and select which day of the week that the FortiMail unit will automatically back up email users’ mailboxes to the backup media. Also configure Hour.
To minimize performance impacts, consider scheduling backups during a time of the day and day of the week when email traffic volume is typically low, such as at night on the weekend.
Regardless of whether or not scheduled backups are enabled, you can manually initiate backups. For details, see
“Backing up and restoring the mailboxes” on page 209 .
Page 215 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Maintaining the system
GUI item
Device
Hour
Description
Select which time on the day that you selected in Day that the
FortiMail unit will automatically back up email users’ mailboxes to the backup media.
To minimize performance impacts, consider scheduling backups during a time of the day and day of the week when email traffic volume is typically low, such as at night on the weekend.
If the backup media is not available when the backup is scheduled to occur, the FortiMail unit will re-attempt the backup at the next scheduled time.
This option is not available if Day is None.
Protocol
The availability of the following options varies with the device chosen.
Username
Enter the user name of the FortiMail unit’s account on the backup server.
Domain
Select one of the following types of backup media:
• NFS: A network file system (NFS) server.
• SMB/Windows Server: A Windows-style file share.
• SSH File System: A server that supports secure shell (SSH) connections.
• External USB Device: An external hard drive connected to the FortiMail unit’s USB port.
• External USB Device (auto detect): An external disk connected to the FortiMail unit’s USB port. Unlike the previous option, this option only creates a backup when you connect the USB disk, or when you manually initiate a
• ISCSI Server: An Internet SCSI (Small Computer System
Interface), also called iSCSI server.
Password
If you choose SMB/Windows Server as the backup media
AND if the account name has a domain part, you must enter the domain name as well.
Enter the password of the FortiMail unit’s account on the backup server.
Hostname/IP address
Enter the IP address or fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the NFS, Windows, SSH, or iSCSI server.
Port
Enter the TCP port number on which the backup server listens for connections.
Page 216 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Directory
Share
Encryption key
ISCSI ID
Description
Enter the path of the folder on the backup server where the
FortiMail unit will store the mailbox backups, such as:
/home/fortimail/mailboxbackups
Note: Do not use special characters such as a tilde ( ~ ).
Special characters will cause the backup to fail.
Enter the path of the folder on the backup server where the
FortiMail unit will store the mailbox backups, such as:
FortiMailMailboxBackups
Note: Do NOT type / before the path name. FortiMail v5.0 release supports both forward slash (/) and backslash (\) in the path name, while FortiMail v4.0 release only supports forward slash (/).
Enter the key that will be used to encrypt data stored on the backup media. Valid key lengths are between 6 and 64 single-byte characters.
Enter the iSCSI identifier in the format expected by the iSCSI server, such as an iSCSI Qualified Name (IQN), Extended
Unique Identifier (EUI), or T11 Network Address Authority
(NAA).
Restoring mailboxes from backups
The Restore Options area of the Mail Data tab lets you selectively restore email users’ mailboxes from mailbox backups.
If a backup or restoration is currently in progress, this area will display the message:
Backup/Restore is busy, no restore can be started till it finishes.
If after some time the progress remains at 0%, or eventually silently reverts to an IDLE state without the restoration having finished, the operation has failed. Verify connectivity with the backup media (this is especially true with NFS, SSH, and iSCSI backup methods, where network connectivity issues can cause the FortiMail’s attempt to mount the backup file system
To configure restoration
1. Go to Maintenance > System > Mail Data.
2. Configure the following in the Restore Options section:
Maintaining the system Page 217 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Maintaining the system
GUI item
Created by this device
Created by
Description
Select to restore mailboxes from backups identified by the current fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of this FortiMail unit.
If you changed the host name and/or local domain name of the FortiMail unit, the backup files are still identified by the previous FQDN. In this case, do not select this option.
Instead, use the Created by option.
Select to restore mailboxes from backups identified by another FQDN or the FQDN of another FortiMail unit. Usually, you should enter an FQDN of this FortiMail unit, but you may enter the FQDN of another FortiMail unit if you want to import that FortiMail unit’s mailbox backup.
For example, assume you are upgrading to a FortiMail-2000 from a FortiMail-400 and have used a USB disk to store a backup of the mailboxes of the FortiMail-400, whose FQDN was fortimail.example.com. Configure the FortiMail-2000 to also use the USB disk as backup media. Then import the
FortiMail-400’s mailbox backup to the FortiMail-2000 by entering fortimail.example.com in this field for the
FortiMail-2000.
For this domain
Mark this check box if you want to restore only the mailboxes of a specific protected domain, then select the name of the protected domain from the drop-down list.
If you want to restore only the mailbox of a specific email user within this protected domain, also configure For this user.
For this user
Mark this check box if you want to restore only the mailbox of a specific email user, then enter the name of the email user account, such as user1.
This option is available only if For this domain is enabled.
Restore
(button)
Click to restore mailboxes from the most recent full or incremental backup stored on the backup media configured on
“Configuring mailbox backups” on page 214 .
Time required to complete a restoration varies by the size of the backup and the speed of your network connection, and also by whether the backup was a full or incremental backup.
Note: To restore from a specific full and incremental version of backup, you can use the CLI command “execute backup-restore old-restore <full_int>
<increments_int> domain <domain_str> user
<user_str>
”.
Caution: Back up mailboxes before selecting this button.
Restoring mailboxes overwrites all mailboxes that currently exist.
3. To manually initiate restoration of mail data, click Restore.
Page 218 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring FortiGuard updates and antispam queries
The Maintenance > FortiGuard > Update tab displays the most recent updates to
FortiGuard Antivirus engines, antivirus definitions, and FortiGuard antispam definitions
(antispam heuristic rules). You can also configure how the FortiMail unit will retrieve updates.
FortiGuard AntiSpam packages for FortiMail units are not the same as those provided to
FortiGate units. To support FortiMail’s more full-featured antispam scans, FortiGuard AntiSpam packages for FortiMail contain platform-specific additional updates.
For example, FortiGuard AntiSpam packages for FortiMail contain heuristic antispam rules used by the a heuristic scan. Updates add to, remove from, and re-order the list of heuristic rules so that the current most common methods spammers use are ranked highest in the list. As a result, even if you configure a lower percentage of heuristic rules to be used by that scan, with regular updates, the heuristic scan automatically adjusts to use whichever heuristic rules are currently most effective. This helps to achieve an effective spam catch rate, while both reducing administrative overhead and improving performance by using the least necessary amount of
FortiMail system resources.
FortiMail units receive updates from the FortiGuard Distribution Network (FDN), a world-wide network of FortiGuard Distribution Servers (FDS). FortiMail units connect to the FDN by connecting to the FDS nearest to the FortiMail unit by its configured time zone.
In addition to manual update requests, FortiMail units support two kinds of automatic update mechanisms:
• scheduled updates, by which the FortiMail unit periodically polls the FDN to determine if there are any available updates
• push updates, by which the FDN notifies FortiMail units when updates become available
“Configuring push updates” on page 226 .
You may want to configure both scheduled and push updates. In this way, if the network experiences temporary problems such as connectivity issues that interfere with either method, the other method may still provide your FortiMail unit with updated protection. You can alternatively manually update the FortiMail unit by uploading an update file. For more information on uploading updates, see
“License Information widget” on page 173 .
For FortiGuard Antispam and FortiGuard Antivirus update connectivity requirements and
troubleshooting information, see “Troubleshoot FortiGuard connection issues” on page 671 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view or change the currently installed FortiGuard status
1. Go to Maintenance > FortiGuard > Update.
2. Configure the following:
Maintaining the system Page 219 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Maintaining the system
GUI item
FortiGuard Service
Status
Description
Name
Version
The name of the updatable item, such as Anti Virus Definition.
The version number of the item currently installed on the FortiMail unit.
The expiry date of the license for the item.
Expiry Date
Last Update
Attempt
Last Update
Status
The date and time when the FortiMail unit last attempted to download an update.
The result of the last update attempt.
• No updates: Indicates the last update attempt was successful but no new updates are available.
• Installed updates: Indicates the last update attempt was successful and new updates were installed.
• Other messages, such as Network Error, indicate that the
FortiMail unit could not connect to the FDN, or other error conditions. For more information, see
“Troubleshoot FortiGuard connection issues” on page 671 .
Displays the total number of the virus and spam signatures.
Virus signatures
FortiGuard distribution network
The result of the previous scheduled update (TCP 443) connection attempt to the FortiGuard Distribution Network (FDN) or, if enabled and configured, the override server.
• Available: Indicates that the FortiMail unit successfully connected to the FDN.
• Unavailable: Indicates that the FortiMail unit could not connect to the FDN. For more information, see
“Verifying connectivity with FortiGuard services” on page 222 .
• Unknown: Indicates that the FortiMail unit has not yet attempted to connect to the FDN.
To test the connection, click Refresh.
Push update
The result of the previous push update (UDP 9443) connection attempt from the FDN.
• Available: Indicates that the FDN successfully connected to the
FortiMail unit to send push updates. For more information, see
“Configuring push updates” on page 226
.
• Unavailable: Indicates that the FDN could not connect to the
FortiMail unit. For more information, see
FortiGuard connection issues” on page 671 .
• Unknown: Indicates that the FortiMail unit has not yet attempted to connect to the FDN.
To test the connection, click Refresh.
Page 220 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Maintaining the system
GUI item
Refresh
(button)
Description
Click to test the scheduled (TCP 443) and push (UDP 9443) update connection of the FortiMail unit to the FDN or, if enabled, the IP address configured in Use override server address.
When the test completes, the tab refreshes and results beside
FortiGuard distribution network. Time required varies by the speed of the FortiMail unit’s network connection, and the number of timeouts that occur before the connection attempt is successful or the FortiMail unit determines that it cannot connect.
Note: This does not test the connection for FortiGuard Antispam rating queries, which occurs over a different connection and must
.
Use override server address
Enable to override the default FortiGuard Distribution Server (FDS) to which the FortiMail unit connects for updates, then enter the IP address of the override public or private FDS.
For more information, see
“Verifying connectivity with FortiGuard services” on page 222 .
Allow push update
Enable to allow the FortiMail unit to accept push notifications
(UDP 9443). If the FortiMail unit is behind a NAT device, you may also need to enable and configure Use override push IP. For details,
see “Configuring push updates” on page 226
.
Push notifications only notify the FortiMail unit that an update is available. They do not transmit the update itself. After receiving a push notification, the FortiMail unit then initiates a separate TCP
443 connection, similar to scheduled updates, in order to the FDN to download the update.
Use override push
IP
Enable to override the IP address and default port number to which the FDN sends push notifications.
• When enabled, the FortiMail unit notifies the FDN to send push updates to the IP address and port number that you enter (for example, a virtual IP/port forward on a NAT device that will forward push notifications to the FortiMail unit).
• When disabled, the FortiMail unit notifies the FDN to send push updates to the FortiMail unit’s IP address, using the default port number (UDP 9443). This is useful only if the FortiMail unit has a public network IP address.
For more information, see
“Configuring push updates” on page 226 .
This option is available only if Allow push update is enabled.
Page 221 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Scheduled update
Apply
(button)
Update Now
(button)
Description
Enable to perform updates according to a schedule, then select one of the following as the frequency of update requests. When the
FortiMail unit requests an update at the scheduled time, results appear in Last Update Status.
• Every: Select to request to update once every 1 to 23 hours, then select the number of hours between each update request.
• Daily: Select to request to update once a day, then select the hour of the day to check for updates.
• Weekly: Select to request to update once a week, then select the day of the week, the hour, and the minute of the day to check for updates.
If you select 00 minutes, the update request occurs at a randomly determined time within the selected hour.
Click to save configuration changes on this tab and, if you have enabled Allow push update, notify the FDN of the destination IP address and port number for push notifications to this FortiMail unit.
Click to manually initiate a FortiGuard Antivirus and FortiGuard
Antispam engine and definition update request. Results will appear in Last Update Status. Time required varies by the availability of updates, size of the updates, and speed of the FortiMail unit’s network connection.
Verifying connectivity with FortiGuard services
If you subscribe to FortiGuard Antivirus and/or FortiGuard Antispam services, your FortiMail unit needs to connect to the FortiGuard Distribution Network (FDN) in order to verify its license and use the services.
Your FortiMail unit may be able to connect using the default settings; however, you should confirm this by verifying connectivity.
FortiMail units use multiple connection types with the FDN. To completely verify connectivity, you should test each connection type by performing both of the following procedures.
Maintaining the system
You must first register the FortiMail unit with the Fortinet Technical Support web site, https://support.fortinet.com/, to receive service from the FDN. The FortiMail unit must also have a valid Fortinet Technical Support contract which includes service subscriptions, and be able to connect to the FDN or the FDS that you will configure to override the default FDS addresses.
For port numbers required for license validation and update connections, see the appendix in the FortiMail Administration Guide.
Before performing the following procedure, if your FortiMail unit connects to the Internet using a proxy, use the CLI command config system fortiguard antivirus to enable the
Page 222 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Maintaining the system
FortiMail unit to connect to the FDN through the proxy. For more information, see the FortiMail
CLI Reference.
If the FortiMail unit connects to the Internet/FDN servers through a proxy, FortiMail can only get updates for the antivirus engine, antivirus signatures, and heuristic antispam rules from the FDN server. FortiMail cannot connect to the FDN server to perform realtime FortiGuard antispam queries through the proxy. In this case, you can only use a FortiManager unit locally as the override server.
To verify scheduled update connectivity
1. Go to Maintenance > FortiGuard > Update.
2. If you want your FortiMail unit to connect to a specific FDS other than the default for its time zone, enable
Use override server address
, enter the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of the FDS.
3. Click Apply.
4. Click Refresh.
A dialog appears, notifying you that the process could take a few minutes.
5. Click OK.
The FortiMail unit tests the connection to the FDN and, if any, the override server. Time required varies by the speed of the FortiMail unit’s network connection, and the number of timeouts that occur before the connection attempt is successful or the FortiMail unit determines that it cannot connect. When the connection test completes, the page refreshes.
Test results next to
FortiGuard distribution network
.
• Available: The FortiMail unit successfully connected to the FDN or override server.
• Unavailable: The FortiMail unit could not connect to the FDN or override server, and cannot download updates from it. For CLI commands that may assist you in
troubleshooting, see “To verify antispam rating query connectivity” on page 223 .
6. When successful connectivity has been verified, continue by configuring the FortiMail unit to receive engine and definition updates from the FDN or override server using one or more of the following methods:
• scheduled updates (see
“Configuring scheduled updates” on page 225 )
• push updates (see
“Configuring push updates” on page 226
)
• manually initiated updates (see
“Manually requesting updates” on page 227 )
To verify antispam rating query connectivity
1. Go to Maintenance > FortiGuard > AntiSpam.
2. Verify that the Enable service is enabled. Also specify the FortiGuard server port (the default number is 53).
3. Specify a spam outbreak protection level. Higher level means more strict filtering. This feature temporarily hold email for a certain period of time (configuragle with CLI command config system fortiguard antispam set outbreak-protection-period
) if the enabled FortiGuard antispam check (black IP and/or URI filter) returns no result (see
“Configuring FortiGuard options” on page 480 ). After the specified time interval, FortiMail will
query the FortiGuard server for the second time. This provides an oppotunity for the
FortiGuard antispam service to update its database in cases a spam outbreak occurs.
4. If you want to use an override server, such as a local FortiManager unit, instead of the default
FDN server, specify it by enabling the option and entering the server address.
5. Optionally enable cache and specify the cache TTL time. Enabling cache can improve perforrnance.
Page 223 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
6. For Query type under FortiGuard Query, select one of:
• IP and enter a valid IP
• URI and enter a valid URI
• Hash and use the hash value of a spam email that you can find in the log messages
7. Click Query.
If the query is successful, the Query result field will display if the IP/URI is spam or unknown
(not spam).
If the query is unsuccessful, the Query result field will display No response. In this case, you can use the following tips to troubleshoot the issue.
If the FortiMail unit can reach the DNS server, but cannot successfully resolve the domain name of the FDS, a message appears notifying you that a DNS error occurred.
Figure 73: DNS error when resolving the FortiGuard Antispam domain name
8. Verify that the DNS servers contain A records to resolve service.fortiguard.net and other FDN servers. To try to obtain additional insight into the cause of the query failure, manually perform a DNS query from the FortiMail unit using the following CLI command: execute nslookup name service.fortiguard.net
If the FortiMail unit cannot successfully connect, or if your FortiGuard Antispam license does not exist or has expired, a message appears notifying you that a connection error occurred.
Figure 74: Connection error when verifying FortiGuard Antispam connectivity
Maintaining the system
9. Verify that:
• this is no proxy in between FortiMail and the FDN server.
• your FortiGuard Antispam license is valid and currently active
• the default route (located in System > Network > Routing) is correctly configured
• the FortiMail unit can connect to the DNS servers (located in System > Network > DNS) and to the FDN servers
• firewalls between the FortiMail unit and the Internet or override server allow FortiGuard
Antispam rating query traffic.
The default port number for FortiGuard antispam query is UDP port 53 in v4.0. Prior to v4.0, the port number was 8889.
Page 224 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Maintaining the system
10.To try to obtain additional insight into the point of the connection failure, trace the connection using the following CLI command: execute traceroute <address_ipv4> where <address_ipv4> is the IP address of the DNS server or FDN server.
When query connectivity is successful, antispam profiles can use the FortiGuard option.
You can use the antispam log to monitor for subsequent query connectivity interruptions.
When sending email through the FortiMail unit that matches a policy and profile where the
FortiGuard option is enabled, if the FortiMail cannot connect to the FDN and/or its license is not valid, and if Information-level logging is enabled, the FortiMail unit records a log message in the antispam log (located in Monitor > Log > AntiSpam) whose Log Id field is
0300023472
and whose Message field is:
FortiGuard-Antispam: No Answer from server.
Figure 75: Antispam log when FortiGuard Antispam query fails
11.Verify that the FortiGuard Antispam license is still valid, and that network connectivity has not been disrupted for UDP port 53 traffic from the FortiMail unit to the Internet.
Configuring scheduled updates
You can configure the FortiMail unit to periodically request updates from the FDN or override servers for the FortiGuard Antivirus engine, antivirus definitions, and heuristic antispam rules
(antispam definitions).
You can use push updates or manually initiate updates as alternatives or in conjunction with scheduled updates. If protection from the latest viral threats is a high priority, you could configure both scheduled updates and push updates, using scheduled updates as a failover method to increase the likelihood that the FortiMail unit always retrieves periodic updates if connectivity is interrupted during a push notification. While using only scheduled updates could potentially leave your network vulnerable to a new virus, it minimizes short disruptions to antivirus scans that can occur if the FortiMail unit applies push updates during peak volume times. For additional/alternative update methods, see
“Configuring push updates” on page 226
and
“Manually requesting updates” on page 227 .
For example, you might schedule updates every night at 2 AM or weekly on Sunday, when email traffic volume is light.
Before configuring scheduled updates, first verify that the FortiMail unit can connect to the FDN
or override server. For details, see “Verifying connectivity with FortiGuard services” on page 222 .
To configure scheduled updates
1. Go to Maintenance > FortiGuard > Update.
2. Under FortiGuard Update Options, enable Scheduled update.
3. Select one of the following:
GUI item Description
Every
Select to request updates once per interval, then configure the number of hours and minutes between each request.
Page 225 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Maintaining the system
GUI item Description
Select to request updates once a day, then configure the time of day.
Daily
Weekly
Select to request updates once a week, then configure the day of the week and the time of day.
Updating FortiGuard Antivirus definitions can cause a short disruption in traffic currently being scanned while the FortiMail unit applies the new signature database. To minimize disruptions, update when traffic is light, such as during the night.
4. Click Apply.
The FortiMail unit starts the next scheduled update according to the configured update schedule. If you have enabled logging, when the FortiMail unit requests a scheduled update, the event is recorded in the event log. For details, see
“Logs, reports and alerts” on page 630
.
Configuring push updates
You can configure the FortiMail unit to receive push updates from the FDN or override server.
When push updates are configured, the FortiMail unit first notifies the FDN of its IP address, or the IP address and port number override. (If your FortiMail unit’s IP address changes, including if it is configured with DHCP, the FortiMail unit automatically notifies the FDN of the new IP address.) As soon as new FortiGuard Antivirus and FortiGuard Antispam packages become available, the FDN sends an update availability notification to that IP address and port number.
Within 60 seconds, the FortiMail unit then requests the package update as if it was a scheduled or manually initiated update.
You can use scheduled updates or manually initiate updates as alternatives or in conjunction with push updates. If protection from the latest viral threats is a high priority, you could configure both scheduled updates and push updates, using scheduled updates as a failover method to increase the likelihood that the FortiMail unit will still periodically retrieve updates if connectivity is interrupted during a push notification. Using push updates, however, can potentially cause short disruptions to antivirus scans that can occur if the FortiMail unit applies push updates during peak volume times. For additional/alternative update methods, see
“Configuring scheduled updates” on page 225
and
“Manually requesting updates” on page 227 .
Before configuring push updates, first verify that the FortiMail unit can connect to the FDN or
override server. For details, see “Verifying connectivity with FortiGuard services” on page 222 .
To configure push updates
1. Go to Maintenance > FortiGuard > Update.
2. Under FortiGuard Update Options, enable Allow push update.
3. If the FortiMail unit is behind a firewall or router performing NAT, enable Use override push IP and enter the external IP address and port number of the NAT device.
You must also configure the NAT device with port forwarding or a virtual IP to forward push notifications (UDP port 9443) to the FortiMail unit. For example, if the FortiMail unit is behind a FortiGate unit, configure the FortiGate unit with a virtual IP that forwards push notifications from its external network interface to the private network IP address of the FortiMail unit.
Then, on the FortiMail unit, configure Use override push IP with the IP address and port
Page 226 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Maintaining the system number of that virtual IP. For details on configuring virtual IPs and/or port forwarding, see the documentation for the NAT device.
Push updates require that the external IP address of the NAT device is not dynamic (such as an
IP address automatically configured using DHCP). If dynamic, when the IP address changes, the override push IP will become out-of-date, causing subsequent push updates to fail.
If you do not enable Use override push IP, the FDN will send push notifications to the IP address of the FortiMail unit, which must be a public network IP address routable from the
Internet.
4. Click Apply.
The FortiMail unit notifies the FDN of its IP address or, if configured, the override push IP.
When an update is available, the FDN will send push notifications to this IP address and port number.
5. Click Refresh in the FortiGuard Service Status area.
A dialog appears, notifying you that the process could take a few minutes.
6. Click OK.
The FDN tests the connection to the FortiMail unit. Time required varies by the speed of the
FortiMail unit’s network connection, and the number of timeouts that occur before the connection attempt is successful or the FortiMail unit determines that it cannot connect.
When the connection test completes, the page refreshes. Test results appear in the Push
update field.
• Available: The FDN successfully connected to the FortiMail unit.
• Unavailable: The FDN could not connect to the FortiMail unit, and cannot send push notifications to it. Verify that intermediary firewalls and routers do not block push notification traffic (UDP port 9443). If the FortiMail unit is behind a NAT device, verify that you have enabled and configured Use override push IP, and that the NAT device is configured to forward push notifications to the FortiMail unit.
Manually requesting updates
You can manually trigger the FortiMail unit to connect to the FDN or override server to request available updates for its FortiGuard Antivirus and FortiGuard Antispam packages.
You can manually initiate updates as an alternative or in addition to other update methods. For details, see
“Configuring push updates” on page 226 and
“Configuring scheduled updates” on page 225 .
To manually request updates
Before manually initiating an update, first verify that the FortiMail unit can connect to the FDN or
override server. For details, see “Verifying connectivity with FortiGuard services” on page 222 .
1. Go to Maintenance > FortiGuard > Update.
2. Under FortiGuard Update Options, click Update Now.
Updating FortiGuard Antivirus definitions can cause a short disruption in traffic currently being scanned while the FortiMail unit applies the new signature database. To minimize disruptions, update when traffic is light, such as during the night.
Page 227 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. After a few minutes, click the Update tab to refresh the page, or go to Monitor >
System Status > Status.
If an update was available, new version numbers appear for the packages that were updated. If you have enabled logging, messages are recorded to the event log indicating whether the update was successful or not. For details, see
“Logs, reports and alerts” on page 630
.
Downloading a trace file
If Fortinet Technical Support requests a trace log for system analysis purposes, you can download one using the web UI.
Trace logs are compressed into an archive (.gz), and contain information that is supplementary to debug-level log files.
To download a trace file
1. Go to Maintenance > System > Configuration.
2. At the bottom of the tab, click Download trace log.
Maintaining the system Page 228 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring system settings
The System menu lets you administrator accounts, and configure network settings, system time, SNMP, RAID, high availability (HA), certificates, and more.
This section includes:
•
•
Configuring system time, configuration options, SNMP, and FortiSandbox
•
Customizing GUI, replacement messages and email templates
•
Configuring administrator accounts and access profiles
•
•
•
Configuring network settings
The Network submenu provides options to configure network connectivity and administrative access to the web UI or CLI of the FortiMail unit through each network interface.
This section includes:
•
•
•
About FortiMail logical interfaces
•
Configuring the network interfaces
•
Configuring link status monitoring
•
•
•
About IPv6 Support
IP version 6 (IPv6) handles issues that weren't around decades ago when IPv4 was created such as running out of IP addresses, fair distributing of IP addresses, built-in quality of service
(QoS) features, better multimedia support, and improved handling of fragmentation. A bigger address space, bigger default packet size, and more optional header extensions provide these features with flexibility to customize them to any needs.
IPv6 has 128-bit addresses compared to IPv4's 32-bit addresses, effectively eliminating address exhaustion. This new very large address space will likely reduce the need for network address translation (NAT) since IPv6 provides more than a billion IP addresses for each person on Earth. All hardware and software network components must support this new address size, an upgrade that may take a while to complete and will force IPv6 and IPv4 to work side-by-side during the transition period.
Page 229
The FortiMail 4.0 MR3 release supports the following IPv6 features:
• Network interface
• Network routing
• High Availability
• DNS
• Admin access
• Webmail access
• Mail routing -- multiple combinations of IPv4/6 Server, IPv4/6 Remote Gateway
• Access Control Lists
• Grey list
• Local sender reputation
• IPv6 based policies
• Black/white list
• LDAP
• IP pool (starting from 4.0 MR3 Patch 3 release)
FortiMail will support the following IPv6 feature in future releases:
• Port forwarding for IPv6
• FortiGuard antispam database populated with IPv6 addresses
About the management IP
When a FortiMail unit operates in transparent mode, you can configure one or more of its network interfaces to act as a Layer 2 bridge, without IP addresses of their own. However, the
FortiMail unit must have an IP address for administrators to configure it through a network connection rather than a local console. The management IP address enables administrators to connect to the FortiMail unit through port1 or other network ports, even when they are currently bridging.
By default, the management IP address is indirectly bound to port1 through the bridge. If other network interfaces are also included in the bridge with port1, you can configure the FortiMail unit to respond to connections to the management IP address that arrive on those other network interfaces. For more information, see
“Do not associate with management IP” on page 238 .
Unless you configured an override server IP address, FortiMail units uses this IP address to connect to the FortiGuard Distribution Network (FDN). Depending on your network topology, the management IP may be a private network address. In this case, it is not routable from the FDN and is unsuitable for use as the destination IP address of push update connections from the
FDN. For push updates to function correctly, you must configure an override server. For details, see
“Configuring push updates” on page 226 .
You can access the web UI, FortiMail webmail, and the per-recipient quarantines remotely using the management IP address.
Configuring system settings Page 230 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
About FortiMail logical interfaces
In addition to the FortiMail physical interfaces, you can create the following types of logical interfaces on FortiMail:
•
•
•
VLAN subinterfaces
A Virtual LAN (VLAN) subinterface, also called a VLAN, is a virtual interface on a physical interface. The subinterface allows routing of VLAN tagged packets using that physical interface, but it is separate from any other traffic on the physical interface.
Virtual LANs (VLANs) use ID tags to logically separate devices on a network into smaller broadcast domains. These smaller domains forward packets only to devices that are part of that
VLAN domain. This reduces traffic and increases network security.
One example of an application of VLANs is a company’s accounting department. Accounting computers may be located at both main and branch offices. However, accounting computers need to communicate with each other frequently and require increased security. VLANs allow the accounting network traffic to be sent only to accounting computers and to connect accounting computers in different locations as if they were on the same physical subnet.
Redundant interfaces
On the FortiMail unit, you can combine two or more physical interfaces to provide link redundancy. This feature allows you to connect to two or more switches to ensure connectivity in the event one physical interface or the equipment on that interface fails.
In a redundant interface, traffic is only going over one interface at any time. This differs from an aggregated interface where traffic is going over all interfaces for increased bandwidth. This difference means redundant interfaces can have more robust configurations with fewer possible points of failure. This is important in a fully-meshed HA configuration.
A physical interface is available to be in a redundant interface if:
• it is a physical interface, not a VLAN interface
• it is not already part of a redundant interface
• it has no defined IP address and is not configured for DHCP
• it does not have any VLAN subinterfaces
• it is not monitored by HA
When a physical interface is included in a redundant interface, it is not listed on the System >
Network > Interface page. You cannot configure the interface anymore.
Loopback interfaces
A loopback interface is a logical interface that is always up (no physical link dependency) and the attached subnet is always present in the routing table.
Configuring system settings Page 231 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
The FortiMail's loopback IP address does not depend on one specific external port, and is therefore possible to access it through several physical or VLAN interfaces. In the current release, you can only add one loopback interface on the FortiMail unit.
The loopback interface is useful when you use a layer 2 load balancer in front of several
FortiMail units. In this case, you can set the FortiMail loopback interface’s IP address the same as the load balancer’s IP address and thus the FortiMail unit can pick up the traffic forwarded to it from the load balancer.
For information about adding a loopback interface, see
“Configuring the network interfaces” on page 232 .
Configuring the network interfaces
The System > Network > Interface tab displays the FortiMail unit’s network interfaces.
You must configure at least one network interface for the FortiMail unit to connect to your network. Depending on your network topology and other considerations, you can connect the
FortiMail unit to your network using two or more of the network interfaces. You can configure each network interface separately. You can also configure advanced interface options, including
VLAN subinterfaces, redundant interfaces, and loopback interfaces. For more information, see
“About FortiMail logical interfaces” on page 231 , and
“Editing network interfaces” on page 233 .
If your FortiMail unit is not properly deployed and configured for the topology of your network, including network interface connections, email may bypass the FortiMail unit.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view the list of network interfaces, go to System > Network > Interface.
Figure 76:Interface tab (server and gateway mode)
Figure 77:Interface tab (transparent mode)
Configuring system settings Page 232 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Name
Description
Displays the name of the network interface, such as port1.
If the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode, this column also indicates that the management IP address is that of port1. For more information, see
“About the management IP” on page 230 .
Type
Bridge
Member
Displays the interface type: physical, VLAN, redundant, or loopback. For details, see
“About FortiMail logical interfaces” on page 231
.
In transparent mode, this column indicates if the port is on the same bridge as the management IP. By default, all ports are on the bridge. See
“Editing network interfaces” on page 233 for information on bridged networks in transparent
mode.
IP/Netmask Displays the IP address and netmask of the network interface.
If the FortiMail unit is in transparent mode, IP/Netmask may alternatively display
bridging. This means that
“Do not associate with management IP” on page 238
has been disabled, and the network interface is acting as a Layer 2 bridge. If high availability (HA) is also enabled, IP and Netmask may alternatively display
bridged (isolated) while the effective HA operating mode is slave and therefore the network interface is currently disconnected from the network, or bridging
(waiting for recovery) while the effective HA operating mode is failed and the network interface is currently disconnected from the network but a failover may soon occur, beginning connectivity. For more information, see
Operating Mode” on page 296 and
“Virtual IP address” on page 309 .
IPv6/Netma sk
Displays the IPv6 address and netmask of the network interface. For more information about IPv6 support, see
“About IPv6 Support” on page 229
.
Access
Displays the administrative access and webmail access services that are enabled on the network interface, such as HTTPS for the web UI.
Status
Indicates the up (available) or down (unavailable) administrative status for the network interface.
• Green up arrow: The network interface is up and can receive traffic.
• Red down arrow: The network interface is down and cannot or receive traffic.
To change the administrative status (that is, bring up or down a network interface), see
“Editing network interfaces” on page 233 .
Editing network interfaces
You can edit FortiMail’s physical network interfaces to change their IP addresses, netmasks, administrative access protocols, and other settings. You can also create or edit logical interfaces, such as VLANs, redundant interfaces and the loopback interface.
Enable administrative access only on network interfaces connected to trusted private networks or directly to your management computer. If possible, enable only secure administrative access protocols such as HTTPS or SSH. Failure to restrict administrative access could compromise the security of your FortiMail unit.
Configuring system settings Page 233 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
If your FortiMail unit operates in transparent mode and depending on your network topology, you may need to configure the network interfaces of the FortiMail unit.
• If all email servers protected by the FortiMail unit are located on the same subnet, no network interface configuration is necessary. Bridging is the default configuration for network interfaces when the FortiMail unit operates in transparent mode, and the FortiMail unit will bridge all connections occurring through it from the network to the protected email servers.
• If email servers protected by the FortiMail unit are located on different subnets, you must connect those email servers through separate physical ports on the FortiMail unit, and configure the network interfaces associated with those ports, assigning IP addresses and removing them from the bridge.
It is possible to configure a mixture of bridging and non-bridging network interfaces. For example, if some email servers belong to the same subnet, network interfaces for those email servers may remain in the bridge group; email servers belonging to other subnets may be attached to network interfaces that are not associated with the bridge.
You can restrict which IP addresses are permitted to log in as a FortiMail administrator through
network interfaces. For details, see “Configuring administrator accounts” on page 276 .
To create or edit a network interface
1. Go to System > Network > Interface.
2. Double-click a network interface to modify it or select the interface and click Edit. If you want to create a logical interface, click New.
The Edit Interface dialog appears. Its appearance varies by:
• the operation mode of the FortiMail unit (gateway, transparent, or server)
• if the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode, by whether the network interface is
port1, which is required to be configured as a Layer 2 bridge and associated with the management IP, and therefore cannot be configured with its own IP and Netmask
3. For gateway mode or server mode, configure the following:
GUI item
Interface Name
Type
VLAN
Description
If you are editing an existing interface, this field displays the name
(such as port2) and media access control (MAC) address for this network interface.
If you are creating a logical interface, enter a name for the interface.
If you are creating a logical interface, select which type of interface you want to create. For information about logical
interface types, see “About FortiMail logical interfaces” on page 231
.
If you want to create a VLAN subinterface, select the interface for which you want to create the subinterface for.
Then specify a VLAN ID. Valid VLAN ID numbers are from 1 to
4094, while 0 is used for high priority frames, and 4095 is reserved.
Configuring system settings Page 234 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Redundant
Loopback
Description
If you want to create a redundant interface, select the interface members from the available interfaces. Usually, you need to include two or more interfaces as the redundant interface members.
If you want to add a loopback interface, select the Loopback type and the interface name will be automatically reset to “loopback”.
You can only add one loopback interface on FortiMail.
Addressing mode
Manual
IP/Netmask
DHCP
Select to enter a static IP address, then enter the IP address and netmask for the network interface in
IP/Netmask
.
Enter the IP address and netmask for the network interface. If the
FortiMail unit is operating in gateway mode or server mode, this option is available only if
Manual
is selected.
Note: IP addresses of different interfaces cannot be on the same subnet.
Select to retrieve a dynamic IP address using DHCP.
This option appears only if the FortiMail unit is operating in gateway mode or server mode.
Retrieve default gateway and
DNS from server
Enable to retrieve both the default gateway and DNS addresses from the DHCP server, replacing any manually configured values.
Connect to server
Enable for the FortiMail unit to attempt to obtain DNS addressing information from the DHCP server.
Disable this option if you are configuring the network interface offline, and do not want the unit to attempt to obtain addressing information at this time.
Configuring system settings Page 235 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Access
Description
Enable protocols that this network interface should accept for connections to the FortiMail unit itself. (These options do not affect connections that will travel through the FortiMail unit.)
• HTTPS: Enable to allow secure HTTPS connections to the web-based manager, webmail, and per-recipient quarantine through this network interface.
• HTTP: Enable to allow HTTP connections to the web-based manager, webmail, and per-recipient quarantine through this network interface.
For information on redirecting HTTP requests for webmail and per-recipient quarantines to HTTPS, see
“Configuring global quarantine report settings” on page 570 .
• PING: Enable to allow ICMP ECHO (ping) responses from this network interface.
For information on configuring the network interface from which the FortiMail unit itself will send pings, see the
FortiMail
CLI Reference
.
• SSH: Enable to allow SSH connections to the CLI through this network interface.
• SNMP: Enable to allow SNMP connections (queries) to this network interface.
For information on further restricting access, or on configuring the network interface that will be the source of traps, see
“Configuring the network interfaces” on page 232 .
• TELNET: Enable to allow Telnet connections to the CLI through this network interface.
Caution: HTTP and Telnet connections are not secure, and can be intercepted by a third party. If possible, enable this option only for network interfaces connected to a trusted private network, or directly to your management computer. Failure to restrict administrative access through this protocol could compromise the security of your FortiMail unit. For information on further restricting access of administrative connections, see
“Configuring administrator accounts” on page 276
.
MTU
Configuring system settings Page 236 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Override default
MTU value (1500)
Description
Enable to change the maximum transmission unit (MTU) value, then enter the maximum packet or Ethernet frame size in bytes.
If network devices between the FortiMail unit and its traffic destinations require smaller or larger units of traffic, packets may require additional processing at each node in the network to fragment or defragment the units, resulting in reduced network performance. Adjusting the MTU to match your network can improve network performance.
The default value is 1500 bytes. The MTU size must be between
576 and 1500 bytes. Change this if you need a lower value; for example, RFC 2516 prescribes a value of 1492 for the PPPoE protocol.
Administrative status
Select either:
• Up: Enable (that is, bring up) the network interface so that it can send and receive traffic.
• Down: Disable (that is, bring down) the network interface so that it cannot send or receive traffic.
4. If the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode, configure the following:
GUI item
Interface Name
Type
VLAN
Redundant
Loopback
Description
Displays the name (such as port2) and media access control
(MAC) address for this network interface.
If you are creating a logical interface, enter a name for the interface.
If you are creating a logical interface, select which type of interface you want to create. For information about logical
interface types, see “About FortiMail logical interfaces” on page 231
.
If you want to create a VLAN subinterface, select the interface for which you want to create the subinterface for.
Then specify a VLAN ID. Valid VLAN ID numbers are from 1 to
4094, while 0 is used for high priority frames, and 4095 is reserved.
If you want to create a redundant interface, select the interface members from the available interfaces. Usually, you need to include two or more interfaces as the redundant interface members.
If you want to add a loopback interface, select the Loopback type and the interface name will be automatically reset to “loopback”.
You can only add one loopback interface on FortiMail.
Addressing mode
Configuring system settings Page 237 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Do not associate with management
IP
Enable to configure an IP address and netmask for this network interface, separate from the management IP, then configure
I
IP/Netmask
.
This option appears only if the network interface is not port1, which is required to be a member of the bridge.
IP/Netmask
Description
Access
Enter the IP address and netmask for the network interface. If the
FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode, this option is available only if
Do not associate with management IP
is enabled.
Enable protocols that this network interface should accept for connections to the FortiMail unit itself. (These options do not affect connections that will travel through the FortiMail unit.)
• HTTPS: Enable to allow secure HTTPS connections to the web-based manager, webmail, and per-recipient quarantine through this network interface.
• HTTP: Enable to allow HTTP connections to the web-based manager, webmail, and per-recipient quarantine through this network interface.
For information on redirecting HTTP requests for webmail and per-recipient quarantines to HTTPS, see
“Configuring global quarantine report settings” on page 570 .
• PING: Enable to allow ICMP ECHO (ping) responses from this network interface.
For information on configuring the network interface from which the FortiMail unit itself will send pings, see the
FortiMail
CLI Reference
.
• SSH: Enable to allow SSH connections to the CLI through this network interface.
• SNMP: Enable to allow SNMP connections (queries) to this network interface.
For information on further restricting access, or on configuring the network interface that will be the source of traps, see
“Configuring the network interfaces” on page 232 .
• TELNET: Enable to allow Telnet connections to the CLI through this network interface.
Caution: HTTP and Telnet connections are not secure, and can be intercepted by a third party. If possible, enable this option only for network interfaces connected to a trusted private network, or directly to your management computer. Failure to restrict administrative access through this protocol could compromise the security of your FortiMail unit. For information on further restricting access of administrative connections, see
“Configuring administrator accounts” on page 276
.
MTU
Configuring system settings Page 238 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Override default
MTU value (1500)
Description
Enable to change the maximum transmission unit (MTU) value, then enter the maximum packet or Ethernet frame size in bytes.
If network devices between the FortiMail unit and its traffic destinations require smaller or larger units of traffic, packets may require additional processing at each node in the network to fragment or defragment the units, resulting in reduced network performance. Adjusting the MTU to match your network can improve network performance.
The default value is 1500 bytes. The MTU size must be between
576 and 1500 bytes. Change this if you need a lower value; for example, RFC 2516 prescribes a value of 1492 for the PPPoE protocol.
Administrative status
Select either:
• Up: Enable (that is, bring up) the network interface so that it can send and receive traffic.
• Down: Disable (that is, bring down) the network interface so that it cannot send or receive traffic.
SMTP Proxy
When operating in transparent mode, the FortiMail unit can use either transparent proxies or an implicit relay to inspect SMTP connections. If connection pick-up is enabled for connections on that network interface, the FortiMail unit can scan and process the connection. If not enabled, the FortiMail unit can either block or permit the connection to pass through unmodified.
Exceptions to SMTP connections that can be proxied or relayed include SMTP connections destined for the FortiMail unit itself.
For those local connections, such as email messages from email users requesting deletion or release of their quarantined email, you must choose to either allow or block the connection.
For more information about FortiMail transparent mode proxy and
implicit STMP relay, see “Configuring proxies (transparent mode only)” on page 393
.
Note: When a FortiMail unit proxies or relays traffic, whether the email will be scanned or not depends on the policies you specify.
For more information about policies, see “Configuring policies” on page 427
.
Configuring system settings Page 239 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Incoming connections
Description
Select how the proxy or built-in MTA will handle SMTP connections for that interface that are incoming to the IP addresses of email servers belonging to a protected domain.
• Pass through: Permit connections but do not proxy or relay.
Because traffic is not proxied or relayed, no policies will be applied.
• Drop: Drop connections.
• Proxy: Proxy or relay connections. Once intercepted, policies determine any further scanning or logging actions. For more information, see
“Configuring policies” on page 427 .
Note: Depending on your network topology, you may want to verify that email is not being scanned twice. This could result if, due to mail routing, an email would travel through the FortiMail unit multiple times in order to reach its final destination, and you have selected Proxy more than once on this page. For an
example, see “Avoiding scanning email twice” on page 396 .
Outgoing connections
Select how the proxy or built-in MTA will handle SMTP connections for that interface that are outgoing to the IP addresses of email servers that are not a protected domain.
• Pass through: Permit connections but do not proxy or relay.
Because traffic is not proxied or relayed, no policies will be applied.
• Drop: Drop connections.
• Proxy: Proxy or relay connections. Once intercepted, policies determine any further scanning or logging actions. For more information, see
“Configuring policies” on page 427 .
Note: Depending on your network topology, you may want to verify that email is not being scanned twice. This could result if, due to mail routing, an email would travel through the FortiMail unit multiple times in order to reach its final destination, and you have selected Proxy more than once on this page. For an
example, see “Avoiding scanning email twice” on page 396 .
Local connections
elect how the FortiMail unit will handle SMTP connections on each network interface that are destined for the FortiMail unit itself, such as quarantine release or delete messages and
Bayesian training messages.
• Allow: SMTP connections will be allowed.
• Disallow: SMTP connections will be blocked.
To configure a non-bridging network interface
1. Go to System > Network > Interface.
Configuring system settings Page 240 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
2. Double-click the network interface to modify it or select the interface and click Edit.
port1 is required to be a member of the bridge and cannot be removed from it.
3. Enable Do not associate with management IP.
This option appears only when the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode and the network interface is not port1, which is required to be a member of the bridge.
4. In IP/Netmask, enter the IP address and netmask of the network interface.
5. Click OK.
Repeat this procedure for each network interface that is connected to an email server on a distinct subnet. When complete, configure static routes for those email servers. For details,
see “Configuring static routes”
.
Configuring link status monitoring
Link status monitoring enables the FortiMail unit to track the status of its interfaces and to bring an interface down or up based on the state of another associated interface.
Interface tracking
FortiMail units can process email before delivering it to your company’s internal mail server. In this configuration, mail comes from an external interface into the FortiMail unit. Then the mail is processed for spam, viruses and such. The mail is then forwarded over an internal interface to a company internal mail server for internal distribution.
For redundancy, companies can configure a secondary FortiMail unit that is connected to a secondary internal mail server. In this configuration the secondary FortiMail unit is normally not active with all mail going through the primary FortiMail unit. The secondary system is activated when the external interface on the primary FortiMail unit is unreachable. Mail is routed to the secondary system until the primary unit is can be reached and then the mail is delivered to the primary FortiMail unit once again. In this configuration the mail only goes to one FortiMail unit or the other - it is never divided between the two.
If the internal mail server becomes unreachable from the primary FortiMail unit's internal interface, the primary FortiMail unit needs to stop the incoming email or the email will continue to accumulate and not be delivered.
The FortiMail unit can track the status of the internal interface. When interface tracking sees the internal interface go down, it brings down the FortiMail external interface. This stops email from accumulating on the primary FortiMail unit. If your company has the redundant secondary
FortiMail unit configured, email can be routed to it until the primary FortiMail unit can be reached again. Interface tracking also brings the external interface up when the internal interface comes back up.
With interface tracking, you can set which interfaces are associated. You can also set how often interface tracking checks the status of the interfaces. This is the maximum delay before the interfaces associated with the downed interface are brought down as well.
Configuring Link Status propagation
The Propegate Link Status to Ports section of the Link Status screen shows any interfaces whose status is linked to this interface.
Configuring system settings Page 241 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Linking the state of an internal link to the external link prevents an accumulation of undeliverable mail from building up on the FortiMail unit when the internal link goes down.
To configure Link Status propagation
1. Go to System > Network > Link Monitor.
2. Enter the number of seconds between checks of the Link Status. If this is set to zero, the
Link Status will not propagate to the other ports.
3. Enter the number of seconds to delay after a link state operation before checking the status.
4. Under Link Status, select the interface you want to propagate the status from, then click Edit for the interface.
5. In the Link Status Settings popup window, specify the ports you want to propagate the status to by moving the ports from the left box to the right box.
6. Click OK to confirm your selections and return to the Link Status screen.
Configuring static routes
The System > Network > Routing tab displays a list of routes and lets you configure static routes and gateways used by the FortiMail unit.
Static routes direct traffic exiting the FortiMail unit. You can specify through which network interface a packet will leave, and the IP address of a next-hop router that is reachable from that network interface. The router is aware of which IP addresses are reachable through various network pathways, and can forward those packets along pathways capable of reaching the packets’ ultimate destinations.
A default route is a special type of static route. A default route matches all packets, and defines a gateway router that can receive and route packets if no other, more specific static route is defined for the packet’s destination IP address.
You should configure at least one static route, a default route, that points to your gateway.
However, you may configure multiple static routes if you have multiple gateway routers, each of which should receive packets destined for a different subset of IP addresses.
To determine which route a packet will be subject to, the FortiMail unit compares the packet’s destination IP address to those of the static routes and forward the packet to the route with the largest prefix match.
For example, if an SMTP server is directly attached to one of the network interfaces, but all other destinations, such as connecting clients, are located on distant networks such as the
Internet, you might need to add only one route: a default route for the gateway router through which the FortiMail unit connects to the Internet.
When you add a static route through the web UI, the FortiMail unit evaluates the route to determine if it represents a different route compared to any other route already present in the list of static routes. If no route having the same destination exists in the list of static routes, the
FortiMail unit adds the static route.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure static routes
1. Go to System > Network > Routing.
2. Either click New to add a route or double-click a route to modify it.
A dialog appears.
Configuring system settings Page 242 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. In Destination IP/netmask, enter the destination IP address and netmask of packets that will be subject to this static route.
To create a default route that will match all packets, enter 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0.
4. Select the interface that this route applies to.
5. In Gateway, type the IP address of the next-hop router to which the FortiMail unit will forward packets subject to this static route. This router must know how to route packets to the destination IP addresses that you have specified in Destination IP/netmask. For an Internet connection, the next hop routing gateway routes traffic to the Internet.
6. Click Create.
Configuring DNS
FortiMail units require DNS servers for features such as reverse DNS lookups, FortiGuard connectivity, and other aspects of email processing. Your ISP may supply IP addresses of DNS servers, or you may want to use the IP addresses of your own DNS servers.
If the FortiMail unit is operating in gateway mode, you must configure the MX record of the DNS server for each protected domain to direct all email to this FortiMail unit instead of the protected
SMTP servers. Failure to update the records of your DNS server may enable email to circumvent the FortiMail unit.
For improved FortiMail unit performance, use DNS servers on your local network.
Go to System > Network > DNS to configure the DNS servers that the FortiMail unit queries to resolve domain names into IP addresses.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
Configuring dynamic DNS
The System > Network > DDNS tab lets you configure the FortiMail unit to use a dynamic DNS
(DDNS) service.
If the FortiMail unit has a static domain name but a dynamic public IP address, you can use
DDNS to update DNS servers on the Internet when the public IP address for its fully qualified domain name (FQDN) changes. For information on setting a dynamic public IP address, see the
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
Configuring system settings Page 243 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To view and configure dynamic DNS accounts
1. Go to System > Network > DDNS.
GUI item
Server
Description
Displays the name of your DDNS service provider.
User Name
Displays your user name for the DDNS service provider.
Host/Domain Name
A public host name or fully qualified domain name (FQDN) that should resolve to the public IP address of the FortiMail unit.
Its public DNS records are updated by the DDNS service provider when the FortiMail unit sends its current public IP address. As such, it might not be the same as the host name and local domain name that you configured in
network.
Update Time
Displays the interval in hours that the FortiMail unit waits between contacts to the DDNS service provider.
2. If you have not yet configured the dynamic DNS account that the FortiMail unit will use when it connects to the DDNS service provider, click New.
A dialog appears.
GUI item
Server
User name
Password
Update time
Description
Select a DDNS service provider to which the FortiMail unit will send DDNS updates.
Enter the user name of your account with the DDNS service provider. The FortiMail unit will provide this to authenticate itself with the service when sending updates.
Enter the password for the DDNS user name.
Enter the interval in hours between each time that the FortiMail unit will query the DDNS service provider’s IP detection page if
“IP mode” on page 245 is Auto detect.
Caution: Do not exceed the recommended frequency published by your DDNS service provider. Some DDNS service providers consider excessive connections to be abusive, and may ignore further queries from the FortiMail unit.
3. Click Create.
4. The tab returns to the list of dynamic DNS accounts, which should now include your new account.
5. Double-click the row corresponding to the new DDNS account.
The Host/Domain Name Setting area is now visible.
6. In the Host/Domain Name Setting area, click Create New, or, to modify an existing host/domain name, select its row and click Edit.
A dialog appears.
7. Configure the following:
Configuring system settings Page 244 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Server
Status
Host name
IP mode
Type
Description
Displays the dynamic DNS service provider of this account.
Enable to update the DDNS service provider when the FortiMail unit’s public IP address changes.
Disable to notify the DDNS service provider that this FQDN should use its offline redirect, if you configured any. If the FortiMail unit’s public IP address changes, it will not notify the DDNS service provider.
Enter the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) whose records the DDNS provider should update.
Select which of the following ways the FortiMail unit should use to determine its current publicly routable IP address.
• Auto detect: Periodically query the DDNS service provider’s IP address detection web page to see if the FortiMail unit’s public IP address has changed. The IP detection web page returns the apparent source IP address of the query. If this IP address has changed, the FortiMail unit then sends an update request to the DDNS service provider, causing it to update DNS records for the FQDN in “Host name” on page 245 .
This option is the most common choice. To configure the interval of
DDNS IP detection queries, see “Update time” on page 244 .
Note: If this query occurs through a NAT device such as a router or firewall, its apparent source IP address will not be the private network IP address of any of the FortiMail unit’s network interfaces. Instead, it will be the IP address of the NAT device’s externally facing network interface.
For example, a public virtual IP (VIP) on a FortiGate unit in NAT mode might be used to route email from the Internet to a FortiMail unit. DDNS updates are also routed out from the VIP to the DDNS service provider on the Internet. From the DDNS service provider’s perspective, the DDNS update connection appears to come from the VIP, and therefore it updates the DNS records with the IP address of the VIP. The DDNS service provider does not know the private network address of the FortiMail unit.
• Bind interface: Use the current IP address of one of the FortiMail unit’s network interfaces. Choose this option only if the network interface has an IP address that is routable from the Internet — that is, it is not an
RFC 1918 private network address.
• Static IP: Use an IP address that you configure. You must manually update the accompanying field if the FortiMail unit’s public IP address changes.
Select one of the following:
• dynamic (this is the default)
• static
• custom
To verify your DDNS configuration and connectivity, do not query DNS servers: depending on DNS caching, record propagation, and other effects, DNS queries may not be able to determine whether the update actually reached your DDNS service provider.
Instead, log in to your DDNS service provider account and verify whether its host records have been updated. You can also view the FortiMail event log. Log messages such as this
Configuring system settings Page 245 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
indicate DDNS update failure:
DDNS daemon failed on update members.dyndns.org, domain fortimail.example.com, next try at 1251752285\n
Configuring port forwarding
FortiMail port forwarding allows remote computers, for example, computers on the Internet, to connect to a specific computer or service within a private local area network (LAN). Port
Forwarding is useful when FortiMail is deployed as a gateway and you want external users to access an internal server via FortiMail.
For example, FortiMail port1 is connected to the Internet and its IP address 192.168.37.4, port
7000, is mapped to 10.10.10.42, port 8000, on a private network. Attempts to communicate with 192.168.37.4, port 7000, from the Internet are translated and sent to 10.10.10.42, port
8000, by the FortiMail unit. The computers on the Internet are unaware of this translation and see a single computer at 192.168.37.4, port 7000, rather than the 10.10.10.42 network behind the FortiMail unit.
To view and configure port forwarding rules
1. Go to System > Network > Port Forwarding.
GUI item
ID
Protocol
Host IP
Description
Displays the ID number assigned by the FortiMail unit.
Displays the type of protocol.
Displays the mapped IP address.
Host Port
Displays the assigned port number on the host computer.
Destination IP
Displays the IP address being mapped to the host.
Destination Port Displays the assigned port number of the destination computer.
2. Select New to configure a new forwarding rule or double-click a rule to modify it.
A dialog appears.
3. In Protocol, specify the protocol that the rule will apply to: TCP, UDP, or Both.
4. In Host IP and Port, enter the IP address and port number that will be mapped. In most cases, they are the IP address and port of the receiving FortiMail interface. In the above example, they are 192.168.37.4 and 7000.
5. In Destination IP and Port, enter the IP address and port number that will be mapped to. In most cases, they are the IP address and port of the system behind the FortiMail unit. In the above example, they are 10.10.10.42 and 8000.
6. Click Create.
Configuring system time, configuration options, SNMP, and
FortiSandbox
The System > Configuration submenu lets you configure the system time, various global settings (such as idle timeout) of the web UI, SNMP access, and FortiSandbox.
Configuring system settings Page 246 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
This topic includes:
•
•
•
Configuring SNMP queries and traps
•
Configuring the time and date
Go to System > Configuration > Time to configure the system time and date of the FortiMail unit.
You can either manually set the FortiMail system time or configure the FortiMail unit to automatically keep its system time correct by synchronizing with Network Time Protocol (NTP) servers.
For many features to work, including scheduling, logging, and certificate-dependent features, the FortiMail system time must be accurate.
FortiMail units support daylight savings time (DST), including recent changes in the USA,
Canada and Western Australia.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
Configuring system options
The System > Configuration > Options tab lets you set the following global settings:
• system idle timeout
• LCD panel and button access restriction (for the models that have front LCD panel and control buttons)
• login disclaimer
• password enforcement policy
• administration ports on the interfaces
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
Configuring system settings Page 247 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To view and configure the system options
1. Go to System > Configuration > Options.
2. Configure the following:
GUI item
Idle timeout
Description
Enter the amount of time that an administrator may be inactive before the FortiMail unit automatically logs out the administrator.
Note: For better security, use a low idle timeout value.
LCD Panel (models with
LCD panels)
PIN Protection Enable to require administrators to first enter the PIN before using the LCD display panel and control buttons on the FortiMail unit, then enter the 6-digit PIN number.
This option appears only on FortiMail models whose hardware includes an LCD panel.
Caution: For better security, always configure an LCD PIN; otherwise, anyone with physical access can reconfigure the unit.
Login Disclaimer
Settings
The disclaimer message appears when an administrator or user logs in to the FortiMail unit web-based manager, the FortiMail
Webmail, or the FortiMail unit to view the IBE encrypted email.
You can use the default disclaimer text or customize it.
Login disclaimer
Reset To
Default
(button)
If you have customized the disclaimer text but want to use the default text, select this button.
Apply to login page
Admin: Select to display the disclaimer message when the administrator logs in to the FortiMail unit web-based manager.
Webmail: Select to display the disclaimer message when the user logs into the FortiMail Webmail.
IBE: Select to display the disclaimer message when the user logs into the FortiMail unit to view the IBE encrypted email.
Password Policy
Displays the password policy for administrators, FortiMail
Webmail users, and IBE encrypted email users.
Enable
Minimum password length
Select to enable the password policy.
Set the minimum acceptable length (8) for passwords.
Configuring system settings Page 248 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Password must contain
Apply password policy to
Administration Ports
Description
Select any of the following special character types to require in a password. Each selected type must occur at least once in the password.
Uppercase letters — A, B, C, ... Z
Lowercase letters — a, b, c, ... z
Number — 0 ... 9
Non alphanumeric character — punctuation marks, @,#, ... %
Select where to apply the password policy:
Administrators — Apply to administrator passwords. If any password does not conform to the policy, require that administrator to change the password at the next login.
Local mail users — Apply to FortiMail webmail users’ passwords.
If any password does not conform to the policy, require that user to change the password at the next login.
IBE users — Apply to the passwords of the users who access the
FortiMail unit to view IBE encrypted email. If any password does not conform to the policy, require that user to change the password at the next login.
Specify the TCP ports for administrative access on all interfaces.
Default port numbers:
• HTTP: 80
• HTTPS: 443
• SSH: 22
• TELNET: 23
Configuring SNMP queries and traps
Go to System > Configuration > SNMP to configure SNMP to monitor FortiMail system events and thresholds, or a high availability (HA) cluster for failover messages.
You can also use SNMP to monitor some models which have monitored power supplies and
RAID controllers. When a monitored power supply or a RAID controller is removed or added, the
FortiMail unit will send configured notification for those events by log messages, alert email messages, and/or SNMP traps.
To monitor FortiMail system information and receive FortiMail traps, you must compile Fortinet proprietary MIBs as well as Fortinet-supported standard MIBs into your SNMP manager. RFC support includes support for most of RFC 2665 (Ethernet-like MIB) and most of RFC 1213 (MIB
II). For more information, see
“FortiMail MIBs” on page 254 . For information on HA-specific MIB
and trap MIB fields, see “Getting HA information using SNMP” on page 293
.
The FortiMail SNMP implementation is read-only. SNMP v1, v2c, and v3 compliant SNMP managers have read-only access to FortiMail system information and can receive FortiMail traps.
The FortiMail SNMP v3 implementation includes support for queries, traps, authentication, and privacy. Before you can use its SNMP queries, you must enable SNMP access on the network
Configuring system settings Page 249 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
interfaces that SNMP managers will use to access the FortiMail unit. For more information, see
“Editing network interfaces” on page 233 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
This section includes:
•
•
Configuring an SNMP v1 and v2c community
•
Configuring an SNMP threshold
Configure under what circumstances an event is triggered.
To set SNMP thresholds
1. Go System > Configuration > SNMP.
2. Click the arrow to expand the SNMP Threshold area.
3. Configure the following:
GUI item
SNMP agent enable
Description
Location
Description
Enable to activate the FortiMail SNMP agent. This must be enabled to accept queries from SNMP managers or send traps from the FortiMail unit.
Enter a descriptive name for the FortiMail unit.
Enter the location of the FortiMail unit.
Contact
Enter administrator contact information.
SNMP Threshold
To change a value in the four editable columns, select the value in any row. It becomes editable. Change the value and click outside of the field. A red triangle appears in the field’s corner and remains until you click Apply.
Displays the type of trap, such as CPU Usage.
Trap Type
Trigger
You can enter either the percent of the resource in use or the number of times the trigger level must be reached before it is triggered.
For example, using the default value, if the mailbox disk is 90% or more full, it will trigger.
Threshold
Sets the number of triggers that will result in an SNMP trap.
For example, if the CPU level exceeds the set trigger percentage once before returning to a lower level, and the threshold is set to more than one, an SNMP trap will not be generated until that minimum number of triggers occurs during the sample period.
Configuring system settings Page 250 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Sample
Period(s)
Description
Sets the time period in seconds during which the FortiMail unit SNMP agent counts the number of triggers that occurred.
This value should not be less than the Sample Freq(s) value.
Sample
Freq(s)
Community
Name
Sets the interval in seconds between measurements of the trap condition. You will not receive traps faster than this rate, depending on the selected sample period.
This value should be less than the Sample Period(s) value.
Displays the list of SNMP communities (for SNMP v1 and v2c) added to the FortiMail configuration. For information on configuring a
community, see either “Configuring an SNMP v1 and v2c community”
or
“Configuring an SNMP v3 user” on page 252 .
Displays the name of the SNMP community. The SNMP Manager must be configured with this name.
A green check mark icon indicates that the community is enabled.
A green check mark icon indicates that queries are enabled.
User
Status
Queries
Traps
Name
A green check mark icon indicates that traps are enabled.
Displays the list of SNMP v3 users added to the FortiMail configuration. For information on configuring a v3 user, see
“Configuring an SNMP v3 user” on page 252 .
Displays the name of the SNMP v3 user. The SNMP Manager must be configured with this name.
Status
Queries
A green check mark icon indicates that the user is enabled.
A green check mark icon indicates that queries are enabled.
Traps
A green check mark icon indicates that traps are enabled.
Security level
Displays the security level.
Configuring an SNMP v1 and v2c community
An SNMP community is a grouping of equipment for SNMP-based network administration purposes. You can add up to three SNMP communities so that SNMP managers can connect to the FortiMail unit to view system information and receive SNMP traps. You can configure each community differently for SNMP traps and to monitor different events. You can add the IP addresses of up to eight SNMP managers to each community.
To configure an SNMP community
1. Go to System > Configuration > SNMP.
2. Under Community, click New to add a community or select a community and click Edit.
The SNMP Community page appears.
3. Configure the following:
Configuring system settings Page 251 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Name
Enable
Community
Hosts
Lists SNMP managers that can use the settings in this SNMP community to monitor the FortiMail unit. Click Create to create a new entry.
You can add up to 16 hosts.
IP Address Enter the IP address of an SNMP manager. By default, the IP address is
0.0.0.0, so that any SNMP manager can use this SNMP community.
Delete
(button)
Click to remove this SNMP manager.
Create
(button)
Queries
Description
Enter a name to identify the SNMP community. If you are editing an existing community, you cannot change the name.
You can add up to 16 communities.
Enable to send traps to and allow queries from the community’s SNMP managers.
Traps
SNMP Event
Click to add a new default entry to the Hosts list that you can edit as needed.
Enter the Port number (161 by default) that the SNMP managers in this community use for SNMP v1 and SNMP v2c queries to receive configuration information from the FortiMail unit. Mark the Enable check box to activate queries for each SNMP version.
Enter the Local Port and Remote Port numbers (162 local, 162 remote by default) that the FortiMail unit uses to send SNMP v1 and SNMP v2c traps to the SNMP managers in this community. Enable traps for each
SNMP version that the SNMP managers use.
Enable each SNMP event for which the FortiMail unit should send traps to the SNMP managers in this community.
Note: Since FortiMail checks its status in a scheduled interval, not all the events will trigger traps. For example, FortiMail checks its hardware status every 60 seconds. This means that if the power is off for a few seconds but is back on before the next status check, no system event trap will be sent.
Configuring an SNMP v3 user
SNMP v3 adds more security by using authentication and privacy encryption. You can specify an SNMP v3 user on FortiMail so that SNMP managers can connect to the FortiMail unit to view system information and receive SNMP traps.
To configure an SNMP v3 user
1. Go to System > Configuration > SNMP.
2. Under Users, click New to add a user or select a user and click Edit.
The SNMPv3 User page appears.
You can add up to 16 users.
3. Configure the following:
Configuring system settings Page 252 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
User name
Description
Enter a name to identify the SNMP user. If you are editing an existing user, you cannot change the name.
Enable
Enable to send traps to and allow queries from the user’s SNMP managers.
Security level
Choose one of the three security levels:
• No authentication, no privacy: This option is similar to SNMP v1 and v2.
• Authentication, no privacy: This option enables authentication only.
The SNMP manager needs to supply a password that matches the password you specify on FortiMail. You must also specify the authentication protocol (either SHA1 or MD5).
• Authentication, privacy: This option enables both authentication and encryption. You must specify the protocols and passwords. Both the protocols and passwords on the SNMP manager and FortiMail must match.
Authenticatio n Protocol
For Security level, if you select either Authentication option, you must specify the authentication protocol and password. Both the authentication protocol and password on the SNMP manager and
FortiMail must match.
Privacy protocol
For Security level, if you select Privacy, you must specify the encryption protocol and password. Both the encryption protocol and password on the SNMP manager and FortiMail must match.
Notification
Hosts
Delete
(button)
Lists the SNMP managers that FortiMail will send traps to. Click Create to create a new entry. You can add up to 16 host.
IP Address Enter the IP address of an SNMP manager. By default, the IP address is
0.0.0.0, so that any SNMP manager can use this SNMP user.
Click to remove this SNMP manager.
Create
(button)
Queries
Click to add a new default entry to the Hosts list that you can edit as needed.
Enter the Port number (161 by default) that the SNMP managers use for
SNMP v3 queries to receive configuration information from the FortiMail unit. Select the Enable check box to activate queries.
Configuring system settings Page 253 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Traps
SNMP Event
Description
Enter the Local Port and Remote Port numbers (162 local, 162 remote by default) that the FortiMail unit uses to send SNMP v3 traps to the SNMP managers. Select the Enable check box to activate traps.
Enable each SNMP event for which the FortiMail unit should send traps to the SNMP managers.
Note: Since FortiMail checks its status in a scheduled interval, not all the events will trigger traps. For example, FortiMail checks its hardware status every 60 seconds. This means that if the power is off for a few seconds but is back on before the next status check, no system event trap will be sent.
FortiMail MIBs
The FortiMail SNMP agent supports Fortinet proprietary MIBs as well as standard RFC 1213 and RFC 2665 MIBs. RFC support includes support for the parts of RFC 2665 (Ethernet-like
MIB) and the parts of RFC 1213 (MIB II) that apply to FortiMail unit configuration.
The FortiMail MIBs are listed in
Table 19 . You can obtain these MIB files from Fortinet technical
support. To communicate with the SNMP agent, you must compile these MIBs into your SNMP manager.
Your SNMP manager may already include standard and private MIBs in a compiled database that is ready to use. You must add the Fortinet proprietary MIB to this database. If the standard
MIBs used by the Fortinet SNMP agent are already compiled into your SNMP manager you do not have to compile them again.
Table 19:FortiMail MIBs
MIB file name fortimail.mib
fortimail.trap.mib
Description
Displays the proprietary Fortinet MIB includes detailed FortiMail system configuration information. Your SNMP manager requires this information to monitor FortiMail configuration settings. For more information, see
Displays the proprietary Fortinet trap MIB includes FortiMail trap information. Your SNMP manager requires this information to receive traps from the FortiMail SNMP agent. For more information, see
“FortiMail traps” on page 254 .
FortiMail traps
The FortiMail unit’s SNMP agent can send traps to SNMP managers that you have added to
SNMP communities. To receive traps, you must load and compile the FortMail trap MIB into the
SNMP manager.
All traps sent include the trap message as well as the FortiMail unit serial number and host name.
Trap fmlTrapCpuHighThreshold fmlTrapMemLowThreshold
Configuring system settings
Description
Trap sent if CPU usage becomes too high.
Trap sent if memory usage becomes too high.
Page 254 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Trap fmlTrapLogDiskHighThreshold fmlTrapMailDiskHighThreshold
Description
Trap sent if log disk usage becomes too high.
Trap sent if mailbox disk usage becomes too high.
fmlTrapMailDeferredQueueHighThres hold
Trap sent if the number of deferred email messages becomes too great.
fmlTrapAvThresholdEvent fmlTrapSpamThresholdEvent
Trap sent when the number of detected viruses reaches the threshold.
Trap sent when the number of spam email messages reaches the threshold.
fmlTrapSystemEvent fmlTrapRAIDEvent fmlTrapHAEvent fmlTrapArchiveEvent fmlTrapIpChange
Trap sent when system shuts down, reboots, upgrades, etc.
Trap sent for RAID operations.
Trap sent when an HA event occurs.
Trap sent when remote archive event occurs.
Trap sent when the IP address of the specified interface has been changed.
MIB fields
The Fortinet MIB contains fields reporting current FortiMail unit status information. The tables below list the names of the MIB fields and describe the status information available for each.
You can view more details about the information available from all Fortinet MIB fields by compiling the MIB file into your SNMP manager and browsing the MIB fields.
Configuring system settings Page 255 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 20: MIB fields
MIB field fmlSysModel fmlSysSerial fmlSysVersion fmlSysVersionAv fmlSysOpMode
Description
FortiMail model number, such as 400 for the FortiMail-400.
FortiMail unit serial number.
The firmware version currently running on the FortiMail unit.
The antivirus definition version installed on the FortiMail unit.
The operation mode (gateway, transparent, or server) of the FortiMail unit.
fmlSysCpuUsage fmlSysMemUsage
The current CPU usage (%).
The current memory utilization (%).
fmlSysLogDiskUsage The log disk usage (%).
fmlSysMailDiskUsage The mail disk usage (%).
fmlSysSesCount fmlSysEventCode fmlRAIDCode fmlRAIDDevName
The current IP session count.
System component events.
RAID system events.
RAID device name.
fmlHAEventId fmlHAUnitIp
HA event type ID.
Unit IP address where the event occurs.
fmlHAEventReason
The reason for the HA event.
fmlArchiveServerIp
IP address of the remote Archive Server.
fmlArchiveFilename
Archive mail file name.
Table 21:System options MIB field
MIB field Description
fmlSysOptIdleTimeout Idle period after which the administrator is automatically logged out off the system.
fmlSysOptAuthTimeout Authentication idle timeout value.
fmlSysOptsLan
Web administration language.
fmlSysOptsLcdProt
Whether LCD control buttons protection is enabled or disabled.
Configuring system settings Page 256 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 22:System session MIB fields
MIB field fmlIpSessTable fmlIpSessEntry fmlIpSessIndex
Description
FortiMail IP sessions table.
Particular IP session information.
An index value that uniquely identifies an IP session.
fmlIpSessProto
The protocol of the connection.
fmlIpSessFromAddr The session source IP address,
fmlIpSessFromPort The session source port number.
fmlIpSessToAddr
The session destination IP address.
fmlIpSessToPort fmlIpSessExp
The session destination port number.
Time (in seconds) until the session expires.
Table 23: Mail options MIB fields
MIB field Description fmlMailOptionsDeferQueu e
The current number of deferred email messages.
Adding a FortiSandbox unit
The FortiSandbox unit is used for automated sample tracking, or sandboxing. You can send suspicious email attachments, such as executibles, PDF and OCX files, to FortiSandbox for inspection when you configure antivirus profiles (see
is created and added to the FortiGuard antivirus signature database. For more information about FortiSandbox, please visit Fortinet’s web site at http://www.fortinet.com.
To add a FortiSandbox unit
1. Go to System > Configuration > FortiSandbox.
2. Enable the FortiSandbox.
3. Enter the FortiSandbox host name or IP address. The port to use is 514. If you have a firewall in between FortiMail and FortiSandbox, make this port is allowed.
4. For Statistics interval, specify how long FortiMail should wait to retrieve some high level statistics from FortiSandbox. The default interval is 5 minutes. The statistics include how many malwares are detected and how many files are clean among all the files submitted.
Configuring system settings Page 257 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Customizing GUI, replacement messages and email templates
This section contains the following topics:
•
Customizing the GUI appearance
•
Customizing replacement messages
•
Customizing the GUI appearance
The System > Customization > Appearance tab lets you customize the default appearance of the web-based manager, per-recipient quarantine, and webmail pages with your own product name, product logo, and corporate logo.
You can customize the webmail interface language. If your preferred language is not currently installed, you can add it. You can also adjust the terms in existing language files. This can be useful for localizing terms within a language. For example, you could adjust the English language file to use spellings and terms specific to the locale of the United Kingdom, Australia, or the USA if your email users are most familiar with terminologies popular in those areas.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To customize the GUI appearance
1. Go to System > Customization > Appearance.
2. Click the arrow to expand Administration Interface and Webmail interface.
3. Configure the following to change appearance:
GUI item
Description
Administration Interface section
Product name
Product icon
Enter the name of the product. This name will precede
Administrator Login in the title on the login page of the web UI.
Select Change to upload an icon that will be used as the favicon of the FortiMail web UI. The default icon is the Fortinet company icon.
Top logo
Select Change to upload a graphic that will appear at the top of all pages in the web UI. The image’s dimensions must be 460 pixels wide by 36 pixels tall.
For best results, use an image with a transparent background.
Non-transparent backgrounds will not blend with the underlying theme graphic, resulting in a visible rectangle around your logo graphic.
Note: Uploading a graphic overwrites the current graphic. The
FortiMail unit does not retain previous or default graphics. If you want to revert to the current graphic, use your web browser to save a backup copy of the image to your management computer, enabling you to upload it again at a later time.
Configuring system settings Page 258 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Description
Default language
Select the default language for the display of the web-based manager.
You can configure a separate language preference for each administrator account. For details, see
“Configuring administrator accounts” on page 276 .
Webmail interface section
Webmail login
Enter a word or phrase that will appears on top of the webmail login page, such as Webmail Login.
Login user name hint
Enter a hint for the user name, such as Your Email Address. This hint will appear as a mouse-over display on the login name field.
Webmail theme
Allow user to change theme
Select a theme for the webmail GUI.
If selected, the webmail users will be able to customize the theme by themselves.
Show online help link
If selected, the Help button will appear on the webmail interface.
The default help contents are provided by Fortinet.
If you want to use your own organization’s help contents, you can enable this option and enter the online help URL in the below field.
Custom online help URL
Enter the URL if you want to use your own online help file, instead of the default one that comes with FortiMail.
Webmail language Select the language in which webmail pages will be displayed. By default, the FortiMail unit will use the same language as the web
UI. For web UI language settings, see
“Configuring system options” on page 247 .
Webmail language customization
Displays the list of languages installed on the FortiMail unit in
English and in their own language.
• Create: Click to add a new language to the list. See
“To add a custom language” on page 260 .
• Download: Select a language in the list, then click this button to download the language’s resource file for that language.
You can then edit the resource files using an XML editor that supports UTF-8.
• Upload: Select a language in the list, then click this button to update the language’s resource file for this language from your management computer to the FortiMail unit. In addition to uploading new language resource files, you can also use this button to update existing languages.
• Delete: Select a language in the list, then click this button to remove the language. This option is available only for non-default languages.
Configuring system settings Page 259 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Web mail top logo Click Change to upload a graphic that will appear at the top of all webmail pages. The image’s dimensions must be 314 pixels wide by 36 pixels tall.
Note:
Uploading a graphic overwrites the current graphic. The
FortiMail unit does not retain previous or default graphics. If you want to revert to the current graphic, use your web browser to save a backup copy of the image to your management computer, enabling you to upload it again at a later time.
Custom login
Description
Select this option then upload your own login page image to create a custom login page.
4. Click Apply to save changes or Reset to return to the default settings.
To add a custom language
1. Go to System > Customization > Appearance.
2. Click the arrow to expand Webmail interface.
3. Underneath the list of language customizations, in Language name in English, enter the name for the new language using English and US-ASCII encoding, such as Welsh.
4. In Language name, enter the name for the language using its own characters and UTF-8 encoding.
5. Click Create.
The new language appears at the bottom of the webmail languages list.
6. Select the new language’s row.
7. Click Download and select Download login page resource file from the pop-up menu.
8. Click Download again and select Download webmail resource file.
Your web browser downloads both files.
9. Open both files in an XML editor or plain text editor that supports UTF-8 encoding.
10.For each value in the resource files, translate the word or phrase that is surrounded by double quotes ( " ). It will appear in the location indicated by the key’s name.
For example:
<resource key="report_spam" value="Report Spam"/> indicates by key="report_spam" that the text is a label for the button that corrects the
Bayesian scanner when it has not recognized an email that is spam. You could replace the contents of value (that is, Report Spam) with any text in your language that indicates the button’s function.
11.Save both files.
12.Return to the web UI.
13.Select the new language’s row.
14.Click Upload and select Upload login page resource file from the pop-up menu. Choose the login page resource file that you translated, then click OK.
15.Click Upload again and select Upload webmail resource file from the pop-up menu. Choose the login page resource file that you translated, then click OK.
16.Click Apply.
To verify your language, log in to FortiMail webmail and review the text that appears on each button, field, and menu item. If the characters appear garbled, verify that your web browser is interpreting the web page using the correct encoding.
Configuring system settings Page 260 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Customizing replacement messages
Go to System > Customization > Custom Messages to view and reword replacement messages.
When the FortiMail unit detects a virus in an email attachment, it replaces the attachment with a message that provides information about the virus and source of the email.
All the disclaimers, replacement messages, and IBE login page are customizable. When you create email template on the System > Customization > Custom Email Template tab, you can use many of the replacement messages.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
Viewing the replacement messages list
To view the replacement message list, go to System > Customization > Custom Message.
The message list organizes replacement messages into a number of types (for example,
System, Reject, and so on). Use the expand arrow beside each type to display the replacement messages for that category. Double-click each replacement message to customize that message for your requirements.
You can reword existing messages or create new ones.
Modifying replacement messages
You can modify the text and HTML code within a replacement message to suite your requirements.
You can change the content of the replacement message by editing the text and HTML codes and by working with replacement message variables. For descriptions of the default replacement message variables, see “Default replacement message variables” on page 263 .
All message groups can be edited to change text, or add text and variables.
To customize text replacement messages
1. Go to System > Customization > Custom Message.
2. To edit a message, double-click it or select it and click Edit.
3. In the Content area, enter the replacement message.
Some messages include a Subject and From area. You can edit their content too and add variables.
4. There is a limit of 4000 characters for each replacement message.
5. If custom variables exist, you can add them to the text. To do so:
• Select Insert Variables. A pop-up window appears.
• Place your mouse cursor in the text message at the insertion point for the variable.
• Click the name of the variable to add. It appears at the insertion point.
• Click the Close (X) icon to close the window.
If no custom variables exist, the Insert Variables link does not appear. Some message types
include predefined variables. You can create variables. See “Creating variables” on page 262
.
6. Click OK, or click Reset To Default to revert the replacement message to its default text
Configuring system settings Page 261 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Creating variables
In addition to the predefined variables, you can create new ones to customize replacement messages and email templates. Typically, these variables represent messages that you will use frequently. You can modify the variables that you create, but you cannot edit or delete the predefined variables.
To create a new variable
1. To create new variables to be used in custom messages, go to System > Customization >
Custom Message. To create new variables to be used in email templates, go to System >
Customization > Custom Email Template
Figure 78:Custom Messages tab
2. Select a replacement message or email template where you want to add a new variable, and click Edit Variable.
The Edit Variable page appears.
Figure 79:Edit Variable page
3. .Click New.
A dialog appears.
Configuring system settings Page 262 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 80:Variable Edit dialog
4. Configure the following:
• In Name, enter the variable name to use in the replacement message. Its format is:
%%<variable_name>%%
. For example, if you enter the word virus, this variable will appear as %%virus%% in the replacement message if you select to insert it. This is usually a simple and short form for a variable.
• In Display Name, enter words to describe the variable. For example, use virus name for the variable virus. The display name appears in the variable list when you select Insert
Variables while customizing a message or creating a variable.
• In Content, enter the variable’s content. Click Insert Variables to include any other existing variables, if needed. For example, you may enter
The file %%FILE%% is infected with the virus %%VIRUS%%, and has been deleted where %%FILE%% is the file name and %%VIRUS%% provides the virus name.
To add a color code, use HTML tags, such as <tr bgcolor="#3366ff">. You can select a color code, such as "#3366ff" in the HTML tag, from the color palette after selecting Insert Color Code.
5. Click Create.
Table 24: Default replacement message variables
Variable
%%FILE%%
%%VIRUS%%
%%FILE%%
Description
The name of the file that is infected with a virus.
The name of the virus that has infected the file.
The name of the file that was removed from the email.
Found under
System > Customization >
Custom Message >
Replacement > Virus message
System > Customization >
Custom Message >
Replacement > Suspicious message
Configuring system settings Page 263 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 24: Default replacement message variables (continued)
Variable
%%QMSG_FROM%%
Description Found under
%%MESSAGE_ID%%
The ID of the quarantined email.
System > Customization >
Custom Email Template >
%%QMSG_EMAIL_DELETE%%
Under email actions in the
Report > Quarantine quarantine summary, the Delete summary link that, if being clicked, sends an email request to delete the quarantined message.
The email address of the sender of the quarantined email
%%QMSG_WEB_DELETE%%
%%QUARANTINE_FROM%%
Under web actions in the quarantine summary, the Delete link that, if being clicked, sends a
HTTP or HTTPS request to delete the quarantined message.
The start time of the quarantine summary.
Configuring system settings Page 264 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 24: Default replacement message variables (continued)
Variable
%%QUARANTINE_TO%%
Description
The end time of the quarantine summary.
%%SPAM_DELETE_ALL_EMA
IL%%
Under email actions in the quarantine summary, the Click
Here link that, if being clicked, sends an email to delete all quarantined messages.
%%SPAM_DELETE_ALL_URL
%%
Under spam web actions in the quarantine summary, the Click
Here link that, if being clicked, sends a HTTP or HTTPS request to delete all quarantined messages.
Found under
System > Customization >
Custom Email Template >
Report > Quarantine summary
%%SPAM_DELETE_SUBJECT
%%
The subject of the email that is sent to delete a quarantined message when you click Delete under email actions in the quarantine summary.
%%SPAM_RELEASE_EMAIL%
%
The email address, such as [email protected]
, used to release an email from the recipient’s personal quarantine.
For details, see
“Configuring the quarantine control accounts” on page 580
.
%%QMSG_DATE%%
The date and time when a message was quarantined.
%%QMSG_EMAIL_RELEASE%
%
Under email actions in the quarantine summary, the Release link that, if being clicked, sends an email to have a quarantined message sent to you.
%%QMSG_SUBJECT%%
The subject of a quarantined message.
%%QMSG_WEB_RELEASE%%
Under web actions in the quarantine summary, the Release link that, if being clicked, releases the message to your inbox.
%%QUARANTINE_MESSAGES
_
COUNT%%
The number of quarantined messages in this summary.
Configuring system settings Page 265 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 24: Default replacement message variables (continued)
Variable Description Found under
%%SPAMREPORT_SENDER%%
The email address, such as release-ctrl-svr@example.
com
, used to send quarantine summaries.
System > Customization >
Custom Email Template >
Report > Quarantine summary
%%SPAM_DELETE_ALL_
SUBJECT%%
The subject of the email that is sent to delete all quarantined messages when you select Click
Here under email actions in the quarantine summary.
%%SPAM_DELETE_EMAIL%%
The email address, such as [email protected]
, used to delete an email from the recipient’s personal quarantine.
For details, see
“Configuring the quarantine control accounts” on page 580
.
%%SPAM_PREFERENCE%%
%%SPAM_RELEASE_
SUBJECT%%
%%SERVICE_NAME%%
The Click Here link under Other in the quarantine summary that, if being clicked, opens your entire quarantine inbox for you to manage your preferences.
The subject of the email that is sent to release a quarantined message when you click Release under email actions in the quarantine summary.
Copyright information of the secure message.
System > Customization >
Custom Message > Secure message > Secure message footer
%%SERVICE_NAME%%
%%ADMIN_SENDER%%
%%LAST_NAME%%
%%MONTH%%
%%TIME%%
The From, To, and Subject lines of the secure message.
System > Customization >
Custom Message > Secure message > Secure message header
The sender’s address of this notification email.
The last name of the notification receiver.
System > Customization >
Custom Email Template >
Secure message > Account reset notification
The month when the link in the notification to reset the account will expire.
The time when the link in the notification to reset the account will expire.
Configuring system settings Page 266 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 24: Default replacement message variables (continued)
Variable
%%DAY%%
%%LINK_URI%%
%%SERVICE_NAME%%
%%YEAR%%
%%ADMIN_SENDER%%
%%LAST_NAME%%
%%RECIPIENT%%
%%YEAR%%
%%DAY%%
%%MONTH%%
%%SERVICE_NAME%%
%%DAY%%
%%LAST_NAME%%
%%MONTH%%
%%TIME%%
%%URI_HELP%%
%%FIRST_NAME%%
Description Found under
The day when the link in the notification to reset the account will expire.
The link in the notification that you can click to complete the account reset.
System > Customization >
Custom Email Template >
Secure message > Account reset notification
Signature of the notification.
The year when the link in the notification to reset the account will expire.
The sender’s address of this notification email.
The last name of the notification recipient.
The email address of the notification recipient.
The year when the notification was sent.
The day when the notification was sent.
The month when the notification was sent.
Signature of the notification.
The day when the link in the notification to reset the password will expire.
System > Customization >
Custom Email Template >
Secure message >
Password reset notification
The last name of the notification recipient.
The month when the link in the notification to reset the password will expire.
The time when the link in the notification to reset the password will expire.
The Help link in the notification about secure email.
The first name of the notification recipient.
Configuring system settings Page 267 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 24: Default replacement message variables (continued)
Variable
%%LINK_URI%%
%%SERVICE_NAME%%
%%URI_ABOUT%%
%%YEAR%%
%%ADMIN_SENDER%%
%%LAST_NAME%%
%%RECIPIENT%%
%%YEAR%%
%%DAY%%
%%MONTH%%
%%SERVICE_NAME%%
%%ADMIN_SENDER%%
%%SEMAIL_SUBJECT%%
%%URI_HELP%%
%%LINK_URI%%
%%URI_ABOUT%%
%%ADMIN_SENDER%%
Description Found under
The link in the notification that you can click to complete the password reset.
System > Customization >
Custom Email Template >
Secure message >
Password reset notification
Signature of the notification.
The About link in the notification about secure email.
The year when the link in the notification to reset the password will expire.
The sender’s address of this notification email.
The last name of the notification recipient.
The email address of the notification recipient.
The year when the notification was sent.
The day when the notification was sent.
The month when the notification was sent.
Signature of the notification.
The sender’s address of this notification email.
The subject of the notification.
System > Customization >
Custom Email Template >
Secure message > Secure message notification - Pull
The Help link in the notification about secure email.
The link in the notification that you can click to open the secure message.
The About link in the notification about secure email.
The sender’s address of this notification email.
System > Customization >
Custom Email Template >
Secure message > Secure message notification - Push
Configuring system settings Page 268 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 24: Default replacement message variables (continued)
Variable
%%URI_ABOUT%%
%%SEMAIL_SUBJECT%%
%%URI_HELP%%
%%ADMIN_SENDER%%
%%LAST_NAME%%
%%RECIPIENT%%
%%YEAR%%
%%DAY%%
%%MONTH%%
%%SERVICE_NAME%%
%%ATTENDEE_ACTION%%
%%CALENDAR_SENDER%%
%%CALENDAR_URL_NO%%
%%EVENT_FREQUENCY%%
%%EVENT_ORGANIZER%%
Description
The About link in the notification about secure email.
The subject of the notification.
The Help link in the notification about secure email.
The sender’s address of this notification email.
Found under
System > Customization >
Custom Email Template >
Secure message > Secure message notification - Push
The last name of the notification recipient.
The email address of the notification recipient.
The year when the notification was sent.
The day when the notification was sent.
System > Customization >
Custom Email Template >
Secure message > User registration notification
The month when the notification was sent.
Signature of the notification.
The action (accept, tentative, or reject) taken by the event attendee.
The email address from where the notification is sent.
System > Customization >
Custom Email Template >
Notification > Calendar event notification
The event is rejected.
The frequency of the event.
the email address of the event organizer.
%%EVENT_TYPE%%
%%TIME_END%%
The type of the event.
The ending time of the event.
%%CALENDAR_ATTENDEE%%
The name of the person invited to this event.
%%CALENDAR_URL_MAYBE%
%
The event is set to tentative by the attendee.
%%CALENDAR_URL_YES%%
The event is accepted by the attendee.
Configuring system settings Page 269 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 24: Default replacement message variables (continued)
Variable
%%EVENT_LOCATION%%
%%EVENT_TITLE%%
%%TIME_BEGIN%%
Description
The location where the event is to be held.
The nature of the event. For example, meeting or party.
System > Customization >
Custom Email Template >
Notification > Calendar event notification
The starting time of the event.
Found under
Customizing email templates
The FortiMail unit may send out notification email in the following cases:
• To send out quarantine reports (see
“Configuring email quarantines and quarantine reports” on page 569 )
• To send out IBE-related email (see “FortiMail IBE configuration workflow” on page 338 )
)
• To send out notification email to any mail recipient for any FortiMail actions (see
“Configuring notification profiles” on page 567
)
FortiMail allows you to customize the email templates for all the above mentioned email/report types.
To customize email templates
1. Go to System > Customization > Custom Email Template.
2. To edit a template, double-click it or select it and click Edit.
3. Enter the replacement message and click OK, or click Reset To Default to revert the replacement message to its default text.
Figure 81:Editing a template with variables and color
Configuring system settings Page 270 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
4. To format replacement messages in HTML, use HTML tags, such as <b>some bold text</b>
.
There is a limit of 250 characters for the Subject field, 60 characters for the From field, and
4000 characters for HTML and Text messages each in the Content field.
5. To add a variable:
• Select Insert Variables next to the area to insert a variable. A pop-up window appears.
• Place your mouse cursor in the text message at the insertion point for the variable.
• Click the name of the variable to add. It appears at the insertion point.
• To add another variable, click the message area first, then click the variable name.
• Click the Close (X) icon to close the window.
6. To insert a color:
• Click Insert Color Code. A pop-up window of color swaths appears.
• Place your mouse cursor in the text at the insertion point for the color code, or highlight an existing color code to change.
• Click a color in the color swath.
For example, to replace the color code in the HTML tag <tr bgcolor="#3366ff">, you can highlight "#3366ff", then select the color you want from the color palette.
To add a new color code, include it with HTML tags as applicable, such as <tr bgcolor="#3366ff">
.
7. To determine if you HTML and color changes are correct, click Preview. The replacement message appears in HTML format.
Figure 82: Sample color code insertion
8. Click OK, or click Reset To Default to revert the replacement message to its default text
Configuring administrator accounts and access profiles
The Administrator submenu configures administrator accounts and access profiles.
This topic includes:
•
About administrator account permissions and domains
•
Configuring administrator accounts
•
Configuring system settings Page 271 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
About administrator account permissions and domains
Depending on the account that you use to log in to the FortiMail unit, you may not have complete access to all CLI commands or areas of the web UI.
Access profiles and domain assignments together control which commands and areas an administrator account can access. Permissions result from an interaction of the two.
The domain to which an administrator is assigned is one of:
• System
The administrator can access areas regardless of whether an item pertains to the FortiMail unit itself or to a protected domain. Every administrator’s permissions are restricted only by their access profile.
• a protected domain
The administrator can only access areas that are specifically assigned to that protected domain. With a few exceptions, the administrator cannot access system-wide settings, files or statistics, nor most settings that can affect other protected domains, regardless of whether access to those items would otherwise be allowed by the administrator’s access profile. The administrator cannot access the CLI, nor the basic mode of the web UI. (For more information on the display modes of the GUI, see
“Basic mode versus advanced mode” on page 24 .)
There are exceptions. Domain administrators can configure IP-based policies, the global black list, the global white list, the blacklist action, and the global Bayesian database. If you do not want to allow this, do not provide Read-Write permission to those categories in domain administrators’ access profiles.
Table 25:Areas of the GUI that domain administrators cannot access
Maintenance
Monitor except for the Personal quarantine tab
System except for the Administrator tab
Mail Settings except for the domain, its subdomains, and associated domains
User > User > PKI User
Policy > Access Control > Receive
Policy > Access Control > Delivery
Profile > Authentication
AntiSpam except for AntiSpam > Bayesian > User and AntiSpam > Black/White List
Email Archiving
Log and Report
Access profiles assign either read, read/write, or no access to each area of the FortiMail software. To view configurations, you must have read access. To make changes, you must have
Configuring system settings Page 272 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
write access. For more information on configuring an administrator access profile, see
“Configuring access profiles” on page 278
.
Table 26:Areas of control in access profiles
Access control area name
In the web UI In the CLI
Grants access to
(For each config command, there is an equivalent get
/show command, unless otherwise noted.
config
access requires write permission. get
/show access requires read permission.)
Black/White List
black-whit e-lis t
Monitor > Endpoint Reputation > Auto Blacklist
Maintenance > AntiSpam > Black/White List Maintenance
AntiSpam > Black/White List ...
Quarantine
N/A quarantine
Monitor > Quarantine ...
AntiSpam > Quarantine > Quarantine Report
AntiSpam > Quarantine > System Quarantine Setting
AntiSpam > Quarantine > Control Account
Policy
policy config antispam quarantine-report config mailsetting systemquarantine
Monitor > Mail Queue ...
Monitor > Greylist ...
Monitor > Sender Reputation > Display
Mail Settings > Domains > Domains
Mail Settings > Proxies > Proxies
User > User ...
Policy ...
Profile ...
AntiSpam > Greylist ...
AntiSpam > Bounce Verification > Settings
AntiSpam > Endpoint Reputation ...
AntiSpam > Bayesian ... config antispam greylist exempt config antispam bounce-verification key config antispam settings config domain config mailsetting proxy-smtp config policy ...
config profile ...
config user ...
Configuring system settings Page 273 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 26:Areas of control in access profiles
Archive
archive
Greylist
Others
greylist others
Email Archiving
Monitor > Archive
config archive
Monitor > Greylist ...
AntiSpam > Greylist ...
config antispam greylist...
get antispam greylist ...
Monitor > System Status ...
Monitor > Archive > Email Archives
Monitor > Log ...
Monitor > Report ...
Maintenance ... except the Black/White List Maintenance tab
System ...
Mail Settings > Settings ...
Mail Settings > Address Book > Address Book
User > User Alias > User Alias
User > Address Map > Address Map
Email Archiving ...
Log and Report ... config archive ...
config log ...
config mailsetting relayserver config mailsetting storage config report config system ...
config user alias config user map diagnose ...
execute ...
get system status
About the “admin” account
Unlike other administrator accounts whose access profile is super_admin_prof and domain is
System, the admin administrator account exists by default and cannot be deleted. The admin administrator account is similar to a root administrator account. Its name, permissions, and assignment to the System domain cannot be changed.
The admin administrator account always has full permission to view and change all FortiMail configuration options, including viewing and changing all other administrator accounts. It is the only administrator account that can reset another administrator’s password without having to enter the existing password. As such, it is the only account that can reset another
Configuring system settings Page 274 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
administrator’s password if the existing password is unknown or forgotten. (Other administrators can change an administrator’s password if they know the current password.
About the “remote_wildcard” account
In previous FortiMail releases (older than v5.1), when you add remote RADIUS or LDAP accounts to FortiMail for account authentication purpose, you must add them one by one on
FortiMail. Starting from FortiMail v5.1, you can use the wildcard to add RADIUS accounts all at once. Starting from v5.2, you can also use the wildcard for LDAP accounts.
To achieve this, you can enable the preconfigured “remote_wildcard” account and specify which RADIUS or LDAP profile to use. Then every account on the RADIUS or LDAP server will be able to log on to FortiMail.
To add all accounts on a RADIUS or LDAP server to FortiMail
1. Go to System > Administrator > Administrator.
2. Double click the built-in “remote_wildcard” account.
3. Configure the following and click OK.
GUI item
Enable
Description
Select it to enable the wildcard account.
Administrator
The default name is remote_wildcard and it is not editable.
Domain
Select System for the entire FortiMail unit or the name of a protected domain, such as example.com, to which this administrator account will be assigned.
.
Note: If Domain is a protected domain, the administrator cannot use the
CLI, or the basic mode of the web UI.
Note: If you enable domain override in the RADIUS profile, this setting will be overwritten by the value of the remote attribute returned from the
RADIUS server, if the returned value matches an existing protected domain. For details, see
“Configuring authentication profiles” on page 514 .
Access profile
Select the name of an access profile that determines which functional areas the administrator account may view or affect.
Click New to create a new profile or Edit to modify the selected profile.
For details, see
“Configuring access profiles” on page 278 .
Note: If you enable remote access override in the RADIUS profile, this access profile will be overwritten by the value of the remote attribute returned from the RADIUS server, if the returned value matches an existing access profile. For details, see
“Configuring authentication profiles” on page 514 .
Authentication type
Select RADIUS or LDAP. And then select the RADIUS or LDAP profile.
For details, see
“Configuring authentication profiles” on page 514 .
Configuring system settings Page 275 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Trusted hosts
Enter an IPv4 or IPv6 address or subnet from which this administrator can log in. You can add up to 10 trusted hosts.
If you want the administrator to access the FortiMail unit from any IP address, use 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0.
Enter the IP address and netmask in dotted decimal format. For example, you might permit the administrator to log in to the FortiMail unit from your private network by typing 192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0.
Note: For additional security, restrict all trusted host entries to administrative hosts on your trusted private network.
Note: For information on restricting administrative access protocols that
can be used by these hosts, see “Editing network interfaces” on page 233 .
Language
Description
Theme
Select this administrator account’s preference for the display language of the web UI.
Select this administrator account’s preference for the display theme or click Use Current to choose the theme currently in effect.
The administrator may switch the theme at any time during a session by clicking Next Theme.
Configuring administrator accounts
The Administrator tab displays a list of the FortiMail unit’s administrator accounts and the trusted host IP addresses administrators use to log in (if configured).
By default, FortiMail units have a single administrator account, admin. For more granular control over administrative access, you can create additional administrator accounts that are restricted to a specific protected domain and with restricted permissions. For more information, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
Depending on the permission and assigned domain of your account, this list may not display all
.
If you configured a system quarantine administrator account, this account does not appear in the list of standard FortiMail administrator accounts. For more information on the system quarantine administrator account, see
“Configuring the system quarantine administrator account and disk quota” on page 579 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category.
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure administrator accounts
1. Go to System > Administrator > Administrator.
2. Either click New to add an account or double-click an account to modify it.
A dialog appears.
3. Configure the following and then click Create:
Configuring system settings Page 276 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Enable
Description
Select it to enable the new account. If disabled, the account will not be able to access FortiMail.
Administrator
Enter the name for this administrator account.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters
(A-Z, a-z), hyphens ( - ), and underscores ( _ ). Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
Domain
Select System for the entire FortiMail unit or the name of a protected domain, such as example.com, to which this administrator account will be assigned.
.
Note: If Domain is a protected domain, the administrator cannot use the
CLI, or the basic mode of the web UI.
Access profile
Select the name of an access profile that determines which functional areas the administrator account may view or affect.
Click New to create a new profile or Edit to modify the selected profile.
For details, see
“Configuring access profiles” on page 278 .
Authentication type
Select the local or remote type of authentication that the administrator will use:
• Local
• RADIUS
• PKI
• LDAP
Note: RADIUS, LDAP and PKI authentication require that you first configure a RADIUS authentication profile, LDAP authentication profile, or
PKI user. For more information, see
“Configuring authentication profiles” on page 514
and “Configuring PKI authentication” on page 409
.
Password
Confirm password
If you select Local as the authentication type, enter a secure password for this administrator account.
The password can contain any character except spaces.
This field does not appear if
Authentication type
is not Local or
RADIUS+Local.
Enter this account’s password again to confirm it.
This field does not appear if
Authentication type
is not Local or
RADIUS+Local.
LDAP profile
If you choose to use LDAP authentication, select an LDAP profile you want to use.
RADIUS profile If you choose to use RADIUS or RADIUS + Local authentication, select a
RADIUS profile you want to use.
Configuring system settings Page 277 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
PKI profile
Description
If you choose to use PKI authentication, select a PKI profile you want to use.
Trusted hosts
Enter an IPv4 or IPv6 address or subnet from which this administrator can log in. You can add up to 10 trusted hosts.
If you want the administrator to access the FortiMail unit from any IP address, use 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0.
Enter the IP address and netmask in dotted decimal format. For example, you might permit the administrator to log in to the FortiMail unit from your private network by typing 192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0.
Note: For additional security, restrict all trusted host entries to administrative hosts on your trusted private network.
Note: For information on restricting administrative access protocols that
can be used by these hosts, see “Editing network interfaces” on page 233 .
Language
Theme
Select this administrator account’s preference for the display language of the web UI.
Select this administrator account’s preference for the display theme or click Use Current to choose the theme currently in effect.
The administrator may switch the theme at any time during a session by clicking Next Theme.
Configuring access profiles
The Access Profile tab displays a list of access profiles.
Access profiles, in conjunction with the domain to which an administrator account is assigned, govern which areas of the web UI and CLI that an administrator can access, and whether or not they have the permissions necessary to change the configuration or otherwise modify items in each area.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see About administrator account permissions and domains .
To view and configure administrator accounts
1. Go to System > Administrator > Access Profile.
GUI item Description
Configuring system settings Page 278 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Name
(Green dot in column heading.)
Displays the name of the administrator access profile.
Indicates whether or not the profile is being used in one or more administrator accounts. If so, a red dot appears in this column, and the profile cannot be deleted.
Note: The access profile named super_admin_prof is always used by the admin
administrator account, and cannot be deleted. In this case, a grey dot indicates only that the profile is not being used by any other administrator account.
2. Either click New to add an account or double-click an access profile to modify it.
A dialog appears.
3. In Profile Name, enter the name for this access profile.
In the Access Control table, for each access control option, select the permissions to be granted to administrator accounts associated with this access profile. For details, see
About administrator account permissions and domains .
• None
• Read Only
• Read/Write
4. Click Create.
Configuring RAID
Go to System > RAID to configure a redundant array of independent disks (RAID) for the
FortiMail hard disks that are used to store logs and email.
Most FortiMail models can be configured to use RAID with their hard disks. The default RAID level should give good results, but you can modify the configuration to suit your individual
requirements for enhanced performance and reliability. For more information, see “Configuring
RAID for FortiMail 400B/400C/5002B models” on page 280 or
“Configuring RAID on FortiMail
1000D/2000A/2000B/3000C/3000D/4000A models” on page 282 .
You can configure the RAID levels for the local disk partitions used for storing email files or log files (in the case of FortiMail-400/400B/400C), depending on your requirements for performance, resiliency, and cost.
RAID events can be logged and reported with alert email. These events include disk full and disk failure notices. For more information, see
“About FortiMail logging” on page 630 , and
“Configuring alert email” on page 647 .
If your FortiMail model does not support RAID, the tab in the RAID menu displays the message,
RAID is not available on this system.
About RAID levels
Supported RAID levels vary by FortiMail model.
FortiMail 400B, 400C, and 5002B models use software RAID controllers which support RAID levels 0 or 1. You can configure the log disk with a RAID level that is different from the email disk.
Configuring system settings Page 279 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
FortiMail 1000D, 2000A, 2000B, 3000C, 3000D and 4000A models use hardware RAID controllers that require that the log disk and mail disk use the same RAID level.
FortiMail 100C, 200D, and 5001A models do not support RAID.
The available RAID levels depend on the number of hard drives installed in the FortiMail unit and different FortiMail models come with different number of factory-installed hard drives. You can
added more hard drives if required. For details, see “Replacing a RAID disk” on page 285 .
The following tables describe RAID levels supported by each FortiMail model.
Table 27:FortiMail supported RAID levels
Available RAID Levels
1
2
Number of Installed Hard
Drives
5
6
3
4
7 or more
0
0, 1
0, 1 + hot spare, 5
5 + hot spare, 10
Default RAID Level
0
1
5
10
5 + hot spare, 10 + hot spares 10 + hot spares
10, 50 10
10, 10 + hot spares, 50, 50 + hot spares
50 + hot spares
Hot spares
FortiMail models with a hardware RAID controller have a hot spare RAID option. This feature consists of one or more disks that are pre-installed with the other disks in the unit. The hot spare disk is idle until an active hard disk in the RAID fails. Then the RAID immediately puts the hot spare disk into service and starts to rebuild the data from the failed disk onto it. This rebuilding may take up to several hours depending on system load and amount of data stored on the RAID, but the RAID continues without interruption during the process.
The hot spare feature has one or more extra hard disks installed with the RAID. A RAID 10 configuration requires two disks per RAID 1, and has only one hot spare disk. A RAID 50 configuration requires three disks per RAID 5, and can have up to two hot spare disks.
Configuring RAID for FortiMail 400B/400C/5002B models
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view and configure RAID levels
1. Go to System > RAID > RAID System.
Configuring system settings Page 280 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 83:RAID System tab (FortiMail-400)
GUI item
Device
Unit
Level
Resync
Action
Resync
Status
Speed
Description
Displays the name of the RAID unit. This indicates whether it is used for log message data or for mailboxes, mail queues, and other email-related data.
This is hard-coded and not configurable.
Displays the internal mount point of the RAID unit. This is hard-coded and not configurable.
Displays the RAID level that indicates whether it is configured for optimal speed, failure tolerance, or both. For more information on RAID levels, see
“About RAID levels” on page 279 .
Displays the status of the RAID device.
• idle: The RAID is idle, with no data being written to or read from the RAID disks.
• dirty: Data is currently buffered, waiting to be written to disk.
• clean: No data is currently buffered, waiting to be written to the RAID unit.
• errors: Errors were detected on the RAID unit.
• no-errors: No errors were detected on the RAID unit.
• dirty no-errors: Data is currently buffered, waiting to be written to the
RAID unit, and there are currently no detected RAID errors. For a
FortiMail unit in active use, this is the expected setting.
• clean no-errors: No data is currently buffered, waiting to be written to the
RAID unit, and there are currently no RAID errors. For a FortiMail unit with an unmounted array that is not in active use, this is the expected setting.
If the RAID unit is not synchronized and you have clicked Click here to
check array to cause it to rebuild itself, such as after a hard disk is replaced in the RAID unit, a progress bar indicates rebuild progress.
The progress bar appears only when Click here to check array has been clicked and the status of the RAID is not clean no-errors.
Displays the average speed in kilobytes (KB) per second of the data transfer for the resynchronization. This is affected by the disk being in use during the resynchronization.
Configuring system settings Page 281 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Apply
(button)
Description
Click to save changes.
Refresh
(button)
ID/Port
Click to manually initiate the tab’s display to refresh itself with current information.
Indicates the identifier of each hard disk visible to the RAID controller.
Part of Unit
Indicates the RAID unit to which the hard disk belongs, if any.
To be usable by the FortiMail unit, you must add the hard disk to a RAID unit.
Status
Size
Delete
(button)
Indicates the hardware viability of the hard disk.
Indicates the capacity of the hard disk, in gigabytes (GB).
Click to unmount a hard disk before swapping it.
After replacing the disk, add it to a RAID unit, then click
Re-scan
.
Back up data on the disk before beginning this procedure. Changing the device’s RAID level temporarily suspends all mail processing and erases all data on the hard disk. For more information on creating a backup, see
“Backup and restore” on page 206
.
2. In the Level column, click the row corresponding to the RAID device whose RAID level you want to change.
The Level field changes to a drop-down menu.
3. Select RAID level 0 or 1.
4. Click Apply.
A warning message appears.
5. Click Yes to confirm the change.
Configuring RAID on FortiMail 1000D/2000A/2000B/3000C/3000D/4000A models
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure RAID
1. Go to System > RAID > RAID System.
Configuring system settings Page 282 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 84:RAID System tab (FortiMail-2000A/2000B/3000C/4000A)
GUI item
Model
Driver
Firmware
Set RAID level
Description
Displays the model of the hardware RAID controller.
Displays the version of the RAID controller’s driver software.
Displays the version of the RAID controller’s firmware.
Select the RAID level, then click Change.
For more information about RAID levels, see
“About RAID levels” on page 279 .
From
Set RAID level
, select the RAID style, then click this button to apply the RAID level.
Change
(button)
Re-scan
(button)
List of RAID units in the array
Unit
Indicates the identifier of the RAID unit, such as u0.
Type
Click to rebuild the RAID unit with disks that are currently a member of it, or detect newly added hard disks, and start a diagnostic check.
Indicates the RAID level currently in use.
For more information, see
“About RAID levels” on page 279 . To
change the RAID level, use
Set RAID level
.
Configuring system settings Page 283 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Status
Size
Ignore ECC
Description
Indicates the status of the RAID unit.
• OK: The RAID unit is operating normally.
• Warning: The RAID controller is currently performing a background task (rebuilding, migrating, or initializing the RAID unit).
Caution: Do not remove hard disks while this status is displayed.
Removing active hard disks can cause hardware damage.
• Error: The RAID unit is degraded or inoperable. Causes vary, such as when too many hard disks in the unit fail and the RAID unit no longer has the minimum number of disks required to operate in your selected RAID level. To correct such a situation, replace the failed hard disks.
• No Units: No RAID units are available.
Note: If both Error and Warning conditions exist, the status appears as Error.
Indicates the total disk space, in gigabytes (GB), available for the
RAID unit.
Available space varies by your RAID level selection. Due to some space being consumed to store data required by RAID, available storage space will not equal the sum of the capacities of hard disks in the unit.
Click turn on to ignore the Error Correcting Code (ECC). This option is off by default.
Ignoring the ECC can speed up building the RAID, but the RAID will not be as fault-tolerant.
This option is not available on FortiMail-2000B/3000C models.
List of hard disks in the array
ID/Port
Indicates the identifier of each hard disk visible to the RAID controller.
Part of Unit
Status
Indicates the RAID unit to which the hard disk belongs, if any.
To be usable by the FortiMail unit, you must add the hard disk to a
RAID unit.
Indicates the hardware viability of the hard disk.
• OK: The hard disk is operating normally.
• UNKNOWN: The viability of the hard disk is not known. Causes vary, such as the hard disk not being a member of a RAID unit. In such a case, the RAID controller does not monitor its current status.
Size
Delete
(button)
Indicates the capacity of the hard disk, in gigabytes (GB).
Click to unmount a hard disk before swapping it.
After replacing the disk, add it to a RAID unit, then click
Re-scan
.
Configuring system settings Page 284 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To change RAID levels
Back up data on the disk before beginning this procedure. Changing the device’s RAID level temporarily suspends all mail processing and erases all data on the hard disk. For more information on creating a backup, see
“Backup and restore” on page 206
.
1. Go to System > RAID > RAID System.
2. From Set RAID level, select a RAID level.
3. Click Change.
The FortiMail unit changes the RAID level and reboots.
Replacing a RAID disk
When replacing a disk in the RAID array, the new disk must have the same or greater storage capacity than the existing disks in the array. If the new disk has a larger capacity than the other disks in the array, only the amount equal to the smallest hard disk will be used. For example, if the RAID has 400 GB disks, and you replace one with a 500 GB disk, to be consistent with the other disks, only 400 GB of the new disk will be used.
FortiMail units support hot swap; shutting down the FortiMail unit during hard disk replacement is not required.
To replace a disk in the array
1. Go to System > RAID > RAID System.
2. In the row corresponding to the hard disk that you want to replace (for example, p4), select the hard disk and click Delete.
The RAID controller removes the hard disk from the list.
3. Protect the FortiMail unit from static electricity by using measures such as applying an antistatic wrist strap.
4. Physically remove the hard disk that corresponds to the one you removed in the web UI from its drive bay on the FortiMail unit.
On a FortiMail-2000A or FortiMail-4000A, press in the tab, then pull the drive handle to remove the dive. On a FortiMail-2000B or FortiMail-3000C, press the button to eject the drive.
To locate the correct hard disk to remove on a FortiMail-2000A, refer to the following diagram.
Drive 1 (p0)
Drive 2 (p1)
Drive 3 (p2)
Drive 4 (p3)
Drive 5 (p4)
Drive 6 (p5)
To locate the correct hard disk to remove on a FortiMail-2000B or 3000C, refer to the following diagram.
Configuring system settings Page 285 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Drive 1 (p0)
Drive 2 (p1)
Drive 3 (p2)
Drive 4 (p3)
Drive 5 (p4)
Drive 6 (p5)
To locate the correct hard disk to remove on a FortiMail-4000A, look for the failed disk. (Disk drive locations vary by the RAID controller model.)
5. Replace the hard disk with a new hard disk, inserting it into its drive bay on the FortiMail unit.
6. Click Re-scan.
The RAID controller will scan for available hard disks and should locate the new hard disk.
Depending on the RAID level, the FortiMail unit may either automatically add the new hard disk to the RAID unit or allocate it as a spare that will be automatically added to the array if one of the hard disks in the array fails.
The FortiMail unit rebuilds the RAID array with the new hard disk. Time required varies by the size of the array.
Using high availability (HA)
Go to System > High Availability to configure the FortiMail unit to act as a member of a high availability (HA) cluster in order to increase processing capacity or availability.
For the general procedure of how to enable and configure HA, see
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
About the heartbeat and synchronization
•
About logging, alert email and SNMP in HA
•
•
•
Configuring the HA mode and group
•
Configuring service-based failover
•
•
Example: Active-passive HA group in gateway mode
About high availability
FortiMail units can operate in one of two HA modes, active-passive or config-only.
Table 28:Comparison of HA modes
Active-passive HA
2 FortiMail units in the HA group
Config-only HA
2-25 FortiMail units in the HA group
Typically deployed behind a switch Typically deployed behind a load balancer
Both configuration* and data synchronized Only configuration* synchronized
Only primary unit processes email All units process email
Configuring system settings Page 286 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 28:Comparison of HA modes
No data loss when hardware fails
Failover protection, but no increased processing capacity
Data loss when hardware fails
Increased processing capacity, but no failover protection
* For exceptions to synchronized configuration items, see
“Configuration settings that are not synchronized” on page 290 .
Figure 85:Active-passive HA group operating in gateway mode
Mail Server
Internal network
Internet
Switch
Switch
Active-passive
HA Group
Figure 86:Config-only HA group operating in gateway mode
Mail Server
Internal network
Configuring system settings
Internet
Load balancer
Config only mode HA Group
Page 287 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
If the config-only HA group is installed behind a load balancer, the load balancer stops sending email to failed FortiMail units. All sessions being processed by the failed FortiMail unit must be restarted and will be re-directed by the load balancer to other FortiMail units in the config-only
HA group.
You can mix different FortiMail models in the same HA group. However, all units in the HA group must have the same firmware version.
When mixing FortiMail models, the HA group is limited by the capacity and configuration limits of the least powerful model.
Communications between HA cluster members occur through the heartbeat and
synchronization connection. For details, see “About the heartbeat and synchronization” on page 288 .
To configure FortiMail units operating in HA mode, you usually connect only to the primary unit
(master). The primary unit’s configuration is almost entirely synchronized to secondary units
(slave), so that changes made to the primary unit are propagated to the secondary units.
Exceptions to this rule include connecting to a secondary unit in order to view log messages recorded about the secondary unit itself on its own hard disk, and connecting to a secondary
To use FortiGuard Antivirus or FortiGuard Antispam with HA, license all FortiMail units in the cluster. If you license only the primary unit in an active-passive HA group, after a failover, the secondary unit cannot connect to the FortiGuard Antispam service. For FortiMail units in a config-only HA group, only the licensed unit can use the subscription services.
For instructions of how to enable and configure HA, see
About the heartbeat and synchronization
Heartbeat and synchronization traffic consists of TCP packets transmitted between the
FortiMail units in the HA group through the primary and secondary heartbeat interfaces.
Service monitoring traffic can also, for short periods, be used as a heartbeat. For details, see
“Remote services as heartbeat” on page 305 .
Configuring system settings Page 288 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Heartbeat and synchronization traffic has three primary functions:
• to monitor the responsiveness of the HA group members
• to synchronize configuration changes from the primary unit to the secondary units
.
• to synchronize mail data from the primary unit to the secondary unit (active-passive only)
Mail data consists of the FortiMail system mail directory, user home directories, and mail queue.
FortiGuard Antispam packages and FortiGuard Antivirus engines and definitions are not synchronized between primary and secondary units.
When the primary unit’s configuration changes, it immediately synchronizes the change to the secondary unit (or, in a config-only HA group, to the peer units) through the primary heartbeat interface. If this fails, or if you have inadvertently de-synchronized the secondary unit’s configuration, you can manually initiate synchronization. For details, see
“click HERE to start a configuration/data sync” on page 297
. You can also use the CLI command diagnose system ha sync
on either the primary unit or the secondary unit to manually synchronize the configuration. For details, see the
FortiMail CLI Reference
.
During normal operation, the secondary unit expects to constantly receive heartbeat traffic from the primary unit. Loss of the heartbeat signal interrupts the HA group, and, if it is active-passive in style, generally triggers a failover. For details, see
“Failover scenario 1: Temporary failure of the primary unit” on page 312
.
Exceptions include system restarts and the execute reload CLI command. In case of a system reboot or reload of the primary unit, the primary unit signals the secondary unit to wait
for the primary unit to complete the restart or reload. For details, see “Failover scenario 2:
System reboot or reload of the primary unit” on page 313
.
Periodically, the secondary unit checks with the primary unit to see if there are any configuration changes on the primary unit. If there are configuration changes, the secondary unit will pull the configuration changes from the primary unit, generate a new configuration, and reload the new configuration. In this case, both the primary and secondary units send alert email. For details, see
“Failover scenario 3: System reboot or reload of the secondary unit” on page 314 .
Behavior varies by your HA mode when the heartbeat fails:
• Active-passive HA
A new primary unit is elected: the secondary unit becomes the new primary unit and assumes the duty of processing of email. During the failover, no mail data or configuration changes are lost, but some in-progress email deliveries may be interrupted. These interrupted deliveries may need to be restarted, but most email clients and servers can gracefully handle this. Additional failover behaviors may be configured. For details, see “On failure” on page 303 .
Maintain the heartbeat connection. If the heartbeat is accidentally interrupted for an active-passive HA group, such as when a network cable is temporarily disconnected, the secondary unit will assume that the primary unit has failed, and become the new primary unit. If no failure has actually occurred, both FortiMail units will be operating as primary units simultaneously. For details on correcting this, see
“click HERE to restore configured operating mode” on page 298 .
Configuring system settings Page 289 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
• Config-only HA
Each secondary unit continues to operate normally. However, with no primary unit, changes to the configuration are no longer synchronized. You must manually configure one of the secondary units to operate as the primary unit, synchronizing its changes to the remaining secondary units.
For failover examples and steps required to restore normal operation of the HA group in each
case, see “Example: Failover scenarios” on page 311 .
Configuration settings that are not synchronized
All configuration settings on the primary unit are synchronized to the secondary unit, except the following:
Table 29:HA settings not synchronized
Operation mode
You must set the operation mode (gateway, transparent, or server) of each HA group member before configuring HA.
Host name
Static route
The host name distinguishes members of the cluster. For details, see
Static routes are not synchronized because the HA units may be in
different networks (see “Configuring static routes” on page 242
).
Interface configuration
(gateway and server mode only)
Each FortiMail unit in the HA group must be configured with different network interface settings for connectivity purposes. For details, see
“Configuring the network interfaces” on page 232
.
Exceptions include some active-passive HA settings which affect the interface configuration for failover purposes. These settings are synchronized. For details, see
“Virtual IP Address” on page 323 .
Management IP address
(transparent mode only)
Each FortiMail unit in the HA group should be configured with different management IP addresses for connectivity purposes. For details, see
“About the management IP” on page 230 .
SNMP system information
Each FortiMail unit in the HA group will have its own SNMP system information, including the Description, Location, and Contact. For details,
see “Configuring the network interfaces” on page 232 .
RAID configuration RAID settings are hardware-dependent and determined at boot time by looking at the drives (for software RAID) or the controller (hardware
RAID), and are not stored in the system configuration. Therefore, they are not synchronized.
Main HA configuration
The main HA configuration, which includes the HA mode of operation
(such as master or slave), is not synchronized because this configuration must be different on the primary and secondary units. For details, see
“Configuring the HA mode and group” on page 300
.
Configuring system settings Page 290 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 29:HA settings not synchronized
HA Daemon configuration
The following HA daemon settings are not synchronized:
• Shared password
• Backup mail data directories
• Backup MTA queue directories
You must add the shared HA password to each unit in the HA group. All units in the HA group must use the same shared password to identify the group.
Since the mail data and MTA queue backup settings are not synchronized, to use this feature, you must enable it on both the master and slave units. For information about now to enable this feature, see
“Configuring the backup options” on page 303 .
Synchronized HA daemon options that are active-passive HA settings affect how often the secondary unit tests the primary unit and how the secondary unit synchronizes configuration and mail data. Because HA daemon settings on the secondary unit control how the HA daemon operates, in a functioning HA group you would change the HA daemon configuration on the secondary unit to change how the HA daemon operates. The HA daemon settings on the primary unit do not affect the operation of the HA daemon.
HA service monitoring configuration
System appearance
Config-only HA
In active-passive HA, the HA service monitoring configuration is not synchronized. The remote service monitoring configuration on the secondary unit controls how the secondary unit checks the operation of the primary unit. The local services configuration on the primary unit controls how the primary unit tests the operation of the primary unit. For
details, see “Configuring service-based failover” on page 309
.
Note: You might want to have a different service monitoring configuration on the primary and secondary units. For example, after a failover you may not want service monitoring to operate until you have fixed the problems that caused the failover and have restarted normal operation of the HA group.
The appearance settings you configured under System > Customization
> Appearance are not synchronized.
In config-only HA, the following settings are not synchronized:
• the local domain name (see
“Local domain name” on page 347
)
• the quarantine report host name (see
“Web release host name/IP” on page 572 )
• User-level black/white lists (but they can be synchronized manually by clicking the link on the HA status page. They are also synchronized from config master to config slave when the slave unit joins the HA cluster for the first time.) System and domain-level black/white lists are synchronized. Note that before v5.0.2 release, domain-level black/white lists are not automatically synchronized either.
Configuring system settings Page 291 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Synchronization of MTA queue directories after a failover
During normal operation, email messages are in one of three states:
• being received or sent by the primary unit
• waiting to be delivered in the mail queue
• stored on the primary unit’s mail data directories (email quarantines, email archives, and email inboxes of server mode)
When normal operation of an active-passive HA group is interrupted and a failover occurs, sending and receiving is interrupted. The delivery attempt fails, and the sender usually retries to send the email message. However, stored messages remain in the primary unit’s mail data directories.
You usually should configure HA to synchronize the stored mail data to prevent loss of email messages, but you usually will not want to regularly synchronize the mail queue. This is because, to prevent loss of email messages in the failed primary unit, FortiMail units in active-passive HA use the following failover mechanism:
If the failed primary unit effective HA operating mode is failed, a sequence similar to the following occurs automatically when the problem that caused the failure is corrected.
1. The secondary unit detects the failure of the primary unit, and becomes the new primary unit.
2. The former primary unit restarts, detects the new primary unit, and becomes a secondary unit.
You may have to manually restart the failed primary unit.
3. The former primary unit pushes its mail queue to the new primary unit.
This synchronization occurs through the heartbeat link between the primary and secondary units, and prevents duplicate email messages from forming in the primary unit’s mail queue.
4. The new primary unit delivers email in its mail queues, including email messages synchronized from the new secondary unit.
As a result, as long as the failed primary unit can restart, no email is lost from the mail queue.
Even if you choose to synchronize the mail queue, because its contents change very rapidly and synchronization is periodic, there is a chance that some email in these directories will not be synchronized at the exact moment a failover occurs.
About logging, alert email and SNMP in HA
To configure logging and alert email, configure the primary unit and enable HA events. When the configuration changes are synchronized to the secondary units, all FortiMail units in the HA group record their own separate log messages and send separate alert email messages. Log
Configuring system settings Page 292 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
data is not synchronized. For details on configuring logging and viewing log messages, see
“Logs, reports and alerts” on page 630 .
To distinguish alert email from each member of the HA cluster, configure a different host name
for each member. For details, see “Host name” on page 347 .
To use SNMP, configure each cluster member separately and enable HA events for the community. If you enable SNMP for all units, they can all send SNMP traps. Additionally, you can use an SNMP server to monitor the primary and secondary units for HA settings, such as the HA configured and effective mode of operation. For details on SNMP, see
“Configuring the network interfaces” on page 232 .
To aid in quick discovery and diagnosis of network problems, consider configuring SNMP,
Syslog, and/or alert email to monitor the HA cluster for failover messages.
Getting HA information using SNMP
You can use an SNMP manager to get information about how FortiMail HA is operating. The
FortiMail MIB (fortimail.mib) and the FortiMail trap MIB (fortimail.trap.mib) include the HA fields
Table 30:FortiMail MIB fields
MIB Field Description fmlHAEventId fmlHAUnitIp fortimail.mib
Provides the ID of the most recent HA event.
Provides the IP address of the port1 interface of the FortiMail unit on which an HA event occurred.
fmlHAEventReason
Provides the description of the reason for the HA event.
fmlHAMode
Provides the HA configured mode of operation that you configured the
FortiMail unit to operate in; one of operation master (primary unit) or
slave (secondary unit).
fmlHAEffectiveMode Provides the effective HA mode of operation (applies to active-passive
HA only), either as the primary unit or as the secondary unit. The effective HA mode of operation matches the configured mode of operation unless a failure has occurred.
fortimail.trap.mib
fmlTrapHAEvent
Provides the FortiMail HA trap that is sent when an HA event occurs.
This trap includes the contents of the fmlSysSerial, fmlHAEventId
, fmlHAUnitIp, and fmlHAEventReason MIB fields.
How to use HA
In general, to enable and configure HA, you should perform the following:
1. If the HA cluster will use FortiGuard Antivirus and/or FortiGuard Antispam services, license all FortiMail units in the HA group for the FortiGuard Antispam and FortiGuard Antivirus
Configuring system settings Page 293 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
services, and register them with the Fortinet Technical Support web site, https://support.fortinet.com/ .
2. Physically connect the FortiMail units that will be members of the HA cluster.
You must connect at least one of their network interfaces for heartbeat and synchronization traffic between members of the cluster. For reliability reasons, Fortinet recommends that you connect both a primary and a secondary heartbeat interface, and that they be connected directly or through a dedicated switch that is not connected to your overall network.
3. For config-only clusters, configure each member of the cluster to store mail data on a NAS server that supports NFS connections. (Active-passive groups may also use a NAS server, but do not require it.) For details, see
“Selecting the mail data storage location” on page 355 .
4. On each member of the cluster:
• Enable the HA mode that you want to use (either active-passive or config-only) and select whether the individual member will act as a primary unit or secondary unit within the cluster. For information about the differences between the HA modes, see
“About high availability” on page 286 .
• Configure the local IP addresses of the primary and secondary heartbeat and synchronization network interfaces.
• For active-passive clusters, configure the behavior on failover, and how the network interfaces should be configured for whichever FortiMail unit is currently acting as the primary unit. Additionally, if the FortiMail units store mail data on a NAS, disable mail data synchronization between members.
• For config-only clusters, if the FortiMail unit is a primary unit, configure the IP addresses of its secondary units; if the FortiMail unit is a secondary unit, configure the IP address of its primary unit.
For details, see
“Configuring the HA mode and group” on page 300
.
5. If the HA cluster is active-passive and you want to trigger failover when hardware or a service fails, even if the heartbeat connection is still functioning, configure service monitoring. For details, see
“Configuring service-based failover” on page 309 .
6. Monitor the status of each cluster member. For details, see
“Monitoring the HA status” on page 294
. To monitor HA events through log messages and/or alert email, you must first enable logging of HA activity events. For details, see
“Logs, reports and alerts” on page 630 .
Monitoring the HA status
The Status tab in the High Availability submenu shows the configured HA mode of operation of a FortiMail unit in an HA group. You can also manually initiate synchronization and reset the HA mode of operation. A reset may be required if a FortiMail unit’s effective HA mode of operation differs from its configured HA mode of operation, such as after a failover when a configured primary unit is currently acting as a secondary unit.
For FortiMail units operating as secondary units, the Status tab also lets you view the status and schedule of the HA synchronization daemon.
Appearance of the Status tab varies by:
• whether the HA group is active-passive or config-only
• whether the FortiMail unit is configured as a primary unit or secondary unit
• whether a failover has occurred (active-passive only)
If HA is disabled, this tab displays:
HA mode is currently disabled
Before you can use the Status tab, you must first enable and configure HA. For details, see
“Configuring the HA mode and group” on page 300 .
Configuring system settings Page 294 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view the HA mode of operation status, go System > High Availability > Status.
Figure 87:Active-passive HA status (primary unit)
Figure 88:Config-only HA status (primary unit)
Figure 89:Active-passive HA status (primary unit after failover)
Configuring system settings Page 295 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 31:Viewing HA status
GUI item
Mode Status
Configured
Operating
Mode
Effective
Operating
Mode
Description
Displays the HA operating mode that you configured, either:
• master: Configured to be the primary unit of an active-passive group.
• slave: Configured to be the secondary unit of an active-passive group.
• config master: Configured to be the primary unit of a config-only group.
• config slave: Configured to be a secondary unit of a config-only group.
For information on configuring the HA operating mode, see
“Mode of operation” on page 302 .
After a failure, the FortiMail unit may not be acting in its
configured HA operating mode. For details, see “Effective
Displays the mode that the unit is currently operating in, either:
• master: Acting as primary unit.
• slave: Acting as secondary unit.
• off: For primary units, this indicates that service/interface monitoring has detected a failure and has taken the primary unit offline, triggering failover. For secondary units, this indicates that synchronization has failed once; a subsequent failure will trigger failover. For details, see “On failure” on page 303 and
“click HERE to restart the HA system” on page 298 .
• failed: Service/network interface monitoring has detected a failure and the diagnostic connection is currently determining whether the problem has been corrected or failover is required. For details, see “On failure” on page 303 .
The configured HA operating mode matches the effective operating mode unless a failure has occurred.
For example, after a failover, a FortiMail unit configured to operate as a secondary unit could be acting as a primary unit.
For explanations of combinations of configured and effective
HA modes of operation, see
.
For information on restoring the FortiMail unit to an effective
HA operating mode that matches the configured operating
mode, see “click HERE to restore configured operating mode” on page 298 .
This option appears only if the FortiMail unit is a member of an active-passive HA group.
Daemon Status
Configuring system settings Page 296 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 31:Viewing HA status
GUI item
Monitor
Description
Displays the time at which the secondary unit’s HA daemon will check to make sure that the primary unit is operating correctly, and, if monitoring has detected a failure, the number of times that a failure has occurred.
Monitoring occurs through the heartbeat link between the primary and secondary units. If the heartbeat link becomes disconnected, the next time the secondary unit checks for the primary unit, the primary unit will not respond. If the maximum number of consecutive failures is reached, and no secondary heartbeat or remote service monitoring heartbeat is available, the secondary unit will change its effective HA operating mode to become the new primary unit.
For details, see “HA base port” on page 305 .
This option appears only for secondary units in active-passive
HA groups.
Configuration Displays the time at which the secondary unit’s HA daemon will synchronize the FortiMail configuration from the primary unit to the secondary unit.
The message slave unit is currently synchronizing
appears when the HA daemon is synchronizing the configuration.
For information on items that are not synchronized, see
“Configuration settings that are not synchronized” on page 290 .
This option appears only for secondary units in active-passive
HA groups.
Data
Displays the time at which the secondary unit HA daemon will synchronize mail data from the primary unit to the secondary unit.
The message slave unit is currently synchronizing
appears when the HA daemon is synchronizing data.
For details, see “Backup mail data directories” on page 304 and “Backup MTA queue directories” on page 304 .
This option appears only for secondary units in active-passive
HA groups.
click HERE to start a configuration/data sync
Click to manually initiate synchronization of the configuration and, for active-passive groups, mail data. For information on items that are not synchronized, see
“Configuration settings that are not synchronized” on page 290 .
Configuring system settings Page 297 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 31:Viewing HA status
GUI item click HERE to restore configured operating mode
Description
Click to reset the FortiMail unit to an effective HA operating mode that matches the FortiMail unit’s configured operating mode.
For example, for a configured primary unit whose effective HA operating mode is now slave, after correcting the cause of the failover, you might click this option on the primary unit to restore the configured primary unit to active duty, and restore the secondary unit to its slave role.
This option appears only if the FortiMail unit is a member of an active-passive HA group.
Note: Before selecting this option, if the effective HA operating mode changed due to failover, you should resolve any issues that caused the failover.
click HERE to switch to slave mode
Click to manually switch the effective HA operating mode of the primary unit so that it becomes a secondary unit.
This option appears only if the FortiMail unit is currently operating as a primary unit.
click HERE to restart the HA system
Click to restart HA processes after they have been halted due to detection of a failure by service monitoring. For details, see
“On failure” on page 303 ,
“Configuring service-based failover” on page 309 , and
“Restarting the HA processes on a stopped primary unit” on page 299 .
This option appears only if the FortiMail unit is configured to operate as the primary unit (master), but its effective HA operating mode is off.
Table 32: Combinations of configured and effective HA modes of operation
Configured operating mode
Effective operating mode
Description
master slave master master slave off
Normal for the primary unit of an active-passive HA group.
Normal for the secondary unit of an active-passive HA group.
The primary unit has experienced a failure, or the FortiMail unit is in the process of switching to operating in HA mode.
HA processes and email processing are stopped.
Configuring system settings Page 298 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 32: Combinations of configured and effective HA modes of operation
Configured operating mode
Effective operating mode
Description
slave off The secondary unit has detected a failure, or the FortiMail unit is in the process of switching to operating in HA mode.
After the secondary unit starts up and connects with the primary unit to form an HA group, the first configuration synchronization may fail in special circumstances. To prevent both the secondary and primary units from simultaneously acting as primary units, the effective HA mode of operation becomes off.
If subsequent synchronization fails, the secondary unit’s effective
HA mode of operation becomes master.
master failed master slave slave master
The remote service monitoring or local network interface monitoring on the primary unit has detected a failure, and will attempt to connect to the other FortiMail unit. If the problem that caused the failure has been corrected, the effective HA mode of operation switches from failed to slave, or to match the configured HA mode of operation, depending on the On failure setting.
Additionally, f the HA group is operating in transparent mode, and if the effective HA mode of operation changes to failed, the network interface IP/netmask on the secondary unit displays bridging
(waiting for recovery). For details, see
“Configuring the network interfaces” on page 232
.
The primary unit has experienced a failure but then returned to operation. When the failure occurred, the unit configured to be the secondary unit became the primary unit. When the unit configured to be the primary unit restarted, it detected the new primary unit and so switched to operating as the secondary unit.
The secondary unit has detected that the FortiMail unit configured to be the primary unit failed. When the failure occurred, the unit configured to be the secondary unit became the primary unit.
Normal for the primary unit of a config-only HA group.
config master
N/A config slave N/A Normal for the secondary unit of a config-only HA group.
Restarting the HA processes on a stopped primary unit
If you configured service monitoring on an active-passive HA group (see
“Configuring service-based failover” on page 309
) and either the primary unit or the secondary unit detects a service failure on the primary unit, the primary unit changes its effective HA mode of operation to off, stops processing email, and halts all of its HA processes.
After resolving the problem that caused the failure, you can use the following steps to restart the
HA processes on the primary unit.
In this example, resolving this problem could be as simple as reconnecting the cable to the port2 network interface. Once the problem is resolved, use the following steps to restart the stopped primary unit.
Configuring system settings Page 299 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To restart a stopped primary unit
1. Log in to the web-based manager of the primary unit.
2. Go to System > High Availability > Status.
3. Select click HERE to restart the HA system.
The primary unit restarts and rejoins the HA group.
If a failover has occurred due to processes being stopped on the primary unit, and the secondary unit is currently acting as the primary unit, you can restore the primary and
Configuring the HA mode and group
The Configuration tab in the System > High Availability submenu lets you configure the high availability (HA) options, including:
• enabling HA
• selecting whether the HA group is active-passive or config-only in style (for information on the differences, see Table 28 on page 286 )
• whether this individual FortiMail unit will act as a primary unit or a secondary unit in the cluster
• network interfaces that will be used for heartbeat and synchronization
• service monitor
For an explanation of active-passive and config-only, see
“About high availability” on page 286 .
HA settings, with the exception of Virtual IP Address settings, are not synchronized and must be configured separately on each primary and secondary unit.
You must maintain the physical link between the heartbeat and synchronization network interfaces. These connections enable cluster members to detect the responsiveness of other members, and to synchronize data. If they are interrupted, normal operation will be interrupted and, for active-passive HA groups, a failover will occur. For more information on heartbeat and
synchronization, see “About the heartbeat and synchronization” on page 288
.
For an active-passive HA group, or a config-only HA group consisting of only two FortiMail units, directly connect the heartbeat network interfaces using a crossover Ethernet cable. For a config-only HA group consisting of more than two FortiMail units, connect the heartbeat network interfaces through a switch, and do not connect this switch to your overall network.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure HA options
1. Go to System > High Availability > Configuration.
The appearance of sections and the options in them options vary greatly with your choice in the Mode of operation drop-down-list.
Configuring system settings Page 300 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 90:Active-passive HA (primary unit)
Figure 91:Config-only HA (primary unit with three secondary units)
Configuring system settings Page 301 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 92:Config-only HA (secondary unit)
2. Configure the following sections, as applicable:
•
“Configuring the primary HA options” on page 302
•
“Configuring the master configuration IP” on page 303
•
“Configuring the backup options” on page 303
•
“Configuring the advanced options” on page 304
•
“Configuring the slave system options” on page 305
•
“Storing mail data on a NAS server” on page 306
•
“Configuring interface monitoring” on page 306
•
“Configuring service-based failover” on page 309
3. Click Apply.
Configuring the primary HA options
Go to System > High Availability > Configuration and click the arrow to expand the HA
configuration section, if needed. The options presented vary greatly depending on your choice in the Mode of operation drop-down-list.
Table 33: HA main options
GUI item Description
Mode of operation
Enables or disables HA, selects active-passive or config-only HA, and selects the initial configured role this FortiMail unit in the HA group.
• off: The FortiMail unit is not operating in HA mode.
• master: The FortiMail unit is the primary unit in an active-passive HA group.
• slave: The FortiMail unit is the secondary unit in an active-passive HA group.
• config master: The FortiMail unit is the primary unit in a config-only HA group.
• config slave: The FortiMail unit is a secondary unit in a config-only HA group.
Caution: For config-only HA, if the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode, you must store mail data externally, on a NAS server. Failure to store mail data externally could result in mailboxes and other data scattered over multiple
FortiMail units. For details on configuring NAS, see “Storing mail data on a
“Selecting the mail data storage location” on page 355
Configuring system settings Page 302 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 33: HA main options
GUI item Description
On failure
Shared password
Select one of the following behaviors of the primary unit when it detects a failure, such as on a power failure or from service/interface monitoring.
• switch off: Do not process email or join the HA group until you manually select the effective operating mode (see
).
• wait for recovery then restore original role: On recovery, the failed primary unit‘s effective HA mode of operation resumes its configured master role.
This also means that the secondary unit needs to give back the master role to the primary unit. This behavior may be useful if the cause of failure is temporary and rare, but may cause problems if the cause of failure is permanent or persistent.
• wait for recovery then restore slave role: On recovery, the failed primary unit’s effective HA mode of operation becomes slave, and the secondary unit continue to assume the master role. The primary unit then synchronizes the content of its MTA queue directories with the current master unit. The new master unit can then deliver email that existed in the former primary unit’s MTA queue at the time of the failover. For information on manually restoring the FortiMail unit to acting in its configured HA mode of operation, see
“click HERE to restore configured operating mode” on page 298
.
In most cases, you should select the wait for recovery then restore slave role option.
For details on the effects of this option on the Effective Operating Mode, see
Table . For information on configuring service/interface monitoring, see
“Configuring service-based failover” on page 309 .
This option appears only if
Mode of operation
is master.
Enter an HA password for the HA group. You must configure the same Shared
password value on both the primary and secondary units.
Configuring the master configuration IP
If you are configuring the unit as the secondary unit in a config-only group, go to System > High
Availability > Configuration to configure the master IP address.
In the Master IP address field, enter the IP of the primary heartbeat network interface of the primary unit. The secondary unit synchronizes only with this primary unit’s IP address.
Configuring the backup options
Go to System > High Availability > Configuration to configure backup options, which appear only when the mode of operation is master or slave.
Because the backup settings are not synchronized, to use this feature, you must enable it on both the master and slave units.
Configuring system settings Page 303 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 34:HA backup options
GUI item Description
Backup mail data directories
Synchronize system quarantine, email archives, email users’ mailboxes (server mode only), preferences, and per-recipient quarantines.
Unless the HA cluster stores its mail data on a NAS server, you should configure the HA cluster to synchronize mail directories.
If mail data changes frequently, you can manually initiate a data synchronization when significant changes are complete. For details, see
HERE to start a configuration/data sync” on page 297 .
Backup MTA queue directories
Synchronize the mail queue of the FortiMail unit. For more information on the
mail queue, see “Managing the deferred mail queue” on page 176 .
Caution: If the primary unit experiences a hardware failure and you cannot restart it, and if this option is disabled, MTA queue directory data could be lost.
Note: Enabling this option can affect the FortiMail unit’s performance, because periodic synchronization of the mail queue can be processor and bandwidth-intensive. Additionally, because the content of the MTA queue directories is very dynamic, periodically synchronizing MTA queue directories between FortiMail units may not guarantee against loss of all email in those directories. Even if MTA queue directory synchronization is disabled, after a failover, a separate synchronization mechanism may successfully prevent loss of MTA queue data. For details, see
“Synchronization of MTA queue directories after a failover” on page 292 .
Configuring the advanced options
Go to System > High Availability > Configuration to configure the advanced options. For config-only groups, just the HA base port option appears.
Configuring system settings Page 304 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 35:HA advanced options
GUI item Description
HA base port
Enter the first of four TCP port numbers that will be used for:
• the heartbeat signal
• synchronization control
• data synchronization
• configuration synchronization
Note: For active-passive groups, in addition to configuring the heartbeat, you can configure service monitoring. For details, see
“Configuring service-based failover” on page 309
.
Note: In addition to automatic immediate and periodic configuration synchronization, you can also manually initiate synchronization. For details, see
“click HERE to start a configuration/data sync” on page 297 .
Heartbeat lost threshold
Enter the total span of time, in seconds, for which the primary unit can be unresponsive before it triggers a failover and the secondary unit assumes the role of the primary unit.
The heartbeat will continue to check for availability once per second. To prevent premature failover when the primary unit is simply experiencing very heavy load, configure a total threshold of three (3) seconds or more to allow the secondary unit enough time to confirm unresponsiveness by sending additional heartbeat signals.
Note: If the failure detection time is too short, the secondary unit may falsely detect a failure when during periods of high load.
Caution: If the failure detection time is too long the primary unit could fail and a delay in detecting the failure could mean that email is delayed or lost.
Decrease the failure detection time if email is delayed or lost because of an HA failover.
Remote services as heartbeat
Enable to use remote service monitoring as a secondary HA heartbeat. If enabled and both the primary and secondary heartbeat links fail or become disconnected, if remote service monitoring still detects that the primary unit is available, a failover will not occur.
Note: The remote service check is only applicable for temporary heartbeat link fails. If the HA process restarts due to system reboot or HA daemon reboot, physical heartbeat connections will be checked first. If the physical connections are not found, the remote service monitoring does not take effect anymore.
Note: Using remote services as heartbeat provides HA heartbeat only, not synchronization. To avoid synchronization problems, you should not use remote service monitoring as a heartbeat for extended periods. This feature is intended only as a temporary heartbeat solution that operates until you reestablish a normal primary or secondary heartbeat link.
Configuring the slave system options
This section appears only when the mode of operations is set to config master under System >
High Availability > Configuration.
Configuring system settings Page 305 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 36:HA peer options
GUI item Description
Slave IP address
Create
Delete
Double-click in order to modify, then enter the IP address of the primary network interface on that secondary unit.
Click to add a secondary unit to the list of Peer systems, then double-click its
IP address.
The primary unit synchronizes only with secondary units in the list of Peer
systems.
Click the row corresponding to a peer IP address, then click this button to remove that secondary unit from the HA group.
Storing mail data on a NAS server
For FortiMail units operating in server mode as a config-only HA group, you must store mail data on a NAS server instead of locally. If mail data is stored locally, email users’ messages and other mail data could be scattered across multiple FortiMail units.
Even if your FortiMail units are not operating in server mode with config-only HA, however, storing mail data on a NAS server may have a number of benefits for your organization. For example, backing up your NAS server regularly can help prevent loss of mail data. Also, if your
FortiMail unit experiences a temporary failure, you can still access the mail data on the NAS server. When the FortiMail unit restarts, it can usually continue to access and use the mail data stored on the NAS server.
For config-only HA groups using a network attached storage (NAS) server, only the primary unit sends quarantine reports to email users. The primary unit also acts as a proxy between email users and the NAS server when email users use FortiMail webmail to access quarantined email and to configure their own Bayesian filters.
For a active-passive HA groups, the primary unit reads and writes all mail data to and from the
NAS server in the same way as a standalone unit. If a failover occurs, the new primary unit uses the same NAS server for mail data. The new primary unit can access all mail data that the original primary unit stored on the NAS server. So if you are using a NAS server to store mail data, after a failover, the new primary unit continues operating with no loss of mail data.
If the FortiMail unit is a member of an active-passive HA group, and the HA group stores mail data on a remote NAS server, disable mail data synchronization to prevent duplicate mail data traffic. For details, see “Backup mail data directories” on page 304 .
Configuring interface monitoring
In active-passive HA mode, Interface monitor checks the local interfaces on the primary unit. If a malfunctioning interface is detected, a failover will be triggered.
To configure interface monitoring
1. Go to System > High Availability > Configuration.
2. Select master or slave as the mode of operation.
Configuring system settings Page 306 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. Expand the Interface area, if required.
The interface IP address must be different from, but on the same subnet as, the IP addresses of the other heartbeat network interfaces of other members in the HA group.
When configuring other FortiMail units in the HA group, use this value as the:
• Remote peer IP (for active-passive groups)
• Master configuration (for secondary units in config-only groups)
Peer systems (for the primary unit on config-only groups)
5. Select a row in the table and click Edit to configure the following HA settings on the interface.
GUI item
Port
Description
Displays the interface name you’re configuring.
Enable port monitor
Enable to monitor a network interface for failure. If the port fails, the primary unit will trigger a failover.
Configuring system settings Page 307 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Heartbeat status
Peer IP address
Peer IPv6 address
Description
Specify if this interface will be used for HA heartbeat and synchronization.
• Disable
Do not use this interface for HA heartbeat and synchronization.
• Primary
Select the primary network interface for heartbeat and synchronization traffic. For more information, see
“About the heartbeat and synchronization” on page 288 .
This network interface must be connected directly or through a switch to the Primary heartbeat network interface of other members in the HA group.
• Secondary
Select the secondary network interface for heartbeat and synchronization traffic. For more information, see
“About the heartbeat and synchronization” on page 288 .
The secondary heartbeat interface is the backup heartbeat link between the units in the HA group. If the primary heartbeat link is functioning, the secondary heartbeat link is used for the HA heartbeat. If the primary heartbeat link fails, the secondary link is used for the HA heartbeat and for
HA synchronization.
This network interface must be connected directly or through a switch to the Secondary heartbeat network interfaces of other members in the HA group.
Caution: Using the same network interface for both HA synchronization/heartbeat traffic and other network traffic could result in issues with heartbeat and synchronization during times of high traffic load, and is not recommended.
Note: In general, you should isolate the network interfaces that are used for heartbeat traffic from your overall network. Heartbeat and synchronization packets contain sensitive configuration information, are latency-sensitive, and can consume considerable network bandwidth.
Enter the IP address of the matching heartbeat network interface of the other member of the HA group.
For example, if you are configuring the primary unit’s primary heartbeat network interface, enter the IP address of the secondary unit’s primary heartbeat network interface.
Similarly, for the secondary heartbeat network interface, enter the IP address of the other unit’s secondary heartbeat network interface.
For information about configuration synchronization and what is not
synchronized, see “About the heartbeat and synchronization” on page 288
.
This option appears only for active-passive HA.
Enter the peer IPv6 address in the active-passive HA group. For IPv6 support, see
“About IPv6 Support” on page 229 .
Configuring system settings Page 308 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Virtual IP action
Description
Select whether and how to configure the IP addresses and netmasks of the
FortiMail unit whose effective HA mode of operation is currently master.
For example, a primary unit might be configured to receive email traffic through port1 and receive heartbeat and synchronization traffic through
port5 and port6. In that case, you would configure the primary unit to set the IP addresses or add virtual IP addresses for port1 of the secondary unit on failover in order to mimic that of the primary unit.
• Ignore: Do not change the network interface configuration on failover, and do not monitor. For details on service monitoring for network interfaces, see
“Configuring the network interfaces” on page 232
.
• Set: Add the specified virtual IP address and netmask to the network interface on failover. Normally, you will configure your network (MX records, firewall policies, routing and so on) so that clients and mail services use the virtual IP address. Both originating and reply traffic uses the virtual IP address. This option results in the network interface having two IP Addresses: the actual and the virtual. For examples, see
“Example: Active-passive HA group in gateway mode” on page 318 . In
v3.0 MR2 and older releases, the behavior is different -- the originating traffic uses the actual IP address, instead of the virtual IP address. For details, see the Fortinet Knowledge Base article at http://kb.fortinet.com
.
• Bridge: Include the network interface in the Layer 2 bridge. While the effective HA mode of operation is slave, the interface is deactivated and cannot process traffic, preventing Layer 2 loops. Then, when the effective HA mode of operation becomes master, the interface is activated again and can process traffic. This option appears only if the
FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode. This option is not available for Port1 and the ports not in the bridge group. For information
on configuring bridging network interfaces, see “Editing network interfaces” on page 233
.
Note: Settings in this section are synchronizable. Configure the primary unit, then synchronize it to the secondary unit. For details, see
“click HERE to start a configuration/data sync” on page 297 .
Enter the virtual IPv4 address for this interface.
Virtual IP address
Virtual IPv6 address
Enter the virtual IPv6 address for this interface. For IPv6 support, see
“About IPv6 Support” on page 229
.
Configuring service-based failover
Go to System > High Availability > Configuration to configure remote service monitoring, local network interface monitoring, and local hard drive monitoring.
Service monitoring is not available for config-only HA groups.
Configuring system settings Page 309 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
HA service monitoring settings are not synchronized and must be configured separately on each primary and secondary unit.
With remote service monitoring, the secondary unit confirms that it can connect to the primary unit over the network using SMTP service, POP service (POP3), and Web service (HTTP) connections. If you configure the HA pair in server mode, the IMAP service can also be checked.
With local network interface monitoring and local hard drive monitoring, the primary unit monitors its own network interfaces and hard drives.
If service monitoring detects a failure, the effective HA operating mode of the primary unit switches to off or failed (depending on the On failure setting) and, if configured, the FortiMail units send HA event alert email, record HA event log messages, and send HA event SNMP traps.A failover then occurs, and the effective HA operating mode of the secondary unit switches to master. For information on the On failure option, see
“Configuring the HA mode and group” on page 300
. For information on the effective HA operating mode, see
Remote service monitoring can be effective to configure in addition to, or sometimes as a backup alternative to, the heartbeat. While the heartbeat tests for the general responsiveness of the primary unit, it does not test for the failure of individual services which email users may be using such as POP3 or webmail. The heartbeat also does not monitor for the failure of network interfaces through which non-heartbeat traffic occurs. In this way, configuring remote service monitoring provides more specific failover monitoring. Additionally, if the heartbeat link is briefly disconnected, enabling HA services monitoring can prevent a false failover by acting as a temporary secondary heartbeat. For information on treating service monitoring as a secondary heartbeat, see “Remote services as heartbeat” on page 305 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure service monitoring
1. Go to System > High Availability > Configuration.
2. Select master or slave as the mode of operation.
3. Expand the service monitor area, if required.
4. Select a row in the table and click Edit to configure it.
5. For Remote SMTP, Remote IMAP, Remote POP, and Remote HTTP services, configure the following:
GUI item
Enable
Description
Select to enable connection responsiveness tests for SMTP.
Name
Displays the service name.
Remote IP
Enter the peer IP address.
Port
Timeout
Enter the port number of the peer SMTP service.
Enter the timeout period for one connection test.
Configuring system settings Page 310 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Interval
Retries
Description
Enter the frequency of the tests.
Enter the number of consecutively failed tests that are allowed before the primary unit is deemed unresponsive and a failover occurs.
6. For interface monitoring and local hard drive monitoring, configure the following:
GUI item
Enable
Interval
Retries
Description
Enable local hard drive monitoring to check if the local hard drive is still accessible, or if the mail data disk is almost full. If the hard disk is not responsive, or if the mail data disk is 95 percent full, a failover will occur.
Interface monitoring is enabled when you configure interface monitoring.
See
“Configuring interface monitoring” on page 306
.
Network interface monitoring tests all active network interfaces whose:
•
Virtual IP action
setting is not Ignore
•
Configuring interface monitoring
setting is enabled
For details, see
“Configuring interface monitoring” on page 306 and
Enter the frequency of the test.
Specify the number of consecutively failed tests that are allowed before the local interface or hard drive is deemed unresponsive and a failover occurs.
Example: Failover scenarios
This section describes basic FortiMail active-passive HA failover scenarios. For each scenario, refer to the HA group shown in Figure 93 . To simplify the descriptions of these scenarios, the following abbreviations are used:
• P1 is the configured primary unit.
• S2 is the configured secondary unit.
Figure 93:Example active-passive HA group
Active-passive HA group port1
172.16.5.10
(HA virtual IP: 172.16.5.2)
Primary unit (P1)
Switch port6
Heartbeat link
Secondary unit (S2) port1
172.16.5.11
This section contains the following HA failover scenarios:
Configuring system settings Page 311 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
This topic includes:
•
Failover scenario 1: Temporary failure of the primary unit
•
Failover scenario 2: System reboot or reload of the primary unit
•
Failover scenario 3: System reboot or reload of the secondary unit
•
Failover scenario 4: System shutdown of the secondary unit
•
Failover scenario 5: Primary heartbeat link fails
•
Failover scenario 1: Temporary failure of the primary unit
In this scenario, the primary unit (P1) fails because of a software failure or a recoverable hardware failure (in this example, the P1 power cable is unplugged). HA logging and alert email are configured for the HA group.
When the secondary unit (S2) detects that P1 has failed, S2 becomes the new primary unit and continues processing email.
Here is what happens during this process:
1. The FortiMail HA group is operating normally.
2. The power is accidentally disconnected from P1.
3. S2’s primary heartbeat test detects that P1 has failed.
How soon this happens depends on the HA daemon configuration of S2.
4. The effective HA operating mode of S2 changes to master.
5. S2 sends an alert email similar to the following, indicating that S2 has determined that P1 has failed and that S2 is switching its effective HA operating mode to master.
This is the HA machine at 172.16.5.11.
The following event has occurred
‘MASTER heartbeat disappeared’
The state changed from ‘SLAVE’ to ‘MASTER’
6. S2 records event log messages (among others) indicating that S2 has determined that P1 has failed and that S2 is switching its effective HA operating mode to master.
Recovering from temporary failure of the primary unit
After P1 recovers from the hardware failure, what happens next to the HA group depends on
P1’s HA On failure settings under System > High Availability > Configuration.
Configuring system settings Page 312 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 94:HA On Failure settings
• switch off
P1 will not process email or join the HA group until you manually select the effective HA operating mode (see
• wait for recovery then restore original role
On recovery, P1’s effective HA operating mode resumes its configured master role. This also means that S2 needs to give back the master role to P1. This behavior may be useful if the cause of failure is temporary and rare, but may cause problems if the cause of failure is permanent or persistent.
In the case, the S2 will send out another alert email similar to the following:
This is the HA machine at 172.16.5.11.
The following event has occurred
‘SLAVE asks us to switch roles (recovery after a restart)
The state changed from ‘MASTER’ to ‘SLAVE’
After recovery, P1 also sends out an alert email similar to the following:
This is the HA machine at 172.16.5.10.
The following critical event was detected
The system was shutdown!
• wait for recovery then restore slave role
On recovery, P1’s effective HA operating mode becomes slave, and S2 continues to assume the master role. P1 then synchronizes the content of its MTA queue directories with the current master unit, S2. S2 can then deliver email that existed in P1’s MTA queue directory at the time of the failover. For information on manually restoring the FortiMail unit to acting in its configured HA mode of operation, see
“click HERE to restore configured operating mode” on page 298 .
Failover scenario 2: System reboot or reload of the primary unit
If you need to reboot or reload (not shut down) P1 for any reason, such as a firmware upgrade or a process restart, by using the CLI commands execute reboot or execute reload
<httpd...>
, or by clicking the Restart button under Monitor > System Status > Status on the
GUI:
• P1 will send a holdoff command to S2 so that S2 will not take over the master role during
P1’s reboot.
• P1 will also send out an alert email similar to the following:
This is the HA machine at 172.16.5.10.
Configuring system settings Page 313 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
The following critical event was detected
The system is rebooting (or reloading)!
• S2 will hold off checking the services and heartbeat with P1. Note that S2 will only hold off for about 15 minutes. In case P1 never boots up, S2 will take over the master role.
• S2 will send out an alert email, indicating that S2 received the holdoff command from P1.
This is the HA machine at 172.16.5.11.
The following event has occurred
‘peer rebooting (or reloading)’
The state changed from ‘SLAVE’ to ‘HOLD_OFF’
After P1 is up again:
• P1 will send another command to S2 and ask S2 to change its state from holdoff to slave and resume monitoring P1’s services and heartbeat.
• S2 will send out an alert email, indicating that S2 received instruction commands from P1.
This is the HA machine at 172.16.5.11.
The following event has occurred
‘peer command appeared’
The state changed from ‘HOLD_OFF’ to ‘SLAVE’
• S2 logs the event in the HA logs.
Failover scenario 3: System reboot or reload of the secondary unit
If you need to reboot or reload (not shut down) S2 for any reason, such as a firmware upgrade or a process restart, by using the CLI commands execute reboot or execute reload
<httpd...>
, or by clicking the Restart button under Monitor > System Status > Status on the
GUI, the behavior of P1 and S2 is as follows:
For FortiMail v4.1 and newer releases:
• P1 will send out an alert email similar to the following, informing the administrator of the heartbeat loss with S2.
This is the HA machine at 172.16.5.10.
The following event has occurred
‘ha: SLAVE heartbeat disappeared’
• S2 will send out an alert email similar to the following:
This is the HA machine at 172.16.5.11.
The following critical event was detected
The system is rebooting (or reloading)!
• P1 will also log this event in the HA logs.
For FortiMail v4.0 releases:
• P1 will not send out the alert email.
• P1 will log the event in the HA logs.
Failover scenario 4: System shutdown of the secondary unit
If you shut down S2:
• No alert email is sent out from either P1 or S2.
• P1 will log this event in the HA logs.
Configuring system settings Page 314 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Failover scenario 5: Primary heartbeat link fails
If the primary heartbeat link fails, such as when the cable becomes accidentally disconnected, and if you have not configured a secondary heartbeat link, the FortiMail units in the HA group cannot verify that other units are operating and assume that the other has failed. As a result, the secondary unit (S2) changes to operating as a primary unit, and both FortiMail units are acting as primary units.
Two primary units connected to the same network may cause address conflicts on your network because matching interfaces will have the same IP addresses. Additionally, because the heartbeat link is interrupted, the FortiMail units in the HA group cannot synchronize configuration changes or mail data changes.
Even after reconnecting the heartbeat link, both units will continue operating as primary units.
To return the HA group to normal operation, you must connect to the web-based manager of S2 to restore its effective HA operating mode to slave (secondary unit).
1. The FortiMail HA group is operating normally.
2. The heartbeat link Ethernet cable is accidently disconnected.
3. S2’s HA heartbeat test detects that the primary unit has failed.
How soon this happens depends on the HA daemon configuration of S2.
4. The effective HA operating mode of S2 changes to master.
5. S2 sends an alert email similar to the following, indicating that S2 has determined that P1 has failed and that S2 is switching its effective HA operating mode to master.
This is the HA machine at 172.16.5.11.
The following event has occurred
‘MASTER heartbeat disappeared’
The state changed from ‘SLAVE’ to ‘MASTER’
6. S2 records event log messages (among others) indicating that S2 has determined that P1 has failed and that S2 is switching its effective HA operating mode to master.
Recovering from a heartbeat link failure
Because the hardware failure is not permanent (that is, the failure of the heartbeat link was caused by a disconnected cable, not a failed port on one of the FortiMail units), you may want to return both FortiMail units to operating in their configured modes when rejoining the failed primary unit to the HA group.
To return to normal operation after the heartbeat link fails
1. Reconnect the primary heartbeat interface by reconnecting the heartbeat link Ethernet cable.
Even though the effective HA operating mode of S2 is master, S2 continues to attempt to find the other primary unit. When the heartbeat link is reconnected, S2 finds P1 and determines that P1 is also operating as a primary unit. So S2 sends a heartbeat signal to notify P1 to stop operating as a primary unit. The effective HA operating mode of P1 changes to off.
2. P1 sends an alert email similar to the following, indicating that P1 has stopped operating as the primary unit.
This is the HA machine at 172.16.5.10
The following event has occurred
'SLAVE asks us to switch roles (user requested takeover)'
The state changed from 'MASTER' to 'OFF'
Configuring system settings Page 315 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. P1 records event log messages (among others) indicating that P1 is switching to off mode.
The configured HA mode of operation of P1 is master and the effective HA operating mode of P1 is off.
The configured HA mode of operation of S2 is slave and the effective HA operating mode of
S2 is master.
P1 synchronizes the content of its MTA queue directories to S2. Email in these directories can now be delivered by S2.
4. Connect to the web-based manager of P1, go to System > High Availability > Status.
5. Check for synchronization messages.
Do not proceed to the next step until P1 has synchronized with S2.
6. Connect to the web-based manager of S2, go to System > High Availability > Status and select click HERE to restore configured operating mode.
The HA group should return to normal operation. P1 records the event log message (among others) indicating that S2 asked P1 to return to operating as the primary unit.
7. P1 and S2 synchronize their MTA queue directories. All email in these directories can now be delivered by P1.
Failover scenario 6: Network connection between primary and secondary units fails (remote service monitoring detects a failure)
Depending on your network configuration, the network connection between the primary and secondary units can fail for a number of reasons. In the network configuration shown in
Figure 93 on page 311 , the connection between port1 of primary unit (P1) and port1 of the secondary unit (S2) can fail if a network cable is disconnected or if the switch between P1 and
S2 fails.
A more complex network configuration could include a number of network devices between the primary and secondary unit’s non-heartbeat network interfaces. In any configuration, remote service monitoring can only detect a communication failure. Remote service monitoring cannot determine where the failure occurred or the reason for the failure.
In this scenario, remote service monitoring has been configured to make sure that S2 can connect to P1. The On failure setting located in the HA main configuration section is wait for
recovery then restore slave role. For information on the On failure setting, see
“On failure” on page 303
. For information about remote service monitoring, see
“Configuring service-based failover” on page 309
.
The failure occurs when power to the switch that connects the P1 and S2 port1 interfaces is disconnected. Remote service monitoring detects the failure of the network connection between the primary and secondary units. Because of the On failure setting, P1 changes its effective HA operating mode to failed.
When the failure is corrected, P1 detects the correction because while operating in failed mode
P1 has been attempting to connect to S2 using the port1 interface. When P1 can connect to S2, the effective HA operating mode of P1 changes to slave and the mail data on P1 will be synchronized to S2. S2 can now deliver this mail. The HA group continues to operate in this manner until an administrator resets the effective HA modes of operation of the FortiMail units.
1. The FortiMail HA group is operating normally.
2. The power cable for the switch between P1 and S2 is accidently disconnected.
3. S2’s remote service monitoring cannot connect to the primary unit.
How soon this happens depends on the remote service monitoring configuration of S2.
4. Through the HA heartbeat link, S2 signals P1 to stop operating as the primary unit.
5. The effective HA operating mode of P1 changes to failed.
Configuring system settings Page 316 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
6. The effective HA operating mode of S2 changes to master.
7. S2 sends an alert email similar to the following, indicating that S2 has determined that P1 has failed and that S2 is switching its effective HA operating mode to master.
This is the HA machine at 172.16.5.11.
The following event has occurred
‘MASTER remote service disappeared’
The state changed from ‘SLAVE’ to ‘MASTER’
8. S2 logs the event (among others) indicating that S2 has determined that P1 has failed and that S2 is switching its effective HA operating mode to master.
9. P1 sends an alert email similar to the following, indicating that P1 has stopped operating in
HA mode.
This is the HA machine at 172.16.5.10.
The following event has occurred
'SLAVE asks us to switch roles (user requested takeover)'
The state changed from 'MASTER' to 'FAILED'
10.P1 records the following log messages (among others) indicating that P1 is switching to
Failed mode.
Recovering from a network connection failure
Because the network connection failure was not caused by failure of either FortiMail unit, you may want to return both FortiMail units to operating in their configured modes when rejoining the failed primary unit to the HA group.
To return to normal operation after the heartbeat link fails
1. Reconnect power to the switch.
Because the effective HA operating mode of P1 is failed, P1 is using remote service monitoring to attempt to connect to S2 through the switch.
2. When the switch resumes operating, P1 successfully connects to S2.
P1 has determined the S2 can connect to the network and process email.
3. The effective HA operating mode of P1 switches to slave.
4. P1 logs the event.
5. P1 sends an alert email similar to the following, indicating that P1 is switching its effective
HA operating mode to slave.
This is the HA machine at 172.16.5.10.
The following event has occurred
'SLAVE asks us to switch roles (user requested takeover)'
The state changed from 'FAILED' to 'SLAVE'
6. P1 synchronizes the content of its MTA queue directories to S2. S2 can now deliver all email in these directories.
The HA group can continue to operate with S2 as the primary unit and P1 as the secondary unit. However, you can use the following steps to restore each unit to its configured HA mode of operation.
7. Connect to the web-based manager of P1 and go to System > High Availability > Status.
8. Check for synchronization messages.
Do not proceed to the next step until P1 has synchronized with S2.
Configuring system settings Page 317 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
9. Connect to the web-based manager of S2, go to System > High Availability > Status and select click HERE to restore configured operating mode.
10.Connect to the web-based manager of P1, go to System > High Availability > Status and select click HERE to restore configured operating mode.
P1 should return to operating as the primary unit and S2 should return to operating as the secondary unit.
11.P1 and S2 synchronize their MTA queue directories again. P1 can now deliver all email in these directories.
Example: Active-passive HA group in gateway mode
In this example, two FortiMail-400 units are configured to operate in gateway mode as an active-passive HA group.
The procedures in this example describe HA configuration necessary to achieve this scenario.
Before beginning, verify that both of the FortiMail units are already:
• physically connected according to Figure 95 on page 319
• operating in gateway mode
• configured with the IP addresses for their port3 and port1 network interfaces according to
Figure 95 on page 319 , with the exception of the HA virtual IP address that will be configured
in this example (for details, see “Editing network interfaces” on page 233 )
• allowing HTTPS administrative access through their port1 network interfaces according to
Figure 95 on page 319
Configuring system settings Page 318 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 95:Virtual IP address for HA failover
Local Email Users
Email Domain:
@example.com
Internal Email Server
172.16.1.10
Switch internal
172.16.1.1
External
Email Server wan1
10.10.10.1
Remote Email Users
Internet port3
172.16.1.5
(HA virtual IP: 172.16.1.2)
Primary unit port1
192.168.1.5
virtual IP transfers upon failover
Switch
Heartbeat link port6
10.0.0.2
port6
10.0.0.4
Switch
DNS Server example.com IN MX 10 fortimail.example.com
fortimail.example.com IN A 10.10.10.1
Administrator port3
172.16.1.6
Secondary unit port1
192.168.1.6
Active-passive HA group
Gateway mode
Protected Domain:
@example.com
The active-passive HA group is located on a private network with email users and the protected email server. All are behind a FortiGate unit which separates the private network from the
Internet. The DNS server, remote email users, and external SMTP servers are located on the
Internet.
For both FortiMail units:
port1 port3 port6
• connected to a switch which is connected only to the computer that the
FortiMail administrator uses to manage the HA group
• administrative access occurs through this port
• connected to a switch which is connected to the private network and, indirectly, the Internet
• email connections occur through this port
• connected directly to each other using a crossover cable
• heartbeat and synchronization occurs through this port
The secondary unit will become the new primary unit when a failover occurs. In order for it to receive the connections formerly destined for the failed primary unit, the new primary unit must adopt the failed primary unit’s IP address. You will configure an HA virtual IP address on port3 for this purpose.
Configuring system settings Page 319 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
While the configured primary unit is functional, the HA virtual IP address is associated with its
port3 network interface, which receives email connections. After a failover, the HA virtual IP address becomes associated with the new primary unit’s port3. As a result, after a failover, the new primary unit (originally the secondary unit) will then receive and process the email connections.
This example contains the following topics:
•
About standalone versus HA deployment
•
Configuring the DNS and firewall settings
•
Configuring the primary unit for HA operation
•
Configuring the secondary unit for HA operation
•
About standalone versus HA deployment
If you plan to convert a standalone FortiMail unit to a member of an HA group, first understand the changes you need to make for HA deployment shown in Figure 95 on page 319 in the context of its similarities and differences with a standalone deployment.
Examine the network interface configuration of a standalone FortiMail-400 unit in Table 37 .
Table 37:Example standalone network interface configuration
Network interface
IP address Description port1
192.168.1.5
Administrative connections to the FortiMail unit.
port2, port4
Default Not connected.
port3
172.16.1.2
Email connections to the FortiMail unit; the target of your email
DNS A records. (No administrative access.)
port5 port6
Default
Default
Not connected.
Not connected.
Similarly, for the HA group, DNS A records should target the IP address of the port3 interface of the primary FortiMail-400 unit. Additionally, administrators should administer each FortiMail unit in the HA group by connecting to the IP address of each FortiMail unit’s port1.
If a failover occurs, the network must be able to direct traffic to port3 of the secondary unit
without reconfiguring the DNS A record target. The secondary unit must cleanly and automatically substitute for the primary unit, as if they were a single, standalone unit.
Unlike the configuration of the standalone unit, for the HA group to accomplish that substitution, all email connections must use an IP address that transfers between the primary unit and the secondary unit according to which one’s effective HA operating mode is currently
master. This transferable IP address can be accomplished by configuring the HA group to either:
• set the IP address of the current primary unit’s network interface
• add a virtual IP address to the current primary unit’s network interface
In this example, the HA group uses the method of adding a virtual IP address. Email connections will not use the actual IP address of port3. Instead, all email connections will use only the virtual IP address 172.16.1.2, which is used by port3 of whichever FortiMail unit’s effective HA operating mode is currently master. During normal HA group operation, this IP
Configuring system settings Page 320 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
address resides on the primary unit. Conversely, after a failover occurs, this IP address resides on the former secondary unit (now the current primary unit).
Also unlike the configuration of the standalone unit, both port5 and port6 are configured for each member of the HA group. The primary unit’s port5 is directly connected using a crossover cable to the secondary unit’s port5; the primary unit’s port6 is directly connected to the secondary unit’s port6. These links are used solely for heartbeat and synchronization traffic between members of the HA group.
For comparison with the standalone unit, examine the network configuration of the primary unit in Table 38 .
Table 38:Example primary unit HA network interface configuration
Interface IP/Netmask Virtual IP address
Setting IP address
Description port1
192.168.1.5
Ignore
Default Ignore
Administrative connections to this
FortiMail unit. (Because the IP address does not follow the FortiMail unit whose effective mode is currently master, connections to this IP address are specific to this physical unit. Administrators can still connect to this FortiMail unit after failover, which may be useful for diagnostic purposes.)
Not connected.
port2, port4 port3
172.16.1.5
Set 172.16.1.2
Email connections to the FortiMail unit; the target of your email DNS MX and A records. Connections should not be destined for the actual IP address, but instead the virtual IP address (172.16.1.2) which follows the FortiMail unit whose effective HA operating mode is master. No administrative access.
port5 port6
10.0.1.2
10.0.0.2
Ignore
Ignore
Secondary heartbeat and synchronization interface.
Primary heartbeat and synchronization interface.
Because the
Virtual IP action
settings are synchronized between the primary and secondary units, you do not need to configure them separately on the secondary unit. However, you must configure the secondary unit with other settings listed in Table 39 .
Configuring system settings Page 321 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 39:Example secondary unit HA network interface configuration
Interfac e
IP/Netma sk
Virtual IP Address
Setting IP address
Description port1
192.168.1.
6
(synchronize d from primary unit)
(synchronize d from primary unit)
Administrative connections to this
FortiMail unit. (Because the IP address does not follow the FortiMail unit whose effective mode is currently master, connections to this IP address are specific to this physical unit. Administrators can connect to this FortiMail unit even when it is currently the secondary unit, which may be useful for HA configuration and log viewing.)
port2, port4
Default (synchronize d from primary unit)
(synchronize d from primary unit)
Not connected.
port3
172.16.1.6 (synchronize d from primary unit)
(synchronize d from primary unit)
Connections should not be destined for the actual IP address, but instead the virtual IP address (172.16.1.2) which follows the FortiMail unit whose effective
HA operating mode is master. As a result, no connections should be destined for this network interface until a failover occurs, causing the secondary unit to become the new primary unit. No administrative access.
port5
10.0.1.4
(synchronize d from primary unit)
(synchronize d from primary unit)
Secondary heartbeat and synchronization interface.
port6
10.0.0.4
(synchronize d from primary unit)
(synchronize d from primary unit)
Primary heartbeat and synchronization interface.
Configuring the DNS and firewall settings
In the example shown in Figure 95 on page 319 , SMTP clients will connect to the virtual IP address of the primary unit. For SMTP clients on the Internet, this connection occurs through the public network virtual IP on the FortiGate unit, whose policies allow the connections and route them to the virtual IP on the current primary unit.
Because the FortiMail HA group is installed behind a firewall performing NAT, the DNS server hosting records for the domain example.com must be configured to reflect the public IP address of the FortiGate unit, rather than the private network IP address of the HA group.
The DNS server has been configured with:
• an MX record to indicate that the FortiMail unit is the email gateway for example.com
• an A record to resolve fortimail.example.com into the FortiGate unit’s public IP address
• a reverse DNS record to enable external email servers to resolve the public IP address of the
FortiGate unit into the domain name of the FortiMail unit
Configuring system settings Page 322 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring the primary unit for HA operation
The following procedure describes how to prepare a FortiMail unit for HA operation as the primary unit according to Figure 95 on page 319 .
Before beginning this procedure, verify that you have completed the required preparations described in
“Example: Active-passive HA group in gateway mode” on page 318 .
To configure the primary unit for HA operation
1. Connect to the web-based manager of the primary unit at https://192.168.1.5/admin.
2. Go to System > Network.
3. Configure port 6 to 10.0.0.2/255.255.255.0 and port 6 to 10.0.1.2/255.255.255.0.
4. Go to System > High Availability > Configuration.
5. Configure the following:
HA Configuration section
Mode of operation
On failure
Shared password
.
master wait for recovery then assume slave role change_me
Backup options section
See “Configuring the backup options” .
Backup mail data directories enabled
Backup MTA queue directories
disabled
Advanced options section
HA base port
Heartbeat lost threshold
Remote services as heartbeat
See “Configuring the advanced options” .
2000
15 seconds disabled
Interface section
Interface
Enable port monitor
Heartbeat status
Peer IP address
Interface
Enable port monitor
Heartbeat status
Peer IP address
Virtual IP Address
See “Configuring interface monitoring” .
port6
Enabled
Primary
10.0.0.4
port5
Enabled
Secondary
10.0.1.4
Configuring system settings Page 323 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
port1 port2 port3 port4 port5 port6
Ignore
Ignore
Set
172.16.1.2/255.255.255.0
Ignore
Ignore
Ignore
6. Click Apply.
The FortiMail unit switches to active-passive HA mode, and, after determining that there is no other primary unit, sets its effective HA operating mode to master. The virtual IP
172.16.1.2 is added to port3; if not already complete, configure DNS records and firewalls to route email traffic to this virtual IP address, not the actual IP address of the port3 network interface.
7. To confirm that the FortiMail unit is acting as the primary unit, go to System >
High Availability > Status and compare the Configured Operating Mode and Effective
Operating Mode. Both should be master.
If the effective HA operating mode is not master, the FortiMail unit is not acting as the primary unit. Determine the cause of the failover, then restore the effective operating mode to that matching its configured HA mode of operation.
Figure 96:Primary unit status
Configuring the secondary unit for HA operation
The following procedure describes how to prepare a FortiMail unit for HA operation as the secondary unit according to Figure 95 on page 319 .
Before beginning this procedure, verify that you have completed the required preparations described in
“Example: Active-passive HA group in gateway mode” on page 318 . Also verify
To configure the secondary unit for HA operation
1. Connect to the web-based manager of the secondary unit at https://192.168.1.6/admin.
2. Go to System > Network.
3. Configure port 6 to 10.0.0.4/255.255.255.0 and port 6 to 10.0.1.4/255.255.255.0.
4. Go to System > High Availability > Configuration.
Configuring system settings Page 324 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. Configure the following:
Main Configuration section
Mode of operation
On failure
Shared password
See
“Configuring the primary HA options”
slave wait for recovery then restore slave role change_me
Backup options section
See
“Configuring the backup options”
.
Backup mail data directories
enabled
Backup MTA queue directories
disabled
Advanced options section
HA base port
See
“Configuring the advanced options” .
2000
Heartbeat lost threshold
15 seconds
Remote services as heartbeat disabled
Interface section
Interface
Heartbeat status
Peer IP address
See
“Configuring interface monitoring”
port6 primary
10.0.0.2
.
Interface
Heartbeat status
Peer IP address
Virtual IP Address
port5 secondary
10.0.1.2
(Configuration of the ports will be synchronized with the primary unit, and are therefore not required to be configured on the secondary unit.)
port1 port2 port3 port4 port5 port6
Ignore
Ignore
Set
172.16.1.2/255.255.255.0
Ignore
Ignore
Ignore
6. Click Apply.
The FortiMail unit switches to active-passive HA mode, and, after determining that the primary unit is available, sets its effective HA operating mode to slave.
Configuring system settings Page 325 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
7. Go to System > High Availability > Status.
8. Select click HERE to start a configuration/data sync.
The secondary unit synchronizes its configuration with the primary unit, including
Virtual IP action
settings that configure the HA virtual IP that the secondary unit will adopt on failover.
9. To confirm that the FortiMail unit is acting as the secondary unit, go to System >
High Availability > Status and compare the Configured Operating Mode and Effective
Operating Mode. Both should be slave.
If the effective HA operating mode is not slave, the FortiMail unit is not acting as the secondary unit. Determine the cause of the failover, then restore the effective operating mode to that matching its configured HA mode of operation.
If the heartbeat interfaces are not connected, the secondary unit cannot connect to the primary unit, and so the secondary unit will operate as though the primary unit has failed and will switch its effective HA operating mode to master.
Figure 97:Secondary unit status page (secondary unit not operating as a slave unit)
When both primary unit and the secondary unit are operating in their configured mode, configuration of the active-passive HA group is complete. For information on managing both members of the HA group, see
“Administering an HA group” on page 326
.
Administering an HA group
In most cases, you will an HA group by connecting to the primary unit as if it were a standalone unit.
Table 40:Management tasks performed on each HA group member
Connect to...
For...
Primary unit
(192.168.1.5)
• synchronized configuration items, such as antispam settings
• primary unit HA management tasks, such as viewing its effective HA operating mode and configuring its
Mode of operation
and
Shared password
• viewing the log messages of the primary unit
Secondary unit
(192.168.1.6)
• secondary unit HA management tasks, such as viewing its effective HA operating mode and configuring its
Mode of operation
and
Shared password
• viewing the log messages of the secondary unit
Configuring system settings Page 326 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
If the initial configuration synchronization fails, such as if it is disrupted or the network cable is loose, you should manually trigger synchronization after changing the configuration of the primary unit. For information on manually triggering configuration synchronization, see
HERE to start a configuration/data sync” on page 297 .
Some parts of the configuration are not synchronized, and must be configured separately on each member of the HA group. For details, see
“Configuration settings that are not synchronized” on page 290 .
Managing certificates
This section explains how to manage X.509 security certificates using the FortiMail web UI.
Using the Certificate submenu, you can generate certificate requests, install signed certificates, import CA root certificates and certificate revocation lists, and back up and restore installed certificates and private keys.
FortiMail uses certificates for PKI authentication in secure connections. PKI authentication is the process of determining if a remote host can be trusted with access to network resources. To establish its trustworthiness, the remote host must provide an acceptable authentication certificate by obtaining a certificate from a certification authority (CA).
You can manage the following types of certificates on FortiMail:
Table 41:Certificate types
Certificate type
Usage
CA certificates FortiMail uses CA certificates to authenticate the PKI users, including administrators and web mail users. For details, see
“Configuring PKI authentication” on page 409 and
“Managing certificate authority certificates” on page 334
.
Server certificates
FortiMail must present its local server certificate for the following secure connections:
• the web UI (HTTPS connections only)
• webmail (HTTPS connections only)
• secure email, such as SMTPS, IMAPS, and POP3S
For details, see “Managing local certificates” on page 328 .
Personal certificates
Mail users’ personal certificates are used for S/MIME encryption. For details, see
“Configuring certificate bindings” on page 342 .
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Managing certificate authority certificates
•
Managing the certificate revocation list
•
Managing OCSP server certificates
Configuring system settings Page 327 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Managing local certificates
System > Certificate > Local Certificate displays both the signed server certificates and unsigned certificate requests.
On this tab, you can also generate certificate signing requests and import signed certificates in order to install them for local use by the FortiMail unit.
FortiMail units require a local server certificate that it can present when clients request secure connections, including:
• the web UI (HTTPS connections only)
• webmail (HTTPS connections only)
• secure email, such as SMTPS, IMAPS, and POP3S
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view local certificates
1. Go to System > Certificate > Local Certificate.
GUI item
View
(button)
Delete
(button)
Description
Select a certificate and click View to display its issuer, subject, and range of dates within which the certificate is valid.
Removes the selected certificate.
Generate
(button)
Download
(button)
Click to generate a local certificate request. For more information, see
“Generating a certificate signing request” on page 329 .
Click the row of a certificate file or certificate request file in order to select it, then click this button and select either:
• Download: Download a certificate (.cer) or certificate request (.csr) file. You can send the request to your certificate authority (CA) to obtain a signed
• Download PKCS12 File: Download a PKCS #12 (.p12) file. For details, see
“Downloading a PKCS #12 certificate” on page 334 .
Set status
Click the row of a certificate in order to select it, then click this button to use it as the “default” (that is, currently chosen for use) certificate. The Status column changes to indicate that the certificate is the current (Default) certificate.
This button is not available if the selected certificate is already the “default.”
Import
(button)
Name
Click to import a signed certificate for local use. For more information, see
“Importing a certificate” on page 332 .
Displays the name of the certificate file or certificate request file.
Configuring system settings Page 328 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Subject
Status
Description
Displays the Distinguished Name (DN) located in the Subject field of the certificate.
If the certificate has not yet been signed, this field is empty.
Displays the status of the local certificates or certificate signing request.
• Default: Indicates that the certificate was successfully imported, and is currently selected for use by the FortiMail unit.
• OK: Indicates that the certificate was successfully imported, but is not selected as the certificate currently in use. To use the certificate, click the row of the certificate in order to select it, then click Set status.
• Pending: Indicates that the certificate request has been generated, but must be downloaded, signed, and imported before it can be used as a local certificate. For details, see
“Obtaining and installing a local certificate” on page 329
.
Obtaining and installing a local certificate
There are two methods to obtain and install a local certificate:
• If you already have a signed server certificate (a backup certificate, a certificate exported from other devices, and so on), you can import the certificate into FortiMail. For details, see
“Importing a certificate” on page 332
.
• Generate a certificate signing request on the FortiMail unit, get the request signed by a CA
,and import the signed certificate into FortiMail.
For the second method, follow these steps:
•
Generating a certificate signing request
•
Downloading a certificate signing request
•
Submitting a certificate request to your CA for signing
•
Generating a certificate signing request
You can generate a certificate request file, based on the information you enter to identify the
FortiMail unit. Certificate request files can then be submitted for verification and signing by a certificate authority (CA).
For other related steps, see
“Obtaining and installing a local certificate” on page 329 .
To generate a certificate request
1. Go to System > Certificate > Local Certificate.
2. Click Generate.
A dialog appears.
3. Configure the following:
Configuring system settings Page 329 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Certification name
Subject Information
ID type
Description
Enter a unique name for the certificate request, such as fmlocal
.
Information that the certificate is required to contain in order to uniquely identify the FortiMail unit.
Select which type of identifier will be used in the certificate to identify the FortiMail unit:
• Host IP
• Domain name
Which type you should select varies by whether or not your
FortiMail unit has a static IP address, a fully-qualified domain name (FQDN), and by the primary intended use of the certificate.
For example, if your FortiMail unit has both a static IP address and a domain name, but you will primarily use the local certificate for HTTPS connections to the web UI by the domain name of the FortiMail unit, you might prefer to generate a certificate based on the domain name of the FortiMail unit, rather than its IP address.
• Host IP requires that the FortiMail unit have a static, public IP address. It may be preferable if clients will be accessing the
FortiMail unit primarily by its IP address.
• Domain name requires that the FortiMail unit have a fully-qualified domain name (FQDN). It may be preferable if clients will be accessing the FortiMail unit primarily by its domain name.
• E-mail does not require either a static IP address or a domain name. It may be preferable if the FortiMail unit does not have a domain name or public IP address.
IP
Enter the static IP address of the FortiMail unit.
This option appears only if ID Type is Host IP.
Domain name Type the fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) of the FortiMail unit.
The domain name may resolve to either a static or, if the
FortiMail unit is configured to use a dynamic DNS service, a
dynamic IP address. For more information, see “Configuring the network interfaces” on page 232
.
If a domain name is not available and the FortiMail unit subscribes to a dynamic DNS service, an unable to verify certificate
message may appear in the user’s browser whenever the public IP address of the FortiMail unit changes.
This option appears only if ID Type is Domain name.
Configuring system settings Page 330 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Optional Information
Description
Type the email address of the owner of the FortiMail unit.
This option appears only if ID type is E-mail.
Information that you may include in the certificate, but which is not required.
Organization unit
Type the name of your organizational unit, such as the name of your department. (Optional.)
To enter more than one organizational unit name, click the + icon, and enter each organizational unit separately in each field.
Organization
Type the legal name of your organization. (Optional.)
Locality(City)
Type the name of the city or town where the FortiMail unit is located. (Optional.)
Key type
Key size
State/Province Type the name of the state or province where the FortiMail unit is located. (Optional.)
Country
Select the name of the country where the FortiMail unit is located. (Optional.)
Type an email address that may be used for contact purposes.
(Optional.)
Displays the type of algorithm used to generate the key.
This option cannot be changed, but appears in order to indicate that only RSA is currently supported.
Select a security key size of 1024 Bit, 1536 Bit or 2048 Bit.
Larger keys are slower to generate, but provide better security.
4. Click OK.
The certificate is generated, and can be downloaded to your management computer for submission to a certificate authority (CA) for signing. For more information, see
“Downloading a certificate signing request” on page 331 .
Downloading a certificate signing request
After you have generated a certificate request, you can download the request file to your management computer in order to submit the request file to a certificate authority (CA) for signing.
For other related steps, see
“Obtaining and installing a local certificate” on page 329 .
To download a certificate request
1. Go to System > Certificate > Local Certificate.
2. Click the row that corresponds to the certificate request in order to select it.
3. Click Download, then select Download from the pop-up menu.
Your web browser downloads the certificate request (.csr) file.
Configuring system settings Page 331 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Submitting a certificate request to your CA for signing
After you have download the certificate request file, you can submit the request to you CA for signing.
For other related steps, see
“Obtaining and installing a local certificate” on page 329 .
To submit a certificate request
1. Using the web browser on the management computer, browse to the web site for your CA.
2. Follow your CA’s instructions to place a Base64-encoded PKCS #12 certificate request, uploading your certificate request.
3. Follow your CA’s instructions to download their root certificate and Certificate Revocation
List (CRL), and then install the root certificate and CRL on each remote client.
4. When you receive the signed certificate from the CA, install the certificate on the FortiMail
unit. For more information, see “Importing a certificate” on page 332
.
Importing a certificate
You can upload Base64-encoded certificates in either privacy-enhanced email (PEM) or public key cryptography standard #12 (PKCS #12) format from your management computer to the
FortiMail unit.
DER encoding is not supported in FortiMail version 4.0 GA and MR1 releases.
Importing a certificate may be useful when:
• restoring a certificate backup
• installing a certificate that has been generated on another system
• installing a certificate, after the certificate request has been generated on the FortiMail unit and signed by a certificate authority (CA)
If you generated the certificate request using the FortiMail unit, after you submit the certificate request to CA, the CA will verify the information and register the contact information in a digital certificate that contains a serial number, an expiration date, and the public key of the CA. The
CA will then sign the certificate and return it to you for installation on the FortiMail unit. To install the certificate, you must import it. For other related steps, see
“Obtaining and installing a local certificate” on page 329
.
If the FortiMail unit’s local certificate is signed by an intermediate CA rather than a root CA, before clients will trust the FortiMail unit’s local certificate, you must demonstrate a link with trusted root CAs, thereby proving that the FortiMail unit’s certificate is genuine. You can demonstrate this chain of trust either by:
• installing each intermediate CA’s certificate in the client’s list of trusted CAs
• including a signing chain in the FortiMail unit’s local certificate
To include a signing chain, before importing the local certificate to the FortiMail unit, first open the FortiMail unit’s local certificate file in a plain text editor, append the certificate of each intermediate CA in order from the intermediate CA who signed the FortiMail unit’s certificate to the intermediate CA whose certificate was signed directly by a trusted root CA, then save the certificate. For example, a local certificate which includes a signing chain might use the following structure:
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
Configuring system settings Page 332 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
<FortiMail unit’s local server certificate>
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
<certificate of intermediate CA 1, who signed the FortiMail certificate>
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
<certificate of intermediate CA 2, who signed the certificate of intermediate CA 1 and whose certificate was signed by a trusted root CA>
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
To import a local certificate
1. Go to System > Certificate > Local Certificate.
2. Click Import.
3. From Type, select the type of the import file or files:
• Local Certificate: Select this option if you are importing a signed certificate issued by your
CA. For other related steps, see
“Obtaining and installing a local certificate” on page 329 .
• PKCS12 Certificate: Select this option if you are importing an existing certificate whose certificate file and private key are stored in a PKCS #12 (.p12) password-encrypted file.
• Certificate: Select this option if you are importing an existing certificate whose certificate file (.cert) and key file (.key) are stored separately. The private key is password-encrypted.
The remaining fields vary by your selection in Type.
Figure 98:Uploading a local certificate
Figure 99:Uploading a PKCS12 certificate)
Figure 100:Uploading a certificate
Configuring system settings Page 333 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
4. Configure the following:
GUI item
Certificate file
Key file
Password
Description
Enter the location of the previously .cert or .pem exported certificate
(or, for PKCS #12 certificates, the .p12 certificate-and-key file), or click Browse to locate the file.
Enter the location of the previously exported key file, or click Browse to locate the file.
This option appears only when Type is Certificate.
Enter the password that was used to encrypt the file, enabling the
FortiMail unit to decrypt and install the certificate.
This option appears only when Type is PKCS12 certificate or
Certificate.
Downloading a PKCS #12 certificate
You can export certificates from the FortiMail unit to a PKCS #12 file for secure download and import to another platform, or for backup purposes.
To download a PKCS #12 file
1. Go to System > Certificate > Local Certificate.
2. Click the row that corresponds to the certificate in order to select it.
3. Click Download, then select Download PKCS12 File on the pop-up menu.
A dialog appears.
4. In Password and Confirm password, enter the password that will be used to encrypt the exported certificate file. The password must be at least four characters long.
5. Click Download.
6. If your browser prompts you for a location to save the file, select a location.
Your web browser downloads the PKCS #12 (.p12) file. For information on importing a PKCS
#12 file, see
“Importing a certificate” on page 332 .
Managing certificate authority certificates
Go to System > Certificates > CA Certificate to view and import certificates for certificate authorities (CA).
Certificate authorities validate and sign other certificates in order to indicate to third parties that those other certificates may be trusted to be authentic.
CA certificates are required by connections that use transport layer security (TLS), and by
S/MIME encryption. For more information, see “Configuring TLS security profiles” on page 559
and “Configuring certificate bindings” on page 342 . Depending on the configuration of each PKI
user, CA certificates may also be required to authenticate PKI users. For more information, see
“Configuring PKI authentication” on page 409 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view a the list of CA certificates, go to System > Certificate > CA Certificate.
Configuring system settings Page 334 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 42:Managing CA certificates
GUI item Description
View
(button)
Delete
(button)
Select a certificate and click View to display certificate details including the certificate name, issuer, subject, and the range of dates within which the certificate is valid.
Removes the selected certificate.
Download
(button)
Import
(button)
Name
Subject
Click the row of a certificate in order to select it, then click Download to download a copy of the CA certificate (.cer).
Click to import a CA certificate.
Displays the name of the CA certificate.
Displays the Distinguished Name (DN) located in the Subject field of the certificate.
Managing the certificate revocation list
The Certificate Revocation List tab lets you view and import certificate revocation lists.
To ensure that your FortiMail unit validates only valid (not revoked) certificates, you should periodically upload a current certificate revocation list, which may be provided by certificate authorities (CA). Alternatively, you can use online certificate status protocol (OCSP) to query for certificate statuses. For more information, see
“Managing OCSP server certificates” on page 336 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view remote certificates, go to System > Certificate > Certificate Revocation List.
Table 43:Managing certificate revocation lists
GUI item Description
Delete
(button)
Removes the selected list.
View
(button)
Download
(button)
Select a certificate revocation list and click View to display details.
Select a certificate revocation list and click Download to download a copy of the
CRL file (.cer).
Configuring system settings Page 335 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 43:Managing certificate revocation lists
Import
(button)
Click to import a certificate revocation list.
Name
Subject
Displays the name of the certificate revocation list.
Displays the Distinguished Name (DN) located in the Subject field of the certificate revocation list.
Managing OCSP server certificates
Go to System > Certificate > Remote to view and import the certificates of the online certificate status protocol (OCSP) servers of your certificate authority (CA).
OCSP lets you revoke or validate certificates by query, rather than by importing certificate revocation lists (CRL). For information about importing CRLs, see
“Managing the certificate revocation list” on page 335
.
Remote certificates are required if you enable OCSP for PKI users. For more information, see
“Configuring PKI authentication” on page 409 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view a the list of remote certificates, go to System > Certificate > Remote.
Table 44:Managing OCSP server certificates
GUI item Description
Removes the selected certificate.
Delete
(button)
View
(button)
Select a certificate and click View to display certificate details including the certificate name, issuer, subject, and the range of dates within which the certificate is valid.
Download
(button)
Import
(button)
Name
Subject
Click the row of a certificate in order to select it, then click
Download to download a copy of the OCSP server certificate (.cer).
Click to import an OCSP server certificate.
Displays the name of the OCSP server certificate.
Displays the Distinguished Name (DN) located in the Subject field of the certificate.
Configuring system settings Page 336 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring encryption settings
Use the Encription menu to configure IBE encryption settings and certificate binding for S/MIME encryption.
This section includes:
•
•
Configuring certificate bindings
Configuring IBE encryption
The System > Encryption > IBE Encryption submenu lets you configure the Identity Based
Encryption (IBE) service. With IBE, you can send secured email through the FortiMail unit.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
FortiMail IBE configuration workflow
•
About IBE
IBE is a type of public-key encryption. IBE uses identities (such as email addresses) to calculate encryption keys that can be used for encrypting and decrypting electronic messages.
Compared with traditional public-key cryptography, IBE greatly simplifies the encryption process for both users and administrators. Another advantage is that a message recipient does not need any certificate or key pre-enrollment or specialized software to access the email.
About FortiMail IBE
The FortiMail unit encrypts an email message using the public key generated with the recipient’s email address. The email recipient does not need to install any software or generate a pair of keys in order to access the email.
What happens is that when an email reaches the FortiMail unit, the FortiMail unit applies its
IP-based policies and recipient-based policies containing IBE-related content profiles as well as the message delivery rules to the email. If a policy or rule match is found, the FortiMail unit
encrypts the email using the public key before sending a notification to the recipient. Figure 102
shows a sample notification.
The notification email contains an HTML attachment, which contains instructions and links telling the recipient how to access the encrypted email.
If this is the first time the recipient receives such a notification, the recipient must follow the instructions and links to register on the FortiMail unit before reading email.
If this is not the first time the recipient receives such a notification and the recipient has already registered on the FortiMail unit, the recipient only needs to log in to the FortiMail unit to read email.
When the recipient opens the mail on the FortiMail unit, the email is decrypted automatically.
Figure shows how FortiMail IBE works:
Page 337
Figure 101:How FortiMail works with IBE
1. Alice sends an email to Bob
([email protected]) via the
FortiMail unit.
2. The FortiMail unit applies its IBE-related IP-based policies , recipient-based policies, and access control rules to the email. If a policy or rule match is found, the FortiMail unit encrypts the email using the public key generated with Bob’s email address.
Request for Bob’s Public key
Alice
Mail Server
Receive Bob’s public key and encrypt the email
Request for Bob’s private key
Key Generator
Receive Bob’s private key and decrypt the email
3. The FortiMail unit sends a notification email to Bob with a link to the the FortiMail unit.
Internet
4. Bob accesses the FortiMail unit to obtain the private key for decrypting and opening Alice’s email.
Bob
Figure 102:Sample secure message notification
FortiMail IBE configuration workflow
Follow the general steps below to use the FortiMail IBE function:
• Configure and enable the IBE service. See
“Configuring IBE services” on page 339 .
• Manage IBE users. See
“Configuring IBE users” on page 421 .
• Configure an IBE encryption profile. See “Configuring encryption profiles” on page 561
.
Configuring encryption settings Page 338 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
If you want to encrypt email based on the email contents:
.
• Add the content action profile to the content profile and configure the scan criteria in the content profile, such as attachment filtering, file type filtering, and content monitor and filtering including the dictionary and action profiles. See
“Configuring content profiles” on page 498
.
• Add the content profile to the IP-based and recipient-based policies to determine email that needs to be encrypted with IBE. See
“Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442
, and
“Controlling email based on IP addresses” on page 449
.
For example, on the FortiMail unit, you have:
• configured a dictionary profile that contains a pattern called “Confidential”, and enabled
Search header (see
“Configuring dictionary profiles” on page 553
)
• added the dictionary profile to a content profile which also includes a content action profile that has an encryption profile in it
• included the content profile to IP and recipient policies
You then notify your email users on how to mark the email subject line and header if they want to send encrypted email.
For example, Alice wants to send an encrypted email to Bob through the FortiMail unit. She can add “Confidential” in the email subject line, or “Confidential” in the header (in MS
Outlook, when compiling a new mail, go to Options > Message settings > Sensitivity, and select Confidential in the list). The FortiMail unit will apply the policies you configured to the email by checking the email’s subject line and header. If one of them matches the patterns defined in the dictionary profile, the email will be encrypted.
• Configure IBE email storage. See “Selecting the mail data storage location” on page 355
.
• Configure log settings for IBE encryption. See “Configuring logging” on page 637 .
• View logs of IBE encryption. See
“Viewing log messages” on page 197
.
If you want to encrypt email using message delivery rules:
• Configure message delivery rules using encryption profiles to determine email that need to be encrypted with IBE. See
“Configuring delivery rules” on page 439
.
• Configure IBE email storage. See “Selecting the mail data storage location” on page 355
.
• Configure log settings for IBE encryption. See “Configuring logging” on page 637 .
• View logs of IBE encryption. See
“Viewing log messages” on page 197
.
Configuring IBE services
You can configure, enable, or disable IBE services which control how secured mail recipients use the FortiMail IBE function. For details about how to use IBE service, see
“FortiMail IBE configuration workflow” on page 338 .
To configure IBE service
1. Go to Encryption > IBE > IBE Encryption.
Configuring encryption settings Page 339 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 103:IBE encryption tab
2. Configure the following:
GUI item Description
Enable IBE service Select to enable the IBE service you configured.
IBE service name
Enter the name for the IBE service. This is the name the secure mail recipients will see once they access the FortiMail unit to view the mail.
User registration expiry time (days)
Enter the number of days that the secure mail recipient has to register on the FortiMail unit to view the mail before the registration expires.
The starting date is the date when the FortiMail unit sends out the first notification to a mail recipient.
User inactivity expiry time (days)
Enter the number of days the secure mail recipient can access the
FortiMail unit without registration.
For example, if you set the value to 30 days and if the mail recipient did not access the FortiMail unit for 30 days after the user registers on the unit, the recipient will need to register again if another secure mail is sent to the user. If the recipient accessed the FortiMail unit on the
15th days, the 30-day limit will be recalculated from the 15th day onwards.
Encrypted email storage expiry time
(days)
Enter the number of days that the secured mail will be saved on the
FortiMail unit.
Password reset expiry time (hours)
Enter the password reset expiry time in hours.
This is for the recipients who have forgotten their login passwords and request for new ones. The secured mail recipient must reset the password within this time limit to access the FortiMail unit.
Configuring encryption settings Page 340 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Allow secure replying
Allow secure forwarding
Allow secure composing
IBE base URL
"Help" content
URL
"About" content
URL
Description
Select to allow the secure mail recipient to reply the email with encryption.
Select to allow the secure mail recipient to forward the email with encryption.
Select to allow the secure mail recipient to compose an email. The
FortiMail unit will use policies and mail delivery rules to determine if this mail needs to be encrypted.
For encrypted email, the domain of the composed mail’s recipient must be a protected one, otherwise an error message will appear and the mail will not be delivered.
Enter the FortiMail unit URL, for example, https://192.168.100.20, on which a mail recipient can register or authenticate to access the secure mail.
You can create a help file on how to access the FortiMail secure email and enter the URL for the file. The mail recipient can click the “Help” link from the secure mail notification to view the file.
If you leave this field empty, a default help file link will be added to the secure mail notification.
You can create a file about the FortiMail IBE encryption and enter the
URL for the file. The mail recipient can click the “About” link from the secure mail notification to view the file.
If you leave this field empty, a link for a default file about the FortiMail
IBE encryption will be added to the secure mail notification.
Configuring encryption settings Page 341 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item Description
Allow custom user control
If your corporation has its own user authentication tools, enable this option and enter the URL.
“Custom user control” URL: This is the URL where you can check for user existence.
“Custom forgot password” URL: This is the URL where users get authenticated.
Notification
Settings
You can choose to send notification to the sender or recipient when the secure email is read or remains unread for a specified period of time.
Click the Edit link to modify the email template. For details, see
“Customizing email templates” on page 270 .
Depending on the IBE email access method (either PUSH or PULL) you defined in
“Configuring encryption profiles” on page 561 , the
notification settings behave differently.
• If the IBE message is stored on FortiMail PULL access method), the “read” notification will only be sent the first time the message is read.
• If the IBE message is not stored on FortiMail (PUSH access method), the “read” notification will be sent every time the message is read, that is, after the user pushes the message to
FortiMail and FortiMail decrypts the message.
• There is no “unread” notification for IBE PUSH messages.
Configuring certificate bindings
Go to Encryption > S/MIME > Certificate Binding to create certificate binding profiles, which establish the relationship between an email address and the certificate that:
• proves an individual’s identity
• provides their keys for use with encryption profiles
Use this relationship and that information for secure MIME (S/MIME) as per RFC 2634 .
If an incoming email message is encrypted, FortiMail compares the recipient’s identity with the list of certificate bindings to determine if it has a key that can decrypt the email. If it has a matching private key, it will decrypt the email before delivering it. If it does not, it forwards the still-encrypted email to the recipient.
If you have selected an encryption profile with encryption action in the message delivery rule that applies to the session, the FortiMail unit compares the recipient’s identity with the list of certificate bindings to determine if it has a certificate and public key. If it has a matching public key, it will encrypt the email using the algorithm specified in the encryption profile (see
“Configuring encryption profiles” on page 561 ). If it does not, it performs the failure action
indicated in the encryption profile.
If an incoming email message is digitally signed, FortiMail checks the certificate binding list for the public key to verify the signature. If the signature is verified, FortiMail will remove the signature and deliver the email. If the signature cannot be verified, FortiMail will forward the email with the digital signature.
Configuring encryption settings Page 342 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
If you have selected an encryption profile with signing action in the message delivery rule that applies to the session, the FortiMail unit compares the sender’s identity with the list of certificate bindings to determine if it has a certificate and private key. If it has a matching private key, it will add a digital signature using the algorithm specified in the encryption profile (see
encryption profile.
The FortiMail unit does not check if an outgoing email is already encrypted. Email clients can apply their own additional layer of S/MIME encryption if they want to (such as if they require non-repudiation) before they submit email for delivery through the FortiMail unit.
The destination of an S/MIME email can be another FortiMail unit, for gateway-to-gateway
S/MIME, but it could alternatively be any email gateway or server, as long as one of the following supports S/MIME and possesses the sender’s certificate and public key:
• the destination’s MTA or mail server
• the recipient’s MUA
This is necessary to decrypt the email; otherwise, the recipient cannot read the email.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category. For details, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
Before any personal certificate that you upload will be valid for use, you must upload the
To view and configure certificate binding
1. Go to Encryption > S/MIME > Certificate Binding.
GUI item
Profile ID
Address Pattern
Key Usage
Identity
Private Key
Valid From
Valid To
Description
Displays the name of the profile.
Displays the email address or domain associated with the identity represented by the personal or server certificate.
Displays if the key is for encryption, signing, or encryption and signing.
Displays the identity, often a first and last name, included in the common name (CN) field of the Subject line of the personal or server certificate.
Displays the private key associated with the identity, used todecrypt and sign email from that identity.
Displays the beginning date of the period of time during which the certificate and its keys are valid for use by signing and encryption.
Displays the end date of the certificate’s period of validity. After this date and time, the certificate expires, although the keys may be retained for the purpose of decrypting and reading email that was signed and encrypted previously.
Configuring encryption settings Page 343 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Status
(Green dot in column heading.)
Description
Indicates whether the certificate is currently not yet valid, valid, or expired, depending on the current system time and the certificate’s validity period.
Indicates whether or not the entry is currently referred to by another item in the configuration. If another item is using this entry, a red dot appears in this column, and the entry cannot be deleted.
2. Either click New to add a profile or double-click a profile to modify it.
3. From Type, select whether the keys and certificate will be used for validating the signature of and decrypting incoming email (External), or to sign and encrypt outgoing email (Internal).
Certificate import formats vary by this selection.
4. In Address Pattern, enter the email address or email domain that you want to use the certificate in this binding.
For example, you might bind a personal certificate for User1 to the email address, [email protected].
5. From Key type, select what kind of keys you want to upload. If you only have a public key, you can only use it to encryt email. If you have a public key and private key pair, you can use them to encrypt email (with a public key), decrypt email (with a private key), or digitally sign email (with a private key).
6. Select one of the following ways to either import and bind a personal certificate, or to bind an existing server certificate:
• Import PKCS12 file: Upload and bind a personal certificate-and-key file that uses the public key cryptography standard #12 (PKCS #12), stored in a password-protected file format (.p12).
• Import PEM files: Upload and bind a pair of personal certificates and public and private keys that use privacy-enhanced email (PEM), a password-protected file format (.pem).
• Choose from local certificate list: Bind a server certificate that you have previously uploaded to the FortiMail unit. For details, see
“Managing local certificates” on page 328 .
Depending on your selection in Import key from, either upload the personal certificate files and enter their password, or select the name of a local certificate from Select local certificate list.
If a certificate import does not succeed and event logging is enabled, to determine the cause of the failure, you can examine the event log messages. Log messages may indicate errors such as an unsupported password-based encryption (PBE) algorithm:
PKCS12 Import: err=0x6074079: digital envelope routines / EVP_PBE_CipherInit / unknown pbe algorithm
For best results, use 3DES with SHA1. RC2 is not supported.
7. Click Create.
Certificate bindings will be used automatically as needed for matching message delivery rules in which you have selected an encryption profile. For details, see
“Using S/MIME encryption” on page 564 ,
“Configuring encryption profiles” on page 561 and
“Configuring delivery rules” on
Configuring encryption settings Page 344 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
page 439 . It will also be used in the content profile and then in the policies which use the
content profile.
Configuring encryption settings Page 345 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring mail settings
The Mail Settings menu lets you configure the basic email settings of the FortiMail unit (such as the port number of the FortiMail SMTP relay/proxy/server), plus how to handle connections and how to manage the mail queues.
This section includes:
•
Configuring the built-in MTA and mail server
•
•
Managing the address book (server mode only)
•
Sharing calendars and address books (server mode only)
•
Migrating email from other mail servers (server mode only)
•
Configuring proxies (transparent mode only)
Configuring the built-in MTA and mail server
Go to Mail Settings > Settings to configure assorted settings that apply to the SMTP server and webmail server that are built into the FortiMail unit.
This section includes:
•
Configuring mail server settings
•
Configuring global disclaimers
•
Configuring disclaimer exclusion list
•
Selecting the mail data storage location
Configuring mail server settings
Use the mail server settings to configure SMTP server/relay settings of the System domain, which is located on the local host (that is, your FortiMail unit).
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure local SMTP server settings
1. Go to Mail Settings > Settings > Mail Server Settings.
A multisection page appears.
2. Configure the following sections as needed:
•
“Configuring local host settings” on page 347
•
“Configuring DSN options” on page 348
•
“Configuring mail queue setting” on page 349
•
“Configuring outgoing email options” on page 350
• “Configuring deferred message delivery” on page 350
•
“Configuring domain check options” on page 351
Page 346
Configuring local host settings
Provide the name and SMTP information for the mail server.
GUI item
Host name
Local domain name
SMTP server port number
Description
Enter the host name of the FortiMail unit.
Displays the FortiMail unit’s fully qualified domain name (FQDN) is in the format:
<host-name>.<local-domain-name> such as fortimail-400.example.com, where fortimail-400 is the
Host name
and example.com is the
Local domain name
.
Note: The FQDN of the FortiMail unit should be different from that of protected SMTP servers. If the FortiMail unit uses the same FQDN as your mail server, it may become difficult to distinguish the two devices during troubleshooting.
Note: You should use a different host name for each FortiMail unit, especially when you are managing multiple FortiMail units of the same model, or when configuring a high availability (HA) cluster. This will let you to distinguish between different members of the cluster. If the FortiMail unit is in HA mode, the FortiMail unit will add the host name to the subject line of alert email
messages. For details, see “Configuring alert email” on page 647
.
Enter the local domain name to which the FortiMail unit belongs.
The local domain name is used in many features such as email quarantine,
Bayesian database training, quarantine report, and delivery status notification (DSN) email messages.
Displays the FortiMail unit’s fully qualified domain name (FQDN) is in the format:
<host-name>.<local-domain-name> such as fortimail-400.example.com, where fortimail-400 is the
Host name
and example.com is the
Local domain name
.
Note: The IP address should be globally resolvable into the FQDN of the
FortiMail unit if it will relay outgoing email. If it is not globally resolvable, reverse DNS lookups of the FortiMail unit’s domain name by external SMTP servers will fail. For quarantine reports, if the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode or gateway mode, DNS records for the local domain name may need to be globally resolvable to the IP address of the FortiMail unit. If it is not globally resolvable, web and email release/delete for the per-recipient quarantines may fail. For more information on configuring required DNS records, see
“Setting up the system” on page 25
.
Note: The
Local domain name
is not required to be different from or identical to any protected domain. It can be a subdomain or different, external domain.
For example, a FortiMail unit whose FQDN is fortimail.example.com could be configured with the protected domains example.com and accounting.example.net.
Enter the port number on which the FortiMail unit’s SMTP server will listen for SMTP connections. The default port number is 25.
Configuring mail settings Page 347 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
SMTP over
SSL/TLS
Description
Enable to allow SSL- and TLS-secured connections from SMTP clients that request SSL/TLS.
When disabled, SMTP connections with the FortiMail unit’s built-in MTA must occur as clear text, unencrypted.
Note: This option must be enabled to receive SMTPS connections. However, it does not require them. To enforce client use of SMTPS, see
“Configuring access control rules” on page 430 .
SMTPS server port number
Enter the port number on which the FortiMail unit’s built-in MTA listens for secure SMTP connections. The default port number is 465.
This option is unavailable if SMTP over SSL/TLS is disabled.
SMTP MSA service
Enable let your email clients use SMTP for message submission on a separate TCP port number from deliveries or mail relay by MTAs.
For details on message submission by email clients as distinct from SMTP used by MTAs, see RFC 2476 .
SMTP MSA port number
Enter the TCP port number on which the FortiMail unit listens for email clients to submit email for delivery. The default port number is 587.
POP3 server port number
Enter the port number on which the FortiMail unit’s POP3 server will listen for
POP3 connections. The default port number is 110.
This option is available only if the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode.
Default domain for authentication
If you set one domain as the default domain, users on the default domain only need to enter their user names without the domain part for webmail/SMTP/IMAP/POP3 authentication, such as user1. Users on the non-default domains must enter both the user name part and domain part to authentication, such as [email protected].
Webmail access Enable to redirect HTTP webmail access to HTTPS.
Configuring DSN options
Use this section to configure mail server delivery status notifications.
For information on failed deliveries, see
“Managing the deferred mail queue” on page 176
and
“Managing undeliverable mail” on page 177
.
GUI item
DSN (NDR) email generation
Description
Enable to allow the FortiMail unit to send DSN messages to notify email users of delivery delays and/or failure.
Note that if the email message triggers an antispam or antivirus profile, no
DSN message will be sent. If it triggers a content profile, a DSN message will still be sent.
Configuring mail settings Page 348 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Sender displayname
Description
Displays the name of the sender, such as FortiMail administrator, as it should appear in DSN email.
If this field is empty, the FortiMail unit uses the default name of postmaster.
Sender address Displays the sender email address in DSN.
If this field is empty, the FortiMail unit uses the default sender email address of postmaster@<domain_str>, where <domain_str> is the domain name of the FortiMail unit, such as example.com.
Configuring mail queue setting
Use these sections to configure mail queues and the use of Extended Simple Mail Transfer
Protocol (ESMTP).
For more information on the FortiMail mail queue, see
“Managing the deferred mail queue” on page 176 and
“Managing undeliverable mail” on page 177
.
GUI item
Mail Queue section
Description
Maximum time for email in queue
Select the maximum number of hours that deferred email messages can remain in the deferred or quarantined email queue, during which the FortiMail unit periodically retries to send the message.
After it reaches the maximum time, the FortiMail unit sends a final delivery status notification (DSN) email message to notify the sender that the email message was undeliverable.
Maximum time for DSN email in queue
Select the maximum number of hours a delivery status notification
(DSN) message can remain in the mail queues. After it reaches the maximum, the FortiMail unit moves the DSN email to the dead mail folder.
If set to zero (0), the FortiMail unit attempts to deliver the DSN only once.
Time before delay warning
Select the number of hours after an initial failure to deliver an email message before the FortiMail unit sends the first delivery status notification (DSN) message to notify the sender that the email message was deferred.
After sending this initial DSN, the FortiMail unit continues trying to sending the email until reaching the limit configured in
Maximum time for email in queue
Time interval for retry
Select the number of minutes between delivery retries for email messages in the deferred and spam mail queues.
Dead mail retention period
Enter the number of days that undeliverable email and its associated
DSN will be kept in the dead mail folder. After this time, the dead email and its DSN are automatically deleted.
Configuring mail settings Page 349 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring outgoing email options
For outgoing email, you can specify to use an STMP relay, instead of the FortiMail built-in MTA, to deliver email.
Under some circumstance, connections from certain relays may by blocked by other parties. If you have other backup relays, you can use them instead.
For information about adding STMP relays, see
“Configuring SMTP relay hosts” on page 352 .
GUI item Description
Deliver to relay host
Select a relay that you configured in “Configuring SMTP relay hosts” on page 352 .
Disable ESMTP
Mark the check box to disable (ESMTP) for outgoing email.
By default, FortiMail units can use ESMTP commands. ESMTP supports email messages with graphics, sound, video, and text in various languages. For more information on ESMTP, see RFC 1869 .
Delivery Failure
Handling
Normal
When email delivery fails, you can choose to use the mail queue settings (
“Configuring mail queue setting” on page 349
) to handle the temporary or permanent failures. You can also try another relay that you know might work.
Select this option if you want to queue the email and use the mail queue settings.
Deliver to relay host
Select another relay (backup relay) that you want to use for failed deliveries. Then specify how long the undelivered email should wait in the normal queue before trying the backup relay.
You can also specify which types of failed connections the backup relay should take over and retry:
• DNS failure: failed DNS lookups
• Network failure -- connection
• Netowrk failure -- other
• Temporary failure from remote MTA (4XX reply code)
• Permanent failure from remote MTA (5XX reply code)
Configuring deferred message delivery
You can choose to defer delivery of two types of email to conserve bandwidth and improve performance of the mail server:
• large email messages
• lower priority email from certain senders, for example, marketing campaign email and mass mailing
Oversized message delivery can be resource-intensive. For improved FortiMail performance, schedule delivery during times when email traffic volume is low, such as nights and weekends.
To set a deferral period, configure both of the following:
• In Start delivering messages at, select the hour and minute of the day at which to begin delivering oversize email messages.
• In Stop delivering messages at, select the hour and minute of the day at which to stop delivering oversize email messages.
Configuring mail settings Page 350 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring domain check options
Use this section for LDAP compatibility.
If the domain lookup option is also enabled in the LDAP profile (see
“Configuring domain lookup options” on page 534
), the parent domain from the domain lookup query is used to hold domain
association.
GUI item Description
Perform LDAP domain verification for unknown domains
Enable to verify the existence of domains that are not configured as
protected domains. Also configure
To verify the existence of unknown domains, the FortiMail unit queries an
LDAP server for a user object that contains the email address. If the user object exists, the verification is successful, and:
• If
Automatically create domain association for verified domain
the FortiMail unit automatically adds the unknown domain as a domain associated of the protected domain selected in Internal domain to hold
association.
• If
Automatically create domain association for verified domain
is
disabled, and the DNS lookup of the unknown domain name is successful, the FortiMail unit routes the email to the IP address resolved for the domain name during the DNS lookup. Because the domain is not formally defined as a protected domain, the email is considered to be outgoing, and outgoing recipient-based policies are used to scan the
email. For more information, see “Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442
.
LDAP profile for domain check
Select the LDAP profile to use when verifying existence of unknown domains. The LDAP query is configured under User Query Options in an
LDAP profile. If you also enable the domain lookup option in the LDAP profile, the option must be enabled for the domain.
This option is available only if
Perform LDAP domain verification for unknown domains
Automatically create domain association for verified domain
Enable to automatically add unknown domains as domain associations if they are successfully verified by the LDAP query. See
.
For more information about domain association, see
“Domain Association” on page 372 .
This option is available only if Perform LDAP domain verification for unknown
domains is enabled.
Internal domain to hold domain association
Select the name of a protected domain with which to associate unknown domains, if they pass domain verification. However, if the domain lookup query (see
“Configuring domain lookup options” on page 534
) returned its own parent domain, that parent domain is used.
This option is available only if
Automatically create domain association for verified domain
Configuring mail settings Page 351 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring SMTP relay hosts
Configure one or more SMTP relays, if needed, to which the FortiMail unit will relay outgoing email. This is typically provided by your Internet service provider (ISP), but could be mail relays on your internal network.
When you configure mail server settings (
“Configuring outgoing email options” on page 350 ),
you can specify to use a relay host for outgoing email.
If the SMTP relay’s domain name resolves to more than one IP address, for each SMTP session, the FortiMail unit will randomly select one of the IP addresses from the result of the DNS query, effectively load balancing between the SMTP relays.
If you do not configure a relay, for outgoing email delivered by the built-in MTA, the FortiMail unit will instead query the DNS server for the MX record of the mail domain in the recipient’s email address (RCPT TO:), and relay the email directly to that mail gateway. For details, see
FortiMail uses the proxies instead of the built-in MTA” on page 393 .
Server relay is ignored if the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode, and
“Use client-specified SMTP server to send email” on page 400 (for outgoing connections) or
“Use this domain’s SMTP server to deliver the mail” on page 368 (for incoming connections containing outgoing email messages) is enabled.
.
Server relay is ignored for email that matches an antispam or content profile where you have enabled
To configure STMP relays
1. Go to Mail Settings > Settings > Relay Host List. You can configure a maximum of 5 relays.
2. Click New.
3. Configure the following:
GUI item
Name
Description
Enter a descriptive name for this relay host.
Host name/IP
Enter the domain name or IP address of an SMTP relay.
Port
Enter the TCP port number on which the SMTP relay listens.
This is typically provided by your Internet service provider (ISP).
Configuring mail settings Page 352 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Use SMTPS
Description
Enable to initiate SSL- and TLS-secured connections to the SMTP relay if it supports SSL/TLS.
When disabled, SMTP connections from the FortiMail unit’s built-in MTA or proxy to the relay will occur as clear text, unencrypted.
This option must be enabled to initiate SMTPS connections.
Authentication
Required
If the relay server requires use of the SMTP AUTH command, enable this option, click the arrow to expand the section and configure:
• User name: Enter the name of the FortiMail unit’s account on the SMTP relay.
• Password: Enter the password for the FortiMail unit’s user name.
• Authentication type: Available SMTP authentication types include:
• AUTO (automatically detect and use the most secure SMTP authentication type supported by the relay server)
• PLAIN (provides an unencrypted, scrambled password)
• LOGIN (provides an unencrypted, scrambled password)
• DIGEST-MD5 (provides an encrypted hash of the password)
• CRAM-MD5 (provides an encrypted hash of the password, with hash replay prevention, combined with a challenge and response mechanism)
Configuring global disclaimers
The Mail Settings > Settings > Disclaimer tab lets you configure system-wide disclaimer messages.A disclaimer message is text that is generally attached to email to warn the recipient that the email contents may be confidential.
Disclaimers can be appended to both incoming and outgoing email. For an explanation of
directionality, see “Incoming versus outgoing email messages” on page 428 .
If
is enabled, you can configure disclaimer messages that are
specific to each protected domain. For more information, see “Disclaimer for a domain” on page 377 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure disclaimer messages
1. Go to Mail Settings > Settings > Disclaimer.
2. Configure the following:
Configuring mail settings Page 353 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item Description
Allow per-domain settings
Enable to allow protected domains to select from either the system-wide disclaimer messages, configured below, or their own separate disclaimer messages.
Disable to require that all protected domains use the system-wide disclaimer messages.
If this option is disabled, domain-specific disclaimers cannot be configured. For information on configuring disclaimer messages specific to a protected domain, see
“Disclaimer for a domain” on page 377
.
For incoming messages
Disclaimer in incoming message header
Disclaimer in incoming message body
Enable to append a disclaimer message to the message header of incoming messages, then enter the disclaimer message. The maximum length is 256 characters.
Enable to append a disclaimer message to the message body of incoming messages, then enter the disclaimer message. The maximum length is 1024 characters.
For outgoing messages
Disclaimer in outgoing message header
Disclaimer in outgoing message body
Enable to append a disclaimer message to the message header of outgoing messages, then enter the disclaimer message. The maximum length is 256 characters.
Enable to append a disclaimer message to the message body of outgoing messages, then enter the disclaimer message. The maximum length is 1024 characters.
Enable disclaimer exclusion list
If you do not want to insert disclaimers to the email messages from certain senders or to certain recipients, you can enable this option. For details about disclaimer exclusion list, see
“Configuring disclaimer exclusion list” on page 354
.
Configuring disclaimer exclusion list
In some cases, you may not want to insert disclaimers to some email messages. For example, you may not want to insert disclaimers to paging text or SMS text messages. To do this, you add the specific senders, sender domains, recipients, or recipients domains to the exclusion list, and when you configure the global disclaimer settings (see
“Configuring global disclaimers” on page 353 ), you can enable the exclusion list.
To create a disclaimer exclusion list
1. Go to Mail Settings > Settings > Disclaimer Exclusion List.
2. Click New to create or new list or double click on an existing one to edit it.
3. Enter a sender pattern and/or recipient pattern. For example, for sender pattern, if you add
*@example.com, all messages from example.com users will be exempted from disclaimer insertion.
4. Click Create.
Configuring mail settings Page 354 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Selecting the mail data storage location
The Mail Settings > Settings > Storage tab lets you configure local or remote storage of mail data such as the mail queues, email archives, email users’ mailboxes, quarantined email, and
IBE encrypted email.
FortiMail units can store email either locally or remotely. FortiMail units support remote storage by a centralized quarantine, and/or by a network attached storage (NAS) server using the network file system (NFS) protocol.
NAS has the benefits of remote storage which include ease of backing up the mail data and more flexible storage limits. Additionally, you can still access the mail data on the NAS server if your FortiMail unit loses connectivity.
If the FortiMail unit is a member of an active-passive HA group, and the HA group stores mail data on a remote NAS server, disable mail data synchronization to prevent duplicate mail data traffic. For details, see
“Configuring the HA mode and group” on page 300 .
If you store the mail data on a remote NAS device, you cannot back up the data. You can only back up the mail data stored locally on the FortiMail hard disk. For information about backing
up mail data, see “Configuring mailbox backups” on page 214 .
Tested and Supported NFS servers
• Linux NAS (NFS v3/v4)
• Red Hat 5.5
• Fedora 16/17/18/19
• Ubuntu 11/12/13
• OpenSUSE 13.1
• FreeNAS
• Openfiler
• EMC VNXe3150 (version 2.4.2.21519(MR4 SP2))
• EMC Isilon S200 (OneFS 7.1.0.3)
Untested NFS servers
• Buffalo TeraStation
• Cisco Linksys NAS server
Non-Supported NFS Servers
• Windows 2003 R2 /Windows 2008 Service for NFS
If you do not need consolidated storage for the mail queue and email user inboxes, the larger
FortiMail models (FortiMail 1000D, 2000A, 2000B, VM04, 3000C, 3000D, VM08, 5001A, and
5002B) can act as a centralized quarantine server and IBE encrypted email storage server. If applicable to your model, the Receive quarantined messages from clients option and the
Receive IBE messages from clients option appear on the Storage tab.
Configuring mail settings Page 355 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
FortiMail 1000D, 2000A, 2000B, and VM04 model can host a maximum of 10 clients and
FortiMail 3000C and above models can host up to 20 clients. Any FortiMail model can be a client.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure mail data storage
1. Go to Mail Settings > Settings > Storage.
2. Configure the following:
GUI item
NAS section
Description
Local
Select to store email on the FortiMail unit’s local disk or RAID.
NAS server
Select to store email on a remote network attached storage (NAS) server.
Test
(button)
Click to verify the NAS server settings are correct and that the
FortiMail unit can access that location. The test action basically tries to discover, login, mount, and unnount the remote device.
This button is available only when NAS server is selected.
Configuring mail settings Page 356 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Protocol
Refresh
(button)
Description
Select a type of the NAS server:
• NFS: To configure a network file system (NFS) server. For this option, enter the following information:
• Hostname/IP address: the IP address or fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the NFS server.
• Port: the TCP port number on which the NFS server listens for connections.
• Directory: the directory path of the NFS export on the NAS server where the FortiMail unit will store email.
• iSCSI Server: To configure an Internet SCSI (Small Computer
System Interface) server. For this option, enter the following information:
• Username: the user name of the FortiMail unit’s account on the iSCSI server.
• Password: the password of the FortiMail unit’s account on the iSCSI server.
• Hostname/IP address: the IP address or fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the iSCSI server.
• Port: the TCP port number on which the iSCSI server listens for connections.
• Encryption key: the key that will be used to encrypt data stored on the iSCSI server. Valid key lengths are between 6 and 64 single-byte characters.
• iSCSI ID: the iSCSI identifier in the format expected by the iSCSI server, such as an iSCSI Qualified Name (IQN),
Extended Unique Identifier (EUI), or T11 Network Address
Authority (NAA).
Status: When available. it indicates if the iSCSI share was successfully mounted on the FortiMail unit’s file system. This field appears only after you configure the iSCSI share and click Apply.
Status may take some time to appear if the iSCSI server is slow to respond.
If Not mounted appears, the iSCSI share was not successfully mounted. Verify that the iSCSI server is responding and the FortiMail unit has both read and write permissions on the iSCSI server.
This button appears when you configure an iSCSI server. Click it to update the information in the Status field.
Configuring mail settings Page 357 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring mail settings
GUI item Description
Click here to format this device
These two links appear when you configure an iSCSI server and click
Apply.
Click here to check file system on this device
Click a link to initiate the described action (that is, format the device or check its file system). A message appears saying the action is being executed. Click OK to close the message and click Refresh to see a Status update.
Note: If the ISCSI disk has never been formatted, FortiMail needs to format it before it can be used. If the disk has been formatted before, you do not need to format it again. unless you want to wipe out the data on it.
Centralized Quarantine section
Disabled
Select to store the quarantines on the FortiMail unit’s local disk or
RAID.
Receive quarantined messages from clients
Select to have this FortiMail unit act as a centralized quarantine server, then enter the IP addresses of all valid clients.
This option is available on FortiMail 1000D and above models.
For FortiMail 1000D, 2000A, 2000B, and VM04 models, you can enter a maximum of 10 IP addresses as clients. For FortiMail 3000C and above models, you can enter a maximum of 20 IP addresses.
Other FortiMail units acting as clients send all their quarantined email to this FortiMail unit. This FortiMail unit only accepts a connection if the client’s IP address matches an IP address on the list of clients configured here.
Send quarantined messages to remote server
Select to have this FortiMail unit act as a centralized quarantine client. All quarantined email is saved on a centralized quarantine server, if available.
When selected, enter the following information:
• Over SSL: Select to send quarantined messages over SSL.
• Name: Enter a name to identify this client to the quarantine server. This value must match the name of the client as it is configured on the quarantine server. Otherwise, the connection will fail.
• Host: Enter the IP address of the FortiMail unit that is acting as a centralized quarantine server.
Centralized IBE section
Disabled
Select to store IBE encrypted email on the FortiMail unit’s local disk or RAID.
Page 358 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item Description
Receive IBE messages from clients
Select to have this FortiMail unit act as a centralized IBE mail storage server, then enter the IP addresses of all valid clients which are the
FortiMail units that are configured to send IBE messages to this unit.
This option is available on FortiMail 1000D and above models.
For FortiMail 1000D, 2000A, 2000B, and VM04 models, you can enter a maximum of 10 IP addresses as clients. For FortiMail 3000C and above models, you can enter a maximum of 20 IP addresses.
Other FortiMail units acting as clients send all their IBE email to this
FortiMail unit. This FortiMail unit will only accept a connection if the client’s IP address matches an IP address on the list of clients configured here.
Note: The protected domains on the IBE mail server must match the domains on the clients. Otherwise the secure mail recipients cannot retrieve their secure email from the server.
Send IBE messages to remote server over
SSL
Select to have this FortiMail unit act as a centralized IBE storage client. All IBE email will be saved on the centralized IBE mail storage server, if available.
When selected, enter the following information:
• Name: Enter a name to identify this client to the centralized IBE mail storage server. This value must match the name of the client as it is configured on the centralized IBE mail storage server.
Otherwise, the connection will fail.
• Host: Enter the IP address of the FortiMail unit that is acting as a centralized IBE mail storage server.
Configuring protected domains
The Domains tab displays the list of protected domains.
Protected domains define connections and email messages for which the FortiMail unit can perform protective email processing by describing both:
• the IP address of an SMTP server
• the domain name portion (the portion which follows the “@” symbol) of recipient email addresses in the envelope
The FortiMail unit uses both parts to compare to connections and email messages when looking for traffic that involves the protected domain.
For FortiMail units operating in server mode, protected domains list only the domain name, not the IP address: the IP address of the SMTP server is the IP address of the FortiMail unit itself.
For example, if you wanted to scan email from email addresses such as [email protected] hosted on the SMTP server 10.10.10.10, you would configure a protected domain of example.com
whose SMTP server is 10.10.10.10.
Configuring mail settings Page 359 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Aside from defining the domain, protected domains contain settings that apply specifically to all email destined for that domain, such as mail routing and disclaimer messages.
Many FortiMail features require that you configure a protected domain. For example, when applying recipient-based policies for email messages incoming to the protected domain, the
FortiMail unit compares the domain name of the protected domain to the domain name portion of the recipient email addresses.
When FortiMail units operating in transparent mode are proxying email connections for a protected domain, the FortiMail unit will pass, drop or intercept connections destined for the IP address of an SMTP server associated with the protected domain, and can use the domain name of the protected domain during the SMTP greeting.
For more information on how the domain name and mail exchanger (MX) IP address of protected domains are used, see
“Incoming versus outgoing SMTP connections” on page 395
and
“Incoming versus outgoing email messages” on page 428
.
Usually, you have already configured at least one protected domain during installation of your
FortiMail unit; however, some configurations may not require any protected domains. You can add more domains or modify the settings of existing ones if necessary.
If you have many mail domains that will use identical settings, instead of creating many protected domains, you may want to create one protected domain, and then configure the
others as associated domains. For details, see “Domain Association” on page 372 .
If the FortiMail unit is operating in gateway mode, you must change the MX entries for the DNS records for your email domain, referring email to the FortiMail unit rather than to your email servers. If you create additional protected domains, you must modify the MX records for each additional email domain. Similarly, MX records must also refer to the FortiMail unit if it is operating in server mode.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category.
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
Before you begin, if the protected domain will use an IP pool profile, first configure the IP pool
profile. For details, see “Configuring IP pools” on page 564 .
To view and configure protected domains
1. Go to Mail Settings > Domains > Domains.
The tab varies with the operation mode.
Figure 104:Viewing the list of protected domains (transparent mode and gateway mode)
Configuring mail settings Page 360 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 105:Viewing the list of protected domains (server mode)
GUI item
Delete
(button)
Description
Click Delete to remove the protected domain.
Caution: This also deletes all associated email user accounts and preferences.
Domain FQDN
Displays the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the protected domain.
If the protected domain is a subdomain or domain association, click the
+ next to a domain entry to expand the list of subdomains and domain associations. To collapse the entry, click the -.
Relay Type
(transparent and gateway mode only)
Indicates one of the methods by which the SMTP server will receive email from the FortiMail unit for the protected domain: Host, MX Record
(this domain), MX Record (alternative domain), IP pool, LDAP Domain
Mail Host.
SMTP Server
(transparent and gateway mode only)
Displays the host name or IP address and port number of the mail exchanger (MX) for this protected domain.
If
Relay Type
is MX Record (this domain) or MX Record (alternative
domain), this information is determined dynamically by querying the MX record of the DNS server, and this field will be empty.
Sub
(transparent and gateway mode only)
A green check mark indicates that the entry is a subdomain of a protected domain.
Association
(transparent and gateway mode only)
A green check nark indicates that the entry is a domain association. For more information on domain associations, see
“Domain Association” on page 372
.
2. Either click New to create a new protected domain, or click an row to modify it.
A multisection dialog appears. Its options vary with the operation mode.
Configuring mail settings Page 361 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 106: Creating a protected domain (gateway and gateway mode)
Figure 107: Creating a protected domain (server mode)
Configuring mail settings Page 362 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. Configure the general information as it applies to the current operation mode and your choice for relay type:
GUI item
Domain name
Relay type
(transparent and gateway mode only)
Description
Enter the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the protected domain.
For example, if you want to protect email addresses such as [email protected], you would enter the protected domain name example.com
.
Generally, your protected domain will use a valid, globally-resolvable top-level domain (TLD) such as .com.
Exceptions could include testing scenarios, where you have created a .lab mail domain on your private network to prevent accidental conflicts with live mail systems legitimately using their globally-resolvable FQDN.
Select from one of the following methods of defining which SMTP server will receive email from the FortiMail unit that is destined for the protected domain:
• Host: Configure the connection to one protected SMTP server or, if any, one fallback. Also configure
SMTP server
and
Fallback
SMTP server
.
• MX Record (this domain): Query the DNS server’s MX record of the protected domain name for the FQDN or IP address of the
SMTP server. If there are multiple MX records, the FortiMail unit will load balance between them.
• MX Record (alternative domain): Query the DNS server’s MX record of a domain name you specify for the FQDN or IP address of the SMTP server. If there are multiple MX records, the
FortiMail unit will load balance between them. Also configure
Alternative domain name
.
• IP pool: Configure the connection to rotate among one or many protected SMTP servers for load balancing. Also configure the
IP pool profile
(also see
“Configuring IP pools” on page 564 ).
• LDAP Domain Mail Host: Query the LDAP server for the FQDN or
IP address of the SMTP server. Also configure the LDAP Profile
(see “Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519
).
Note: If an MX option is used, you may also be required to configure the FortiMail unit to use a private DNS server whose MX and/or A records differ from that of a public DNS server. Requirements vary by the topology of your network and by the operating mode of the
FortiMail unit.
Configuring mail settings Page 363 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring mail settings
GUI item
SMTP server
(transparent and gateway mode only)
Fallback SMTP server
(transparent and gateway mode only)
IP pool profile
(transparent and gateway mode only)
LDAP profile
(transparent mode and gateway mode only)
Description
• In gateway mode, a private DNS server is required. On the
private DNS server, configure the MX record with the FQDN of the SMTP server that you are protecting for this domain, causing the FortiMail unit to route email to the protected SMTP server.
This is different from how a public DNS server should be configured for that domain name, where the MX record usually should contain the FQDN of the FortiMail unit itself, causing external SMTP servers to route email through the FortiMail unit.
Additionally, if both the FortiMail unit and the SMTP server are behind a NAT device such as a router or firewall, on the private
DNS server, configure the protected SMTP server’s A record with its private IP address, while on the public DNS server, configure the FortiMail unit’s A record with its public IP address.
• In transparent mode, a private DNS server is required if both the
FortiMail unit and the SMTP server are behind a NAT device such as a router or firewall. On the private DNS server, configure the protected SMTP server’s A record with its private IP address. On the public DNS server, configure the protected SMTP server’s A record with its public IP address. Do not modify the MX record.
• For performance reason, DNS lookups are skipped in gateway and server mode unless the sending domain is blank.
Enter the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of the primary SMTP server for this protected domain, then also configure
Port
and
Use SMTPS
.
If you have an internal mail relay that is located on a physically separate server from your internal mail server, this could be your internal mail relay, instead of your internal mail server. Consider your network topology, directionality of the mail flow, and the operation mode of the FortiMail unit. For more information, see
“Incoming versus outgoing SMTP connections” on page 395
and “Avoiding scanning email twice” on page 396
.
This field appears only if
Relay type
is Host.
Enter the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of the secondary SMTP server for this protected domain, then also configure Port and Use SMTPS.
This SMTP server will be used if the primary SMTP server is unreachable.
This field appears only if
Relay type
is Host.
Select the name of the IP pool profile that is the range of IP addresses. Also configure Port and Use SMTPS.
This field appears only if
Relay type
is IP pool.
Select the name of the LDAP profile that has the FQDN or IP address of the SMTP server you want to query. Also configure Port and Use SMTPS.
This field appears only if
Relay type
is LDAP Domain Mail Host.
Page 364 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Port
Description
Enter the port number on which the SMTP server listens.
If you enable
Use SMTPS
,
Port
automatically changes to the default port number for SMTPS, but can still be customized.
Displays the default SMTP port number is 25; the default SMTPS port number is 465.
This field appears only if
Relay type
is Host, IP pool or LDAP Domain
Mail Host.
Use SMTPS Enable to use SMTPS for connections originating from or destined for this protected server.
This field appears only if
Relay type
is Host, IP pool or LDAP Domain
Mail Host.
Alternative domain name
(transparent and gateway mode only)
Enter the domain name to use when querying the DNS server for
MX records.
This option appears only if
Relay type
is MX Record (alternative
domain name).
Is subdomain
Main domain
LDAP User Profile
(server mode only)
Mark this check box to indicate the protected domain you are creating is a subdomain of an existing protected domain, then also configure
Main domain
.
Subdomains, like their parent protected domains, can be selected when configuring policies specific to that subdomain. Unlike top-level protected domains, however, subdomains will appear as grouped under the parent protected domain when viewing the list of protected domains.
This option is available only when another protected domain exists to select as the parent domain.
Select the protected domain that is the parent of this subdomain.
For example, lab.example.com might be a subdomain of example.com.
This option is available only when
Is subdomain
is enabled.
Select the name of an LDAP profile in which you have configured
(see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519
), enabling you to authenticate email users and expand alias email addresses or replace one email address with another by using an LDAP query to retrieve alias members.
4. Configure the following sections as needed:
•
Configuring domain associations
•
Configuring transparent mode options
•
Configuring removal of invalid accounts
•
•
Configuring advanced scan settings
•
Configuring domain level service settings (server mode only)
•
Configuring mail migration settings (server mode only)
Configuring mail settings Page 365 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring domain associations
This section does not apply to server mode.
Associated domains use the settings of the protected domain with which they are associated, and do not have separate protected domain settings of their own. Exceptions include DKIM keys, which will not be used for associated domains. For more information, see
.
1. Go to Mail Settings > Domains > Domains.
2. Either click New to create a new protected domain, or click an row to modify it.
A multisection dialog appears. Its options vary with the operation mode.
3. Click the arrow to expand the domain associations section.
4. To add a domain name, enter a name in the lower text box and click Create. The domain appears in the Members area. You can use wildcard, such as *.example.com.
5. To remove a domain name, in the Members area and click Delete.
Configuring recipient address verification
This section does not apply to server mode.
Select a method of confirming that the recipient email address in the message envelope (RCPT
TO:
) corresponds to an email user account that actually exists on the protected email server. If the recipient address is invalid, the FortiMail unit will reject the email. This prevents quarantine email messages for non-existent accounts, thereby conserving quarantine hard disk space.
This feature can impact performance and be noticeable during peak traffic times. For a lesser performance impact, you can alternatively periodically automatically remove quarantined email messages for invalid email user accounts, rather than actively preventing them during each email message.
1. Go to Mail Settings > Domains > Domains.
2. Either click New to create a new protected domain, or click an row to modify it.
A multisection dialog appears. Its options vary with the operation mode.
3. Click the arrow to expand the recipient address verification section.
4. Configure the following:
GUI item
Disable
Description
Do not verify that the recipient address is an email user account that actually exists.
Configuring mail settings Page 366 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Use SMTP server
Use LDAP server
Description
Query the SMTP server using either the SMTP VRFY command or RCPT command to verify that the recipient address is an email user account that actually exists. RCPT is the default command.
If you want to query an SMTP server other than the one you have defined as the protected SMTP server, also enable Use alternative server, then enter the IP address or FQDN of the server in the field next to it. Also configure Port with the TCP port number on which the SMTP server listens, and enable Use SMTPS if you want to use SMTPS for recipient address verification connections with the server.
Query an LDAP server to verify that the recipient address is an email user account that actually exists. Also select the LDAP profile that will be used to query the LDAP server. For more information on configuring LDAP profiles, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
Configuring transparent mode options
This section appears only when the FortiMail unit operates in transparent mode.
1. Go to Mail Settings > Domains > Domains.
2. Either click New to create a new protected domain, or click an row to modify it.
A multisection dialog appears. Its options vary with the operation mode.
3. Click the arrow to expand the transparent mode settings section.
4. Configure the following:
GUI item Description
This server is on
Select the network interface (a port) to which the protected SMTP server is connected.
Note: Selecting the wrong network interface will result in the FortiMail sending email traffic to the wrong network interface.
Hide the transparent box
Enable to preserve the IP address or domain name of the SMTP client for incoming email messages in:
• the SMTP greeting (HELO/EHLO) in the envelope and in the Received: message headers of email messages
• the IP addresses in the IP header
This masks the existence of the FortiMail unit to the protected SMTP server.
Disable to replace the SMTP client’s IP address or domain name with that of the FortiMail unit.
For example, an external SMTP client might have the IP address
172.168.1.1, and the FortiMail unit might have the domain name fortimail.example.com. If the option is enabled, the message header would contain (difference highlighted in bold):
Configuring mail settings Page 367 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring mail settings
GUI item Description
Received: from 192.168.1.1 (EHLO 172.16.1.1)
(192.168.1.1) by smtp.external.example.com with
SMTP; Fri, 24 Jul 2008 07:12:40 -0800
Received: from smtpa ([172.16.1.2]) by [172.16.1.1] with SMTP id kAOFESEN001901 for
<[email protected]>; Fri, 24 Jul 2008
15:14:28 GMT
But if the option is disabled, the message headers would contain:
Received: from 192.168.1.1 (EHLO fortimail.example.com)
(192.168.1.1) by smtp.external.example.com with
SMTP; Fri, 24 Jul 2008 07:17:45 -0800
Received: from smtpa ([172.16.1.2]) by
fortimail.example.com with SMTP id kAOFJl4j002011 for <[email protected]>; Fri, 24 Jul 2008
15:19:47 GMT
For more information on transparency, see
“Transparency of the proxies and built-in MTA” on page 396 .
Note: If the protected SMTP server applies rate limiting according to IP addresses, enabling this option can improve performance. The rate limit will then be separate for each client connecting to the protected SMTP server, rather than shared among all connections handled by the FortiMail unit.
Note: Unless you have enabled
Take precedence over recipient based policy match
in the IP-based policy, this option supsersedes the
Hide this box from the mail server
option in the session profile, and may prevent it
from applying to incoming email messages.
Use this domain’s
SMTP server to deliver the mail
Enable to use the protected SMTP server, instead of the FortiMail built-in
MTA, to deliver outgoing email messages from the SMTP clients whose sending MTA is the protected SMTP server.
For example, if the protected domain example.com has the SMTP server
192.168.1.1, and an SMTP client for [email protected] connects to it to send email to [email protected], enabling this option would cause the FortiMail unit to pass the mail message via its built-in MTA to the protected SMTP server, which will deliver the message.
Disable to relay email using the built-in MTA to either the SMTP relay defined in
“Configuring SMTP relay hosts” on page 352 , if any, or directly
to the MTA that is the mail exchanger (MX) for the recipient email address’s (RCPT TO:) domain. The email may not actually travel through the protected SMTP server, even though it was the relay originally specified by the SMTP client.
This option does not affect incoming connections containing incoming email messages, which will always be handled by the built-in MTA. For details, see
“When FortiMail uses the proxies instead of the built-in MTA” on page 393 .
Note: This option will be ignored for email that matches an antispam or content action profile.
Page 368 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring removal of invalid accounts
This section does not apply to server mode.
Select a method by which to periodically remove quarantined spam for which an email user account does not actually exist on the protected email server.
If you select either Use SMTP server or Use LDAP server, the FortiMail unit queries the server daily (at 4:00 AM daily unless configured for another time in the CLI; see the
FortiMail CLI
Reference
) to verify the existence of email user accounts. If an email user account does not currently exist, the FortiMail unit removes all spam quarantined for that email user account.
If you have also enabled Recipient Address Verification (see
accounts that do not exist on the protected email server. In that case, invalid quarantine accounts are never formed, and this option may not be necessary, except when you delete email user accounts on the protected email server. If this is the case, you can improve the performance of the FortiMail unit by disabling this option.
1. Go to Mail Settings > Domains > Domains.
2. Either click New to create a new protected domain, or click an row to modify it.
A multisection dialog appears. Its options vary with the operation mode.
3. Click the arrow to expand the section.
4. Configure the following:
GUI item
Disable
Use SMTP server
Use LDAP
server:
Description
Do not verify that the recipient address is an email user account that actually exists.
Query the SMTP server to verify that the recipient address is an email user account that actually exists.
Query an LDAP server to verify that the recipient address is an email user account that actually exists. Also select the LDAP profile that will be used to query the LDAP server. For more information on configuring LDAP profiles, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519
.
Configuring advanced settings
Use this section to configure LDAP compatibility, quarantine reports and schedules, and other advanced options.
1. Go to Mail Settings > Domains > Domains.
2. Either click New to create a new protected domain, or click an row to modify it.
A multisection dialog appears. Its options vary with the operation mode.
1. Click the arrow to expand the section.
2. Configure the following:
Configuring mail settings Page 369 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring mail settings
GUI item
LDAP user alias / address mapping profile
(transparent and gateway mode only)
Mail routing LDAP profile
Description
Select the name of an LDAP profile in which you have enabled and configured, enabling you to expand alias email addresses or replace one email address with another by using an LDAP query to retrieve alias members and/or address mappings. For more information, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
Enable to perform mail routing, then click the arrow to expand the options and select the name of an LDAP profile in which you have enabled and configured. For more information, see
Remove received header of outgoing email
Enable to remove the Received: message headers from email whose:
• sender email address belongs to this protected domain
• recipient email address is outgoing (that is, does not belong to this protected domain); if there are multiple recipients, only the first recipient’s email address is used to determine whether an email is outgoing
You can alternatively remove this header from any matching email using session profiles. For details, see
“Remove received header” on page 473 .
Webmail theme
Select either Use system settings, or the theme that the FortiMail unit will use to display webmail and quarantine folder pages. By default, the FortiMail unit uses the same theme as the web UI.
Webmail language
Select either Use system settings, or the language that the FortiMail unit will use to display webmail and quarantine folder pages. By default, the FortiMail unit uses the same language as the web UI.
For more information, see
“Customizing the GUI appearance” on page 258 .
Maximum message size(KB)
Enable then type the limit in kilobytes (KB) of the message size.
Email messages over the threshold size are rejected.
Note: When you configure session profile settings under Profile >
Session, you can also set the message size limit. Here is how the two settings work together:
• For outgoing email (for information about email directions, see
“Incoming versus outgoing email messages” on page 428 ), only
the size limit in the session profile will be matched. If there is no session profile defined or no IP-based policy matched, the default size limit of 10 MB will be used.
• For incoming email, the size limits in both the session profile and domain settings will be checked. If there is no session profile defined or no IP-based policy matched, the default size limit of
10 MB will be compared with the size limit in the domain settings. The smaller size will be used.
Page 370 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring mail settings
GUI item
IP pool
Description
You can use a pool of IP addresses as the source IP address when sending email from this domain, or as the destination IP address when receiving email destined to this domain, or as both the source and destination IP addresses.
• If you want to use the IP pool as the source IP address for this protected domain, according to the sender’s email address in the envelope (MAIL FROM:), select the IP pool to use and select
Delivering as the Direction.
• If you want to use the IP pool as the destination IP address
(virtual host) for this protected domain, according to the recipient’s email address in the envelope (RCPT TO:), select the
IP pool to use and select Receiving as the Direction. You must also configure the MX record to direct email to the IP pool addresses as well.
This feature can be used to support multiple virtual hosts on a single physical interface, so that different profiles can be applied to different host and logging for each host can be separated as well.
• If you want to use the IP pool as both the destination and source
IP address, select the IP pool to use and select Both as the
Direction
Note: IP pools are skipped for email delivery between protected domains.
Each email that the FortiMail unit sends will use the next IP address in the range. When the last IP address in the range is used, the next email will use the first IP address.
If the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode, and you have enabled
Hide the transparent box
or
Use client-specified SMTP server to send email , you cannot use IP pools.
For more information on IP pools, see
“Configuring IP pools” on page 564 .
Quarantine Report
Setting
Send to
Click the arrow to expand the quarantine report section. For more
information, see “Quarantine Report Setting” on page 373
. For information on system-wide quarantine report settings, see
“Configuring global quarantine report settings” on page 570 .
You can choose to send the report to the email original recipient, other recipient, or the LDAP group owner. If you choose to send the quarantine report to the LDAP group owner, you can also specify the following conditions:
• Only when original recipient is group
• When group owner is found, do not send to original recipient
Schedule
You can choose to use either the system settings or domain settings. If you choose to use the domain settings, you can specify the schedule here.
Template
Choose the quarantine report template to use. For more information about email templates, see
“Customizing email templates” on page 270 .
Page 371 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
DKIM Setting
Disclaimer
SMTP greeting
(EHLO/HELO)
Description
This option appears only when you open an existing protected domain for editing.
Click the arrow to expand the DKIM setting section. For more
information, see “DKIM Setting” on page 376 .
To configure DKIM signing, create the protected domain, save it, then double-click it to modify the protected domain.
Click the arrow to expand the disclaimer section. For more
information, see “Disclaimer for a domain” on page 377 .
Note: This option configures a per-domain disclaimer and is only available after you enable Allow per-domain settings when you configure system-wide disclaimer settings. For more information,
see “Allow per-domain settings” on page 354
.
Select how the FortiMail unit will identify itself during the HELO or
EHLO
greeting of outgoing SMTP connections that it initiates.
• Use this domain name: The FortiMail unit will identify itself using the domain name for this protected domain.
If the FortiMail unit will handle internal email messages (those for which both the sender and recipient addresses in the envelope contain the domain name of the protected domain), to use this option, you must also configure your protected SMTP server to use its host name for SMTP greetings. Failure to do this will result in dropped SMTP sessions, as both the FortiMail unit and the protected SMTP server will be using the same domain name when greeting each other.
• Use system host name: The FortiMail unit will identify itself using its own host name.
By default, the FortiMail unit uses the domain name of the protected domain. If your FortiMail unit is protecting multiple domains and using IP pool addresses, select Use system host name instead. This setting does not apply if email is incoming, according to the sender address in the envelope, from an unprotected domain.
Domain Association
The Domain Association section that appears when configuring a protected domain lets you configure associated domains. An associated domain uses the settings of the protected domain or subdomain with which it is associated.
This section does not appear in server mode.
Domain associations can be useful for saving time when you have multiple domains, and you would otherwise need to configure multiple protected domains with identical settings.
Configuring mail settings Page 372 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
For example, if you have one SMTP server handling email for ten domains, you could:
• Create ten separate protected domains and configure each with identical settings.
• Create one protected domain and list the nine other domains as domain associations.
The advantage of using the second method is that you do not have to repeatedly configure the same things when creating or modifying the protected domains. This saves time and reduces chances for error. Changes to one protected domain automatically apply to all of its associated domains.
Associated domains do not re-use DKIM keys and signing settings. Domain keys are by nature tied to the exact protected domain only, and cannot be used for any other protected domain, including associated domains.
The maximum number of domain associations that you can create is separate from the maximum number of protected domains.
To configure domain associations
1. Go to Mail Settings > Domains > Domains.
2. Click New to create a protected domain or double-click a domain to modify it.
3. Click the arrow to expand Domain Association.
Figure 108: Domain Association
4. To create a domain association, in the small text box enter the fully qualified domain name
(FQDN) of a mail domain that will use the same settings as the same protected domain
5. Click Create.
The name of the associated domain appears in the Members area.
6. Repeat the previous steps for all domains that you want to associate with this protected domain.
7. When done, click Create or OK.
Quarantine Report Setting
The Quarantine Report Setting section that appears when configuring a protected domain lets you configure quarantine report settings. You can choose either to use the system-wide quarantine report settings or to configure domain-wide settings.
Starting from FortiMail 4.1, domain-wide quarantine report settings are independent from the system-wide quarantine report settings.
However, in older releases, domain-wide quarantine report settings are a subset of the system-wide quarantine report settings. For example, if the system settings for schedule include only Monday and Thursday, when you are setting the schedule for the quarantine reports of the protected domain, you can select either Monday or Thursday.
Configuring mail settings Page 373 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
For information on system-wide quarantine report settings and quarantine reports in general, see
“Configuring global quarantine report settings” on page 570 and
“Customizing GUI, replacement messages and email templates” on page 258 .
To configure per-domain quarantine report settings
1. Go to Mail Settings > Domains > Domains.
2. Either click New to create a protected domain or double-click a domain to modify it.
3. Click the arrow to expand Advanced Settings.
4. Click the arrow to expand Quarantine Report Setting.
5. Configure the following:
Configuring mail settings Page 374 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring mail settings
GUI item
Send to
Description
Original recipient
Other recipient
Enable to send the quarantine report to all recipients. For more information, see
“Managing the personal quarantines” on page 179 .
Select to send the quarantine report to a recipient other than the individual recipients or group owner. For example, you might delegate quarantine reports by sending them to an administrator whose email address is not locally deliverable to the protected domain, such as [email protected].
LDAP group owner based on LDAP profile
Enable to send the quarantine report to a group owner, rather than individual recipients, then select the name of an LDAP profile in which you have enabled and configured the group query options
(see “Configuring group query options” on page 523 .
Also configure the following two options for more granular control:
• Only when original recipient is group
• When group owner is found, do not send to original recipient
Schedule
Setting
Click the arrow to expand the options.
Select the schedule to use when sending quarantine reports.
• Use system settings: Use the system-wide quarantine report schedule. For more information, see
“Configuring global quarantine report settings” on page 570 .
• Use domain settings: Use a quarantine report schedule that is specific to this protected domain. Also configure
and
Template
These Hours Select which hours to send the quarantine report for this protected domain.
This option is available only when
These Days
Select which days to send the quarantine report for this protected domain.
This option is available only when
Select an email template to use.
If you choose to use the system settings, you can view the template but cannot edit from this page. But you can edit the system-wide template by going to System > Customization > Custom Email
Template.
If you choose to use the domain settings, you can click Edit to modify the template.
Replacement messages often include variables, such as the MIME type of the file that was overwritten by the replacement message.
Page 375 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Typically, you will customize text, but should not remove variables from the replacement message. Removing variables may result in an error message and reduced functionality. For example, removing %%SPAM_DELETE_URL%% would make users incapable of using the quarantine report to delete email individually from their personal quarantines.
6. Click Create or OK.
DKIM Setting
The DKIM Setting section appears when configuring an existing protected domain; that is, it does not appear when configuring a new domain. It lets you create domain keys for this protected domain.
The FortiMail unit will sign outgoing email messages using the domain key for this protected domain if you have selected it when configuring sender validation in the session profile. For
more information, see “Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
Because domain keys are tied to the domain name for which they are generated, FortiMail units will not use the domain key of a protected domain to sign email of an associated domain. If you require DKIM signing for an associated domain, convert it to a standard protected domain and then generate its own, separate domain key.
DKIM signing requires a public-private key pair. The private key is kept on and used by the
FortiMail unit to generate the DKIM signatures for the email messages; the public key is stored on the DNS server in the DNS record for the domain name, and used by receiving parties to verify the signature.
After you generate the key pair by creating a domain key selector, you can export the DNS record that contains the public key. The following is a sample of the exported DNS record: example_com._domainkey IN TXT "t=y; k=rsa; p=MIGfMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBAQUAA4GNADCBiQKBgQC5xvUazqp2sBovpfumPuR5xC+y
DvGbfndyHZuVQdSHhwdKAdsfiyOa03iPniCfQEbuM0d+4/AoPyTXHHPFBBnChMMHkW gHYlRDm5UMjrH5J1zDT5OyFxUEur+NtfS6LF29Te+6vSS+D3asfZ85V6WJDHSI9JV0
504uwDeOOh/aewIDAQAB"
Then you can publish the public key by adding it to the DNS zone file as a text record for the domain name on the DNS server. The recipient SMTP server, if enabled to use DKIM verification, will use the public key to decrypt the signature and compare the hash values of the email message in order to verify that the hash values match.
To configure a domain key pair
1. Go to Mail Settings > Domains > Domains.
2. Double-click to modify an existing protected domain.
Because information from the protected domain is used to generate the key pair, you cannot create DKIM keys while initially creating the protected domain.
3. Click the arrow to expand Advanced Settings.
4. Click the arrow to expand DKIM Setting.
Configuring mail settings Page 376 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 109: DKIM Setting
5. In the text box to the left of Create, enter a selector to use for the DKIM key, such as example_com2
.
6. Click Create.
The selector name for the key pair appears in the list of domain key selectors. The key pair is generated and public key can be exported for publication on a DNS server.
Only one key pair can be active at a time. If a new selector is generated, the FortiMail unit always signs email messages with the most recently generated key pair. To use an older domain key pair, you must delete all domain key pairs that have been more recently generated.
7. Click to select the domain key, then click Download.
Your web browser downloads the plain text file which contains the exported DNS record
(.dkim) file.
8. Publish the public key by inserting the exported DNS record into the DNS zone file of the
DNS server that resolves this domain name. For details, see the documentation for your DNS server.
9. Click OK.
Disclaimer for a domain
The Disclaimer section that appears when configuring a protected domain lets you configure disclaimer messages specific to this protected domain.
A disclaimer message is text that is generally attached to email to warn the recipient that the email contents may be confidential. For disclaimers added to outgoing messages, you need to configure an IP-based policy or an outgoing recipient-based policy.
Disclaimer messages can be appended for either or both incoming or outgoing email messages. For information on determining the directionality of an email message, see
“Incoming versus outgoing email messages” on page 428 .
If the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode, to use disclaimers, you must enable clients to send email using their specified SMTP server. For more information, see
“Use client-specified SMTP server to send email” on page 400 .
To configure a per-domain disclaimer messages
1. Go to Mail Settings > Domains > Domains.
2. Either click New to create a protected domain or double-click a domain to modify it.
3. Click the arrow to expand Advanced Settings.
Configuring mail settings Page 377 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
4. Click the arrow to expand Disclaimer.
You cannot configure the domain disclaimer unless the Allow per-domain settings option is enabled on the Mail Settings > Settings > Disclaimer tab.
5. Configure the following:
GUI item
Disclaimer
Setting
Description
Select which type of disclaimer message to append.
• Disable: Do not append disclaimer messages.
• Use system settings: Append the system-wide disclaimer messages. For more information, see
“Configuring global disclaimers” on page 353
.
• Use domain settings: Append the disclaimer messages configured specifically for this protected domain. Also configure the per-domain disclaimer messages in For
Incoming Messages and For Outgoing Messages.
This option is available only if you have enabled per-domain
disclaimer messages. For more information, see “Allow per-domain settings” on page 354 .
Disclaimer in incoming message header
Enable to use append a disclaimer message to the message header of incoming messages that is specific to this protected domain, then enter the disclaimer message. The maximum length is 256 characters.
This option is available only if
Disclaimer in incoming message body
Enable to use append a disclaimer message to the message body of incoming messages that is specific to this protected domain, then enter the disclaimer message. The maximum length is 1024 characters.
This option is available only if
Disclaimer in outgoing message header
Enable to use append a disclaimer message to the message header of outgoing messages that is specific to this protected domain, then enter the disclaimer message. The maximum length is 256 characters.
This option is available only if
Disclaimer in outgoing message body
Enable to use append a disclaimer message to the message body of outgoing messages that is specific to this protected domain, then enter the disclaimer message. The maximum length is 1024 characters.
This option is available only if
Configuring mail settings Page 378 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring advanced scan settings
The following procedure is part of the domain configuration process. For information about domain configuration, see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359
.
1. Go to Mail Settings > Domains > Domains.
2. Either click New to create a new protected domain, or click an row to modify it.
A multisection dialog appears. Its options vary with the operation mode.
3. Click the arrow to expand the section.
4. Configure the following:
GUI item Description
Enable LDAP scan override
Enable to query an LDAP server for an email user’s preferences to enable or disable antispam, antivirus, and/or content processing for email messages destined for them, then select the name of an LDAP profile in which you have enabled and configured. For more information, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519
Use global
Bayesian database
Enable to use the global Bayesian database instead of the Bayesian database for this protected domain.
If you do not need the Bayesian database to be specific to the protected domain, you may want to use the global Bayesian database instead in order to simplify database maintenance and training.
Disable to use the per-domain Bayesian database.
Note: Train the global or per-domain Bayesian database before using it. If you do not train it first, Bayesian scan results may be unreliable. For more information on Bayesian database types and how to train them, see
“Types of Bayesian databases” on page 612
and
“Training the Bayesian databases” on page 613 .
Sender address rate control
Bypass bounce verification
For email users under this domain, you can configure the following rate control settings:
• Maximum number of messages per half hour. The default value is 30.
• Maximum data size per half hour (MB). The default value is 100 MB.
• Maximum number of spam messages per sender per half hour. The default value is 5.
• Send email notification upon rate control violations and select a
notification profile (see “Configuring notification profiles” on page 567 ).
Mark this check box to disable bounce verification for this protected domain.
This option appears only if bounce verification is enabled. For more
information, see “Configuring bounce verification and tagging” on page 602 .
Configuring mail settings Page 379 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring domain level service settings (server mode only)
If you are a service provider (MSSP) which host multiple domains for multiple customers, for billing purpose, the super admin may want to set limits on the usage of FortiMail resources. The domain administrators are not allowed to modify these settings.
The following procedure is part of the domain configuration process. For information about domain configuration, see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359
.
1. Go to Mail Settings > Domains > Domains.
2. Either click New to create a new protected domain, or click an row to modify it.
3. Click the arrow to expand the Service Settings section.
4. Configure the following:
GUI item Description
Enable domain level service settings
Select to enable the domain level server controls.
Email account limit
Specify the maximum number of email account are allowed on this domain.
Max user quota
(MB)
Specify the maximum disk quota for each user.
Mail access
Specify the allowed mail access protocol for the users: POP3, IMAP, or
Webmail.
For webmail access, if you select Limited Service, the users will be only able to change their passwords and configure mail forwarding. All other features will not be available.
Configuring mail migration settings (server mode only)
If you enable the mail migration feature, this section will appear. For details, see
“Migrating email from other mail servers (server mode only)” on page 391
.
Managing the address book (server mode only)
The Mail Settings > Address Book tab lets you create and maintain a global or domain-based address book and contact groups, or to configure LDAP attribute mapping templates to retrieve existing address books in your LDAP server.
This menu option appears only when the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
Configuring mail settings Page 380 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
This section contains the following topics:
•
Adding contacts (server mode only)
•
Adding contact groups (server mode only)
•
Configuring LDAP attribute mapping template (server mode only)
Adding contacts (server mode only)
Go to Mail Settings > Address Book > Contacts to add contacts to a global or domain-based address book in server mod. You can also create contact groups using the contacts. For more information, see
“To add or remove users from contact groups” on page 383 .
The address book contains the contacts you add, the contact groups created, and the contact list retrieved from your LDAP server based on the LDAP mapping configuration. For information
Individual FortiMail webmail users can access the global or domain-based address books for a common set of contact information when composing email messages. For more information, log in to FortiMail webmail and click Help.
To view and edit the address book
1. Go to Mail Settings > Address Book > Contacts.
Figure 110:The server mode Contacts tab
Configuring mail settings Page 381 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Export
(button)
Import
(button)
Manage Group
(button)
Domain
(drop-down list)
Search
Description
Click to download a copy of the address book in comma-separated value (.csv) or vCard (.vcf) file format.
Exporting the address book can be useful for backup purposes, or when using a spreadsheet application such as Microsoft Excel to make large numbers of changes to the address book before importing it again.
Click to select a comma-separated value (.csv) or vCard (.vcf) file format.
Then click Browse to import address book entries. Click OK to upload the file.
Click and select LDAP allows you to import contacts from your LDAP server. For details, see
“To import contacts from the LDAP server” on page 383 .
Note: An LDAP attribute mapping template must be set up before you can import contacts from the LDAP server. For details, see
LDAP attribute mapping template (server mode only)” on page 385 .
Importing the address book can be useful when restoring a backup of the address book, or when importing large numbers of address book entries.
Note: To replace existing entries, first delete those entries, then import the address book file. The FortiMail unit compares the Webmail_ID value of each entry in the address book file, and will not overwrite existing address book entries.
Select a contact and click this button to add a contact to or remove a contact from a contact group. To do so, you must first add contact groups. For more information on managing groups, see
“To add or remove users from contact groups” on page 383 . For more information
on adding group names, see
“Adding contact groups (server mode only)” on page 384
.
Select System to display a contact in the global address book, or a domain to display a contact in the domain address book. For information on creating domains, see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359 .
Enter a search value for a contact, such as the first name, last name, or email address, and click this button to find the contact from the list.
Display Name
Displays the contacts display name.
First Name
Displays the first name of the contact.
Last Name
Displays the last name of the contact.
Displays the email address of the contact.
2. Either click New to create a contact or double-click a contact to modify it.
A dialog appears.
3. Enter information for the contact.
You must enter an email address (Email). Other fields are optional.
Configuring mail settings Page 382 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
4. Click Create or OK.
5. To add additional contact information, click the Address, Custom, and Advanced tabs.
To import contacts from the LDAP server
1. Go to Mail Settings > Address Book > Contacts.
2. Click Import and select LDAP.
A dialog appears.
GUI item
Select LDAP profile
Select LDAP mapping
Description
Select an LDAP profile that contains the configuration for the LDAP server from which you want to import the contacts. For information on creating LDAP profiles, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519
.
Select an LDAP attribute mapping template. The FortiMail unit will import the contacts from the LDAP server based on this template. For information on creating the template, see
“Configuring LDAP attribute mapping template (server mode only)” on page 385
.
Click to create a new LDAP attribute mapping template. For details, see
“To view and configure an LDAP mapping list” on page 385 .
New
(button)
Edit
(button)
Click to modify the LDAP attribute mapping template you selected in the Select LDAP mapping field.
Overwrite existing contacts
Select if you want to overwrite the same contacts in your current address book with the imported contact list. This is especially useful when you want to update the imported list.
Delete nonexistent contacts
Select if you want to remove the contacts that were in a previous imported list but are not available in the updated list. This is especially useful when you want to update the imported list.
3. Select OK.
The FortiMail unit starts importing contacts from the LDAP server. When complete, a Status field appears with information on whether the import was successful.
To add or remove users from contact groups
1. Go to Mail Settings > Address Book > Contacts.
2. Select one or more contacts to add or delete from an existing group.
3. Click Manage Group and do one of the following:
• Select Add to Group from the pop-up menu to add users.
• Select Delete from Group from the pop-up menu to remove users.
In either case, a dialog appears. Only the title varies.
4. In Domain, select System to display all system-wide contact groups, or a domain name to display all contact groups under that domain. For information on creating domains, see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359 .
Configuring mail settings Page 383 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. Whether adding or removing users, both dialogs work the same.
• To add the users to a group or groups, select one or more groups under Available
group(s) on the Add to Group dialog and click -> to move them to the Selected group(s) field.
• To remove the users from a group or groups, select one or more groups under Available
group(s) on the Delete from Group dialog and click -> to move them to the Selected
group(s) field.
Users are not removed from the contacts list, just removed from a group.
6. Click OK.
Adding contact groups (server mode only)
Before you can add contacts to a contact group, you must first create a contact group.
Individual FortiMail webmail users can access the global or domain-based contact groups for a common set of contact information when composing email messages. For more information, log in to FortiMail webmail and click Help.
To view and add a contact groups
1. Go to Mail Settings > Address Book > Contact Groups.
2. From the Domain drop-down list, select System to display a global contact group or a domain to display a domain-based contact group. For information on creating domains, see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359 .
3. Click New to create a new group.
A dialog appears.
4. In Domain, select System to add a global contact group or a domain to add a domain-based contact group.
5. Enter the name for the group.
6. Click Create.
To add a contact to a group
1. Go to Mail Settings > Address Book > Contact Groups.
2. From the Domain drop-down list, select System to display a global contact group or a domain to display a domain-based contact group.
3. Select a group and click Edit.
A new page appears.
4. Create a new contact or import contacts.
Configuring mail settings Page 384 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Export
(button)
Import
(button)
Back
Search
Description
Click to download a copy of the contacts in this contact group in comma-separated value (.csv) or vCard (.vcf) file format.
Exporting the contact group can be useful for backup purposes, or when using a spreadsheet application such as Microsoft Excel to make large numbers of changes to the contact group before importing it again.
Click to import contacts. Select a comma-separated value (.csv) or vCard (.vcf) file format. Then click Browse to import address book entries. Click OK to upload the file.
Click and select LDAP allows you to import contacts from your LDAP server. For details, see
“To import contacts from the LDAP server” on page 383 .
Note: An LDAP attribute mapping template must be set up before you
can import contacts from the LDAP server. For details, see “Configuring
LDAP attribute mapping template (server mode only)” on page 385 .
Click and select Existing Contacts displays the system or domain-based address book, depending on your selection. Select one or more contacts and click Add to Group.
Importing the address book can be useful when restoring a backup of the address book, or when importing large numbers of address book entries.
Note: To replace existing entries, first delete those entries, then import the address book file. The FortiMail unit compares the Webmail_ID value of each entry in the address book file, and will not overwrite existing address book entries.
Click to return to the Contact Groups tab.
Enter a search value for a group member, such as the first name, last name, or email address, and click this button to find the group member from the list.
Configuring LDAP attribute mapping template (server mode only)
If you have an existing email address book in your LDAP server, you can configure the LDAP attribute mapping template to retrieve the address book and add it to the contact list. Before doing so, you must configure your LDAP server. For details, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
For information on retrieving the address book, see “Import” on page 382 and
“To import contacts from the LDAP server” on page 383 .
To view and configure an LDAP mapping list
1. Go to Mail Settings > Address Book > LDAP Mapping.
2. Either click New to create a template or double-click an entry to modify it.
A mapping template appears.
3. Configure the following:
Configuring mail settings Page 385 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item Description
Mapping Name
Enter the name of the LDAP attribute mapping template.
Contact Field
Select the FortiMail attributes used for the contacts, such as First name,
Last name, or Mobile.
Note: The Email attribute must be entered.
LDAP Attribute
Enter the matching contact attributes used in the LDAP server. For example, Name may be used to represent first name and Surname may be used for last name.
LDAP query filter Specify the query filter.
Add
(button)
Click to add an attribute row in the Mapping content table.
Delete
(button)
Select an attribute row in the Mapping content table and click this button to remove it.
4. Click Create.
Sharing calendars and address books (server mode only)
FortiMail v5.0 supports calendar sharing and LDAP-based address book sharing. The calendar, meeting schedule, free-busy time, and resources like meeting rooms, projectors, and other equipment usage are also supported.
To be specific, the following features are supported:
• FortiMail internal calendar sharing from/to FortiMail webmail users
• Internet calendar sharing from/to FortiMail webmail users
• Calendar sharing from/to Microsoft Outlook users using WebDAV (Outlook does not support
CalDAV)
• Calendar sharing from/to Mozilla Thunderbird users using WebDAV or CalDAV
• Address book query from Outlook using LDAP
• Address book query from Thunderbird using LDAP
Other email clients may also be supported if they support the standard WebDAV and CalDAV protocols.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Calendar sharing
To share calendars, you must first enable the service on FortiMail and then configure the webmail or mail client settings.
Configuring mail settings Page 386 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
FortiMail calendar settings
To enable the WebDAV and CalDAV services
1. Go to Mail Settings > Calendar > Settings.
2. Select Enable WebDAV and Enable CalDAV.
3. Click Apply.
FortiMail calendar service supports resource management, such as meeting room and equipment.
To create a calendar resource for sharing
1. Go to Mail Settings > Calendar > Resources.
2. Click New.
3. Fill out the information and click Create.
FortiMail webmail settings
FortiMail webmail users can perform calendar publishing, subscribing, and sharing operations with other mail clients, such as Outlook and Thunderbird Lightning.
To access the WebDAV and CalDAV service URL
1. Log on to FortiMail webmail.
2. Click Preferences.
3. Under Calendar > Service URL, click WebDAV... to access the FortiMail WebDAV service
URL or click CalDAV... to access the FortiMail CalDAV service URL.
For other FortiMail webmail calendar sharing procedures, see the FortiMail webmail online help.
Thunderbird settings
Thunderbird Lightning users can publish and subscribe calendars to/from the FortiMail WebDAV server. They can also subscribe the shared calendar via the CalDAV protocol which facilitates calendar sharing and synchronization between FortiMail and Thunderbird Lightning.
Thunderbird users can schedule an event or meeting based on the free/busy information shared and stored on FortiMail WebDAV server. Before scheduling a meeting, the free/busy settings must be configured.
To publish a calendar to FortiMail WebDAV service
1. In Thunderbird, go to Events and Tasks > Calendar.
2. Right-click on a calendar and select Publish Calendar.
3. For Publishing URL, enter the URL you get from the FortiMail webmail (see
“FortiMail webmail settings” on page 387 ).
4. Enter the user name and password required for FortiMail authentication.
5. Click Publish.
6. Enter the user name and password required for FortiMail authentication.
7. Click OK.
To subscribe a calendar from FortiMail CalDAV service
1. In Thunderbird, go to File > New > Calendar.
2. Select On the Network.
3. For Format, select CalDAV.
Configuring mail settings Page 387 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
4. Enter the publicly shared calendar location you get from the FortiMail webmail (see
“FortiMail webmail settings” on page 387 ).
5. Enter the display name and other settings, then click Next.
6. Enter the user name and password required for FortiMail authentication.
7. The new calendar will appear in the left calendar pane. And it can be synchronized with the
FortiMail CalDAV service automatically or manually.
To configure the free/busy settings in Thunderbird
1. Go to Tools > Free/Busy.
2. Click the Settings tab.
3. Enter the email address and the matching free/busy URL. Thunderbird users get the FB URL from the FortiMail administrator, who gets the URL from the calendar settings on the
FortiMail web UI.
4. Create a new event and invite attendees.
5. Enter the email address of the attendees. The free/busy information will be retrieved from
FortiMail.
With the free/busy settings configured, Thunderbird users can schedule a meeting with the right time.
To schedule a meeting in Thunderbird
1. Go to Events and Tasks > New Event.
2. Enter the event contents and click Invite Attendees.
3. Enter the email address of the attendees. Their free/busy information will be retrieved from the FortiMail server and displayed in different colors.
Outlook settings
Outlook users can publish and subscribe calendars to/from FortiMail WebDAV service (Outlook does not support CalDAV). They can also schedule meetings based on the free/busy information shared and stored on the FortiMail WebDAV server.
Outlook users can schedule an event or meeting based on the free/busy information shared and stored on FortiMail WebDAV server. Before scheduling a meeting, the free/busy settings must be configured.
To publish a calendar to FortiMail WebDAV service
1. In Outlook, go to Go > Calendar.
2. Right-click on a calendar and select Publish to Internet.
3. Select Publish to WebDAV Server.
4. In the popup window, enter the URL you get from the FortiMail webmail (see
“FortiMail webmail settings” on page 387 ).
5. Specify a time span and permission.
6. Enter the user name and password required for FortiMail authentication.
7. Click OK.
8. Enter the user name and password required for FortiMail authentication.
9. Click OK.
To subscribe a calendar from FortiMail WebDAV service
1. In Outlook, go to Tools > Account Setting.
2. Click the Internet Calendars tab.
Configuring mail settings Page 388 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. Click New.
4. Enter the publicly shared calendar location you get from the FortiMail webmail (see
“FortiMail webmail settings” on page 387 ).
5. Specify the folder name and description.
6. Click OK.
To configure the free/busy settings in Outlook 2007
1. Go to Tools > Options.
2. Then go to Calendar Options > Free/Busy Options.
3. Enter free/busy URL. Outlook users get the FB URL from the FortiMail administrator, who gets the URL from the calendar settings on the FortiMail web UI.
4. Not e that Publish at my location is not supported. Do not select this option.
5. Click OK.
With the free/busy settings configured, Outlook users can schedule a meeting with the right time.
To schedule a meeting in Outlook 2007
1. Go to New > Meeting Request.
2. Click Scheduling.
3. Enter the email address of the attendees. Their free/busy information will be retrieved from the FortiMail server and displayed in different colors.
4. Click Appointment to arrange and send the meeting request.
Address book sharing
With the LDAP service enabled, users can search and download address books stored in
FortiMail from within their mail clients, such Thunderbird and Outlook.
FortiMail settings
First, you need to enable the LDAP service on FortiMail.
To enable the LDAP service
1. Log on to FortiMail CLI console.
2. Enter the following commands: config system global end set ldap-server-sys-status enable
By default, the LDAP service is enabled.
For the users to access the FortiMail address book from mail clients via LDAP, you must create a resource profile and a policy to allow the access.
To create a policy
1. Go to Policy > Policies > Recipient Policies.
2. Click New.
3. Specify the sender and recipient patterns, and other settings.
4. For Resource profile, click New.
5. In the resource profile configuration, select Domain address book, Global address book, or both.
Configuring mail settings Page 389 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Thunderbird settings
Thunderbird users can access the address books stored on FortiMail via the LDAP protocol.
To configure the address book LDAP settings in Thunderbird
1. Open the address book in Thunderbird.
2. From File, select New LDAP Directory.
3. Select the General tab.
4. Enter a name.
5. Enter the hostname of FortiMail.
6. Enter the base DN.
7. Enter the port number. The default is 389.
8. Enter the Bind DN.
9. Click OK.
Note that SSL is not supported. Do not select Use secure connection.
To search contacts FortiMail address books
1. Go to Edit > Advanced address book search.
2. Specify the address book to be searched.
3. Enter the user name.
4. Click Search.
To download contacts from FortiMail address books
1. Open the address book in Thunderbird.
2. Click Properties of an address book.
3. Click Offline.
4. Click Download Now.
5. Enter the password of the binding user required for FortiMail authentication.
Outlook settings
Outlook users can access the address books stored on FortiMail via the LDAP protocol.
To configure the address book LDAP settings in Outlook 2007
1. Go to Tools > Account Setting.
2. Select Address Books.
3. Click New.
4. Enter the server name or IP address of FortiMail.
5. Enter the user name and password. For example, User name: cn=user1,ou=outlook, ou=people, dc=example, dc=com, assuming your user name is user1, your domain name is example.com. “ou=mozilla, ou=people” should be constant. Password: 123
6. Select More Settings.
7. Select the Connection tab.
8. Specify the display name and connection port.
9. Switch to the Search tab, and specify the Search Base to Custom: dc=example, dc=com.
10.Click OK.
Configuring mail settings Page 390 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To access FortiMail address books
1. Open the address book in Outlook.
2. Select the target address book.
3. Enter the user name you want to find.
4. Click Go.
Migrating email from other mail servers (server mode only)
If you already have other mail servers, such as Exchange or FortiMail server, and you want to consolidate the mail user and data into one FortiMail server, you can do so by migrating the users and data to your FortiMail unit.
The email migration process involves the following procedures:
1. Preparation
a. Enable the mail migration feature using the following CLI commands. config system global set email-migration-status enable end
By default, the email migration feature does not appear on the GUI until you enable it with the above CLI commands.
c. Create a domain for the to-be-migrated users. In v5.0 release, the domain name must be the same as the users’ domain on the remote mail server. Beginning from v5.0.1 release, the domain name can be different. For details, see
“Creating domains for mail migration” on page 392 .
2. User migration: Because FortiMail will act as an IMAP client on behalf of the users to get their email from the remote mail server, you must import the user/password information first.
To do this, you can use one of the following methods:
• If you only need to migrate email for a few users and you know the users’ login credentials, you can manually enter their user name/password information by going to
Mail Settings > Mail Migration > Migration Users and click New.
• If you can export the user name/non-encrypted password list into a CSV file, you can import the CSV file by going to Mail Settings > Mail Migration > Migration Users and click
Action > Import > .CSV File.
• If the to-be-migrated users already have accounts on the FortiMail server, you can import/copy the local user list to the migration user list by going to Mail Settings > Mail
Migration > Migration Users and click Action > Import > All Local Users.
• If the user passwords are encrypted, you have to collect their passwords through
FortiMail webmail login or SMTP client login. To do this:
i. First create an authentication profile that uses the remote mail server as the
authentication server. For details, see “Configuring authentication profiles” on page 514
.
Configuring mail settings Page 391 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
ii. Create a recipient-based policy that includes the migration users as senders and also includes the authentication profile. For details, see the
“Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442 .
iii. Finally, you can inform the users to use FortiMail host name as their outgoing mail server.
After you have done the above, when the users try to send email, they will have to authenticate through FortiMail. Then FortiMail will record the user names and passwords into the migration user list under Mail Settings > Mail Migration > Migration Users.
3. Mail data migration: After you have migrated the users, you can start to migrate the their mail boxes from the remote server. To do this:
i. Go to Mail Settings > Mail Migration > Migration Users.
ii. From the Action dropdown list, select Migrate > Selected Users or All Users.
iii. If needed, you can click the Stop and Start button to control the migration process.
iv. After the user’s mail data is successfully migrated, you can export the user to the local user list by clicking Action > Export > Selected Users or All Users. The exported users will appear as local users under User > User.
Defining a remote mail server for mail migration
This is one of the email migration procedures. For the entire procedures, see
“Migrating email from other mail servers (server mode only)” on page 391 .
1. Go to Mail Settings > Mail Migration > Remote Mail Server.
2. Click New.
3. Enter a name for the remote server.
4. Enter the host name or IP address of the remote server.
5. For Protocol, select either IMAP or IMAPS, FortiMail will act as an IMAP client on the users’ behalf to get email from the remote server.
6. Enter the IMAP port number if different from the default one (port 993).
7. Click Create.
Creating domains for mail migration
This is one of the email migration procedures. For the entire procedures, see
“Migrating email from other mail servers (server mode only)” on page 391 .
1. Go to Mail Settings > Domains > Domains.
2. Click New.
3. Configure the settings as described in
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359
.
In v5.0 release, the created domain name on FortiMail must be the same as the users’ domain on the remote mail server. Beginning from v5.0.1 release, the domain names can be different.
4. Since you have enabled mail migration, a new section called Mail Migration Settings appears at the bottom of the domain settings page. Expand this section and configure the following settings.
5. Check Enable mail migration.
Configuring mail settings Page 392 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
7. Click Create.
Configuring proxies (transparent mode only)
In addition to the proxy settings under each network interface settings, you can also go to Mail
Settings > Proxies to configure connection pick-up of the proxies and implicit relay.
Furthermore, the protected domains and session profiles also configure aspects of the proxies and implicit relay, such as transparency. For details, see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359 and
“Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
This section contains the following topics:
•
About the transparent mode proxies
•
Use client-specified SMTP server to send email
About the transparent mode proxies
FortiMail has two transparent proxies: an incoming proxy and an outgoing proxy. The proxies’ degree of transparency at the IP layer and at the SMTP layer varies by your configuration. Proxy behaviors are configured separately based on whether the SMTP connection is considered to be incoming or outgoing. Depending on your configuration, a FortiMail unit operating in transparent mode may implicitly use its built-in MTA instead.
Depending on your network topology, verify that email is not being scanned twice.
•
Incoming versus outgoing SMTP connections
•
Transparency of the proxies and built-in MTA
•
•
Relaying using FortiMail’s built-in MTA versus unprotected SMTP servers
When FortiMail uses the proxies instead of the built-in MTA
When operating in transparent mode, a FortiMail unit has two ways of handling an SMTP connection: to proxy, or to relay. A FortiMail unit will proxy a connection only if you have enabled the proxy option applicable to the connection’s directionality, either:
•
Use client-specified SMTP server to send email (for outgoing connections), or
•
Use this domain’s SMTP server to deliver the mail
(for incoming connections containing outgoing email messages)
This option is ignored for email that matches an antispam or content action profile where you have enabled Deliver to alternate host.
Otherwise, it will use its built-in MTA instead.
Unlike in gateway mode, in transparent mode, the built-in MTA is used implicitly. SMTP clients do not explicitly connect to it, but unless proxied, all connections traveling through the FortiMail unit are implicitly handled by the built-in MTA. In this sense, while in transparent mode, the built-in MTA may initially seem to be similar to the proxies, which are also used implicitly, and not specifically requested by the SMTP client. However, the proxies or the built-in MTA may reroute connections to different destination IP addresses, and thereby may affect mail routing.
Because the outgoing proxy does not queue undeliverable email, while the built-in MTA and incoming proxy do, whether a proxy or the built-in MTA handles a connection may also affect the FortiMail unit’s mail queues.
Configuring mail settings Page 393 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 45:Mail routing in transparent mode
Destination
IP of connection
RCPT TO: Configuration
SMTP server
(incoming connection)
A protected domain
(incoming email)
N/A
Not
SMTP server
(outgoing connection)
Result
Built-in MTA establishes session with
SMTP server
Not a protected domain
(outgoing email)
Use this domain’s SMTP server to deliver the mail
is enabled
Use this domain’s
SMTP server to deliver the mail
is disabled
Relay
Server
section is configured
Relay
Server
section is
not configured
Incoming queueing proxy establishes session with
SMTP server
Built-in MTA establishes session with Relay Server section
Built-in MTA performs MX lookup of the domain in RCPT TO: and establishes session with the resulting MTA
N/A
Use client-specified SMTP server to send email
is enabled
Outgoing non-queueing proxy establishes session with the unprotected MTA
Use client-specifie d SMTP server to send email is
disabled
Relay
Server
section is configured
Relay
Server
section is
not configured
Built-in MTA establishes session with Relay Server section
Built-in MTA performs MX lookup of the domain in RCPT TO: and establishes session with the resulting MTA
You can determine whether a connection was handled using the built-in MTA or one of the proxies by viewing the Mailer column of the history log messages.
• mta: The connection was handled by the built-in MTA.
• proxy: The connection was handled by either the incoming proxy or the outgoing proxy.
For information on viewing the history log, see
“Viewing log messages” on page 197 .
Configuring mail settings Page 394 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Incoming versus outgoing SMTP connections
At the network connection level, directionality is determined by the destination IP address.
• Incoming connections
The destination IP address matches a protected domain’s
SMTP server
field.
• Outgoing connections
The destination IP address does not match any protected domain’s
SMTP server
field.
Connection level directionality does not consider a connection’s source IP address, nor whether or not the recipient email address’s (RCPT TO:) mail domain is a protected domain.
Figure 111:Incoming versus outgoing SMTP connections
Directionality at the connection level may be different than directionality at the level of
email messages contained by the connection. It is possible that an incoming connection could contain an outgoing email message, and vice versa.
For example, in
Figure 111 on page 395 , connections from the internal mail relays to the internal
mail servers are outgoing connections, but they contain incoming email messages. Conversely, connections from remote MUAs to the internal mail relays are incoming connections, but may contain outgoing email messages if the recipients’ email addresses (RCPT TO:) are external.
For information on the concept of incoming versus outgoing at the application layer, see
“Incoming versus outgoing email messages” on page 428 .
When the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode, directionality correlates with which proxy will be used, if any.
For example, in
Figure 111 on page 395 , the protected domain is example.com. Mailboxes for
example.com are stored on servers located at the company’s headquarters, separate from the mail relays, which are located at a branch office. All email is routed through the mail relays, and so the FortiMail unit is deployed in front of the mail relays at the branch office.
On the FortiMail unit, you have configured the protected domain’s
SMTP server
to be
192.168.0.1, a mail relay, because all email must be routed through that mail relay. You have
Configuring mail settings Page 395 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
also enabled Use client-specified SMTP server to send email , so, for outgoing connections, the
outgoing proxy will be used instead of the built-in MTA. However, you have not enabled
Use this domain’s SMTP server to deliver the mail
, so, for incoming connections, the built-in MTA will be used, rather than the incoming proxy.
You can configure interception and transparency separately for each of the two proxies.
Regardless of which proxy is used, the proxy may not be fully transparent unless you have configured it to be so. For details, see
“Transparency of the proxies and built-in MTA” on page 396 .
Transparency of the proxies and built-in MTA
A FortiMail unit ‘s built-in MTA and proxies are not necessarily fully transparent, even if the
FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode.
If you want the FortiMail unit to behave truly transparently, you must:
• select the
Hide this box from the mail server
option in each session profile
• select
Hide the transparent box
in each protected domain
Otherwise, the source IP address of connection initiations, the destination IP address of reply traffic, and the SMTP greeting (HELO/EHLO) will contain either:
• the management IP address (for connections occurring through bridged network interfaces), or
• the network interface’s IP address (for connections through out-of-bridge network interfaces)
In addition to preserving the original IP addresses and domain names, for connections to unprotected domains, to be hidden with regards to authentication, the FortiMail unit must pass
SMTP AUTH commands through to the SMTP server instead of applying an authentication
profile. To do this, you must enable Use client-specified SMTP server to send email in order to
use the outgoing proxy instead of the built-in MTA. The outgoing proxy will transmit SMTP AUTH commands to the server, instead of applying the IP-based policy’s authentication profile on behalf of the server.
Avoiding scanning email twice
Depending on your network topology, in transparent mode, you may need to verify that the
FortiMail unit is not scanning the same email twice.
Redundant scanning can result if all origins of outgoing email are not physically located on the same network as the protected domain’s mail relay ( “SMTP server” on page 364 ). This is especially true if your internal relays and mail servers are physically located on separate servers, and those servers are not located on the same network. Due to mail routing, an email could travel through the FortiMail unit multiple times in order to reach its final destination. As a result, if you have selected Proxy more than once in System > Network > Interface, it is possible that an email could be scanned more than once, decreasing the performance of your email system and unnecessarily increasing delivery time.
There are some topologies, however, when it is correct to select Proxy for multiple network interfaces, or even for both incoming and outgoing connections on the same network interface.
It is important to understand the impact of the relevant configuration options in order to configure transparent mode proxy/relay pick-up correctly.
The following two examples demonstrate correct configurations for their topology, and illustrate the resulting mail routing.
Example 1
Configuring mail settings Page 396 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
All email must be routed through the internal mail relays. Internal mail servers, internal MUAs, and remote MUAs all send mail through the mail relays, whether the recipient is a member of the protected domain or not. Because of this, the FortiMail unit is deployed directly in front of the internal mail relays, which are physically located on a network separate from the mail servers that store email for retrieval by email users. For each protected domain,
SMTP server
is configured with the IP address of an internal mail relay.
Table 46 on page 397 shows the configuration options that result in correct mail routing for this desired scenario. Figure 112 on page 397 shows the mail routing that would result from this configuration, in this topology.
Figure 112:Avoiding scanning email twice: Example 1 topology
Table 46:Avoiding scanning email twice: Example 1 configuration
Setting
MUAs’ SMTP server/MTA
Value
the virtual IP on the FortiGate unit, or other public IP address, that routes to 192.168.0.1 (the internal mail relays)
192.168.0.1
each protected domain’s
SMTP server
each protected domain’s
Use this domain’s SMTP server to deliver the mail
enabled
Use client-specified SMTP server to send email
enabled
Pass through or Drop
Pass through
Configuring mail settings Page 397 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 46:Avoiding scanning email twice: Example 1 configuration
Proxy proxy
Pass through or Drop
Because the FortiMail unit is deployed directly in front of the relays, which are not on the same network as either the remote MUAs or the internal mail servers, if proxy/relay pick-up is not configured correctly, outgoing email could be scanned twice: once as it travels from port2 to port1, and again as it travels from port1 to port2. In addition, if proxying is not configured correctly, email would be picked up by the built-in MTA instead of the proxy, and might never reach the internal mail relays.
To solve this, do not configure the FortiMail unit to use its built-in MTA to intercept incoming connections and deliver email messages. Instead, it should proxy the incoming connections, allowing them to reach the internal mail relays. Because all email was already scanned during the incoming connection, when the internal mail relay initiates the outgoing connection to either an external MTA or to the internal mail server, the FortiMail unit does not need to scan the email again. In addition, because the internal mail relays maintain the queues, the FortiMail unit does not need to maintain queues for outgoing connections. It can instead use its outgoing proxy, which does not queue, and will not reroute email. Finally, there should be no incoming connections on port1, nor outgoing connections on port2; so, configure them either as Pass
through or Drop.
Example 2
All incoming email must be routed through the internal mail relays. The internal mail server also routes outgoing email through the relays. Because of this, the FortiMail unit is deployed directly in front of the internal mail relays, which are physically located on the same network as the mail servers that store email for retrieval by email users. For each protected domain,
SMTP server
is configured with the IP address of an internal mail relay.
Remote MUAs’ outgoing email must not be routed through the internal mail relays.
shows the configuration options that result in correct mail routing for this desired scenario. Figure 113 on page 398 shows the mail routing that would result from this configuration, in this topology.
Figure 113:Avoiding scanning email twice: Example 2 topology
Configuring mail settings Page 398 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 47:Avoiding scanning email twice: Example 2 configuration
Setting
MUAs’ SMTP server/MTA
Value
the virtual IP on the FortiGate unit, or other public
IP address, that routes to 192.168.0.2 (the internal mail server, not the internal mail relays)
192.168.0.1
each protected domain’s
SMTP server
each protected domain’s
Use this domain’s SMTP server to deliver the mail
disabled
Use client-specified SMTP server to send email
disabled
Pass through
Proxy
Proxy
Proxy
Relay Server section
not configured
MX record for each protected domain on the internal DNS server domain name resolving to 192.168.0.1 (the internal mail relays)
Unlike external MTAs making incoming connections to the relays, remote MUAs instead make
outgoing connections through port2: their destination is the internal mail server, whose IP address is not configured in the protected domain. (The protected domain’s
SMTP server
field is instead configured with the IP address of the internal mail relay.) As a result, you can configure pick-up for these connections separately from those of external MTAs — they pass through the same port, but are distinct in their directionality.
In this case, we want to intercept connections for both external MTAs and remote MUAs. To solve this, we select Proxy for both
from external MTAs and
(from remote MUAs) on port 2. (If we wanted to block remote MUAs only, we could simply select Drop for
on port2.)
However, the remote MUAs’ configuration also means that the directionality of remote MUAs’ connections coincides with that of the internal relays’ connections to external relays: both are
outgoing. Therefore if you configure the FortiMail unit to proxy outgoing connections instead of using the built-in MTA by enabling
Use client-specified SMTP server to send email
outgoing connections are proxied.
Remote MUAs’ connections would all travel through the internal mail server, regardless of whether the recipient has an account on that mail server or not. Outgoing email would then need to be forwarded to the internal mail relay, and back out through the FortiMail unit. The result? Outgoing email from remote MUAs would travel extra mail hops. This would burden the internal network with traffic destined for an external network, and needlessly increases points of potential failure.
Additionally, because the FortiMail unit is deployed directly in front of both the relays and the mail server, which is not on the same network as remote MUAs, remote MUAs’ outgoing email could be scanned twice: once as it travels from port2 to port1, and again as it travels from port1 to port2. This is resource-inefficient.
Configuring mail settings Page 399 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To solve this, the FortiMail unit should not be configured to use its proxy to intercept outgoing connections. Instead, it should use its built-in MTA. The built-in MTA forms its own separate connections based on the MX lookup of the recipient’s domain, rerouting email if necessary.
Notice that as a result of this lookup, although remote MUAs are configured to connect to the internal mail server, connections for incoming email are actually diverted by the built-in MTA through the internal mail relays. This has the benefit of providing a common relay point for all internal email.
Rerouting also prevents outgoing email from passing through the FortiMail unit multiple times, receiving redundant scans. This prevents externally-destined email from burdening the internal mail relays and internal mail servers.
Finally, there should be no incoming connections on port1, so it can be configured either as
Pass through or Drop.
Relaying using FortiMail’s built-in MTA versus unprotected SMTP servers
When not proxying, FortiMail units can use their own built-in SMTP relay to deliver email.
If an email user at the branch office, behind a FortiMail unit, specifies the unprotected SMTP server 10.0.0.1 as the outgoing SMTP server, you can either let the email user send email using that specified unprotected SMTP server, or ignore the client’s specification and insist that the
FortiMail unit send the email message itself. (See Figure 111 on page 395
.)
• If you permit the client to specify an unprotected SMTP server, the FortiMail unit will allow the email client to connect to it, and will not act as a formal relay. If the client’s attempt fails, the outgoing proxy will simply drop the connection and will not queue the email or retry.
• If you insist that the client relay email using the FortiMail unit’s built-in MTA rather than the client-specified relay, the FortiMail unit will act as an MTA, queuing email for temporary delivery failures and sending error messages back to the email senders for permanent delivery failures. It may also reroute the connection through another relay server, or by performing an MX lookup of the recipient’s domain, and delivering the email directly to that mail gateway instead.
Enabling the FortiMail unit to allow clients to connect to unprotected SMTP servers may be useful if, for example, you are an Internet service provider (ISP) and allow customers to use the
SMTP servers of their own choice, but do not want to spend resources to maintain SMTP connections and queues to external SMTP servers.
Unlike the outgoing proxy, the incoming proxy does queue and retry. In this way, it is similar to the built-in MTA.
For information on configuring use of the incoming proxy or outgoing proxy instead of using the built-in MTA, see
“Use client-specified SMTP server to send email” on page 400 (for outgoing
connections) and “Use this domain’s SMTP server to deliver the mail” on page 368 (for incoming connections containing outgoing email messages).
Use client-specified SMTP server to send email
In FortiMail transparent mode, go to Mail Settings > Proxies to enable this feature to use the outgoing proxy instead of the built-in MTA for outgoing SMTP connections. This allows the client to send email using the SMTP server that they specify, rather than enforcing the use of the
FortiMail unit’s own built-in MTA. The outgoing proxy refuses the connection if the client’s destination SMTP server is not available. In addition, it will not queue email from the SMTP client, and if the client does not successfully complete the connection, the outgoing proxy will simply drop the connection, and will not retry.
Since authentication profiles may not successfully complete, the outgoing proxy will also ignore any authentication profiles that may be configured in the IP-based policy. The built-in MTA would normally apply authentication on behalf of the SMTP server, but the outgoing proxy will
Configuring mail settings Page 400 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
instead pass any authentication attempts through to the SMTP server, allowing it to perform its own authentication.
Disable to relay email using the built-in MTA to either the SMTP relay defined in
SMTP relay hosts” on page 352 , if any, or directly to the MTA that is the mail exchanger (MX) for
the recipient email address’s (RCPT TO:) domain. The email may not actually travel through the unprotected SMTP server, even though it was the relay originally specified by the SMTP client.
For details, see “When FortiMail uses the proxies instead of the built-in MTA” on page 393 .
If this option is enabled, consider also enabling
allow clients to use open relays.
If this option is disabled, and an SMTP client is configured to authenticate, you must configure and apply an authentication profile. Without the profile, authentication with the built-in MTA will fail. Also, the mail server must be explicitly configured to allow relay from the built-in MTA in this case.
If this option is enabled, you cannot use IP pools. For more information, see
“Configuring IP pools” on page 564 .
For security reasons, this option does not apply if there is no session profile selected in the
applicable IP-based policy. For more information on IP policies, see “Controlling email based on
.
Configuring mail settings Page 401 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Managing users
The User menu enables you to configure email user-related settings, such as groups, PKI authentication, preferences, address mappings, and email address aliases. If the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode, the User menu also enables you to add email user accounts.
This section includes:
•
Configuring local user accounts (server mode only)
•
•
Configuring PKI authentication
•
•
•
•
Configuring local user accounts (server mode only)
When operating in server mode, the FortiMail unit is a standalone email server. The FortiMail unit receives email messages, scans for viruses and spam, and then delivers email to its email users’ mailboxes. External MTAs connect to the FortiMail unit, which itself is also the protected email server.
When the FortiMail unit operates in server mode and the web UI operates in advanced mode, the User tab is available. It lets you configure email user accounts whose mailboxes are hosted on the FortiMail unit. Email users can then access their email hosted on the FortiMail unit using webmail, POP3 and/or IMAP. For information on webmail and other features used directly by
email users, see “Setup for email users” on page 683
.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category.
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view email user accounts, go to User > User > User.
Figure 114:User tab
Page 402
Managing users
GUI item
Maintenance
(button)
Export .CSV
(button)
Description
Select a user and click this button to manage that user’s mailboxes, such as
Inbox, Drafts and Sent. You can check the size of each mailbox, and empty or delete mailboxes as required.
The SecureMail mailbox contains the secured email for the user.
The Bulk mailbox contains spam quarantined by the FortiMail unit.
Click Back to return to the Users tab.
Click to download a backup of the email users list in comma-separated value
(CSV) file format. The user passwords are encoded for security.
Caution: Most of the email user accounts data, such as mailboxes and preferences, is not included in the .csv file. For information on performing a complete backup, see
“Backup and restore” on page 206
.
Import .CSV
(button)
Password
(button)
Domain
In the field to the right of Import .CSV, enter the location of a CSV-formatted email user backup file, then click Import .CSV to upload the file to your
FortiMail unit.
The import feature provides a simple way to add a list of new users in one operation. See
“Importing a list of users” on page 405 .
Before importing a user list or adding an email user, you must first configure one or more protected domains to which the email users will belong. For more
information, see “Configuring protected domains” on page 359 . You may also
Select a user and click this button to change a user’s password. A dialog appears. Choose whether to change the user password or to switch to LDAP authentication. You can create a new LDAP profile or edit an existing one. For
details, see “Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519
.
Select the protected domain to display its email users, or to select the protected domain to which you want to add an email user account before clicking New.
You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
Search user
Enter the name of a user, or a partial user name with wildcards, and press
Enter. The list of users redisplays with just those users that meet the search criteria.
To return to the complete user list, clear the search field and press Enter.
User Name
Displays the user name of an email user, such as user1. This is also the local portion of the email user’s primary email address.
Displays the type of user: local, LDAP, or RADIUS.
Type
Display Name Displays the display name of an email user, such as "J Smith". This name appears in the From: field in the message headers of email messages sent from this email user.
Disk Usage
(KB)
Displays the disk space used by mailboxes for the email user in kilobytes (KB).
Page 403 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring users in server mode
You can create users one at a time or import a list of users. Before importing a user list or adding an email user, you must first configure one or more protected domains to which the email users will belong. For more information, see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359 .
To configure an email user account
1. Go to User > User > User.
2. From Domain, select the name of the protected domain to which you want to add an email user. You can also set the domain on the user dialog.
3. Either click New to add an email user or double-click an email user to modify it.
A dialog appears.
4. In User name, enter the name of the account in the selected domain whose email will be locally deliverable on the FortiMail unit.
For example, an email user may have numerous aliases, mail routing, and other email addresses on other systems in your network, such as [email protected]. However, the user name you enter in the New User dialog reflects the email user’s account that they will use to log in to this FortiMail unit at the selected domain; such as, jsmith if the email address is [email protected].
5. You can change the user’s domain if it necessary. In the drop-down menu to the right of the
@ symbol, select the name of the protected domain to which the email user belongs.
6. For Authentication type, select one of the following:
• select Local and then enter the password for this email account
• select LDAP and select the name of an existing LDAP profile in the dropdown list
• select RADIUS and select the name of an existing RADIUS profile in the dropdown list.
If no profile exists, click New to create one.
If a profile exists but needs modification, select it and click Edit.
The LDAP option requires that you first create an LDAP profile in which you have enabled and
configured in “Configuring user authentication options” on page 526
Managing users
7. In Display Name, enter the name of the user as it should appear in the From: field in the message header.
For example, an email user whose email address is [email protected] may prefer that their Display Name be "J Zang".
8. Click OK.
For a new user, the FortiMail unit creates the account. Authentication is not yet enabled and a policy may not exist that allows the account to send and receive email.
Complete the next two steps as applicable.
9. To enable the user account, create a recipient-based policy that both matches its email address and uses a resource profile in which
“Workflow to enable and configure authentication of email users” on page 513 and
“Configuring resource profiles (server mode only)” on page 511 .
10.To allow the user account to send and receive email, configure an access control rule and either an IP-based policy or an incoming recipient-based policy. For details, see
“Configuring policies” on page 427 .
Page 404 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Importing a list of users
The import feature provides a simple way to add a list of new local users in one operation. You can create a CSV file in any spreadsheet and import the data as long as the columns match the
FortiMail format.
To create and import user records
1. Go to User > User > User.
2. Create at least one local (non-LDAP) user.
3. Select that user and click Export .CSV.
4. Save the file on your local computer.
5. Open the CSV file in a spreadsheet editor, such as Microsoft Excel.
6. Enter user records in the pre-existing columns so the new users exactly match the exported format. (Delete the original exported user record.)
Figure 115:Sample CSV format
7. Use the Save As feature to save the file in plain CSV format.
8. On the User tab, click Import.
A dialog appears.
9. Click Browse to locate the CSV file to import and click Open.
10.Click OK.
A field appears showing the percentage of import completion.
A dialog appears showing the number of imported records.
The import feature does not overwrite existing records.
To change the password of multiple email user accounts
This procedure sets the same password for one or more email user accounts, which can result in reduced security of the email users’ accounts. To reduce risk, set a strong password and notify each email user whose password has been reset to configure a unique, strong password as soon as possible.
1. Go to User > User > User.
2. From Show Users Of Domain, select the name of the protected domain in which you want to change email user account passwords.
3. To change the passwords of all email user accounts for the protected domain, mark the check box located in the check box column heading.
To change the passwords of individual email user accounts, in the check box column, mark the check boxes of each email user account whose password you want to change.
4. Click Password.
Managing users Page 405 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. Select either:
• Password, then enter the password for this email account, or
• LDAP, then select the name of an LDAP profile in which you have enabled and configured the User Auth Options query, which enables the FortiMail unit to query the LDAP server to authenticate the email user.
You can create LDAP profiles using the advanced mode of the web-based manager. For more information, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
6. Click OK.
Managing the disk usage of email users mailboxes
If your email users often send or receive large attachments, email users’ mailboxes may rapidly consume the hard disk space of the FortiMail unit. You can manage the disk usage of email users’ mailboxes by monitoring the size of the folders, and optionally deleting their contents.
For example, if each email user has a mailbox folder named “Spam” that receives tagged spam, you might want to periodically empty the contents of these folders to reclaim hard disk space.
Alternatively, you can assign email users’ disk space quota in their resource profile. For details, see
“Configuring resource profiles (server mode only)” on page 511 .
To empty a mailbox folder
1. Go to User > User > User.
2. Select the check box for the user.
3. Click Maintenance.
A list of mailbox folder names with their hard disk usages appears.
4. Select the mailbox folder that you want to empty, such as Trash, then click Empty.
A confirmation dialog appears.
5. Click OK.
Configuring user preferences
The User Preferences tab lets you configure preferences for each email user, such as per-user white lists and preferred webmail quarantine language.
Preferences apply to email user accounts in all operation modes but vary slightly in implementation. For example:
• Out-of-office status messages and mail forwarding can only be configured when the
FortiMail unit is operating in server mode.
• In server mode, user accounts are stored on the FortiMail unit.
• With gateway or transparent mode, user accounts are stored hosted on your protected
SMTP server.
Although you may have created a local user account, the user’s preferences may not be created. You can either wait for an event that requires it to be automatically initialized using the default values, or you can manually create and modify it.
Managing users Page 406 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Managing users
Administrators can modify preferences for each email user through the web UI. Email users can modify their own preferences by logging in to the FortiMail webmail or email quarantine.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category.
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view and manage existing user preferences
1. Go to User > User > User Preferences.
GUI item Description
Delete User Data
(button)
Select the user and then click this button to delete the user preference settings and mail data.
Maintenance
(button)
Click to reveal a drop-down menu with preference management options.
Two options apply just to selected users:
• Clear WhiteList for Selected Users
• Clear BlackList for Selected Users
Other options apply to all users in the selected domain:
• Clear WhiteList for All Domain Users
• Clear BlackList for All Domain Users
• Reset (resets preferences to their defaults)
Domain
Search user
Select the protected domain to display its email users, or to select the protected domain to which you want to add an email user account before clicking New.
You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
Enter the name of a user, or a partial user name with wildcards, and press Enter. The list of users redisplays with just those users that meet the search criteria.
To return to the complete user list, clear the search field and press
Enter.
User Name
Display name
Language
Displays the user name of an email user, such as user1.
Displays the display name of the email user.
Displays the language in which this email user prefers to display their quarantine and, if the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode, webmail. By default, this language preference is the same as the system-wide default webmail language preference. For more
information, see “Customizing the GUI appearance” on page 258
.
Page 407 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Managing users
GUI item
White List
Black List
Secondary
Accounts
Description
The icon in this column indicates whether or not a personal white list currently exists for this email user. Hover the mouse pointer over the list icon to determine its status:
• New: A personal white list does not exist for this email user.
• Edit: A personal white list exists for this email user.
Click the icon to open a dialog where you can configure, back up, or restore the personal white list. White lists include sender IP addresses, domain names, and email addresses that the email user wants to permit.
Note: System-level lists take precedence over domain-level lists while domain-level lists take precedence over personal-level lists.
For more information on white lists and black lists, see
“Configuring the personal black lists and white lists” on page 588
.
The icon in this column indicates whether or not a personal black list currently exists for this email user. Hover the mouse pointer over the list icon to determine its status:
• New: A personal black list does not exist for this email user.
• Edit: A personal black list exists for this email user.
Click the icon to open a dialog where you can configure, back up, or restore the personal black list. Black lists include sender IP addresses, domain names, and email addresses that the email user wants to block
Note: System-level lists take precedence over domain-level lists while domain-level lists take precedence over personal-level lists.
For more information on white lists and black lists, see
“Configuring the personal black lists and white lists” on page 588
.
The icon in this column indicates whether or not this email user will also handle quarantined email messages for other email addresses.
Hover the mouse pointer over the list icon to determine its status:
• New: A secondary access list does not exist for this email user.
• Edit: A secondary access list exists for this email user.
Click the icon to open a dialog where you can add or remove secondary accounts. The addresses must exist in one of the existing
FortiMail domains to be added.
Page 408 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Outgoing
Recipient
Whitelisting
(icon)
Preference
Description
The icon indicates whether or not the FortiMail unit will automatically add recipient addresses in outgoing email sent by this email user to their per-user white list, if it is allowed in the antispam profile. For more
information, see “Configuring other antispam settings” on page 489
.
• A green check mark icon indicates automatic per-user whitelisting is enabled.
• A red X icon indicates automatic per-user whitelisting is disabled.
Email users can change this setting in their webmail preferences. For more information, log in to the FortiMail webmail, then click Help.
This setting can be initialized manually or automatically. FortiMail administrators can manually create and configure this setting when configuring email user preferences. If the setting has not yet been created when either:
• an email user logs in to FortiMail webmail
• an email user sends outgoing email through the FortiMail unit
• a FortiMail administrator configures the email user’s personal black
or white list (see “Configuring the personal black lists and white lists” on page 588 )
then the FortiMail unit will automatically initialize this setting as disabled.
The green check mark indicates that the user preference has been configured and the settings will be used.
The red check mark indicates that the user preference has not be configured and the default settings will be used.
2. Either click New or double-click the user’s preferences to modify them.
A dialog appears that varies depending on the operation mode.
3. Configure the user preferences as required.
Configuring PKI authentication
Go to User > PKI User to configure public key infrastructure (PKI) user authentication.
PKI users can authenticate by presenting a valid client certificate, rather than by entering a user name and password.
A PKI user can be either an email user or a FortiMail administrator.
Managing users Page 409 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Managing users
When a PKI user connects to the FortiMail unit with a web browser, the browser presents the
PKI user’s certificate to the FortiMail unit. If the certificate is valid, the FortiMail unit then authenticates the PKI user. To be valid, a client certificate must:
• not be expired
• not be revoked by either certificate revocation list (CRL) or, if enabled, online certificate status protocol (OCSP)
• be signed by a certificate authority (CA), whose certificate you have imported into the
FortiMail unit
• contain a CA field whose value matches the CA certificate
• contain a Issuer field whose value matches the Subject field in the CA certificate
• contain a Subject field whose value contains the subject, or is empty
• contain a Common Name (CN) or Subject Alternative field, if LDAP Query is enabled, whose value matches the email address of a user object retrieved using the User Query
Options of the LDAP profile
.
Web browsers may have their own certificate validation requirements in addition to FortiMail requirements. For example, personal certificates may be required to contain the PKI user’s email address in the Subject Alternative Name field, and that Key Usage field contain
Digital Signature, Data Encipherment, Key Encipherment
. For browser requirements, see your web browser’s documentation.
If the client certificate is not valid, depending on whether you have configured the FortiMail unit to require valid certificates, authentication will either fail absolutely, or fail over to user name and password authentication.
If the certificate is valid and authentication succeeds, the PKI user’s web browser is redirected to either the web UI (for PKI users that are FortiMail administrators), or FortiMail webmail or the personal quarantine (for PKI users that are email users).
For details and examples about how to use PKI authentication for FortiMail email users and administrators, see
“Appendix D: PKI Authentication” on page 699
.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view and configure PKI users
1. Go to User > User > PKI User.
Figure 116:PKI User tab
Page 410 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Managing users
GUI item
Name
Domain
CA
Subject
LDAP
OCSP
Description
Displays the user name of the PKI user.
Displays the protected domain to which the PKI user is assigned. If
Domain
is empty, the PKI user is an administrator.
Displays the name of the CA certificate used when validating the CA’s signature of the client certificate. For more information, see
“Managing certificate authority certificates” on page 334 .
Displays a string used to match part of the value in the Subject field of the client certificate. It does not have to match the entire subject.
If empty, matching values are not considered when validating the client certificate presented by the PKI user’s web browser.
If
is enabled, the LDAP configuration of this PKI user is shown
in three parts:
• Whether the LDAP query setting is enabled (indicated by E) or disabled
(indicated by “-”).
• Displays the name of the LDAP profile used for the query. For more
information, see “Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
• Displays the name of the field in the client certificate (either Subject
Alternative or CN) whose value must match the email address of a user object in the LDAP directory.
For example, E/ldapprof/Subject Alternative indicates that LDAP query is enabled, and will use the LDAP profile named ldapprof to validate the Subject Alternative field of the client certificate.
If
is enabled, the OCSP configuration of this PKI user is shown in
three parts:
• Whether OSCP is enabled (indicated by E) or disabled (indicated by
“-”).
• Displays the URL of the OCSP server.
• Displays the action to take if the OCSP server is unavailable. If set to ignore, the FortiMail unit allows the user to authenticate. If set to revoke, the FortiMail unit behaves as if the certificate is currently revoked, and authentication fails.
For example, E/https://www.example.com/Revoke indicates OCSP is enabled, using the OSCP server at https://www.example.com, and if the
OSCP server is unavailable, the FortiMail unit prevents the user from authenticating.
2. Click New to add PKI authentication for an email user or administrator account or double-click an account to modify it.
A dialog appears.
Page 411 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 117:New User dialog
Managing users
3. Configure the following:
GUI item Description
User name
For a new user, enter the name of the PKI user.
There is no requirement to use the same name as the administrator or email user’s account name, although you may find it helpful to be so.
For example, you might have an administrator account named admin1.You might therefore find it most straightforward to also name the PKI user admin1
, making it easy to remember which account you intended to use these PKI settings.
Domain
CA
Select either the protected domain to which the PKI user is assigned, or, if the PKI user is a FortiMail administrator, select System.
You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
Select either None or the name of the CA certificate to use when validating the CA’s signature of the client certificate. For more information, see
“Managing certificate authority certificates” on page 334 .
If you select None, you must configure
Subject
Enter the value which must match the Subject field of the client certificate, or leave this field empty. If empty, matching values are not considered when validating the client certificate presented by the PKI user’s web browser.
If you do not configure
LDAP query Enable to query an LDAP directory, such as Microsoft Active Directory, to determine the existence of the PKI user who is attempting to authenticate,
and
Note: If this option is enabled, no local user configuration is necessary.
Instead, the FortiMail unit creates the personal quarantine folder and other necessary items when PKI authentication queries the LDAP server.
Page 412 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Managing users
GUI item
OCSP
Description
LDAP profile
From the drop-down list, select the LDAP profile to use when querying the LDAP server.
• If no profile exists, click New to create one.
• If a profile exists but needs modification, select it and click Edit.
In both cases, the Edit LDAP Profile dialog appears. For more information, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519
.
This option is available only if
Query field
Select the name of the field in the client certificate (either CN or Subject Alternative) which contains the email address of the PKI user.
This email address will be compared with the value of the email address attribute for each user object queried from the
LDAP directory to determine if the PKI user exists in the
LDAP directory.
This option is available only if
Enable to use an Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) server to query
whether the client certificate has been revoked, then also configure
, and
URL
Displays the URL of the OCSP server.
This option is available only if
is enabled.
Remote certificate
Unavailable action
Select the remote certificate that is used to verify the identity
of the OCSP server. For more information, see “Managing
OCSP server certificates” on page 336
.
This option is available only if
is enabled.
Select the action to take if the OCSP server is unavailable. If set to Ignore, the FortiMail unit allows the user to authenticate. If set to Revoke, the FortiMail unit behaves as if the certificate is currently revoked, and authentication fails.
This option is available only if
is enabled.
You need to take additional steps to activate and complete a PKI user’s configuration.
To complete PKI user configuration
1. To enable PKI authentication on your FortiMail unit for all PKI users, open the CLI and enter the following command: config system global end set pki-mode enable
2. For each PKI user, import the client certificate into the user’s web browser on each computer the PKI user will use to access the FortiMail unit. For details on installing certificates, see the documentation for your web browser. Client certificates must be valid. For information on how FortiMail units validate the client certificates of PKI users, see
“Configuring PKI authentication” on page 409 .
Page 413 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. In the web UI, import the CA certificate into the FortiMail unit. For more information, see
“Managing certificate authority certificates” on page 334 .
4. For PKI users that are FortiMail administrators, select the PKI authentication type and select a PKI user to which the administrator account corresponds. For more information, see
“Configuring administrator accounts and access profiles” on page 271 .
5. For PKI users that are email users, enable PKI user authentication in the incoming recipient-based policies which match those email users. For more information, see
“Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442 .
Control access to each PKI user’s computer. Certificate-based PKI authentication controls access to the FortiMail unit based on PKI certificates, which are installed on each email user or administrator’s computer. If anyone can access the computers where those PKI certificates are installed, they can gain access to the FortiMail unit, which can compromise the security of your
FortiMail unit.
Configuring user groups
The User Group tab lets you group related email user accounts.
Email user groups can simplify the creation of policies. For example, when creating policies, you can select the name of an email user group rather than entering each email user name individually.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
Alternatively to configuring user groups locally, you can configure the FortiMail unit to query an
LDAP directory. For details, see “Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519
.
To view and configure user groups
1. Go to User > User > User Group.
Figure 118:User Group tab
Managing users Page 414 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Domain
Name
Members
Description
Select the name of a protected domain to display user groups that belong to it.
You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
Displays the name of the user group.
Displays the email users that are members of this user group.
2. Either click New to add a group or double-click a group to modify it.
A dialog appears.
Figure 119: Configuring a user group
3. For a new group, enter its name. Spaces are not valid.
4. For a new group, select the domain from which to select users from the Users of domain list.
Groups are domain-specific.
5. Add or edit the members of the email user group:
• In the Available users area, select the names of one or more email users that you want to add to the email user group, then click the right arrow to move them to the Members area.
• In the Members area, select the names of one or more email users that you want to remove from the email user group, then click the left arrow to return them to the Available users area.
6. Click Create or OK.
Configuring aliases
The User Alias tab lets you configure email address aliases for protected domains.
Aliases sometimes act as distribution lists; that is, they translate one email address into the email addresses of several recipients, called members. An alias can also be a literal alias; that is, it is an alternative email address that resolves to the real email address of a single email user.
For example, [email protected] might be an alias that the FortiMail unit will expand to [email protected] and [email protected], having the effect of distributing an email message to all email addresses that are members of that alias, while [email protected] might be an alias that the FortiMail unit translates to [email protected]. In both cases, the
FortiMail unit converts the alias in the recipient fields of incoming email messages into the
Managing users Page 415 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
member email addresses of the alias, each of which are the email address of an email user that is locally deliverable on the SMTP server or FortiMail unit.
Members of an alias can include the email address of the alias itself.
Aliases can contain both or either local and non-local email addresses as members of the alias.
For example, if the local protected domain is mail.example.com, you could create an email address alias whose members are:
• [email protected], which is locally deliverable to the protected domain
• [email protected], which is not locally deliverable to the protected domain
Alternatively to configuring aliases locally, you can configure the FortiMail unit to query an LDAP directory. For details, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519
.
Unlike address maps, aliases can be one-to-many relationships between the alias and its members, but cannot be bidirectional — that is, recipient email addresses that are aliases are translated into their member email addresses, but sender email addresses that are members are not translated into aliases.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category.
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view and configure alias addresses
1. Go to User > User Alias > User Alias.
Figure 120:User Alias tab
Managing users
GUI item
Domain
Description
Select the name of a protected domain to view email address aliases for that protected domain.
You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
Alias Name
Displays the email address of the alias, such as [email protected].
Members
Displays the email addresses to which the alias will translate, which may be the email addresses of one or more local or non-local email users. Multiple email addresses are comma-delimited.
Page 416 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
2. Either click New to add an alias or double-click an alias to modify it.
A dialog appears. Its features vary with the operation mode.
Figure 121:Configuring an alias (gateway mode and transparent mode)
Figure 122:Configuring an alias (server mode)
Managing users
3. For a new alias in all operation modes, enter the local-part (the part before the '@' symbol) of the email address alias in Alias name.
4. If the FortiMail unit is operating in gateway or transparent mode, do the following:
• Select the name of its protected domain from the drop-down list next to Alias name.
• For example, for the alias [email protected], you would enter group1 and select example.com
.
• To add members to the alias, in the field to the left of the right arrow button, enter the email address, then click the right arrow button. The email address appears in the
Members area.
• To remove members from the alias, in the Members area, select one or more email addresses, then click Remove Selected.
Page 417 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. If the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode, do the following:
• Select a protected domain in Select an internal domain.
• The email addresses of users from the selected domain (that is, local users) appear in the
Available users area.
• To add local email addresses as members to the alias, select one or more email addresses in the Available users area, then click ->. The email addresses are moved to the Members area.
• To add non-local email addresses as members to the alias, enter the email address in the
External Email address field, then click -> next to the field. The email address appears in the Members area.
• To remove members from the alias, select one or more email addresses in the Members area, then click <- arrow. The email addresses are removed from the Members area.
Local email addresses return to the Available users area.
6. Click Create or OK.
Configuring address mappings
Address mappings are bidirectional, one-to-one or many-to-many mappings. They can be useful when:
• you want to hide a protected domain’s true email addresses from recipients
• a mail domain’s domain name is not globally DNS-resolvable, and you want to replace the domain name with one that is
• you want to rewrite email addresses
Like aliases, address mappings translate email addresses. They do not translate many email addresses into a single email address.
Unlike aliases:
• Mappings cannot translate one email address into many.
• Mappings cannot translate an email address into one that belongs to an unprotected domain. (This restriction applies to locally defined address mappings only. This is not enforced for mappings defined on an LDAP server.)
• Mappings are applied bidirectionally, when an email is outgoing as well as when it is incoming to the protected domain.
• Mappings may affect both sender and recipient email addresses, and may affect those email addresses in both the message envelope and the message header, depending on the match condition.
The following table illustrates the sequence in which parts of each email are compared with address mappings for a match, and which locations’ email addresses are translated if a match is found.
Both RCPT TO: and MAIL FROM: email addresses are always evaluated for a match with an address mapping. If both RCPT TO: and MAIL FROM: contain email addresses that match the mapping, both mapping translations will be performed.
Managing users Page 418 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Managing users
Table 48:Match evaluation and rewrite behavior for email address mappings
Order of evaluation
Match condition
1
If yes...
Does RCPT TO: match an external email address?
Replace RCPT TO:.
2
Rewrite to...
Internal email address
Does MAIL FROM: match an internal email address?
For each of the following, if it matches an internal email address, replace it:
External email address
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
MAIL FROM:
RCPT TO:
From:
To:
Return-Path:
Cc:
Reply-To:
Return-Receipt-To:
Resent-From:
Resent-Sender:
Delivery-Receipt-To:
Disposition-Notification-To:
For example, you could create an address mapping between the internal email address [email protected] and the external email address [email protected]. The following effects would be observable on the simplest case of an outgoing email and an incoming reply:
• For email from [email protected] to other users, [email protected] in both the message envelope (MAIL FROM:) and many message headers (From:, Cc:, etc.) would then be replaced with [email protected]. Recipients would only be aware of the email address [email protected].
• For email to [email protected] from others, the recipient address in the message envelope (RCPT TO:), but not the message header (To:), would be replaced with [email protected]. The recipient [email protected] would be aware that the sender had originally sent the email to the mapped address, [email protected].
You can alternatively create address mappings by configuring the FortiMail unit to query an
LDAP server that contains address mappings. For more information, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category.
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view and configure a address map list
1. Go to User > Address Map > Address Map.
Figure 123:Address Map tab
Page 419 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Domain
Internal Email
Address
External Email
Address
Description
Select the name of a protected domain to view address maps whose internal email address belongs to that protected domain.
You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
Displays either an email address, such as [email protected]
, or an email address pattern, such as *@example.com, that exists in a protected domain.
Displays either an email address, such as [email protected], or an email address pattern, such as *@example.net, that exists in a protected domain.
2. Either click New to add an address mapping or double-click a mapping to modify it.
A dialog appears.
Figure 124:New Email Address Map dialog
3. Configure the following:
Managing users
GUI item
Internal email address
External email address
Description
Enter either an email address, such as [email protected], or an email address pattern, such as *@example.com, that exists in a protected domain.
This email address is hidden when passing to the external network by being rewritten into the external email address according to the match conditions and effects described in Table 48 on page 419 .
Enter either an email address, such as [email protected], or an email address pattern, such as *@example.net, that exists in a protected domain.
This email address is visible to the internal network, but will be rewritten into the internal email address according to the match conditions and effects described in Table 48 on page 419 .
The external email address must not be within the same protected domain as the internal address. Otherwise, it may cause situations where an email address is rewritten twice, by matching both the sender and recipient rewrite conditions, and the result is therefore the same as the original email address and possibly not deliverable.
If you use wildcards (* or ?) in the name, you must enter a pattern using the same wild card in the external email address. The wild card indicates that the mapping could match many email addresses, but also indicates, during the rewrite, which substring of the original email address
Page 420 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
will be substituted into the position of the wild card in the external address. If there is no wild card in the other half of the mapping, or the wild card is not the same (that is, * mapped to ? or vice versa), this substitution will fail.
Configuring IBE users
You can send secured email with Identity Based Encryption (IBE) through the FortiMail unit. The
IBE User option lets you manage the IBE mail users and configure secure questions for
forgotten passwords and IBE domains. For details about how to use IBE service, see “FortiMail
IBE configuration workflow” on page 338
.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
Configuring security questions
•
Configuring IBE authentication
Configuring active users
The Active User tab lets you enable, delete, maintain, and reset the following secured mail recipients:
• recipients who have received secured mail notifications from the FortiMail unit
• recipients who have registered or authenticated on the FortiMail unit
To view and manage active users, go to User > IBE User > Active User.
Figure 125:Active User tab
Managing users
GUI item
Delete
(button)
Maintenance
(button)
Description
Select to remove a selected user in the list.
A deleted user cannot access the FortiMail unit.
Select a user and click this button to manage that user’s mailboxes, such as Inbox, Drafts and Sent. You can check the size of a mailbox and empty a mailbox as required.
The SecureMail mailbox contains the secured email for the user. The encrypted email are put into this mailbox if Pull is selected to retrieve IBE mail.
The Bulk mailbox contains spam that are quarantined by the FortiMail unit.
Page 421 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Reset User
(button)
IBE domain
Search
Description
Click to reset a mail user and require new login information to access the
FortiMail unit.
Resetting a user sends the user a new notification and the user needs to re-register on the FortiMail unit.
Select the name of an IBE domain to view its active users.
For more information about IBE domain, see
“Configuring IBE authentication” on page 425 .
Enter the name of a user, or a partial user name with wildcards, and press
Enter. The list of users redisplays with just those users that meet the search criteria.
To return to the complete user list, clear the search field and press Enter.
Enabled
Select the check box to activate a mail user. A disabled user cannot access the FortiMail unit.
Displays the email address of mail users.
First Name, Last
Name
Displays the first and last name of a mail user. This information appears when a mail user registers on the FortiMail unit.
Status
The mail user has four status possibilities:
• Pre-registered: The FortiMail unit encrypts an email and sends a notification to the recipient.
• Activated: The mail recipient registers on the FortiMail unit.
• Password reset: When a mail recipient who is provided with new password to access the FortiMail unit has actually changes the password, this status appears.
• LDAP: When a mail recipient. who belongs to an IBE domain bound with an LDAP profile authenticates on the FortiMail unit, this status appears. For more information about IBE domain, see
“Configuring IBE authentication” on page 425 .
Last Access
Displays the time stamp when:
• the FortiMail unit sends a notification (Pre-registered status)
• the mail recipient registers on the FortiMail unit (Activated status)
• a mail user changes the password (Password reset status)
• a mail recipient, who belongs to an IBE domain, authenticates on the
FortiMail unit (LDAP status)
Configuring expired users
Depending on the configuration of User registration expiry time and User inactivity expiry time in the IBE service, if email recipients fail to register or authenticate on the FortiMail unit, or fail to access the FortiMail unit after registration for a certain period of time, they become expired
Managing users Page 422 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
The Expired User tab displays the same information as the Active User tab except that the users in this list have expired. These users need to re-register on the FortiMail unit when a new notification arrives to become active.
GUI item
Delete
(button)
Maintenance
(button)
IBE domain
Description
Select to remove a selected user in the list.
A deleted user cannot access the FortiMail unit.
Select a user and click this button to manage that user’s mailboxes, such as Inbox, Drafts and Sent. You can check the size of a mailbox and empty a mailbox as required.
The SecureMail mailbox contains the secured email for the user. The encrypted email are put into this mailbox if Pull is selected to retrieve IBE mail.
The Bulk mailbox contains spam that are quarantined by the FortiMail unit.
Select the name of an IBE domain to view its active users.
For more information about IBE domain, see
“Configuring IBE authentication” on page 425 .
Search
Enter the name of a user, or a partial user name with wildcards, and press
Enter. The list of users redisplays with just those users that meet the search criteria.
To return to the complete user list, clear the search field and press Enter.
Enabled
Select the check box to activate a mail user. A disabled user cannot access the FortiMail unit.
Displays the email address of mail users.
First Name, Last
Name
Displays the first and last name of a mail user. This information appears when a mail user registers on the FortiMail unit.
Status
Last Access
Displays the expired user’s status.
Displays the time stamp when the user was last active.
Configuring security questions
There are several predefined security questions available to present to mail recipients when they register on the FortiMail unit. You can add questions.
To view the security questions, go to User > IBE User > Secure Question.
Managing users Page 423 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 126:Secure Question tab
Managing users
GUI item
Edit
(button)
Language
Enabled
Question
Language
Description
Select a question and click Edit to modify it. You cannot edit a predefined question except to disable or enable it.
From the drop-down list, select the language that applies to all questions on this page. For more information, see “Language” on page 424 .
Select to enable a question. Clear the check box to remove a question from use.
Displays the content of the question in the selected language.
Displays the language selected in the Language drop-down list..
To add a new security question
1. Double-click an empty row beneath the predefined questions.
A dialog appears.
Figure 127:New security question
2. Select Enable to activate the question.
3. Enter the question in the Question box.
The language is determined by the language choice on the tab.
4. Click OK.
Page 424 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring IBE authentication
When mail recipients of the IBE domains access the FortiMail unit after receiving a secure mail notification:
• recipients of the IBE domains without LDAP authentication profiles need to register to view the email
• recipients of the IBE domains with LDAP authentication profiles just need to authenticate because the FortiMail unit can query the LDAP servers for authentication information based on the LDAP profile
In both cases, the FortiMail unit will record the domain names of the recipients who register or authenticate on it under the IBE Domain tab. For details, see
“Viewing and managing IBE domains” on page 425 .
Go to User > IBE User > IBE Authentication to bind domains with LDAP authentication profiles with which the FortiMail unit can query the LDAP servers for authentication, email address
Figure 128:IBE Authentication
To configure IBE authentication rules
1. Go to User > IBE User > IBE Authentication.
2. Configure the following and click Create.
GUI item
ID
Domain pattern
Description
Displays the sequential number of the entry.
Enter a domain name that you want to bind to an LDAP authentication profile.
If you want all IBE users to authenticate through an LDAP profile and do not want other non-LDAP-authenticated users to get registered on FortiMail, you can use wildcard * for the domain name and then bind it to an LDAP profile.
For more information about LDAP profiles, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
LDAP profile
Select the LDAP profile you want to use to authenticate the domain users.
Status
Select to enable this rule.
Viewing and managing IBE domains
The FortiMail unit records the domain names of the recipients who register or authenticate on
FortiMail.
Managing users Page 425 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To view those domains, go to User > IBE User > IBE Domain.
GUI item
Delete
(button)
Description
Select to remove a selected domain.
Deleting a domain also disables all its users. These users cannot access the
FortiMail unit until they receive new secure mail notifications from the FortiMail unit.
Remove All
Users (button)
Select to delete all mail users in a selected domain. These users cannot access the FortiMail unit until they receive new secure mail notifications from the FortiMail unit.
Select to search IBE domains. A search dialog appears.
Search
(button)
Active User
Count
Displays the active mail users in a domain. For more information about active
users, see “Configuring active users” on page 421 .
Expired User
Count
Displays the expired mail users in a domain. For more information about active
users, see “Configuring expired users” on page 422 .
Managing users Page 426 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring policies
The Policy menu lets you create policies that use profiles to filter email.
It also lets you control who can send email through the FortiMail unit, and stipulate rules for how it will deliver email that it proxies or relays.
Modify or delete policies and policy settings with care. Any changes made to a policy take effect immediately.
This section includes:
•
•
•
Controlling SMTP access and delivery
•
Controlling email based on recipient addresses
•
Controlling email based on IP addresses
What is a policy?
A policy defines which way traffic will be filtered. It may also define user account settings, such as authentication type, disk quota, and access to webmail.
After creating the antispam, antivirus, content, authentication, TLS, or resource profiles (see
“Configuring profiles” on page 456 ), you need to apply them to policies for them to take effect.
FortiMail units support three types of policies:
• Access control and delivery rules that are typical to SMTP relays and servers (see
“Controlling SMTP access and delivery” on page 430 )
• Recipient-based policies (see
“Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442
)
• IP-based policies (see
“Controlling email based on IP addresses” on page 449 )
Recipient-based policies versus IP-based policies
• Recipient-based policies
The FortiMail unit applies these based on the recipient’s email address or the recipient’s user group. May also define authenticated webmail or POP3 access by that email user to their per-recipient quarantine. Since version 4.0, the recipient-based policies also check sender patterns.
• IP-based policies
The FortiMail unit applies these based on the SMTP client’s IP address (server mode or gateway mode), or the IP addresses of both the SMTP client and SMTP server (transparent mode).
Page 427
Incoming versus outgoing email messages
There are two types of recipient-based policies: incoming and outgoing. The FortiMail unit applies incoming policies to the incoming mail messages and outgoing policies to the outgoing mail messages.
Whether the email is incoming or outgoing is decided by the domain name in the recipient’s email address. If the domain is a protected domain, the FortiMail unit considers the message to be incoming and applies the first matching incoming recipient-based policy. If the recipient domain is not a protected domain, the message is considered to be outgoing, and applies outgoing recipient-based policy.
To be more specific, the FortiMail unit actually matches the recipient domain’s IP address with the IP list of the protected SMTP servers where the protected domains reside. If there is an IP match, the domain is deemed protected and the email destined to this domain is considered to be incoming. If there is no IP match, the domain is deemed unprotected and the email destined to this domain is considered to be outgoing.
For more information on protected domains, see “Configuring protected domains” on page 359 .
IP-based policies are not divided into incoming and outgoing types. The client IP address and, for transparent mode, the server IP address are only used to determine whether or not the
IP-based policy matches.
How to use policies
Use access control rules and delivery rules to control which SMTP clients can send email through an SMTP relay and how SMTP will deliver email that it proxies or relays.
Recipient-based policies are applied to individual email messages based on the recipient’s email address.
IP-based policies are applied based on the IP address of the connecting SMTP client and, if the
FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode, the SMTP server.
Whether to use IP-based or recipient-based policies
Since there are two types of policies, which type should you use?
You can use either or both.
Configuring policies Page 428 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Exceptions include the following scenarios, which require IP-based policies:
• mail hosting service providers
There is a great number of domains, and it is not feasible to configure them all as protected domains on the FortiMail unit.
• Internet service providers (ISPs)
Mail domains of customers are not known.
• session control
Even if protected domains are known and configured on the FortiMail unit, an IP-based policy must be created in order to apply a session profile. Session profiles are only available in IP-based policies.
• differentiated services based on the network of origin
To apply antispam and antivirus protection based on the IP address of the SMTP client or based on a notion of the internal or external network, rather than the domain in a recipient’s email address, you must use an IP-based policy.
As a general rule, it is simpler to use IP-based policies. Use recipient-based policies only where they are required, such as when the policy must be tailored for a specific email address.
For example, if your company is an ISP, you can use recipient-based policies to apply antispam and antivirus profiles for only the customers who have paid for those services.
If both a recipient-based policy and an IP-based policy match the email, unless you have enabled Take precedence over recipient based policy match in the IP-based policy, the settings in the recipient-based policy will have precedence.
Order of execution of policies
Arrange policies in the policy list by placing the most specific policy at the top and more general policies at the bottom.
For example, a recipient-based policy created with an asterisk (*) entered for the user name is the most general policy possible because it will match all users in the domain. When you create more specific policies, you should move them above this policy. Otherwise, the general policy would always match all email for the domain, and no other recipient-based policy would ever be applied.
FortiMail units execute policies in the following order:
1. The FortiMail unit looks for a matching IP-based policy.
The FortiMail unit evaluates each policy for a match with the IP address of the SMTP client and, for transparent mode, the server. Evaluation occurs in the order of each policy’s distance from the top of the list of IP-based policies. Once a match is found, the FortiMail unit does not evaluate subsequent IP-based policies.
If you have enabled Take precedence over recipient based policy match in the IP-based policy, the FortiMail unit applies the profiles in the IP-based policy. In this case, it ignores
recipient-based policies in the following two steps and jumps to step 4 .
2. The FortiMail unit looks for a matching recipient-based policy.
he FortiMail unit evaluates each policy for a match with the domain name portion of the recipient’s email address (RCPT TO:), also known as the domain-part. Incoming policies are evaluated for matches before outgoing policies. Evaluation occurs in the order of each policy’s distance from the top of the list of recipient-based policies. Once a match is found, the FortiMail unit does not evaluate subsequent recipient-based policies.
3. The FortiMail unit applies the profiles in the matching recipient-based policy, if any.
Configuring policies Page 429 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
4. The FortiMail unit applies the profiles in the matching IP-based policy, if any, only if it did not
already apply profiles of that type in step 3 .
If SMTP traffic does not match any IP-based or recipient-based policy, it is allowed. However, no antivirus or antispam protection may be applied.
If you are certain that you have configured policies to match and allow all required traffic, you can tighten security by adding an IP policy at the bottom of the policy list to reject all other, unwanted connections.
Which policy/profile is applied when an email has multiple recipients?
When applying recipient-based policies, an email message with multiple recipients is treated as if it were multiple email messages, each with a single recipient. This allows a fine degree of control for each recipient, but also means that separate recipient-based policies may block the email for some recipients but allow it for others.
Exceptions include use of an antivirus profile. In this case, the FortiMail unit will treat an email with multiple recipients as a single email. Starting with the first recipient email address, the
FortiMail unit will look for a matching recipient-based policy. If none is found, the FortiMail unit will evaluate each subsequent recipient email address for a matching policy. The FortiMail unit will apply only the first matching policy; it will not evaluate subsequent recipients for a matching policy. If no matching recipient-based policy is found, the FortiMail unit will apply the antivirus profile from the IP-based policy, if any.
If no recipient-based or IP-based policy matches, no profiles is applied.
Controlling SMTP access and delivery
The Policy > Access Control submenu lets you configure access control rules for SMTP sessions.
Unlike proxy/implicit relay pickup, which you may have configured on
(transparent mode only)” on page 393
(if the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode), access control rules take effect after the FortiMail unit has initiated or received an IP and
TCP-level connection at the application layer of the network.
Other protocols can also be restricted if the connection’s destination is the FortiMail unit. For details, see
“Configuring the network interfaces” on page 232 .
Access control rules are categorized separately based on whether they affect either the receipt or delivery of email messages by the FortiMail unit; that is, whether the FortiMail unit initiated the SMTP session or was the destination.
•
Configuring access control rules
•
•
Configuring access control rules
The Receiving tab displays a list of access control rules that apply to SMTP sessions being
received by the FortiMail unit.
Configuring policies Page 430 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring policies
Access control rules, sometimes also called the access control list or ACL, specify whether the
FortiMail unit will process and relay/proxy, reject, or discard email messages for SMTP sessions that are initiated by SMTP clients.
When an SMTP client attempts to deliver email through the FortiMail unit, the FortiMail unit compares each access control rule to the commands used by the SMTP client during the SMTP session, such as the envelope’s sender email address (MAIL FROM:), recipient email address
(RCPT TO:), authentication (AUTH), and TLS (STARTTLS). Rules are evaluated for a match in the order of their list sequence, from top to bottom. If all attributes of a rule match, the FortiMail unit applies the action selected in the matching rule to the SMTP session, and no subsequent access control rules are applied.
Only one access control rule is ever applied to any given SMTP session.
If no access control rules are configured, or no matching access control rules exist, and if the
SMTP client is not configured to authenticate, the FortiMail unit will perform the default action, which varies by whether or not the recipient email address in the envelope (RCPT TO:) is a member of a protected domain.
For protected domains, the default action is RELAY.
For unprotected domains, the default action is REJECT.
For information on protected domains, see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359 .
In the absence of access control rules, the FortiMail unit prevents SMTP clients from using your protected server or FortiMail unit as an open relay: senders can deliver email incoming to protected domains, but cannot deliver email outgoing to unprotected domains.
For information on the sequence in which access control rules are used relative to other
antispam methods, see “Order of execution” on page 16
.
If you want to allow SMTP clients, such as your email users or email servers, to send email to unprotected domains, you must configure at least one access control rule. You may need to configure additional access control rules if, for example, you want to:
• discard or reject email from or to some email addresses, such as email addresses that no longer exist in your protected domain
• discard or reject email from some SMTP clients, such as a spammer that is not yet known to blacklists
Like IP-based policies, access control rules can reject connections based on IP address. Unlike
IP-based policies, access control rules cannot affect email in ways that occur after the session’s DATA command, such as by applying antispam profiles.
Access control rules cannot be overruled by recipient-based policies, and cannot match connections based on the SMTP server’s IP address. (By the nature of how ACL controls access to or through the FortiMail unit, the SMTP server is always the FortiMail unit itself,
unless the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode.) For more information on IP-based
policies, see “Controlling email based on IP addresses” on page 449 .
If possible, verify configuration of access control rules in a testing environment before applying them to a FortiMail unit in active use. Failure to verify correctly configured reject, discard, and accept actions can result in inability to correctly handle SMTP sessions.
Page 431 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Do not create an access control rule whose
Sender pattern
is *,
Recipient pattern
is *,
Authentication status
is Any,
TLS profile
is None, and
Action
is RELAY. This access control rule matches and relays all connections, allowing open relay, which could result in other MTAs and
DNSBL servers blacklisting your protected domain.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view and configure access control rules
1. Go to Policy > Access Control > Receiving.
Figure 129:Receiving tab
Configuring policies
GUI item
Move
(button)
Description
Select a policy, click Move, then select either:
• Up or Down, or
• After or Before, which opens a dialog, then in Move right after or
Move right before indicate the policy’s new location by entering the
ID of another policy
FortiMail units match the policies in sequence, from the top of the list downwards.
Select to enable or disable an existing rule.
Enabled
ID
Displays the number identifying the rule.
If a comment is added to this rule when the rule is created, the comment will show up as a mouse-over tool-tip in this column.
Note: This may be different from the order in which they appear on the page, which indicates order of evaluation.
Sender Pattern
Displays the pattern that defines email senders for the rule.
Recipient Pattern Displays the pattern that defines email recipients for the rule.
Sender/IP
Netmask
Reverse DNS
Pattern
Authentication
Status
Displays the IP address and netmask of the SMTP client attempting to deliver the email message.
Displays the used in a reverse DNS look-up.
Displays which authentication status is used with the rule.
Page 432 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
TLS Profile
Actions
Displays the TLS profile, if any, used to allow or reject a connection.
Displays the action to take when SMTP sessions match the rule.
2. Either click New to add an access control rule or double-click an access control rule to modify it.
A dialog appears.
3. Configure the following:
GUI item
Enabled
Description
Select whether or not the access control rule is currently in effect.
Sender pattern
Select either User Defined and enter a complete or partial sender
(MAIL FROM:) email address to match, or select:
• Internal: Match any email address from a protected domain.
• External: Match any email address from an unprotected domain.
• Email Group: Match any email address in the group.
If you select this option, select an email group from the Email
Group Selection field. Click New to add a new email group or Edit to modify an existing one.
For more information, see
“Configuring email groups” on page 566
.
• LDAP Group: Match any email address in the group.
If you select this option, select an LDAP profile from the LDAP
Profile field.
For example, the sender pattern ??@*.com matches messages sent by anyone with a two letter user name from any “.com” domain name.
Regular expression Mark this check box next to any of the pattern options to use regular expression syntax instead of wildcards to specify the pattern. See
“Using wildcards and regular expressions” on page 436
.
Configuring policies Page 433 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item Description
Recipient pattern
Either select User Defined and enter a complete or partial recipient
(RCPT TO:) email address to match, or select:
• Internal: Match any email address from a protected domain.
• External: Match any email address from an unprotected domain.
• Email Group: Match any email address in the group.
If you select this option, select an email group from the Email
Group Selection field. Click New to add a new email group or Edit to modify an existing one.
For more information, see
“Configuring email groups” on page 566
.
• LDAP Group: Match any email address in the group.
If you select this option, select an LDAP profile from the LDAP
Profile field.
The pattern can use wildcards or regular expressions. See
F: Regular expressions” on page 730 .
For example, the recipient pattern *@example.??? will match messages sent to any email user at example.com, example.net, or any “example” domain ending with a three-letter top-level domain name.
Sender IP/netmask Select User Defined and enter the IP address and netmask of the
SMTP client attempting to deliver the email message. Use the netmask, the portion after the slash (/), to specify the matching subnet.
For example, enter 10.10.10.10/24 to match a 24-bit subnet, or all addresses starting with 10.10.10. This will appear as 10.10.10.0/24 in the access control rule table, with the 0 indicating that any value is matched in that position of the address.
Similarly, 10.10.10.10/32 will appear as 10.10.10.10/32 and match only the 10.10.10.10 address.
To match any address, enter 0.0.0.0/0.
Select IP Group to choose an IP group. Click New to add a new IP group or Edit to modify an existing one. For more information, see
“Configuring IP groups” on page 566 .
Configuring policies Page 434 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring policies
GUI item
Reverse DNS pattern
Authentication status
TLS profile
Description
Enter a pattern to compare to the result of a reverse DNS look-up of the IP address of the SMTP client delivering the email message.
Because domain names in the SMTP session are self-reported by the connecting SMTP server and easy to fake, the FortiMail unit does not trust the domain name that an SMTP server reports. Instead, the
FortiMail does a DNS lookup using the SMTP server’s IP address. The resulting domain name is compared to the reverse DNS pattern for a match. If the reverse DNS query fails, the access control rule match will also fail. If no other access control rule matches, the connection will be rejected with SMTP reply code 550 (Relaying denied).
For example, the recipient pattern mail*.com matches messages delivered by an SMTP server whose domain name starts with “mail” and ends with “.com”.
Note: Reverse DNS queries for access control rules require that the domain name be a valid top level domain (TLD). For example, “.lab” is not a valid top level domain name, and thus the FortiMail unit cannot successfully perform a reverse DNS query for it.
Select whether or not to match this access control rule based on client authentication.
• Any: Match or do not match this access control rule regardless of whether the client has authenticated with the FortiMail unit.
• Authenticated: Match this access control rule only for clients that have authenticated with the FortiMail unit.
• Not Authenticated: Match this access control rule only for clients that have not authenticated with the FortiMail unit.
Select a TLS profile to allow or reject the connection based on whether the communication session attributes match the settings in the TLS profile.
• If the attributes match, the access control action is executed.
• If the attributes do not match, the FortiMail unit performs the
Failure action configured in the TLS profile.
Click New to add a new TLS profile or Edit to modify an existing one.
For more information on TLS profiles, see
“Configuring TLS security profiles” on page 559 .
Page 435 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring policies
GUI item
Action
Comments
Description
Select which action the FortiMail unit will perform for SMTP sessions matching this access control rule.
• BYPASS: Relay or proxy and deliver the email, but, if the sender or recipient belongs to a protected domain, bypass all antispam profile processing. Antivirus, content, greylisting and other scans will still occur.
• DISCARD: Accept the email, but silently delete it and do not deliver it. Do not inform the SMTP client.
• RELAY: Relay or proxy, process, and deliver the email normally if it passes all configured scans. Do not apply greylisting.
• REJECT: Reject delivery of the email and respond to the SMTP client with SMTP reply code 550 (Relaying denied).
Enter a comment if necessary. The comment will appears as a mouse-over tool-tip in the ID column of the rule list.
4. Click Create or OK.
The access control rule appears at the bottom of the list of access control rules. As a result, the FortiMail unit will evaluate it as a match for the SMTP session only if no previous access control rule matches. If you want your new rule to be evaluated before another rule, move your new access control rule to its intended position in the list.
Using wildcards and regular expressions
You can enter wildcards or regular expressions in any pattern field, such as Reverse DNS
pattern, on the Access Control Rule dialog.
To use a regular expression as a pattern, first select the Regular expression check box beside the pattern field.
If a pattern is listed on the Receiving tab with the R/ prefix, it is set to use regular expression syntax. If the pattern is listed with a -/ prefix, it does not use regular expression syntax.
Wildcard characters (* and ?) allow you to enter partial patterns that can match multiple reverse
DNS lookup results. An asterisk (*) represents one or more characters. A question mark (?) represents any single character.
When configuring access control rules, do not leave any pattern fields blank. Instead, to have the FortiMail unit ignore a pattern:
• If Regular expression is disabled for the field, enter an asterisk (*) in the pattern field.
• If Regular expression is enabled for the field, enter a dot-star (.*) character sequence in the pattern field.
For example, if you enter an asterisk (*) in the Recipient Pattern field and do not enable Regular
expression, the asterisk matches all recipient addresses, and therefore will not exclude any
SMTP sessions from matching the access control rule.
Example: Access control rules with wild cards
If your protected domain, example.com, contains email addresses in the format of [email protected], [email protected], and so on, and you want to allow those email addresses to send email to any external domain as long as they authenticate their identities and use TLS, you might configure the following access control rule:
Page 436 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring policies
Table 49:Example access control rule
Sender Pattern
Recipient Pattern
Sender IP/Netmask
Reverse DNS Pattern
Authentication Status
TLS Profile
Action
user*@example.com
*
0.0.0.0/0
* authenticated tlsprofile1
RELAY
Example: Access control rules with regular expressions
Example Corporation uses a FortiMail unit operating in gateway mode, and that has been configured with only one protected domain: example.com. The FortiMail unit was configured with the access control rules illustrated in Table 50 .
Table 50:A list of example access control rules
Enabled ID Sender
Pattern
Yes 1 -/*
Recipient
Pattern
-/user932@e xample.com
Sender
IP/Netmask
Reverse
DNS
Pattern
0.0.0.0/0 -/*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Authent ication
Any
2 R/^\s*$ -/*
3 -/* -/*@example.
com
0.0.0.0/0
172.20.120.
0/24
-/* Any
-/mail.exam
ple.org
Any
-/* Any 4 -/*@exa mple.or
g
-/*
5 -/*
0.0.0.0/0
R/^user\d*@ example\.co
m$
0.0.0.0/0 -/* Any
TLS
Profile
Action
REJECT
REJECT
RELAY
REJECT
RELAY
Rule 1
The email account of former employee user932 receives a large amount of spam. Since this employee is no longer with the company and all the user’s external contacts were informed of their new Example Corporation employee contacts, messages addressed to the former employee’s address must be spam.
Rule 1 uses only the recipient pattern. All other access control rule attributes are configured to match any value. This rule rejects all messages sent to the [email protected] recipient email address. Rejection at the access control stage prevents these messages from being scanned for spam and viruses, saving FortiMail system resources.
Page 437 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring policies
This rule is placed first because it is the most specific access control rule in the list. It applies only to SMTP sessions for that single recipient address. SMTP sessions sending email to any other recipient do not match it. If a rule that matched all messages were placed at the top of the list, no rule after the first would ever be checked for a match, because the first would always match.
SMTP sessions not matching this rule are checked against the next rule.
Rule 2
Much of the spam received by the Example Corporation has no sender specified in the message envelope. Most valid email messages will have a sender email address.
Rule 2 uses only the sender pattern. The regular expression ^\s*$ will match a sender string that contains one or more spaces, or is empty. If any non-space character appears in the sender string, this rule does not match. This rule will reject all messages with a no sender, or a sender containing only spaces.
Not all email messages without a sender are spam, however. Delivery status notification (DSN) messages often have no specified sender. Bounce notifications are the most common type of
DSN messages. The FortiMail administrators at the Example Corporation decided that the advantages of this rule outweigh the disadvantages.
Messages not matching this rule are checked against the next rule.
Rules 3 and 4
Recently, the Example Corporation has been receiving spam that appears to be sent by example.org. The FortiMail log files revealed that the sender address is being spoofed and the messages are sent from servers operated by spammers. Because spam servers often change
IP addresses to avoid being blocked, the FortiMail administrators decided to use two rules to block all mail from example.org unless delivered from a server with the proper address and host name.
When legitimate, email messages from example.org are sent from one of multiple mail servers.
All these servers have IP addresses within the 172.20.120.0/24 subnet and have a domain name of mail.example.org that can be verified using a reverse DNS query.
Rule 3 uses the recipient pattern, the sender IP, and the reverse DNS pattern. This rule will relay messages to email users of example.com sent from a client whose domain name is mail.example.org and IP address is between 172.20.120.1 and 172.20.120.255.
Messages not matching this rule are checked against the next rule.
Rule 4 works in conjunction with rule 3. It uses only the sender pattern. Rule 4 rejects all messages from example.org. But because it is positioned after rule 3 in the list, rule 4 affects only messages that were not already proven to be legitimate by rule 3, thereby rejecting only email messages with a fake sender.
Rules 3 and 4 must appear in the order shown. If they were reversed, all mail from example.org would be rejected. The more specific rule 3 (accept valid mail from example.org) is placed first, and the more general rule 4 (reject all mail from example.org) follows.
Messages not matching these rules are checked against the next rule.
Rules 5
The administrator of example.com has noticed that during peak traffic, a flood of spam using random user names causes the FortiMail unit to devote a significant amount of resources to recipient verification. Verification is performed with the aid of an LDAP server which also expends significant resources servicing these requests. Example Corporation email addresses start with “user” followed by the user’s employee number, and end with “@example.com”.
Page 438 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Rule 5 uses only the recipient pattern. The recipient pattern is a regular expression that will match all email addresses that start with “user”, end with “@example.com”, and have one or more numbers in between. Email messages matching this rule are relayed.
Default implicit rules
For messages not matching any of the above rules, the FortiMail unit will perform the default action, which varies by whether or not the recipient email address in the envelope (RCPT TO:) is a member of a protected domain.
• For protected domains, the default action is RELAY.
• For unprotected domains, the default action is REJECT.
Configuring delivery rules
The Delivery tab displays a list of delivery rules that apply to SMTP sessions being initiated by the FortiMail unit in order to deliver email.
Delivery rules let you to require TLS for the SMTP sessions the FortiMail unit initiates when sending email to other email servers. They also let you to apply secure MIME (S/MIME) or IBE.
For more information about IBE, see
“Configuring IBE encryption” on page 337 .
When initiating an SMTP session, the FortiMail unit compares each delivery rule to the domain name portion of the envelope recipient address (RCPT TO:), and to the IP address of the SMTP server receiving the connection. Rules are evaluated for a match in the order of their list sequence, from top to bottom. If a matching delivery rule does not exist, the email message is delivered. If a match is found, the FortiMail unit compares the TLS profile settings to the connection attributes and the email message is sent or the connection is not allowed, depending on the result; if an encryption profile is selected, its settings are applied. No subsequent delivery rules are applied. Only one delivery rule is ever applied to any given SMTP session.
If you are using a delivery rule to apply S/MIME encryption, the destination of the connection can be another FortiMail unit, but it could alternatively be any email gateway or server, as long as either:
• the destination’s MTA or mail server
• the recipient’s MUA supports S/MIME and possesses the sender’s certificate and public key, which is necessary to decrypt the email. Otherwise, the recipient cannot read the email.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure a delivery rule list
1. Go to Policy > Access Control > Delivery.
Configuring policies Page 439 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring policies
GUI item
Move
(button)
Enabled
Description
Click a delivery rule to select it, click Move, then select either:
• the direction in which to move the selected rule (Up or Down), or
• After or Before, then in Move right after or Move right before indicate the rule’s new location by entering the ID of another delivery rule
FortiMail units match the rules in sequence, from the top of the list downwards.
Indicates whether or not the delivery rule is currently in effect.
To disable a delivery rule, mark the check box, then click Yes to confirm.
ID
Displays the number identifying the rule.
If a comment is added to this rule when the rule is created, the comment will show up as a mouse-over tool-tip in this column.
Note: This may be different from the order in which they appear on the page, which indicates order of evaluation.
FortiMail units evaluate delivery rules in sequence. Only the topmost matching delivery rule will be applied.
Sender Pattern
Displays the complete or partial envelope sender email address to match.
Recipient Pattern Displays the complete or partial envelope recipient email address to match.
TLS Destination
IP
Displays the IP address and netmask of the system to which the
FortiMail is sending the email message. 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0 matches any IP address.
TLS Profile
Encryption
Profile
Displays the TLS profile, if any, used to allow or reject a connection.
• If the attributes match, the access control action is executed.
• If the attributes do not match, the FortiMail unit performs the Failure action configured in the TLS profile.
Indicates the encryption profile used to apply S/MIME or IBE encryption to the email.
To edit the encryption profile, click its name. For details, see
“Configuring encryption profiles” on page 561 .
2. Either click New to add a delivery control rule or double-click a delivery control rule to modify it.
A dialog appears.
3. Configure the following:
Page 440 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring policies
GUI item
Enabled
Description
Select whether or not the access control rule is currently in effect.
Sender pattern
Enter a complete or partial envelope sender (MAIL FROM:) email address to match.
Wild card characters allow you to enter partial patterns that can match multiple sender email addresses. The asterisk (*) represents one or more characters. The question mark (?) represents any single character.
For example, the sender pattern ??@*.com will match messages sent by any email user with a two letter email user name from any “.com” domain name.
Recipient pattern Enter a complete or partial envelope recipient (RCPT TO:) email address to match.
Wild card characters allow you to enter partial patterns that can match multiple recipient email addresses. The asterisk (*) represents one or more characters. The question mark (?) represents any single character.
For example, the recipient pattern *@example.??? will match messages sent to any email user at example.com, example.net, example.org, or any other “example” domain ending with a three-letter top-level domain name.
TLS Destination
IP/netmask
Enter the IP address and netmask of the system to which the FortiMail unit is sending the email message using TLS connection. Use the netmask, the portion after the slash (/) to specify the matching subnet.
For example, enter 10.10.10.10/24 to match a 24-bit subnet, or all addresses starting with 10.10.10. This will appear as 10.10.10.0/24 in the access control rule table, with the 0 indicating that any value is matched in that position of the address.
Similarly, 10.10.10.10/32 will appear as 10.10.10.10/32 and match only the 10.10.10.10 address.
To match any address, enter 0.0.0.0/0.
Note: This field is not used when considering whether or not to apply an encryption profile.
TLS profile
Select a TLS profile to allow or reject the connection based on whether the communication session attributes match the settings in the TLS profile.
• If the attributes match, the access control action is executed.
• If the attributes do not match, the FortiMail unit performs the Failure action configured in the TLS profile.
Click New to add a new TLS profile or Edit to modify an existing one.
For more information on TLS profiles, see
“Configuring TLS security profiles” on page 559 .
Page 441 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Encryption profile Select an encryption profile used to apply S/MIME or IBE encryption to the email.
Note that if you create a delivery rule that uses both IBE encryption profile and TLS profile, the TLS profile will override the IBE encryption profile and the IBE encryption will not be used. If you select an S/MIME profile here and an IBE profile in the Encryption with profile field (Profile
> Content > Action), the S/MIME profile will override the IBE encryption profile.
Click New to add a new encryption profile or Edit to modify an existing one.
For more information, see
“Configuring encryption profiles” on page 561 and
“Configuring certificate bindings” on page 342 .
Comments
Description
Enter a comment if necessary. The comment will appears as a mouse-over tool-tip in the ID column of the rule list.
Controlling email based on recipient addresses
The Recipient Policies section of the Policies tab lets you create recipient-based policies based on the incoming or outgoing directionality of an email message with respect to the protected domain. For details about email directionality, see
“Incoming versus outgoing email messages” on page 428 .
Recipient-based policies have precedence if an IP-based policy is also applicable but conflicts.
Exceptions include IP-based policies where you have enabled
Take precedence over recipient based policy match
. For information about how recipient-based and IP-based policies are
executed and how the order of polices affects the execution, see “How to use policies” on page 428 .
If the FortiMail unit protects many domains, and therefore creating recipient-based policies would be very time-consuming, such as it might be for an Internet service provider (ISP), consider configuring only IP-based policies. For details, see
“Controlling email based on IP addresses” on page 449
.
Alternatively, consider configuring recipient-based policies only for exceptions that must be treated differently than indicated by the IP-based policy.
Configuring policies
Profiles used by the policy, if any, are listed in the policy table, and appear as linked text. To modify profile settings, click the name of the profile.
Before you can configure a recipient policy, you first must have configured:
• at least one protected domain (see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359 )
• at least one user group or LDAP profile with a configured group query, if you will use either to define which recipient email addresses will match the policy (see
“Configuring user groups” on page 414 or
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 )
• at least one PKI user, if you will allow or require email users to access their per-recipient
quarantine using PKI authentication (see “Configuring PKI authentication” on page 409
)
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category.
Page 442 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring policies
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view recipient-based policies
1. Go to Policy > Policies > Policies.
The tab includes two sections: one for IP policies and another for recipient policies.
Figure 130:Policies tab
2. In the Recipient Policies section of the tab, select Incoming or Outgoing from Direction to view a list of applicable policies.
GUI item
Move
(button)
Domain
(drop-down list)
Description
FortiMail units match the policies for each domain in sequence, from the top of the list downwards. Therefore, you must put the more specific policies on top of the more generic ones.
To move a policy in the policy list:
1. Select a domain. Note: if the domain is “All”, the Move button is disabled
2. Click a policy to select it.
3. Click Move, then select either:
• the direction in which to move the selected policy (Up or Down), or
• After or Before, then in Move right after or Move right before indicate the policy’s new location by entering the ID of another policy.
Select a domain to display its recipient-based policy list.
You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
Direction
(drop-down list)
Select either Incoming to see and configure incoming recipient-based policy, or Outgoing to see and configure outgoing recipient-based policy. For a definition of directions, see
“Incoming versus outgoing email messages” on page 428 .
Enabled
Select whether or not the policy is currently in effect.
Page 443 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring policies
GUI item
ID
Content
Description
Displays the number identifying the policy.
If a comment is added to this rule when the rule is created, the comment will show up as a mouse-over tool-tip in this column.
Note: This may be different from the order in which they appear on the page, which indicates order of evaluation.
FortiMail units evaluate policies in sequence. More than one policy may be applied. For details, see
“Order of execution of policies” on page 429
and
“Which policy/profile is applied when an email has multiple recipients?” on page 430 .
Displays the incoming or outgoing directionality of the policy as set in the Direction drop-down list.
Direction
(column)
Domain Name
(column)
Sender Pattern
A sender email address (MAIL FROM:) as it appears in the envelope or a wildcard pattern to match sender email addresses.
Recipient
Pattern
AntiSpam
A recipient email address (RCPT TO:) as it appears in the envelope or a wildcard pattern to match recipient email addresses.
Displays the antispam profile selected for the matching recipients.
To modify or view a profile, click its name. The profile appears in a pop-up window. For details, see
“Managing antispam profiles” on page 477 .
AntiVirus
Indicates the domain part of the recipient’s email address in the envelope (RCPT TO:) that an email must match in order to be subject to the policy.
• For incoming recipient-based policies, this is the name of a protected domain.
• For outgoing recipient-based policies, this is System, indicating that the recipient does not belong to a protected domain.
Displays the antivirus profile selected for the matching recipients.
To modify or view a profile, click its name. The profile appears in a pop-up window. For details, see
“Configuring antivirus profiles and antivirus action profiles” on page 494
.
Displays the content profile selected for the matching recipients.
To modify or view a profile, click its name. The profile appears in a pop-up window. For details, see
“Configuring content profiles” on page 498 .
Page 444 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Resource
(server mode only)
Authentication
(not in server mode)
Description
Displays the resource profile selected for the matching recipients.
To modify or view a profile, click its name. The profile appears in a pop-up window. For details, see
“Configuring resource profiles (server mode only)” on page 511
.
Displays the authentication profile selected for the matching recipients.
To modify or view a profile, click its name.The profile appears in a
pop-up window. For details, see “Configuring authentication profiles” on page 514 or
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519
.
To configure recipient-based policies
1. Under Recipient Policies, either click New to add a policy or double-click a policy to modify it.
A multisection dialog appears.
2. Select Enable to determine whether or not the policy is in effect.
3. For a new policy, select from the Direction drop-down list either Incoming, for a recipient-based policy that affects incoming email, or Outgoing, for a recipient-based policy that affects outgoing email.
The options available vary greatly with your choice for this setting
For definitions of outgoing and incoming email, see
“Incoming versus outgoing email messages” on page 428 .
4. Enter a comment if necessary. The comment will appears as a mouse-over tool-tip in the ID column of the rule list.
5. Configure the following sections, as applicable:
•
“Configuring the recipient incoming policies” on page 445
•
“Configuring the recipient outgoing policies” on page 446
•
“Configuring the profiles section of a recipient policy” on page 447
•
“Configuring authentication for incoming email” on page 447
•
“Configuring the advanced incoming policies” on page 448
6. Click Create.
Configuring the recipient incoming policies
If you are configuring a policy for incoming email, configure the Sender Pattern and Recipient
Pattern sections.
Configuring policies Page 445 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item Description
Recipient
Pattern
Select one of the following ways to define recipient (RCPT TO:) email addresses that match this policy:
• Recipient: Enter a recipient email address or a pattern with wild cards, such as
*@protected.example.com
.
• Local group: Click the option and select the name of a protected domain in the second drop-down list, then select the name of a user group in the first drop-down list.
• LDAP group: Click the option and select an LDAP profile in which you have enabled and configured a group query, then enter either the group’s full or partial membership attribute value as it appears in the LDAP directory.
Depending on your LDAP directory’s schema, and whether or not you have enabled
Use group name with base DN as group DN
as 1001, admins, or cn=admins,ou=Groups,dc=example,dc=com.
Wild card characters allow you to enter patterns that can match multiple email addresses. The asterisk (*) represents one or more characters and the question mark (?) represents any single character.
Sender
Pattern
See above descriptions.
Configuring the recipient outgoing policies
If you are configuring a policy for outgoing email, configure the Sender Pattern and Recipient
Pattern sections.
GUI item Description
Sender
Pattern
Select one of the following ways to define sender (MAIL FROM:) email addresses that match this policy:
• Sender: Enter a sender email address or a pattern with wild cards, such as *@
• .example.com.
• Local group: Click the option and select the name of a protected domain in the second drop-down list, then select the name of a user group in the first drop-down list.
• LDAP group: Click the option and select an LDAP profile in which you have enabled and configured a group query, then enter either the group’s full or partial membership attribute value as it appears in the LDAP directory.
Depending on your LDAP directory’s schema, and whether or not you have enabled Use group name with base DN as group DN, this may be a value such as 1001, admins, or cn=admins,ou=Groups,dc=example,dc=com.
Wild card characters allow you to enter patterns that can match multiple email addresses. The asterisk (*) represents one or more characters and the question mark (?) represents any single character.
Recipient
See above descriptions.
Pattern
Configuring policies Page 446 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring the profiles section of a recipient policy
Select the profiles that you want to apply to the policy. If you have created a system profile and a domain profile with the same profile name, the profile that appears in the profile drop-down lists is the domain profile, not the system profile. Thus, only the domain profile will be selected.
GUI item Description
AntiSpam
Select which antispam profile, if any, to apply to email matching the policy.
If you have not yet configured the profile that you want to apply, click New to add the profile in a pop-up dialog. If you need to modify an existing profile
before applying it, click Edit. For details, see “Managing antispam profiles” on page 477 .
Tip: You can use an LDAP query to enable or disable antispam scanning on a
per-user basis. For details, see and “Enable LDAP scan override” on page 379 .
AntiVirus
Select which antivirus profile, if any, to apply to email matching the policy.
If you have not yet configured the profile that you want to apply, click New to add the profile in a pop-up dialog. If you need to modify an existing profile
.
Content
Select which content profile, if any, to apply to email matching the policy.
If you have not yet configured the profile that you want to apply, click New to add the profile in a pop-up dialog. If you need to modify an existing profile
before applying it, click Edit. For details, see “Configuring content profiles” on page 498 .
Resource
Select which resource profile, if any, to apply to email matching the policy.
(server mode only)
If you have not yet configured the profile that you want to apply, click New to add the profile in a pop-up dialog. If you need to modify an existing profile
before applying it, click Edit. For details, see “Configuring resource profiles
(server mode only)” on page 511 .
Configuring authentication for incoming email
The Authentication and Access section appears only if the directionality is incoming.
Configuring policies Page 447 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item Description
Authenticatio n type
If you want the email user to authenticate using an external authentication server, select the type of the authentication profile (SMTP, POP3, IMAP,
RADIUS, LDAP, or LOCAL for server mode).
Note: In addition to specifying an authentication server for SMTP email messages that this policy governs, configuring
Authentication profile
also allows email users to authenticate when accessing their per-recipient quarantine using HTTP or HTTPS. For more information, see
“How to enable, configure, and use personal quarantines” on page 180 .
Authenticatio n profile
Select an existing authentication profile to use with this policy.
Use for SMTP
Enable to allow the SMTP client to use the SMTP AUTH command, and to use
authentication
the server defined in
Authentication profile
to authenticate the connection.
(gateway and transparent mode only)
Disable to make SMTP authentication unavailable.
This option is available only if you have selected an
Authentication profile
.
Note: Enabling this option allows, but does not require, SMTP authentication.
To enforce SMTP authentication for connecting SMTP clients, ensure that all
Allow quarantined email access through POP3
(gateway and transparent mode only)
Enable to allow email users matching this policy to use POP3 to retrieve the contents of their personal quarantine. For more information, see
“How to enable, configure, and use personal quarantines” on page 180 .
This option is available only if you have selected a profile in Authentication
profile.
Note: This option is for POP3 access only. Email users cannot access their personal quarantine through IMAP.
Allow quarantined email access through webmail
(gateway and transparent mode only)
Enable to allow email users matching this policy to use FortiMail webmail
(HTTP or HTTPS) to retrieve the contents of their personal quarantine. For
more information, see “How to enable, configure, and use personal quarantines” on page 180 .
This option is available only if you have selected a profile in
Authentication profile
.
Configuring the advanced incoming policies
The Advanced Settings section appears only if the directionality is incoming.
Configuring policies Page 448 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item Description
Allow different
SMTP sender identity for authenticated user
Enable to allow the SMTP client to send email using a different sender email address (MAIL FROM:) than the user name that they used to authenticate.
Disable to require that the sender email address in the SMTP envelope match the authenticated user name.
Enable PKI authentication for web mail access
Enable if you want to allow web mail users to log in by presenting a certificate rather than a user name and password. Also configure validation is mandatory” .
“Certificate
For more information on configuring PKI users and what defines a valid certificate, see
“Configuring PKI authentication” on page 409 .
Certificate validation is mandatory
If the email user’s web browser does not provide a valid personal certificate, the FortiMail unit will fall back to standard user name and password-style authentication. To require valid certificates only and disallow password-style fallback, enable this option.
Controlling email based on IP addresses
The IP Policies section of the Policies tab lets you create policies that apply profiles to SMTP connections based on the IP addresses of SMTP clients and/or servers.
Due to the nature of relay in SMTP, an SMTP client is not necessarily always located on an email user’s computer. The SMTP client is the connection initiator; it could be, for example, another email server or a mail relay attempting to deliver email. The SMTP server, however, is always a mail relay or email server that receives the connection.
For example, if computer A opened a connection to computer B to deliver mail, A is the client and B is the server. If computer B later opened a connection to computer A to deliver a reply email, B is now the client and A is now the server.
Like access control rules, IP-based policies can reject connections based on IP address. For
information about IP pools, see “Configuring IP pools” on page 564 .
Unlike access control rules, however, IP-based policies can affect email in many ways that occur after the session’s DATA command, such as by applying antispam profiles. IP-based policies can also be overruled by recipient-based policies, and, if the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode, may match connections based on the IP address of the SMTP server, not just the SMTP client. For more information on access control rules, see
“Configuring access control rules” on page 430 .
IP-based policies can apply in addition to recipient-based policies, although recipient-based policies have precedence if the two conflict unless you enable Take precedence over recipient
based policy match.
Configuring policies Page 449 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
For information about how recipient-based and IP-based policies are executed and how the
If SMTP traffic does not match any IP-based or recipient-based policy, it is allowed. However, no antivirus or antispam protection may be applied.
If you are certain that you have configured policies to match and allow all required traffic, you can tighten security by adding an IP policy at the bottom of the policy list to reject all other, unwanted connections.
To do this, create a new IP policy, enter 0.0.0.0/0 as the client IP/netmask, and set the action to Reject. See the following procedures about how to configure an IP policy. Then, move the policy to the very bottom of the IP policy list. Because this policy matches any connection, all connections that do not match any other policy will match this final policy, and be rejected.
Profiles used by the policy, if any, are listed in the policy table, and appear as linked text. To modify profile settings, click the name of the profile.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category.
Domain administrators can create and modify IP-based policies. Because they can affect any IP address, a domain administrator could therefore create a policy that affects another domain. If you do not want to allow this, do not grant Read-Write permission to the Policy category in domain administrators’ access profiles.
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view the list of IP-based policies, go to Policy > Policies > Policies, then look in the
IP Policies section.
Figure 131:IP Policies
Configuring policies
GUI item
Move
(button)
Enabled
Description
Click a policy to select it, click Move, then select either:
• the direction in which to move the selected policy (Up or Down), or
• After or Before, then in Move right after or Move right before indicate the policy’s new location by entering the ID of another policy
FortiMail units match the policies in sequence, from the top of the list downwards.
Select whether or not the policy is currently in effect.
Page 450 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
ID
Source
Destination
Session
AntiSpam
AntiVirus
Content
Description
Displays the number identifying the policy.
If a comment is added to this rule when the rule is created, the comment will show up as a mouse-over tool-tip in this column.
Note: This may be different from the order in which they appear on the page, which indicates order of evaluation.
FortiMail units evaluate policies in sequence. More than one policy may be applied. For details, see
“Order of execution of policies” on page 429
and
“Which policy/profile is applied when an email has multiple recipients?” on page 430
.
Displays the IP address of the SMTP source to which the policy applies.
Displays the IP address of the destination IP to which the policy applies.
Displays the name of the session profile applied by this policy.
To modify the or view a profile, click its name. The profile appears in a pop-up window. For details, see
“Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
Displays the name of the antispam profile applied by this policy.
To modify or view the a profile, click its name. The profile appears in a pop-up window. For details, see
“Managing antispam profiles” on page 477 .
Displays the name of the antivirus profile applied by this policy.
To modify the or view a profile, click its name. The profile appears in a pop-up window. For details, see
“Configuring antivirus profiles and antivirus action profiles” on page 494
.
Displays the name of the content profile applied by this policy.
To modify the or view a profile, click its name. The profile appears in a pop-up window. For details, see
“Configuring content profiles” on page 498 .
Configuring policies Page 451 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring policies
GUI item
IP Pool
Description
Displays the name of the IP pool profile applied by this policy.
The IP addresses in the IP pool is used as the source IP address for the
SMTP sessions matching this policy.
The IP pool profile is ignored if the
Take precedence over recipient based policy match
• An IP pool in an IP policy will be used to deliver incoming emails from
FortiMail to the protected server. It will also be used to deliver outgoing emails if the sender domain doesn't have a delivery IP pool or, although it has a delivery IP pool, Take precedence over recipient
based policy match is enabled in the IP-based policy.
• An IP pool (either in an IP policy or domain settings) will NOT be used to deliver emails to the protected domain servers if the mail flow is from internal to internal domains.
• When an email message’s MAIL FROM is empty "<>", normally the email is a NDR or DSN bounced message. FortiMail will check the IP address of the sender device against the IP list of the protected domains. If the sender IP is found in the protected domain IP list, the email flow is considered as from internal to internal and the above rule is applied (the IP pool will be skipped). FortiMail will also skip the DNS query if servers of the protected domains are configured as host names and MX record.
Authentication
Displays the name of an authentication profile applied to the IP policy.
(not in server mode) To modify the profile, click its name. The profile appears in a pop-up window. For details, see
“Configuring authentication profiles” on page 514
Exclusive
Indicates whether or not
Take precedence over recipient based policy match
• Green check mark icon: The option is enabled. Recipient-based policies will not be applied if a connection matches this IP-based policy.
• Red X icon: The option is disabled. Both the IP-based policy and any applicable recipient-based policies will be applied.
To configure an IP-based policy
1. Go to Policy > Policies > Policies.
The tab includes two sections: one for IP policies and another for recipient policies.
2. In the IP Policies section, click New to add a policy or double-click a policy to modify it.
A dialog appears that varies with the operation mode.
Page 452 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. Configure the following settings and then click Create.
GUI item
Enable
Source
Destination
Action
Comments
Description
Select or clear to enable or disable the policy.
You can use the following types of IP addresses of the SMTP clients to whose connections this policy will apply.
• IP address and subnet mask
• IP group. See
“Configuring IP groups” on page 566 .
• IP pool. See
“Configuring IP pools” on page 564
.
To match all clients, enter 0.0.0.0/0.
If the FortiMail unit runs in transparent mode, enter the IP address of the SMTP server to whose connections this policy will apply.
• IP address and subnet mask
• IP group. See
“Configuring IP groups” on page 566 .
• IP pool. See
“Configuring IP pools” on page 564
.
To match all servers, enter 0.0.0.0/0.
If the FortiMail unit runs in gateway or server mode, the destination will be the FortiMail unit itself. But if you use virtual hosts on the
FortiMail unit, you can specify which virtual host (IP/subnet or IP pool) the email is destined to. Otherwise, you do not have to specify the destination address.
If you use virtual hosts, you must also configure the MX record to direct email to the virtual host IP addresses as well.
This feature can be used to support multiple virtual hosts on a single physical interface, so that different profiles can be applied to different host and logging for each host can be separated as well.
Select whether to:
• Scan: Accept the connection and perform any scans configured in the profiles selected in this policy.
• Reject: Reject the email and respond to the SMTP client with
SMTP reply code 550, indicating a permanent failure.
• Fail Temporarily: Reject the email and respond to the SMTP client with SMTP reply code 451, indicating to try again later.
• Proxy Bypass: Bypass the FortiMail proxy without scanning.
Enter a comment if necessary. The comment will appears as a mouse-over tool-tip in the ID column of the rule list.
Configuring policies
Profiles
Session
AntiSpam
AntiVirus
Select the name of a session profile to have this policy apply.
This option is applicable only if
is Scan.
Select the name of an antispam profile to have this policy apply. This
is Scan.
Select the name of an antivirus profile to have this policy apply.
This option is applicable only if
is Scan.
Page 453 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring policies
Content
IP pool
Select the name of a content profile to have this policy apply.
This option is applicable only if
is Scan.
Select the name of an IP pool profile, if any, that this policy will apply.
• An IP pool in an IP policy will be used to deliver incoming email from FortiMail to the protected server. It will also be used to deliver outgoing emails if the sender domain doesn't have a delivery IP pool or, although it has a delivery IP pool, Take
precedence over recipient based policy match is enabled in the
IP-based policy.
• An IP pool (either in an IP policy or domain settings) will NOT be used to deliver emails to the protected domain servers if the mail flow is from internal to internal domains.
• When an email message’s MAIL FROM is empty "<>", normally the email is a NDR or DSN bounced message. FortiMail will check the IP address of the sender device against the IP list of the protected domains. If the sender IP is found in the protected domain IP list, the email flow is considered as from internal to internal and the above rule is applied (the IP pool will be skipped).
FortiMail will also skip the DNS query if servers of the protected domains are configured as host names and MX record.
This option is applicable only if
is Scan.
For details about IP pools, see
“Configuring IP pools” on page 564
.
Authentication and
Access
This section appears only if the FortiMail unit is operating in gateway or transparent mode. For server mode, select a resource profile
(not available in server mode) instead.
For more information on configuring authentication, see
“Workflow to enable and configure authentication of email users” on page 513 .
Authentication
If you want the email user to authenticate using an external
type
authentication server, select the authentication type of the profile
(SMTP, POP3, IMAP, RADIUS, or LDAP).
Note: In addition to specifying an authentication server for SMTP email messages that this policy governs, configuring
Authentication profile
also allows email users to authenticate when accessing their per-recipient quarantine using HTTP or HTTPS. For more information, see
“How to enable, configure, and use personal quarantines” on page 180
.
Authentication
Select an existing authentication profile to use with this policy.
profile
Click New to create on or Edit to modify the selected profile.
Use for SMTP authentication
Enable to allow the SMTP client to use the SMTP AUTH command, and to use the server defined in
Authentication profile
to authenticate the connection.
Disable to make SMTP authentication unavailable.
This option is available only if you have selected an
Authentication profile
.
Note: Enabling this option allows, but does not require, SMTP authentication. To enforce SMTP authentication for connecting SMTP clients, ensure that all access control rules require authentication. For details, see
“Configuring access control rules” on page 430 .
Miscellaneous
Page 454 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Allow different
Enable to allow the SMTP client to send email using a different
SMTP sender identity for
sender email address (MAIL FROM:) than the user name that they used to authenticate.
authenticated user
Disable to require that the sender email address in the SMTP envelope match the authenticated user name.
Take precedence over recipient based policy match
Enable to omit use of recipient-based policies for connections matching this IP-based policy. For information on how policies are executed, see
“How to use policies” on page 428
This option is applicable only if
is Scan.
Note: Enabling this option also causes the FortiMail unit to ignore the option
Example: Strict and loose IP-based policies
You have a FortiMail unit running in gateway mode to protect your internal mail server
(192.168.1.1). The FortiMail unit receives email incoming to, and relays email from, the internal mail server.
You can create two IP-based policies:
• Policy 1: Enter 192.168.1.1/32 as the source IP address and 0.0.0.0/0 as the destination to match outgoing email connections from the mail server, and select a loose session profile, which may have sender reputation and other similar restrictions disabled, since the sender (that is, source IP) will always be your mail server.
• Policy 2: Enter 0.0.0.0/0 as the source IP address and 192.168.1.1/32 as the destination IP address to match incoming email connections from all other mail servers, and select a strict session profile, which has all antispam options enabled.
You would then move policy 1 above policy 2, as policies are evaluated for a match with the connection in order of their display on the page.
Configuring policies Page 455 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
The Profile menu lets you configure many types of profiles. These are a collection of settings for antispam, antivirus, authentication, or other features.
After creating and configuring a profile, you can apply it either directly in a policy, or indirectly by inclusion in another profile that is selected in a policy. Policies apply each selected profile to all email messages and SMTP connections that the policy governs.
Creating multiple profiles for each type of policy lets you customize your email service by applying different profiles to policies that govern different SMTP connections or email users. For instance, if you are an Internet service provider (ISP), you might want to create and apply antivirus profiles only to policies governing email users who pay you to provide antivirus protection.
This section includes:
•
•
Configuring antispam profiles and antispam action profiles
•
Configuring antivirus profiles and antivirus action profiles
•
Configuring content profiles and content action profiles
•
Configuring resource profiles (server mode only)
•
Configuring authentication profiles
•
•
Configuring dictionary profiles
•
•
•
Configuring email and IP groups
•
Configuring notification profiles
Configuring session profiles
Session profiles focus on the connection and envelope portion of the SMTP session. This is in contrast to other types of profiles that focus on the message header, body, or attachments.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category. For details, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
To configure session profiles
1. Go to Profile > Session > Session.
2. Click New to add a profile or double-click a profile to modify it.
A multisection page appears.
Configuring profiles Page 456 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 132:Session Profile dialog
3. For a new session profile, type the name in Profile name.
4. Configure the following sections as needed:
•
“Configuring connection settings” on page 457
•
“Configuring sender reputation options” on page 458
•
“Configuring endpoint reputation options” on page 460
•
“Configuring sender validation options” on page 461
•
“Configuring session settings” on page 464
•
“Configuring unauthenticated session settings” on page 467
•
“Configuring SMTP limit options” on page 470
•
“Configuring error handling options” on page 471
•
“Configuring header manipulation options” on page 472
•
“Configuring list options” on page 473
•
Configuring advanced MTA control settings
Configuring connection settings
This procedure is part of the session profile configuration process. For general procedures
about how to configure a session profile, see “Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
1. Go to Profile > Session.
2. Click New to create a new session profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Expand the Connection Settings section if needed. The options vary with the operation mode.
4. Configure the following options to restrict the number and duration of connections to the
FortiMail unit. When any of these limits are exceeded, the FortiMail unit blocks further connections. Setting any of these values to 0 disables the limit.
Configuring profiles Page 457 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Hide this box from the mail server
(transparent mode only)
Restrict the number of connections per client to
Maximum concurrent connections for each client
Connection idle timeout
(seconds)
Do not let client connect to blacklisted SMTP servers
(transparent mode only)
Description
Enable to preserve the IP address or domain name of the SMTP client in:
• the SMTP greeting (HELO/EHLO) and in the
Received:
message headers of email messages
• the client IP in email header
This masks the existence of the FortiMail unit.
Disable to replace the IP addresses or domain names with that of the FortiMail unit.
Note: Unless you enabled Take precedence over
recipient based policy match in the IP-based policy, the
Hide the transparent box option in the protected domain supersedes this option, and may prevent it from applying to incoming email messages.
Note: For full transparency, also enable
“Hide the transparent box” on page 367 .
Enter a limit the number of connections per client IP address, then enter the number of minutes that defines the time interval of the limit.
Enter the maximum number of concurrent connections per client.
Enter a limit to the number of seconds a client may be idle before the FortiMail unit drops the connection.
Enable to prevent clients from connecting to SMTP servers that have been blacklisted in antispam profiles or, the FortiGuard AntiSpam service if enabled.
Configuring sender reputation options
This procedure is part of the session profile configuration process. For general procedures
about how to configure a session profile, see “Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
You can also view the sender reputation statuses by going to Monitor > Sender Reputation. See
“Viewing the sender reputation statuses” on page 190 .
To configure sender reputation options
1. Go to Profile > Session.
2. Click New to create a new session profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
Configuring profiles Page 458 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. Click the arrow to expand Sender Reputation.
Configure the sender reputation settings to restrict the number of email messages sent from
SMTP clients based upon whether they have a reputation of sending an excessive number of email messages, email with invalid recipients, or email infected with viruses.
Sender reputation scores can be affected by sender validation results.
Enabling sender reputation can improve performance by rejecting known spammers before more resource-intensive antispam scans are performed.
Figure 133:Sender reputation
Configuring profiles
4. Configure the following:
GUI item Description
Enable sender reputation checking
Enable to accept or reject email based upon sender reputation scores.
The following options have no effect unless this option is enabled.
Throttle client at n
Restrict number of emails per hour to n
Enter a sender reputation score over which the FortiMail unit will rate limit the number of email messages that can be sent by this SMTP client.
Entering 0 means no score limit and thus no action. But
FortiMail still monitors the sender reputation and increases or decreases the sender reputation scores accordingly.
The enforced rate limit is either Restrict number of emails per
hour to n or Restrict email to n percent of the previous hour, whichever value is greater.
Enter the maximum number of email messages per hour that the FortiMail unit will accept from a throttled SMTP client.
Page 459 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Restrict email to n percent of the previous hour
Description
Enter the maximum number of email messages per hour that the FortiMail unit will accept from a throttled SMTP client, as a percentage of the number of email messages that the SMTP client sent during the previous hour.
Temporarily fail client at n
Enter a sender reputation score over which the FortiMail unit will return a temporary failure error when the SMTP client attempts to initiate a connection.
Entering 0 means no score limit and thus no action. But
FortiMail still monitors the sender reputation and increase or decrease the sender reputation scores accordingly.
Reject client at n
Enter a sender reputation score over which the FortiMail unit will reject the email and reply to the SMTP client with SMTP reply code 550 when the SMTP client attempts to initiate a connection.
Entering 0 means no score limit and thus no action. But
FortiMail still monitors the sender reputation and increase or decrease the sender reputation scores accordingly.
Check FortiGuard Black IP at connection phase
Enable to query the FortiGuard Antispam Service to determine if the IP address of the SMTP server is blacklisted. And this action will happen during the connection phase.
In an antispam profile, you can also enable FortiGuard black
IP checking. But that action happens after the entire message has been received by FortiMail.
Therefore, if this feature is enabled in a session profile and the action is reject, the performance will be improved.
Configuring endpoint reputation options
This procedure is part of the session profile configuration process. For general procedures
about how to configure a session profile, see “Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
1. Go to Profile > Session.
2. Click New to create a new session profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand Endpoint Reputation.
The Endpoint Reputation settings let you restrict, based upon its endpoint reputation score, the ability of an MSISDN or subscriber ID to send email or MM3 multimedia messaging service (MMS) messages from a mobile device. The MSISDN reputation score is similar to a sender reputation score.
For more on endpoint reputation-based behavior, see “About endpoint reputation” on page 607
.
Enabling endpoint reputation can improve performance by rejecting known spammers before more resource-intensive antispam scans are performed.
Configuring profiles Page 460 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 134:Endpoint reputation settings
4. Configure the following:
GUI item
Enable Endpoint
Reputation
Description
Enable to accept, monitor, or reject email based upon endpoint reputation scores.
This option requires that your RADIUS server provide mappings between dynamic IP addresses and MSISDNs/subscriber IDs to the FortiMail unit. If this profile governs sessions of SMTP clients with static IP addresses, instead see
“Configuring sender reputation options” on page 458
.
Action
Select either:
• Reject: Reject email and MMS messages from
MSISDNs/subscriber IDs whose MSISDN reputation scores exceed Auto blacklist score trigger value.
• Monitor: Log, but do not reject, email and MMS messages from
MSISDNs/subscriber IDs whose MSISDN reputation scores exceed Auto blacklist score trigger value. Entries appear in the history log.
Auto blacklist score trigger value
Enter the MSISDN reputation score over which the FortiMail unit will add the MSISDN/subscriber ID to the automatic blacklist.
The trigger score is relative to the period of time configured as the automatic blacklist window. For more information on the automatic blacklist window, see
“Configuring the endpoint reputation score window” on page 611 .
Auto blacklist duration
Enter the number of minutes that an MSISDN/subscriber ID will be prevented from sending email or MMS messages after they have been automatically blacklisted.
Configuring sender validation options
This procedure is part of the session profile configuration process. For general procedures
about how to configure a session profile, see “Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
1. Go to Profile > Session.
2. Click New to create a new session profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
Configuring profiles Page 461 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. Click the arrow to expand Sender Validation. Configure the settings to confirm sender and message authenticity.
Failure to validate does not guarantee that an email is spam, just as successful validation does not guarantee that an email is not spam, but it may help to indicate spam. Validation results are used to adjust the sender reputation scores and deep header scans.
Enabling sender validation can improve performance by rejecting invalid senders before more resource-intensive antispam scans are performed.
4. Configure the following:
Configuring profiles Page 462 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
GUI item
SPF check
Description
If the sender domain DNS record lists SPF authorized IP addresses, use SPF check to compare the client IP address to the
IP addresses of authorized senders in the DNS record ( RFC 4408 ).
An unauthorized client IP address increases the client sender reputation score. An authorized client IP address decreases the client sender reputation score.
If the DNS record for the domain name of the sender does not publish SPF information, the FortiMail unit omits the SPF client IP address validation.
You can also enable SPF checking in the antispam profile. See
“Configuring antispam profiles and antispam action profiles” on page 477
.
Note: Before FortiMail 4.0 MR3 Patch 1 release, you must enable
SPF checking in the session profile before SPF checking in the antispam profile takes effect. Starting from 4.0 MR3 Patch 2 release, SPF checking can be enabled in either a session profile or an antispam profile, or both profiles. However, if you select to
Bypass SPF checking in the session profile, SPF checking will be bypassed even though you enable it in the antispam profile.
Note: Before FortiMail 4.0 MR3 Patch 1 release, only SPF hardfailed (-all) email is treated as spam. Starting from 4.0 MR3
Patch 2 release, you can use a CLI command (set spf-checking {strict | aggressive}
under config antispam settings
) to control if the SPF softfailed (~all) email should also be treated as spam. For details, see the FortiMail CLI
Guide.
Enable DKIM check
If a DKIM signature is present ( RFC 4871 ), enable this to query the
DNS server that hosts the DNS record for the sender’s domain name to retrieve its public key to decrypt and verify the DKIM signature.
An invalid signature increases the client sender reputation score and affects the deep header scan. A valid signature decreases the client sender reputation score.
If the sender domain DNS record does not include DKIM information or the message is not signed, the FortiMail unit omits the DKIM signature validation.
Enable DKIM signing for outgoing messages
Enable to sign outgoing email with a DKIM signature.
This option requires that you first generate a domain key pair and publish the public key in the DNS record for the domain name of the protected domain. If you do not publish the public key, destination SMTP servers cannot validate your DKIM signature. For details on generating domain key pairs and publishing the public key, see
Page 463 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item Description
Enable DKIM signing for authenticated senders only
Enable to sign outgoing email with a DKIM signature only if the sender is authenticated.
This option is effective only if Enable DKIM signing for outgoing
messages is enabled.
Enable domain key check
If a DomainKey signature is present, use this option to query the
DNS server for the sender’s domain name to retrieve its public key to decrypt and verify the DomainKey signature.
An invalid signature increases the client sender reputation score and affects the deep header scan. A valid signature decreases the client sender reputation score.
If the sender domain DNS record does not include DomainKey information or the message is not signed, the FortiMail unit omits the DomainKey signature validation.
Bypass bounce verification check
Sender address verification with
LDAP
If bounce verification is enabled, enable to omit verification of bounce address tags on incoming bounce messages.
This bypass does not omit bounce address tagging of outgoing messages.
For more information, see “Configuring bounce verification and tagging” on page 602
.
Enable to verify sender email addresses on an LDAP server. Also select an LDAP profile from the dropdown list. Or click New to create a new one. For details about LDAP profiles, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
Configuring session settings
This procedure is part of the session profile configuration process. For general procedures
about how to configure a session profile, see “Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
1. Go to Profile > Session.
2. Click New to create a new session profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand Session Settings.
Figure 135:Session settings (gateway mode and server mode)
Configuring profiles Page 464 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 136:Session settings (transparent mode)
Configuring profiles
4. Configure the following:
GUI item Description
Reject EHLO/HELO commands with invalid characters in the domain
Enable to return SMTP reply code 501, and to reject the SMTP greeting, if the client or server uses a greeting that contains a domain name with invalid characters.
To avoid disclosure of a real domain name, spammers sometimes spoof an SMTP greeting domain name with random characters, rather than using a valid domain name.
The following example shows invalid command in bold italics:
220 FortiMail-400.localdomain ESMTP Smtpd; Wed, 14 Feb
2008 13:30:20 GMT
EHLO ^^&^&^#$
501 5.0.0 Invalid domain name
Valid characters for domain names include:
• alphanumerics (A to Z and 0 to 9)
• brackets ( [ and ] )
• periods ( . )
• dashes ( - )
• underscores ( _ )
• number symbols( # )
• colons ( : )
Rewrite EHLO/HELO domain to [n.n.n.n] IP string of the client address
Enable to rewrite the domain name in the SMTP greeting
(HELO/EHLO) to the IP address of the client to prevent domain name spoofing.
(transparent mode only)
Rewrite EHLO/HELO domain to
Enable to rewrite the domain name in the SMTP greeting
(HELO/EHLO) to the specified value.
(transparent mode only)
Page 465 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Allow pipelining for the session
(transparent mode only)
Enforce strict RFC compliance
(transparent mode only)
Description
Prevent encryption of the session
Enable to block STARTTLS/MD5 commands so that email connections cannot be TLS-encrypted.
(transparent mode only)
Caution: Disable this option only if you trust that SMTP clients connecting using TLS through the FortiMail unit will not be sources of viruses or spam. FortiMail units operating in transparent mode cannot scan encrypted connections traveling through them.
Disabling this option could thereby permit viruses and spam to travel through the FortiMail unit.
Enable to allow SMTP command pipelining. This lets multiple
SMTP commands to be accepted and processed simultaneously, improving performance for high-latency connections.
Disable to allow the SMTP client to send only a single command at a time during an SMTP session.
Enable to limit pipelining support to strict compliance with RFC
2920 , SMTP Service Extension for Command Pipelining.
This option is effective only if Allow pipelining for the session is enabled.
Perform strict syntax checking
Enable to return SMTP reply code 503, and to reject a SMTP command, if the client or server uses SMTP commands that are syntactically incorrect.
EHLO
or HELO, MAIL FROM:, RCPT TO: (can be multiple), and
DATA
commands must be in that order. AUTH, STARTTLS, RSET, or
NOOP
commands can arrive at any time. Other commands, or commands in an unacceptable order, return a syntax error.
The following example shows invalid command in bold italics:
220 FortiMail-400.localdomain ESMTP Smtpd; Wed, 14
Feb 2008 13:41:15 GMT
EHLO example.com
250-FortiMail-400.localdomain Hello
[192.168.1.1], pleased to meet you
RCPT TO:<[email protected]>
503 5.0.0 Need MAIL before RCPT
Configuring profiles Page 466 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Switch to SPLICE mode after
(transparent mode only)
ACK EOM before
AntiSpam check
Description
Enable to use splice mode. Enter threshold value based on time
(seconds) or data size (kilobytes).
Splice mode lets the FortiMail unit simultaneously scan an email and relay it to the SMTP server. This increases throughput and reduces the risk of server timeout. If it detects spam or a virus, it terminates the server connection and returns an error message to the sender, listing the spam or virus name and infected file name.
Enable to acknowledge the end of message (EOM) signal immediately after receiving the carriage return and line feed (CRLF) characters that indicate the EOM, rather than waiting for antispam scanning to complete.
If the FortiMail unit does not completed antispam scanning within 4 minutes, it returns SMTP reply code 451(Try again later), resulting in no permanent problems, since according to RFC 2821 , the minimum timeout value should be 10 minutes. However, in rare cases where the server or client’s timeout is shorter than 4 minutes, the sending client or server could time-out while waiting for the
FortiMail unit to acknowledge the EOM command. Enabling this option prevents those rare cases.
Configuring unauthenticated session settings
This procedure is part of the session profile configuration process. For general procedures
about how to configure a session profile, see “Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
1. Go to Profile > Session.
2. Click New to create a new session profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand Unauthenticated Session Settings.
Figure 137:Unauthenticated session settings (gateway mode and server mode)
Figure 138:Unauthenticated session settings (transparent mode)
Configuring profiles
4. Configure the following:
Page 467 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Check HELO/EHLO domain
Description
Enable to return SMTP reply code 501, and reject the SMTP command, if the domain name accompanying the SMTP greeting is not a domain name that exists in either MX or A records.
The following example shows the invalid command in bold italics:
220 FortiMail-400.localdomain ESMTP Smtpd; Wed, 20
Nov 2013 10:42:07 -0500
ehlo abc.qq
250-FortiMail-400.localdomain Hello
[172.20.140.195], pleased to meet you
250-ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES
250-PIPELINING
250-8BITMIME
250-SIZE 10485760
250-DSN
250-AUTH LOGIN PLAIN
250-STARTTLS
250-DELIVERBY
250 HELP mail from:aaa@333
550 5.5.0 Invalid EHLO/HELO domain.
quit
221 2.0.0 FortiMail-400.localdomain closing connection
Connection closed by foreign host.
Check sender domain Enable to return SMTP reply code 421, and reject the SMTP command, if the domain name portion of the sender address is not a domain name that exists in either MX or A records.
The following example shows the invalid command in bold italics:
220 FortiMail-400.localdomain ESMTP Smtpd; Wed, 14
Feb 2008 14:32:51 GMT
EHLO
250-FortiMail-400.localdomain Hello [192.168.1.1], pleased to meet you
MAIL FROM:<[email protected]>
421 4.3.0 Could not resolve sender domain.
Configuring profiles Page 468 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Check recipient domain
Reject empty domains
Description
Enable to return SMTP reply code 550, and reject the SMTP command, if the domain name portion of the recipient address is not a domain name that exists in either MX or A records.
The following example shows the invalid command in bold italics:
220 FortiMail-400.localdomain ESMTP Smtpd; Wed, 14
Feb 2008 14:48:32 GMT
EHLO example.com
250-FortiMail-400.localdomain Hello [192.168.1.1], pleased to meet you
MAIL FROM:<[email protected]>
250 2.1.0 <[email protected]>... Sender ok
RCPT TO:<[email protected]>
550 5.7.1 <[email protected]>... Relaying denied.
IP name lookup failed [192.168.1.1]
Enable to return SMTP reply code 553, and reject the SMTP command, if the HELO/EHLO greeting does not have a domain.
The following example shows the invalid command in bold italics:
220 FortiMail-400.localdomain ESMTP Smtpd; Wed, 20
Nov 2013 10:42:07 -0500
ehlo
250-FortiMail-400.localdomain Hello
[172.20.140.195], pleased to meet you
250-ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES
250-PIPELINING
250-8BITMIME
250-SIZE 10485760
250-DSN
250-AUTH LOGIN PLAIN
250-STARTTLS
250-DELIVERBY
250 HELP mail from:aaa@333
550 5.5.0 Empty EHLO/HELO domain.
quit
221 2.0.0 FortiMail-400.localdomain closing connection
Configuring profiles Page 469 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item Description
Prevent open relaying
(transparent mode only)
Enable to prevent clients from using open relays to send email by blocking sessions that are unauthenticated. (Unauthenticated sessions are assumed to be occurring to an open relay.)
If you permit SMTP clients to use open relays to send email, email from your domain could be blacklisted by other SMTP servers.
This option is effective only if you have enabled
“Use client-specified SMTP server to send email” on page 400 for
outgoing mail. Otherwise, the FortiMail unit forces clients to use the gateway you have defined as a relay server (see
SMTP relay hosts” on page 352 ), if any, or the MTA of the domain
name in the recipient email address (RCPT TO:), as determined using an MX lookup, so it is not possible for them to use an open relay.
Reject if recipient and helo domain match but sender domain is different
Enable to reject the email if the domain name in the SMTP greeting
(HELO/EHLO) and recipient email address (RCPT TO:) match, but the domain name in the sender email address (MAIL FROM:) does not.
Mismatching domain names is sometimes used by spammers to mask the true identity of their SMTP client.
Configuring SMTP limit options
This procedure is part of the session profile configuration process. For general procedures
about how to configure a session profile, see “Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
1. Go to Profile > Session.
2. Click New to create a new session profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand SMTP Limits.
Figure 139:SMTP limits
4. Configure the following:
Configuring profiles Page 470 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Restrict number of
EHLO/HELOs per session to
Description
Enter the limit of SMTP greetings that a connecting SMTP server or client can perform before the FortiMail unit terminates the connection. Restricting the number of SMTP greetings allowed per session makes it more difficult for spammers to probe the email server for vulnerabilities. (More attempts results in a greater number of terminated connections, which must then be re-initiated.)
Restrict number of emails per session to
Enter the limit of email messages per session to prevent mass mailing.
Restrict number of recipients per email to
Enter the limit of recipients to prevent mass mailing.
Cap message size
(KB) at
Enter the limit of the message size. Messages over the threshold size are rejected.
Note: When you configure domain settings under Mail Settings >
Domains, you can also set the message size limit. Here is how the two settings work together:
• For outgoing email (for information about email directions, see
“Incoming versus outgoing email messages” on page 428 ), only
the size limit in the session profile will be matched. If there is no session profile defined or no IP-based policy matched, the default size limit of 10 MB will be used.
• For incoming email, the size limits in both the session profile and domain settings will be checked. If there is no session profile defined or no IP-based policy matched, the default size limit of 10 MB will be compared with the size limit in the domain settings. FortiMail will use the smaller size.
Cap header size (KB) at
Enter the limit of the message header size. Messages with headers over the threshold size are rejected.
Maximum number of
NOOPs allowed for each connection
Enter the limit of NOOP commands permitted per SMTP session.
Some spammers use NOOP commands to keep a long session alive. Legitimate sessions usually require few NOOPs.
Maximum number of
RSETs allowed for each connection
Enter the limit of RSET commands permitted per SMTP session.
Some spammers use RSET commands to try again after receiving error messages such as unknown recipient. Legitimate sessions should require few RSETs.
Configuring error handling options
This procedure is part of the session profile configuration process. For general procedures
about how to configure a session profile, see “Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
1. Go to Profile > Session.
2. Click New to create a new session profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
Configuring profiles Page 471 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. Click the arrow to expand Error Handling.
Configure Error Handling to specify how the FortiMail unit should handle connections from
SMTP clients that are error-prone. Errors sometime indicate attempts to misuse the server.
You can impose delays or drop connections if there are errors. Setting any of these values to
0
disables the limit.
Configuring error handling can improve performance by dropping connections with error-prone
SMTP clients.
Figure 140:Error handling
4. Configure the following:
GUI item Description
Number of 'free' errors allowed for each client
Enter the number of number of errors permitted before the
FortiMail unit imposes a delay. By default, five errors are permitted before the FortiMail unit imposes the first delay.
Delay for the first non-free error (seconds)
Enter the delay time for the first error after the number of free errors is reached.
Delay increment for subsequent errors
(seconds)
Enter the number of seconds by which to increase the delay for each error after the first delay is imposed.
Maximum number of errors allowed for each connection
Enter the total number of errors the FortiMail unit accepts before dropping the connection.
Configuring header manipulation options
This procedure is part of the session profile configuration process. For general procedures
about how to configure a session profile, see “Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
1. Go to Profile > Session.
2. Click New to create a new session profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand Header Manipulation.
Email processing software and hardware can add extra lines to the message header of each email message. When multiple lines are added, this can significantly increase the size of the email message. You can configure header manipulation settings to reduce the number of message headers.
Configuring profiles Page 472 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 141:Header manipulation
4. Configure the following:
GUI item
Remove received header
Remove headers
Description
Enable to remove all Received: message headers from email messages.
You can alternatively remove this header on a per-domain basis.
For details, see
“Remove received header of outgoing email” on page 370
.
Enable to remove other configured headers from email messages, then click Edit to configure which headers should be removed.
Configuring list options
This procedure is part of the session profile configuration process. For general procedures
about how to configure a session profile, see “Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
1. Go to Profile > Session.
2. Click New to create a new session profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand Lists.
Configure the sender and recipient black lists and white lists, if any, to sue with the session profile. Black and white lists are separate for each session profile, and apply only to traffic controlled by the IP-based policy to which the session profile is applied.
Email addresses in each black list or white list are arranged in alphabetical order. For more information on how blacklisted email addresses are handled, see
“Order of execution of black lists and white lists” on page 582 .
If you require regular expression support for whitelisting and blacklisting sender and recipient email addresses in the envelope, do not configure white and black lists in the session profile.
Instead, configure access control rules and message delivery rules. For more information, see
“Managing the address book (server mode only)” on page 380 .
Use black and white lists with caution. They are simple and efficient tools for fighting spam and enhancing performance, but can also cause false positives and false negatives if not used carefully. For example, a white list entry of *.edu would allow all email from the .edu top level domain to bypass the FortiMail unit's other antispam scans.
4. Configure the following:
Configuring profiles Page 473 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item Description
Enable sender white list checking
Enable to check the sender addresses in the email envelope (MAIL
FROM:
) and email header (From:) against the white list in the
SMTP sessions to which this profile is applied, then click Edit to define the whitelisted email addresses.
Enable sender black list checking
Enable to check the sender addresses in the email envelope (MAIL
FROM:
) and email header (From:) against the black list in the
SMTP sessions to which this profile is applied, then click Edit to define the blacklisted email addresses.
Allow recipients on this list
Disallow recipients on this list
Enable to check the recipient addresses in the email envelope
(RCPT TO:) and email header (To:) against the white list in the
SMTP sessions to which this profile is applied, then click Edit to define whitelisted email addresses.
Enable to check the recipient addresses in the email envelope
(RCPT TO:) and email header (To:) against the black list in the
SMTP sessions to which this profile is applied, then click Edit to define blacklisted email addresses.
Configuring advanced MTA control settings
This procedure is part of the session profile configuration process. For general procedures
about how to configure a session profile, see “Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
In addition to global MTA settings, you can configure the following MTA settings in a session profile. These session-specific MTA settings will overwrite the global settings configured elsewhere.
By default, this feature is hidden. To use this feature, you must enable it by using the following
CLI command: config system global set mta-adv-ctrl-status enable end
After this feature is enabled, the following options will appear in the session profile settings. In addition, four new tabs (Address Rewrite, Mail Routing, Access Control, and DSN) will also appear under Profile > Session.
Configuring profiles Page 474 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 142:Advance MTA control options in session profile
Configuring profiles
1. Go to Profile > Session.
2. Click New to create a new session profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand Advanced Control.
4. Configure the following:
GUI item
Email queue
Rewrite sender address
Rewrite recipient address
Mail routing
Access control
Description
Select which email queue to use for the matching sessions. For
other general queue settings, see “Configuring mail queue setting” on page 349 .
Select a Address Rewrite profile to rewrite the sender address.
Click New to create a new profile. For details about configuring
.
Select a Address Rewrite profile to rewrite the recipient address.
Click New to create a new profile. For details about configuring
.
Select a mail routing profile or click New to create one. For details about creating mail routing profiles, see
“Configuring mail routing profiles in a session profile” on page 476 .
Select an access control profile or click New to create one. For details, see
“Configuring access control profiles in a session profile” on page 476
.
Page 475 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
DSN
Remote logging
Select a DNS profile or click New to create one. For details, see
“Configuring DSN profiles in a session profile” on page 477 .
Select a remote logging profile or click New to create one. Note that the remote logging profiles used here are the same as the system-wide remote logging profiles. For details, see
“Configuring logging to a Syslog server or FortiAnalyzer unit” on page 639 .
Configuring address rewrite profiles in the session profile
If you enable the advanced MTA control feature in session profiles (see “Configuring advanced
MTA control settings” on page 474 ), the Address Rewrite tab will appear.
To configure an address rewrite profile to be used in a session profile
1. Go to Profile > Session > Address Rewrite.
2. Click New.
3. Enter a profile name.
4. Click New to enter the address entries.
5. In the popup window, enter the original address and the address you want to rewrite to. If you want to keep the local part or the domain part of the original address, click Insert
Variable to insert the variable for the local part or the domain part.
6. Click Create.
Configuring mail routing profiles in a session profile
If you enable the advanced MTA control feature in session profiles (see “Configuring advanced
MTA control settings” on page 474 ), the Mail Routing tab will appear.
To configure a mail routing profile to be used in a session profile
1. Go to Profile > Session > Mail Routing.
2. Click New.
3. Enter a profile name.
4. Click New to configure the mail routing settings.
5. In the popup window, specify the recipient pattern and the relay type:
• Host: Relay the matched sessions to the specified SMTP server.
• MX Record (this domain): Query the DNS server’s MX record of the protected domain name for the FQDN or IP address of the SMTP server. If there are multiple MX records, the FortiMail unit will load balance between them.
• MX Record (alternative domain): Query the DNS server’s MX record of a domain name you specify for the FQDN or IP address of the SMTP server. If there are multiple MX records, the FortiMail unit will load balance between them. Also specify the alternate domain name.
6. Specify the SMTP port number. The default port is 25.
7. Click Create.
Configuring access control profiles in a session profile
If you enable the advanced MTA control feature in session profiles (see “Configuring advanced
MTA control settings” on page 474 ), the Access Control tab will appear.
Page 476 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To configure an access control profile to be used in a session profile
1. Go to Profile > Session > Access Control.
2. Click New.
3. Enter a profile name.
4. Click New to configure the access control rule.
5. In the popup window, configure the rule settings. These setting are identical to the system-wide access control rule settings. For details, see
“Configuring access control rules” on page 430 .
6. Click Create.
Configuring DSN profiles in a session profile
If you enable the advanced MTA control feature in session profiles (see “Configuring advanced
MTA control settings” on page 474 ), the DSN tab will appear. Configure this setting to overwrite
the global setting configured in “Configuring DSN options” on page 348 .
To configure a DSN profile to be used in a session profile
1. Go to Profile > Session > DSN.
2. Click New.
3. Enter a profile name.
4. Specify if you want to send DSN email and when to send DSN email (after how many time of unsuccessful email sending retries).
5. Click Create.
Configuring antispam profiles and antispam action profiles
The AntiSpam submenu lets you configure antispam profiles and related action profiles.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Configuring a FortiGuard URI filter profile
•
Configuring antispam action profiles
Managing antispam profiles
The AntiSpam tab lets you manage and configure antispam profiles. Antispam profiles are sets of antispam scans that you can apply by selecting one in a policy.
FortiMail units can use various methods to detect spam, such as the FortiGuard Antispam service, DNSBL queries, Bayesian scanning, and heuristic scanning. Antispam profiles contain settings for these features that you may want to vary by policy. Depending on the feature, before you configure antispam policies, you may need to enable the feature or configure its system-wide settings.
For information on the order in which FortiMail units perform each type of antispam scan, see
“Order of execution” on page 16
.
Configuring profiles Page 477 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Antispam profiles are created and applied separately based upon the incoming or outgoing directionality of the SMTP connection or email message. For more information, see
“Incoming versus outgoing SMTP connections” on page 395 .
You can use an LDAP query to enable or disable antispam scanning on a per-user basis. For details, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 and
“Enable LDAP scan override” on page 379 .
Configuring profiles
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category. For details, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
To view and manage incoming antispam profiles
1. Go to Profile > AntiSpam > AntiSpam.
GUI item
Clone
(button)
Description
Click the row corresponding to the profile whose settings you want to duplicate when creating the new profile, then click Clone. A single-field dialog appears. Enter a name for the new profile. Click OK.
Edit several profiles simultaneously. See
“Performing a batch edit” on page 489
.
Batch Edit
(button)
Domain
(drop-down list)
Select System to see profiles for the entire FortiMail unit, or select a protected domain name to see profiles for that domain. You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
Profile Name
Domain Name
(column)
Direction
Displays the name of the profile.
Displays either System or a domain name.
Displays either Incoming for a profile that can be used by an incoming policy, or Outgoing for a profile that can be used by an outgoing policy.
(Green dot in column heading)
Indicates whether or not the entry is currently referred to by another item in the configuration. If another item is using this entry, a red dot appears in this column, and the entry cannot be deleted.
2. Either click New to add a profile or double-click a profile to modify it.
A multisection dialog appears.
3. Configure the following:
GUI item
Domain
Profile name
Description
Select the entire FortiMail unit (System) or name of a protected domain.You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile. For more information, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
For a new profile, enter the name of the profile.
Page 478 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
GUI item
Direction
Default action
Description
Select either Incoming for a profile that can be used by an incoming policy, or Outgoing for a profile that can be used by an outgoing
.
Select the default action to take when the policy matches. See
“Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489 .
See “Configuring FortiGuard options” on page 480
.
FortiGuard
Greylist
SPF check
Enable to apply greylisting. For more information, see “Configuring greylisting” on page 592 .
Note: Enabling greylisting can improve performance by blocking most spam before it undergoes other resource-intensive antispam scans.
If the sender domain DNS record lists SPF authorized IP addresses, use this option to compare the client IP address to the IP addresses of authorized senders in the DNS record ( RFC 4408 ).
If the DNS record for the domain name of the sender does not publish
SPF information, the FortiMail unit omits the SPF client IP address validation.
If the client IP address fails the SPF check, FortiMail will take the antispam action configured in this antispam profile. But unlike SPF checking in a session profile, failed SPF checking in an antispam profile will not increase the client’s reputation score.
Note: Before FortiMail 4.0 MR3 Patch 1 release, you must enable SPF checking in the session profile before SPF checking in the antispam profile takes effect. Starting from 4.0 MR3 Patch 2 release, SPF checking can be enabled in either a session profile or an antispam profile, or both profiles. However, if you select to Bypass SPF checking in the session profile (see
“Configuring sender validation options” on page 461 ), SPF checking will be bypassed even though
you enable it in the antispam profile.
Note: Before FortiMail 4.0 MR3 Patch 1 release, only SPF hardfailed
(-all) email is treated as spam. Starting from 4.0 MR3 Patch 2 release, you can use a CLI command (set spf-checking {strict | aggressive}
under config antispam settings) to control if the
SPF softfailed (~all) email should also be treated as spam. For details, see the FortiMail CLI Guide.
Behavior analysis
The text part and HTML part of the email body are used to analyze the similarity of uncertain email against those well-known spam messages which are received recently.
Header analysis
Enable this option to examine the entire message header for spam characteristics.
Heuristic
SURBL
DNSBL
See “Configuring heuristic options” on page 482
.
See “Configuring SURBL options” on page 483 .
See “Configuring DNSBL options” on page 483
.
Page 479 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
GUI item
Banned word
Whitelist word
Dictionary
Image spam
Bayesian
Suspicious newsletter
Description
See “Configuring banned word options” on page 484 .
See “Configuring whitelist word options” on page 485 .
See “Configuring dictionary options” on page 486
.
See “Configuring image spam options” on page 486 .
See “Configuring Bayesian options” on page 487 .
Suspicious newsletters are part of the newsletter category. But
FortiMail may find them to be suspicious because they may actually be spam under the disguise of newsletters. .
Note that if you enable detection of both newsletters and suspicious newsletters and specify actions for both types, if a newsletter is found to be suspicious, the action towards suspicious newsletters will take effect, not the action towards newsletters.
Newsletter
Although newsletters and other marketing campaigns are not spam, some users may find them annoying.
Enable detection of newsletters and select an action profile to deal with them. For example, you can tag newsletter email so that users can filter them in their email clients.
Scan Conditions
See “Configuring scan conditions” on page 488 .
Other Settings
See “Configuring other antispam settings” on page 489 .
Configuring FortiGuard options
The FortiGuard section of antispam profiles lets you configure the FortiMail unit to query the
FortiGuard Antispam service to check the following:
• Black IP: If you enable the Black IP option, the FortiMail unit will query the FortiGuard
Antispam service to determine if the IP address of the current SMTP client is blacklisted. If the Extract IP from Received Header option is enabled, the FortiGuard scan will also examine the IP addresses of all other SMTP servers that appear in the Received: lines of the message header.
FortiGuard Antispam scans do not examine private network addresses, as defined in
RFC 1918 .
• URI filter: this option determines if any uniform resource identifiers (URI) in the message body are associated with spam. FortiGuard URI filter groups URI into various categories, such as hacking, drug abuse and so on. You can configure the FortiGuard URI filter to check
. If a URI is blacklisted, the FortiMail unit treats the email as spam and performs the associated action. You can also exempt URLs from spam filtering. For details, see
“Configuring the URL exempt list” on page 602 .
• Spam outbreak protection: enable this option to temporarily hold suspicious email for a certain period of time (configuragle with CLI command config system fortiguard antispam set outbreak-protection-period
) if the enabled FortiGuard antispam check (black IP and/or URI filter) returns no result. After the specified time interval, FortiMail will query the FortiGuard server for the second time. This provides an oppotunity for the
FortiGuard antispam service to update its database in cases a spam outbreak occurs.
Page 480 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
Before enabling FortiGuard, you must enable and configure FortiGuard Antispam rating queries.
For more information, see
“Verifying connectivity with FortiGuard services” on page 222 .
If the FortiGuard option is enabled, you may improve performance and the spam catch rate by also enabling Black IP and caching. For details on enabling caching, see
FortiGuard updates and antispam queries” on page 219
.
To configure FortiGuard scan options
1. When configuring an antispam profile, select the FortiGuard check box in the AntiSpam
Profile dialog.
2. From Action, select the action profile that you want the FortiMail unit to use if the FortiGuard
Antispam scan finds spam email.
For more information, see “Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489
.
3. If you want the FortiMail unit to query the FortiGuard Antispam service to determine if the IP address of the SMTP server is blacklisted, enable Black IP.
If you want to check all SMTP servers in the Received: lines of the message header, enable the Extract IP from Received Header option.
4. If you want to use the FortiGuard URI filter service, select a filter profile from the URI filter list.
For details, see
“Configuring a FortiGuard URI filter profile” on page 481 .
5. From Action, select the action profile that you want the FortiMail unit to use if the FortiGuard
Antispam scan finds spam email.
6. If you want use the spam outbreak protection feature, enable it.
7. Continue to the next section, or click Create or OK to save the antispam profile.
Configuring a FortiGuard URI filter profile
FortiGuard URI filter service allows you choose which categories of URI in the email body you want to check and block. Then you can use the filters in the antispam profiles. For details, see
“Configuring FortiGuard options” on page 480 .
To configure a URI filter profile
1. Go to Profile > AntiSpam > URI Filter.
2. Click Create New.
3. Enter a profile name.
4. Select the URI categories you want to check in the email body.
5. Click Create.
URI types
There are two types of URIs:
• Absolute URIs strictly follow the URI syntax and include the URI scheme names, such as
“http”, “https”, and “ftp”. For instance, http://www.example.com.
• Reference URIs do not contain the scheme names. For instance, example.com.
By default, FortiMail scans for both absolute and reference URIs.
Page 481 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
In some cases (for example, to lower false positive rates), you may want to scan for absolute
URIs only. To do this, you can use the following CLI command to change the default setting: config antispam settings set uri-checking {aggressive | strict} end
• aggressive: Choose this option to scan for both the absolute and reference URIs.
• strict: Choose this option to scan for absolute URIs only. Note that web sites without
“http” or “https” but starting with “www” are also treated as absolute URIs. For instance, www.example.com.
For more information about this command, see FortiMail CLI Reference.
Configuring heuristic options
The FortiMail unit includes rules used by the heuristic filter. Each rule has an individual score used to calculate the total score for an email. A threshold for the heuristic filter is set for each antispam profile. To determine if an email is spam, the heuristic filter examines an email message and adds the score for each rule that applies to get a total score for that email. For example, if the subject line of an email contains “As seen on national TV!”, it might match a heuristic rule that increases the heuristic scan score towards the threshold.
• Email is spam if the total score equals or exceeds the threshold.
• Email is not spam if the total score is less than the threshold.
The FortiMail unit comes with a default heuristic rule set. To ensure that the most up-to-date spam methods are included in the percentage of rules used to calculate the score, update your
FortiGuard Antispam packages regularly. See
“Configuring FortiGuard updates and antispam queries” on page 219 .
To configure heuristic scan options
1. When configuring an antispam profile, enable Heuristic in the AntiSpam Profile dialog.
2. Click the arrow to expand Heuristic.
3. From Action, select the action profile that you want the FortiMail unit to use if the heuristic scan finds spam email.
For more information, see “Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489
.
4. In Threshold, enter the score at which the FortiMail unit considers an email to be spam. The default value is recommended.
5. In the The percentage of rules used field, enter the percentage of the total number of heuristic rules to use to calculate the heuristic score for an email message.
6. Continue to the next section, or click Create or OK to save the antispam profile.
Heuristic scanning is resource intensive. If spam detection rates are acceptable without heuristic scanning, consider disabling it or limiting its application to policies for problematic hosts.
Page 482 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
Configuring SURBL options
In addition to supporting Fortinet’s FortiGuard Antispam SURBL service, the FortiMail unit supports third-party Spam URI Realtime Block Lists (SURBL) servers. You can specify which public SURBL servers to use as part of an antispam profile. Consult the third-party SURBL service providers for any conditions and restrictions.
The SURBL section of antispam profiles lets you configure the FortiMail unit to query one or more SURBL servers to determine if any of the uniform resource identifiers (URI) in the message body are associated with spam. If a URI is blacklisted, the FortiMail unit treats the email as spam and performs the associated action. There are two types of URIs. For details, see “URI types” on page 481 .
To configure SURBL scan options
1. When configuring an antispam profile, enable SURBL in the AntiSpam Profile dialog.
2. From Action, select the action profile that you want the FortiMail unit to use if the SURBL scan finds spam email.
For more information, see “Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489
.
3. Next to SURBL click Configuration.
A pop-up window appears that displays the domain name of the SURBL servers.
4. To add a new SURBL server address, click New and type the address in the field that appears.
Since the servers will be queried from top to bottom, you may want to put the reliable servers with less traffic to the top of the list. Click the drop-down menu in the title bar to sort the entries.
5. Select a server and click OK.
The pop-up window closes.
6. Continue to the next section, or click Create or OK to save the antispam profile.
Configuring DNSBL options
In addition to supporting Fortinet’s FortiGuard Antispam DNSBL service, the FortiMail unit supports third-party DNS blacklist servers. You can enable DNSBL filtering as part of the antispam profile, and define multiple DNSBL servers for each antispam profile. Consult the third-party DNSBL service providers for any conditions and restrictions.
DNSBL scans examine the IP address of the SMTP client that is currently delivering the email message. If the Enable Black IP to query for the blacklist status of the IP addresses of all SMTP
servers appearing in the Received: lines of header lines. option located in the Deep header section is enabled, DNSBL scan will also examine the IP addresses of all other SMTP servers that appear in the Received: lines of the message header. For more information, see
““Configuring FortiGuard options” on page 480
.
DNSBL scans do not examine private network addresses, which are defined in RFC 1918 .
The DNSBL section of antispam profiles lets you configure the FortiMail unit to query one or more DNS black list (DNSBL) servers to determine if the IP address of the SMTP client has been
Page 483 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
blacklisted. If the IP address is blacklisted, the FortiMail unit treats the email as spam and performs the associated action.
To configure DNSBL scan options
1. When configuring an antispam profile, enable DNSBL in the AntiSpam Profile dialog.
2. From Action, select the action profile that you want the FortiMail unit to use if the DNSBL scan finds spam email.
For more information, see “Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489
.
3. Next to DNSBL click Configuration.
A pop-up window appears where you can enter the domain names of DNSBL servers to use with this profile.
4. To add a new DNSBL server address, click New and type the address in the field that appears.
Since the servers are queried from top to bottom, you may want to put the reliable servers with less traffic to the top of the list. Click the drop-down menu in the title bar to sort the entries.
5. Select a server from the list and click OK.
The pop-up window closes.
Closing the pop-up window does not save the antispam profile and its associated DNSBL server list. To save changes to the DNSBL server list, in the antispam profile, click OK before navigating away to another part of the web UI.
6. Continue to the next section, or click Create or OK to save the antispam profile.
Configuring banned word options
The Banned word section of antispam profiles lets you configure the FortiMail unit to consider email messages as spam if the subject line and/or message body contain a prohibited word.
When a banned word is found, the FortiMail unit treats the email as spam and performs the associated action.
When banned word scanning is enabled and an email is found to contain a banned word, the
FortiMail unit adds X-FEAS-BANNEDWORD: to the message header, followed by the banned word found in the email. The header may be useful for troubleshooting purposes, when determining which banned word or phrase caused an email to be blocked.
Unlike dictionary scans, banned word scans do not support regular expressions.
Configuring profiles
To configure banned word scan options
1. When configuring an antispam profile, enable Banned word in the AntiSpam Profile dialog.
2. From Action, select the action profile that you want the FortiMail unit to use if the banned word scan finds spam email.
For more information, see “Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489
.
Page 484 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. Next to Banned word, click Configuration.
A pop-up window appears, showing the words or phrases that will be prohibited by this profile. You can add or delete words on this window.
Figure 143:Banned word list
4. Click New, then enter the banned word in the field that appears.
5. Select Subject to have the subject line inspected for the banned word. If the check box is clear, the subject line is not inspected.
6. Select Body to have the message body inspected for the banned word. If the check box is clear, the message body is not inspected.
7. Click OK.
The pop-up window closes.
Closing the pop-up window does not save the antispam profile and its associated banned word list. To save changes to the banned word list, first click OK before navigating away to another part of the web UI.
8. Continue to the next section, or click Create or OK to save the antispam profile.
Configuring whitelist word options
The Whitelist word section of antispam profiles lets you configure the FortiMail unit to consider email messages whose subject line and/or message body contain a whitelisted word to be indisputably not spam. If the email message contains a whitelisted word, the FortiMail unit does not consider the email to be spam.
To configure white list scan options
1. When configuring an antispam profile, enable Whitelist word in the AntiSpam Profile dialog.
2. Next to Whitelist word, click Configuration.
A pop-up window appears, showing the words or phrases that are allowed by this profile.
You can add or delete words on this window.
Figure 144:Whitelist word list
Configuring profiles
3. Click New, then enter the allowed word in the field that appears.
Page 485 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
4. Select Subject to have the subject line inspected for the allowed word. If the check box is clear, the subject line is not inspected.
5. Select Body to have the message body inspected for the allowed word. If the check box is clear, the message body is not inspected.
6. Click OK.
The pop-up window closes.
Closing the pop-up window does not save the antispam profile and its associated banned word list. To save changes to the banned word list, first click Save before navigating away to another part of the web UI.
Configuring profiles
7. Continue to the next section, or click Create or OK to save the antispam profile.
Configuring dictionary options
The Dictionary section of antispam profiles lets you configure the FortiMail unit to use dictionary profiles to determine if the email is likely to be spam. If the FortiMail unit considers email to be spam, it performs the associated action.
Before you can use this feature, you must have existing dictionary profiles. For information on creating dictionary profiles, see
“Configuring dictionary profiles” on page 553 .
When dictionary scanning is enabled and an email is found to contain a dictionary word,
FortiMail units add X-FEAS-DICTIONARY: to the message header, followed by the dictionary word or pattern found in the email. The header may be useful for troubleshooting purposes, when determining which dictionary word or pattern caused an email to be blocked.
Unlike banned word scans, dictionary scans are more resource-intensive. If you do not require dictionary features such as regular expressions, consider using a banned word scan instead.
To configure dictionary scan options
1. When configuring an antispam profile, enable Dictionary in the AntiSpam Profile dialog.
2. Click the arrow to expand Dictionary.
3. From Action, select the action profile that you want the FortiMail unit to use if the heuristic scan finds spam email.
For more information, see
““Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489
.
4. From the With dictionary group drop-down list, select the name of a group of dictionary profiles to use with the dictionary scan. Or, from the With dictionary profile drop-down list, select the name of a dictionary profile to use with the dictionary scan.
5. In the Minimum dictionary score field, enter the number of dictionary term matches above which the email will be considered to be spam. Note that the score value is based on individual dictionary profile matches, not the dictionary group matches.
6. Continue to the next section, or click Create or OK to save the antispam profile.
Configuring image spam options
The Image spam section of antispam profiles lets you configure the FortiMail unit to analyze the contents of GIF, JPG, and PNG graphics to determine if the email is spam. If the email message contains a spam image, the FortiMail unit treats the email as spam and performs the associated action.
Image spam scanning may be useful when, for example, the message body of an email contains graphics but no text, and text-based antispam scans are therefore unable to determine whether or not an email is spam.
Page 486 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
To configure image scan options
1. When configuring an antispam profile, enable Image spam in the AntiSpam Profile dialog.
2. From Action, select the action profile that you want the FortiMail unit to use if the banned word scan finds spam email.
For more information, see “Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489
.
3. Enable Aggressive scan to inspect image file attachments in addition to embedded graphics.
Enabling this option increases workload when scanning email messages that contain image file attachments. If you do not require this feature, disable this option to improve performance.
This Aggressive scan option applies only if you enable PDF scanning. For more information,
see “Configuring scan conditions” on page 488 .
4. Continue to the next section, or click Create or OK to save the antispam profile.
Configuring Bayesian options
The Bayesian section of antispam profiles lets you configure the FortiMail unit to use Bayesian databases to determine if the email is likely to be spam. If the Bayesian scan indicates that the email is likely to be spam, the FortiMail unit treats the email as spam and performs the associated action.
FortiMail units can maintain two Bayesian databases: global and per-domain.
• For outgoing email, the FortiMail unit uses the global Bayesian database.
• For incoming email, which database will be used when performing the Bayesian scan varies by configuration of the incoming antispam profile and the configuration of the protected domain.
Before using Bayesian scans, you must train one or more Bayesian databases in order to teach the FortiMail unit which words indicate probable spam. If a Bayesian database is not sufficiently trained, it can increase false positive and/or false negative rates. You can train the Bayesian
databases of your FortiMail unit in several ways. For more information, see “Training the
Bayesian databases” on page 613
.
Be aware that, without ongoing training, Bayesian scanning will become significantly less effective over time and thus Fortinet does not recommend enabling the Bayesian scanning feature.
To configure Bayesian scan options
1. When configuring an antispam profile, enable Bayesian in the AntiSpam Profile dialog.
2. Click the arrow to expand Bayesian.
3. From Action, select the action profile that you want the FortiMail unit to use if the Bayesian scan finds spam email.
For more information, see “Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489
.
4. Configure the following:
Page 487 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
GUI item
Accept training messages from users
Use other techniques for auto training
Description
Enable to accept training messages from email users.
Training messages are email messages that email users forward to the email addresses of control accounts, such as [email protected], in order to train or correct Bayesian databases. For information on Bayesian control account email addresses, see
“Configuring the quarantine control accounts” on page 580 .
FortiMail units apply training messages to either the global or per-domain
Bayesian database depending on your configuration of the protected domain to which the email user belongs.
Disable to discard training messages.
This option is available only if Direction is Incoming. (Per-domain Bayesian databases cannot be used when the recipient does not belong to a protected domain, which defines outgoing email.)
Enable to use scan results from FortiGuard, SURBL, and per-user and system-wide white lists to train the Bayesian databases.
This option is available only if Direction is Incoming. (Domain-level
Bayesian databases cannot be used when the recipient does not belong to a protected domain, which defines outgoing email.)
5. Continue to the next section, or click Create or OK to save the antispam profile.
Configuring scan conditions
The Scan Conditions section of antispam profiles lets you configure conditions that cause the
FortiMail unit to omit antispam scans, or to apply some antispam scans to PDF attachments.
To configure scan condition options
1. When configuring an antispam profile, click the arrow to expand Scan Conditions in the
AntiSpam Profile dialog.
2. Configure the following:
GUI item
Max message size to scan
Description
Enter the maximum size of email messages, in bytes, that the FortiMail unit will scan for spam. Messages larger than the set size are not scanned for spam.
To disable the size limit, causing all messages to be scanned, regardless of size, enter 0.
Note: Resource requirements for scanning messages increase with the size of the email message. If the spam you receive tends not to be smaller than a certain size, consider limiting antispam scanning to messages under this size to improve performance.
Bypass scan on
SMTP authentication
Enable to bypass spam scanning for authenticated SMTP connections.
Note: If you can trust that authenticating SMTP clients are not a source of spam, consider enabling this option to improve performance.
Page 488 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Scan PDF attachment
Description
Spammers may attach a PDF file to an otherwise empty message to get their email messages past spam safeguards. The PDF file contains the spam information. Since the message body contains no text, antispam scanners cannot determine if the message is spam.
Enable this option to use the heuristic, banned word, and image spam scans to inspect the first page of PDF attachments.
This option applies only if you have enabled and configured heuristic, banned word, and/or image spam scans. For information on configuring those scans, see
“Configuring heuristic options” on page 482 ,
“Configuring banned word options” on page 484
, and “Configuring image spam options” on page 486 .
Apply default action without scan upon policy match
Select this option to take the default antispam action right away without applying other antispam filters if the email matches the relevant IP or recipient policy.
Configuring other antispam settings
This section appears only for incoming profiles.
1. When configuring an antispam profile, click the arrow to expand the section.
2. Select Automatically update user's personal whitelist to allow the FortiMail unit to add the recipient email addresses from an email user’s outgoing email to their personal white list, if the option is also enabled in the email user’s preferences.
Email users’ preferences can be configured by email users from the Preferences tab of
FortiMail webmail or by FortiMail system administrators from the web UI. For more
information, see “Configuring user preferences” on page 406 .
Performing a batch edit
You can apply changes to multiple profiles at once.
1. Go to Profile > AntiSpam > AntiSpam.
2. In the row corresponding to existing profiles whose settings you want to modify, mark their check boxes.
The ability to batch edit antispam profiles does not apply to predefined profiles.
3. Click Batch Edit.
The AntiSpam Profile dialog appears.
4. Modify the profile, as explained in
“Managing antispam profiles” on page 477
, changing only those settings that you want to apply to all selected profiles.
5. Click Apply To All to save the changes and remain on the dialog, or click OK to save the changes and return to the AntiSpam tab.
Configuring antispam action profiles
The Action tab in the AntiSpam submenu lets you define one or more things that the FortiMail unit should do if the antispam profile determines that an email is spam.
For example, assume you configured an antispam action profile, named quar_and_tag_profile
, that both tags the subject line and quarantines email detected to be spam. In general, all antispam profiles using quar_and_tag_profile will quarantine the
Configuring profiles Page 489 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles email and tag it as spam. However, you can decide that email that does not pass the dictionary scan is always spam and should be rejected so that it does not consume quarantine disk space.
Therefore, for the antispam profiles that apply a dictionary scan, you could override the action profile’s default action by configuring and using a second action profile, named rejection_profile
, which rejects such email.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category. For details, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
To view and configure antispam action profiles
1. Go to Profile > AntiSpam > Action.
GUI item
Domain
(drop-down list)
Description
Select System to see profiles for the entire FortiMail unit, or select a protected domain name to see profiles for that domain. You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
Profile Name
Domain
(column)
Direction
Displays the name of the profile.
Displays either System or a domain name.
Displays either Incoming for a profile that can be used by an incoming policy, or Outgoing for a profile that can be used by an outgoing policy.
(Green dot in column heading)
Indicates whether or not the entry is currently referred to by another item in the configuration. If another item is using this entry, a red dot appears in this column, and the entry cannot be deleted.
2. Either click New to add a profile or double-click an existing profile to modify it.
A dialog appears.
3. Configure the following:
GUI item
Domain
Profile name
Direction
Description
Select if the action profile will be system-wide or domain-wide.
You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
For a new profile, enter a name.
Specify either Incoming for a profile that can be used by an incoming antispam profile, or Outgoing for a profile that can be used by an outgoing antispam profile. For definitions of outgoing
and incoming email, see “Incoming versus outgoing email messages” on page 428 .
Page 490 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
GUI item
Tag email’s subject line
Insert new header
Deliver to alternate host
BCC
Archive to account
Description
Enable and enter the text that appears in the subject line of the email, such as [spam], in the With value field. The FortiMail unit will prepend this text to the subject line of spam before forwarding it to the recipient.
Many email clients can sort incoming email messages into separate mailboxes, including a spam mailbox, based on text appearing in various parts of email messages, including the subject line. For details, see the documentation for your email client.
Enable and enter the message header key in the field, and the values in the With value field. The FortiMail unit adds this text to the message header of the email before forwarding it to the recipient.
Many email clients can sort incoming email messages into separate mailboxes, including a spam mailbox, based on text appearing in various parts of email messages, including the message header. For details, see the documentation for your email client.
Message header lines are composed of two parts: a key and a value, which are separated by a colon. For example, you might enter:
X-Custom-Header: Detected as spam by profile 22.
If you enter a header line that does not include a colon, the
FortiMail unit will automatically append a colon, causing the entire text that you enter to be the key.
Note: Do not enter spaces in the key portion of the header line, as these are forbidden by RFC 2822 .
Enable to route the email to a specific SMTP server or relay, then type the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of the destination.
Note: If you enable this setting, the FortiMail unit uses this destination for all email that matches the profile and ignores Relay
server name and Use this domain’s SMTP server to deliver the
mail.
Enable to send a blind carbon copy (BCC) of the email.
Configure BCC recipient email addresses by entering each one and clicking Create in the BCC area.
Enable to send the email to an archiving account.
Click New to create a new archiving account or click Edit to modify an existing account. For details about archiving accounts,
see “Email archiving workflow” on page 622
.
Page 491 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
GUI item
Notify with profile
Reject
Discard
Description
Enable and select a notification profile to send a notification email to the sender, recipient, or any other people as you configure in the notification profile. The notification email is customizable and will tell the users what happened to the email message. For details about notification profiles and email templates, see
“Configuring notification profiles” on page 567 and
“Customizing email templates” on page 270
.
Enable to reject the email and reply to the SMTP client with SMTP reply code 550.
Enable to accept the email, but then delete it instead of delivering the email, without notifying the SMTP client.
Personal quarantine
Enable to redirect spam to the per-recipient quarantine. For more
information, see “Managing the personal quarantines” on page 179 .
This option is available only for incoming profiles.
Send quarantine report
Enable this option before the FortiMail unit can send out quarantine reports according to the report schedule. For more
information, see “Configuring email quarantines and quarantine reports” on page 569 .
Note: When sending a quarantine report to an email recipient, the
FortiMail unit checks the recipients in the recipient-based policy list from top to bottom and takes the action defined in the action profile used by the recipient’s first policy. For example, if recipient user1@example has two policies:
• The first policy uses an non-scanning antispam profile for sender pattern *@example2.com.
• The second policy uses a more strict antispam profile for all other senders (sender pattern *@*).
In this case, if you do not enable the Send a quarantine report option for the first policy, while enabling the option for the second policy, [email protected] will not get quarantine reports because the FortiMail unit takes actions according to the action profile used in the first matching policy.
Therefore, if the recipient has more than one policy, you must use the same antispam action profile to avoid the above problem.
Email release
Enable to allow email users to remotely release email from their quarantine by sending email to quarantine control account email addresses. For more information, see
“Configuring the quarantine control accounts” on page 580 .
Web release
Enable to allow email users to remotely release email from their quarantine by selecting the Release link in a quarantine report. For more information, see
“About the HTML formatted quarantine report” on page 575 .
Page 492 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
GUI item Description
BCC released email
Enable to send a blind carbon copy (BCC) of the released email when a message is released from quarantine.
Configure BCC recipient email addresses by entering each one and clicking Create in the BCC area.
This is useful for the administrators to measure false positives and adjust policies, because email users may not submit false positive messages.
Whitelist sender of released messages
Delete messages after
Enable to, when an email user releases an email from the quarantine, automatically add the sender email address of the quarantined email to the email user’s personal white list if the option is also enabled in the email user’s preferences. For more
information, see “Configuring the personal black lists and white lists” on page 588
.
Email users’ preferences can be configured from both the
Preferences tab of FortiMail webmail and from the web UI. For more information, see
“Configuring user preferences” on page 406 .
Enter the number of days you want to keep the quarantined email.
Enter a small enough value to prevent the size of the quarantine from exceeding the available disk space. If you enter 0 to prevent automatic deletion of quarantined files, you must periodically manually remove old files.
System quarantine
Enable to redirect spam to the system quarantine. For more
information, see “Managing the system quarantine” on page 182 .
The two quarantine options are mutually exclusive.
Rewrite recipient email address
Enable to change the recipient address of any email message detected as spam.
Configure rewrites separately for the local-part (the portion of the email address before the '@' symbol, typically a user name) and the domain part (the portion of the email address after the '@' symbol). For each part, select either:
• None: No change.
• Prefix: Prepend the part with text that you have entered in the
With field.
• Suffix: Append the part with the text you have entered in the
With field.
• Replace: Substitute the part with the text you have entered in the With field.
4. Click Create or OK.
To apply an antispam action profile, select it in one or more antispam profiles. For details,
see “Managing antispam profiles” on page 477 .
Page 493 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring antivirus profiles and antivirus action profiles
The AntiVirus submenu lets you configure antivirus profiles and related action profiles. See the following topics for details:
•
•
Configuring antivirus action profiles
Managing antivirus profiles
Go to Profile > AntiVirus to create antivirus profiles that you can select in a policy in order to scan email for viruses.
The FortiMail unit scans email header, body, and attachments (including compressed files, such as ZIP, PKZIP, LHA, ARJ, and RAR files) for virus infections. If the FortiMail unit detects a virus, it will take actions as you define in the antivirus action profiles. For details, see
“Configuring antivirus action profiles” on page 495
.
FortiMail keeps its antivirus scan engine and virus signature database up-to-date by connecting to Fortinet FortiGuard Distribution Network (FDN) antivirus services. For details, see
“Configuring FortiGuard updates and antispam queries” on page 219 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category. For details, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
To configure an antivirus profile
1. Go to Profile > AntiVirus > AntiVirus.
2. Either click New to add a profile or double-click a profile to modify it.
A dialog appears.
3. Click the arrows to expand each section as needed and configure the following:
GUI item
Domain
Description
For a new profile, select either System to apply the profile to the entire FortiMail unit, or select a specific protected domain. You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
Profile name
Default action
For a new profile, type its name.
Select an action profile or create a new action profile. See
“Configuring antivirus action profiles” on page 495 .
Enable to perform antivirus scanning.
Virus scanning
Grayware scanning
Enable to scan for grayware as well, such as mail bomb detection.
Upload suspicious attachment to
FortiSandbox
Enable this option to send potentially harmful attachments, such as executables, PDF, and OCX files, to
FortiSandbox for further analysis. For details about
FortiSandbox configuration, see “Adding a FortiSandbox unit” on page 257
.
Configuring profiles Page 494 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Realtime sandbox malware analysis
Action
Description
Enable to use realtime malware analysis, or heuristic antivirus scan, when performing antivirus scanning.
Select an action profile that the FortiMail unit will take if the realtime malware analysis determines that the email messages have virus-like qualities, and suspects that they may be infected.
Configuring antivirus action profiles
The Action tab in the AntiVirus submenu lets you define one or more things that the FortiMail unit should do if the antivirus profile determines that an email is infected by viruses.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category. For details, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
To view and configure antivirus action profiles
1. Go to Profile > AntiVirus > Action.
GUI item
Domain
(drop-down list)
Profile Name
Domain
(column)
Description
Select System to see profiles for the entire FortiMail unit, or select a protected domain name to see profiles for that domain. You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
Displays the name of the profile.
Displays either System or a domain name.
(Green dot in column heading)
Indicates whether or not the entry is currently referred to by another item in the configuration. If another item is using this entry, a red dot appears in this column, and the entry cannot be deleted.
2. Either click New to add a profile or double-click an existing profile to modify it.
A dialog appears.
3. Configure the following:
GUI item
Domain
Profile name
Description
Select if the action profile will be system-wide or domain-wide.
You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
For a new profile, enter a name.
Configuring profiles Page 495 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
GUI item
Tag email’s subject line Enable and enter the text that appears in the subject line of the email, such as [virus], in the With value field. The FortiMail unit will prepend this text to the subject line of spam before forwarding it to the recipient.
Many email clients can sort incoming email messages into separate mailboxes, including a spam mailbox, based on text appearing in various parts of email messages, including the subject line. For details, see the documentation for your email client.
Insert new header
Description
Enable and enter the message header key in the field, and the values in the With value field. The FortiMail unit adds this text to the message header of the email before forwarding it to the recipient.
Many email clients can sort incoming email messages into separate mailboxes, including a spam mailbox, based on text appearing in various parts of email messages, including the message header. For details, see the documentation for your email client.
Message header lines are composed of two parts: a key and a value, which are separated by a colon. For example, you might enter:
X-Custom-Header: Detected as virus by profile 22.
If you enter a header line that does not include a colon, the
FortiMail unit will automatically append a colon, causing the entire text that you enter to be the key.
Note: Do not enter spaces in the key portion of the header line, as these are forbidden by RFC 2822 .
Deliver to alternate host
BCC
Enable to route the email to a specific SMTP server or relay, then type the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of the destination.
Note: If you enable this setting, the FortiMail unit uses this destination for all email that matches the profile and ignores Relay
server name and Use this domain’s SMTP server to deliver the
mail.
Enable to send a blind carbon copy (BCC) of the email.
Configure BCC recipient email addresses by entering each one and clicking Create in the BCC area.
Notify with profile
Reject
Enable and select a notification profile to send a notification email to the sender, recipient, or any other people as you configure in the notification profile. The notification email is customizable and will tell the users what happened to the email message. For details about notification profiles and email templates, see
“Configuring notification profiles” on page 567 and
“Customizing email templates” on page 270 .
Enable to reject the email and reply to the SMTP client with SMTP reply code 550.
Page 496 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Discard
Description
Enable to accept the email, but then delete it instead of delivering the email, without notifying the SMTP client.
System Quarantine
Enable to redirect email to the system quarantine. For more information, see
“Managing the system quarantine” on page 182
.
Replace infected/suspicious body or attachment(s)
Replaces the infected file with a replacement message that notifies the email user the infected file was removed. You can customize replacement messages. For more information, see
“Customizing GUI, replacement messages and email templates” on page 258
.
Rewrite recipient email address
Enable to change the recipient address of any infected email message.
Configure rewrites separately for the local-part (the portion of the email address before the '@' symbol, typically a user name) and the domain part (the portion of the email address after the '@' symbol). For each part, select either:
• None: No change.
• Prefix: Prepend the part with text that you have entered in the
With field.
• Suffix: Append the part with the text you have entered in the
With field.
• Replace: Substitute the part with the text you have entered in the With field.
Repackage email with customized content
Enable to forward the infected email as an attachment with the customized email body that you define in the custom email template. For example, in the template, you may want to say “The attached email is infected by a virus”. For details, see
“Customizing email templates” on page 270 .
Repackage email with original content
Enable to forward the infected email as an attachment but the original email body will still be used without modification.
View the virus database information
Go to Profile > AntiVirus >> Virus Database to view the antivirus database and signature update information.
The default FortiMail virus database contains most commonly seen viruses and should be sufficient enough for regular antivirus protection. Some high-end FortiMail models also support the usage of an extended virus database, which contains viruses that are not active any more.
To use this database, you must enable it with the following CLI command: config system fortiguard antivirus set extended-virus-db enable end
For more details, see the
FortiMail CLI Reference
.
For details about updates, see
“Configuring FortiGuard updates and antispam queries” on page 219 .
Configuring profiles Page 497 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring content profiles and content action profiles
The Content submenu lets you configure content profiles for incoming and outgoing content-based scanning. The available options vary depending on the chosen directionality.
This topic includes:
•
•
Configuring content action profiles
Configuring content profiles
The Content tab lets you create content profiles, which you can use to match email based upon its subject line, message body, and attachments.
Unlike antispam profiles, which deal primarily with spam, content profiles match any other type of email.
You can use content profiles to apply content-based encryption to email, or to restrict prohibited content, such as words or phrases, file names, and file attachments that are not permitted by your network usage policy. You can apply content profiles to email that you want to protect and email that you want to prevent.
““Incoming versus outgoing SMTP connections” on page 395 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category. For details, see
““About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
To view and configure content profiles
1. Go to Profile > Content > Content.
Figure 145:Viewing the list of content profiles
Configuring profiles
GUI item
Clone
(button)
Domain
(drop-down list)
Description
Click the row corresponding to the profile whose settings you want to duplicate when creating the new profile, then click Clone. A single-field dialog appears. Enter a name for the new profile. Click OK.
Select System to see profiles for the entire FortiMail unit, or select a protected domain name to see profiles for that domain. You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
Page 498 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Profile Name
Description
Displays the name of the profile.
Displays either System or the name of a domain
Domain Name
(column)
Direction
Select either Incoming to see profiles that can be used by an incoming policy, or Outgoing to see profiles that can be used by an outgoing
(Green dot in column heading)
Indicates whether or not the entry is currently referred to by another item in the configuration. If another item is using this entry, a red dot appears in this column, and the entry cannot be deleted.
2. Either click New to add a profile or double-click a profile to modify it.
A multisection dialog appears.
Figure 146:Configuring a content profile
Configuring profiles
3. For a new profile, select System in the Domain list to see profiles that apply to t he entire
FortiMail un it
or the name of a protected domain.
4. For a new profile, enter its name.
5. In Direction, select e it her Incoming for a profile that can be used by an incoming policy, or
Outgoing for a profile that can be used by an outgoing policy. For definitions of outgoing and incoming email, see
“Incoming versus outgoing email messages” on page 428 .
6. In Action, select a content action profile to use. For details, see
“Configuring content action profiles” on page 507
.
7. Configure the following sections as needed:
•
“Configuring attachment filtering” on page 500
•
“Configuring file type filtering” on page 500
• “Configuring other content settings” on page 501
•
“Configuring scan conditions” on page 503
•
“Configuring content monitor and filtering” on page 505
8. Click Create or OK to save the entire content profile.
Page 499 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
Configuring attachment filtering
The following procedure is part of the content profile configuration process. For general
1. Go to Profile > Content.
2. Click New to create a new profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand the Attachment Filtering section and configure the following:
GUI item
Block
or
Pass
Enable
Name
Description
Select either Block (that is, apply the content action profile selected in the
Action section) or Pass (that is, bypass the content action profile) from the drop-down menu, if a file attachment matches the file name patterns whose check boxes you mark.
If an attachment matches a pattern whose check box you did not mark, the
FortiMail unit will perform the opposite action of whatever you selected, either Block or Pass.
For example, if you select Block and mark the check box for *.exe, files whose names end in .exe will be blocked. All other file names will pass attachment filtering, but will still be subject to any other filters or antispam scans that you have configured.
Conversely, if you select Pass and mark the check box for *.doc, all file names other than those ending in .doc will be blocked.
Mark the check boxes of file extension patterns that you want to Block or
Pass. (Click the label first if the check boxes are unavailable.)
Displays the attachment filtering pattern, which describes a file name or file name extension that can be filtered, such as *.exe for all files with the executable file name extension.
To add extensions to the list, enter the file extension pattern in the text box next to Create (for example, *.docx), then click Create.
Mark the check box of an attachment filtering pattern, then click this button to remove it from the list.
Create
(button)
Delete
(button)
Configuring file type filtering
The following procedure is part of the content profile configuration process. For general
1. Go to Profile > Content.
2. Click New to create a new profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand File Type Filtering.
4. Select either Block (that is, apply the content action profile selected in the Action section) or
Pass (that is, bypass the content action profile) from the drop-down menu.
Page 500 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. Select the check boxes of the MIME file types or subtypes that you want to block or pass.
File types that you have not marked will receive the action opposite of your Block/Pass selection.
For example, to allow email that contains audio content to pass the attachment file type filter, and block all other file types, select Pass and then mark the audio check box.
Passed file types will pass attachment file type filtering only, and will still be subject to any other content filters or antispam scans that you have configured.
application/other
includes all file types not specifically described by the other options.
Encrypted email content cannot be scanned for spam, viruses, or banned content.
Unlike other attachment types, archives may receive an action other than your Block/Pass
Configuring profiles
For the image and document/encrypted file types, you can use an action profile to overwrite the default action profile used by the content profile. For example, if you want to redirect encrypted email to a third party box (such as a PGP Universal Server) for decryption, You can:
1. Create a content action profile and enable the Send to alternate host option in the action profile. Enter the PGP server as the alternate host. For details about how create a content action profile, see
“Configuring content action profiles” on page 507 .
2. Select to block the encrypted/pgp file type under document/encrypted. “Block” means to apply an action profile.
3. Select the action profile for the document/encrypted file type. This action profile will overwrite the action profile you select for the entire content profile.
Configuring other content settings
The following procedure is part of the content profile configuration process. For general
1. Go to Profile > Content.
2. Click New to create a new profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Expand the Other Setting section.
Page 501 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
4. Click the arrow to expand Other Setting and configure the following:
GUI item Description
Remove hidden
HTML content
Enable to detect hypertext markup language (HTML) tags and, if found:
• apply the action profile
• add X-FEAS-ATTACHMENT-FILTER: Contains HTML tags. to the message headers
Use this option to mitigate potentially harmful HTML content such as corrupted images or files, or phishing URLs that are specially crafted for a targeted attack, and not yet identified by the FortiGuard Antispam service.
Depending on the action profile, for example, you could warn email users by tagging email that contains potentially dangerous HTML content, or, if you have removed the HTML tags, allow users to safely read the email to decide whether or not it is legitimate first, without automatically displaying and executing potentially dangerous scripts, images, or other files. (Automatic display of HTML content is a risk on some email clients.)
Caution: Unless you also select Replace in the content action profile,
HTML is not removed, and the email will not be converted to plain text.
Instead, the FortiMail unit will only apply whichever other action profile
“block” action you have selected.
To actually remove HTML tags, you must also select Replace.
If you select Replace, all HTML tags are removed, except for the minimum required by the HTML document type definition (DTD): <html>,
<head>, and <body>.
Stripped body text is surrounded by <pre> tags, which is typically rendered in a monospace font, causing the appearance to mimic plain text.
For linked files, which are hosted on an external web site for subsequent download rather than directly attached to the email, the FortiMail unit will download and attach the file to the email before removing the <img> or
<embed>
tag. In this way, while the format is converted to plain text, attachments and linked files which may be relevant to the content are still preserved.
For example, in an email is a mixture of HTML and plain text
(Content-Type: multipart/alternative), and the action profile’s
“block” action is Replace, the FortiMail unit removes hyperlink, font, and other HTML tags in the sections labeled with Content-Type: text/html
. Linked images are converted to attachments. (The MIME
Content-Type: text/html
label itself is not be modified.)
Enable to apply the block action configured in the content action profile if an email does not have any attachments.
Block email without any attachment
Block fragmented email
Enable to detect and block fragmented email.
Some mail user agents, such as Outlook, can fragment big emails into multiple sub-messages. This is used to bypass oversize limits/scanning.
Page 502 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Block password protected
Office document
Description
Enable to apply the block action configured in the content action profile if an attached MS Office, OpenOffice, PDF document is password-protected, and therefore cannot be decompressed in order to scan its contents.
Defer delivery of message on policy match
Enable to defer mail delivery from specific senders configured in policy to conserve peak time bandwidth at the expense of sending low priority, bandwidth consuming traffic at scheduled times. For example, you can apply this function to senders of marketing campaign emails or mass mailing.
For information on policy, see “How to use policies” on page 428 .
For information on scheduling deferred delivery, see
“Configuring mail server settings” on page 346 .
Defer delivery of messages larger than
Enter the file size limit over which the FortiMail unit will defer processing large email messages. If not enabled, large messages are not deferred.
For information on scheduling deferred delivery, see
“Configuring mail server settings” on page 346 .
Maximum number of attachment
Specify how many attachments are allowed in one email message. The valid range is between 1 and 100. The default value is 10.
Configuring scan conditions
The following procedure is part of the content profile configuration process. For general
1. Go to Profile > Content.
2. Click New to create a new profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Expand the Scan Conditions section and configure the following:
Configuring profiles Page 503 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
4. Click the arrow to expand Scan Conditions and configure the following:
GUI item Description
Check Archive
Content
Enable to determine which action to perform, instead of blocking/passing based solely upon the application/archive MIME type you specify in the File Type Filtering settings (see
“Configuring file type filtering” ).
FortiMail is capable of decompressing such archive attachments as ZIP,
PKZIP, LHA, ARJ, and RAR files.
• blocking password protected archives if you have selected Block
Password Protected Archive
• blocking archives that could not be successfully decompressed if you have selected Block on Failure to Decompress
• passing/blocking by comparing the depth of nested archives with the nesting depth threshold configured in Max Level of Compression
By default, archives with less than 10 levels of compression will be blocked if they cannot be successfully decompressed or are password-protected.
Depending on the nesting depth threshold and the attachment’s depth of nested archives, the FortiMail unit may also consider the file types of files within the archive when determining which action to perform. For details, see the section below.
If disabled, the FortiMail unit will perform the Block/Pass action solely based upon whether an email contains an archive. It will disregard the depth of nesting, password protection, successful decompression, and the file types of contents within the archive.
Max Level of
Compression
Enter the nesting depth threshold. Depending upon each attached archive’s depth of archives nested within the archive, the FortiMail unit uses one of the following methods to determine if it should block or pass the email.
• Max Level of Compression is 0, or attachment’s depth of nesting equals or is less than Max Level of Compression: If the attachment contains a file that matches one of the other MIME file types, perform the action configured for that file type, either block or pass.
• Attachment’s depth of nesting is greater than Max Level of
Compression: Apply the block action, unless you have deselected the check box for Max Level of Compression, in which case it will pass the MIME file type content filter. Block actions are specified in the content action profile.
The specified compression value is always considered if Check Archive
Content is enabled, but has an effect only if the threshold is exceeded.
This option is available only if Check Archive Content is enabled.
Block on Failure to Decompress
Enable to apply the block action configured in the content action profile if an attached archive cannot be successfully decompressed, such as if the compression algorithm is unknown, and therefore cannot be decompressed in order to scan its contents.
This option is available only if Check Archive Content is enabled.
Page 504 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
GUI item Description
Block Password
Protected
Archive
Enable to apply the block action configured in the content action profile if an attached archive is password-protected, and therefore cannot be decompressed in order to scan its contents.
This option is available only if Check Archive Content is enabled.
Check embedded component
Documents, similar to an archive, can sometimes contain video, graphics, sounds, and other files that are used by the document. By embedding the required file within itself instead of linking to such files externally, a document becomes more portable. However, it also means that documents can be used to hide infected files that are the real attack vector.
Enable to, for application/document MIME types such as Microsoft
Office, Microsoft Visio, and OpenOffice.org documents, scan files that are encapsulated within the document itself. The FortiMail unit will scan only for MIME types that are enabled in File type filtering.
Bypass scan on
SMTP authentication
Enable to omit content profile scanning if the SMTP session is authenticated.
Configuring content monitor and filtering
The following procedure is part of the content profile configuration process. For general
The monitor profile uses the dictionary profile to determine matching email messages, and the actions that will be performed if a match is found.
You can also select to scan MS Office, PDF, or archived email attachments.
To configure a content monitor profile
1. Go to Profile > Content.
2. Click New to create a new profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand Content Monitor and Filtering.
GUI item
Move
(button)
Delete
(button)
Enable
Description
Mark a check box to select a content monitor profile, then click this button.
Choose Up or Down from the pop-up menu.
Content monitor profiles are evaluated for a match in order of their appearance in this list. Usually, content monitor profiles should be ordered from most specific to most general, and from accepting or quarantining to rejecting.
Mark a check box to select a content monitor profile, then click this button to remove it.
Note: Deletion does not take effect immediately; it occurs when you save the content profile.
Select or clear the check box to enable or disable a content monitor.
Page 505 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
4. Click New for a new monitor profile or double-click an existing profile to modify it.
A dialog appears.
Figure 147:Content Monitor Profile dialog
5. Configure the following:
GUI item
Enable
Dictionary
Minimum score
Description
Enable to use the content monitor to inspect email for matching email and perform the configured action.
Select either Profile or Group, then select the name of a dictionary profile or group from the drop-down list next to it.
If no profile or group exists, click New to create one, or select an existing profile or group and click Edit to modify it. A dialog appears.
For information on creating and editing dictionary profiles and groups, see
“Configuring dictionary profiles” on page 553 .
Displays the number of times that an email must match the dictionary profile before it will receive the action configured in Action. Note that the score value is based on individual dictionary profile matches, not the dictionary group matches.
Configuring profiles Page 506 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Action
Scan Condition
Description
Displays action that the FortiMail unit will perform if the content of the email message matches words or patterns from the dictionary profile.
If no action exists, click New to create one, or select an existing action and click Edit to modify it. A dialog appears.
For information on action profiles, see
“Configuring content action profiles” on page 507
Specify the content type to scan:
• PDF files
• Microsoft Office files
• Archived PDF and MS Office files. If you select this option, you can also use the following CLI commands to specify the maximum levels to decompress and the maximum file size to decompress: config mailsetting mail-scan-options set decompress-max-level <level_1-16> set decompress-max-size <size_in_MB> end
6. Click Create or OK on the Content Monitor Profile dialog to save and close it.
Configuring content action profiles
The Action tab in the Content submenu lets you define content action profiles. Use these profiles to apply content-based encryption.
Alternatively, content action profiles can define one or more things that the FortiMail unit should do if the content profile determines that an email contains prohibited words or phrases, file names, or file types.
For example, you might have configured most content profiles to match prohibited content, and therefore to use a content action profile named quar_profile which quarantines email to the system quarantine for review.
However, you have decided that email that does not pass the dictionary scan named financial_terms
is always prohibited, and should be rejected so that it does not require manual review. To do this, first configure a second action profile, named rejection_profile, which rejects email. You would then override quar_profile specifically for the dictionary-based content scan in each profile by selecting rejection_profile for content that matches financial_terms.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category. For details, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
To view and manage the list of content action profiles
1. Go to Profile >Content > Action.
Configuring profiles Page 507 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 148:Viewing the list of content action profiles
GUI item
Domain
(drop-down list)
Description
Select System to see profiles for the entire FortiMail unit, or select a protected domain name to see profiles for that domain. You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
Profile Name
Domain
(column)
Direction
Displays the name of the profile.
Displays either System or a domain name.
Displays either Incoming for a profile that can be used by an incoming policy, or Outgoing for a profile that can be used by an outgoing policy.
(Green dot in column heading)
Indicates whether or not the entry is currently referred to by another item in the configuration. If another item is using this entry, a red dot appears in this column, and the entry cannot be deleted.
2. Either click New to add a profile or double-click an existing profile to modify it.
A dialog appears.
3. Configure the following:
Configuring profiles Page 508 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
GUI item
Domain
Description
For a new profile, select either System to apply the profile to the entire FortiMail unit, or select a protected domain name to apply it to that domain. You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
For a new profile, enter its name.
Profile name
Direction
For a new profile, select either Incoming for a profile that can be used by an incoming policy, or Outgoing for a profile that can be used by an outgoing policy. For definitions of outgoing and incoming
email, see “Incoming versus outgoing email messages” on page 428 .
Tag email’s subject line
Enable and enter the text that will appear in the subject line of the email, such as “[PROHIBITED-CONTENT]”, in the With value field.
The FortiMail unit prepends this text to the subject line of the email before forwarding it to the recipient.
Many email clients can sort incoming email messages into separate mailboxes based on text appearing in various parts of email messages, including the subject line. For details, see the documentation for your email client.
Insert new header
Enable and enter the message header key in the field, and the values in the With value field. The FortiMail unit adds this text to the message header of the email before forwarding it to the recipient.
Many email clients can sort incoming email messages into separate mailboxes based on text appearing in various parts of email messages, including the message header. For details, see the documentation for your email client.
Message header lines are composed of two parts: a key and a value, which are separated by a colon. For example, you might enter:
X-Content-Filter: Contains banned word.
If you enter a header line that does not include a colon, the FortiMail unit will automatically append a colon, causing the entire text that you enter to be the key.
Note: Do not enter spaces in the key portion of the header line, as these are forbidden by RFC 2822 .
Deliver to alternate host
Enable to route the email to a specific SMTP server or relay, then type the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of the destination.
Note: If you enable this setting, for all email that matches the profile, the FortiMail unit will use this destination and ignore Relay server
name and Use this domain’s SMTP server to deliver the mail.
BCC
Enable to send a blind carbon copy (BCC) of the email.
Configure BCC recipient email addresses by entering each one and clicking Create in the BCC area.
Page 509 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item Description
Archive to account
Enable to send the email to an archiving account. As long as this action is enabled, no matter if the email is delivered or rejected, it will still be archived.
Click New to create a new archiving account or click Edit to modify an existing account. For details about archiving accounts, see
“Email archiving workflow” on page 622 .
Notify with profile
Enable and select a notification profile to send a notification email to the sender, recipient, or any other people as you configure in the notification profile. The notification email is customizable and will tell the users what happened to the email message. For details about notification profiles and email templates, see
“Configuring notification profiles” on page 567
and
“Customizing email templates” on page 270 .
Treat as spam
Enable to perform the Actions selected in the antispam profile of the policy that matches the email. For more information, see
“Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489
.
Reject
Discard
Enable to reject the email and reply to the SMTP client with SMTP reply code 550.
Enable to accept the email, but then delete it instead of delivering the email, without notifying the SMTP client.
Replace
Enable to replace the email’s contents with a replacement message, and, if you have enabled Remove hidden HTML content, to strip
HTML tags. For more information, see
“Customizing GUI, replacement messages and email templates” on page 258
.
Personal quarantine Enable to redirect the email to the per-recipient quarantine. For more information, see
“Managing the personal quarantines” on page 179 .
This option is available only for incoming profiles.
System quarantine
Enable to redirect the email to the system quarantine. For more information, see
“Managing the system quarantine” on page 182 .
The two quarantine options are mutually exclusive.
Configuring profiles Page 510 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Rewrite recipient email address
Description
Enable to change the recipient address of any email that matches the content profile.
Configure rewrites separately for the local-part (the portion of the email address before the '@' symbol, typically a user name) and the domain part (the portion of the email address after the '@' symbol).
For each part, select either:
• None: No change.
• Prefix: Prepend the part with text that you have entered in the
With field.
• Suffix: Append the part with the text you have entered in the With field.
• Replace: Substitute the part with the text you have entered in the
With field.
Encrypt with profile
Enable to apply an encryption profile, then select which encryption profile to use. For details, see
“Configuring encryption profiles” on page 561 .
Note that If you select an IBE encryption profile, it will be overridden if either S/MIME or TLS or both are selected in the message delivery rule configuration (Policy > Access control > Delivery > New).
For information about message delivery rules, see
“Configuring delivery rules” on page 439
.
To apply a content action profile, select it in the Action drop-down list of one or more antispam profiles. For details, see
“Managing antispam profiles” on page 477 .
Configuring resource profiles (server mode only)
If your FortiMail unit operates in server mode, the Resource tab lets you create resource profiles, which configure miscellaneous aspects of local email user accounts, such as disk space quota.
This submenu appears only if the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode.
Configuring profiles
and “Configuring user preferences” on page 406 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category. For details, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
To view and configure resource profiles
1. Go to Profile > Resource > Resource.
Page 511 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
GUI item
Clone
(button)
Description
Click the row corresponding to the profile whose settings you want to duplicate when creating the new profile, then click Clone. A single-field dialog appears. Enter a name for the new profile. Click OK.
Domain
(drop-down list)
Profile Name
Domain Name
(column)
Select System to see profiles for the entire FortiMail unit, or select a protected domain name to see profiles for that domain. You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
Displays the name of the profile.
Displays either System or a domain name.
(Green dot in column heading)
Indicates whether or not the entry is currently referred to by another item in the configuration. If another item is using this entry, a red dot appears in this column, and the entry cannot be deleted.
2. Either click New to add a profile or double-click a profile to modify it.
A dialog appears.
3. Configure the following:
GUI item
Domain
Email Retention:
Regular folders
(days)
Description
For a new profile, select either System to apply the profile to the entire
FortiMail unit, or select a protected domain name to apply it to that domain. You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
Profile name
User account status
For a new profile, enter the name of the profile.
Select the check box to enable email user accounts using this resource profile.
Disk quota (MB)
Enter the maximum amount of FortiMail webmail disk space that you will allow to be consumed, or enter 0 to allow unlimited use.
Webmail access
Select the check box to enable email users’ access to FortiMail webmail.
Mobile device access
Addressbook access
Message filter
Select the check box to allow mobile users to access their email via webmail.
Select if you want the webmail users to access the domain-level address book or global address book.
If enabled, the webmail users will be able to set up filter rules under their preference settings. If not enabled, the webmail users will not be able to use this feature.
Enter the number of days after which the FortiMail unit will automatically delete regular email that is locally hosted. 0 means not to delete email.
Page 512 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Email Retention:
Sent folder (days)
Enter the number of days after which the FortiMail unit will automatically delete the sent email. 0 means not to delete email.
Email Retention:
Trash folder (days)
Enter the number of days after which the FortiMail unit will automatically empty the trash folder. 0 means not to delete email. The default number is 14 days.
4. Click Create.
To apply the resource profile, you must select it in a policy. For details, see
“Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442 and
“Controlling email based on IP addresses” on page 449 .
Workflow to enable and configure authentication of email users
In general, to enable and configure email user authentication, you should complete the following:
1. If you want to require authentication for SMTP connections received by the FortiMail unit, examine the access control rules whose sender patterns match your email users to ensure that authentication is required (Authenticated) rather than optional (Any).
Additionally, verify that no access control rule exists that allows unauthenticated connections. For details, see
“Configuring access control rules” on page 430
.
2. For secure (SSL or TLS) authentication:
• Upload a local certificate. For details, see “Managing local certificates” on page 328
.
• Enable SMTP over SSL/TLS. For details, see
“Configuring mail server settings” on page 346 .
• If you want to configure TLS, create a TLS profile, and select it in the access control rules.
For details, see “Configuring TLS security profiles” on page 559 and
“Configuring access control rules” on page 430
.
• If the email user will use a personal certificate to log in to webmail or their per-recipient quarantine, define the certificate authority (CA) and the valid certificate for that user. If
OCSP is enabled, you must also configure a remote certificate revocation authority. For
details, see “Configuring PKI authentication” on page 409 ,
“Managing certificate authority certificates” on page 334 , and
“Managing OCSP server certificates” on page 336 .
3. If authentication will occur by querying an external authentication server rather than email user accounts locally defined on the FortiMail unit, configure the appropriate profile type, either:
• LDAP (see “Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519
)
• RADIUS (see
“Configuring authentication profiles” on page 514 )
4. For server mode, configure the email users and type their password, or select an LDAP profile. Also enable webmail access in a resource profile. For details, see
“Configuring local user accounts (server mode only)” on page 402 and
“Configuring resource profiles (server mode only)” on page 511
.
5. For gateway mode or transparent mode, select the authentication profile in the IP-based policy or in the incoming recipient-based that matches that email user and enable Use for
SMTP authentication. If the user will use PKI authentication, in the incoming recipient-based policy, also enable Enable PKI authentication for web mail spam access. For details, see
Configuring profiles Page 513 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
“Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442 and
“Controlling email based on IP addresses” on page 449 .
For server mode, select the resource profile in the incoming recipient-based policy, and if users authenticate using an LDAP profile, select the LDAP profile. For details, see
“Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442 .
Configuring authentication profiles
The Authentication submenu lets you configure the FortiMail unit to connect to an external
SMTP server in order to authenticate email users.
FortiMail units support the following authentication methods:
• SMTP
• IMAP
• POP3
• RADIUS
• LDAP
When the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode, only local and RADIUS authentication are available.
Configuring profiles
LDAP profiles can configure many features other than authentication, and are not located in the
Authentication menu. For information on LDAP profiles, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
In addition to authenticating email users for SMTP connections, SMTP profiles can be used to authenticate email users making webmail (HTTP or HTTPS) or POP3 connections to view their per-recipient quarantine.
Depending on the mode in which your FortiMail unit is operating, you may be able to apply authentication profiles through incoming recipient-based policies, IP-based policies, and email user accounts. For more information, see
“Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442 ,
“Controlling email based on IP addresses” on page 449
, and “Configuring local user accounts (server mode only)” on page 402
.
For the general procedure of how to enable and configure authentication, see
“Workflow to enable and configure authentication of email users” on page 513
.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
Page 514 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To view and manage the list of authentication profiles
1. Go to Profile > Authentication.
The name of the tab, varies. It is Authentication in gateway and transparent mode and
RADIUS server mode.
GUI item
Clone
(button)
Domain
(drop-down list)
Auth type
(drop-down list)
Profile Name
Auth Type
(column)
Description
Click the row corresponding to the profile whose settings you want to duplicate when creating the new profile, then click Clone. A single-field dialog appears. Enter a name for the new profile. Click OK.
Select System to see profiles for the entire FortiMail unit, or select a protected domain name to see profiles for that domain. You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
To filter the list of authentication profiles, either select which protocol to display, or select ALL to display all authentication profiles, regardless of their protocol. Not available in server mode.
Displays the name of the profile.
Displays the protocol used to connect to the authentication server, either SMTP, POP3, IMAP, or RADIUS.
Not present in server mode, which can only use RADIUS authentication profiles.
Server or
Server Name/IP
Displays the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of a server that will be queried to authenticate email users if they authenticate to send email, or when they are accessing their personal quarantine.
Server Port
Domain Name
(column)
(Green dot in column heading)
Displays the port number in server mode.
Displays either System or a domain name.
Indicates whether or not the entry is currently referred to by another item in the configuration. If another item is using this entry, a red dot appears in this column, and the entry cannot be deleted.
2. Either click New to add a profile or double-click a profile to modify it.
A dialog appears that varies depending on the operation mode.
Configuring profiles Page 515 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 149:Configuring an authentication profile (SMTP authentication)
Figure 150:Configuring an authentication profile (RADIUS authentication)
Configuring profiles
3. Configure the following:
Page 516 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
GUI item
Domain
Description
For a new profile, select either System to apply the profile to the entire
FortiMail unit, or select a protected domain name to apply it to that domain. You can see only the domains that are permitted by your administrator profile.
Authentication type
Select the protocol used to connect to the authentication server, either SMTP, POP3, IMAP, or RADIUS.
(not in server mode) This drop-down list does not appear if the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode, which can only use RADIUS authentication profiles.
For a new profile, enter the name of the profile.
Profile name
Server name/IP
Enter the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of a server that will be queried to authenticate email users if they authenticate to send email, or when they are accessing their personal quarantine.
Use generic LDAP mail host if available: For gateway and transparent mode, select this option if your LDAP server has a mail host entry for the generic user. for more information, see
“Domain Lookup Query” on page 535 .
If you select this option, the FortiMail unit will query the generic LDAP server first to authenticate email users. If no results are returned for the query, the FortiMail unit will query the server you entered in the
Server name/IP field.
Server port
Enter the port number on which the authentication server listens.
The default value varies by the protocol. You must change this value if the server is configured to listen on a different port number, including if the server requires use of SSL.
For example, the standard port number for SMTP is 25. However, for
SMTP with SSL, the default port number is 465. Similarly, IMAP is
143, while IMAP with SSL is 993; POP3 is 110, while POP3 with SSL is 995; and RADIUS is 1812.
Select the authentication method for the RADIUS server.
Protocol
(for RADIUS server)
NAS IP/Called station ID
(for RADIUS server)
Enter the NAS IP address and Called Station ID (for more information about RADIUS Attribute 31, see RFC 2548 Microsoft Vendor-specific
RADIUS Attributes). If you do not enter an IP address, the IP address that the FortiMail interface uses to communicate with the RADIUS server will be applied.
This filed appears only for RADIUS authentication profiles.
Server secret
(for RADIUS server)
Server requires domain
Enter the secret required by the RADIUS server. It must be identical to the secret that is configured on the RADIUS server.
This field appears only for RADIUS authentication profiles.
Enable if the authentication server requires that email users authenticate using their full email address (such as [email protected]) and not just the user name (such as user1).
Page 517 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
GUI item Description
Advanced Settings
(for RADIUS server)
profile (the access privileges) for the administrator. You must also specify a domain (either system or a protected domain) that the administrator is entitled to access.
If you are adding a RADIUS account, you can override the access profile and domain setting with the values of the remote attributes returned from the RADIUS server.
• Enable remote access override: Enable to override the access profile you specify when you add an administrator with the value of the remote attribute returned from the RADIUS server, if the returned value matches an existing access profile. If there is no match, the specified access profile will still be used.
• Vender ID: Enter the vender’s registered RADIUS ID for remote access permission override. The default ID is 12356, which is
Fortinet.
• Attribute ID: Enter the attribute ID of the above vender for remote access permission override. The attribute should hold an access profile name that exists on FortiMail. The default ID is 6, which is Fortinet-Access-Profile.
• Enable remote domain override: Enable to override the domain you specify when you add an administrator with the value of the remote attribute returned from the RADIUS server, if the returned value matches an existing protected domain. If there is no match, the specified domain will still be used.
• Vender ID: Enter the vender’s registered RADIUS ID for remote domain override. The default ID is 12356, which is Fortinet.
• Attribute ID: Enter the attribute ID of the above vender for remote domain override. The attribute should hold a domain name that exists on FortiMail. The default ID is 3, which is
Fortinet-Vdom-Name.
Secure authentication
SSL
Enable if you want to use secure authentication to encrypt the passwords of email users when communicating with the server, and if the server supports it.
This option is not available for RADIUS authentication profiles.
Enable if you want to use secure socket layers (SSL) to encrypt communications between the FortiMail unit and this server, and if the server supports it.
This option is not available for RADIUS authentication profiles.
TLS
Enable if you want to use transport layer security (TLS) to authenticate and encrypt communications between the FortiMail unit and this server, and if the server supports it.
This option is not available for RADIUS authentication profiles.
To apply the authentication profile, you must select it in a policy. You may also need to configure access control rules, user accounts, and certificates. For details, see
“Workflow to enable and configure authentication of email users” on page 513 .
Page 518 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring LDAP profiles
Like all profiles, none of the VIP profile settings are global. They are applied only to traffic which is controlled by a policy which includes the appropriate VIP Map profile.
For the sender and recipient patterns, the @ symbol must appear even if you’re using wildcards.
For example, if you want to match all addresses, you must use *@* rather than just * to work properly.
Configuring profiles
The LDAP submenu lets you configure LDAP profiles which can query LDAP servers for authentication, email address mappings, and more.
Before using an LDAP profile, verify each LDAP query and connectivity with your LDAP server.
When LDAP queries do not match with the server’s schema and/or contents, unintended mail processing behaviors can result, including bypassing antivirus scans. For details on preparing an LDAP directory for use with FortiMail LDAP profiles, see
““Preparing your LDAP schema for
FortiMail LDAP profiles” on page 538 .
LDAP profiles each contain one or more queries that retrieve specific configuration data, such as user groups, from an LDAP server. The LDAP profile list indicates which queries you have enabled in each LDAP profile.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category. For details, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
To view the list of LDAP profiles, go to Profile > LDAP > LDAP.
GUI item
Clone
(button)
Profile Name
Server
Port
Group
Auth
Alias
Routing
Scan Override
Address Map
Description
Click the row corresponding to the profile whose settings you want to duplicate when creating the new profile, then click Clone. A single-field dialog appears. Enter a name for the new profile. Click OK.
Displays the name of the profile.
Displays the domain name or IP address of the LDAP server.
Displays the listening port of the LDAP server.
Indicates whether Group Query Options is enabled.
Indicates whether User Authentication Options is enabled.
Indicates whether User Alias Options is enabled.
Indicates whether Mail Routing Options is enabled.
Indicates whether Scan Override Options is enabled.
Indicates whether Address Mapping Options is enabled.
Page 519 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Domain Lookup
Webmail
Indicates whether Domain Lookup Options is enabled.
Indicates whether Enable webmail password change is enabled in this profile.
Indicates whether query result caching is enabled.
Cache
(Green dot in column heading)
Indicates whether or not the entry is currently referred to by another item in the configuration. If another item is using this entry, a red dot appears in this column, and the entry cannot be deleted.
You can add an LDAP profile to define a set of queries that the FortiMail unit can use with an
LDAP server. You might create more than one LDAP profile if, for example, you have more than one LDAP server, or you want to configure multiple, separate query sets for the same LDAP server.
After you have created an LDAP profile, LDAP profile options will appear in other areas of the
FortiMail unit’s configuration. These options let you to select the LDAP profile where you might otherwise create a reference to a configuration item stored locally on the FortiMail unit itself.
These other configuration areas will only allow you to select applicable LDAP profiles — that is, those LDAP profiles in which you have enabled the query required by that feature. For example, if a feature requires a definition of user groups, you can select only from those LDAP profiles where Group Query Options are enabled.
To configure an LDAP profile
1. Go to Profile > LDAP > LDAP.
2. Click New to add a profile or double-click a profile to modify it.
A multisection dialog appears.
3. Configure the following general settings:
GUI item
Profile name
Server name/IP
Description
For a new profile, enter its name.
Enter the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of the
LDAP server.
Port: Enter the port number where the LDAP server listens.
The default port number varies by your selection in Use secure
connection: port 389 is typically used for non-secure connections, and port 636 is typically used for SSL-secured (LDAPS) connections.
Configuring profiles Page 520 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Fallback server name/IP
Use secure connection
Description
Optional. Enter the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of an alternate LDAP server that the FortiMail unit can query if the primary LDAP server is unreachable.
Port: Enter the port number where the fallback LDAP server listens.
The default port number varies by your selection in Use secure
connection: port 389 is typically used for non-secure connections, and port 636 is typically used for SSL-secured (LDAPS) connections.
Select whether or not to connect to the LDAP servers using an encrypted connection.
• none: Use a non-secure connection.
• SSL: Use an SSL-secured (LDAPS) connection.
Click Test LDAP Query to test the connection. A pop-up window appears. For details, see
“To verify user query options” on page 550
.
Note: If your FortiMail unit is deployed in server mode, and you want to enable Enable webmail password change using an LDAP server that uses a Microsoft ActiveDirectory-style schema, you must select SSL. ActiveDirectory servers require a secure connection for queries that change user passwords.
4. Configure the following sections:
•
“Configuring user query options” on page 521
•
“Configuring group query options” on page 523
•
“Configuring user authentication options” on page 526
•
“Configuring user alias options” on page 527
•
“Configuring mail routing” on page 531
•
“Configuring scan override options” on page 532
•
“Configuring address mapping options” on page 533
•
“Configuring domain lookup options” on page 534
•
“Configuring remote access override options” on page 536
•
“Configuring advanced options” on page 537
Configuring user query options
The following procedure is part of the LDAP profile configuration process. For general procedures about how to configure an LDAP profile, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
1. Go to Profile > LDAP.
2. Click New to create a new profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand User Query Options section.
4. Configure the query to retrieve the distinguished names (DN) of user objects by their email addresses.
Configuring profiles Page 521 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 151:User Query Options section
Configuring profiles
GUI item
Schema
Base DN
Bind DN
Bind password
Scope
Description
If your LDAP directory’s user objects use a common schema style:
• InetOrgPerson
• InetLocalMailRecipient
• MS Active Directory
• Lotus Domino select the schema style. This automatically configures the query string to match that schema style.
If your LDAP server uses any other schema style, select User Defined, then manually configure the query string.
Enter the distinguished name (DN) of the part of the LDAP directory tree within which the FortiMail will search for user objects, such as ou=People,dc=example,dc=com
.
User objects should be child nodes of this location.
Enter the bind DN, such as cn=FortiMailA,dc=example,dc=com, of an LDAP user account with permissions to query the Base DN.
Enter the password of the Bind DN.
Click Browse to locate the LDAP directory from the location that you specified in Base DN, or, if you have not yet entered a Base DN, beginning from the root of the LDAP directory tree.
Browsing the LDAP tree can be useful if you need to locate your Base DN, or need to look up attribute names. For example, if the Base DN is unknown, browsing can help you to locate it.
Before using, first configure Server name/IP, Use secure connection,
Bind DN, Bind password, and Protocol version, then click Create or OK.
These fields provide minimum information required to establish the directory browsing connection.
Select which level of depth to query, starting from Base DN.
• One level: Query only the one level directly below the Base DN in the
LDAP directory tree.
• Subtree: Query recursively all levels below the Base DN in the LDAP directory tree.
Page 522 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Derefer
LDAP user query
Description
Select the method to use, if any, when dereferencing attributes whose values are references.
• Never: Do not dereference.
• Always: Always dereference.
• Search: Dereference only when searching.
• Find: Dereference only when finding the base search object.
Enter an LDAP query filter that selects a set of user objects from the LDAP directory.
The query string filters the result set, and should be based upon any attributes that are common to all user objects but also exclude non-user objects. For details, see
“LDAP user query example” on page 523
.
This option is preconfigured and read-only if you have selected from
Schema any schema style other than User Defined.
For details on query syntax, refer to any standard LDAP query filter reference manual.
LDAP user query example
For example, if user objects in your directory have two distinguishing characteristics, their objectClass
and mail attributes, the query filter might be:
(& (objectClass=inetOrgPerson) (mail=$m)) where $m is the FortiMail variable for a user's email address.
If the email address ($m) as it appears in the message header is different from the user’s email address as it appears in the LDAP directory, such as when you have enabled recipient tagging, a query for the user by the email address ($m) may fail. In this case, you can modify the query filter to subtract prepended or appended text from the user name portion of the email address before performing the LDAP query. For example, to subtract -spam from the end of the user name portion of the recipient email address, you could use the query filter:
(& (objectClass=inetOrgPerson) (mail=$m$
{-spam})) where ${-spam} is the FortiMail variable for the tag to remove before performing the query.
Similarly, to subtract spam- from the beginning of the user name portion of the recipient email address, you could use the query filter:
(& (objectClass=inetOrgPerson) (mail=$m$
{^spam-})) where ${^spam-} is the FortiMail variable for the tag to remove before performing the query.
For some schemas, such as Microsoft ActiveDirectory-style schemas, this query will retrieve both the user’s primary email address and the user’s alias email addresses. If your schema style is different, you may want to also configure User Alias Options to resolve aliases. For details, see
“Configuring user alias options” on page 527 .
Configuring group query options
The following procedure is part of the LDAP profile configuration process. For general procedures about how to configure an LDAP profile, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
Configuring profiles Page 523 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
1. Go to Profile > LDAP.
2. Click New to create a new profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand Group Query Options section.
For more information on determining user group membership by LDAP query, see
“Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442 or
““Controlling email based on IP addresses” on page 449 .
4. Configure the following:
Figure 152:Group Query Options section
GUI item
Use LDAP tree node as group
Group membership attribute
Description
Enable to use objects within the Base DN of User Query
Options as if they were members of a user group object.
For example, your LDAP directory might not contain user group objects. In that sense, groups do not really exist in the LDAP directory. However, you could mimic a group’s presence by enabling this option to treat all users that are child objects of the Base DN in User Query Options as if they were members of such a group.
Enter the name of the attribute, such as memberOf or gidNumber
, whose value is the group number or DN of a group to which the user belongs.
This attribute must be present in user objects.
Whether the value must use common name, group number, or
DN syntax varies by your LDAP server schema. For example, if your user objects use both inetOrgPerson and posixAccount
schema, user objects have the attribute gidNumber
, whose value must be an integer that is the group
ID number, such as 10000.
Configuring profiles Page 524 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
GUI item
Use group name with base DN as group DN
Group base DN
Group name attribute
Lookup group owner
Description
Enable to specify the base distinguished name (DN) portion of the group’s full distinguished name (DN) in the LDAP profile. By specifying the group’s base DN and the name of its group name attribute in the LDAP profile, you will only need to supply the group name value when configuring each feature that uses this query.
For example, you might find it more convenient in each recipient-based policy to type only the group name, admins, rather than typing the full DN, cn=admins,ou=Groups,dc=example,dc=com
. In this case, you could enable this option, then configure Group base DN
(ou=Groups,dc=example,dc=com) and Group name
attribute (cn). When performing the query, the FortiMail unit would assemble the full DN by inserting the common name that you configured in the recipient-based policy between the
Group name attribute and the Group base DN configured in the
LDAP profile.
Note: Enabling this option is appropriate only if your LDAP server’s schema specifies that the group membership attribute’s value must use DN syntax. It is not appropriate if this value uses another type of syntax, such as a number or common name.
For example, if your user objects use both inetOrgPerson and posixAccount schema, user objects have the attribute gidNumber
, whose value must be an integer that is the group
ID number, such as 10000. Because a group ID number does not use DN syntax, you would not enable this option.
Enter the base DN portion of the group’s full DN, such as ou=Groups,dc=example,dc=com
.
This option is available only if Use group name with base DN as
group DN is enabled.
Enter the name of the attribute, such as cn, whose value is the group name of a group to which the user belongs.
This option is available only if Use group name with base DN as
group DN is enabled.
Enable to query the group object by its distinguished name
(DN) to retrieve the DN of the group owner, which is a user that will receive that group’s quarantine reports. Using that user’s
DN, the FortiMail unit will then perform a second query to retrieve that user’s email address, where the quarantine report will be sent.
For more information on sending quarantine reports to the group owner, see
“Quarantine Report Setting” on page 373
and
“Managing the personal quarantines” on page 179 .
Page 525 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Group owner attribute
Group owner address attribute
Description
Enter the name of the attribute, such as groupOwner, whose value is the distinguished name of a user object. You can configure the FortiMail unit to allow that user to be responsible for handling the group’s quarantine report.
If Lookup group owner is enabled, this attribute must be present in group objects.
Enter the name of the attribute, such as mail, whose value is the group owner’s email address.
If Lookup group owner is enabled, this attribute must be present in user objects.
Configuring user authentication options
The following procedure is part of the LDAP profile configuration process. For general procedures about how to configure an LDAP profile, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
1. Go to Profile > LDAP.
2. Click New to create a new profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand the User Authentication Options section.
For more information on authenticating users by LDAP query, see
“Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442
.
4. Configure the following:
Figure 153:User Authentication Options section
Configuring profiles
GUI item Description
Try UPN or mail address as bind DN
Select to form the user’s bind DN by prepending the user name portion of the email address ($u) to the User Principle
Name (UPN, such as example.com).
By default, the FortiMail unit will use the mail domain as the
UPN. If you want to use a UPN other than the mail domain, enter that UPN in the field named Alternative UPN suffix. This can be useful if users authenticate with a domain other than the mail server’s principal domain name.
Page 526 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Try common name with base DN as bind DN
Search user and try bind
DN
Select to form the user’s bind DN by prepending a common name to the base DN. Also enter the name of the user objects’ common name attribute, such as cn or uid into the field.
This option is preconfigured and read-only if, in User Query
Options, you have selected from Schema any schema style other than User Defined.
Select to form the user’s bind DN by using the DN retrieved for that user by User Query Options.
Configuring user alias options
The following procedure is part of the LDAP profile configuration process. For general procedures about how to configure an LDAP profile, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
1. Go to Profile > LDAP.
2. Click New to create a new profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand the User Alias Options section.
Resolving aliases to real email addresses enables the FortiMail unit to send a single quarantine report and maintain a single quarantine mailbox at each user’s primary email account, rather than sending separate quarantine reports and maintaining separate quarantine mailboxes for each alias email address. For FortiMail units operating in server mode, this means that users need only log in to their primary account in order to manage their spam quarantine, rather than logging in to each alias account individually.
4. Configure the following:
Figure 154:User Alias Options
Configuring profiles Page 527 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
GUI item
Schema
Base DN
Description
If your LDAP directory’s user alias objects use a common schema style:
• NisMailAlias
• MS Active Directory
• Lotus Domino select the schema style. This automatically configures the query string to match that schema style.
If your LDAP server uses any other schema style, select User Defined, then manually configure the query string.
Enter the distinguished name (DN) of the part of the LDAP directory tree within which the FortiMail will search for either alias or user objects.
User or alias objects should be child nodes of this location.
Whether you should specify the base DN of either user objects or alias objects varies by your LDAP schema style. Schema may resolve alias email addresses directly or indirectly (using references).
• With a direct resolution, alias objects directly contain one or more email address attributes, such as mail or rfc822MailMember, whose values are user email addresses such as [email protected], and that resolves the alias. The Base DN, such as ou=Aliases,dc=example,dc=com
, should contain alias objects.
• With an indirect resolution, alias objects do not directly contain an email address attribute that can resolve the alias; instead, in the style of LDAP group-like objects, the alias objects contain only references to user objects that are “members” of the alias “group.” User objects’ email address attribute values, such as [email protected], actually resolve the alias. Alias objects refer to user objects by possessing one or more “member” attributes whose value is the DN of a user object, such as uid=user,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com. The
FortiMail unit performs a first query to retrieve the distinguished names of “member” user objects, then performs a second query using those distinguished names to retrieve email addresses from each user object. The Base DN, such as ou=People,dc=example,dc=com, should contain user objects.
Bind DN
Enter the bind DN, such as cn=FortiMailA,dc=example,dc=com, of an LDAP user account with permissions to query the Base DN.
Bind password Enter the password of the Bind DN.
Alias member attribute
Enter the name of the attribute, such as mail or rfc822MailMember, whose value is an email address to which the email alias resolves, such as [email protected]
.
This attribute must be present in either alias or user objects, as determined by your schema and whether it resolves aliases directly or indirectly. For more information, see “Base DN” on page 528 .
This option is preconfigured and read-only if, in User Alias Options, you have selected from Schema any schema style other than User Defined.
Page 528 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
GUI item Description
Alias member query
Enter an LDAP query filter that selects a set of either user or email alias objects, whichever object class contains the attribute you configured in
Alias member attribute, from the LDAP directory.
This option is preconfigured and read-only if you have selected from
Schema any schema style other than User Defined.
The query string filters the result set, and should be based upon any attributes that are common to all user/alias objects but also exclude non-user/alias objects. For details, see
“Alias member query example” on page 530 .
For more information on required object types and their attributes, see
“Preparing your LDAP schema for FortiMail LDAP profiles” on page 538
.
For details on query syntax, refer to any standard LDAP query filter reference manual.
User group expansion In advance
Enable if your LDAP schema resolves email aliases indirectly. For more information on direct versus indirect resolution, see “Base DN” on page 528 .
When this option is disabled, alias resolution occurs using one query. The
FortiMail unit queries the LDAP directory using the Base DN and the Alias
member query, and then uses the value of each Alias Member Attribute to resolve the alias.
When this option is enabled, alias resolution occurs using two queries:
• The FortiMail unit first performs a preliminary query using the Base DN and Group member query, and uses the value of each Group member
attribute as the base DN for the second query.
• The FortiMail unit performs a second query using the distinguished names from the preliminary query (instead of the Base DN) and the
Alias member query, and then uses the value of each Alias member
attribute to resolve the alias.
The two-query approach is appropriate if, in your schema, alias objects are structured like group objects and contain references in the form of distinguished names of member user objects, rather than directly containing email addresses to which the alias resolves. In this case, the
FortiMail unit must first “expand” the alias object into its constituent user objects before it can resolve the alias email address.
This option is preconfigured and read-only if you have selected from
Schema any schema style other than User Defined.
Group member attribute
Enter the name of the attribute, such as member, whose value is the DN of a user object.
This attribute must be present in alias objects only if they do not contain an email address attribute specified in Alias member attribute.
This option is preconfigured and read-only if you have selected from
Schema any schema style other than User Defined. If you have selected
User Defined, this option is available only if User group expansion In
advance is enabled.
Page 529 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
GUI item Description
Group member query
Enter an LDAP query filter that selects a set of alias objects, represented as a group of member objects in the LDAP directory.
The query string filters the result set, and should be based upon any attributes that are common to all alias objects but also exclude non-alias objects.
For example, if alias objects in your directory have two distinguishing characteristics, their objectClass and proxyAddresses attributes, the query filter might be:
(&(objectClass=group) (proxyAddresses=smtp:$m)) where $m is the FortiMail variable for an email address.
This option is preconfigured and read-only if you have selected from
Schema any schema style other than User Defined. If you have selected
User Defined, this option is available only if User group expansion In
advance is enabled.
For details on query syntax, refer to any standard LDAP query filter reference manual.
Scope
Derefer
Select which level of depth to query, starting from Base DN.
• One level: Query only the one level directly below the Base DN in the
LDAP directory tree.
• Subtree: Query recursively all levels below the Base DN in the LDAP directory tree.
Select the method to use, if any, when dereferencing attributes whose values are references.
• Never: Do not dereference.
• Always: Always dereference.
• Search: Dereference only when searching.
• Find: Dereference only when finding the base search object.
Max alias expansion level
Enter the maximum number of alias nesting levels that aliases the
FortiMail unit will expand.
Alias member query example
For example, if user objects in your directory have two distinguishing characteristics, their objectClass
and mail attributes, the query filter might be:
(& (objectClass=alias) (mail=$m)) where $m is the FortiMail variable for a user's email address.
If the email address ($m) as it appears in the message header is different from the alias email address as it appears in the LDAP directory, such as when you have enabled recipient tagging, a query for the alias by the email address ($m) may fail. In this case, you can modify the query filter to subtract prepended or appended text from the user name portion of the email address before performing the LDAP query. For example, to subtract -spam from the end of the user name portion of the recipient email address, you could use the query filter:
(& (objectClass=alias) (mail=$m${-spam}))
Page 530 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
where ${-spam} is the FortiMail variable for the tag to remove before performing the query.
Similarly, to subtract spam- from the beginning of the user name portion of the recipient email address, you could use the query filter:
(& (objectClass=alias) (mail=$m${^spam-})) where ${^spam-} is the FortiMail variable for the tag to remove before performing the query.
Whether you should configure this query filter to retrieve user or alias objects depends on whether your schema resolves email addresses directly or indirectly (using references).For more information on direct versus indirect alias resolution, see “Base DN” on page 528 .
If alias objects in your schema provide direct resolution, configure this query string to retrieve alias objects. Depending on your schema style, you can do this either using the user name portion of the alias email address ($u), or the entire email address ($m). For example, for the email aliases [email protected] and [email protected], if your LDAP directory contains alias objects distinguished by cn: finance and cn: admin, respectively, this query string could be cn=$u.
If alias objects in your schema provide indirect resolution, configure this query string to retrieve user objects by their distinguished name, such as distinguishedName=$b or dn=$b. Also enable User group expansion In advance, then configure Group member query to retrieve email address alias objects, and configure Group Member Attribute to be the name of the alias object attribute, such as member, whose value is the distinguished name of a user object.
Configuring mail routing
The following procedure is part of the LDAP profile configuration process. For general procedures about how to configure an LDAP profile, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
1. Go to Profile > LDAP.
2. Click New to create a new profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand the Mail Routing Options section.
The Mail Routing Options section query occurs after recipient tagging processing. If you have enabled recipient tagging, the Mail Routing Options section query will then be based on the tagged recipient address. If the tagged email address does not exist for the user in the LDAP directory, you may prefer to transform the recipient address by using the User Alias Options.
For more information on routing email by LDAP query, see
“Mail routing LDAP profile” on page 370
.
4. Configure the following:
Figure 155:Mail Routing Options section
Configuring profiles Page 531 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Mail host attribute
Mail routing address attribute
Description
Enter the name of the attribute, such as mailHost, whose value is the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of the email server that stores email for the user’s email account.
This attribute must be present in user objects.
Enter the name of the attribute, such as mailRoutingAddress
, whose value is the email address of a deliverable user on the email server, also known as the mail host.
For example, a user may have many aliases and external email addresses that are not necessarily known to the email server. These addresses would all map to a real email account
(mail routing address) on the email server (mail host) where the user’s email is actually stored.
A user’s recipient email address located in the envelope or header portion of each email will be rewritten to this address.
This attribute must be present in user objects.
Configuring scan override options
The following procedure is part of the LDAP profile configuration process. For general procedures about how to configure an LDAP profile, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
1. Go to Profile > LDAP.
2. Click New to create a new profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand the Scan Override Options section.
If the Scan Override Options query fails, the FortiMail unit will instead use the antispam, antivirus, and content processing settings defined in the profile for that policy.
4. Configure the following:
Configuring profiles Page 532 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
AntiSpam attribute
AntiVirus attribute
Content attribute
Description
Enter the name of the attribute, such as antispam, whose value indicates whether or not to perform antispam processing for that user, and which antispam profile to use.
Multiple value syntaxes are permissible. For details, see
“LDAP directory requirements for each FortiMail LDAP profile query” on page 540 .
If enabled, this attribute setting takes precedence over the generic antispam attribute setting in the domain lookup options (see
“Configuring domain lookup options” on page 534 ).
If you enable this option but leave the attribute field blank, the antispam profile in the matched recipient-based policy will be used.
Enter the name of the attribute, such as antivirus, whose value indicates whether or not to perform antivirus processing for that user and which antivirus profile to use. Multiple value syntaxes are permissible. For details, see “LDAP directory requirements for each FortiMail LDAP profile query” on page 540 .
If enabled, this attribute setting takes precedence over the generic antivirus attribute setting in the domain lookup options (see
“Configuring domain lookup options” on page 534 ).
If you enable this option but leave the attribute field blank, the antivirus profile in the matched recipient-based policy will be used.
Enter the name of the attribute, such as content, whose value indicates whether or not to perform content processing for that user and which content profile to use. Multiple value syntaxes are permissible. For details, see “LDAP directory requirements for each FortiMail LDAP profile query” on page 540 .
If enabled, this attribute setting takes precedence over the generic content attribute setting in the domain lookup options
(see
“Configuring domain lookup options” on page 534 ).
If you enable this option but leave the attribute field blank, the content profile in the matched recipient-based policy will be used.
Configuring address mapping options
The following procedure is part of the LDAP profile configuration process. For general procedures about how to configure an LDAP profile, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
1. Go to Profile > LDAP.
2. Click New to create a new profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
Configuring profiles Page 533 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. Click the arrow to expand the Address Mapping Options section.
Mappings usually should not translate an email address into one that belongs to an unprotected domain. However, unlike locally defined address mappings, this restriction is not enforced for mappings defined on an LDAP server.
After configuring a profile with this query, you must select it in order for the FortiMail unit to
use it. For details, see “LDAP user alias / address mapping profile” on page 370
.
Alternatively, you can configure email address mappings on the FortiMail unit itself. For details, see
“Configuring address mappings” on page 418 .
4. Configure the following:
Figure 156:Address Mapping Options section
GUI item Description
Internal address attribute
Enter the name of the LDAP attribute, such as internalAddress
, whose value is an email address in the same or another protected domain.
This email address will be rewritten into the value of the external address attribute according to the match conditions
and effects described in Table 48 on page 419 .
The name of this attribute may vary by the schema of your
LDAP directory.
External address attribute Enter the name of the attribute, such as externalAddress, whose value is an email address in the same or another protected domain.
This email address will be rewritten into the value of the internal address attribute according to the match conditions
and effects described in Table 48 on page 419 .
The name of this attribute may vary by the schema of your
LDAP directory.
Configuring domain lookup options
The following procedure is part of the LDAP profile configuration process. For general procedures about how to configure an LDAP profile, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
1. Go to Profile > LDAP.
2. Click New to create a new profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
Configuring profiles Page 534 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
3. Click the arrow to expand the Domain Lookup Options section.
Organizations with multiple domains may maintain a list of domains on the LDAP server. The
FortiMail unit can query the LDAP server to verify the domain portion of a recipient’s email address.
For this option to work, your LDAP directory should contain a single generic user for each domain such as [email protected] because the FortiMail unit will only look at the domain portion of the generic user’s mail address, such as dom1.com.
When an SMTP session is processed, the FortiMail unit will query the LDAP server for the domain portion retrieved from the recipient email address. If the LDAP server finds a user entry, it will reply with the domain objects defined in the LDAP directory, including parent domain attribute, generic mail host attribute, generic antispam attribute, and generic antivirus attribute. The FortiMail unit will remember the mapping domain, mail routing, and antispam and antivirus profiles information to avoid querying the LDAP server again for the same domain portion retrieved from a recipient email address in the future.
If there are no antispam and antivirus profiles for the user, the FortiMail unit will use the antispam and antivirus profiles from the matching IP policy.
If the LDAP server does not find a user matching the domain, the user is considered as unknown, and the mail will be rejected unless it has a specific access list entry.
4. Configure the following:
GUI item
Domain Lookup
Query
Parent domain attribute
Description
Enter an LDAP query filter that selects a set of domain objects, whichever object class contains the attribute you configured for this option, from the LDAP directory.
For details on query syntax, refer to any standard LDAP query filter reference manual.
For this option to work, your LDAP directory should contain a single generic user for each domain. The user entry should be configured with attributes to represent the following:
• parent domain from which a domain inherits the specific RCPT check settings and quarantine report settings.
For example, parentDomain=parent.com
For information on parent domain, see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359
.
• IP address of the backend mail server hosting the mailboxes of the domain.
For example, mailHost=192.168.1.105
• antispam profile assigned to the domain.
For example, genericAntispam=parentAntispam
• antivirus profile assigned to the domain.
For example, genericAntivirus=parentAntivirus
Enter the name of the attribute, such as parentDomain, whose value is the name of the parent domain from which a domain inherits the specific RCPT check settings and quarantine report settings.
The name of this attribute may vary by the schema of your LDAP directory.
Page 535 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Mail host attribute Enter the name of the attribute, such as mailHost, whose value is the IP address of the backend mail server hosting the mailboxes of the domain.
The name of this attribute may vary by the schema of your LDAP directory.
AntiSpam attribute Enter the name of the attribute, such as genericAntispam, whose value is the name of the antispam profile assigned to the domain.
The name of this attribute may vary by the schema of your LDAP directory.
If you do not specify this attribute at all (that is, leave this field blank), the antispam profile in the matched recipient-based policy will be used.
AntiVirus attribute
Enter the name of the attribute, such as genericAntivirus, whose value is the name of the antivirus profile assigned to the domain.
The name of this attribute may vary by the schema of your LDAP directory.
If you do not specify this attribute at all (that is, leave this field blank), the antivirus profile in the matched recipient-based policy will be used.
Content attribute
Enter the name of the attribute, such as genericContent, whose value is the name of the content profile assigned to the domain.
The name of this attribute may vary by the schema of your LDAP directory.
If you do not specify this attribute at all (that is, leave this field blank), the content profile in the matched recipient-based policy will be used.
Configuring remote access override options
The following procedure is part of the LDAP profile configuration process. For general procedures about how to configure an LDAP profile, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
When you add a FortiMail administrator (see
must also specify a domain (either system or a protected domain) that the administrator is entitled to access.
If you are adding an LDAP account, you can override the access profile and domain setting with the values of the remote attributes returned from the LDAP server.
1. Go to Profile > LDAP.
2. Click New to create a new profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand the Remote Access Override Options section.
4. Configure the following:
Configuring profiles Page 536 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Enable remote access override
Enable remote domain override
Description
Enable to override the access profile you specify when you add an administrator with the value of the remote attribute returned from the LDAP server, if the returned value matches an existing access profile. If there is no match, the specified access profile will still be used.
Also specify the access profile attribtue.
Enable to override the domain you specify when you add an administrator with the value of the remote attribute returned from the LDAP server, if the returned value matches an existing protected domain. If there is no match, the specified domain will still be used.
Also specify the domain name attribute.
Configuring advanced options
The following procedure is part of the LDAP profile configuration process. For general procedures about how to configure an LDAP profile, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
1. Go to Profile > LDAP.
2. Click New to create a new profile or double click on an existing profile to edit it.
3. Click the arrow to expand the Advanced Options section.
4. Configure the following:
GUI item
Timeout
Protocol version
Enable cache
Description
Enter the maximum amount of time in seconds that the
FortiMail unit will wait for query responses from the LDAP server.
Select the LDAP protocol version used by the LDAP server.
Enable to cache LDAP query results.
Caching LDAP queries can introduce a delay between when you update LDAP directory information and when the FortiMail unit begins using that new information, but also has the benefit of reducing the amount of LDAP network traffic associated with frequent queries for information that does not change frequently.
If this option is enabled but queries are not being cached, inspect the value of TTL. Entering a TTL value of 0 effectively disables caching.
Configuring profiles Page 537 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
TTL
Enter the amount of time, in minutes, that the FortiMail unit will cache query results. After the TTL has elapsed, cached results expire, and any subsequent request for that information causes the FortiMail unit to query the LDAP server, refreshing the cache.
The default TTL value is 1440 minutes (one day). The maximum value is 10080 minutes (one week). Entering a value of 0 effectively disables caching.
This option is applicable only if Enable cache is enabled.
Enable webmail password change
Enable if you want to allow FortiMail webmail users to change their password.
Password schema
Select your LDAP server’s user schema style, either Openldap or Active Directory.
Bypass user verification if server is unavailable
If you have selected using LDAP server to verify recipient or sender address and your LDAP server is not accessible, enabling this option will bypass the address verification process.
For more information about recipient address verification, see
“Configuring recipient address verification” on page 366
.
Preparing your LDAP schema for FortiMail LDAP profiles
FortiMail units can be configured to consult an LDAP server for many things that you might otherwise normally have to configure on the FortiMail unit itself, such as user authentication, group membership, mail routing, and other features. Especially if you have a large amount of users and groups already defined on an LDAP directory, you may find it more convenient to query those existing definitions than to recreate the definition of those same users locally on the
FortiMail unit. To accomplish this, you would configure an LDAP profile, then select that LDAP profile in other areas of the configuration that should use its LDAP queries.
LDAP profiles require compatible LDAP server directory schema and contents. Your LDAP server configuration may already be compatible. However, if your LDAP server configuration does not contain required information in a schema acceptable to LDAP profile queries, you may be required to modify either or both your LDAP profile and LDAP directory schema.
Verify your LDAP server’s configuration for each query type that you enable and configure. For example, if you enable mail routing queries, verify connectivity and that each user object in the
LDAP directory includes the attributes and values required by mail routing. Failure to verify enabled queries can result in unexpected mail processing behavior.
Configuring profiles
Using common schema styles
Your LDAP server schema may require no modification if:
• your LDAP server already contains all information required by the LDAP profile queries you want to enable
• your LDAP server uses a common schema style, and a matching predefined LDAP query configuration exists for that schema style
If both of those conditions are true, your LDAP profile configuration may also be very minimal.
Some queries in LDAP profiles contain schema options that automatically configure the query
Page 538 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles to match common schema styles such as IBM Lotus Domino, Microsoft ActiveDirectory (AD), and OpenLDAP. If you will only enable those queries that have schema options, it may be sufficient to select your schema style for each query.
For example, your LDAP server might use an OpenLDAP-style schema, where two types of user object classes exist, but both already have mail and userPassword attributes. Your FortiMail unit is in gateway mode, and you want to use LDAP queries to use users’ email addresses to query for authentication. In this scenario, it may be sufficient to:
1. In the LDAP profile, enter the domain name or IP address of the LDAP server.
2. Configure the LDAP profile queries:
• In User Query Options, select from Schema which OpenLDAP schema your user objects follow: either InetOrgPerson or InetLocalMailRecipient. Also enter the Base DN, Base DN, and Bind password to authenticate queries by the FortiMail unit and to specify which part of the directory tree to search.
• In User Authentication Options, enable the query with the option to Search user and try
bind DN.
3. Configure mail domains and policies to use the LDAP profile to authenticate users and perform recipient verification.
Using other schema styles
If your LDAP server’s schema is not one of the predefined common schema styles, or if you want to enable queries that require information that does not currently exist in your directory, you may need to adapt either or both your LDAP server and LDAP profile query configuration.
Before modifying your LDAP directory, verify that changes will be compatible with other applications using the directory. You may prefer to modify the LDAP profile query and/or add new attributes than to modify existing structures that are used by other applications, in order to reduce the likelihood of disruption to other applications. For instructions on modifying schema or setting attribute values, consult the documentation for your specific LDAP server.
The primary goal when modifying your LDAP directory is to provide, in some way that can be retrieved by LDAP profile queries, the information required by FortiMail features which can use
LDAP profiles. Depending on the LDAP profile queries that you enable, you may need to add to your LDAP directory:
• user objects
• user group objects
• email alias objects
Keep in mind that for some schema styles, such as that of Microsoft ActiveDirectory, user group objects may also play a double role as both user group objects and email alias objects. For the purpose of FortiMail LDAP queries, email alias objects can be any object that can be used to expand email aliases into deliverable email addresses, which are sometimes called distribution lists.
For each of those object types, you may also need to add required attributes in a syntax compatible with the FortiMail features that uses those attributes.
At a minimum, your LDAP directory must have user objects that each contain an email address attribute, and the value of that email address attribute must use full email address syntax (for example, mail: [email protected]). This attribute is required by User Query Options, a query which is required in every LDAP profile.
Many other aspects of LDAP profiles are flexible enough to query for the required information in more than one way. It may be sufficient to modify the query strings and other fields in the LDAP profile to match your individual LDAP directory.
Page 539 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
For example, the purpose of the User Query Options is to find the distinguished name (DN) of user objects by their email addresses, represented by the FortiMail variable $m. Often user objects can be distinguished by the fact that they are the only records that contain the attribute-value pair objectClass: User. If the class of user name objects in your LDAP directory is not objectClass: User but instead objectClass: inetOrgPerson, you could either modify:
• the LDAP profile’s user query to request user objects as they are denoted on your particular server, using objectClass=inetOrgPerson; for example, you might modify the user query from:
(&(objectClass=User)(mail=$m)) to be:
(&(objectClass=inetOrgPerson)(mail=$m))
• the LDAP server’s schema to match the queries’ expected structure, where user objects are defined by objectClass=User
Alternatively, perhaps there are too many user objects, and you prefer to instead retrieve only those user objects belonging to a specific group number. In this case, you might modify the query string from:
(&(objectClass=User)(mail=$m)) to be:
(&(objectClass=User)(gidNumber=102)(mail=$m))
You can use any attribute-value pairs to filter the query result set, as long as they are unique and common to all objects in your intended result set.
For example, most directories do not contain an antivirus processing switch attribute for each user. However, FortiMail units can perform antivirus processing, which can be switched off or on depending on the results from an LDAP query. The FortiMail unit expects the query to return a value that may use Boolean syntax (TRUE or FALSE) that reflects whether or not, respectively, to perform antivirus processing. In this case, you would add to user objects in your LDAP directory an antivirus attribute whose value is a Boolean value.
The following table indicates expected object types, attribute names, and value syntax, as well as query results, for each LDAP profile query. Attributes listed should be present, but their names may vary by schema. Attributes that do not have a default name require that you configure them in both your LDAP profile and your LDAP directory’s schema.
Table 51:LDAP directory requirements for each FortiMail LDAP profile query
Value Query result Object type
User Query Options
Attribute
User object classes such as inetOrgPerson
, inetLocalMailR ecipient
, User, dominoPerson
.
Group Query Options
A user’s email address.
Query compares the email address to the value of this attribute to find the matching user, and retrieve that user’s distinguished name (DN), which is the basis for most other LDAP profile queries.
Page 540 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 51:LDAP directory requirements for each FortiMail LDAP profile query
(Objects from User
Query Options.) gidNumber or memberOf
Varies by schema.
Typically is either a group number or the distinguished name (DN) of the group.
(Objects from User
Query Options.) mail
A user’s email address.
Query retrieves the group name for any user defined by User Query
Options.
Query uses the DN retrieved from groupOwner
to retrieve the email address of the user specified by that
DN.
User group object classes such as group
or groupOfNames
. groupOwner
A user object’s
DN.
Query retrieves the DN of a user object from the group defined in gidNumber or memberOf.
User Authentication Options
(Objects from User
Query Options.) userPasswo rd
Any.
Query verifies user identity by binding with the user password for any user defined by User Query Options.
User Alias Options
Email alias object classes such as nisMailAlias
, or user objects from
User Query
Options, depending on whether your schema resolves email aliases directly or indirectly, respectively. For details, see
“Base DN” on page 528 .
rfc822Mail
Member
(for alias objects) or mail (for user objects)
Either the user name portion of an email address (e.g. user
; for alias objects), or the entire email address (e.g. user@example
.com
; for user objects).
Query expands an alias to one or more user email addresses.
If the alias is resolved directly, this query retrieves the email addresses from the alias object itself. If the alias is resolved indirectly, this query first queries the alias object for member attributes, then uses the DN of each member
in a second query to retrieve the email addresses of those user objects. For details, see “Base DN” on page 528 .
Configuring profiles Page 541 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 51:LDAP directory requirements for each FortiMail LDAP profile query
User group object classes such as group
or groupOfNames
.
User groups are not inherently associated with email aliases, but for some schemas, such as Microsoft
ActiveDirectory, group objects play the role of email alias objects, and are used to indirectly resolve email aliases. For details, see
“Base DN” on page 528 .
member
A user object’s
DN, or the DN of another alias object.
Query retrieves the DN of a user object that is a member of the group.
This attribute is required only if aliases resolve to user email addresses indirectly. For details, see “Base DN” on page 528 .
Mail Routing Options
(Objects from User
Query Options.) mailHost mailRoutin gAddress
A user’s email address for a user account whose email is physically stored on mailHost
.
Query retrieves the email address for a real account physically stored on mailHost
for any user defined by
User Query Options.
Scan Override Options
A fully qualified domain name
(FQDN) or IP address.
Query retrieves the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of the mail server — sometimes also called the mail host — that stores email for any user defined by User
Query Options.
Configuring profiles Page 542 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
Table 51:LDAP directory requirements for each FortiMail LDAP profile query
(Objects from User
Query Options.)
No default attribute name.
No default attribute name.
Varies by schema. May be:
• TRUE, YES,
1
, ENABLE or ENABLED
(on)
• FALSE, NO,
0
, DISABLE, or
DISABLED
, or any other value not associated with “on”
(off)
Query retrieves whether or not to perform antivirus processing for any user defined by User Query Options.
Varies by schema. May be:
• TRUE, YES,
1
, ENABLE or ENABLED
(on)
• FALSE, NO,
0
, DISABLE, or
DISABLED
, or any other value not associated with “on”
(off)
Query retrieves whether or not to perform antispam processing for any user defined by User Query Options.
Address Mapping Options
(Objects from User
Query Options.)
No default attribute name.
A user’s internal email address.
Query retrieves the user’s internal email address
No default attribute name.
Enable webmail password change
A user’s
external email address.
Query retrieves the user’s external email address.
(Objects from User
Query Options.) userPasswo rd
Any.
Query, upon successful bind using the existing password, changes the password for any user defined by User
Query Options.
Page 543 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Each LDAP profile query filter string may indicate expected value syntax by the FortiMail variables used in the query filter string.
• $m: the query filter expects the attribute’s value to be a full email address
• $u: the query filter expects the attribute’s value to be a user name
• $b: the query filter expects the attribute’s value to be a bind DN
The following example illustrates a matching LDAP directory and LDAP profile. Labels indicate the part of the LDAP profile that is configured to match the directory schema.
Figure 157:Example compatible LDAP directory and LDAP profile
Testing LDAP profile queries
After you have created an LDAP profile, you should test each enabled query in the LDAP profile to verify that the FortiMail unit can connect to the LDAP server, that the LDAP directory contains the required attributes and values, and that the query configuration is correct.
When testing a query in an LDAP profile, you may encounter error messages that indicate failure of the query and how to fix the problem.
Configuring profiles
Table 52:Possible failure messages from LDAP query tests
Failure Message Meaning and Solution
Empty input
The query cannot be performed until you provide the information required by the query.
Failed to bind with bind DN and password
The FortiMail unit successfully connected to the LDAP server, but could not authenticate in order to perform the query. If the server permits anonymous queries, the Bind DN and Bind password you specified in
User Query Options section should be blank. Otherwise, you must enter a valid bind DN and its password.
Page 544 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 52:Possible failure messages from LDAP query tests
Unable to found user DN that matches mail address
The FortiMail unit successfully connected to the LDAP server, and, if configured, bound, but could not find a user whose email address attribute matched that value. The user may not exist on the LDAP server in the Base DN and using the query filter you specified in User Query
Options, or the value of the user’s email address attribute does not match the value that you supplied in Mail address.
Unable to find
LDAP group for user
Failed to bind
Unable to find mail alias
The FortiMail unit successfully located a user with that email address, but their group membership attribute did not match your supplied value. The group membership attribute you specified in Group Query Options may not exist, or the value of the group membership attribute may not match the value that you supplied in Group DN. If the value does not match, verify that you have supplied the Group DN according to the syntax expected by both your LDAP server and your configuration of Group
Query Options.
The FortiMail unit successfully located a user with that email address, but the user’s bind failed and the FortiMail unit was unable to authenticate the user. Binding may fail if the value of the user’s password attribute does not match the value that you supplied in Old password. If this error message appears when testing Change Password, it also implies that the query failed to change the password.
The FortiMail unit was unable to find the email alias. The email address alias may not exist on the LDAP server in the Base DN and using the query filter you specified in User Alias Options, or the value of the alias’ email address attribute does not match the value that you supplied in Mail
address.
To verify user query options
1. Go to Profile > LDAP > LDAP.
2. Double-click the LDAP profile whose User Query Options section query you want to test.
3. Click Test LDAP Query.
A pop-up window appears allowing you to test the query.
4. From Select query type, select User.
Figure 158:LDAP Query Test: User
Configuring profiles Page 545 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. In Mail address, enter the email address of a user on the LDAP server, such as [email protected]
.
6. Click Test.
The FortiMail unit performs the query, and displays either success or failure for each operation in the query, such as the search to locate the user record.
To verify group query options
1. Go to Profile > LDAP > LDAP.
2. Double-click the LDAP profile whose Group Query Options section query you want to test.
3. Click Test LDAP Query.
A pop-up window appears allowing you to test the query. Fields displayed in the window vary by whether or not Use group name with base DN as group DN is enabled in Group
Query Options section
4. From Select query type, select Group.
Figure 159:LDAP Query Test: Group (Use group name with base DN as group DN is disabled)
Configuring profiles Page 546 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 160:LDAP Query Test: Group (Use group name with base DN as group DN is enabled)
Configuring profiles
5. In Email address, enter the email address of a user on the LDAP server, such as [email protected]
.
6. Either the Group DN or Group Name field appears. If Group DN appears, enter the value of the user’s group membership attribute. If Group Name appears, enter only the group name portion of the value of the user’s group membership attribute.
For example, a Group DN entry with valid syntax could be either:
• 10000
• admins
• cn=admins,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com but a Group Name entry with valid syntax would be admins.
Valid syntax varies by your LDAP server’s schema and by whether Use group name with
base DN as group DN is enabled, but is identical to what you should enter when using this
LDAP profile and entering the group name elsewhere in the FortiMail configuration, such as for a recipient-based policy.
7. Click Test.
The FortiMail unit performs the query, and displays either success or failure for each operation in the query, such as the search to locate the user record and find the group to which the user belongs.
To verify group query options group owner
1. Go to Profile > LDAP > LDAP.
2. Double-click the LDAP profile whose Group Query Options group owner query you want to test.
3. Click Test LDAP Query.
A pop-up window appears allowing you to test the query. Fields displayed in the window vary by whether or not Use group name with base DN as group DN is enabled in Group
Query Options.
4. From Select query type, select Group Owner.
Page 547 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 161:LDAP Query Test: Group Owner (Use group name with base DN as group DN is disabled)
Figure 162:LDAP Query Test: Group Owner (Use group name with base DN as group DN is enabled)
Configuring profiles Page 548 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. Either the Group DN or Group Name field appears. If Group DN appears, enter the distinguished name of the group object. If Group Name appears, enter only the group name portion of the distinguished name of the group object.
For example, a Group DN entry with valid syntax would be cn=admins,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com
, but a Group Name entry with valid syntax would be admins.
Valid syntax varies by your LDAP server’s schema and by whether Use group name with
base DN as group DN is enabled, but is identical to what you should enter when using this
LDAP profile and entering the group name elsewhere in the FortiMail configuration, such as for a recipient-based policy.
6. Click Test.
The FortiMail unit performs the query, and displays either success or failure for each operation in the query, such as the search to locate the group record and find the group owner and their email address.
To verify user authentication options
1. Go to Profile > LDAP > LDAP.
2. Double-click the LDAP profile whose query you want to test.
3. Click Test LDAP Query.
A pop-up window appears allowing you to test the query.
4. From Select query type, select Authentication.
Figure 163:LDAP Query Test: Authentication
Configuring profiles
5. In Mail address, enter the email address of a user on the LDAP server, such as [email protected]
.
6. In Password, enter the current password for that user.
7. Click Test.
The FortiMail unit performs the query, and displays either success or failure for each operation in the query, such as the search to locate the user record, or binding to authenticate the user.
Page 549 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To verify user query options
1. Go to Profile > LDAP > LDAP.
2. Double-click the LDAP profile whose user query options you want to test.
3. Click Test LDAP Query.
A pop-up window appears allowing you to test the query.
4. From Select query type, select Alias.
Figure 164:LDAP Query Test: Alias
5. In Email address, enter the email address alias of a user on the LDAP server, such as [email protected]
.
6. Click Test.
The FortiMail unit performs the query, and displays either success or failure for each operation in the query, such as the search to locate the alias record, or binding to authenticate the user.
To verify Mail Routing Options
1. Go to Profile > LDAP > LDAP.
2. Double-click the LDAP profile whose Mail Routing Options query you want to test.
3. Click Test LDAP Query.
A pop-up window appears allowing you to test the query.
4. From Select query type, select Mail Routing.
Configuring profiles Page 550 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 165:LDAP Query Test: Mail Routing
Configuring profiles
5. In Mail address, enter the email address of a user on the LDAP server, such as [email protected]
.
6. Click Test.
The FortiMail unit performs the query, and displays either success or failure for each operation in the query, such as the search to locate the user record and find the mail host and mail routing address for that user.
To verify Scan Override options
1. Go to Profile > LDAP > LDAP.
2. Double-click the LDAP profile whose Scan Override Options (antispam, antivirus, and content profile preference) query you want to test.
3. Click Test LDAP Query.
A pop-up window appears allowing you to test the query.
4. From Select query type, select Scan Override.
5. In Email address, enter the email address of a user on the LDAP server, such as [email protected]
.
6. Click Test.
The FortiMail unit performs the query, and displays either success or failure for each operation in the query, such as the search to locate the user record and find the antispam and antivirus processing preferences for that user.
To verify address mapping options
1. Go to Profile > LDAP > LDAP.
2. Double-click the LDAP profile whose Address Mapping Options query you want to test.
3. Click Test LDAP Query.
A pop-up window appears allowing you to test the query.
4. From Select query type, select Address Mapping.
Page 551 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 166:LDAP Query Test: Address Mapping
5. In Email address, enter the email address of a user on the LDAP server, such as [email protected]
.
6. Click Test.
The FortiMail unit performs the query, and displays either success or failure for each operation in the query, such as the search to locate the user record and find the internal and external email addresses for that user.
To verify the webmail password change query
1. Go to Profile > LDAP > LDAP.
2. Double-click the LDAP profile whose webmail password change query you want to test.
3. Click Test LDAP Query.
A pop-up window appears allowing you to test the query.
4. From Select query type, select Change Password.
Figure 167:LDAP Query Test: Change Password
Configuring profiles Page 552 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. In Email address, enter the email address of a user on the LDAP server, such as [email protected]
.
Only use an email account whose password it is acceptable to change, and make note of the new password. Verifying the Webmail Password Options query configuration performs a real password change, and does not restore the previous password after the query has been verified.
6. In Password, enter the current password for that user.
7. In New Password, enter the new password for that user.
8. Click Test.
The FortiMail unit performs the query, and displays either success or failure for each operation in the query, such as the search to locate the user record, binding to authenticate the password change, and the password change operation itself.
Clearing the LDAP profile cache
You can clear the FortiMail unit’s cache of query results for any LDAP profile.
This may be useful after, for example, you have updated parts of your LDAP directory that are used by that LDAP profile, and you want the FortiMail unit to discard outdated cached query results and reflect changes to the LDAP directory. After the cache is emptied, any subsequent request for information from that LDAP profile causes the FortiMail unit to query the updated
LDAP server, refreshing the cache.
To clear the LDAP query cache
1. Go to Profile > LDAP > LDAP.
2. Double-click the LDAP profile whose query cache you want to clear.
3. Click Test LDAP Query.
4. From Select query type, select Clear Cache.
A warning appears at the bottom of the window, notifying you that the cache for this LDAP profile will be cleared if you proceed. All queries will therefore be new again, resulting in decreased performance until the query results are again cached.
5. Click Ok.
The FortiMail unit empties cached LDAP query responses associated with that LDAP profile.
Configuring dictionary profiles
The Profiles tab lets you configure dictionary profiles.
Unlike banned words, dictionary terms are UTF-8 encoded, and may include characters other than US-ASCII characters, such as é or ñ.
Dictionary profiles can be grouped or used individually by antispam or content profiles to detect spam, banned content, or content that requires encryption to be applied. For more information on content profiles and antispam profiles, see
“Configuring antispam profiles and antispam action profiles” on page 477 and
“Configuring content profiles and content action profiles” on page 498 .
A dictionary can contain predefined and/or user-defined patterns.
Configuring profiles Page 553 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
The FortiMail unit comes with the following six predefined patterns. You can edit a predefined pattern and edit or delete a user-defined pattern by selecting it and then clicking the Edit or
Delete icon.
If a pattern is enabled, the FortiMail unit will look for the template/format defined in a pattern.
For example, if you enable the Canadian SIN predefined pattern, the FortiMail unit looks for the three groups of three digits defined in this pattern. This is useful when you want to use IBE to encrypt an email based on its content. In such cases, the dictionary profile can be used in a content profile which is included in a policy to apply to the email. For more information about
IBE, see
“Configuring IBE encryption” on page 337
.
Table 53:Predefined patterns
Canadian SIN Canadian Social Insurance Number. The format is three groups of three digits, such as 649 242 666.
US SSN
United States Social Security number. The format is a nine digit number, such as 078051111.
Credit Card
Major credit card number formats.
ABA Routing
A routing transit number (RTN) is a nine digit bank code, used in the United
States, which appears on the bottom of negotiable instruments such as checks identifying the financial institution on which it was drawn.
CUSIP
CUSIP typically refers to both the Committee on Uniform Security
Identification Procedures and the 9-character alphanumeric security identifiers that they distribute for all North American securities for the purposes of facilitating clearing and settlement of trades.
ISIN
An International Securities Identification Number (ISIN) uniquely identifies a security. Securities for which ISINs are issued include bonds, commercial paper, equities and warrants. The ISIN code is a 12-character alpha-numerical code that does not contain information characterizing financial instruments but serves for uniform identification of a security at trading and settlement.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category. For details, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
To view the list of dictionary profiles
1. Go to Profile > Dictionary > Dictionary.
Figure 168:Dictionary tab
Configuring profiles Page 554 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Export
(button)
Import
(button)
Name
Description
Select one dictionary check box and click Export. Follow the prompts to save the dictionary file.
Note that you can only export one dictionary at a time.
Select one dictionary check box and then click the import button to import dictionary entries into the existing dictionary. In the dialog, click Browse to locate a dictionary in text format. Click OK to upload the file.
Note that you can only select one dictionary at a time and you can only import dictionary entries into an existing dictionary.
Displays the dictionary name.
2. Click New to create a new profile or double-click a profile to modify it.
A two-part page appears.
3. For a new profile, type its name.
4. To enable or edit a predefined pattern:
• Double-click a pattern in Smart Identifiers.
A dialog appears.
Figure 169:Enabling a predefined pattern
Configuring profiles
• Select Enable to add the pattern to the dictionary profile.
• To edit a predefined pattern, do the same as for a user-defined pattern in Step 5 .
• Click OK.
5. To add or edit a user-defined pattern:
• Click New under Dictionary Entries to add an entry or double click an entry to modify it.
A dialog appears.
Page 555 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 170:Adding a new pattern
Configuring profiles
6. Configure a custom entry.
GUI item
Enable
Pattern
Pattern type
Comments
Description
Select to enable a pattern.
Type a word or phrase that you want the dictionary to match, expressed either verbatim, with wild cards, or as a regular expression.
Regular expressions do not require slash ( / ) boundaries. For example, enter: v[i1]agr?a
Matches are case insensitive and can occur over multiple lines as if the word were on a single line. (That is, Perl-style match modifier options i and s are in effect.)
The FortiMail unit will convert the encoding and character set into
UTF-8, the same encoding in which dictionary patterns are stored, before evaluating an email for a match with the pattern. Because of this, your pattern must match the UTF-8 string, not the originally encoded string. For example, if the original encoded string is:
=?iso-8859-1?B?U2UgdHJhdGEgZGVsIHNwYW0uCg==?= the pattern must match:
Se trata del spam.
Entering the pattern *iso-8859-1* would not match.
This option is not editable for predefined patterns.
For a new dictionary entry, select either:
• Wildcard: Pattern is verbatim or uses only simple wild cards (? or
*
).
• Regex: Pattern is a Perl-style regular expression.
This option is not editable for predefined patterns.
Enter any descriptions for the pattern.
Page 556 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Pattern weight
Pattern max weight
Enable pattern max weight limit
Search header
Search body
Description
Enter a number by which an email’s dictionary match score will be incremented for each word or phrase it contains that matches this pattern.
The dictionary match score may be used by content monitor profiles and antispam profiles to determine whether or not to apply the content action. For more information about antispam profiles, see
“Configuring dictionary options” on page 486 . For more information
about content monitor profiles, see
“Configuring content monitor and filtering” on page 505 .
Enter the maximum by which matches of this pattern can contribute to an email’s dictionary match score.
This option applies only if Enable pattern max weight limit is enabled.
Enable if the pattern must not increase an email’s dictionary match score more than the amount configured in Pattern max weight.
Enable to match occurrences of the pattern when it is located in an email’s message headers, including the subject line.
The FortiMail unit uses the full header string, including the header name and value, to match the pattern. Therefore, when you define the pattern, you can specify both the header name and value. For example, such a pattern entry as from: .*@example.com.* will block all email messages with the From header as [email protected]
.
Enable to match occurrences of the pattern when it is located in an email’s message body.
To apply a dictionary, in an antispam profile or content profile, either select it individually or select a dictionary group that contains it. For more information, see
“Configuring dictionary groups” on page 557
,
“Managing antispam profiles” on page 477
, and
“Configuring content profiles” on page 498 .
Configuring dictionary groups
The Group tab lets you create groups of dictionary profiles.
Dictionary groups can be useful when you want to use multiple dictionary profiles during the same scan.
For example, you might have several dictionaries of prohibited words — one for each language
— that you want to use to enforce your network usage policy. Rather than combining the dictionaries or creating multiple policies and multiple content profiles to apply each dictionary profile separately, you could simply group the dictionaries, then select that group in the content monitor profile.
Before you can create a dictionary group, you must first create one or more dictionary profiles.
For more information about dictionary profiles, see
“Configuring dictionary profiles” on page 553 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category. For details, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
Configuring profiles Page 557 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To view and configure a dictionary group
1. Go to Profile > Dictionary > Group.
Figure 171:Group tab
GUI item
Clone
(button)
Group Name
Description
Click the row corresponding to the profile whose settings you want to duplicate when creating the new profile, then click Clone. A single-field dialog appears. Enter a name for the new profile. Click OK.
Displays the name of the dictionary group or dictionary group item.
2. Either click New to add a profile or double-click a profile to modify it.
Figure 172:Configuring a dictionary group
3. For a new group, enter the name of the dictionary group in Group name.
4. In the Available dictionaries area, select one or more dictionaries that you want to include in the dictionary group, then click ->.
The dictionaries move to the Members area.
5. Click Create or OK.
To apply a dictionary group, select it instead of a dictionary profile when configuring an antispam profile or content profile. For details, see
“Managing antispam profiles” on page 477
, and
“Configuring content profiles” on page 498
.
Configuring security profiles
Go to Profile > Security to create transport layer security (TLS) profiles and encryption profiles.
This section includes:
•
Configuring TLS security profiles
•
Configuring encryption profiles
Configuring profiles Page 558 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring TLS security profiles
The TLS tab lets you create TLS profiles, which contain settings for TLS-secured connections.
TLS profiles, unlike other types of profiles, are applied through access control rules and message delivery rules, not policies. For more information, see
“Controlling SMTP access and delivery” on page 430 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category. For details, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
To view the list of TLS profiles, go to Profile > Security > TLS.
Figure 173:TLS tab
GUI item
Clone
(button)
Profile Name
TLS Level
Description
Click the row corresponding to the profile whose settings you want to duplicate when creating the new profile, then click Clone. A single-field dialog appears. Enter a name for the new profile. Click OK.
Displays the name of the profile.
Displays the security level of the TLS connection.
• None: Disables TLS. Requests for a TLS connection will be ignored.
• Preferred: Allow a simple TLS connection, but do not require it. Data is not encrypted, nor is the identity of the server validated with a certificate.
• Encrypt: Requires a basic TLS connection. Failure to negotiate a TLS connection results in the connection being rejected according to the
Action on failure setting.
• Secure: Requires a certificate-authenticated TLS connection. CA certificates must be installed on the FortiMail unit before they can be used for secure TLS connections. For information on installing CA certificates, see
“Managing certificate authority certificates” on page 334 .
Configuring profiles Page 559 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Action On Failure Indicates the action the FortiMail unit takes when a TLS connection cannot be established, either:
• Temporarily Fail: Reply to the SMTP client with a code indicating temporary failure.
• Fail: Reject the email and reply to the SMTP client with SMTP reply code
550.
This option does not apply and will be empty for profiles whose TLS Level is Preferred.
(Green dot in column heading)
Indicates whether or not the entry is currently referred to by another item in the configuration. If another item is using this entry, a red dot appears in this column, and the entry cannot be deleted.
To configure a TLS profile
1. Go to Profile > Security > TLS.
A dialog appears.
Figure 174:TLS profile dialog
Configuring profiles
2. Either click New to add a profile or double-click a profile to modify it.
3. For a new profile, enter the name of the profile in Profile name.
4. From TLS level, select the security level of the TLS profile:
• None: Disables TLS. Requests for a TLS connection will be ignored.
• Preferred: Allows a simple TLS connection, but does not require it. Data is not encrypted, nor is the identity of the server validated with a certificate.
• Encrypt: Requires a basic TLS connection. Failure to negotiate a TLS connection results in the connection being rejected according to the Action on failure setting.
• Secure: Requires a certificate-authenticated TLS connection. CA certificates must be installed on the FortiMail unit before they can be used for secure TLS connections.
The availability of the following options varies by your selection in TLS level.
5. Configure the following, as applicable:
Page 560 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Action on failure
Check CA issuer
CA issuer
Description
Select whether to fail or temporarily fail if a TLS connection with the parameters described in the TLS profile cannot be established.
This option does not appear if TLS level is Preferred.
Enable and enter a string on the CA issuer field. The
FortiMail unit will compare the string in the CA issuer field with the field with that same name in the installed CA certificates.
This option appears only if TLS level is Secure.
Select the type of match required when the FortiMail unit compares the string in the CA Issuer field and the same field in the installed CA certificates. For more information
on CA certificates, see “Managing certificate authority certificates” on page 334
.
Check CA issuer must be enabled for CA issuer to have any effect.
This option appears only if TLS level is Secure.
Lookup CA
To populate the CA issuer field with text from a CA certificate’s CA Issuer, select the name of a CA certificate that you have uploaded to the FortiMail unit.
Check certificate subject
Enable and enter a string in the Certificate subject field. The
FortiMail unit will compare the string in the Certificate
subject field with the field with that same name in the installed CA certificates.
This option appears only if TLS level is Secure.
Certificate subject
Select the type of match required when the FortiMail unit compares the string in the Certificate subject and the same field in the installed CA certificates.
Check certificate subject must be enabled for Certificate
subject to have any effect.
This option appears only if TLS level is Secure.
Check encryption strength
Enable to require a minimum level of encryption strength.
Also configure Minimum encryption strength.
This option appears only if TLS level is Encrypt or Secure.
Minimum encryption strength
Enter the bit size of the encryption key. Greater key size results in stronger encryption, but requires more processing resources.
Configuring encryption profiles
The Encryption tab lets you create encryption profiles, which contain encryption settings for secure MIME (S/MIME) and identity-based encryption (IBE).
Configuring profiles Page 561 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
Encryption profiles are applied through either message delivery rules or content action profiles
“Configuring content action profiles” on page 507
.
Before S/MIME encryption will work, you must also create at least one internal address certificate binding. For details, see
“Configuring certificate bindings” on page 342
.
For more information about using S/MIME encryption, see
“Using S/MIME encryption” on page 564 .
For more information about using IBE, see
“Configuring IBE encryption” on page 337
.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category. For details, see
“About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272 .
To view or configure encryption profiles
1. Go to Profile > Security > Encryption.
GUI item
Clone
(button)
Description
Click the row corresponding to the profile whose settings you want to duplicate when creating the new profile, then click
Clone. A single-field dialog appears. Enter a name for the new profile. Click OK.
Displays the name of the profile.
Displays the protocol used for this profile, S/MIME or IBE.
Profile Name
Protocol
Encryption Algorithm
Displays the encryption algorithm that will be used to encrypt the email ( AES 128, AES 192, AES 256, CAST5 128, or Triple
DES).
Either Encrypt or Sign.
Action
Action On Failure
Indicates the action the FortiMail unit takes when S/MIME or IBE cannot be used:
• Drop and send DSN: Send a delivery status notification (DSN) email to the sender’s email address, indicating that the email is permanently undeliverable.
• Send plain message: Deliver the email without encryption.
• Enforce TLS: If the TLS level in the TLS profile selected in the message delivery rule is Encrypt or Secure, the FortiMail unit will not do anything. If the message delivery rule has no TLS profile or the TLS level in its profile is None or Preferred, the
FortiMail unit will enforce the Encrypt level. For more information, see
“Configuring delivery rules” on page 439
and “Configuring TLS security profiles” on page 559 .
Page 562 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
IBE Action
Max Push Size (KB)
(Green dot in column heading)
Description
Displays the action used by the mail recipients to retrieve IBE messages.
• Push: A notification and a secure mail is delivered to the recipient who needs to go to the FortiMail unit to open the message. The FortiMail unit does not store the message.
• Pull: A notification is delivered to the recipient who needs to go to the FortiMail unit to open the message. The FortiMail unit stores the message.
Displays the settings of the maximum message size (KB) of the secure mail delivered (or pushed) to the recipient.
If the message exceeds the size limit, it will be delivered with the
Pull method.
Indicates whether or not the entry is currently referred to by another item in the configuration. If another item is using this entry, a red dot appears in this column, and the entry cannot be deleted.
2. Either click New to add a profile or double-click a profile to modify it.
A dialog appears.
Figure 175:Encryption Profile dialog
Configuring profiles
3. For a new profile, enter the name of the profile in Profile name.
4. In Protocol, select S/MIME or IBE.
The availability of the following options varies by your selection in Protocol.
5. If you selected IBE as the protocol:
• Select the Action method (Push or Pull) for the mail recipients.
• For Push, specify the maximum message size (KB) for the Push method. (Messages exceeding the size limit will be delivered with the Pull method.)
6. If you select S/MIME as the protocol, select an action: Encrypt, Sign, or Encrypt and Sign. To use S/MIME encryption, you must also configure certificate binding. For details, see
S/MIME encryption” on page 564 and
“Configuring certificate bindings” on page 342 .
7. From Encryption algorithm, select the encryption algorithm that will be used to encrypt email
(AES 128, AES 192, AES 256, CAST5 128, or Triple DES)
.
Page 563 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
8. From Action on failure, select the action the FortiMail unit takes when encryption cannot be used.
• Drop and send DSN: Send a delivery status notification (DSN) email to the sender’s email address, indicating that the email is permanently undeliverable.
• Send plain message: Deliver the email without encryption.
• Enforce TLS: If the TLS level in the TLS profile selected in the message delivery rule is
Encrypt or Secure, the FortiMail unit will not do anything. If the message delivery rule has no TLS profile or the TLS level in its profile is None or Preferred, the FortiMail unit will enforce the Encrypt level.
9. Click Create or OK.
Using S/MIME encryption
S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) is a standard for public key encryption and signing of MIME data. The FortiMail unit supports S/MIME encryption.
You can encrypt email messages with S/MIME between two FortiMail units. For example, if you want to encrypt and send an email from FortiMail unit A to FortiMail unit B, you need to do the following:
1. On FortiMail unit A:
• import the CA certificate. For details, see “Managing certificates” on page 327 .
• create a certificate binding for the outgoing email to obtain FortiMail unit B’s public key in the certificate to encrypt the email. For details, see
“Configuring certificate bindings” on page 342 .
• create an S/MIME encryption profile. For details, see
“Configuring encryption profiles” on page 561 .
• apply the S/MIME encryption profile in a policy to trigger the S/MIME encryption by either
), or creating a policy to include a content profile containing a
“Controlling email based on IP addresses” on page 449
“Configuring content action profiles” on page 507
, and
“Configuring content profiles” on page 498 ).
If the email to be encrypted is matched both by the message delivery rule and the policy, the email will be encrypted based on the content profile in the policy.
2. On FortiMail unit B:
• import the CA certificate. For details, see “Managing certificates” on page 327 .
• create a certificate binding for the incoming email and import both FortiMail unit B’s private key and certificate to decrypt the email encrypted by FortiMail unit A using
FortiMail unit B’s public key.
Configuring IP pools
The Profile > IP Pool tab displays the list of IP pool profiles.
Configuring profiles Page 564 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring profiles
IP pools define a range of IP addresses, and can be used in multiple ways:
• To define destination IP addresses of multiple protected SMTP servers if you want to load balance incoming email between them (see
• To define source IP addresses used by the FortiMail unit if you want outgoing email to
originate from a range of IP addresses (see “IP pool” on page 371 )
• To define destination addresses used by the FortiMail unit if you want incoming email to destine to the virtual host on a range of IP addresses (see
)
Each email that the FortiMail unit sends will use the next IP address in the range. When the last
IP address in the range is used, the next email will use the first IP address.
• An IP pool in an IP policy will be used to deliver incoming emails from FortiMail to the protected server. It will also be used to deliver outgoing emails if the sender domain doesn't have a delivery IP pool or, although it has a delivery IP pool, Take precedence over recipient
based policy match is enabled in the IP-based policy.
• An IP pool (either in an IP policy or domain settings) will NOT be used to deliver emails to the protected domain servers if the mail flow is from internal to internal domains.
• When an email message’s MAIL FROM is empty "<>", normally the email is a NDR or DSN bounced message. FortiMail will check the IP address of the sender device against the IP list of the protected domains. If the sender IP is found in the protected domain IP list, the email flow is considered as from internal to internal and the above rule is applied (the IP pool will be skipped). FortiMail will also skip the DNS query if servers of the protected domains are configured as host names and MX record.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category.
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To manage IP pool profiles
1. Go to Profile > IP Pool > IP Pool.
2. Either click New to add a profile or double-click a profile to modify it.
3. For a new profile, enter a name in Pool name.
The name must contain only alphanumeric characters, hyphens ( - ) and underscores ( _ ).
Spaces are not allowed.
4. Under IP Ranges, click New.
Fields appear beneath Start IP and Range.
5. In Start IP, enter the IP address that begins the range of IP addresses that will be used for this IP pool.
6. In Range, enter the total number of IP addresses in the contiguous range of the IP pool, including that of the Start IP.
For example, if Start IP is 10.0.0.3 and Range is 5, the IP pool will contain the IP addresses
10.0.0.3, 10.0.0.4, 10.0.0.5, 10.0.0.6, and 10.0.0.7.
7. To include additional ranges of IP addresses in this IP pool, repeat the previous steps.
To remove a range of IP addresses from this IP pool, select the range and click Delete.
8. Click Create or OK.
To apply the IP pool, select it in a protected domain or IP-based policy. For details, see
, and/or
Page 565 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring email and IP groups
The Profile > Group tab displays the list of email and IP group profiles.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category.
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
Configuring email groups
Email groups include groups of email addresses that can be used when configuring access control rules. For information about access control rules, see
“Configuring access control rules” on page 430 .
To configure email groups
1. Go to Profile > Group > Email Group.
2. Either click New to add a profile or double-click a profile to modify it.
A dialog appears.
3. For a new group, enter a name for this email group.
The name must contain only alphanumeric characters. Spaces are not allowed.
4. In New member, enter the email address of a group member and click -> to move the address to the Current members field.
You can also use wildcards to enter partial patterns that can match multiple email addresses. The asterisk represents one or more characters and the question mark (?) represents any single character.
For example, the pattern ??@*.com will match any email user with a two letter email user name from any “.com” domain name.
To remove a member’s email address, select the address in the Current members field and click
<-.
5. Click Create or OK.
Configuring IP groups
IP groups include groups of IP addresses that can be used when configuring access control rules. For information about access control rules, see
“Configuring access control rules” on page 430 .
To configure an IP group
1. Go to Profile > Group > IP Group.
2. Either click New to add a profile or double-click profile to modify it.
A dialog appears.
3. For a new group, enter a name in Group name.
The name must contain only alphanumeric characters. Spaces are not allowed.
Configuring profiles Page 566 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
4. Under IP Groups, click New.
A field appears under IP/Netmask.
5. Enter the IP address and netmask of the group. Use the netmask, the portion after the slash
(/), to specify the matching subnet.
For example, enter 10.10.10.10/24 to match a 24-bit subnet, or all addresses starting with 10.10.10. This will appear as 10.10.10.0/24 in the access control rule table, with the 0 indicating that any value is matched in that position of the address.
Similarly, 10.10.10.10/32 will appear as 10.10.10.10/32 and match only the 10.10.10.10 address.
To match any address, enter 0.0.0.0/0.
6. Click Create.
Configuring notification profiles
When FortiMail takes actions against email messages, you may wan to inform email senders, recipients, or any other users of the actions, that is, what happened to the email.
To achieve this purpose, you need to create such kind of notification profiles and then use them in antispam, antivirus, and content action profiles. For details, see
“Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489 ,
“Configuring antivirus action profiles” on page 495 , and
“Configuring content action profiles” on page 507 .
To create a notification profile
1. Go to Profile > Notification. If you have created some notification profiles, you can view, clone, edit, or delete them there.
2. Click New to create a profile.
3. For Name, enter a profile name.
4. From Type, select:
• Generic: this type of notification profile can be used in the antispam, antivirus and content profiles to notify the sender, recipient, or other email accounts.
• Sender Address Rate Control: When you configure sender address rate control notification in domain settings (see
“Configuring advanced scan settings” on page 379 ),
you can also choose a notification profile. In this case, you only need to notify the senders, not the recipients. You do not need to include the original message as attachment either. Therefore, these two options are greyed out.
5. Choose whom you want to send notification to: sender, recipient, or other users. If you choose Others, you click manage the email list by using the Add and Remove buttons.
6. Select an email template to use. You can also click New to create a new template or click
Edit to modify an existing template. For details about email templates, see
“Customizing email templates” on page 270 .
7. Optionally select Include original message as attachment.
8. Click OK.
Configuring profiles Page 567 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring antispam settings
The AntiSpam menu lets you configure antispam settings that are system-wide or otherwise not configured individually for each antispam profile.
Several antispam features require that you first configure system-wide, per-domain, or per-user settings in the AntiSpam menu before you can use the feature in an antispam profile. For more information on antispam profiles, see
“Configuring antispam profiles and antispam action profiles” on page 477 .
This section contains the following topics:
•
Configuring email quarantines and quarantine reports
•
Configuring the black lists and white lists
•
•
Configuring the URL exempt list
•
Configuring bounce verification and tagging
•
Configuring endpoint reputation
•
Training and maintaining the Bayesian databases
Configuring email quarantines and quarantine reports
The Quarantine submenu lets you configure quarantine settings, and to configure system-wide settings for quarantine reports.
Using the email quarantine feature involves the following steps:
) and content action profiles (see
“Configuring content action profiles” on page 507 ).
• Configure the system quarantine administrator account who can manage the system quarantine. See
“Configuring the system quarantine administrator account and disk quota” on page 579 .
• Configure the quarantine control accounts, so that email users can send email to the
• Configure system-wide quarantine report settings, so that the FortiMail unit can send reports to inform email users of the mail quarantines. Then the users can decide if they want to release or delete the quarantined emails. See
“Configuring global quarantine report settings” on page 570 .
• Configure domain-wide quarantine report settings for specific domains. See
.
• View and manage personal quarantines and system quarantines. See
“Managing the quarantines” on page 178 .
• As the FortiMail administrator, you may also need to instruct end users about how to access
their email quarantines. See “Accessing the personal quarantine and webmail” on page 684 .
•
Configuring global quarantine report settings
•
Configuring the system quarantine administrator account and disk quota
•
Configuring the quarantine control accounts
Configuring antispam settings Page 569 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring global quarantine report settings
The Quarantine Report tab lets you configure various system-wide aspects of the quarantine report, including scheduling when the FortiMail unit will send reports.
For the quarantine report schedule to take effect, you must enable the quarantine action in the antispam and/or content action profile first. For details, see
“Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489 and
“Configuring content action profiles” on page 507
. For general steps about how to use email quarantine, see
“Configuring email quarantines and quarantine reports” on page 569 .
FortiMail units send quarantine reports to notify email users when email is quarantined to their per-recipient quarantine. If no email messages have been quarantined to the per-recipient quarantine folder in the period since the previous quarantine report, the FortiMail unit does not send a quarantine report.
In addition to the system-wide quarantine report settings, you can configure some quarantine report settings individually for each protected domain, including whether the FortiMail unit will send either or both plain text and HTML format quarantine reports. For more information about
domain-wide quarantine report settings, see “Quarantine Report Setting” on page 373
.
Starting from v4.1, domain-wide quarantine report settings are independent from the system-wide quarantine report settings.
However, in older releases, domain-wide quarantine report settings are a subset of the system-wide quarantine report settings. For example, if the system settings for schedule include only Monday and Thursday, when you are setting the schedule for the quarantine reports of the protected domain, you can only select Monday or Thursday.
For information on the contents of the plain text and HTML format quarantine report, see
“About the plain text formatted quarantine report” on page 573
and
“About the HTML formatted quarantine report” on page 575 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Quarantine category.
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure the global quarantine report settings
1. Go to AntiSpam > Quarantine > Quarantine Report.
2. Configure the following:
Configuring antispam settings Page 570 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 176:Quarantine Report tab
GUI item
Schedule
Description
These hours
These days
Select the hours of the day during which you want the
FortiMail unit to generate quarantine reports.
Select the days of the week during which you want the
FortiMail unit to generate quarantine reports.
Template
Webmail
Access Setting
Quarantine report template
Select a template from the dropdown list or click Edit to customize it. For details about email template customization, see
“Customizing email templates” on page 270
.
Time limited access without authentication
Enable to, when an email user clicks a web access link in their quarantine report, allow email users to access their per-recipient quarantine without having to log in.
Also configure Expiry Period.
Disable to require that email users enter their user name and password.
Configuring antispam settings Page 571 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Expiry period
Web release host name/IP
Description
Enter the period of time after the quarantine report is generated during which the email user can access the per-recipient quarantine without authenticating.
This option is available only if Time Limited Access
Without Authentication is enabled.
Enter a host name for the FortiMail unit that will be used for web release links in quarantine reports (but not email release links). If this field is left blank:
• If the FortiMail unit is operating in gateway mode or server mode, web release and delete links in the quarantine report will use the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the FortiMail unit. For more
information, see “Configuring mail server settings” on page 346 .
• If the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode, web release and delete links in the quarantine report will use the FortiMail unit’s management IP address.
For more information, see
Configuring an alternate host name for web release and delete links can be useful if the local domain name or management IP of the FortiMail unit is not resolvable from everywhere that email users will use their quarantine reports. In that case, you can override the web release link to use a globally resolvable host name or IP address.
3. In the Quarantine Report Recipient Setting section, double-click a domain name to modify its related settings.
A dialog appears.
Figure 177:Quarantine report recipient settings
4. Configure the following and click OK.
Configuring antispam settings Page 572 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 54: Quarantine report recipient settings
GUI item
Domain name
Description
Displays the name of a protected domain.
For more information on protected domains, see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359 .
Send to original recipient
Select to send quarantine reports to each recipient address in the protected domain.
Send to other recipient
Select to send quarantine reports to an email address other than the recipients or group owners, then enter the email address.
Send to LDAP group owner based on LDAP profile
Select to send quarantine reports to the email addresses of group owners, then select the name of an LDAP profile in which you have enabled and configured in
“Configuring group query options” on page 523 .
Also configure the following two options for more granular control:
• Only when original recipient is group
• When group owner is found, do not send to original recipient.
About the plain text formatted quarantine report
Plain text quarantine reports:
• notify email users about email messages that have been quarantined to their per-recipient quarantine
• explain how to delete one or all quarantined email messages
• explain how to release individual email messages
For plain text quarantine reports, you can only release email from the per-recipient quarantine by using the email release method. For more information on how to release email from the per-recipient quarantine, see
“Releasing and deleting email via quarantine reports” on page 577 .
The contents of quarantine reports are customizable. For more information, see “Customizing
GUI, replacement messages and email templates” on page 258 .
Configuring antispam settings Page 573 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 178:Sample plain text quarantine report
Table 55:Sample plain text quarantine report
Report content
Message header of quarantine report
Subject: Quarantine Summary: [ 3 message(s) quarantined from Thu, 04 Sep 2008 11:00:00 to Thu, 04 Sep 2008 12:00:00
]
From: [email protected]
Date: Thu, 04 Sep 2008 12:00:00
Quarantined email #1
Date: Thu, 04 Sep 2008 11:52:51
Subject: [SPAM] information leak
From: User 1 <[email protected]>
Message-Id:
MTIyMDU0MzU3MS43NDJfNTk5ODcuRm9ydGlNYWlsLTQwMCwjRiNTIzYzMy
NFLFU4OjIsUw==
Quarantined email #2
Date: Thu, 04 Sep 2008 11:51:10
Subject: [SPAM] curious?
From: User 1 <[email protected]>
Message-Id:
MTIyMDU0MzQ3MC43NDFfOTA0MjcxLkZvcnRpTWFpbC00MDAsI0YjUyM2Mj
UjRSxVNzoyLA==
Configuring antispam settings Page 574 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 55:Sample plain text quarantine report
Quarantined email #3
Date: Thu, 04 Sep 2008 11:48:50
Subject: [SPAM] Buy now!!!! lowest prices
From: User 1 <[email protected]>
Message-Id:
MTIyMDU0MzMzMC43NDBfNjkwMTUwLkZvcnRpTWFpbC00MDAsI0YjUyM2ND
IjRSxVNToyLA==
Instructions for deleting or releasing quarantined email
Actions: o) Release a message: Send an email to
<[email protected]> with subject line set to
"[email protected]:Message-Id".
o) Delete a message: Send an email to
<[email protected]> with subject line set to
"[email protected]:Message-Id".
o) Delete all messages: Send an email to
<[email protected]> with subject line set to
"delete_all:[email protected]:e4d46814:ac146004:05737c7c11
1d68d0111d68d0111d68d0".
About the HTML formatted quarantine report
HTML quarantine reports:
• notify email users about email messages that have been quarantined to their per-recipient quarantine
• contain links to delete one or all quarantined email messages (see Figure 179 on page 576 )
• contain links to release individual email messages (see Figure 179 on page 576 )
From an HTML format quarantine report, you can release or delete messages by using either web or email release methods. For more information on how to release email from the per-recipient quarantine, see
“Releasing and deleting email via quarantine reports” on page 577 .
Web release and delete links in an HTML formatted quarantine report may link to either the management IP address, local domain name, or an alternative host name for the FortiMail unit.
For more information, see “Web release host name/IP” on page 572 .
The contents of quarantine reports are customizable. For more information, see
GUI, replacement messages and email templates” on page 258 .
Configuring antispam settings Page 575 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 179:Sample HTML quarantine report
Web release and web delete links
Email release and email delete links, if
Table 56:Sample HTML quarantine report
Report content
Message header of quarantine report
Subject: Quarantine Summary: [ 3 message(s) quarantined from Thu,
04 Sep 2008 11:00:00 to Thu, 04 Sep 2008 12:00:00 ]
From: [email protected]
Date: Thu, 04 Sep 2008 12:00:00
Quarantined email #1
Date: Thu, 04 Sep 2008 11:52:51
From: User 1 <[email protected]>
Subject: [SPAM] information leak
Web Actions: Release Delete
Email Actions: Release Delete
Quarantined email #2
Date: Thu, 04 Sep 2008 11:51:10
From: User 1 <[email protected]>
Subject: [SPAM] curious?
Web Actions: Release Delete
Email Actions: Release Delete
Configuring antispam settings Page 576 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 56:Sample HTML quarantine report
Quarantined email #3
Date: Thu, 04 Sep 2008 11:48:50
From: User 1 <[email protected]>
Subject: [SPAM] Buy now!!!! lowest prices
Web Actions: Release Delete
Email Actions: Release Delete
Instructions for deleting or releasing quarantined email
Web Actions:
Click on Release link to send a http(s) request to have the message sent to your inbox.
Click on Delete link to send a http(s) request to delete the message from your quarantine.
Click Here to send a http(s) request to Delete all messages from your quarantine.
Email Actions:
Click on Release link to send an email to have the message sent to your inbox.
Click on Delete link to send an email to delete the message from your quarantine.
Click here to send an email to Delete all messages from your quarantine.
Other:
To view your entire quarantine inbox or manage your preferences, Click Here
Releasing and deleting email via quarantine reports
Quarantine reports enable recipients to remotely monitor and delete or release email messages in the per-recipient quarantine folders.
Depending on whether the quarantine report is sent and viewed in plain text or HTML format, a quarantine report recipient may use either or both web release and email release methods to release or delete email from a per-recipient quarantine.
• Web release: To release or delete an email from the per-recipient quarantine, the recipient must click the Release or Delete web action link which sends an HTTP or HTTPS request to the FortiMail unit. Available for HTML format quarantine reports only.
Configuring antispam settings Page 577 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 180:Releasing an email from the per-recipient quarantine using web release
• Email release: To release or delete an email from the per-recipient quarantine, the recipient must either:
• Click the Release or Delete email action link which creates a new email message containing all required information, then send it to the quarantine control account of the
FortiMail unit. Available for HTML format quarantine reports only.
• Manually send an email message to the quarantine control account of the FortiMail unit.
The To: address must be the quarantine control email address, such as [email protected]
or [email protected]. The subject line must contain both the recipient email address and Message-Id: of the quarantined email, separated by a colon (:), such as: [email protected]:MTIyMDU0MDk1Ni43NDRfMTk2ODU0LkZvcnRpTWFpbC00MDAs
I0YjUyM2NjUjRQ==
Figure 181:Releasing an email from the per-recipient quarantine using email release
Release quarantine control account
Subject line containing email address of original recipient and
Message-Id:
, separated by a colon (:)
.
Web release links may be configured to expire after a period of time, and may or may not require the recipient to log in to the FortiMail unit. For more information, see
“Configuring global quarantine report settings” on page 570 .
Configuring antispam settings Page 578 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
For more information on the differences between plain text and HTML format quarantine reports, see
“About the plain text formatted quarantine report” on page 573 and
HTML formatted quarantine report” on page 575 .
Configuring the system quarantine administrator account and disk quota
The System Quarantine Setting tab lets you configure system quarantine quota and rotation. It also lets you configure a system quarantine administrator account exclusively for the purpose of managing the system-wide quarantine, which cannot be managed by individual email users through their quarantine reports.
Like other FortiMail administrators, the system quarantine administrator can log in to the web
UI, but can access only the system quarantine. In this way, you can assign the periodic review of the system quarantine to someone else without allowing that person full administrative access to all FortiMail unit settings.
The system quarantine administrator can also view the system quarantine using a IMAP email client. To do this, configure the email client with the IP address of the FortiMail unit as the IMAP server, using the system quarantine administrator account name and password.
The system quarantine user cannot view the system quarantine using a POP3 email client because the system quarantine folder rotates and generates multiple folders. The POP3 email client can only access one of the folders, while IMAP could access all folders.
The system quarantine user cannot view the system quarantine using the webmail. However, you can create an administrator with "quarantine" role to access system quarantine.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Quarantine category.
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure the system quarantine account and quotas
1. Go to AntiSpam > Quarantine > System Quarantine Setting.
Figure 182:System Quarantine Setting tab
2. Configure the following:
Configuring antispam settings Page 579 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Account
Password
Forward to
Description
Enter the user name of the system quarantine administrator account.
This is the same user name that this person will use to log in to the web UI in order to manage the system quarantine.
Enter the password for the system quarantine administrator account.
Enter an email address to which the FortiMail unit will forward a copy of each email that is quarantined to the system quarantine.
Mailbox rotation size
Mailbox rotation time
Enter the maximum size of the current system quarantine mailbox
(Inbox). When the mailbox reaches this size, the FortiMail unit renames the current mailbox based on its creation date and rename date, and creates a new Inbox mailbox.
Alternatively or additionally configure Mailbox rotation time.
For more information, see
.
Enter the maximum amount of time that the current system quarantine mailbox (Inbox) will be used. When the mailbox reaches this time, the
FortiMail unit renames the current mailbox based on its creation date and rename date, and creates a new Inbox mailbox.
Alternatively or additionally configure Mailbox rotation size.
For more information, see
.
Disk quota
Enter the maximum amount of disk space the system quarantine will be permitted to use, including rotated folders.
Maximum configurable disk quota depends on the amount of available disk space.
Note: Before v4.0 MR3 Patch 3 release, the disk quota setting applies to both the FortiMail local hard disk and the NAS server (for information about configuring NAS storage, see
“Selecting the mail data storage location” on page 355 ). Starting from v4.0 MR3 Patch 3
release, this setting only applies to the FortiMail local disk. The default disk quota for a NAS server is 1 TB.
Quarantine options when disk quota is full
Select the action that the FortiMail unit will take when the system quarantine has consumed its disk quota, either:
• Overwrite: Discard the oldest email messages in the system quarantine in order to use the disk space to quarantine new email messages.
• Do not quarantine: Discard and do not save quarantine email messages.
Configuring the quarantine control accounts
Go to AntiSpam > Quarantine > Control Account to configure quarantine control email addresses.
Email users can remotely release or delete email messages in their per-recipient quarantine by sending email to quarantine control email addresses.
Configuring antispam settings Page 580 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
For example, if Release User is release-ctrl and the local domain name of the FortiMail unit is example.com, an email user could release an email message from their per-recipient quarantine by sending an email to [email protected] more information on releasing and deleting quarantined items through email, see
“Releasing and deleting email via quarantine reports” on page 577
.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Quarantine category.
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure the quarantine-release and delete-email addresses
1. Go to AntiSpam > Quarantine > Control Account.
Figure 183:Configuring the quarantine control accounts
2. For Release user, enter the user name portion (also known as the local-part) of the email address on the FortiMail unit that will receive quarantine release commands; for example: such as release-ctrl.
3. For Delete user, enter the user name portion (also known as the local-part) of the email address on the FortiMail unit that will receive quarantine delete commands; such as delete-ctrl
.
If you have more than one FortiMail unit (such as with HA-config high availability or load balancing), the release user and delete user names and must be unique on each FortiMail unit; that is, not duplicated on another FortiMail unit.
4. Click Apply.
Configuring the black lists and white lists
The AntiSpam > Black/White List submenu lets you reject, discard, or allow email messages based on email addresses, domain names, and IP addresses. It also lets you back up and restore the black lists and white lists.
Multiple types of black lists and white lists exist: system-wide, per-domain, per-user, and per-session profile. There are several places in the web UI where you can configure these black lists and white lists.
• For system-wide, per-domain, and per-user black lists and white lists, go to AntiSpam >
Black/White List. For details, see
“Configuring the global black list and white list” on
Configuring antispam settings Page 581 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
,
“Configuring the per-domain black lists and white lists” on page 586 , and
“Configuring the personal black lists and white lists” on page 588 .
• For per-user black lists and white lists, you can alternatively go to User > User >
User Preferences. For details, see
“Configuring user preferences” on page 406 .
• For session profile black lists and white lists, go to Profile > Session > Session and modify
the session profile. For details, see “Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
In addition to FortiMail administrators being able to configure per-user black lists and white lists, email users can configure their own per-user black list and white list by going to the
Preferences tab in FortiMail webmail. For more information, see the online help for FortiMail webmail.
All black and white list entries are automatically sorted into alphabetical order, where wildcard characters (* and ?) and numbers sort before letters.
•
Order of execution of black lists and white lists
•
About black list and white list address formats
•
Configuring the global black list and white list
•
Configuring the per-domain black lists and white lists
•
Configuring the personal black lists and white lists
•
Configuring the black list action
Order of execution of black lists and white lists
As one of the first steps to detect spam, FortiMail units evaluate whether an email message matches a black list or white list entry.
Generally, white lists take precedence over black lists. If the same entry appears in both lists, the entry will be whitelisted. Similarly, system-wide lists generally take precedence over per-domain lists, while per-domain lists take precedence over per-user lists.
Table 57 displays the sequence in which the FortiMail unit evaluates email for matches with black list and white list entries. If the FortiMail unit finds a match, it does not look for any additional matches, and cancels any remaining antispam scans of the message.
Table 57:Black and white list order of operations
Order List
1 System white list
2
3
4
System black list
Domain white list
Domain black list
Examines
Sender address, Client
IP
Action taken if match is found
Accept message
Sender address, Client
IP
Invoke black list action
Sender address, Client
IP
Accept message
Sender address, Client
IP
Invoke black list action
Configuring antispam settings Page 582 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 57:Black and white list order of operations
Order List
5 Session recipient white list
Examines
Recipient address
6 Session recipient black list
Recipient address
7
8
9
10
Session sender white list
Session sender black list
User white list
User black list
Sender address, Client
IP
Sender address, Client
IP
Action taken if match is found
Accept message for matching recipients
Invoke black list action
Accept message for all recipients
Invoke black list action
Sender address, Client
IP
Accept message for this recipient
Sender address, Client
IP
Discard message
When the sender email address or domain is examined for a match:
• email addresses and domain names in the list are compared to the sender address in the message envelope (MAIL FROM:) and message header (From:)
• IP addresses are compared to the IP address of the SMTP client delivering the email, also known as the last hop address
When the recipient is examined for a match, email addresses and domain names in the list are compared to the recipient address in both the envelop and header. An IP address in a recipient white or black list is not a valid entry, because IP addresses are not used.
System-wide, per-domain, and per-user black lists and white lists are executed before any policy match. In contrast, per-session profile black lists and white lists require that the traffic
Session profiles are selected in IP-based policies, and as a result, per-session profile black lists and white lists are not applied until the traffic matches an IP-based policy.
For information on order of execution relative to other antispam methods, see
“Order of execution” on page 16
.
About black list and white list address formats
Acceptable input for black and white list entries may vary by the type of the black or white list, but may be:
• all or part of an IP address
• all or part of a domain name
• all or part of an email address
Domain name portions (for example, example.com) and user name portions (for example, user1) may use wild cards (? and *).
Configuring antispam settings Page 583 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 58:Examples of valid black list/white list entries
Example
172.168.1
example.com
*@example.com
user1@ex?mple.com
user1@*.com
Description of match
Email from the IP addresses 172.168.1.0/24
Email from any sender at example.com, such as [email protected].
Email from the sender [email protected]
Email from any sender name ending in “ser1” at example.com
Email from any sender at example.com
Email from the sender user1 in domains such as example.com, exemple.com, or exumple.com
Email from the sender user1 at any .com domain
The following formats are not valid:
• 172.16.1.0
• 172.16.1.0/24
• @spam. example.com
Configuring the global black list and white list
The System tab lets you configure system-wide black and white lists to block or allow email by sender. It also lets you back up and restore the system-wide black and white lists.
You can alternatively back up all system-wide, per-domain, and per-user black lists and white
lists together. For details, see “Backup and restore” on page 206 .
Use black and white lists with caution. They are simple and efficient tools for fighting spam and enhancing performance, but can also cause false positives and false negatives if not used carefully. For example, a white list entry of *.edu would allow all email from the .edu top level domain to bypass the FortiMail unit's other antispam scans.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read
Domain administrators can access the global black list and global white list, and therefore could affect domains other than their own. If you do not want to permit this, do not provide
Read-Write permission to the Black/White List category in domain administrators’ access profile.
Configuring antispam settings Page 584 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To view the global black list or white list, go to AntiSpam > Black/White List > System. The page displays two links:
• Black List
• White List
To add an entry to the system-wide black list or white list
1. Go to AntiSpam > Black/White List > System.
2. Do one of the following:
• To block email by sender, click Black List.
• To allow email by sender, click White List.
The dialogs that appear are identical except for the single line of description.
Figure 184: Configuring the system-wide black or white lists
3. In the field to the left of the Add button, type the email address, domain name, or IP address of the sender you wish to add to the black or white list. For information on valid formats, see
“About black list and white list address formats” on page 583 .
4. Click Add.
The entry appears in the text area.
5. Click the window close button (X) to close the dialog.
To delete an entry from the system-wide black list or white list
1. Go to AntiSpam > Black/White List > System.
2. Click either Black List or White List.
3. In the text area below the Add button, select the entry that you want to remove.
4. Click Remove Selected.
To back up the system-wide black list or white list
1. Go to AntiSpam > Black/White List > System.
2. Click either Black List or White List.
3. Click Backup.
Configuring antispam settings Page 585 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
4. If your web browser prompts you for a location, select the folder where you want to save the file.
To restore the system-wide black list or white list
Back up the black list and white list before beginning this procedure. Restoring the black list and white list overwrites any existing black list or white list.
1. Go to AntiSpam > Black/White List > System.
2. Click either Black List or White List.
3. Click Browse, locate and select the file that you want to restore, then click OK.
4. Click Restore.
Configuring the per-domain black lists and white lists
The Domain tab lets you configure white lists and black lists that are specific to a protected domain in order to block or allow email by sender. It also lets you back up and restore the per-domain black lists and white lists.
You can alternatively back up all system-wide, per-domain, and per-user black lists and white
lists together. For details, see “Backup and restore” on page 206 .
Use black and white lists with caution. They are simple and efficient tools for fighting spam and enhancing performance, but can also cause false positives and false negatives if not used carefully. For example, a white list entry of *.edu would allow all email from the .edu top level domain to bypass the FortiMail unit's other antispam scans.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read
To view and edit per-domain black lists or white lists
1. Go to AntiSpam > Black/White List > Domain.
Figure 185:Domain tab for black lists and white lists
New icon
Edit icon
Configuring antispam settings Page 586 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Domain
Black List
White List
Description
Displays the name of the protected domain to which the black list and white list belong.
For more information on protected domains, see “Configuring protected domains” on page 359 .
Click the List icon to display, modify, back up, or restore the black list for the protected domain.
Click the List icon to display, modify, back up, or restore the white list for the protected domain.
2. Do one of the following:
• To block email by sender, in the row corresponding to the protected domain whose black list you want to modify, click either the New or Edit icon.
• To allow email by sender, in the row corresponding to the protected domain whose white list you want to modify, click either the New or Edit icon.
The dialogs that appear are identical except for the single line of description.
Figure 186: Configuring a per-domain black list
3. In the field to the left of the Add button, type the email address, domain name, or IP address of the sender. For information on valid formats, see
“About black list and white list address formats” on page 583 .
4. Click Add.
The entry appears in the text area below the Add button.
5. Click the window close button (X) to close the dialog.
To delete an entry from a per-domain black list or white list
1. Go to AntiSpam > Black/White List > Domain.
Configuring antispam settings Page 587 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
2. In the row corresponding to the protected domain whose black list or white list you want to modify, click the List icon.
3. In the text area below the Add button, select the entry that you want to remove.
4. Click Remove Selected.
To back up a per-domain black list or white list
1. Go to AntiSpam > Black/White List > Domain.
2. In the row corresponding to the protected domain whose black list or white list you want to back up, click the List icon.
3. Click Backup.
4. If your web browser prompts you for a location, select the folder where you want to save the file.
To restore a per-domain black list or white list
Back up the black list and white list before beginning this procedure. Restoring the black list and white list overwrites any existing black list or white list.
1. Go to AntiSpam > Black/White List > Domain.
2. In the row corresponding to the protected domain whose black list or white list you want to restore, click the List icon.
3. Click Browse, locate and select the file that you want to restore, then click OK.
4. Click Restore.
Configuring the personal black lists and white lists
AntiSpam > Black/White List > Personal lets you add or modify email users’ personal black or white lists in order to block or allow email by sender. It also lets you back up and restore the per-user black lists and white lists.
In addition to FortiMail administrators configuring per-user black lists and white lists, email users can configure their own per-user black list and white list by going to the Preferences tab in FortiMail webmail. For more information, see the online help for FortiMail webmail.
Use black and white lists with caution. They are simple and efficient tools for fighting spam and enhancing performance, but can also cause false positives and false negatives if not used carefully. For example, a white list entry of *.edu would allow all email from the .edu top level domain to bypass the FortiMail unit's other antispam scans.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read
To view and add to personal black lists or white lists
1. Go to AntiSpam > Black/White List > Personal.
Configuring antispam settings Page 588 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 187:Accessing the personal black lists and white lists
Search User icon
2. Select the name of the protected domain for the user in Domain. For more information on protected domains, see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359
3. Enter a user name and click the Search User icon.
Two additional options appear: .
GUI item Description
Add outgoing email addresses to White list
Click On to automatically add the recipient email addresses of outgoing email messages to this email user’s per-user white list. For more information on directionality, see
“Incoming versus outgoing email messages” on page 428 .
BlackWhite lists
Click Black to display, modify, back up, or restore the black list for this email user.
Click White to display, modify, back up, or restore the white list for this email user.
4. To edit a list, do one of the following:
• To block email by sender, click Black.
• To allow email by sender, click White.
The dialogs that appear are identical except for the single line of description.
Figure 188: Configuring a personal black list
5. In the field to the left of the Add button, type the email address, domain name, or IP address of the sender. For information on valid formats, see
“About black list and white list address formats” on page 583 .
Configuring antispam settings Page 589 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
6. Click Add.
The entry appears in the text area below the Add button.
7. Click the window close button (X) to close the dialog.
If you add the user’s email address to the same user’s personal white list, the FortiMail unit will ignore this entry. This is a precautious measure taken to guard against spammers from sending spam in disguise of that user’s email address as the sender address.
To delete an entry from a per-user black list or white list
1. Go to AntiSpam > Black/White List > Personal.
2. From Domain, select the name of the protected domain to which the email user belongs.
3. In User name, type the user name of the email user whose per-user black list or white list you want to modify.
4. Click the Search User icon.
If the email user exists, options appear allowing you to configure the user’s per-user black list and white list.
If the email user does not exist, a dialog appears, asking you if you want to create one and proceed. Click OK.
5. Click either Black or White .
6. In the text area below the Add button, select the entry that you want to remove.
7. Click Remove Selected.
To back up a per-user black list or white list
1. Go to AntiSpam > Black/White List > Personal.
2. From Domain, select the name of the protected domain to which the email user belongs.
3. In User name, type the user name of the email user whose per-user black list or white list you want to back up.
4. Click the Search User icon.
If the email user exists, options appear allowing you to back up the user’s per-user black list and white list.
5. Click either Black or White .
6. Click Backup.
7. If your web browser prompts you for a location, select the folder where you want to save the file.
You can alternatively back up all system-wide, per-domain, and per-user black lists and white
lists together. For details, see “Backup and restore” on page 206 .
To restore a per-user black list or white list
Back up the black list and white list before beginning this procedure. Restoring the black list and white list overwrites any existing black list or white list.
Configuring antispam settings Page 590 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
1. Go to AntiSpam > Black/White List > Personal.
2. From Domain, select the name of the protected domain to which the email user belongs.
3. In User name, type the user name of the email user whose per-user black list or white list you want to restore.
4. Click the Search User icon.
If the email user exists, options appear allowing you to restore the user’s per-user black list and white list.
5. Click either Black or White .
6. Click Browse, locate and select the file that you want to restore, then click OK.
7. Click Restore.
Configuring the black list action
The Blacklist Action tab lets you configure the action to take if an email message arrives from a blacklisted domain name, email address, or IP address.
The FortiMail unit will apply this action to email matching system-wide, per-domain, and per-session profile black lists.
For the personal level black lists, the only option is to discard. For more information, see
“Configuring the personal black lists and white lists” on page 588
.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read
Domain administrators can configure the black list action, and therefore could affect domains other than their own. If you do not want to permit this, do not provide Read-Write permission to the Black/White List category in domain administrators’ access profile.
To configure black list actions
1. Go to AntiSpam > Black/White List > Blacklist Action.
Figure 189:Configuring the black list action
Configuring antispam settings Page 591 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
2. Select one of the following:
• Reject: Reject delivery of the email and respond to the SMTP client with SMTP reply code
550 (Relaying denied).
• Discard: Accept the email, but silently delete it and do not deliver it. Do not inform the
SMTP client.
• Use AntiSpam profile setting: Use the actions configured in the antispam profile that you selected in the policy that matches the email message. For more information on actions, see
“Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489 .
3. Click Apply.
Configuring greylisting
Go to AntiSpam > Greylist to configure greylisting and to view greylist-exempt senders.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Manually exempting senders from greylisting
•
Configuring the grey list TTL and initial delay
About greylisting
Greylist scanning blocks spam based on the behavior of the sending server, rather than the content of the messages. When receiving an email from an unknown server, the FortiMail unit will temporarily reject the message. If the mail is legitimate, the originating server will try to send it again later ( RFC 2821 ), at which time the FortiMail unit will accept it. Spammers will typically abandon further delivery attempts in order to maximize spam throughput.
Advantages of greylisting include:
• Greylisting is low-maintenance, and does not require you to manually maintain IP address lists, black lists or white lists, or word lists. The FortiMail unit automatically obtains and maintains the required information.
• Spam blocked by greylisting never undergoes other antispam scans. This can save significant amounts of processing and storage resources. For this reason, enabling greylisting can improve FortiMail performance.
• Even if a spammer adapts to greylisting by retrying to send spam, the greylist delay period can allow time for FortiGuard Antispam and DNSBL servers to discover and blacklist the spam source. By the time that the spammer finally succeeds in sending the email, other antispam scans are more likely to recognize it as spam.
Configuring antispam settings Page 592 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 190:Workflow of greylist scanning
Start
Continue processing the message
End greylist routine
Reset TTL of matching greylist entry
Yes
Did the client authenticate?
No
Yes
Does the message match an exempt rule?
No
Yes
Does the message match an autoexempt record?
No
Yes
Does the message match a greylist entry?
No
The greylist entry expires
No
Does the sender retry before the initial expiry period elapses?
Yes
No
Does the sender retry before the greylisting period elapses?
Reject message with a temporary fail
Create a greylist entry
Set greylist entry expiry to TTL
Is the message detected as spam?
No
Yes
Does the message contain a virus?
No
Yes
Does the message match an autoexempt record?
Yes
No
Continue processing the message
End greylist routine
Yes
Is the sender or recipient whitelisted?
No
Create a greylist entry
Greylisting is omitted if the matching access control rule’s Action is RELAY. For more information on antispam features’ order of execution, see
“Order of execution” on page 16 .
When an SMTP client first attempts to deliver an email message through the FortiMail unit, the greylist scanner examines the email message’s combination of:
• sender email address in the message envelope (MAIL FROM:)
• recipient email address in the message envelope (RCPT TO:)
• IP address of the SMTP client
The greylist scanner then compares the combination of those attributes to manual and automatic greylist entries. The greylist scanner evaluates the email for matches in the following order:
1. manual greylist entries, also known as exemptions (see
“Manual greylist entries” on page 596
)
)
Configuring antispam settings Page 593 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. individual automatic greylist entries, also known as greylist entries
According to the match results, the greylist scanner performs one of the following:
• If a matching entry exists, the FortiMail unit continues with other configured antispam scans, and will accept the email if no other antispam scan determines that the email is spam. For automatic greylist entry matches, each accepted subsequent email also extends the expiry date of the automatic greylist entry according to the configured time to live (TTL). (Automatic greylist entries are discarded if no additional matching email messages are received by the expiry date.)
• If no matching entry exists, the FortiMail unit creates a pending individual automatic greylist entry (see
“Viewing the pending and individual automatic greylist entries” on page 187
) to note that combination of sender, recipient, and client addresses, then replies to the SMTP client with a temporary failure code. During the greylist delay period after the initial delivery attempt, the FortiMail unit continues to reply to delivery attempts with a temporarily failure code. To confirm the pending automatic greylist entry and successfully send the email message, the SMTP client must retry delivery during the greylist window: after the delay period, but before the expiry of the pending entry.
Subsequent email messages matching a greylist entry are accepted by the greylist scanner without being subject to the greylisting delay.
For information on how the greylist scanner matches email messages, see
“Matching greylist entries” on page 594
. For information on configuring the greylisting delay, window, and entry expiry/TTL, see
“Configuring the grey list TTL and initial delay” on page 596
.
Matching greylist entries
While the email addresses in the message envelope must match exactly, the IP address of the
SMTP client is a less specific match: any IP address on the /24 network will match.
For example, if an email server at 192.168.1.99 is known to the greylist scanner, its greylist entry contains the IP address 192.168.1.0 where 0 indicates that any value will match the last octet, and that any IP address starting with 192.168.1 will match that entry.
This greylist IP address matching mechanism restricts the number of IP addresses which can match the greylist entry while also minimizing potential issues with email server farms. Some large organizations use many email servers with IP addresses in the same class C subnet. If the first attempt to deliver email receives a temporary failure response, the second attempt may come from an email server with a different IP address. If an exact match were required, the greylist scanner would treat the second delivery attempt as a new delivery attempt unrelated to the first. Depending on the configuration of the email servers, the email message might never be delivered properly. Approximate IP address matching often prevents this problem.
For very large email server farms that require greater than a /24 subnet, you can manually create
greylist exemptions. For more information, see “Manual greylist entries” on page 596 .
Configuring antispam settings Page 594 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Automatic greylist entries
The automatic greylisting process automatically creates, confirms pending entries, and expires automatic greylist entries, reducing the need for manual greylist entries. The automatic greylisting process can create three types of automatic greylist entries:
• pending (see
“Viewing the pending and individual automatic greylist entries” on page 187 )
• individual (see
“Viewing the pending and individual automatic greylist entries” on page 187 )
• consolidated (see
“Viewing the consolidated automatic greylist exemptions” on page 189 )
Pending entries are created on the initial delivery attempt, and track the email messages whose delivery attempts are currently experiencing the greylist delay period. They are converted to confirmed individual entries if a delivery attempt occurs after the greylist delay period, during the greylist window.
The automatic greylisting process can reduce the number of individual automatic greylist entries by consolidating similar entries after they have been confirmed during the greylisting window.
Consolidation improves performance and greatly reduces the possibility of overflowing the maximum number of greylist entries.
Consolidated automatic greylist entries include only:
• the domain name portion of the sender email address
• the IP address of the SMTP client
They do not include the recipient email address, or the user name portion of the sender email address. By containing only the domain name portion and not the entire sender email address, a consolidated entry can match all senders from a single domain, rather than each sender having and matching their own individual automatic greylist entry. Similarly, by not containing the recipient email address, any recipient can share the same greylist entry. Because consolidated entries have broader match sets, they less likely to reach the time to live (TTL) than an individual automatic greylist entry.
For example, example.com and example.org each have 100 employees. The two organizations work together and employees of each company exchange email with many of their counterparts in the other company. If each example.com employee corresponds with 20 people from example.org, the FortiMail unit used by example.com will have 2000 greylist entries for the email received from example.org alone. By consolidating, these 2000 greylist entries are replaced by a single entry.
Not all individual automatic greylist entries can be consolidated. Because consolidated entries have fewer message attributes, more email messages may match each entry, some of which could contain different recipient email addresses and sender user names than those of the originally greylisted email messages. To prevent spam from taking advantage of the broader match sets, requirements for creation of consolidated entries are more strict than those of individual automatic greylist entries. FortiMail units will create a consolidated entry only if the email:
• does not match any manual greylist entry (exemption)
• passes the automatic greylisting process
• passes all configured antispam scans
• passes all configured antivirus scans
• passes all configured content scans
• does not match any white lists
Configuring antispam settings Page 595 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
If an email message fails to meet the above requirements, the FortiMail unit instead maintains the individual automatic greylist entry.
If an email message matches a manual greylist entry, it is not subject to automatic greylisting and the FortiMail unit will not create an entry in the greylist or autoexempt list.
After a greylist entry is consolidated, both the consolidated entry and the original greylist entry will coexist for the length of the greylist TTL. Because email messages are compared to the autoexempt list before the greylist, subsequent matching email will reset only the expiry date of the autoexempt list entry, but not the expiry date of the original greylist entry. Eventually, the original greylist entry expires, leaving the automatic greylist entry.
Manual greylist entries
In some cases, you may want to manually configure some greylist entries. Manual greylist entries are exempt from the automatic greylisting process, and are therefore not subject to the greylist delay period and confirmation.
For example, a manual greylist entry can be useful when email messages are sent from an email server farm whose network is larger than /24. For very large email server farms, if a different email server attempts the delivery retry each time, the greylist scanner could perceive each retry as a first attempt, and automatic greylist entries could expire before the same email server retries delivery of the same email. To prevent this problem, you can manually create an exemption using common elements of the host names of the email servers.
For more information on creating manual greylist entries, see
“Manually exempting senders from greylisting” on page 598 .
Configuring the grey list TTL and initial delay
The Settings tab lets you configure time intervals used during the automatic greylisting process.
For more information on the automatic greylisting process, see
“About greylisting” on page 592 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure greylisting intervals
1. Go to AntiSpam > Greylist > Settings.
Figure 191:Settings tab
Configuring antispam settings Page 596 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
2. Configure the following:
GUI item
TTL
Greylisting period
Description
Enter the time to live (TTL) that determines the maximum amount of time that unused automatic greylist entries will be retained.
Expiration dates of automatic greylist entries are determined by the following two factors:
• Initial expiry period: After a greylist entry passes the greylist delay period and its status is changed to PASSTHROUGH, the entry’s initial expiry time is determined by the time you set with the CLI command set greylist-init-expiry-period under config antispam settings
(see the
FortiMail CLI Reference
). The default initial expiry time is 4 hours. If the initial expiry time elapses without an email message matching the automatic greylist entry, the entry expires and the greylist scanner removes the entry.
• TTL: Between the entry’s PASSTHROUGH time and initial expiry time, if the entry is hit again (the sender retries to send the message again), the entry’s expiry time will be reset by adding the TTL value
(time to live) to the message’s “Received” time. Each time an email message matches the entry, the life of the entry is prolonged; in this way, entries that are in active use do not expire. If the TTL elapses without an email message matching the automatic greylist entry, the entry expires and the greylist scanner removes the entry.
For more information on automatic greylist entries, see
“Viewing the greylist statuses” on page 186
.
Enter the length of the greylist delay period.
For the initial delivery attempt, if no manual greylist entry (exemption) matches the email message, the FortiMail unit creates a pending automatic greylist entry, and replies with a temporary failure code.
During the greylist delay period after this initial delivery attempt, the
FortiMail unit continues to reply to additional delivery attempts with a temporary failure code.
After the greylist delay period elapses and before the pending entry expires (during the greylist window), any additional delivery attempts will confirm the entry and convert it to an individual automatic greylist entry.
The greylist scanner will then allow delivery of subsequent matching email messages. For more information on pending and individual
You can use the CLI to change the default 4 hour greylist window. For more information, see the
CLI command set greylist-init-expiry-period under config antispam settings in the
FortiMail CLI Reference
.
Configuring antispam settings Page 597 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Manually exempting senders from greylisting
The Exempt tab displays manual greylist entries, which exempt email messages from the automatic greylisting process and its associated greylist delay period.
Greylisting is omitted if the matching access control rule’s Action is RELAY. For more information on antispam features’ order of execution, see
“Order of execution” on page 16 .
For more information on the automatic greylisting process, see
“About greylisting” on page 592 .
For more information on manual greylist entries, see “Manual greylist entries” on page 596 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view and configure manual greylist entries
1. Go to AntiSpam > Greylist > Exempt.
Figure 192:Exempt tab
GUI item Description
Sender Pattern
Displays the pattern that defines a matching sender address in the message envelope (MAIL FROM:).
The prefix to the pattern indicates whether or not the Regular
expression option is enabled for the entry.
• R/: Regular expressions are enabled.
• -/: Regular expressions are not enabled, but the pattern may use wild cards (* or ?).
Recipient Pattern Displays the pattern that defines a matching recipient address in the message envelope (RCPT TO:).
The prefix to the pattern indicates whether or not the Regular
expression option is enabled for the entry.
• R/: Regular expressions are enabled.
• -/: Regular expressions are not enabled, but the pattern may use wild cards (* or ?).
Configuring antispam settings Page 598 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Sender
IP/Netmask
Reverse DNS
Pattern
Description
Displays the IP address and netmask that defines SMTP clients (the last hop address) that match this entry.
0.0.0.0/0
matches all SMTP client IP addresses.
Displays the pattern that defines a matching result when the FortiMail unit performs the reverse DNS lookup of the IP address of the SMTP client.
The prefix to the pattern indicates whether or not the Regular
expression option is enabled for the entry.
• R/: Regular expressions are enabled.
• -/: Regular expressions are not enabled, but the pattern may use wild cards (* or ?).
2. Click New to add an entry or double-click an entry to modify it.
A dialog appears.
Figure 193: New Rule dialog
3. Configure the following:
Configuring antispam settings Page 599 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Sender pattern
Description
Enter the pattern that defines a matching sender email address in the message envelope (MAIL FROM:). To match any sender email address, enter either *, or, if Regular expression is enabled, .*.
You can create a pattern that matches multiple addresses either by:
• including wild card characters (* or ?). An asterisk (*) matches one or more characters; a question mark (?) matches any single character.
• using regular expressions. You must also enable the Regular
expression option.
For example, entering the pattern ??@*.com will match messages sent by any sender with a two-letter user name from any “.com” domain.
Regular expression
For any of the pattern options, select the accompanying Regular
expression check box if you entered a pattern using regular expression syntax.
Recipient pattern
Enter the pattern that defines a matching recipient address in the message envelope (RCPT TO:). To match any recipient email address, enter either *, or, if Regular expression is enabled, .*.
You can create a pattern that matches multiple addresses either by:
• including wild card characters (* or ?). An asterisk (*) matches one or more characters; a question mark (?) matches any single character.
• using regular expressions. You must also enable the Regular expression option.
For example, entering the pattern *@example.??? will match email sent to any recipient at example.com, example.net, example.org, or any other “example” top level domain.
Configuring antispam settings Page 600 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item Description
Sender IP/Netmask
Enter the IP address and netmask that defines SMTP clients that match this entry.
To match any SMTP client IP address, enter 0.0.0.0/0.
You can create a pattern that matches multiple addresses by entering any bit mask other than /32.
For example, entering 10.10.10.10/24 would match the 24-bit subnet of IP addresses starting with 10.10.10, and would appear in the list of manual greylist entries as 10.10.10.0/24.
Reverse DNS pattern
Enter the pattern that defines valid host names for the IP address of the SMTP client (the last hop address).
Since the SMTP client can use a fake self-reported host name in its SMTP greeting (EHLO/HELO), you can use a reverse DNS lookup of the SMTP client’s IP address to get the real host name of the SMTP client. Then the FortiMail greylist scanner can compare the host name resulting from the reverse DNS query with the pattern that you specify. If the query result matches the specified pattern, the greylist exempt rule will apply, Otherwise, the rule will not apply.
You can create a pattern that matches multiple addresses either by:
• including wild card characters (* or ?). An asterisk (*) matches one or more characters; a question mark (?) matches any single character.
• using regular expressions. You must also enable the Regular
expression option.
For example, entering the pattern mail*.com will match messages delivered by an SMTP client whose host name starts with “mail” and ending with “.com”.
No pattern can be left blank in a greylist exempt rule. To have the FortiMail unit ignore a pattern, enter an asterisk (*) in the pattern field. For example, if you enter an asterisk in the
Recipient Pattern field and do not enable Regular Expression, the asterisk matches all recipient addresses. This eliminates the recipient pattern as an item used to determine if the rule matches an email message.
Example: Manual greylist entries (exemptions)
Example Corporation uses a FortiMail unit that is operating in gateway mode, and uses greylisting to reduce the quantity of spam they receive at their protected domain, example.com.
Example Corporation wants to exempt some email from the initial greylist delay period by creating manual greylist entries (exemptions to the automatic greylisting process) that match trusted combinations of SMTP client IP addresses and recipient email addresses.
The manual greylist entries used by Example Corporation are shown in Figure 194 .
Configuring antispam settings Page 601 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 194:A sample greylist exemption list
Rule 1
Example Corporation has a number of foreign offices. Email from these offices does not need to be greylisted.The IP addresses of email servers in the foreign offices vary, though their host names all begin with “mail” and end with “example.com”.
Rule 1 uses the recipient pattern and the reverse DNS pattern to exempt from the automatic greylisting process all email messages that are sent to recipients at example.com, and are being delivered by an email server with a host name beginning with “mail” and ending with
“example.com”.
Rule 2
Example Corporation works closely with a partner organization, Example Org, whose email domain is example.org. Email from the example.org email servers does not need to be greylisted. The IP addresses of email servers for example.org are within the 172.20.120.0/24 subnet, and have a host name of mail.example.org.
Rule 2 uses the recipient pattern, sender IP/ netmask, and reverse DNS pattern to exempt from the automatic greylisting process all email messages that are sent to recipients at example.com by any email server whose IP address is between 172.20.120.1 and 172.20.120.255 and whose host name is mail.example.org.
Configuring the URL exempt list
In case a good URL is misconfigured and assigned to a spam category in the URI filter (see
“Configuring a FortiGuard URI filter profile” on page 481 ), you can correct the problem by
specifying the URLs to be exempt from scanning and blocking.
To configure the URL exemplt list
1. Go to AntiSpam > URL Exempt List > Exempt.
2. Click New.
3. Enter an exempt pattern. The pattern can use wildcards (default) or regular expressions. See
“Appendix F: Regular expressions” on page 730
.
4. Click Create.
Configuring bounce verification and tagging
The Bounce Verification submenu lets you configure bounce address tagging and verification.
Spammers sometimes fraudulently use others’ email addresses as the sender email address in the message envelope (MAIL FROM:) when delivering spam. When an email cannot be delivered, email servers often return a a delivery status notification (DSN) message, sometimes also known as a bounce message, to the sender email address located in the message envelope.
While DSNs are normally useful in notifying email users when an email could not be delivered, in this case, it could result in delivery of a DSN to an email user who never actually sent the
Configuring antispam settings Page 602 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
original message. Because the invalid bounce message is from a valid email server, it can be difficult to detect as invalid.
You can combat this problem with bounce address tagging and verification. If the FortiMail unit tags outgoing email, it can verify the tags of incoming bounce messages to guarantee that the bounce message is truly in reply to a previous outgoing email.
For a FortiMail unit to perform bounce address tagging, the following must be true:
• bounce verification is enabled
• a bounce address key must exist and be activated
• in the protected domain to which the sender belongs, the “Bypass bounce verification” option is disabled (see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359 )
• the recipient domain is not in the tagging exempt list
The FortiMail unit will use the currently activated key to generate bounce address tags for all outgoing email. You can create multiple keys, but only one can be activated at any time.
The activated private key is used, together with randomizing data, to generate the tag that is applied to the sender email address in the message envelope, also known as the bounce address, of all outgoing messages. The format of tagged sender email addresses is: [email protected]
where the sender email address is [email protected] and the prefix is the bounce address tag. The tag is different for every email message, and uniquely identifies the email message.
Bounce address tagging is applied to the sender email address in the message envelope only; it is not applied to the sender email address in the message header.
If the email server for the recipient email domain cannot deliver the email, it will send a bounce message whose recipient is the tagged email address. When the bounce message arrives at the
FortiMail unit, it will use the private keys to verify the bounce address tag. Incoming email is subject to bounce verification if all the following is true:
• bounce verification is enabled
• at least one bounce address key exists
• in the protected domain to which the recipient belongs, the Bypass Bounce Verification option is disabled (see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359 )
• in the session profile, the Bypass Bounce Verification check option is disabled (see
“Configuring session profiles” on page 456 )
• the sender email address (MAIL FROM:) in the message envelope is empty
•
the DSN sender is not in the verification example list
The sender email address is typically empty for bounce messages. The sender email address may also be empty for some types of spam that are not bounce messages. Because the sender email addresses of those types of spam will not have a proper tag, similar to bounce message spam, these spam will fail the bounce verification process. Email sent from email clients or webmail will not have an empty sender email address, and therefore will not be subject to the bounce verification process.
If the tag is successfully verified, the bounce verification scan removes the tag, restoring the recipient email address to one known by the protected domain, and allows the bounce message.
Configuring antispam settings Page 603 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
If the tag is not successfully verified, the bounce verification scan will perform the action that you have configured for invalid bounce messages.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure bounce verification settings
1. Go to AntiSpam > Bounce Verification > Settings.
Figure 195:Settings tab
2. Configure the following as required:
GUI item
New, Edit, Delete
(buttons)
Key
Status
Last Used
Configuring antispam settings
Description
Click to create, edit or delete a key.
Note: If you delete a key, any email with a tag generated when that key was active will fail bounce verification. After activating a new key, keep the previously active key until any tags generated with the old key expire.
Delete is unavailable if the Status of the key is Active.
Displays the string of text that is the private key. This can be any arbitrary string of text, and will be used together with randomizing data to generate each bounce address tag.
Indicates which key is activated for use.
• Active: The key is activated.
• Inactive: The key is deactivated.
Only one of the keys may be activated at any given time. The activated key is the one that will be used to generate the bounce address tags for outgoing email. Both activated and deactivated keys will be used for bounce address tag verification of incoming email.
To activate or deactivate a key, double-click it and modify its
Status.
Displays the date and time when the key was generated or last used to verify the bounce address tag of an incoming email, whichever is later.
Page 604 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Enable bounce verification
Bounce verification tag expires in (days)
Keys will be automatically removed
Bounce verification action
Description
Mark this check box to enable verification of bounce address tags for all incoming email.
If you want to make exceptions for email that does not require bounce address tag verification, you can bypass bounce verification in protected domains and session profiles. For more information, see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359
and
“Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
Enter the number of days after creation when bounce message keys will expire and their resulting tags will fail verification.
Displays the period of time after which unused, deactivated keys will be automatically removed.
The activated key will not be automatically removed.
Select which action that a FortiMail unit will perform when an incoming email fails bounce address tagging verification, either:
• Reject: Reject delivery of the email and respond to the SMTP client with SMTP reply code 550 (Relaying denied).
• Discard: Accept the email, but silently delete it and do not deliver it. Do not inform the SMTP client.
• Use antispam profile setting: Use the actions configured in the antispam profile that you selected in the policy that matches the email message. For more information on actions, see
“Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489 .
To configure a bounce address tagging and verification key
1. Go to AntiSpam > Bounce Verification > Settings.
2. Click New to add a key or double-click to a key to modify it.
A dialog appears:
Figure 196: Bounce Verification Key dialog
3. Configure the following:
Configuring antispam settings Page 605 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item
Key name
Status
Description
Enter the string of text that will be used together with randomizing data in order to generate each bounce address tag. Keys must not be identical.
This field cannot be modified after a key is created. Instead, you must create a new key. If you are certain that no email has used a key, and therefore no bounce messages can exist which would require tag verification, you can safely delete that key.
Select the activation status of the key.
• Active: The key will be activated, and used to generate bounce address tags for outgoing messages. If any other key is currently activated, it will be deactivated when this new key is saved and activated.
• Inactive: The key will be deactivated. You can activate the key at a later time.
Only one of the keys may be activated at any given time.The activated key is the one that will be used to generate tags for outgoing messages. Both activated and deactivated keys will be used for bounce address tag verification of incoming email.
Excluding recipient domains from bounce verification tagging
If you do not want to tag the email sent to certain recipients, you can do so by adding the recipient domain to the exempt list.
To configure the tagging exempt list
1. Go to AntiSpam > Bounce Verification > Tagging Exempt List.
2. Click New.
3. Add the recipient domain name.
4. Click Create.
Excluding senders from bounce verification
If you do not want to verify bounce verification tags from certain senders, you can do so by adding the sender host names to the exempt list.
To configure the tagging exempt list
1. Go to AntiSpam > Bounce Verification > Verification Exempt List.
2. Click New.
3. Add the host name. FortiMail will use reverse DNS to resolve the client’s IP address into host name. You can use wildcard to include all hosts within a domain, for instance,
*.example.com.
4. Click Create.
Configuring antispam settings Page 606 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring endpoint reputation
Go to AntiSpam > Endpoint Reputation to manually blacklist carrier end points, to exempt them from automatic blacklisting due to their reputation score, and to view the list of automatically blacklisted carrier end points.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Manually blacklisting endpoints
•
Exempting endpoints from endpoint reputation
•
Configuring the endpoint reputation score window
•
Viewing the endpoint reputation statuses
About endpoint reputation
A carrier end point is any device on the periphery of a carrier’s or Internet service provider’s
(ISP) network. It could be, for example, a subscriber’s GSM cellular phone, wireless PDA, or computer using DSL service.
Figure 197:Carrier end points
Unlike MTAs, computers in homes and small offices and mobile devices such as laptops and cellular phones that send email may not have a static IP address. Cellular phones’ IP addresses especially may change very frequently. After a device leaves the network or changes its IP address, its dynamic IP address may be reused by another device. Because of this, a sender reputation score that is directly associated with an SMTP client’s IP address may not function well. A device sending spam could start again with a clean sender reputation score simply by rejoining the network to get another IP address, and an innocent device could be accidentally blacklisted when it receives an IP address that was previously used by a spammer.
To control spam from SMTP clients with dynamic IP addresses, you can use the endpoint reputation score method instead.
Configuring antispam settings Page 607 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
The endpoint reputation score method does not directly use the IP address as the SMTP client’s unique identifier. Instead, it uses the subscriber ID, login ID, MSISDN, or other identifier. (An
MSISDN is the number associated with a mobile device, such as a SIM card on a cellular phone network.) The IP address is only temporarily associated with this identifier while the device is joined to the network.
When a device joins the network of its service provider, such as a cellular phone carrier or DSL provider, it may use a protocol such as PPPoE or PPPoA which supports authentication. The network access server (NAS) queries the remote authentication dial-in user server (RADIUS) for authentication and access authorization. If successful, the RADIUS server then creates a record which associates the device’s MSISDN, subscriber ID, or other identifier with its current IP address.
The server, next acting as a RADIUS client, sends an accounting request with the mapping to the FortiMail unit. (The FortiMail unit acts as an auxiliary accounting server if the endpoint reputation daemon is enabled.) The FortiMail unit then stores the mappings, and uses them for the endpoint reputation feature.
When the device leaves the network or changes its IP address, the RADIUS server acting as a client requests that the FortiMail unit stop accounting (that is, remove its local record of the
IP-to-MSISDN/subscriber ID mapping). The FortiMail unit keeps the reputation score associated with the MSISDN or subscriber ID, which will be re-mapped to the new IP address on the next time that the mobile device joins the network.
The endpoint reputation feature can be used with traditional email, but it can also be used with
MMS text messages.
The multimedia messaging service (MMS) protocol transmits graphics, animations, audio, and video between mobile phones. There are eight interfaces defined for the MMS standard, referred to as MM1 through MM8. MM3 uses SMTP to transmit text messages to and from mobile phones. Because it can be used to transmit content, spammers can also use MMS to send spam.
You can blacklist MSISDNs or subscriber IDs to reduce MMS and email spam.
In addition to manually blacklisting or exempting MSISDNs and subscriber IDs, you can configure automatic blacklisting based on endpoint reputation score. If a carrier end point sends email or text messages that the FortiMail unit detects as spam, the endpoint reputation score increases. You can configure session profiles to log or block, for a period of time, email and text messages from carrier end points whose endpoint reputation score exceeds the threshold during the automatic blacklisting window. For information on enabling endpoint reputation scans in session profiles and configuring the score threshold and automatic blacklisting duration, see
“Configuring session profiles” on page 456
. For information on configuring the automatic blacklisting window, see
“Configuring the endpoint reputation score window” on page 611 .
To use the endpoint reputation feature
1. Enter the following CLI command to start the endpoint reputation daemon: config antispam setting end set carrier-endpoint-status enable
2. On the web UI, go to AntiSpam > Endpoint Reputation and configure the settings described
“Configuring the endpoint reputation score window” on page 611
.
3. Go to Profile > Session > Session. Mark the check box of the
option, then select either Reject or Monitor from
“Configuring session profiles” on page 456
.
Configuring antispam settings Page 608 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
4. Go to Policy > Policies > IP Policies. Select the session profile in an IP-based policy. For details, see
“Controlling email based on IP addresses” on page 449 .
5. If you enable antispam, antivirus, and history logging, you can go to Monitor > Log to view endpoint reputation-related log messages. For details, see
“Configuring logging” on page 637
and
“Viewing log messages” on page 197 .
Manually blacklisting endpoints
The Blacklist tab lets you manually blacklist carrier end points by subscriber ID, MSISDN, or other identifier.
MSISDN numbers or subscriber IDs listed on the black list will have their email or text messages blocked as long as their identifier appears on the black list.
You can alternatively blacklist subscriber IDs or MSISDNs automatically, based on their reputation score. For more information, see
“Viewing the endpoint reputation statuses” on page 193 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To edit a manual carrier endpoint black list
1. Go to AntiSpam > Endpoint Reputation > Blacklist.
2. Click New to add an entry. (Entries cannot be edited, only deleted.)
A single-field dialog appears.
Figure 198: Configuring a new blacklisted endpoint
3. In Endpoint ID, type the MSISDN, subscriber ID, or other identifier for the carrier end point that you want to add to the list.
4. Click Create.
Exempting endpoints from endpoint reputation
The Exempt tab lets you manually exempt carrier end points (by MSISDN, subscriber ID, or other identifiers) from automatic blacklisting due to their endpoint reputation score.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To add an exemption
1. Go to AntiSpam > Endpoint Reputation > Exempt.
Configuring antispam settings Page 609 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
2. Click New to add an entry. (Entries cannot be edited, only deleted.)
A dialog appears.
Figure 199: Configuring an endpoint reputation exemption
3. In Endpoint ID, type the MSISDN, subscriber ID, or other identifier for the carrier end point that you want to exempt.
4. Click Create.
Filtering manual endpoint black list entries
You can filter manual endpoint black list entries on the Blacklist and Exempt tabs based on the
MSISDN, subscriber ID, or other identifier of the sender.
To filter entries
1. Go to AntiSpam > Endpoint Reputation > Blacklist or AntiSpam > Endpoint Reputation >
Exempt.
2. Click the Search button.
A dialog appears.
Figure 200: Filtering the manual endpoint entries
3. In the Value field, enter the identifier of the carrier endpoint, such as the subscriber ID or
MSISDN, for the entry or entries that you want to display.
A blank field matches any value. Use an asterisk (*) to match multiple patterns, such as typing 46* to match 46701123456, 46701123457, and so forth. Regular expressions are not supported.
4. Select Case Sensitive if capitalization is part of the search requirement.
5. Under Operation, select Contain or Wildcard to set the search method.
6. Click Search.
The tab appears again showing just entries that match your filter criteria. To remove the filter criteria and display all entries, click the tab to refresh its view.
Configuring antispam settings Page 610 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring the endpoint reputation score window
The Settings tab lets you configure the window size for calculating the reputation score for automatic endpoint reputation-based blacklisting.
In addition to manually blacklisting or exempting carrier end points based on their MSISDNs or subscriber IDs, you can configure automatic blacklisting based on endpoint reputation score. If an MSISDN or subscriber ID sends email or text messages that the FortiMail unit detects as spam or infected, the endpoint reputation score increases. You can configure session profiles to log or block, for a period of time, email and text messages from carrier end points whose reputation score exceeds the threshold during the automatic blacklisting window. For information on enabling endpoint reputation scans in session profiles and configuring the score threshold and automatic blacklisting duration, see
“Configuring session profiles” on page 456 .
For more information on the role of the automatic blacklisting window in the endpoint reputation scan, see
“Configuring endpoint reputation” on page 607
.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure the automatic endpoint blacklisting window
1. Go to AntiSpam > Endpoint Reputation > Settings.
Figure 201:Configuring the endpoint reputation score window
2. In Auto blacklist window size, enter the number of previous minutes in which events will be used to calculate the current endpoint reputation score.
For example, if the window of time was 15, detections of spam or viruses within the last 0-15 minutes are counted towards the current score; but, detections of spam or viruses older than
15 minutes would not count towards the current score.
3. Click Apply.
Training and maintaining the Bayesian databases
Bayesian scanning uses databases to determine if an email is spam. For Bayesian scanning to be effective, the databases must be trained with known-spam and known-good email messages so the scanner can learn the differences between the two types of email. To maintain its effectiveness, false positives and false negatives must be sent to the FortiMail unit so the
Bayesian scanner can learn from its mistakes.
Be aware that, without ongoing training, Bayesian scanning will become significantly less effective over time and thus Fortinet does not recommend enabling the Bayesian scanning feature.
Configuring antispam settings Page 611 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
The AntiSpam > Bayesian submenu lets you manage the databases used to store statistical information for Bayesian antispam processing, and to configure the email addresses used for remote control and training of the Bayesian databases.
To use a Bayesian database, you must enable the Bayesian scan in the antispam profile. For
more information, see “Managing antispam profiles” on page 477
.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Training the Bayesian databases
•
•
Backing up, batch training, and monitoring the Bayesian databases
•
Configuring the Bayesian training control accounts
•
Types of Bayesian databases
FortiMail units have two types of Bayesian databases:
•
•
All types contain Bayesian statistical data that can be used by Bayesian scans to detect spam, and should be trained in order to be most accurate for detecting spam within their respective scopes. For more information on training each type of Bayesian database, see
Bayesian databases” on page 613
.
Only one Bayesian database is used by any individual Bayesian scan; which type will be used depends on the directionality of the email and your configuration of the FortiMail unit’s
Global
The global Bayesian database is a single database that contains Bayesian statistics that can be used to detect spam for any email user.
Outgoing antispam profiles can use only the global Bayesian database. Incoming antispam profiles can use global or domain Bayesian databases.
If all spam sent to all protected domains has similar characteristics and you do not require your
Bayesian scans to be tailored specifically to the email of a protected domain, using the global database for all Bayesian scanning may be an ideal choice, because there is only one database to train and maintain.
For email that does not require use of the global database, if you want to use the global database, you must disable use of the per-domain Bayesian databases. For information on configuring protected domains to use the global Bayesian database, see
“Use global Bayesian database” on page 379 .
Group
Group Bayesian databases, also known as per-domain Bayesian databases, contain Bayesian statistics that can be used to detect spam for email users in a specific protected domain.
FortiMail units can have multiple group Bayesian databases: one for each protected domain.
If you require Bayesian scans to be tailored specifically to the email received by each protected domain, using per-domain Bayesian databases may provide greater accuracy and fewer false positives.
Configuring antispam settings Page 612 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
For example, medical terms are a common characteristic of many spam messages. However, those terms may be a poor indicator of spam if the protected domain belongs to a hospital. In this case, you may want to train a separate, per-domain Bayesian database in which medical terms are not statistically likely to indicate spam.
If you want to use a per-domain database, you must disable use of the global Bayesian databases. For information on disabling use of the global Bayesian database for a protected domain, see
“Use global Bayesian database” on page 379 .
Training the Bayesian databases
Bayesian scans analyze the words (or “tokens”) in an message header and message body of an email to determine the probability that it is spam. For every token, the FortiMail unit calculates the probability that the email is spam based on the percentage of times that the word has previously been associated with spam or non-spam email. If a Bayesian database has not yet been trained, the Bayesian scan does not yet know the spam or non-spam association of many tokens, and does not have enough information to determine the statistical likelihood of an email being spam. By training a Bayesian database to recognize words that are and are not likely to be associated with spam, Bayesian scans become increasingly accurate.
However, spammers are constantly trying to invent new ways to defeat antispam filters. In one technique commonly used in attempt to avoid antispam filters, spammers alter words commonly identified as characteristic of spam, inserting symbols such as periods ( . ), or using nonstandard but human-readable spellings, such as substituting Â, Ç, Ë, or Í for A, C, E or I.
These altered words are technically different tokens to a Bayesian database, so mature
Bayesian databases may require some ongoing training to recognize new spam tokens.
You generally will not want to enable Bayesian scans until you have performed initial training of your Bayesian databases, as using untrained Bayesian databases can increase your rate of spam false positives and false negatives.
To initially train the Bayesian databases
1. Train the global database by uploading mailbox (.mbox) files. For details, see
“Backing up, batch training, and monitoring the Bayesian databases” on page 616 .
By uploading mailbox files, you can provide initial training more rapidly than through the
Bayesian control email addresses. Training the global database ensures that outgoing antispam profiles in which you have enabled Bayesian scanning, and incoming antispam profiles for protected domains that you have configured to use the global database, can recognize spam.
If you have configured the FortiMail unit for email archiving, you can make mailbox files from archived email and spam. For details, see
“Managing archived email” on page 195 .
You can leave the global database untrained if both these conditions are true:
• no outgoing antispam profile has Bayesian scanning enabled
• no protected domain is configured to use the global Bayesian database
2. Train the per-domain databases by uploading mailbox (.mbox) files. For details, see
“Backing up, batch training, and monitoring the Bayesian databases” on page 616 .
By uploading mailbox files, you can provide initial training more rapidly than through the
Bayesian control email addresses. Training per-domain databases ensures that incoming
Configuring antispam settings Page 613 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
antispam profiles for protected domains that you have configured to use the per-domain database can recognize spam.
You can leave a per-domain database untrained if either of these conditions are true:
• the protected domain is configured to use the global Bayesian database
• no incoming antispam profiles exist for the protected domain
3. If you have enabled incoming antispam profiles to train Bayesian databases when the
FortiMail unit receives training messages, and have selected those antispam profiles in recipient-based policies that match training messages, instruct FortiMail administrators and email users to forward sample spam and non-spam email to the Bayesian control email addresses. For more information, see
“Configuring the Bayesian training control accounts” on page 619 ,
“Accept training messages from users” on page 488
, and
“Training Bayesian databases” on page 683 .
Before instructing email users to train the Bayesian databases, verify that you have enabled the
FortiMail unit to accept training messages. If you have not enabled the “Accept training messages from users” option in the antispam profile for policies which match training messages, the training messages will be discarded without notification to the sender, and no training will occur.
FortiMail units apply training messages to either the global or per-domain Bayesian database, whichever is enabled for the sender’s protected domain. .
Example: Bayesian training
In this example, Company X has set up a FortiMail unit to protect its email server. With over
1,000 email users, Company X plans to enable Bayesian scanning for incoming email. You, the system administrator, have been asked to configure Bayesian scanning, perform initial training of the Bayesian databases, and configure Bayesian control email addresses for ongoing training.
The local domain name of the FortiMail unit itself is example.com.
Company X has email users in two existing protected domains:
• example.net
• example.org
Each protected domains receives email with slightly different terminology, which could be considered spam to the other protected domain, and so will use separate per-domain Bayesian databases.
To facilitate initial training of each per-domain Bayesian database, you have used your email client software to collect samples of spam and non-spam email from each protected domain, and exported them into mailbox files:
• example-net-spam.mbox
• example-net-not-spam.mbox
• example-org-spam.mbox
• example-org-not-spam.mbox
After initial training, email users will use the default Bayesian control email addresses to perform any required ongoing training for each of their per-domain Bayesian databases.
To enable use of per-domain Bayesian databases
1. Go to Mail Settings > Domains > Domains.
2. Select the row corresponding to example.net and click Edit.
3. Click the arrow to expand Advanced AS/AV Settings.
Configuring antispam settings Page 614 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
4. Disable the option Use global Bayesian database.
5. Click OK.
Repeat the above steps for the protected domain example.org.
To initially train each per-domain Bayesian database using mailbox files
1. Go to AntiSpam > Bayesian > User.
2. From Select a domain, select a domain.
This example uses example.net and example.org.
3. In the Operations area, click Train group Bayesian database with email samples.
A dialog appears.
4. In Clean emails, click Browse and locate example-net-not-spam.mbox.
5. In Spam emails, click Browse and locate example-net-spam.mbox.
6. Click OK.
Repeat the above steps for the protected domain example.org and its sample Bayesian database files.
To enable Bayesian scanning
1. Go to Profile > AntiSpam .
2. In the row corresponding to an antispam profile that is selected in a policy that matches recipients in the protected domain example.net, click Edit.
3. Enable Bayesian.
4. Click the arrow to expand Bayesian.
5. Enable the option Accept training messages from users.
6. Click OK.
Repeat the above steps for all incoming antispam profiles that are selected in policies that match recipients in the protected domain example.org.
To perform ongoing training of each per-domain Bayesian database
1. Notify email users that they can train the Bayesian database for their protected domain by sending them an email similar to the following:
This procedure assumes the default Bayesian control email addresses. To configure the
Bayesian control email addresses, go to AntiSpam > Bayesian > Control Account.
All employees,
We have enabled a new email system feature that can be trained to recognize the differences between spam and legitimate email. You can
Configuring antispam settings Page 615 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
help to train this feature. This message describes how to train our email system.
If you have old email messages and spam...
• Forward the old spam to [email protected] from your company email account.
• Forward any old email messages that are not spam to [email protected] from your company email account.
If you receive any new spam, or if a legitimate email is mistakenly classified as spam...
• Forward spam that was not recognized to [email protected] from your company email account.
• Forward legitimate email that was incorrectly classified as spam to [email protected] from your company email account.
2. Notify other FortiMail administrators that they can train the per-domain Bayesian databases for those protected domains by forwarding email to the Bayesian control accounts, described in the previous step. To do so, they must configure their email client software with the following sender addresses:
For example, when forwarding a training message from the sender (From:) email address [email protected]
, the FortiMail unit will apply the training message to the per-domain Bayesian database of example.net.
Backing up, batch training, and monitoring the Bayesian databases
The User tab lets you train, back up, restore, and reset the global and per-domain Bayesian databases. It also lets you view a summary of the number of email messages that have been used to train each Bayesian database.
You can alternatively train Bayesian databases by forwarding spam and non-spam email to
You can alternatively back up, restore, and reset all Bayesian databases at once. For more information, see
“Backup and restore” on page 206 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category.
Configuring antispam settings Page 616 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Domain administrators can access the global Bayesian database, and therefore could affect domains other than their own. If you do not want to permit this, do not provide Read-Write permission to the Policy category in domain administrators’ access profile.
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To individually train, view and manage Bayesian databases
1. Go to AntiSpam > Bayesian > User.
2. Select the type of the Bayesian database:
• For the global Bayesian database, from Select a domain, select System. For more
information, see “Use global Bayesian database” on page 379 .
• For a per-domain Bayesian database, from Select a domain, select the name of the protected domain, such as example.com.
The Summary area displays the total number of email messages that the Bayesian database has learned as spam or not spam.
3. For any level of Bayesian database, select an operation:
•
“To train a Bayesian database using mailbox files” on page 617
•
“To back up a Bayesian database” on page 618
•
“To restore a Bayesian database” on page 618
•
“To reset a Bayesian database” on page 619
To train a Bayesian database using mailbox files
Uploading mailbox files trains a Bayesian database with many email messages at once, which is especially useful for initial training of the Bayesian database until it reaches maturity. Because this method appends to the Bayesian database rather than overwriting, you may also perform this procedure periodically with new samples of spam and non-spam email for batch maintenance training.
If you have configured the FortiMail unit for email archiving, you can make mailbox files from archived email and spam. For details, see
“Managing archived email” on page 195 .
1. Go to AntiSpam > Bayesian > User.
2. Select the type of the Bayesian database that you want to train.
• For the global Bayesian database, from Select a domain, select System.
• For a per-domain Bayesian database, from Select a domain, select the name of the protected domain, such as example.com.
3. In the Operation area, click the link appropriate to the type that you selected in the previous step, either:
• Train global Bayesian database with mbox files
• Train group Bayesian database with mbox files
A pop-up window appears enabling you to specify which mailbox files to upload.
4. In the Innocent mailbox field, click Browse, then select a mailbox file containing email that is not spam.
Configuring antispam settings Page 617 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. In the Spam mailbox field, click Browse, then select a mailbox file containing email that is spam.
For best results, the mailbox file should contain a representative sample of spam for the specific FortiMail unit, protected domain, or email user.
6. Click OK.
Your management computer uploads the file to the FortiMail unit to train the database, and the pop-up window closes. Time required varies by the size of the file and the speed of your network connection. To update the training summary display in the Summary area with the new number of learned spam and non-spam messages, refresh the page by selecting the tab.
To back up a Bayesian database
1. Go to AntiSpam > Bayesian > User.
2. Select the type of the Bayesian database that you want to train.
• For the global Bayesian database, from Select a domain, select System.
• For a per-domain Bayesian database, from Select a domain, select the name of the protected domain, such as example.com.
3. In the Operation area, click the link appropriate to the type that you selected in the previous step, either:
• Backup global Bayesian database
• Backup group Bayesian database
A pop-up window appears enabling you to download the database backup file.
4. Select a location in which to save the database backup file and save it.
The Bayesian database backup file is downloaded to your management computer. Time required varies by the size of the file and the speed of your network connection.
To restore a Bayesian database
Back up the Bayesian database before beginning this procedure. Restoring a Bayesian database replaces all training data stored in the database. For more information on backing up
Bayesian database files, see
“To back up a Bayesian database” on page 618
or
“Backup and restore” on page 206
.
1. Go to AntiSpam > Bayesian > User.
2. Select the type of the Bayesian database that you want to train.
• For the global Bayesian database, from Select a domain, select System.
• For a per-domain Bayesian database, from Select a domain, select the name of the protected domain, such as example.com.
3. In the Operation area, click the link appropriate to the type that you selected in the previous step, either:
• Restore global Bayesian database
• Restore group Bayesian database
A pop-up window appears enabling you to upload a database backup file.
4. Click Browse to locate and select the Bayesian database backup file, then click OK.
Configuring antispam settings Page 618 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. Click OK.
The Bayesian database backup file is uploaded from your management computer, and a success message appears. Time required varies by the size of the file and the speed of your network connection.
If a database operation error message appears, you can attempt to repair database errors.
For more information, see “Backup and restore” on page 206 .
To reset a Bayesian database
Back up the Bayesian database before beginning this procedure. Resetting a Bayesian database deletes all training data stored in the database. For more information on backing up
Bayesian database files, see
“To back up a Bayesian database” on page 618
or
“Backup and restore” on page 206
.
1. Go to AntiSpam > Bayesian > User.
2. Select the type of the Bayesian database that you want to train.
• For the global Bayesian database, from Select a domain, select System.
• For a per-domain Bayesian database, from Select a domain, select the name of the protected domain, such as example.com.
3. In the Operation area, click the link appropriate to the type that you selected in the previous step, either:
• Reset global Bayesian database
• Reset group Bayesian database
A pop-up window appears asking for confirmation.
4. Click Yes.
A status message notifies you that the FortiMail unit has emptied the contents of the
Bayesian database.
Configuring the Bayesian training control accounts
The Control Account tab lets you configure the email addresses used for remote training of the
Bayesian databases.
To train the Bayesian databases through email, email users and FortiMail administrators forward spam and non-spam email (also called training messages) to the appropriate Bayesian control email address. Bayesian control email addresses consist of the user name portion (also known as the local-part) of the email address configured on this tab and the local domain name of the
FortiMail unit. For example, if the local domain name of the FortiMail unit is example.com, you might forward spam to [email protected].
If the FortiMail unit is configured to accept training messages, it will use the email to train one or more Bayesian databases. To accept a training message:
• The training message must match a recipient-based policy.
• The matching recipient-based policy must specify use of an antispam profile in which the
“Accept training messages from users” option is enabled. For more information, see
“Accept training messages from users” on page 488
.
If either of these conditions is not met, the FortiMail unit will silently discard the training message without using them for training.
Configuring antispam settings Page 619 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
If these conditions are both met, the FortiMail unit accepts the training message and examines the user name portion and domain name portion of the sender address. The following factor determines which Bayesian database or databases will be trained:
• whether the sender’s protected domain is configured to use the global or per-domain
Bayesian database (see “Use global Bayesian database” on page 379 )
Depending on those factors, the FortiMail unit uses the training message to train either the global or per-domain Bayesian database.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Policy category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure the Bayesian control email addresses, go to AntiSpam > Bayesian >
Control Account.
Figure 202:Configuring the Bayesian training control accounts
GUI item Description
"is really spam" user name
Enter the user name portion of the email address, such as is-spam, to which email users will forward spam false negatives.Forwarding false negatives corrects the Bayesian database when it inaccurately classifies spam as being legitimate email.
"is not really spam" user name
Enter the user name portion of the email address, such as is-not-spam
, to which email users will forward spam false positives.Forwarding false positives corrects the Bayesian database when it inaccurately classifies legitimate email as being spam.
"learn is spam" user name
Enter the user name portion of the email address, such as learn-is-spam
, to which email users will forward spam that the
Bayesian scanner has not previously scanned.
"learn is not spam" user name
Enter the user name portion of the email address, such as learn-is-not-spam
, to which email users will forward spam that the
Bayesian scanner has not previously scanned.
training group
Enter the user name portion of the email address, such as default-grp
, that FortiMail administrators can use as their sender email address when forwarding email to the “learn is spam” email address or “learn is not spam” email address. Training messages sent from this sender email address will be used to train the global or per-domain Bayesian database (whichever is selected in the protected domain).
Configuring antispam settings Page 620 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring antispam settings Page 621 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Archiving email
You can archive email messages according to various criteria and reasons. For example, you may want to archive email sent by certain senders or email contains certain words.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Configuring email archiving accounts
•
Configuring email archiving policies
•
Configuring email archiving exemptions
Email archiving workflow
To use the email archiving feature, you must do the following:
1. Create email archive accounts to send archived email to. See
“Configuring email archiving accounts” on page 622 .
Starting from version 4.2, you can create multiple archive accounts and send different categories of email to different accounts. For the maximum number of archive accounts you can create, see
“Appendix B: Maximum Values Matrix” on page 692 .
2. Create email archive policies or exemption policies to specify the archiving criteria. See
“Configuring email archiving policies” on page 626 and
profiles, choose to archive email as one of the actions. See
“Configuring antispam profiles and antispam action profiles” on page 477 and
“Configuring content profiles and content action profiles” on page 498 .
3. Assign the administrator account access privilege to the email archive. See
“Configuring administrator accounts and access profiles” on page 271 .
4. You can search or view the archived email as the FortiMail administrator. See
“Managing archived email” on page 195 . You can also access email archives remotely through IMAP.
See
“Configuring email archiving accounts” on page 622
.
Configuring email archiving accounts
Before you can archive email, you need to set up and enable email archiving accounts, as described below. The archived emails will be stored in the archiving accounts. You can create multiple archive accounts and send different categories of email to different accounts. For the maximum number of archive accounts you can create, see
.
When email is archived, you can view and manage the archived email messages. For more information, see
“Managing archived email” on page 195
. You can also access the email archive remotely through IMAP.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
Page 622
To enable and configure an email archive account
1. Go to Email Archiving > Archive Accounts > Archive Accounts.
Figure 203:Managing email archive accounts
GUI item
Status
Account
Index Type
Storage
(Green dot in column heading)
Description
Select to enable an email archiving account. Clear the check box to disable it.
Lists email archive accounts.
Indicates if archive indexing is in use and how much is indexed. Indexing speeds up content searches. The choices are:
• None: email is not indexed.
• Header: email headers are indexed.
• Full: the entire message is indexed.
Indicates the type of archive storage: Local or Remote.
Indicates whether the archive is currently referred to by an archive policy.
If so, a red dot appears in this column and the entry cannot be deleted.
2. Click New to create an account or double-click an account to modify it.
A multisection dialog appears.
Archiving email Page 623 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 204:Configuring email archive accounts
3. Configure the following sections, and click Create.
•
“Configuring account settings”
•
“Configuring rotation settings”
•
“Configuring destination settings”
Configuring account settings
The following procedure is part of the email archive account configuration process. For general
“Email archiving workflow” on page 622 .
1. Go to Email Archiving > Archive Accounts.
2. Click New to create a new account or double click on an existing account to edit it.
3. For a new account, enter its name.
This account name holds archived email. You also use this account name as the login user name if you want to access archived email remotely through IMAP. Do not include spaces in the name.
4. In Password, enter the password for IMAP access if you want to access archived email remotely. Also enable IMAP access .
5. In Forward to, if you require it, enter an email address to which the FortiMail unit will forward a copy when it archives an email.
6. For Index type, specify whether you want to index the archived email. Email indexing helps to search the email messages in the archives more quickly. You can choose to index the email headers or the entire email messages.
Archiving email Page 624 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
7. Enable Email archiving status. If the account is not enabled, you cannot select it in other places where it is used.
8. Enable IMAP access if you want to access email archives through IMAP access.
Configuring rotation settings
The following procedure is part of the email archive account configuration process. For general
“Email archiving workflow” on page 622 .
1. Go to Email Archiving > Archive Accounts.
2. Click New to create a new account or double click on an existing account to edit it.
3. Under Rotation Settings, enter the Mailbox rotation size and Mailbox rotation time.
When the mailbox reaches either the rotation size or time specified, whichever comes first, the email archiving mailbox is automatically renamed. The FortiMail unit generates a new mailbox file, where it continues saving email archives. You can access all rotated mailboxes through search.
4. In Archiving options when disk quota is full, specify what the FortiMail unit should do if it runs out of disk space. Select Overwrite to removes the oldest email archive folder in order to make space for the new archive or select Do not archive to stop archiving more email.
Whenever an archiving account reaches its disk quota, FortiMail may send an alert email to the administrator, if you enable this feature under Log and Report > Alert Email. For details,
see “Configuring alert categories” on page 648 .
You cannot manually delete specific archived email messages. The only way to delete all of the email archives is to format the mail data disk.
Configuring destination settings
The following procedure is part of the email archive account configuration process. For general
“Email archiving workflow” on page 622 .
1. Go to Email Archiving > Archive Accounts.
2. Click New to create a new account or double click on an existing account to edit it.
3. Under Destination Settings, select an archiving destination:
• Local (the FortiMail unit’s local hard drive or a NAS server)
• Remote (a remote FTP or SFTP storage server).
4. If Local is the archiving destination, enter the disk space quota in Local disk quota.
The total disk quota for all archiving accounts cannot exceed 20% of the total mail data disk size. For example, if the mail data disk has a size of 100 GB, a maximum of 20 GB can be used for email archiving. If you create 10 archiving accounts, you can only distribute a maximum of 20 GB among the 10 archiving accounts. This also means, if you assigns 20 GB quota to one account, there will be no quota available for the remaining 9 accounts.
If this quota is met and a new email must be archived, the FortiMail unit either automatically removes the oldest email archive folder in order to make space for the new archive or stops
Archiving email Page 625 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
archiving, depending on the settings you specify under Rotation Settings (see
“Configuring rotation settings” on page 625 ).
Before v4.0 MR3 Patch 3 release, the local disk quota setting applies to both the FortiMail local hard disk and the NAS server (for information about configuring NAS storage, see
setting only applies to the FortiMail local disk. The default disk quota for a NAS server is 1 TB.
5. If Remote is the archiving destination, configure the following:
GUI item
Protocol
Description
Select the protocol that the FortiMail unit will use to connect to the remote storage server, either SFTP or FTP.
IP address
Enter the IP address of the remote storage server.
User name
Enter the user name of an account the FortiMail unit will use to access the remote storage server, such as Fortimail.
Password
Enter the password for the user name of the account on the remote storage server.
Remote directory
Enter the directory path on the remote storage server where the FortiMail unit will store archived email, such as
/home/fortimail/email-archives
.
Remote cache quota
Enter the FortiMail cache quota that is allowed to be used for remote host archiving. The above statement regarding the local disk quota also applied to the cache quota.
Configuring email archiving policies
You do not need to archive all email. Use the Archive Policy tab to specify the types of email to archive. The criteria you specify are called policies. You can also create exemptions to these policies (see
“Configuring email archiving exemptions” on page 628 ).
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view and configure archiving policy
1. Go to Email Archiving > Policy > Archiving Policy.
Archiving email Page 626 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Archiving email
GUI item
Clone
(button)
Move
(button)
Click a policy to select it, click Move, then select either:
• Up or Down, or
• After or Before, which opens a dialog, then in Move right after or Move
right before indicate the policy’s new location by entering the ID of another policy
FortiMail units match the policies in sequence, from the top of the list downwards.
Account
(drop-down list)
Select All to see policy for every account on the FortiMail unit, or select an
Status
ID
Type
Account
(column)
Pattern
Description
Click the row corresponding to the policy whose settings you want to duplicate when creating the new profile, then click Clone. A single-field dialog appears. Enter a name for the new policy. Click OK.
To enable an email archiving policy, mark its check box.
Displays policy identification numbers. IDs are generated by the FortiMail unit.
Displays the policy type. The five types are pre-defined. See step
Displays email archive account names.
Displays the pattern that the FortiMail unit will use when evaluating email for a match with the policy.
2. Click New to add an entry or double-click an entry to modify it.
A dialog appears.
3. From the Account drop-down list, select the archive account where you want to archive email. Optionally, click New to create an archive account or click Edit to edit an existing
account. For details about archive accounts, see “Configuring email archiving accounts” on page 622
.
4. In Policy type, qualify what types of email to archive:
• Sender Address: The FortiMail unit checks the sender email address for the specified pattern. Use an asterisk (*) wildcard when specifying a partial address.
• Recipient Address: The FortiMail unit checks the recipient email address for the specified pattern. Use an asterisk (*) when specifying a partial address.
• Keyword in Subject: The FortiMail unit checks the message subject line for the specified pattern.
• Keyword in Body: The FortiMail unit checks the message body for the specified pattern.
• Attachment File Name: The FortiMail unit checks the file names of any message attachments for the specified pattern. Use an asterisk (*) wildcard when specifying a partial address.
5. In Pattern, specify what attributes the messages must have to be archived. Enter a pattern based on the selected policy type. For example, if you select Sender Address and enter
*@example.com
as the pattern, the FortiMail unit archives email from the example.com domain.
Page 627 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
6. Enable Policy status.
7. Click Create.
Configuring email archiving exemptions
After setting up email archiving policies, use the Exempt Policy tab to prevent the FortiMail unit from archiving certain email.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view and configure archiving exemptions
1. Go to Email Archiving > Policy > Exempt Policy.
GUI item
Clone
(button)
Move
(button)
Click a policy to select it, click Move, then select either:
• Up or Down, or
• After or Before, which opens a dialog, then in Move right after or Move
right before indicate the policy’s new location by entering the ID of another policy
FortiMail units match the policies in sequence, from the top of the list downwards.
Account
(drop-down list)
Select All to see policy for every account on the FortiMail unit, or select an account name to see policy for that account. See
“Configuring email archiving accounts” on page 622
.
Status
ID
Description
Click the row corresponding to the policy whose settings you want to duplicate when creating the new profile, then click Clone. A single-field dialog appears. Enter a name for the new policy. Click OK.
Type
To enable an email archiving exemption policy, mark its check box.
Displays the identification numbers of the policy. IDs are generated by the
FortiMail unit.
Displays the policy type. The three types are pre-defined. See step
“Click New to add an entry or double-click an entry to modify it.” on page 628 .
Displays the email archive account names.
Account
(column)
Pattern
Displays the pattern that the FortiMail unit will use when evaluating email for a match with the policy.
2. Click New to add an entry or double-click an entry to modify it.
A dialog appears.
Archiving email Page 628 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. From the Account drop-down list, select the archive account that you want to apply the exemption to. Click New to create an archive account or Edit to edit an account.
4. In Policy type, select one of the following on which to base the exemption:
• Sender Address: The FortiMail unit checks the sender email address for the specified pattern. Use an asterisk (*) wildcard when specifying a partial address.
• Recipient Address: The FortiMail unit checks the recipient email address for the specified pattern. Use an asterisk (*) wildcard when specifying a partial address.
• Spam emails: The FortiMail unit does not archive email it determines as spam. The spam email includes email detected by antispam profiles and email detected by content profiles which have the “Treat as spam” action enabled.
5. In Pattern, specify what attributes the messages must have to be exempted from the archive. Enter a pattern for the selected policy type, such as *@example.com. If you select
Spam emails as the policy type, no pattern is required.
6. Enable Policy status.
7. Click Create.
Archiving email Page 629 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Logs, reports and alerts
The Log and Report menu lets you configure logging, reports, and alert email.
FortiMail units provide extensive logging capabilities for virus incidents, spam incidents and system events. Detailed log information and reports provide analysis of network activity to help you identify security issues and reduce network misuse and abuse.
Logs are useful when diagnosing problems or when you want to track actions the FortiMail unit performs as it receives and processes traffic.
This section includes:
•
•
•
Configuring report profiles and generating reports
•
•
•
About FortiMail logging
FortiMail units can log many different email activities and traffic including:
• system-related events, such as system restarts and HA activity
• virus detections
• spam filtering results
• POP3, SMTP, IMAP and webmail events
You can select which severity level an activity or event must meet in order to be recorded in the logs. For more information, see
“Log message severity levels” on page 633 .
A FortiMail unit can save log messages to its hard disk or a remote location, such as a Syslog
“Configuring report profiles and generating reports” on page 641 .
Accessing FortiMail log messages
There are several ways you can access FortiMail log messages:
• On the FortiMail web UI, you can view log messages by going to Monitor > Log. For details, see the FortiMail Administration Guide.
• On the FortiMail web UI, under Monitor > Log, you can download log messages to your local
PC and view them later.
• You can send log messages to a FortiAnalyzer unit by going to Log and Report > Log
Settings > Remote Log Settings and view them on FortiAnalyzer.
• You can send log messages to any Syslog server by going to Log and Report > Log Settings
> Remote Log Settings.
Page 630
Log message syntax
All FortiMail log messages are comprised of a log header and a log body.
• Header — Contains the time and date the log originated, a log identifier, the type of log, the severity level (priority) and where the log message originated.
• Body — Describes the reason why the log was created, plus any actions that the FortiMail appliance took to respond to it. These fields may vary by log type.
Figure 205:Log message header and body
For example, in the following event log, the bold section is the header and the italic section is the body.
date=2012-08-17 time=12:26:41 device_id=FE100C3909600504 log_id=0001001623
type=event subtype=admin pri=information user=admin ui=GUI(172.20.120.26) action=login
status=success reason=none msg="User admin login successfully from GUI(172.20.120.26)"
Device ID field
Depending on where you view log messages, log formats may vary slightly. For example, if you view logs on the FortiMail web UI or download them to your local PC, the log messages do not contain the device ID field. If you send the logs to FortiAnalyzer or other Syslog servers, the device ID field will be added.
Policy ID and domain fields
Starting from v5.0 release, two new fields -- policy ID and domain -- have been added to history logs.
The policy ID is in the format of x:y:z, where:
• x is the ID of the global access control policy.
• y is the ID of the IP-based policy.
• z is the ID of the recipient-based policy.
If the value of x, y, and z is 0, it means that no policy is matched.
If the matched recipient-based policy is incoming, the protected domain will be logged in the domain field.
If the matched recipient-based policy is outgoing, the domain field will be empty.
Endpoint field
Starting from 4.0 MR3, a field called endpoint was added to the history and antispam logs.
This field displays the endpoint’s subscriber ID, MSISDN, login ID, or other identifiers. This field is empty if the sender IP is not matched to any endpoint identifier or if the endpoint reputation is not enabled in the session profiles.
Logs, reports and alerts Page 631 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Log_part field
For FortiMail 3.0 MR3 and up, the log header of some log messages may include an extra field, log_part
, which provides numbered identification (such as 00, 01, and 02) when a log message has been split. Log splitting occurs in FortiMail 3.0 MR3 and up because the log message length was reduced.
Hex numbers in history logs
If you view the log messages on the FortiMail web UI or send the logs to a Syslog server, the dispositions and classifiers are displayed in English terms. However, if you download log files from FortiMail web UI to your PC and open them, the dispositions and classifiers are displayed
FortiMail log types
FortiMail units can record the following types of log messages. The Event log also contains several subtypes. You can view and download these logs from the Log submenu of the Monitor tab.
Table 59:Log types
Log type Subtype
event config admin system pop3 imap smtp update ha webmail virus spam
Description
Includes system and administration events, such as downloading a backup copy of the configuration.
infected Includes detections of viruses, as well as antivirus subsystem-related events.
(no subtype) Includes detections of spam, as well as antispam subsystem-related events, such as when the FortiMail unit loads new FortiGuard Antispam heuristic rules.
statistics
(history) encrypt
(no subtype) Includes all email handled by the FortiMail unit’s build-in MTA or proxies, no matter the email that was successfully or unsuccessfully delivered.
(no subtype) Includes detection of IBE-related events. For more information
about IBE, see “Configuring IBE encryption” on page 337 .
Logs, reports and alerts Page 632 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Avoid recording highly frequent log types to the local hard disk for an extended period of time.
Excessive logging frequency can cause undue wear on the hard disk and may cause premature failure.
Log message severity levels
Each log message contains a field that indicates the severity level of the log message, such as pri=warning
.
Table 60:Log severity levels
Levels
0 - Emergency
1 - Alert
2 - Critical
3 - Error
4 - Warning
5 - Notification
6 - Information
Description
Indicates the system has become unusable.
Indicates immediate action is required.
Indicates functionality is affected.
Indicates an error condition exists and functionality could be affected.
Indicates functionality could be affected.
Provides information about normal events.
Provides general information about system operations.
For each location where the FortiMail unit can store log files, you can define the severity threshold of the log messages to be stored there.
Avoid recording log messages using low severity thresholds such as Information or Notification to the local hard disk for an extended period of time. A low log severity threshold is one possible cause of frequent logging. Excessive logging frequency can cause undue wear on the hard disk and may cause premature failure.
The FortiMail unit stores all log messages equal to or exceeding the severity level you select.
For example, if you select Error, the FortiMail unit stores log messages whose severity level is
Error, Critical, Alert, or Emergency.
Classifiers and dispositions in history logs
Each history log contains one field called Classifier and another called Disposition.
Logs, reports and alerts Page 633 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
The Classifier field displays which FortiMail scanner applies to the email message. For example,
“Banned Word” means the email messages was detected by the FortiMail banned word scanner. The Disposition field specifies the action taken by the FortiMail unit.
If you view the log messages on the FortiMail web UI or send the logs to a Syslog server, the dispositions and classifiers are displayed in English terms. However, if you download log files from FortiMail web UI to your PC and open them, the dispositions and classifiers are displayed in hex numbers.
The following tables map the hex numbers with English terms.
Logs, reports and alerts Page 634 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 61:Classifiers
0x12
0x13
0x14
0x15
0x16
0x17
0x18
0x0B
0x0C
0x0D
0x0E
0x07
0x08
0x09
0x0A
0x0F
0x10
Hex number Classifier
0x00 Undefined
0x01
0x02
User White
User Black
0x03
0x04
0x05
0x06
System White
System Black
DNSBL
SURBL
0x11
FortiGuard AntiSpam
FortiGuard AntiSpam-White
Bayesian
Heuristic
Dictionary Filter
Banned Word
Deep Header
Forged IP
Quarantine Control
Virus as Spam
(before v4.3 release)
Attachment Filter
(see note above)
Grey List
0x19
0x1A
0x1B
0x1C
Bypass Scan On Auth
Disclaimer
Defer Delivery
Session Domain
Session Limits
Session White
Session Black
Content Monitor and Filter
Content Monitor as Spam
Attachment as Spam
0x2C
0x2D
0x2E
0x2F
0x28
0x29
0x2A
0x2B
0x30
0x31
Hex Number
0x21
0x22
0x23
0x24
0x25
0x26
0x27
0x32
0x33
0x34
0x35
0x36
0x37
0x38
0x39
0x3a
0x3b
0x3c
0x3d
Classifier
Domain Black
SPF
Domain Key
DKIM
Recipient Verification
Bounce Verification
Endpoint Reputation
TLS Enforcement
Message Cryptography
Delivery Control
Encrypted Content
SPF Failure as Spam
Fragmented email
Email contains image
Content Requires Encryption
FortiGuard AntiSpam-IP
Session Remote
FortiGuard Phishing
AntiVirus
Sender Address Rate Control
SMTP Auth Failure
Access Control List Reject
Access Control List Discard
Access Control List Bypass
FortiGuard Antispam Webfilter
Newsletter Suspicious
TLS Streaming
Policy Match
Logs, reports and alerts Page 635 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
0x1D
0x1E
0x1F
0x20
Image Spam
Sender Reputation
Access Control List Relay Denied
Whitelist Word
0x3e
0x3f
0x40
Dynamic White List
Sender Verification
Behavior Analysis
When the classifier is “Attachment Filter”, a new field “atype” (attachment type) is also displayed. This field is for debug purpose only.
Table 62:Dispositions
0x40
0x80
0x100
0x200
0x400
0x800
Hex number
Disposition
0x00 Accept
0x01 Accept
0x04
0x08
0x10
0x20
Reject
Add Header
Modify Subject
Quarantine
Accept
Discard
Replace
Delay
Rewrite
Disclaimer Body
Hex Number
0x1000
0x2000
0x4000
0x8000
0x10000
0x20000
0x40000
0x80000
0x100000
0x200000
0x400000
0x800000
Disposition
Defer
Quarantine to Review
Content Filter as Spam
Encrypt
Decrypt
Alternate Host
BCC
Archive
Customized repackage
Repackage
Notification
The disposition field in a log message may contain one or more dispositions/actions.
Logs, reports and alerts Page 636 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Configuring logging
The Log Settings submenu includes two tabs, Local Log Settings and Remote Log Settings, that let you:
• set the severity level
• configure which types of log messages to record
• specify where to store the logs
You can configure the FortiMail unit to store log messages locally (that is, in RAM or to the hard disk), remotely (that is, on a Syslog server or FortiAnalyzer unit), or at both locations.
Your choice of storage location may be affected by several factors, including the following:
• Local logging by itself may not satisfy your requirements for off-site log storage.
• Very frequent logging may cause undue wear when stored on the local hard drive. A low severity threshold is one possible cause of frequent logging. For more information on
severity levels, see “Log message severity levels” on page 633 .
For information on viewing locally stored log messages, see
“Viewing log messages” on page 197 .
Configuring logging to the hard disk
You can store log messages locally on the hard disk of the FortiMail unit.
To ensure that local hard disk has sufficient disk space to store new log messages and that it does not overwrite existing logs, you should regularly download backup copies of the oldest log files to your management computer or other storage, and then delete them from the FortiMail unit. (Alternatively, you could configure logging to a remote host.)
You can view and download these logs from the Log submenu of the Monitor tab. For more information, see
“Viewing log messages” on page 197
.
For logging accuracy, you should also verify that the FortiMail unit’s system time is accurate.
For details, see “Configuring the time and date” on page 247
.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure logging to the local hard disk
1. Go to Log and Report > Log Settings > Local Log Settings.
Logs, reports and alerts Page 637 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 206:Logging to hard disk
2. Select the Enable option to allow logging to the local hard disk.
3. In Log file size, enter the file size limit of the current log file in megabytes (MB). The log file size limit must be between 1 MB and 1000 MB.
4. In Log time, enter the time (in days) of file age limit. Valid range is between 1 and 366 days.
5. In At hour, enter the hour of the day (24-hour format) when the file rotation should start.
When a log file reaches either the age or size limit, the FortiMail unit rotates the current log file: that is, it renames the current log file (elog.log) with a file name indicating its sequential relationship to other log files of that type (elog2.log, and so on), then creates a new current log file. For example, if you set the log time to 10 days at hour 23, the log file will be rotated at 23 o’clock of the 10th day.
Large log files may decrease display and search performance.
6. From Log level, select the severity level that a log message must equal or exceed in order to be recorded to this storage location.
Avoid recording log messages using low severity thresholds such as Information or Notification to the local hard disk for an extended period of time. A low log severity threshold is one possible cause of frequent logging. Excessive logging frequency can cause undue wear on the hard disk and may cause premature failure.
For information about severity levels, see “Log message severity levels” on page 633 .
7. From Log options when disk is full, select what the FortiMail unit will do when the local disk is full and a new log message is caused, either:
• Do not log: Discard all new log messages.
• Overwrite: Delete the oldest log file in order to free disk space, and store the new log message.
8. In Logging Policy Configuration, enable the types of logs that you want to record to this storage location. Click the arrow to review the options. For details, see
“Choosing which events to log”
.
9. Click Apply.
Logs, reports and alerts Page 638 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Choosing which events to log
Both the local and remote server configuration recognize the following events. Select the check boxes of the events you want to log.
GUI item
Event Log
Description
Select this check box and then select specific events. No event types are logged unless you enable this option.
When configuration has changed
Log configuration changes.
Admin login/logout event
Log all administrative events, such as logins, resets, and configuration updates.
System activity event
POP3 server event
(server mode only)
Log all system-related events, such as rebooting the
FortiMail unit.
Log POP3 events.
IMAP server event
(server mode only)
Log IMAP events.
SMTP server event
Log SMTP relay or proxy events.
Update
Log both successful and unsuccessful attempts to download FortiGuard updates.
HA
Log all high availability (HA) activity. For more information, see
“About logging, alert email and SNMP in HA” on page 292
.
WebMail event
AntiVirus Log
AntiSpam Log
History Log
Encryption Log
Log webmail events.
Log antivirus events.
Log antispam events.
Log both successful and unsuccessful attempts by the built-in MTA or proxies to deliver email.
Log all IBE events. For more information about IBE, see
“Configuring IBE encryption” on page 337 .
Configuring logging to a Syslog server or FortiAnalyzer unit
Instead of or in addition to logging locally, you can store log messages remotely on a Syslog server or a FortiAnalyzer unit.
Logs, reports and alerts Page 639 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
You can add a maximum of three remote Syslog servers.
Logs stored remotely cannot be viewed from the web UI of the FortiMail unit. If you require the ability to view logs from the web UI, also enable local storage. For details, see
“Configuring logging to the hard disk” on page 637 .
Before you can log to a remote location, you must first enable logging. For details, see
“Choosing which events to log” on page 639 . For logging accuracy, you should also verify that
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure logging to a Syslog server or FortiAnalyzer unit
1. Go to Log and Report > Log Settings > Remote Log Settings.
2. Click New to create a new entry or double-click an existing entry to modify it.
A dialog appears.
3. Select Enable to allow logging to a remote host.
4. In Profile name, enter a profile name.
5. In IP, enter the IP address of the Syslog server or FortiAnalyzer unit where the FortiMail unit will store the logs.
6. In Port, if the remote host is a FortiAnalyzer unit, enter 514; if the remote host is a Syslog server, enter the UDP port number on which the Syslog server listens for connections (by default, UDP 514). For more information on ports, see
“Appendix C: Port Numbers” on page 695
.
7. From Level, select the severity level that a log message must equal or exceed in order to be recorded to this storage location.
For information about severity levels, see “Log message severity levels” on page 633 .
8. From Facility, select the facility identifier that the FortiMail unit will use to identify itself when sending log messages.
To easily identify log messages from the FortiMail unit when they are stored on a remote logging server, enter a unique facility identifier, and verify that no other network devices use the same facility identifier.
9. Enable CSV format if you want to send log messages in comma-separated value (CSV) format.
Do not enable this option if the remote host is a FortiAnalyzer unit. FortiAnalyzer units do not support CSV-formatted log messages.
10.From Log protocol, select Syslog if you want send logs to a Syslog server (including
FortiAnalyzer). Select OFTPS if you want to use this secure protocol to send logs to
FortiAnalyzer. Also specify the Hash algorithm for OFTPS. Note that FortiAnalyzer supports both Syslog and OFTPS.
Logs, reports and alerts Page 640 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
11.If you enabled advanced MTA control ( see
“Configuring advanced MTA control settings” on page 474
), the Mathced session only option appears. Select this option if you want to send only the matched session logs to the remote server. Otherwise, all logs will be sent.
12.In Logging Policy Configuration, enable the types of logs you want to record to this storage location. Click the arrow to review the options. For details, see
“Choosing which events to log” on page 639
.
13.Click Create.
14.If the remote host is a FortiAnalyzer unit, confirm with the FortiAnalyzer administrator that the
FortiMail unit was added to the FortiAnalyzer unit’s device list, allocated sufficient disk space quota, and assigned permission to transmit logs to the FortiAnalyzer unit. For details, see the
FortiAnalyzer Administration Guide
.
15.To verify logging connectivity, from the FortiMail unit, trigger a log message that matches the types and severity levels that you have chosen to store on the remote host. Then, on the remote host, confirm that it has received that log message.
For example, if you have chosen to record event log messages to the remote host if they are more severe than information, you could log in to the web UI or download a backup copy of the FortiMail unit’s configuration file in order to trigger an event log message.
If the remote host does not receive the log messages, verify the FortiMail unit’s network interfaces (see
“Configuring the network interfaces” on page 232
and
“About the management IP” on page 230 ) and static routes (see
“Configuring static routes” on page 242
), and the policies on any intermediary firewalls or routers. If ICMP ECHO (ping) is enabled on the remote host, you can use the execute traceroute command to determine the point where connectivity fails. For details, see the
FortiMail CLI Reference
.
Configuring report profiles and generating reports
The Log and Report > Report Settings > Configuration tab displays a list of report profiles.
A report profile is a group of settings that contains the report name, its subject matter, its schedule, and other aspects that the FortiMail unit considers when generating reports from log data. The FortiMail unit presents the information in tabular and graphical format.
You can create one report profile for each type of report that you will generate on demand or on a schedule.
In addition to viewing full reports, you can also view summary email statistics. For more information, see
“Viewing the email statistics” on page 175
.
Generating reports can be resource intensive. To avoid email processing performance impacts, you may want to generate reports during times with low traffic volume, such as at night. For more information on scheduling the generation of reports, see
“Configuring the report schedule” on page 645 .
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
Logs, reports and alerts Page 641 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To view and configure report profiles
1. Go to Log and Report > Report Settings > Configuration.
Figure 207:Configuration tab
GUI item
Generate
(button)
Report Name
Domain
Schedule
Description
Select a report and click this button to generate a report immediately.
See
“Generating a report manually” on page 647
.
Displays the name of the report profiles.
Displays the name of the protected domain that is the source of the report.
Displays the frequency with which the FortiMail unit generates a scheduled report. If the report is designed for manual generation, Not
Scheduled appears in this column.
2. Click New to add a profile or double-click a profile to modify it.
A multisection dialog appears.
Figure 208:New report configuration
Logs, reports and alerts Page 642 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. In Report Name, enter a name for the report profile.
Report names cannot include spaces.
4. Click the arrow next to each option, and configure the following as needed:
•
“Configuring the report time period” on page 643 .
•
“Configuring the report query selection” on page 643
.
•
“Configuring the report schedule” on page 645 .
•
“Selecting the protected domains to report” on page 646
.
•
“Configuring report conditions” on page 646
.
•
“Configuring report email notification” on page 646 .
5. Click Create or OK.
Configuring the report time period
This is part of the procedures for report generation. For information about the entire procedures, see
“Configuring report profiles and generating reports” on page 641
.
When configuring a report profile, you can select the time span of log messages from which to generate the report.
Figure 209:Time Period
1. Select the arrow next to Time Period to expand the section, if closed.
2. Select the time span option you want. This sets the range of log data to include in the report.
• Select the first option to chose a relative time, such as Today, Yesterday, Last N hours, and so on. If you select an option with an unspecified “N” value, another field appears.
Enter the number of hours, days or weeks, as applicable.
• Select the second option to set a specific time range. Set the start date and hour in From
date, and end date and hour in To date.
Configuring the report query selection
This is part of the procedures for report generation. For information about the entire procedures, see
“Configuring report profiles and generating reports” on page 641
.
When configuring a report profile, you can select one or more queries or query groups that define the subject matter of the report.
Each query group contains multiple individual queries, each of which correspond to a chart that will appear in the generated report. You can select all queries within the group by marking the check box of the query group, or you can expand the query group and individually select each query to include.
Logs, reports and alerts Page 643 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
For example:
• If you want the report to include charts about spam, you might select both the Spam by
Sender and Spam by Recipient query groups.
• If you want the report to specifically include only a chart about top virus senders by date, you might expand the query group Virus by Sender and select only the individual query Top
Virus Sender By Date.
Figure 210:Query Selection
GUI item Description
Mail High Level
Select to include all top level and summary information for all queries, such as Top Client IP By Date.
Mail Statistics
Select to include information on daily, hourly or weekly email message statistics, such as Mail Stat Messages By Day.
Mail by Recipient
Select to include information on email messages by each recipient, such as Top Recipient By Date.
Mail by Sender
Select to include information on email messages by each sender, such as
Top Sender By Date.
Spam by
Recipient
Select to include information on spam by each recipient, such as Top
Spam Recipient By Date.
Spam by Sender
Select to include information on spam by each sender, such as Top Spam
Sender By Date.
Statistics
Select to include information on generalized email message statistics (less granular than Mail Statistics).
Total Summary
Select to include summary information, such as Total Sent And Received.
Logs, reports and alerts Page 644 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
GUI item Description
Virus by Sender
Select to include information on infected email messages by each sender, such as Top Virus Sender By Date.
Virus by Recipient Select to include information on infected email messages by each recipient, such as Top Virus Recipient By Date.
Configuring the report schedule
This is part of the procedures for report generation. For information about the entire procedures, see
“Configuring report profiles and generating reports” on page 641
.
When configuring a report profile, you can select when the report will generate. Or, you can leave it unscheduled and generate it on demand. See
“Generating a report manually” on page 647 .
Generating reports can be resource-intensive. To improve performance, generate reports during times when traffic volume is low, such as at night or during weekends.
Figure 211:Schedule
GUI item Description
Not Scheduled Select if you do not want the FortiMail unit to generate the report automatically according to a schedule. If you select this option, the report can only be generated on demand. See
“Generating a report manually” on page 647
.
Daily
These days
Select to generate the report each day. Also configure At hour.
Select to generate the report on specific days of each week, then select those days. Also configure At hour.
These dates
At hour
Select to generate the report on specific date of each month, then enter those date numbers. Separate multiple date numbers with a comma. For example, to generate a report on the first and 30 th day of every month, enter
1,30
.
Also configure At hour.
Select the time of the day when the report will be generated, according to a
24-hour clock.
Logs, reports and alerts Page 645 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Selecting the protected domains to report
This is part of the procedures for report generation. For information about the entire procedures, see
“Configuring report profiles and generating reports” on page 641
.
When configuring a report profile, you must specify at least one protected domains whose log messages are used when generating the report. You can select more than one domain.
Figure 212:Domain section
1. In the Available domains area, select one or more domains that you want to include in the report and click ->.
The domains move to the Selected domains area.
2. To remove a domain from a report, select it in the Selected domains area and click <-.
Configuring report conditions
This is part of the procedures for report generation. For information about the entire procedures, see
“Configuring report profiles and generating reports” on page 641
.
When configuring a report profile, you can choose to report only on logged email messages matching the directionality that you select: incoming, outgoing, or both. You can also choose to report on logged email messages destined to certain IP addresses or IP group.
For information about incoming and outgoing email, see
“Incoming versus outgoing email messages” on page 428 .
Configuring report email notification
This is part of the procedures for report generation. For information about the entire procedures, see
“Configuring report profiles and generating reports” on page 641
.
When configuring a report profile, you can have the FortiMail unit email an attached copy of the generated report, in either HTML or PDF file format, to designated recipients.
Figure 213:Email Notification
1. In Report format, select the format of the generated attachment, either html or pdf.
Logs, reports and alerts Page 646 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
2. In the Email address field, enter the email address of a recipient. Click -> to add the email address to the list of recipients.
3. The All notification Email address text box displays the list of recipients to whom the
FortiMail unit will send a copy of reports generated using this report profile. To remove a recipient address, select it and click <-.
Generating a report manually
You can always generate a report on demand whether the report profile includes a schedule or not.
To manually generate a report
1. Go to Log and Report > Report Settings > Configuration.
2. Click to select the report profile whose settings you want to use when generating the report.
3. Click Generate.
The FortiMail unit immediately begins to generate a report. To view the resulting report, see
“Viewing generated reports” on page 204 .
Configuring alert email
The Alert Email submenu lets you configure the FortiMail unit to notify selected users (including administrators) by email when specific types of events occur and are logged. For example, if you require notification about virus detections, you can have the FortiMail unit send an alert email message whenever the FortiMail unit detects a virus.
To set up alerts, you must configure both the alert email recipients (see
“Configuring alert categories” on page 648 ).
Alert email messages also require that you supply the FortiMail unit with the IP address of at least one DNS server. The FortiMail unit uses the domain name of the SMTP server to send alert email messages. To resolve this domain name into an IP address, the FortiMail unit must be able to query a DNS server. For information on DNS, see
.
•
•
Configuring alert recipients
Before the FortiMail unit can send alert email messages, you must create a recipient list.
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To configure recipients of alert email messages
1. Go to Log and Report > Alert Email > Configuration.
Logs, reports and alerts Page 647 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 214:Alert email configuration
GUI item
Test
(button)
Alert Email
Account
Description
Select one or more email accounts and click Test to verify that alert email is configured correctly. This sends a sample alert email to all selected recipients.
Displays the names of email accounts receiving email alerts.
2. Click New to add the email address of a recipient.
A single-field dialog appears.
Figure 215:Creating an alert
3. In Email to, enter a recipient email address.
4. Click Create.
5. Repeat the previous steps to add more users.
Configuring alert categories
Before the FortiMail unit can send alert email messages, you must specify which events cause the FortiMail unit to send an alert email message to your list of alert email recipients (see
“Configuring alert recipients” on page 647 ).
To access this part of the web UI, your administrator account’s:
• Domain must be System
• access profile must have Read or Read-Write permission to the Others category
For details, see “About administrator account permissions and domains” on page 272
.
To select events that will trigger an alert email message
1. Go to Log and Report > Alert Email > Categories.
2. Select one or more of the following event categories check boxes:
Logs, reports and alerts Page 648 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Logs, reports and alerts
GUI item
Virus incidents
Critical events
Disk is full
Description
Send an alert email message when the FortiMail unit detects a virus.
Send an alert email message when an important system event occurs.
These include system reboot/reload, firmware upgrade/downgrade, and log disk/mail disk formatting.
Send an alert email message when the hard disk of the FortiMail unit is full.
Remote archiving/NAS failures
HA events
Send an alert email message when the remote archiving feature encounters one or more failures.See
“Configuring email archiving accounts” on page 622
.
Send an alert email message when any high availability (HA) event occurs.
When a FortiMail unit is operating in HA mode, the subject line of the alert email includes the host name of the cluster member. If you have configured a different host name for each member of the cluster, this lets you identify which FortiMail unit in the HA cluster sent the alert email message. For more information, see
“About logging, alert email and SNMP in HA” on page 292 .
Disk quota of an account is exceeded
Send an alert email message when an email user’s account exceeds its quota of hard disk space.
This option is available only if the FortiMail unit is in server mode.
Send an alert email message when a dictionary is corrupt.
Dictionary is corrupted
System quarantine/Email
Archive quota is exceeded
Send an alert email message when the system quarantine or any email archiving account reaches its quota of hard disk space. For more information on the system quarantine, see
“Configuring the system quarantine administrator account and disk quota” on page 579 . For
information about email archiving account quota, see “Configuring rotation settings” on page 625 .
Deferred emails
Send an alert email message if the deferred email queue contains greater than this number of email messages. Enter a number between
1 and 10 000 to define the alert threshold, then enter the interval of time between each alert email message that the FortiMail unit will send while the number of email messages in the deferred email queue remains over this limit.
FortiGuard license expiry time
Send an alert email when the FortiGuard license is to expire in the number of days entered. Enter a number between 1 and 100.
Page 649 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Installing firmware
Fortinet periodically releases FortiMail firmware updates to include enhancements and address issues. After you have registered your FortiMail unit, FortiMail firmware is available for download at http://support.fortinet.com
.
Installing new firmware can overwrite antivirus and antispam packages using the versions of the packages that were current at the time that the firmware image was built. To avoid repeat updates, update the firmware before updating your FortiGuard packages.
New firmware can also introduce new features which you must configure for the first time.
For information specific to the firmware release version, see the Release Notes available
with that release.
In addition to major releases that contain new features, Fortinet releases patch releases that resolve specific issues without containing new features and/or changes to existing features. It is recommended to download and install patch releases as soon as they are available.
Before you can download firmware updates for your FortiMail unit, you must first register your
FortiMail unit with Fortinet Technical Support. For details, go to http://support.fortinet.com/ or contact Fortinet Technical Support.
This section includes:
•
Testing firmware before installing it
•
•
•
Upgrading firmware on HA units
Testing firmware before installing it
You can test a new firmware image by temporarily running it from memory, without saving it to disk. By keeping your existing firmware on disk, if the evaluation fails, you do not have to re-install your previous firmware. Instead, you can quickly revert to your existing firmware by simply rebooting the FortiMail unit.
To test a new firmware image
1. Connect your management computer to the FortiMail console port using a RJ-45 to DB-9 serial cable or a null-modem cable.
2. Initiate a connection from your management computer to the CLI of the FortiMail unit.
3. Connect port1 of the FortiMail unit directly or to the same subnet as a TFTP server.
4. Copy the new firmware image file to the root directory of the TFTP server.
Page 650
5. Verify that the TFTP server is currently running, and that the FortiMail unit can reach the
TFTP server.
To use the FortiMail CLI to verify connectivity, enter the following command: execute ping 192.168.1.168
where 192.168.1.168 is the IP address of the TFTP server.
6. Enter the following command to restart the FortiMail unit: execute reboot
7. As the FortiMail units starts, a series of system startup messages are displayed.
Press any key to display configuration menu........
8. Immediately press a key to interrupt the system startup.
You have only 3 seconds to press a key. If you do not press a key soon enough, the FortiMail unit reboots and you must log in and repeat the execute reboot command.
Installing firmware
If you successfully interrupt the startup process, the following messages appears:
[G]: Get firmware image from TFTP server.
[F]: Format boot device.
[B]: Boot with backup firmware and set as default.
[I]: Configuration and information.
[Q]: Quit menu and continue to boot with default firmware.
[H]: Display this list of options.
Enter G,F,B,I,Q,or H:
9. Type G to get the firmware image from the TFTP server.
The following message appears:
Enter TFTP server address [192.168.1.168]:
10.Type the IP address of the TFTP server and press Enter.
The following message appears:
Enter Local Address [192.168.1.188]:
11.Type a temporary IP address that can be used by the FortiMail unit to connect to the TFTP server.
The following message appears:
Enter File Name [image.out]:
12.Type the firmware image file name and press Enter.
The FortiMail unit downloads the firmware image file from the TFTP server and displays a message similar to the following:
Save as Default firmware/Backup firmware/Run image without saving:[D/B/R]
13.Type R.
The FortiMail image is loaded into memory and uses the current configuration, without saving the new firmware image to disk.
14.To verify that the new firmware image has been loaded, log in to the CLI and type: get system status
Page 651 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
15.Test the new firmware image.
• If the new firmware image operates successfully, you can install it to disk, overwriting the existing firmware, using the procedure
“Installing firmware” on page 652
.
• If the new firmware image does not operate successfully, reboot the FortiMail unit to discard the temporary firmware and resume operation using the existing firmware.
Installing firmware
You can use either the web UI or the CLI to upgrade or downgrade the firmware of the FortiMail unit.
Administrators whose Domain is System and whose access profile contains Read-Write access in the Others category, such as the admin administrator, can change the FortiMail firmware.
Firmware changes are either:
• an upgrade to a newer version
• a reversion to an earlier version
To determine if you are upgrading or reverting your firmware image, examine the firmware version number. For example, if your current firmware version is FortiMail-400
3.00,build288,080327
, changing to FortiMail-400 3.00,build266,071209, an earlier build number and date, indicates that you are reverting.
Reverting to an earlier version may cause the FortiMail unit to remove parts of the configuration that are not valid for that earlier version. In some cases, you may lose all mail data and configurations.
When upgrading, there may also be additional considerations. For details, see
“Upgrading the firmware” on page 657 .
Therefore, no matter you are upgrading or downgrading, it is always a good practice to back up
the configuration and mail data. For details, see
“Backup and restore” on page 206
.
If you are installing firmware to a high availability (HA) group, install firmware on the primary unit before installing firmware on the backup units.
Similar to upgrading the firmware of a standalone FortiMail unit, normal email processing is temporarily interrupted while firmware is being installed on the primary unit, but, if the HA group is active-passive, it is not interrupted while firmware is being installed on backup units.
Installing firmware on an active-passive HA group does not necessarily trigger a failover. Before a firmware installation, the primary unit signals the backup unit that a firmware upgrade is taking place. This causes the HA daemon operating on the backup unit to pause its monitoring of the primary unit for a short time. When the firmware installation is complete, the primary unit signals the backup unit to resume HA heartbeat monitoring. If the backup unit has not received this signal after a few minutes, the backup unit resumes HA heartbeat monitoring anyway, and, if the primary unit has failed during the firmware installation, the HA group fails over to the backup unit, which becomes the new primary unit.
To install firmware using the web UI
1. Log in to the Fortinet Technical Support web site, https://support.fortinet.com/ .
2. Download the firmware image file to your management computer.
3. Log in to the web UI as the admin administrator, or an administrator account that has system configuration read and write privileges.
Installing firmware Page 652 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Installing firmware
4. In the advanced mode of the web UI, install firmware in one of two ways:
• Go to Monitor > System Status > Status, and in the System Information area, in the
Firmware version row, click Update. Click Browse to locate the firmware and then click
Submit.
• Go to Maintenance > System > Configuration, under Restore Firmware, check Local PC, and click Browse to locate the firmware. Then click Restore.
Your web browser uploads the firmware file to the FortiMail unit. The FortiMail unit installs the firmware and restarts. Time required varies by the size of the file and the speed of your network connection.
If you are downgrading the firmware to a previous version, the FortiMail unit reverts the configuration to default values for that version of the firmware. You must either reconfigure the FortiMail unit or restore the configuration file.
5. Clear the cache of your web browser and restart it to ensure that it reloads the web UI and correctly displays all changes.
6. To verify that the firmware was successfully installed, log in to the web UI and go to
Monitor > System Status > Status. Text appearing in the Firmware version row indicates the currently installed firmware version.
To install firmware using the CLI
1. Log in to the Fortinet Technical Support web site, https://support.fortinet.com/ .
2. Download the firmware image file to your management computer.
3. Connect your management computer to the FortiMail console port using a RJ-45 to DB-9 serial cable or a null-modem cable.
4. Initiate a connection from your management computer to the CLI of the FortiMail unit, and log in as the admin administrator, or an administrator account that has system configuration read and write privileges.
5. Connect port1 of the FortiMail unit directly or to the same subnet as a TFTP server.
6. Copy the new firmware image file to the root directory of the TFTP server.
7. Verify that the TFTP server is currently running, and that the FortiMail unit can reach the
TFTP server.
To use the FortiMail CLI to verify connectivity, enter the following command: execute ping 192.168.1.168
where 192.168.1.168 is the IP address of the TFTP server.
8. Enter the following command to download the firmware image from the TFTP server to the
FortiMail unit: execute restore image tftp <name_str> <tftp_ipv4> where <name_str> is the name of the firmware image file and <tftp_ipv4> is the IP address of the TFTP server. For example, if the firmware image file name is image.out and the IP address of the TFTP server is 192.168.1.168, enter: execute restore image tftp image.out 192.168.1.168
One of the following message appears:
This operation will replace the current firmware version!
Do you want to continue? (y/n) or:
Get image from tftp server OK.
Check image OK.
This operation will downgrade the current firmware version!
Do you want to continue? (y/n)
Page 653 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
9. Type y.
The FortiMail unit downloads the firmware image file from the TFTP server. The FortiMail unit installs the firmware and restarts. Time required varies by the size of the file and the speed of your network connection.
If you are downgrading the firmware to a previous version, the FortiMail unit reverts the configuration to default values for that version of the firmware. You must either reconfigure the FortiMail unit or restore the configuration file.
10.If you also use the web UI, clear the cache of your web browser and restart it to ensure that it reloads the web UI and correctly displays all tab, button, and other changes.
11.To verify that the firmware was successfully installed, log in to the CLI and type: get system status
12.If you have downgraded the firmware version, reconnect to the FortiMail unit using its default
IP address for port1, 192.168.1.99, and restore the configuration file. For details, see
“Reconnecting to the FortiMail unit” on page 654 and
“Restoring the configuration” on page 656
.
If you have upgraded the firmware version, to verify the conversion of the configuration file,
see “Verifying the configuration” on page 657
. If the upgrade is unsuccessful, you can downgrade the firmware to a previous version.
13.Update the FortiGuard Antivirus definitions.
Installing firmware replaces the current antivirus definitions with those included with the firmware release that you are installing. After you install the new firmware, make sure that your
.
14.After upgrading to FortiMail v3.0 from any older version, create new LDAP profiles. LDAP profiles cannot be automatically converted from the FortiMail v3.0 configuration format. For details, see
“Configuring LDAP profiles” on page 519 .
Reconnecting to the FortiMail unit
After downgrading to a previous firmware version, the FortiMail unit reverts to default settings for the installed firmware version, including the IP addresses of network interfaces through which you connect to the FortiMail web UI and/or CLI.
Use either of the following procedures if the FortiMail unit has been reset to a default configuration and you need to reconnect to the web UI.
If your FortiMail unit has not been reset to its default configuration, but you cannot connect to the web UI or CLI, you can restore the firmware, resetting the FortiMail unit to its default configuration in order to reconnect using the default network interface IP address. For more information, see
“Clean installing firmware” on page 658
.
To reconnect using the LCD panel
This procedure requires a FortiMail model whose hardware includes a front LCD panel.
Installing firmware
1. Press Enter to display the Main Menu.
Page 654 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Installing firmware
2. Press Enter to display the interface list.
3. Use the up or down arrows to highlight the network interface that is connected to your management computer, and press Enter.
4. Press Enter for IP Address.
5. Use the up and down arrows to increase or decrease each number of each IP address digit.
Press Enter to go to the next IP address digit or press Esc to move to the previous digit.
6. After selecting the last IP address digit, press Enter to save the IP address.
7. Repeat steps
4 to 6 to enter the netmask address for the network interface.
8. After selecting the last netmask address digit, press Enter to save the netmask address.
9. Press Esc to return to the Main Menu.
The network interface’s IP address and netmask is saved. You can now reconnect to either the web UI or CLI through that network interface using. For information on restoring the
configuration, see “Restoring the configuration” on page 656 .
To reconnect using the CLI
1. Connect your management computer to the FortiMail console port using a RJ-45 to DB-9 serial cable or a null-modem cable.
2. Start HyperTerminal, enter a name for the connection and click OK.
3. Configure HyperTerminal to connect directly to the communications (COM) port on your computer and click OK.
4. Select the following port settings and click OK:
Bits per second
Data bits
Parity
9600
8
None
Stop bits
1
Flow control
None
5. Press Enter to connect to the FortiMail CLI.
The login prompt appears.
6. Type admin and press Enter twice.
The following prompt appears:
Welcome!
7. Enter the following command: set system interface <interface_str> mode static ip <address_ipv4>
<mask_ipv4> where:
• <interface_str> is the name of the network interface, such as port1
• <address_ipv4> is the IP address of the network interface, such as 192.168.1.10
• <mask_ipv4> is the netmask of the network interface, such as 255.255.255.0
Page 655 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
8. Enter the following command: set system interface <interface_str> config allowaccess
<accessmethods_str> where:
• <interface_str> is the name of the network interface configured in the previous step, such as port1
• <accessmethods_str> is a space-delimited list of the administrative access protocols that you want to allow on that network interface, such as ping ssh https
The network interface’s IP address and netmask is saved. You can now reconnect to either the web UI or CLI through that network interface. For information on restoring the
configuration, see “Restoring the configuration” on page 656 .
Restoring the configuration
You can restore a backup copy of the configuration file from your local PC using either the web
UI or CLI. For information about configuration backup, see
“Backup and restore” on page 206 .
If you have just downgraded or restored the firmware of the FortiMail unit, restoring the configuration file can be used to reconfigure the FortiMail unit from its default settings.
To restore the configuration file using the web UI
1. Clear your browser’s cache. If your browser is currently displaying the web UI, also refresh the page.
2. Log in to the web UI.
3. In the advanced management mode, go to Maintenance > System > Configuration.
4. Under Restore Configuration, click Local PC.
5. Click Browse to locate and select the configuration file that you want to restore, then click
Restore.
The FortiMail unit restores the configuration file and reboots.Time required varies by the size of the file and the speed of your network connection.
6. After restoring the configuration file, verify that the settings have been successfully loaded.
For details on verifying the configuration restoration, see
“Verifying the configuration” on page 657
.
To restore the configuration file using the CLI
The following procedure restores only the core configuration file, which does not include items such as the Bayesian databases, dictionary database, and other items. To restore backups of those items, use the web UI.
1. Initiate a connection from your management computer to the CLI of the FortiMail unit, and log in as the admin administrator, or an administrator account that has system configuration read and write privileges.
2. Connect a network interface of the FortiMail unit directly or to the same subnet as a TFTP server.
3. Copy the new firmware image file to the root directory of the TFTP server.
Installing firmware Page 656 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
4. Verify that the TFTP server is currently running, and that the FortiMail unit can reach the
TFTP server.
To use the FortiMail CLI to verify connectivity, enter the following command: execute ping 192.168.1.168
where 192.168.1.168 is the IP address of the TFTP server.
5. Enter the following command: execute restore config tftp <file_name> <tftp_ipv4>
The following message appears:
This operation will overwrite the current settings!
(The current admin password will be preserved.)
Do you want to continue? (y/n)
6. Enter y.
The FortiMail unit restores the configuration file and reboots. Time required varies by the size of the file and the speed of your network connection.
7. After restoring the configuration file, verify that the settings have been successfully loaded.
For details on verifying the configuration restoration, see
“Verifying the configuration” on page 657
.
Verifying the configuration
After installing a new firmware file, you should verify that the configuration has been successfully converted to the format required by the new firmware and that no configuration data has been lost.
In addition to verifying successful conversion, verifying the configuration also provides familiarity with new and changed features.
To verify the configuration upgrade
1. Clear your browser’s cache.
2. Log in to the web UI using the admin administrator account.
Other administrator accounts may not have sufficient privileges to completely review the configuration.
3. Review the configuration and compare it with your configuration backup to verify that the configuration has been correctly converted.
Upgrading the firmware
If you are upgrading, it is especially important to note that the upgrade process may require a specific path. Very old versions of the firmware may not be supported by the configuration upgrade scripts that are used by the newest firmware. As a result, you may need to upgrade to an intermediate version of the firmware first, before upgrading to your intended version.
Upgrade paths are described in the Release Notes.
Before upgrading the firmware of the FortiMail unit, for the most current upgrade
information, review the Release Notes for the new firmware version. Release Notes are available from http://support.fortinet.com
when downloading the firmware image file.
Release Notes may contain late-breaking information that was not available at the time this
Administration Guide was prepared.
Installing firmware Page 657 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Clean installing firmware
Clean installing the firmware can be useful if:
• you are unable to connect to the FortiMail unit using the web-based manager or the CLI
• you want to install firmware without preserving any existing configuration
• a firmware version that you want to install requires that you format the boot device (see the
Release Notes accompanying the firmware)
Unlike upgrading or downgrading firmware, clean installing firmware re-images the boot device, including the signatures that were current at the time that the firmware image file was created.
Also, a clean install can only be done during a boot interrupt, before network connectivity is available, and therefore requires a local console connection to the CLI. A clean install cannot
be done through a network connection.
Back up your configuration before beginning this procedure, if possible. A clean install resets the configuration, including the IP addresses of network interfaces. For information on backups, see
“Backup and restore” on page 206 . For information on reconnecting to a FortiMail unit
If you are reverting to a previous FortiMail version (for example, reverting from v3.0 to v2.80), you might not be able to restore your previous configuration from the backup configuration file.
Installing firmware
To clean install the firmware
1. Download the firmware file from the Fortinet Technical Support web site, https://support.fortinet.com/ .
2. Connect your management computer to the FortiMail console port using a RJ-45 to DB-9 serial cable or a null-modem cable.
3. Initiate a local console connection from your management computer to the CLI of the
FortiMail unit, and log in as the admin administrator, or an administrator account that has system configuration read and write privileges.
4. Connect port1 of the FortiMail unit directly to the same subnet as a TFTP server.
5. Copy the new firmware image file to the root directory of the TFTP server.
6. Verify that the TFTP server is currently running, and that the FortiMail unit can reach the
TFTP server.
To use the FortiMail CLI to verify connectivity, if it is responsive, enter the following command: execute ping 192.168.1.168
where 192.168.1.168 is the IP address of the TFTP server.
7. Enter the following command to restart the FortiMail unit: execute reboot or power off and then power on the FortiMail unit.
8. As the FortiMail units starts, a series of system startup messages are displayed.
Press any key to display configuration menu........
Page 658 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Installing firmware
9. Immediately press a key to interrupt the system startup.
You have only 3 seconds to press a key. If you do not press a key soon enough, the FortiMail unit reboots and you must log in and repeat the execute reboot command.
If you successfully interrupt the startup process, the following messages appears:
[G]: Get firmware image from TFTP server.
[F]: Format boot device.
[B]: Boot with backup firmware and set as default.
[I]: Configuration and information.
[Q]: Quit menu and continue to boot with default firmware.
[H]: Display this list of options.
Enter G,F,B,I,Q,or H:
10.If the firmware version requires that you first format the boot device before installing firmware, type F. (Format boot device) before continuing.
11.Type G to get the firmware image from the TFTP server.
The following message appears:
Enter TFTP server address [192.168.1.168]:
12.Type the IP address of the TFTP server and press Enter.
The following message appears:
Enter Local Address [192.168.1.188]:
13.Type a temporary IP address that can be used by the FortiMail unit to connect to the TFTP server.
The following message appears:
Enter File Name [image.out]:
14.Type the firmware image file name and press Enter.
The FortiMail unit downloads the firmware image file from the TFTP server and displays a message similar to the following:
Save as Default firmware/Backup firmware/Run image without saving:[D/B/R]
15.Type D.
The FortiMail unit downloads the firmware image file from the TFTP server. The FortiMail unit installs the firmware and restarts. Time required varies by the size of the file and the speed of your network connection.
The FortiMail unit reverts the configuration to default values for that version of the firmware.
16.Clear the cache of your web browser and restart it to ensure that it reloads the web UI and correctly displays all tab, button, and other changes.
17.To verify that the firmware was successfully installed, log in to the CLI and type: get system status
The firmware version number appears.
18.Either reconfigure the FortiMail unit or restore the configuration file from a backup. For details, see
“Restoring the configuration” on page 656 .
Page 659 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
19.Update the attack definitions.
Installing firmware replaces the current FortiGuard Antivirus definitions with the definitions included with the firmware release you are installing. After you install new firmware, update the antivirus definitions. For details, see
“Configuring FortiGuard updates and antispam queries” on page 219 .
Upgrading firmware on HA units
If you are running FortiMail in HA mode (active-passive or config-only HA), follow the below procedures to ensure a smooth upgrade and less interruption to the email traffic.
To upgrade firmware on an active-passive HA pair
1. Back up configuration on both the master and slave units by going to Maintenance > System
> Configuration.
2. Upgrade the firmware on the slave unit according to the upgrade path specified in the release notes.
The reboot event of the slave unit will be logged in the master unit’s HA logs. For details, see
“Failover scenario 3: System reboot or reload of the secondary unit” on page 314 .
3. Upgrade the firmware on the master unit.
The master unit will send a holdoff command to the slave unit so that the slave unit will not
take over the master role during the master unit’s reboot. For details, see “Failover scenario
2: System reboot or reload of the primary unit” on page 313 .
Optionally, you can manually force a failover to the slave unit before upgrading the master unit. But this will cause some unnecessary data synchronization. Therefore, it is recommended to upgrade the master unit directly during your maintenance window.
4. Verify the traffic flow on the master unit.
To upgrade firmware on a config-only HA cluster
1. Back up configuration on each unit.
2. Upgrade the firmware on the config-slave unit one by one according to the upgrade path specified in the release notes.
3. Lastly, upgrade the firmware on the config-master unit.
4. Verify the traffic flow on the cluster.
Installing firmware Page 660 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Best practices and fine tuning
This section is a collection of guidelines to ensure the most secure and reliable operation of
FortiMail units.
These same guidelines can be found alongside their related setting throughout this
Administration Guide. To provide a convenient checklist, these guidelines are also listed here.
This section includes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Network topology tuning
The FortiMail unit can be bypassed in a complex network environment if the network is not carefully planned and deployed.
To ensure maximum safety:
• Configure routers and firewalls to send all SMTP traffic to or through the FortiMail unit for scanning.
• If the FortiMail unit will operate in gateway mode, on public DNS servers, modify the MX records for each protected domain to contain only a single MX record entry that refers to the
FortiMail unit. Spammers can easily determine the lowest priority mail server (highest preference number in MX record) and deliver spam to it, instead of the FortiMail unit, in an attempt to avoid spam defenses.
• If the FortiMail unit will operate in transparent mode, deploy it directly in front of your protected email servers so that all email can be scanned.
• If the FortiMail unit will operate in transparent mode, do not connect two ports to the same
VLAN on a switch or to the same hub. Some Layer 2 switches become unstable when they detect the same media access control (MAC) address originating on more than one switch interface or from more than one VLAN.
System security tuning
• Enable administrative access only to the network interfaces (located in System > Network >
Interface) through which legitimate FortiMail administrators will connect.
• Restrict administrative access to trusted hosts/networks (located in System >
Administrator > Administrator) from which legitimate FortiMail administrators will connect.
Page 661
Figure 216:Administrator security
Domain restriction
Secure password
Trusted hosts
Access level
• Create additional system- and domain-level administrators with limited permissions for less-demanding management tasks.
• Administrator passwords should be at least six characters long, use both numbers and letters, and be changed regularly. Administrator passwords can be changed by going to
System > Administrator > Administrator and selecting the Edit icon for the login to be modified.
• If your FortiMail unit has an LCD panel, restrict access to the control buttons and LCD by requiring a personal identification number (PIN, located in System > Configuration >
Options).
• Do not increase the administrator idle time-out (located in System > Configuration > Options) from the default of five minutes.
• Verify that the system time and time zone (located in System > Configuration > Time) are correct. Many features, including FortiGuard updates, SSL connections, log timestamps and scheduled reports, rely on a correct system time.
High availability (HA) tuning
• Isolate HA interface connections from your overall network. Heartbeat and synchronization packets contain sensitive configuration information and can consume considerable network bandwidth. For an active-passive or a config-only HA group consisting of only two FortiMail units, directly connect the HA interfaces using a crossover cable. For a config-only HA group consisting of more than two FortiMail units, connect the HA interfaces to a switch and do not connect this switch to your overall network.
• Use FortiMail active-passive HA to provide failover protection so that if your primary
FortiMail unit fails, the backup FortiMail unit can continue processing email with only a minor interruption to your email traffic.
• Use config-only HA if you want to create a mail server farm for a large organization. You can also install a FortiMail config-only HA group behind a load balancer. The load balancer can balance the mail processing load to all FortiMail units in the config-only HA group, improving mail processing capacity.
• Maintain the HA heartbeat connection between HA members. If HA heartbeat communication is interrupted and no remote services are detected, HA synchronization is
Best practices and fine tuning Page 662 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
disrupted and, for active-passive HA groups, the backup unit will assume that the primary unit has failed and become the new primary unit.
• License all FortiMail units in the HA group for the FortiGuard Antispam and FortiGuard
Antivirus services. If you only license the primary unit in an active-passive HA group, after a failover the backup unit cannot connect to the FortiGuard Antispam service. Also, antivirus engine and antivirus definition versions are not synchronized between the primary and backup units.
• Configure HA to synchronize the system mail directory and the user home directory so that no email messages in these directories are lost when a failover occurs.
• Do not synchronize/back up the MTA spool directories. Because the content of the MTA spool directories is very dynamic, synchronizing MTA spool directories between FortiMail units may not be effective and may use a lot of bandwidth. In addition, it is usually not necessary because, if the former primary unit can restart, the MTA spool directories will synchronize after a failover. For details, see
“Using high availability (HA)” on page 286 .
• Store mail data on a NAS server while operating an HA group. For example, backing up your
NAS server regularly can help prevent loss of FortiMail mail data. Also, if your FortiMail unit experiences a temporary failure you can still access the mail data on the NAS server.
• If you are using a NAS server, disable mail data synchronization. If mail data synchronization is enabled for a FortiMail active-passive HA group that is using a NAS server for remote storage of mail data, both the primary and backup units store the mail data to the NAS server, resulting in duplicate traffic. Disable mail data synchronization to conserve system resources and network bandwidth.
• Use SNMP, syslog, or email alerts to monitor a cluster for failover messages. These alert messages may aid in quick discovery and diagnosis of network problems. SNMP can be configured in System > Configuration > SNMP v1/v2c. Syslog output can be configured in
Log and Report > Log Settings > Remote Log Settings. Email alerts can be configured in
Log and Report > Alert Email.
• If you configure an HA virtual IP in active-passive mode, configure one IP address but both host names in your DNS records.
SMTP connectivity tuning
• Configure a fully qualified domain name (FQDN) that is different than that of your protected email server (gateway mode and transparent mode). The FortiMail unit’s domain name will be used by many FortiMail features such as quarantine, spam reports, Bayesian database training, alerts, and DSN email. The FQDN is formed by prepending the host name to the local domain name, both of which are configured in Mail Settings > Settings > Mail
Server Settings.
• Use a different host name for each FortiMail unit when managing multiple FortiMail units of the same model or when configuring an HA cluster. The host name is set in Mail Settings >
Settings > Mail Server Settings.
• If the FortiMail unit is used as an outbound relay (gateway mode and server mode only) or if remote email users will view their per-recipient quarantines, the FortiMail unit’s FQDN must be globally DNS-resolvable. External SMTP servers require that A records and reverse DNS records be configured on public DNS servers for both forward and reverse lookup of the
FQDN and its IP address.
• Configure the public DNS records for each of your protected domains with only one MX record that routes incoming email through the FortiMail unit (gateway mode). With only one
MX record, spammers cannot bypass the FortiMail unit by using lower-priority mail gateways.
• If the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent mode, SMTP clients are configured for authentication, and you have disabled the Use client-specified SMTP Server to send email
Best practices and fine tuning Page 663 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
option for SMTP proxies (located in Mail Settings > Proxies > Proxies), you must configure and apply an authentication profile (such as Profile > Authentication > Authentication).
Without the authentication profile, authentication with the FortiMail unit will fail. Additionally, you must configure an access control rule (located in Policy > Access Control > Receive) to allow relay to external domains.
Antispam tuning
• If the spam catch rate is low, see
“Troubleshoot antispam issues” on page 676 for fine
tuning instructions.
• Use black and white lists with caution. They are simple and efficient tools for fighting spam and enhancing performance. They can also cause false positives and false negatives if not used properly, however. For example, a white list entry *.edu would allow all mail from the
.edu top level domain to bypass the FortiMail unit's antispam scans.
• Do not whitelist protected domains. Because white lists bypass antispam scans, email with spoofed sender addresses in the protected domains could bypass antispam features.
• To prevent directory harvest attacks (DHA), use a combination of recipient verification and sender reputation.
DHA is one a common method used by spammers. It utilizes recipient verification in an attempt to determine an email server’s valid email addresses so that they can be added to a spam database.
If Recipient address Verification (accessed through Mail Settings > Domains > Domains) is enabled, each recipient address will be verified with the protected email server. For email destined for invalid recipient addresses, the FortiMail unit will return User Unknown messages to the SMTP client. However, spammers will utilize this response to guess and learn valid recipient addresses.
To prevent this, enable Enable sender reputation checking in session profiles (located in
Profile > Session > Session). Sender reputation weighs each SMTP client’s IP address and assigns them a score. If the SMTP client sends several email messages to unknown recipients, the sender’s reputation score is increased significantly. When the sender reputation score exceeds the threshold, the SMTP client’s SMTP sessions are terminated at connection level.
• To prevent delivery status notification (DSN) spam, enable bounce verification.
Spammers may sometimes use the DSN mechanism to bypass antispam measures. In this attack, sometimes called “backscatter”, the spammer spoofs the email address of a legitimate sender and intentionally sends spam to an undeliverable recipient, expecting that the recipient’s email server will send a DSN back to the sender to notify him/her of the delivery failure. Because this attack utilizes innocent email servers and a standard notification mechanism, many antispam mechanisms may be unable to detect the difference between legitimate and spoofed DSN.
To prevent this, enable bounce address tagging and verification (located in AntiSpam >
Bounce Verification > Settings) and configure it with an active key. In addition, disable both the Bypass bounce verification option (located in Mail Settings > Domains > Domains) and the Bypass bounce verification check option (located in Profile > Session > Session). It is also recommended to select Use antispam profile settings for the Bounce verification action
option (located in AntiSpam > Bounce Verification > Settings). Finally, verify that all email, both incoming and outgoing, is routed through the FortiMail unit. The FortiMail unit cannot tag email, or recognize legitimate DSN for previously sent email, if all email does not pass through it.
Best practices and fine tuning Page 664 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Policy tuning
• Disable or delete policies and policy settings with care. Any changes made to policies take effect immediately.
• Arrange policies in the policy list from most specific at the top to more general at the bottom.
Policy matches are checked from the top of the list, downward. For example, a very general policy matches all connection attempts. When you create exceptions to a general policy, you must add them to the policy list above the general policy.
• Verify all SMTP traffic has a matching policy. If traffic does not match a policy, it is
allowed. If you’re certain all desired traffic is allowed by existing policies, add an IP policy to the bottom of the IP policy list to reject all remaining connections and thereby tighten security.
To do this, create a new IP policy. Enter 0.0.0.0/0 as the IP address to match, and select
Reject connections with this match. Finally, move this policy to the bottom of the IP policy list. With this policy in place, the FortiMail unit’s default behavior of allowing traffic with no policy matches is effectively reversed. Traffic with no other matches will now be denied by this final policy.
• Users can authenticate with the FortiMail unit using SMTP, POP3, IMAP, LDAP, or RADIUS servers. For users to authenticate successfully, you must create and apply an authentication profile (accessed from Profile > LDAP > LDAP, or Profile > Authentication > Authentication or
Profile > Authentication > RADIUS).
• Addresses specified in an IP-based policy should be as specific as possible. Use subnets or specific IP addresses for more granular control. Use a 32-bit subnet mask (that is,
255.255.255.255) when creating a single host address. The IP setting 0.0.0.0/0 matches all hosts.
System maintenance tips
• Before upgrading or downgrading the firmware, always perform a complete backup, including the configuration file and other related data such as the Bayesian database, dictionary, and black and white lists. For details on how to perform a complete backup, see
“Backup and restore” on page 206 .
• Upgrade to the latest available firmware. After downloading the firmware file from Fortinet
Technical Support ( https://support.fortinet.com/ ), back up the configuration and other data, then go to Monitor > System Status > Status, and, in the Firmware Version row, select the
Update link.
• Configure the FortiMail unit to accept both scheduled and push updates of antivirus and attack definitions. FortiGuard updates are configured in Maintenance > FortiGuard > Update.
• Before a FortiMail unit can receive FortiGuard Antivirus and/or FortiGuard Antispam updates, it needs to connect to the FortiGuard Distribution Network (FDN). FDN connection status can be checked in Maintenance > FortiGuard > Update.
• Allow the FortiMail unit access to a valid DNS server. DNS services are required for many
FortiMail features, including scheduled updates and FortiGuard Antispam rating queries. The
DNS server used by the FortiMail unit is configured in System > Network > DNS.
Best practices and fine tuning Page 665 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Performance tuning
• Configure Recipient Address Verification (located in Mail Settings > Domains > Domains) with an SMTP or LDAP server. This is especially important when quarantining is enabled because of the potentially large amount of quarantined mail for invalid recipients.
Microsoft Exchange server's user verification feature is disabled by default.
Alternatively, enable Automatic Removal of Invalid Quarantine Accounts (located in
Mail Settings > Domains > Domains) to delete invalid user quarantine directories daily at a configured time.
If quarantining is enabled and neither of these features are enabled, performance will suffer and could potentially cause the FortiMail unit to refuse SMTP connections if subject to extremely heavy mail traffic.
• Enable greylisting (located in Profile > AntiSpam > AntiSpam) to reject many spam delivery attempts before more resource-intensive antispam scans are used to identify spam.
• Apply spam throttling features by creating an IP-based policy (located in Policy > Policies >
Policies) with a session profile (located in Profile > Session > Session). Sender reputation, session limiting, and error handling are particularly useful.
• If FortiGuard is enabled in a antispam profile, also enable caching and Enable Black IP to query for the blacklist status of the IP addresses of all SMTP servers appearing in the
Received:
lines of header lines. Caching can be enabled in Maintenance > FortiGuard >
AntiSpam. Enable Black IP to query for the blacklist status of the IP addresses of all SMTP servers appearing in the Received: lines of header lines. can be enabled in the antispam profile.
• To reduce latency associated with DNS queries, use a DNS server on your local network.
• If logs are stored on the FortiMail unit, set logging rotation size (located in Log and Report >
Log Settings > Local Log Settings) to between 10 MB and 20 MB, and set the event logging level to warning or greater. Delete or back up old logs regularly to free storage space.
• Regularly delete or backup old reports to reduce the number of reports on the local disk.
• Regularly delete old and unwanted mail queue entries and quarantined mail.
• Schedule resource-intensive and non-time-critical tasks, such as report generation and delivery of deferred oversize messages, to low-traffic periods.
• Disable resource-intensive scans, such as the heuristic scan (located in Profile > AntiSpam >
AntiSpam), when spam capture rate is otherwise satisfactory.
• Consider enabling the Max message size to scan and Bypass scan on SMTP authentication in the Scan Conditions section of antispam profiles (located in Profile > AntiSpam >
AntiSpam).
• If possible, format the mail and log disks regularly to improve disk performance.
Back up logs and mail before formatting the hard disks. Formatting log disks deletes all log entries. Formatting mail disks with the execute formatmaildisk CLI command will result in the loss of all locally stored mail; execute formatmaildisk_backup will preserve it. These operations require a reboot when complete. For more information, see the
FortiMail CLI
Reference
.
Best practices and fine tuning Page 666 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Troubleshooting
This section provides guidelines to help you determine why your FortiMail unit is behaving unexpectedly. It includes general troubleshooting methods and specific troubleshooting tips using both the command line interface (CLI) and the web UI. Each troubleshooting item describes both the problem and the solution.
Some CLI commands provide troubleshooting information not available through the web UI.
The web UI is better suited for viewing large amounts of information on screen, reading logs and archives, and viewing status through the dashboard.
For late-breaking troubleshooting information, see the Fortinet Knowledge Base .
For additional information, see
“Best practices and fine tuning” on page 661
.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Troubleshoot GUI and CLI connection issues
•
Troubleshoot FortiGuard connection issues
•
•
•
•
•
•
Troubleshoot installation issues
•
Contact Fortinet customer support for assistance
Establish a system baseline
Before you can clearly define an abnormal operation, you need to know what the normal operating status is. You can create a repository of this baseline information by keeping logs, and by regularly running information gathering commands and saving the output. When there is a problem, this regular operation data helps you determine what has changed.
It is a good idea to back up the FortiMail unit's configuration regularly. If you accidently change something, the backup can help you restore normal operation quickly and easily. Backups also can aid in troubleshooting. For details, see
“Backup and restore” on page 206 .
Page 667
Define the problem
Before you can solve a problem, you need to understand it. Often this step can be the longest in this process. Before starting to troubleshoot a problem, answer these questions:
• Where and when did the problem occur?
• Has it ever worked before?
If the unit never worked properly, you may not want to spend time troubleshooting something that could well be defective.
• Where does the problem lie?
Be specific. Do not assume the problem being experienced is the actual problem. First determine if the FortiMail unit's problem lies elsewhere before starting to troubleshoot the unit.
• Is it a connectivity issue? Can your FortiMail unit communicate with your network and the
Internet? Is there connection to a DNS server?
• Is there more than one thing not working?
Make a list.
• Is it partly working? If so, what parts are working?
Make a list.
• Can the problem be reproduced at will or is it intermittent?
An intermittent problem can be difficult to troubleshoot due to the difficulty reproducing the issue.
• Are the servers covered by the policy working? Has a policy been disabled?
Check the status of the protected servers.
• Is your system overloaded?
View the System Resource on the dashboard.
• What has changed?
Do not assume that nothing has changed in the network. Use the FortiMail event log to see if something changed in the configuration. If something did change, see what the effect is when you roll back the change.
• After determining the scope of the problem and isolating it, what servers does if affect?
Once the problem is defined, you can search for a solution and then create a troubleshooting plan to solve it.
Search for a known solution
You can save time and effort during the troubleshooting process by checking if other FortiMail administrators experienced a similar problem before. First check within your organization. Next, access the Fortinet online resources that provide valuable information about FortiMail technical issues.
Technical documentation
FortiMail install guides, administration guides, quickstart guides, and other technical documents are available online at: http://docs.fortinet.com/fmail.html
Also check the release notes for your FortiMail unit.
Troubleshooting Page 668 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Knowledge Base
The Fortinet Knowledge Base includes a variety of articles, white papers, and other documentation providing technical insight into a range of Fortinet products at: http://kb.fortinet.com
Fortinet technical discussion forums
Administrators can exchange experiences and tips related to their Fortinet products through an online technical forum at: http://support.fortinet.com/forum
Fortinet training services online campus
The Fortinet Online Campus hosts a collection of tutorials and training materials which can help increase your knowledge of the Fortinet products at: http://campus.training.fortinet.com
Create a troubleshooting plan
Once you fully define the problem or problems, begin creating a troubleshooting plan. The plan should list all possible causes of the problems that you can think of, and how to test for each cause.
The plan will act as a checklist so that you know what you have tried and what is left to check.
The checklist is helpful if more than one person will be troubleshooting: without a written plan, people can become easily confused and steps skipped. Also, if you have to pass the problem-solving to someone else, providing a detailed list of what data you gathered and what solutions you tried demonstrates professionalism.
Be ready to add steps to your plan as needed. After you are part way through, you may discover that you forgot some tests, or a test you performed discovered new information. This is normal.
Check your access
Make sure your administrator account has the permissions you need to run all diagnostic tests and to make configuration changes. Also, you may need access to other networking equipment such as switches, routers, and servers to help you test. If you do not normally have access to this equipment, contact your network administrator for assistance.
Gather system information
Your FortiMail unit provides many features to aid in troubleshooting and performance monitoring.
Use the web UI's dashboard and the CLI commands to define the scope and details of your problem. Keep track of the information you gather. Fortinet customer support may request it if you contact them for assistance.
In the advanced management mode of the web UI, go to Monitor to view the system information and all other mail delivery information. For details, see
“Monitoring the system” on page 172
.
You can also use the CLI diagnose commands to troubleshoot both the hardware and firmware issues. For details, see the diagnose command chapter in the FortiMail CLI Reference.
Troubleshooting Page 669 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Before using a diagnose debug command, make sure to enable the debug feature by entering: diagnose debug enable
Check port assignments
There are 65 535 ports available for each of the TCP and UDP stacks that applications can use when communicating with each other. If someone recently changed a FortiMail or network port, that may be part of your problem.
In addition, some ports may be assigned to other Fortinet appliances on your network. See the
Fortinet Knowledge Base article, "Traffic Types and TCP/UDP Ports used by Fortinet Products" at: http://kb.fortinet.com
Many UDP and TCP port numbers have internationally recognized ANA port assignments and are commonly associated with specific applications or protocols.
Troubleshoot hardware issues
Problem
Event log shows RAID errors regarding a degraded array event on multiple HD dev.
(ref./dev/md2 and /dev/md3)
Solution
You may have a hard drive device problem. For example, one of the RAID disks may not be functioning properly. Check the RAID status (see
“Configuring RAID” on page 279
).
Troubleshoot GUI and CLI connection issues
Problem
An administrator account can connect to the advanced mode of the web UI, but not to the basic mode nor to the CLI.
Solution
Set the administrator account’s Domain to System. Domain administrators, also known as tiered administrators, cannot access the CLI or the basic mode of the GUI. For more information, see
“FortiMail operation modes” on page 22
.
If you require the ability to restrict the account to specific areas of the GUI, consider using
access profiles instead. For details, see “Configuring access profiles” on page 278 .
Problem
Administrators cannot log in to the web UI or the CLI.
Troubleshooting Page 670 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Solution
Use correct admin name and password combination
This may be obvious, but it should be the first thing to check.
Allow access for interface is not enabled
Each FortiMail interface has a set of administrator access protocols — HTTP, HTTPS, SSH,
TELNET, PING, and SNMP. These are the methods an administrator can use to connect to
FortiMail; any or all can be disabled on any interface.
For security purposes, you should only enable access that is required. If you open access for troubleshooting, remember to disable it afterwards. Failure to do so will leave a gap in your security that hackers might exploit.
To enable administrator access on the dmz interface
1. Logon as administrator.
2. Go to System > Network > Interface.
3. Select the interface and click Edit.
4. Under Access, select the protocols you want to use to access the interface.
5. Click OK.
6. Repeat for each interface where administrative access is required.
Trusted hosts for admin account will not allow current IP
A trusted host is a secure location where an administrator logs in. For example, on a secure network an administrator can to log in from an internal subnet but not from the Internet.
If an external administrator login is required, a secure VPN tunnel can be established with a set
IP address or range of addresses that are entered as a trusted host address.
Trusted host login issues occur when an administrator attempts to log in from an IP address that is not included in the trusted host list.
To verify trusted host login issues
1. Record the IP address where the administrator is attempting to log in to the FortiMail unit.
2. Log in to the web UI and go to System > Administrator > Administrator.
3. Select the administrator account in question and click the Edit icon.
4. Compare the list of trusted hosts to the problem IP address. If there is a match, the problem is not due to trusted hosts.
5. If there is no match and the new address is valid (secure), add it to the list of trusted hosts.
6. Select OK.
If the problem was due to trusted hosts, the administrator can now log in.
Troubleshoot FortiGuard connection issues
Problem
The FortiMail unit cannot connect to the FDN servers to use FortiGuard Antivirus and/or
FortiGuard Antispam services.
Troubleshooting Page 671 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Troubleshooting
Solution
FortiGuard Antivirus and FortiGuard Antispam subscription services use multiple types of connections with the FortiGuard Distribution Network (FDN). For details on verifying FDN connection, see
“Verifying connectivity with FortiGuard services” on page 222 .
For all FortiGuard connection types, you must satisfy the following requirements:
• Register your FortiMail unit with the Fortinet Technical Support web site, https://support.fortinet.com/ .
• Obtain a trial or purchased service contract for FortiGuard Antispam and/or FortiGuard
Antivirus, and apply it to your FortiMail unit. If you have multiple FortiMail units, including those operating in high availability (HA), you must obtain separate contracts for each
FortiMail unit. You can view service contracts applied to each of your registered FortiMail units by visiting the Fortinet Technical Support web site, https://support.fortinet.com/ .
• Configure your FortiMail unit to connect with a DNS server that can resolve the domain
names of FortiGuard servers. For more information, see “Configuring DNS” on page 243 .
• Configure your FortiMail unit with at least one route so that the FortiMail unit can connect to the Internet. For more information, see
“Configuring static routes” on page 242 .
You can verify that you have satisfied DNS and routing requirements by using the following CLI commands.
To check DNS resolution of the FortiGuard antispam service, use: execute nslookup name service.fortiguard.net
To check DNS resolution of the FortiGuard antivirus service, use: execute nslookup name fds1.fortinet.com
To check network connectivity, use: execute traceroute <address_ipv4> where <address_ipv4> is one of the FortiGuard servers.
If you have satisfied these requirements, verify that you have also satisfied the requirements
specific to the type of connection that is failing, listed in Table 63 .
Table 63:FortiGuard connectivity requirements
scheduled updates
(FortiGuard
Antivirus/FortiGuard
Antispam)
push updates
(FortiGuard
Antivirus)
rating queries
(FortiGuard
Antispam)
• Configure the system time of the FortiMail unit, including its time zone. For
more information, see “Configuring the time and date” on page 247 .
• Intermediary firewall devices must allow the FortiMail unit to use HTTPS on
TCP port 443 to connect to the FDN.
• If your FortiMail unit connects to the Internet through a proxy, use the CLI command set system autoupdate tunneling
to enable the
FortiMail unit to connect to the FDN through the proxy. For more information, see the
FortiMail CLI Reference
.
• You might need to override the FortiGuard server to which the FortiMail unit is connecting, and connect to one other than the default server for your time zone. For more information, see
“Verifying connectivity with FortiGuard services” on page 222
.
• Satisfy all requirements for scheduled updates (above).
• If there is a NAT device installed between the FortiMail unit and the FDN, you must configure it to forward push traffic (UDP port 9443) to the FortiMail unit.
You must also configure “Use override push IP”. For more information, see
“Configuring push updates” on page 226 .
• Intermediary firewall devices must allow the FortiMail unit to use UDP port 53 to connect to the FDN.
Page 672 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
If you suspect that a device on your network is interfering with connectivity, you can analyze traffic and verify that the FortiMail unit is sending and receiving traffic on the required port numbers. Use the CLI command diagnose sniffer to perform packet capture. If traffic is being corrupted or interrupted, you may need to perform packet capture at additional points on your network to locate the source of the interruption.
Troubleshoot MTA issues
Problem
SMTP clients receive the message 550 5.7.1 Relay access denied.
Solution
This indicates rejection due to lack of relay permission.
• For incoming connections, relay will be allowed automatically unless explicitly rejected through the access control list (see
“Configuring access control rules” on page 430
).
• For outgoing connections, relay will be allowed only if explicitly granted by authentication
(see
“Controlling email based on IP addresses” on page 449 ) or by the access control list
(see “Configuring access control rules” on page 430
). If authentication is required, verify that the SMTP client is configured to authenticate.
If you receive a 5.7.1 error message that does not mention relay access, and sender reputation or endpoint reputation is enabled, verify that the SMTP client has not exceeded the reputation score threshold for rejection.
Problem
The FortiMail unit is bypassed.
Solution
FortiMail units can be physically bypassed in a complex network environment if the network is not carefully planned and deployed. Bypassing can occur if SMTP traffic is not correctly routed by intermediary NAT devices such as routers and firewalls.
If your FortiMail unit will be performing antispam scans on outgoing email, all outgoing email must be routed through the FortiMail unit. If your email users and protected servers are configured to relay outgoing mail through another MTA such as that of your ISP, the FortiMail unit will be bypassed for outgoing email.
Spammers can easily determine the lowest priority mail server (highest preference number in the DNS MX record) and deliver spam through that lower-priority MX in an attempt to avoid more effective spam defenses.
To ensure that spammers cannot bypass the FortiMail unit
1. Configure routers and firewalls to route SMTP traffic to the FortiMail unit for scanning.
2. If the FortiMail unit is operating in gateway mode, modify the DNS server for each protected domain to keep only one single MX record which refers to the FortiMail unit.
3. Verify that all possible connections have a matching policy. If no policy matches, the connection will be allowed but will not be scanned. (To prevent this, you can add a policy to the bottom of the IP policy list that rejects all connections that have not matched any other policy.)
4. Verify that you have selected an antispam profile in each policy, and have enabled antispam scans.
Troubleshooting Page 673 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Problem
Both antispam and antivirus scans are bypassed.
Solution
If email is not physically bypassing the FortiMail unit, but is not undergoing both antispam and antivirus scans, verify that access control rules are not too permissive. Also verify that a policy exists to match those connections, and that you have selected antispam and antivirus profiles in the policy. Scans will not be performed if no policy exists to match the connection.
Problem
Antispam scans are bypassed, but antivirus scans are not.
Solution
If antivirus scans occur, but antispam scans do not, verify that white lists are not too permissive and that you have not whitelisted senders in the protected domains. White list entries cause the
FortiMail unit to omit antispam scans.
Additionally, verify that either the Bypass scan on SMTP authentication option is disabled, or confirm that authenticated SMTP clients have not been compromised and are not a source of spam.
Problem
Recipient verification through SMTP fails.
Solution
If you have enabled the Recipient Address Verification option with a protected domain’s SMTP server, but recipient verification fails, possible causes include:
• The SMTP server is not available.
• The network connection is not reliable between the FortiMail unit and the SMTP server.
• The SMTP server does not support ESMTP. EHLO, as defined in ESMTP, is a part of the
SMTP verification process. If the SMTP server does not support ESMTP, recipient verification will fail.
• The server is a Microsoft Exchange server and SMTP recipient verification is not enabled and configured.
When the SMTP server is unavailable for recipient verification, the FortiMail unit returns the 451
SMTP reply code. The email would remain in the sending queue of the sending MTA for the next retry.
Problem
SMTP clients receive the message 451 Try again later.
Troubleshooting Page 674 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Solution
There are several situations in which the FortiMail unit could return the 451 Try again later
SMTP reply code to an SMTP client. Below are some common causes.
• The greylist routine has encountered an unknown sender or the greylist entry has expired for the existing sender and recipient pair. This is an expected behavior, and, for legitimate email, will resolve itself when the SMTP client retries its delivery later during the greylist window.
• Recipient verification is enabled and the FortiMail unit is unable to connect to the recipient verification server. There should be some related entries in the antispam log, such as
Verify <[email protected]> Failed, return TEMPFAIL
. If this occurs, verify that the server is correctly configured to support recipient verification, and that connectivity with the recipient verification server has not been interrupted.
Problem
The FortiMail unit replies with a temporary failure SMTP reply code, and the event log shows
Milter (fas_milter): timeout before data read
.
Solution
The timeout is caused by the FortiMail unit not responding within 4 minutes.
Slow or unresponsive DNS server response for DNSBL and SURBL scans can cause the
FortiMail unit’s antispam scans to be unable to complete before the timeout. When this occurs, the FortiMail unit will report a temporary failure. In most cases, the sending MTA will retry delivery later. If this problem is persistent, verify connectivity with your DNSBL and SURBL servers, and consider providing private DNSBL/SURBL servers on your local network.
Problem
The event log shows Milter (mailfilterd): timeout before data read, where=eom
.
Solution
This may be caused by the following reason:
If an email message contains a shortened URI that redirects to another URI, the FortiMail unit is able to send a request to the shortened URI to get the redirected URI and scan it against the
FortiGuard AntiSpam database. By default, this function is enabled. To use it, you need to open your HTTP port to allow the FortiMail unit to send requests for scanning the redirected URI.
This also means, if the upstreaming device (firewall, router, etc.) does not allow HTTP traffic from the FortiMail unit, FortiMail’s HTTP request to FortiGuard servers will get timeout.
To solve this problem
• Allow HTTP/HTTPS outbound traffic from the FortiMail unit on the upstreaming device.
or
• Run the following CLI commands on FortiMail to disable the feature: config system fortiguard antispam end set uri-redirect-lookup disable
Troubleshooting Page 675 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Problem
When recipient verification is enabled on the Microsoft Exchange server, all email is rejected.
Solution
By default, Microsoft Exchange servers will not verify the recipient. With an Microsoft Exchange server as the MTA, it is recommended to configure the FortiMail to use LDAP to do recipient verification using the Microsoft Active Directory service. Alternatively, you can configure
Microsoft Exchange to enable SMTP recipient verification.
To configure recipient verification on a Microsoft Exchange server
1. Open the Microsoft Exchange system manager and go to Global settings >
Message Delivery > Properties.
2. Enable Recipient Filtering.
3. Click Filter recipients who are not in the Directory.
4. Go to Administrative Groups > First Administrative Group > Servers > [your server] > SMTP >
the default SMTP virtual server > Properties.
5. Click Advanced.
6. Click Edit.
7. Click Apply Recipient Filter.
8. Click OK.
To test the configuration, open a Telnet connection to port 25 of your Microsoft Exchange server.
Troubleshoot antispam issues
Problem
The spam detection rate is low.
Solution
• Confirm that no SMTP traffic is bypassing the FortiMail unit due to an incorrect routing policy. Configure routers and firewalls to direct all SMTP traffic to or through the FortiMail unit to be scanned. If the FortiMail unit is operating in gateway mode, for each protected domain, modify public DNS records to keep only a single MX record entry that points to the
FortiMail unit.
• Use white lists with caution. For example, a white list entry *.edu would allow all email from all domains in the .edu top level domain to bypass antispam scans.
• Do not whitelist protected domains. Because white lists bypass antispam scans, email with spoofed sender addresses in the protected domains could bypass antispam features.
• Verify that all protected domains have matching policies and proper protection profiles.
• Consider enabling adaptive antispam features such as greylisting and sender reputation.
Enable additional antispam features gradually, and do not enable additional antispam features after you have achieved a satisfactory spam detection rate. Excessive antispam scans can unnecessarily decrease the performance of the FortiMail unit.
Troubleshooting Page 676 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Problem
Email users are spammed by DSN for email they did not actually send.
Solution
Spammers may sometimes use the delivery status notification (DSN) mechanism to bypass antispam measures. In this attack, sometimes called “backscatter”, the spammer spoofs the email address of a legitimate sender and intentionally sends spam to an undeliverable recipient, expecting that the recipient’s email server will send a DSN back to the sender to notify him/her of the delivery failure. Because this attack utilizes innocent email servers and a standard notification mechanism, many antispam mechanisms may be unable to detect the difference between legitimate and spoofed DSN.
To detect backscatter
1. Enable bounce address tagging and configure an active key (see
“Configuring bounce verification and tagging” on page 602 ).
2. Next, disable both the Bypass bounce verification option (see
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359 ) and the Bypass bounce verification check option (see
“Configuring session profiles” on page 456
).
3. In addition, verify that all outgoing and incoming email passes through the FortiMail unit. The
FortiMail unit cannot tag email, or recognize legitimate DSN for previously sent email, if all
.
Problem
Email users cannot release and delete quarantined messages by email.
Solution
Two common reasons are:
• The domain name portion of the recipient email address (for example, fortimail.example.com in [email protected]) could not be resolved by the DNS server into the
FortiMail unit's IP address.
• The sender’s email address in the release message was not the same as the intended recipient of the email that was quarantined. If you have configured your mail client to handle multiple email accounts, verify that the release/delete message is being sent by the email address corresponding to that per-recipient quarantine. For example, if an email for [email protected] is quarantined, to release that email, you must send a release message from [email protected].
Problem
Attachments less than the 10 MB configured limit are not deliverable
Solution
The message limit is a total maximum for the entire transmitted email: the message body, message headers, all attachments, and encoding, which in some cases can expand the size of the email. For example, depending on the encoding and the content of the email, an email with an 8 MB attachment could easily exceed the transmitted message size limit of 10 MB.
Therefore, attachments should be significantly smaller than the configured limit.
Troubleshooting Page 677 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Problem
The exported email archive is an empty file.
Solution
Make sure you select the check boxes of archived email (see
check mark will be exported.
Problem
Event log messages show DNSBL query errors.
Solution
Log messages such as:
RblServer::check 20.4.90.202.zen.spamhaus.org error=2 : 'Host name lookup failure' could mean that the query is being refused because it exceeds pre-defined service limitations by the DNSBL service provider. If you have very high volumes of email traffic, consider providing a DNSBL server on your local network by synchronizing the DNSBL database to it. For details, consult your service provider.
Problem
Antispam quarantine reports are delayed.
Troubleshooting
Solution
In most cases, this is caused by an excessive number of quarantine accounts.
When an email is accepted for a recipient and identified as spam, a quarantine account is automatically created in FortiMail.
Check that these quarantine accounts are valid, as netbots and spam harvest scans can cause the creation of a large number of false accounts.
There are options to manage quarantine accounts in FortiMail. These options are available under Mail Settings > Domains (not in server mode).
• Enable Recipient Address Verification to stop invalid account creation with SMTP or LDAP authentication (Note that LDAP cache should be enabled).
• Remove invalid accounts by enabling Automatic Removal of Invalid Quarantine Accounts.
Recipient validation is a clean solution with a performance cost on SMTP or LDAP services. Its another disadvantage is that it also results in informing the outside whether the accounts are valid or not.
The automatic clearance of accounts is started once per day at 4:00 AM by default, but can be modified by the following CLI command: config antispam settings set system option backend_verify <hh:mm:ss> end where hh is the hour according to a 24-hour clock, mm is the minute, and ss is the second.
Page 678 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Troubleshoot HA issues
Problem
Active-passive HA cluster does not switch to the backup unit after a failure.
Solution
If an individual service has failed that does not disrupt the HA heartbeat, an active-passive HA cluster may not fail over. For example, it is possible that one or more services (such as SMTP,
IMAP, POP3, web access, or a hard drive or network interface) could fail on the primary unit
(master) without affecting the HA heartbeat.
To cause failover when an individual service fails, configure service monitoring (see
“Configuring service-based failover” on page 309
) on both the primary unit and backup unit.
Problem
Mail queues do not appear on the HA backup unit.
Solution
In order to display queue content in the backup unit, mail data must be synchronized from the primary unit. If the Backup MTA queue directories option is disabled, mail queues will not be synchronized. You can enable MTA spool synchronization to view the mail queues from either the backup unit or the primary unit.
Synchronization of MTA spool directories can result in decreased performance, and may not let you to view all email in the mail queues, as mail queue content can change more rapidly than synchronization occurs.
Troubleshoot resource issues
Problem
The FortiMail unit is suffering from sluggish or stalled performance.
Solution
Use the CLI to view a list of the most system-intensive processes. This may show processes that are hogging resources. For example: diagnose system top 10
The above command generates a report of processes every 10 seconds. The report provides the process names, their process ID (pid), status, CPU usage, and memory usage.
The report continues to refresh and display in the CLI window until you enter q (quit).
Troubleshooting Page 679 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Troubleshoot bootup issues
This section addresses problems you may experience in rare cases when powering on your
FortiMail unit. If you continue to have problems, please contact customer support for assistance.
It is rare that units experience any of the symptoms listed here. Fortinet hardware is reliable with a long expected operation life.
When you cannot connect to the FortiMail unit through the network using CLI or the web UI, connect a PC directly to the FortiMail unit's management console using a serial connection.
(The cable varies with the FortiMail model. See the model's quickstart guide for details.)
Open a terminal emulation interface, such as HyperTerminal, to act as the console. The issues covered in this section all refer to various potential bootup issues.
Once you have a direct console connection to the FortiMail unit, work through the following steps and keep a copy of the console's output messages. If you have multiple problems, go the problem closest to the top of the list first, and work your way down.
•
A. Do you see the boot options menu
•
B. Do you have problems with the console text
•
C. Do you have visible power problems
•
D. You have a suspected defective FortiMail unit
A. Do you see the boot options menu
1. Do you see the boot options menu?
• If no, ensure your serial communication parameters are set to no flow control, check that the correct baud rate is correctly set (usually 9600, data bits 8, parity none, stop bits
1), and reboot the FortiMail unit by powering off and on.
• If that fixes your problem, you are done.
• If it does not fix your problem, go to
C. Do you have visible power problems
.
B. Do you have problems with the console text
1. Do you see any console messages?
• If no, go to
C. Do you have visible power problems
.
• If yes, continue.
2. Are there console messages but text is garbled on the screen?
• If yes, ensure your console communication settings are correct for your unit (such as, baud rate 9600, data bits 8, parity none, stop bits 1). Check the
FortiMail QuickStart
Guide
for settings specific to your model.
• If that fixes the problem, you are done.
3. Do the console messages stop before the prompt: Press Any Key to Download Boot
Image
?
• If yes, go to
D. You have a suspected defective FortiMail unit .
• If no, follow the console instruction Press any key to Download Boot Image and go to the next step.
Troubleshooting Page 680 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
4. When pressing a key, do you see one of the following messages?
[G] Get Firmware image from TFTP server
[F] Format boot device
[B] Boot with backup firmware and act as default
[Q] Quit menu and continue to boot with default firmware
[H] Display this list of options
• If yes, go to
D. You have a suspected defective FortiMail unit .
• If no, ensure you serial communication parameters are set to no flow control, check that the correct baud rate is set.
To find the unit's current baud rate using CLI, enter these commands: config system console get
Change settings if needed and reboot the FortiMail unit by powering off and on.
5. Did the reboot fix the problem?
• If that fixes your problem, you are done.
• If that does not fix your problem, go to D. You have a suspected defective FortiMail unit .
C. Do you have visible power problems
1. Is there any LED on the FortiMail unit?
• If no, ensure power is on. If that fixes the problem you are done. If not, continue.
• If yes, continue.
2. Do you have an external power adapter?
• If no, go to
D. You have a suspected defective FortiMail unit
.
• If yes, try replacing the power adapter.
3. Is the power supply defective?
• If no, go to
D. You have a suspected defective FortiMail unit
.
• If yes, replace the power supply and begin the tests again at
A. Do you see the boot options menu .
D. You have a suspected defective FortiMail unit
If you followed the previous steps and determined there is a good chance your unit is defective, contact Fortinet customer support.
Troubleshoot installation issues
For troubleshooting tips and tools related to FortiMail installation and setup, see the “Testing the Installation” chapter of the FortiMail Installation Guide .
Contact Fortinet customer support for assistance
After you define your problem, researched a solution, created a plan, and executed that plan, and if you have not solved the problem, it is time to contact Fortinet customer support for assistance.
Troubleshooting Page 681 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To receive technical support and service updates, your Fortinet product must be registered.
Registration, support programs, assistance, and regional phone contacts are available at the following URL: https://support.fortinet.com
When you are registered and ready to contact support:
1. Prepare the following information first:
• your contact information
• the firmware version
• the configuration file
• access to recent log files
• a network topology diagram and IP addresses
• a list of troubleshooting steps performed so far and the results
For bootup problems:
• provide all console messages and output
• if you suspect a hard disk issue, provide your evidence
2. Document the problem and the steps you took to define the problem.
3. Open a support ticket.
For details on using the Fortinet support portal and providing the best information, see the
Knowledge Base article, "Fortinet Support Portal for Product Registration, Contract
Registration, Ticket Management, and Account Management" at: http://kb.fortinet.com
Troubleshooting Page 682 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Setup for email users
This section contains information that you may need to inform or assist your email users so that they can use FortiMail features.
This information is not the same as what is included in the help for FortiMail webmail. It is included in the Administration Guide because:
• Email users may require some setup before they can access the help for FortiMail webmail.
• Some information may be too technical for some email users.
• Email users may not be aware that their email has been scanned by a FortiMail unit, much less where to get documentation for it.
• Email users may not know which operation mode you have configured.
• Email users may be confused if they try to access a feature, but you have not enabled it
(such as Bayesian scanning or their personal quarantine).
• You may need to tailor some information to your network or email users.
This section includes:
•
•
•
Accessing the personal quarantine and webmail
•
Sending email from an email client (gateway and transparent mode)
Training Bayesian databases
Bayesian scanning can be used by antispam profiles to filter email for spam. In order to be accurate, the Bayesian databases that are at the core of this scan must be trained. This is especially important when the databases are empty.
Administrators can provide initial training. For details, see
“Training the Bayesian databases” on page 613 . If you have enabled it (see
“Configuring the Bayesian training control accounts” on page 619 and
“Accept training messages from users” on page 488 ), email users can also
contribute to training the Bayesian databases.
To help to improve the accuracy of the database, email users selectively forward email to the
FortiMail unit. These email are used as models of what is or is not spam. When it has seen enough examples to become more accurate at catching spam, a Bayesian database is said to be well-trained.
For example, if the local domain is example.com, and the Bayesian control email addresses are the default ones, an administrator might provide the following instructions to his or her email users.
Page 683
To train your antispam filters
1. Initially, forward a sample set of spam and non-spam messages.
• If you have collected spam, such as in a junk mail folder, and want to train your personal antispam filters, forward them to [email protected] from your email account. Similar email will be recognized as spam.
• If you have collected non-spam email, such as your inbox or archives, and want to train your personal spam filters, forward them to [email protected] from your email account. Similar email will be recognized as legitimate email.
2. On an ongoing basis, to fine-tune your antispam filters, forward any corrections — spam that was mistaken for legitimate email, or email that was mistaken for spam.
• Forward undetected spam to [email protected] from your email account.
• Forward legitimate email that was mistaken for spam to [email protected] from your email account.
• If you belong to an alias and receive spam that was sent to the alias address, forward it to [email protected]
to train the alias’s database. Remember to enter the alias, instead of your own email address, in the From: field.
This helps your antispam filters to properly distinguish similar email/spam in the future.
Managing tagged spam
Instead of detaining an email in the system or personal quarantine, the administrator can configure the FortiMail unit to tag the subject line or header of an email that is detected as spam. For details, see
“Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489 .
Once spam is tagged, the administrator notifies email users of the text that comprises the tag.
Email users can then set up a rule-based folder in their email clients to automatically collect the spam based on tags.
For example, if spam subject lines are tagged with “SPAM”, email users can make a spam folder in their email client, then make filter rules in their email clients to redirect all email with this tag from their inbox into the spam folder.
Methods to create mailbox folders and filter rules vary by email client. For instructions, see your email client’s documentation.
Accessing the personal quarantine and webmail
Each email user has a personal quarantine, also known as the Bulk mailbox folder. If you selected that action in the antispam action profiles, spam for an email user is redirected to their personal quarantine.
Email users should monitor their personal quarantines to ensure that legitimate email is not
“Configuring protected domains” on page 359 , and
“Using quarantine reports” on page 685 ). You can also enable email users to view their Bulk
folder through:
• FortiMail webmail
• POP3, using an email client such as Microsoft Outlook or Mozilla Thunderbird
In addition to personal quarantine access, in server mode, FortiMail webmail also provides access to the Inbox, address book, and other features.
Setup for email users Page 684 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Available access methods vary by the operation mode of the FortiMail unit:
•
Accessing personal quarantines through FortiMail webmail (gateway and transparent mode)
•
Accessing FortiMail webmail (server mode)
•
Accessing personal quarantines through POP3 (gateway and transparent mode)
•
Accessing mailboxes through POP3 or IMAPv4 (server mode)
Accessing personal quarantines through FortiMail webmail (gateway and transparent mode)
To allow email users to access Bulk folders through FortiMail webmail, the administrator must:
• create an authentication profile that allows users to authenticate
• configure an incoming recipient-based policy that matches the email user’s address, where webmail access to the quarantine is enabled, and the authentication profile is selected
For details, see
“Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442 and
“Configuring authentication profiles” on page 514 .
Once this is configured, the administrator informs email users of the FortiMail webmail URL.
When they log in, email users will immediately see their Bulk folders. (Unlike server mode, in gateway mode or transparent mode, this is the only mailbox folder.)
For additional instructions related to their personal quarantine, email users can click the Help button in FortiMail webmail.
Accessing FortiMail webmail (server mode)
Unlike gateway mode and transparent mode, server mode does not require that the administrator create an authentication profile. However, he or she must still configure an incoming recipient-based policy that matches the email user’s address, where webmail access to the quarantine is enabled through a resource profile.
Once this is configured, the administrator informs email users of the FortiMail webmail URL.
When they log in, email users will immediately see their mailbox folders, including their Inbox, in addition to their Bulk folder.
For additional instructions related to their personal quarantine, email users can click the Help button in FortiMail webmail.
Using quarantine reports
If an administrator has enabled:
• quarantine reports to email users (see
“Configuring global quarantine report settings” on page 570
)
• the quarantine control email addresses (see
“Configuring the quarantine control accounts” on page 580 )
when email is added to their personal quarantine, email users will periodically receive an email similar to one of the samples below.
Email users can follow the instructions in the quarantine report to release or delete email from their personal quarantine. Quarantine reports can be used from with FortiMail webmail, or from an email client with POP3 access.
Setup for email users Page 685 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Example: Quarantine report (HTML)
The following sample report in HTML format informs the email user about how many messages are in quarantine, and explains how to delete one or all quarantined messages, and how to release an individual email. Email users can make decisions to release or delete an email based on a message’s subject and sender information contained in the body of the report.
Figure 217:Sample quarantine report in HTML format
Example: Quarantine report (plain text)
The following sample report in plain text format informs email users about how many messages are in quarantine, and explains how to delete one or all quarantined messages, and how to release an individual email. Email users can make decisions to release or delete an email based on a message’s subject and sender information contained in the body of the report.
Setup for email users Page 686 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 64: Sample quarantine report in plain text format
From: [email protected]
Subject: Quarantine Summary: [3 message(s) quarantined from Wed, 11
Jul 2007 11:00:01 to Wed, 11 Jul 2007 12:00:01]
Date: Wed, 11 Jul 2007 12:00:01 -0400
Date: Wed, 11 Jul 2007 11:11:25
Subject: Sign up for FREE offers!!!
From: "Spam Sender" <[email protected]>
Message-Id: [email protected]
Date: Wed, 11 Jul 2007 11:14:16
Subject: Buy cheap stuff!
From: "Spam Sender" <[email protected]>
Message-Id: [email protected]
Date: Wed, 11 Jul 2007 11:15:46
Subject: Why pay more?
From: "Spam Sender" <[email protected]>
Message-Id: [email protected]
Actions: o) Release a message:
Send an email to <[email protected]> with subject line set to "[email protected]:Message-Id".
o) Delete a message:
Send an email to <[email protected]> with subject line set to "[email protected]:Message-Id".
o) Delete all messages:
Send an email to <[email protected]> with subject line set to
"delete_all:[email protected]:ea809095:ac146004:05737c7c111d68d0111d6
8d0111d68d0".
Accessing personal quarantines through POP3 (gateway and transparent mode)
To allow email users to access their Bulk folders through a POP3 email client, the administrator must configure an incoming recipient-based policy that matches the email user’s address, where POP3 access to the quarantine is enabled, and the authentication profile is selected.
Email users cannot access their personal quarantine through IMAP access.
Setup for email users Page 687 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
For details, see
“Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442
and “Configuring authentication profiles” on page 514 .
Once this is configured, the administrator informs email users of the IP address and POP3 port number of the FortiMail unit, which they will use when configuring their email client to connect.
After their email client is connected, email users will see their Bulk folder. (Unlike server mode, in gateway mode or transparent mode, this is the only mailbox folder.)
Methods vary by the email client. For details, see the email client’s documentation.
Accessing mailboxes through POP3 or IMAPv4 (server mode)
To allow email users to access their Inbox, Bulk, and other folders through an email client, the administrator must configure an incoming recipient-based policy that matches the email user’s address, where POP3/IMAPv4 access to the quarantine is enabled.
Once this is configured, the administrator informs email users of the IP address and
POP3/IMAPv4 port number of the FortiMail unit, which they will use when configuring their email client to connect. After their email client is connected, email users will see their mailbox folders, including their Inbox and Bulk.
If tagged spam (see
“Configuring antispam action profiles” on page 489
) appears in their Inbox, email users can use their email client’s filtering rules to redirect spam email to their Bulk folder or other folder.
Methods vary by the email client. For details, see the email client’s documentation.
Sending email from an email client (gateway and transparent mode)
To enable email users to send email through the FortiMail unit using an email client, the administrator must:
• Create an access control rule that permits valid email clients to connect. For details, see
“Configuring access control rules” on page 430 .
• Create an authentication profile to authenticate the users. For details, see
“Configuring authentication profiles” on page 514
.
• Enable SMTP authentication in the incoming recipient-based policy. For details, see
“Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442 .
The email user must configure their email client with:
• outgoing SMTP email server that is either the FortiMail unit (gateway mode) or the protected
SMTP server (transparent mode)
• enabled SMTP authentication
• user name and password (provided by the administrator; these credentials must mast the ones retrieved by the authentication profile)
• authentication that includes the domain name, such as [email protected] instead of user1
Setup for email users Page 688 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Appendix A: Supported RFCs
SMTP RFCs:
• RFC 1213 (Obsoletes: 1158) ( Management Information Base for Network Management of
TCP/IP-based Internets: MIB-II ): see page
• RFC 1918 (Obsoletes: 1627, 1597) ( Address Allocation for Private Internets ): see page 13 ,
131 , 298 , 299
• RFC 1985 ( SMTP Service Extension for Remote Message Queue Starting )
• RFC 2034 ( SMTP Service Extension for Returning Enhanced Error Codes )
• RFC 2045 (Obsoletes: 1590, 1522, 1521, 1342, 1341) ( Multipurpose Internet Mail
Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet Message Bodies )
• RFC 2505 ( Anti-Spam Recommendations for SMTP MTAs )
• RFC 2634 ( Enhanced Security Services for S/MIME ): see page 367
• RFC 2920 (Obsoletes: 2197, 1854) ( SMTP Service Extension for Command Pipelining ): see page 289
• RFC 3207 (Obsoletes: 2487) ( SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP over TLS )
• RFC 3461 (Obsoletes: 1891) ( SMTP Service Extension for Delivery Status Notifications
(DSNs) ): see page 290
• RFC 3463 (Obsoletes: 1893) ( Enhanced Mail System Status Codes ): see page 290
• RFC 3464 (Obsoletes: 1894) ( Extensible Message Format for Delivery Status Notifications )
• RFC 3635 (Obsoletes: 2665, 2358, 1650) ( Definitions of Managed Objects for the
Ethernet-like Interface Types ): see page
• RFC 4954 (Obsoletes: 2554) ( SMTP Service Extension for Authentication )
• RFC 5321 (Obsoletes: 2821, 1869, 1651, 1425, 974, 821) ( SMTP ): see page 26 , 215 , 290,
290
• RFC 5322 (Obsoletes: 2822, 822) ( Internet Message Format ): see page 46 , 49 , 311 , 323
• RFC 6376 (Obsoletes: 5672, 4871, 4870) ( DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) Signatures ): see page
• RFC 6522 (Obsoletes: 3462, 1892) ( Multipart/Report Content Type for the Reporting of Mail
System Administrative Messages )
• RFC 6409 (Obsoletes: 4409, 2476) ( Message Submission ): see page 200
• RFC 7208 (Obsoletes: 4408) ( Sender Policy Framework (SPF) for Authorizing Use of
Domains in E-Mail) : see page 337
Page 689
IMAP RFCs
• RFC 2088 ( IMAP4 Non-synchronizing Literals )
• RFC 2177 ( IMAP4 Idle Command )
• RFC 2221 ( Login Referrals )
• RFC 2342 ( IMAP4 Namespace )
• RFC 2683 ( IMAP4 Implementation Recommendations )
• RFC 2971 ( IMAP4 ID Extension )
• RFC 3348 ( IMAP4 Child Mailbox Extension)
• RFC 3501 (Obsoletes: 2060, 1730) ( IMAP4 rev1 )
• RFC 3502 ( IMAP Multiappend Extension )
• RFC 3516 ( IMAP4 Binary Content Extension )
• RFC 3691 ( Unselect Command )
• RFC 4315 (Obsoletes: 2359) ( UIDPLUS Extension )
• RFC 4469 ( Catenate Extension )
• RFC 4731 ( Extension to SEARCH Command for Controlling What Kind of Information Is
Returned )
• RFC 4959 ( Extension for Simple Authentication and Security Layer (SASL) Initial Client
Response )
• RFC 5032 ( WITHIN Search Extension )
• RFC 5161 ( Enable Extension )
• RFC 5182 ( Extension for Referencing the Last SEARCH Result )
• RFC 5255 ( IMAP Internationalization )
• RFC 5256 ( Sort and Thread Extensions )
• RFC 5258 (Obsoletes: 3348) ( List Command Extensions )
• RFC 5267 ( Contexts for IMAP4 )
• RFC 5819 ( Extension for Returning STATUS Information in Extended LIST )
• RFC 6154 ( LIST Extension for Special-Use Mailboxes )
• RFC 6851 ( MOVE extension )
• RFC 7162 (Obsoletes: 5162, 4551) ( IMAP Extensions: Quick Flag Changes
Resynchronization (CONDSTOR) and Quick Mailbox Resynchronization (QRESYNC) )
POP3 RFCs
• RFC 1939 (Obsoletes: 1725, 1460, 1225, 1081) ( POP3 )
• RFC 2449 ( POP3 Extension Mechanism )
Appendix A: Supported RFCs Page 690 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Other RFCs
• RFC 1155 (Obsoletes: 1065) ( Structure and Identification of Management Information for
TCP/IP-based Interface )
• RFC 1157 (Obsoletes: 1098, 1067) ( SNMP v1 )
• RFC 1213 (Obsoletes: 1158) ( MIB 2 )
• RFC 2578 (Obsoletes: 1902, 1442) ( Structure of Management Information Version 2 )
• RFC 2579 (Obsoletes: 1903, 1443) ( Textual Conventions for SMIv2 )
• RFC 2595 ( Using TLS with IMAP, POP3 and ACAP )
• RFC 3410 (Obsoletes: 2570) ( SNMP v3 )
• RFC 3416 (Obsoletes: 1905, 1448) ( SNMP v2 )
Appendix A: Supported RFCs Page 691 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Appendix B: Maximum Values Matrix
This table shows maximum values for FortiMail and is not a promise of performance.
Table 65: Maximum values
Feature
Protected domains
Domain associations
Total interfaces
Dynamic DNSs per system
Hosts/domains per dynamic
DNS
Routes per system
Webmail languages per system
PKI users
SNMP communities per system, including community hosts
VM00
2
10
5
2
5
20
32
10
2
IP policies
Recipient based policies
(incoming) per domain
Recipient based policies
(outgoing)
Total recipient based policies (incoming and outgoing)
15
15
15
10
Email users (server mode)
50
User groups per domain
15
User groups per system
Total administrators
IP pool profile
30
10
8
200D,
VM01
20
50
10
2
5
250
32
100
16
60
60
60
300
150
20
100
50
32
400C,
VM02
100
200
50
2
5
250
32
100
16
200
600
600
3000
400
100
500
250
64
VM04
800
4000
100
2
5
250
32
100
16
600
1500
1500
7500
1500
200
1000
500
128
2000B
800
4000
100
2
5
250
32
100
16
600
1500
1500
7500
1500
200
1000
500
128
1000D
800
4000
100
2
5
250
32
100
16
600
1500
1500
7500
1500
200
1000
500
128
3000C,
3000D,
5002B,
VM08
2000
10000
500
2
5
250
32
100
16
600
1500
1500
7500
3000
200
1000
500
128
Page 692
Table 65: Maximum values
Session profiles
Dictionary profiles
Dictionary groups
Dictionary profiles per dictionary group
Entries per dictionary
LDAP profiles
TLS profiles
Antispam action profiles
Encryption profiles
Content action profiles
15
20
DNSBL and SURBL servers in each antispam profile
4
File attachment types in each content profile
32
1024
5
5
20
5
2
15
5
Content monitor profiles in each content profile
16
256
Banned words in each antispam profile
White words in each antispam profile
256
Access control rules
(receive)
Access control rules
(delivery)
64
16
Access profiles per system
8
Entries in the lists within a session profile, including sender blacklist addresses, sender whitelist addresses, recipient blacklist addresses, and recipient whitelist addresses
32
Header removal list entries within a session profile
20
Certificate bindings
5
20
10
64
16
256
256
8192
20
20
256
60
256
16
60
20
10
10
128
64
16
128
20
100
256
16
256
256
8192
100
100
256
600
256
16
600
100
50
10
1024
256
128
1024
128
16
256
256
8192
50
50
256
200
256
16
200
50
25
10
512
128
48
512
256
16
256
256
8192
100
100
256
600
256
16
600
100
50
10
1024
256
128
1024
256
16
256
256
8192
100
100
256
600
256
16
600
100
50
10
1024
256
128
1024
256
16
256
256
8192
100
100
256
600
256
16
600
100
50
10
1024
256
192
1024
20
600
20
600
20
600
20
2000
Appendix B: Maximum Values Matrix Page 693 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 65: Maximum values
Certificates per system, including local, CA, and remote certificates, and certificate revocation lists
Email archiving policies
Email archiving exempt policies
Email archiving accounts
Bounce verification keys
10
15
15
Trusted MTAs
Trusted MTAs performing antispam scans
2
16
Bounce verification tagging exempt list (for outbound mail)
10
Bounce verification exempt list (for inbound mail)
10
256
256
White list or black list entries
Reports
Alert email recipients
32
5
3
256
60
60
5
16
20
20
256
256
128
20
3
256
200
200
10
16
50
256
600
600
20
16
100
256
600
600
20
16
100
256
600
600
20
16
100
256
50
256
256
512
50
3
100
256
256
1024
100
3
100
256
256
1024
100
3
100
256
256
1024
100
3
200
256
256
1024
200
3
600
600
20
16
200
Appendix B: Maximum Values Matrix Page 694 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Appendix C: Port Numbers
The following tables and diagram describe the port numbers that the FortiMail unit uses:
• ports for traffic originating from units (outbound ports)
• ports for traffic receivable by units (listening ports)
• ports used to connect to the Fortinet Distribution Network (FDN ports)
Traffic varies by enabled options and configured ports. Only default ports are listed.
Table 66: FortiMail outbound ports
Functionality
DNS lookup; RBL lookup
FortiGuard Antispam rating lookup
NTP synchronization
SNMP traps
Syslog
Remote email archive storage to FTP or SFTP server
SMTP email relay or delivery; SMTP authentication; SMTP recipient verification; SMTP alert email
Dynamic DNS updates; HA web service monitoring
POP3 authentication; HA POP3 service monitoring
IMAP authentication; HA IMAP service monitoring
LDAP authentication and queries
Ports
UDP 53
UDP 53, 8888, 8889
UDP 123
UDP 162
UDP 514
TCP 21 or TCP 22
TCP 25
FortiGuard Antivirus or FortiGuard Antispam update
SMTPS email relay or delivery
RADIUS authentication
HA heartbeat
HA control
HA configuration synchronization
UDP 20001
TCP 20002
HA data synchronization
TCP 20003
Remote mail data storage on an NFS NAS; mail data backup to NFS NAS
TCP 2049
TCP 80
TCP 110
TCP 143
TCP 389 or TCP
636
TCP 443
TCP 465
TCP 1812
UDP 20000
Page 695
Table 66: FortiMail outbound ports
Remote mail data storage on an iSCSI NAS; mail data backup to iSCSI NAS
TCP 3260
Mail data backup to SMB/Windows server
Mail data backup to SSH file system
TCP 445
TCP 22
Table 67: FortiMail listening ports
Functionality Ports
Note: When operating in the default configuration, FortiMail units do not accept
TCP or UDP connections on any port except the port1 and port2 network interfaces, which accept ICMP pings, HTTPS connections on TCP port 443, and
SSH connections on TCP port 22.
SNMP poll
UDP 161
UDP 9443
FortiGuard Antivirus push update
The FDN sends notice that an update is available. Update downloads then occur on standard originating ports for updates.
SSH administrative access to the CLI
Telnet administrative access to the CLI
TCP 22
TCP 23
SMTP email relay; SMTP email delivery (server mode only); HA
SMTP service monitoring
TCP 25
HTTP administrative access to the web UI; HA web service monitoring; webmail and per-recipient quarantine access for email users
TCP 80
POP3 email retrieval (server mode only); POP3 email quarantine retrieval (gateway mode and transparent mode only); HA POP3 service monitoring
TCP 110
IMAP email retrieval (server mode only); HA IMAP service monitoring
HTTPS administrative access to the web UI; webmail and per-recipient quarantine access for email users
LDAP addressbook access
TCP 143
TCP 443
TCP 389 or TCP
636
SMTPS email relay; SMTPS email delivery (server mode only)
TCP 465
SMTP MSA service
TCP 587
IMAPS email retrieval (server mode only)
POP3S email retrieval (server mode only)
TCP 993
TCP 995
Appendix C: Port Numbers Page 696 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Table 67: FortiMail listening ports
HA heartbeat
HA control
HA configuration synchronization
HA data synchronization
UDP 20000
UDP 20001
TCP 20002
TCP 20003
Table 68: FortiMail FDN ports
Functionality Ports
Note: FortiMail communicates with the Fortinet Distribution Network (FDN) to receive updates or use FortiGuard services.
FortiGuard Antispam rating queries
UDP 53, 8888, 8889
UDP 9443
FortiGuard Antivirus push update
The FDN sends notice that an update is available. Update downloads then occur on standard originating ports for updates.
FortiGuard Antispam or FortiGuard Antivirus updates
TCP 443
Appendix C: Port Numbers Page 697 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 218:FortiMail port numbers
Appendix C: Port Numbers Page 698 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Appendix D: PKI Authentication
This appendix describes how to configure PKI authentication on FortiMail. Included is information used to create a customized template to request certificates for use with FortiMail, install CA certificates, install client certificates, and configure the FortiMail unit to use PKI authentication.
This appendix provides one specific example of configuring PKI authentication on FortiMail.
Other methods and tools can be used to accomplish the same result.
The information in this appendix is intended only as an example. Local operating procedure might vary. For generic FortiMail PKI configuration procedures, see
“Configuring PKI authentication” on page 409 .
This section contains the following topics:
•
Introduction to PKI authentication
•
•
Configuring PKI authentication on FortiMail
Introduction to PKI authentication
Public key infrastructure (PKI) authentication is the methodology used to verify the identity of a user by checking the validity of a certificate that is bound to a specific user identity.
PKI authentication is an alternative to traditional password based authentication. The traditional method is based on "what you know" - a password used for authentication. PKI authentication is based on "what you have" - a private key related to the certificate bound to the user.
A common weakness of traditional password based authentication is the vulnerability to password guessing or brute force attack. PKI authentication is more resilient to this type of attack, hence PKI provides a stronger authentication mechanism.
In cryptography, PKI is an arrangement that binds public keys with respective user identities by means of a certificate authority (CA). PKI authentication relies on two factors:
• Chain of trust. If the Root CA is trusted, then all certificates issued by the Root CA are trusted, as are all certificates issued by any intermediate CA that is trusted by the Root CA.
• Public key encryption algorithm. The data encrypted by public key can only be decrypted by private key. This is the basis for asymmetric data encryption. Similarly, the data encrypted by private key can be decrypted by the public key. This is usually used for digital signature. The private key is only available to a specific individual, while its related public key is embedded in the certificate signed by a CA.
PKI authentication can be implemented on FortiMail for administrators and email users. The
FortiMail operation mode determines what these users can access using PKI authentication.
Table 69 on page 700 describes the impact of operation mode on each FortiMail user type.
Page 699
s
Table 69: Access types and FortiMail operation mode
Access type
Quarantined
(spam) email only
FortiMail operation mode Description
Administrative Server
Gateway
Transparent
Email users Server
Gateway
Transparent
Administrators use PKI authentication to perform FortiMail management and administration functions, regardless of the
FortiMail operation mode.
Email users use PKI authentication to access regular email and quarantined email that is hosted on a FortiMail unit when operating in server mode.
Email users use PKI authentication to access quarantined email (spam) contained in a bulk folder that is hosted on a FortiMail unit when operating in gateway or transparent mode.
FortiMail PKI architecture
The FortiMail PKI architecture ensures that users present the necessary certificates before communication between the user and FortiMail starts. The two parties exchange certificates and verify the following:
• the certificate is issued by a trusted CA
• the claimed identity matches the one in the certificate
• the certificate has not expired
• the certificate type/usage matches the intended usage in the certificate
illustrates a typical FortiMail PKI architecture.
PKI supports standards for Certificate Revocation List (CRL) and Online Certificate Status
Protocol (OCSP). Those standards are beyond the scope of this document. For more information on those standards, see RFC 5280, Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure
Certificate and Certificate Revocation List (CRL) Profile .
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 700 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 219:FortiMail PKI architecture
Configuring PKI authentication on FortiMail
This section provides an example process for configuring PKI authentication on FortiMail.
The process described in this section is an example of one specific method for configuring PKI authentication on FortiMail. This process is not intended to replace the generic FortiMail PKI configuration procedures provided in other parts of this Administration Guide, or local operating practices.
The procedures in this document are intended for FortiMail administrators responsible for requesting, generating and delivering signed certificates on behalf of all end-users to enable PKI authentication on FortiMail.
Before you begin
When PKI authentication is configured and enabled, client certificates enable the administrator to access the web UI and the end-user to access webmail. This section includes procedures to create server certificates to enable the FortiMail unit to communicate with other devices using
PKI authentication (that is, an SMTP server), create and distribute client certificates, and to configure and enable PKI authentication on the FortiMail unit for the users.
This document assumes that you have configured your CA server and are running your own local certification authority (CA). Generating certificates through a commercial CA is not included in this document.
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 701 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
The tasks involved in configuring PKI authentication on FortiMail require a thorough understanding of public-key cryptography, security certificates and certification processes.
The procedures in this document use tools such as Microsoft Management Console (MMC) and the Microsoft Certificate Service (MSCS) to generate certificates for PKI authentication on
FortiMail. These tools enable the administrator to create customized client certificates on behalf of all end-users.
Once a client certificate is generated, the administrator must export and transmit that client certificate to the appropriate end-user, and instruct the end-user how to import the client certificate into their browser.
All client certificates and related private keys (usually saved in PKCS12 format) must be stored securely to prevent unauthorized use of the private key and client certificate.
PKI configuration work flow
is a work flow diagram that shows an example method for requesting, generating and delivering client certificates to FortiMail end-users and administrators, and for configuring the FortiMail unit for PKI authentication. The procedures cover PKI authentication requirements for FortiMail server, transparent and gateway operation modes. Each block in the work flow diagram is supported by a detailed procedure to complete the task.
Perform the tasks in the order specified by the work flow diagram.
Prerequisites
Ensure that you have completed the following before performing any PKI configuration tasks:
• Read
“Before you begin” on page 701
.
• Installed Windows Server 2003, Enterprise Edition.
• Configured a Windows Server 2003 server as a stand-alone certification authority (CA).
• Have access to Microsoft Internet Explorer version 7 or higher.
• Installed Microsoft Certificate Services (MSCS) with web enrollment on the CA server.
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 702 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 220:Example PKI configuration work flow
START
Creating a custom certificate request template using MMC
Downloading a CA certificate for
Configure a client or
FortiMail?
Configure
FortiMail
FortiMail operation mode?
Transparent or Gateway
Configure client
Requesting a client certificate
“Configuring PKI authentication”
Server
Exporting a client certificate
Importing a client certificate to an end-user browser
PKI access to webmail (server mode)
PKI access to email quarantine (transparent and gateway mode)
Enabling PKI authentication globally with CLI
END
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 703 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Creating a custom certificate request template using MMC
Use this procedure to create a custom certificate request template using the Microsoft
Management Console (MMC).
MMC comes with a variety of certificate templates. However, none of those templates are designed to meet the specific needs of FortiMail. A custom certificate template includes all information required by the FortiMail certification authority (CA) server to establish the identity of the client and create trusts for the secure exchange of information.
The custom certificate request template removes ambiguity and enables administrators to create certificate signature requests (CSR) specifically for FortiMail clients (that is, email users and administrators).
The custom certificate template is created using the MMC Certificate Template snap-in.
Before you begin this procedure, refer to
To create a custom certificate template
1. Log in to the local certificate authority (CA) server and start MMC (on the Start Menu, click
Run, type MMC, and then click OK).
2. In the Console Root folder, add the Certificate Template and Certificate Authority snap-ins.
3. Select the Certificate Templates snap-in from the Console Root folder.
4. In the right pane, right-click User in the Template Display Name column and select Duplicate
Template from the drop-down menu.
The Properties of New Template window appears.
5. On the General tab, fill in the template name, validity period and renewal period according to your specific requirements.
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 704 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
6. On the Request Handling tab, select Signature and encryption in the Purpose field.
7. On the Subject Name tab, select Supply in the request. A subject name must be supplied in the request because the default subject name does not work with FortiMail.
8. On the Security tab, select Administrator and select (check) Allow as the Enroll Permission
for Administrator.
9. On the Extensions tab, select Application Policies and verify that Client Authentication appears in Description of Application Policies.
10.On the Superseded Templates tab, select User in the Certificate templates area. This is the template that will be used as a base for the new template.
11.Leave the remainder of the settings on the Properties of New Template window as their default values and click OK.
The new template is created and stored on the local certificate authority (CA) server.
12.Select the Certificate Authority snap-in from the Console Root folder.
13.Right-click Certificate Template and select New > Certificate Template to Issue.
The Enable Certificate Templates window appears.
14.Select the new template created in step
and click OK.
The new custom template is now installed on the local certificate authority (CA).
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 705 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
15.Once the custom template installed, you can proceed to
“Requesting a client certificate” on page 706
to create client certificates, or
“Downloading a CA certificate for FortiMail” on page 713
to configure FortiMail.
Requesting a client certificate
Use this procedure to request a client certificate using the Microsoft Certificate Services
(MSCS) web enrollment tool.
A client certificate is a digitally-signed statement that binds the value of a public key to the identity of the person, device, or service that holds the corresponding private key.
Certificates are generally used to establish identity and create trusts for the secure exchange of information. Therefore, certification authorities (CAs) can issue certificates to people, such as
FortiMail end-users, and to devices, such as the FortiMail unit itself when acting as a client of an
SMTP mail server.
The entity that receives the certificate is the subject of the certificate. The issuer and signer of the certificate is a certification authority (CA).
Typically, certificates contain the following information:
• The subject's public key value.
• The subject's identifier information, such as the name and e-mail address.
• The validity period (the length of time that the certificate is considered valid).
• Issuer identifier information.
• The digital signature of the issuer, which attests to the validity of the binding between the subject’s public key and the subject’s identifier information.
Every certificate contains Valid From and Valid To dates, which set the boundaries of the validity period. Once a certificate's validity period has passed, a new certificate must be requested by the subject of the now-expired certificate.
This document assumes all certificates are requested by the administrator on behalf of end-users. Certificate creation by individual end-users is beyond the scope of this document. If end users are permitted to create their own certificates, refer to the documentation accompanying the tools used by the end-user to create their own certificates.
To create a client certificate
1. Open your web browser and enter the following in the address bar: http://<ip_of_your_ms_ca_server>/certsrv/
Where <ip_of_your_ms_ca_server> is the IP address of the Windows 2003 Server that hosts the local Certification Authority (CA).
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 706 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
2. Log in to the CA server as administrator.
The Microsoft Certificate Services home page for your local CA appears.
3. Select the Request a certificate link.
The Request a Certificate page appears.
4. Click the Advanced certificate request link.
The Advanced Certificate Request page appears.
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 707 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. Click Create and Submit a request to this CA link.
The Certificate Request Template appears.
6. In the Certificate Template drop-down list, select the new template created in
“Creating a custom certificate request template using MMC” on page 704 .
7. Fill in the Name field with the email address of the end-user (subject) on behalf of which the client certificate request is being made.
For the purposes of FortiMail, the Name field must exactly match the email address of the end-user recorded in the FortiMail unit. For more information, see
FortiMail for PKI users” on page 714 .
If desired, the full name of the user can be entered in the Friendly Name field.
8. Click Submit to send a certificate signature request (CSR) to the CA server on behalf of the end-user.
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 708 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
9. If a message appears, warning you that the Website is requesting a new certification on your behalf, click Yes to proceed.
Once the CA server completes processing the request, the Certificate Issued window appears.
10.Click the Install this certificate link to load the certificate into the certificate store on your browser.
11.If a message appears, warning you that the web site is adding one or more certificates to your computer, click Yes to proceed.
The Certificate Installed window appears.
The client certificate is now stored in certificate store on your browser. The certificate is stored with the name specified in steps
12.Return to the Microsoft Certificate Services (MSCS) home page for your local CA and repeat steps
through
11 for each end-user that will communicate with FortiMail using PKI
authentication.
13.Proceed to
“Exporting a client certificate” on page 709 to export and transmit the client
certificate to the end-user.
Exporting a client certificate
Use this procedure to export and transmit a client certificate created in
“Requesting a client certificate” on page 706
to the appropriate end-user.
The client certificate must reside in the certificate store of the end-user computer before the end-user can connect to the FortiMail unit using PKI authentication.
To export and transmit the client certificate
1. Open your browser, and select Tools > Internet Options > Content > Certificates.
The Certificates window appears.
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 709 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. Select a client certificate from the list and click Export to export the certificate.
The Certificate Export Wizard welcome page appears.
4. Click Next to continue from the Certificate Export welcome page.
The Export Private Key window appears.
You must export the private key at the same time as the certificate. The private key is associated with a specific end-user, and contains information used by the certification authority to authenticate the end-user. Private keys must be password protected, and must be securely transmitted to end-users.
5. Select Yes, export the private key and select Next.
The Export File Format window appears.
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 710 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
6. Select Personal Information Exchange - PKCS #12 (.PFX) as the file format.
7. Select Enable strong protection for the password and select Next.
The Password selection window appears.
8. Enter and confirm a password for the certificate and select Next.
The File name window appears.
9. Enter a unique file name for the certificate and browse to the location where you want to save the exported certificate and private key.
For clarity, a consistent naming convention should be used for client certificate names, email account names, PKI user names and recipient base policy names. This will help associate specific users with the various components of PKI authentication.
10.When Completing Certificate Export Wizard appears, click Finish to export the certificate and private key to the location specified in step
The certificate and private key are exported to the specified location as a single file with a
.pfx extension.
11.Transmit the certificate .pfx file to the end-user, along with instructions on what the user has to do to install the certificate on their web browser.
12.Proceed to
“Importing a client certificate to an end-user browser” on page 711 to import the
certificate .pfx file on the end-user browser.
Importing a client certificate to an end-user browser
Use this procedure to import the client certificate into the end-user browser. The certificate is transmitted from the administrator in a .pfx file, using the procedure
“Exporting a client certificate” on page 709
.
The following is a generic procedure for importing a certificate into a browser. You must provide the end-user with specific instructions for importing the certificate according to browser type/version and local operating procedures.
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 711 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To import a client certificate into Internet Explorer
1. Retrieve the .pfx file that was transmitted to the end-user from the administrator and store the file in a folder that is accessible from the end-user computer.
1. Open an IE browser on the end-user computer, and select Tools > Internet Options >
Content > Certificates and select the Personal tab.
The Certificates window appears.
2. Open the Personal tab and select Import.
The Certificate Import Wizard welcome page appears.
3. Click Next to continue from the Certificate Import welcome page.
The File to Import window appears.
4. Select Browse and ensure that the Files of type is set to Personal Information Exchange
(*.pfx, *.p12), or All Files (*.*), or whatever file format was used to export the certificate in
“Exporting a client certificate” on page 709 .
5. Browse to the location on the end-user computer where the .pfx file is stored, select the certificate file and select Open.
6. The path to the certificate location appears in the File to Import window. Select Next.
The Password window appears.
7. Type the password supplied by the administrator that is used to retrieve the private key and select Next.
The Certificate Store window appears.
8. Select the Place all certificates in the following store button, browse to the Personal
Certificate Store and select Next.
9. When Completing Certificate Import Wizard appears, click Finish to import the certificate
and private key to the location specified in step 8 .
The certificate and private key are now imported to the Personal certificate store in the end-user browser. The browser is now has the appropriate client certificate for PKI authentication on the FortiMail unit.
10.Proceed to
“Creating email accounts on FortiMail for PKI users” on page 714 .
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 712 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Downloading a CA certificate for FortiMail
Use this procedure to download a CA certificate from your CA server to your local certificate store. The CA certificate will then be imported to FortiMail and used as part of the client authentication process when end-users connect to FortiMail.
To download a CA certificate
1. Open your web browser and enter the following in the address bar: http://<ip_of_your_ms_ca_server>/certsrv/
Where <ip_of_your_ms_ca_server> is the IP address of the Windows 2003 Server that hosts the local Certification Authority (CA).
2. Log in to the CA server as administrator.
The Microsoft Certificate Services (MSCS) home page for your local CA appears.
3. Select the Download CA certificate link.
The Download a CA Certificate page appears.
4. Select Base64 as the CA certificate encoding method.
5. Click Download CA certificate and choose a location to save the CA certificate.
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 713 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
6. Proceed to “Importing a CA certificate to FortiMail” on page 714 to import the CA certificate
into the FortiMail unit.
Importing a CA certificate to FortiMail
Use this procedure to import a CA certificate that was downloaded in
“Downloading a CA certificate for FortiMail” on page 713
.
Use the FortiMail web UI and the following procedure to import the CA certificate.
1. From System > Certificate > CA Certificate, select the Import button to display the Upload
Certificate window.
Creating email accounts on FortiMail for PKI users
An email account must exist on the FortiMail unit for each PKI user. End-users cannot be authenticated using PKI if their email accounts do not exist on FortiMail, even if they have the required client certificate installed in their browsers.
The FortiMail operation mode determines whether end user email accounts are created automatically by FortiMail (transparent and gateway modes) or whether the end-user accounts need to be created manually on FortiMail (server mode).
If the FortiMail units is operating in server mode, see
If the FortiMail unit is operating in gateway or transparent mode, the FortiMail unit can be configured to store quarantined (spam) email. In this configuration, email accounts are created automatically on the FortiMail unit when it receives quarantined email. The quarantined email is stored in a bulk folder on the FortiMail unit. The email user can review, delete or release their
quarantined email. For more information, see “Managing the quarantines” on page 178 .
A PKI user can be either an individual email user, all email users associated with a specific domain, or a FortiMail administrator.
Caution:
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 714 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
If PKI authentication is used for email users and for FortiMail administrators, ensure that unique
PKI users are created for the administrator accounts, and those PKI users are associated with the appropriate administrator accounts. For more information, see
“Configuring PKI access for administrators” on page 716
.
Failure to create unique PKI users for administrators could result in email user access to administrator functions.
Once the PKI user is created on FortiMail, proceed to
“Configuring policy for PKI access to webmail (server mode)” on page 715 .
Configuring policy for PKI access to webmail (server mode)
Use this procedure to configure a recipient based policy for email access using PKI authentication.
This procedure applies only if the FortiMail unit is operating in server mode. In server mode, PKI users can access all email, including quarantine email, stored on the FortiMail unit.
If the FortiMail unit is operating in transparent or gateway mode, see
PKI access to email quarantine (transparent and gateway mode)” on page 715 .
1. Ensure that the CA certificate has been imported to the FortiMail unit. For more information,
see “Importing a CA certificate to FortiMail” on page 714 .
2. Create a PKI user for each webmail user that requires access to regular email residing on the
FortiMail unit (server mode). For more information, see
“Configuring PKI authentication” on page 409
.
3. From Policy > Policies > Recipient Policies, select New to create a new Recipient Based
Policy, or Modify to change an existing policy. For more information on recipient base policies, see
“Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442 .
4. In the Recipient Base Policy, expand Advanced Settings and configure the following:
• Ensure the Enable PKI authentication for web mail spam access is enabled.
• If desired, select a PKI user name from the drop-down list.
Ensure the PKI user is appropriate for the selected recipient. Choosing the wrong PKI user could result in email user access to administrator functions. For more information, see
“Configuring PKI authentication” on page 409 .
• Ensure Certificate validation is mandatory is enabled. This will enforce PKI authentication for the specified PKI user.
5. Repeat steps
4 for each webmail PKI user.
6. If there are quarantine email PKI users to add, proceed to
proceed to
“Configuring PKI access for administrators” on page 716
.
Configuring policies for PKI access to email quarantine (transparent and gateway mode)
Use this procedure to configure a recipient-based policy for quarantine (spam) email access using PKI authentication.
This procedure applies only if the FortiMail unit is operating in gateway or transparent modes.
In gateway or transparent mode, the FortiMail unit can be configured to store regular email on
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 715 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
an SMTP server and quarantine email in a bulk folder on the FortiMail unit. From the end-user perspective, connection to the regular email folders and bulk (quarantine) email folder is seamless, but the folders actually reside on two separate servers.
To configure access to email quarantine using PKI
1. Ensure that the CA certificate has been imported to the FortiMail unit. For more information,
see “Importing a CA certificate to FortiMail” on page 714 .
2. Create a PKI user for each email user that requires access to quarantine email. For more
information, see “Configuring PKI authentication” on page 409 .
3. From Policy > Policies > Policies, select New under Recipient Policies to create a new recipient based policy for quarantined email or Edit to change an existing policy. For more information on recipient base policies, see
“Controlling email based on recipient addresses” on page 442 .
4. Expand Advanced Settings and configure the following:
• Ensure the Enable PKI authentication for web mail spam access is enabled.
• If desired, select a PKI user name from the drop-down list.
Caution:
Ensure the PKI user is appropriate for the selected recipient. Choosing the wrong PKI user could result in email user access to administrator functions.
• Ensure Certificate validation is mandatory is enabled. This will enforce PKI authentication for the specified PKI user.
5. Repeat steps
4 for each PKI user that requires access to quarantine email.
6. Proceed to
“Configuring PKI access for administrators” on page 716
Configuring PKI access for administrators
Use this procedure to configure PKI authentication for administrative access to the FortiMail unit. This procedure applies only to administrators, and can be used if the FortiMail unit is operating server, transparent or gateway mode.
1. Ensure that the CA certificate has been imported to the FortiMail unit. For more information,
see “Importing a CA certificate to FortiMail” on page 714 .
2. Create a PKI user for each administrator that requires to access FortiMail administrative
functions. For more information, see “Configuring PKI authentication” on page 409 .
3. From System > Administrator, select an existing administrator or create a new administrator account for which PKI authentication will be used. For more information, see
“Configuring administrator accounts and access profiles” on page 271 .
4. In the Administer window, configure the following:
• Select PKI from the Auth type drop-down list.
• Select the appropriate PKI user name from the PKI user drop-down list.
5. Repeat steps
4 for each administrative PKI user.
6. Return to the
“Enabling PKI authentication globally with CLI” on page 717 .
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 716 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Enabling PKI authentication globally with CLI
Use this procedure to enable PKI authentication globally. PKI authentication is enabled globally using the command line interface (CLI). Using CLI ensure that PKI authentication is enabled for all domains.
For more information on CLI commands, see the
FortiMail CLI Reference.
To enable PKI authentication with CLI
1. Open a CLI session on the FortiMail unit.
2. Enter the following CLI commands: config system global end set pki-mode enable
PKI authentication is now enabled for all designated users (email and administrator) and domains.
From this point forward, when email users access their webmail, or when administrators connect to the FortiMail unit, they will be prompted to confirm their client certificate when connecting to FortiMail.
Proceed to
“Testing PKI authentication” on page 717
to validate that PKI authentication is working properly.
Testing PKI authentication
Use this procedure to test whether PKI authentication is working properly.
To test PKI authentication
1. From a client browser that has been configured for PKI authentication, enter the URL of the webmail server.
2. Verify that a Confirm Certificate prompt appears.
3. If the Confirm Certificate prompt appears, select OK and go to step
.
If the certificate confirmation prompt does not appears, it might be because the FortiMail
HHTP server has not yet loaded the new settings. Enter the following CLI command to manually enforce a reload of the configuration.
exec reload
4. Return to step 1 and try the URL again.
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 717 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
5. The user is automatically logged on. The FortiMail webmail account and all appropriate folder appear in their browser.
This confirms that the certificate bound to the end-user browser is valid, and that PKI authentication is working properly.
All users and administrators configured for PKI authentication can now log in to FortiMail without password.
Appendix D: PKI Authentication Page 718 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Appendix E: Working with TLS/SSL
This appendix describes how to use the Transport Layer Security (TLS)/Secure Sockets Layer
(SSL) protocols on the FortiMail unit, including information on how TLS/SSL works, how it is supported on the FortiMail unit, and some troubleshooting tips.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
Troubleshooting FortiMail TLS issues
About TLS/SSL
TLS and its predecessor SSL are cryptographic protocols that provide communication security over the Internet. They secure network connections above the Transport Layer by using symmetric cryptography for privacy and a keyed message authentication code for message integrity.
How TLS/SSL works
TLS/SSL uses asymmetric encryption algorithm for authentication and deriving the session key and symmetric algorithm to encrypt the data for its speed. For the user data to go through the encryption tunnel, a TLS handshake must take place to authenticate the peer and generate the common session key for data encryption. The diagram below describes how TLS negotiation works at the high level:
Page 720
Figure 221:Client-server TLS negotiation workflow
Client
Client Hello
Server
Server Hello, Server Certificate,
[Client Certificate Request],
& Server Hello Done
[Client Certificate], Client Key Exchange,
[Certificate Verify], Change Cipher Spec, Finished
Change Cipher Spec, Finished
Client Hello
Client Hello is the first message sent by the client to the server in the TLS/SSL session setup sequence. It typically contains the ciphers and extensions supported by the client.
Server Hello, Server Certificate, [Client Certificate Request] and Server Hello
Done
In response to Client Hello, the server sends back the following messages:
• Server Hello: contains the cipher the server picked from the list provided by the client based on its preference.
• Server Certificate: contains the server’s certificate and its CA if configured so.
• [Client Certificate Request]: optionally, the server can request the client certificate for authentication, which usually is not used.
• Server Hello Done: concludes the server-client handshake.
[Client Certificate], Client Key Exchange, [Certificate Verify], Change Cipher
Spec, Finished
In response to Server Hello, Server Certificate, [Client Certificate Request] and Server Hello
Done, the client sends back the following messages:
• [Client Certificate Request], [Certificate Verify]: if the server requests the client certificate, the client will send its own certificate and a Certificate Verify message which is a signature over the previous handshake message using its certificate related private key.
• Client Key Exchange: usually contains a pre-master key which is encrypted using the server's public key obtained from its certificate.
• Change Cipher Spec: a message to notify the server about the start of data authentication and encryption.
• Finished: a message encrypted with the new key is sent to determine if the server is able to decrypt the message and the negotiation was successful.
Appendix E: Working with TLS/SSL Page 721 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Change Cipher Spec, Finished
In response to [Client Certificate], Client Key Exchange, [Certificate Verify], Change Cipher
Spec, Finished, the server sends back a Change Cipher Spec to confirm the start of data authentication and encryption. The server also sends its own Finished message encrypted using the common session key. If the client can read this message then the negotiation is successfully completed.
From now on, all the communication between the client and server is encrypted.
The "client" and "server" described above are roles in a specific session. The same device may change roles in different sessions. For example, when the FortiMail unit receives email from either a client or another sending MTA, the FortiMail unit acts as the TLS server. When the
FortiMail unit relays email to the next hop receiving MTA, it acts as a TLS client. Nonetheless, some applications always act as a TLS client or server, but not both. For example, a web browser always acts as a TLS client and a web server always acts as a TLS server.
FortiMail support of TLS/SSL
By default, the FortiMail unit supports TLS/SSL in two slightly different ways:
• SMTPS
SMTPS is also called SMTP over SSL. It runs on a different port than the regular email port
(465 by default). To connect with SMTPS, the client needs to start the TLS handshake directly at the very beginning.
• STARTTLS
STARTTLS is a command that runs on a regular email service port, 25 by default. If the server supports STARTTLS, this command shows up in the welcome banner and the client runs it to establish a TLS session to protect all subsequent communication. If the server does not support this feature, it will not advertise the STARTTLS command and the client will use clear text communication. The STARTTLS command is more flexible than SMTPS.
Although this document mainly covers STARTTLS, most is applicable to SMTPS.
FortiMail TLS behavior in two mail flow directions
This section explains FortiMail TLS behavior in mail receiving and delivering.
• Mail receiving
By default both SMTPS and STARTTLS are supported when the FortiMail unit receives messages. Whether the email will be encrypted with TLS/SSL depends on the mail client or sending MTA. The TLS support can be turned on or off globally by the same mail setting shown below:
Appendix E: Working with TLS/SSL Page 722 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 222:Enabling or disabling TLS
If you uncheck the SMTP over SSL/TLS option, STARTTLS will not be advertised to the client and the SMTPS port (465) will not be listening. As a result, the FortiMail unit will not accept emails through TLS/SSL.
• Mail delivering
There is no global setting to control how TLS is used when the FortiMail unit delivers emails to the next hop receiving MTA. By default, it uses STARTTLS "preferred" option which means:
• If the receiving MTA supports STARTTLS, the FortiMail unit will use TLS and transmit emails in the protected session.
• If the receiving MTA does not advertise STARTTLS, the FortiMail unit will use clear text
SMTP session to transmit emails.
• If the receiving MTA supports STARTTLS, but the TLS session does not succeed, the
FortiMail unit will fall back to the clear text SMTP session to retransmit emails after the first failed attempt.
TLS profile
The default behavior of FortiMail TLS/SSL support may not meet your specific requirements. In order to add more flexibility to the TLS/SSL support, the FortiMail unit supports TLS profiles.
This document uses FortiMail v4.1 as an example.
TLS profiles allow you to selectively disable or enable TLS for specific email recipient patterns,
IP subnets, and so on. A common use of TLS profiles is to enforce TLS transport to a specific domain and verify the certificate of the receiving servers.
To configure a TLS profile, go to Profile > Security > TLS.
The TLS level option has four choices that you need to understand to configure this feature.
Appendix E: Working with TLS/SSL Page 723 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 223:Configuring TLS profile
None
Preferred
Encrypt
Secure
Disables TLS and the FortiMail unit does not accept STARTTLS command from the client in receiving direction or does not start TLS in the delivering direction (even if STARTTLS is advertised by the receiving MTA), depending on which direction the TLS profile is applied.
This is the default behavior. Whether TLS is used depends on the other party of the session.
Enforces TLS encryption. Failure of server certificate validation will not fail the delivery of the email in encryption. In other words, this option only cares about the encryption of the message.
Enforces both TLS encryption and certificate validation. Failure of server certificate validation will fail mail delivery.
The Action on failure option has two choices: Temporarily Fail and Fail.
Temporarily Fail
Fail
If a TLS session cannot be established, the FortiMail unit will fail temporarily and retry later. No DSN will be bounced back.
If a TLS session cannot be established, the FortiMail unit will fail the mail delivery immediately and a DSN will be bounced back to notify the sender about the failure.
Example
This example shows how to enforce TLS on a specific domain and verify the validity of the receiving server certificate.
Appendix E: Working with TLS/SSL Page 724 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Scenario
All emails to example.mil have to be encrypted with TLS and the FortiMail unit needs to verify the certificate of the receiving server to defend against email server spoofing or man-in-the-middle attack. If the certificate validation fails, the FortiMail unit will not deliver emails to that server, example.mil.
To verify the certificate of the receiving server and apply the TLS profile
1. Import the server CA certificate.
Add the certificate of the CA that issued the server certificate to the FortiMail unit. If more than one level of CAs was used, import all intermediate and root CA certificates to the
FortiMail unit. Any missing CA certificate will break the chain of trust and fail the validation of the certificate.
2. Create a TLS profile.
Select Secure for TLS level. Find the CA from the drop down list after enabling Check CA
issuer. If the certificate subject also needs to be verified, select Check certificate subject and configure the substring that is contained in the server certificate. Minimum encryption strength can be configured if needed. A failure of any checks enabled in the profile will fail the TLS session and email delivery to the destination domain.
Appendix E: Working with TLS/SSL Page 725 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
3. Create delivery policy and apply the profile.
Apply the newly created TLS profile in the delivery policy by going to Policy > Access Control
> Delivery.
From now on, all emails from the FortiMail unit to example.mil will be delivered through TLS and the server certificate will be verified. If the certificate validation does not succeed, the
FortiMail unit will not deliver emails to example.mil.
Troubleshooting FortiMail TLS issues
This section describes some FortiMail TLS issues and their solutions and contains the following topics:
•
•
Common error messages
There are two most commonly seen error messages on the FortiMail unit or other email systems: verify=CAFail and CAFail.
verify=CAFail
This error message appears when the remote certificate is not issued by a trusted CA or the CA certificate is not available for verification. Usually this error is not fatal and the encryption can be applied without any problems. The only issue is that the communication is susceptible to man-in-the-middle or server-spoofing attacks. However, if there is a TLS profile with Secure level enabled in a delivery rule, the connection will fail if the remote certificate is validated by the
FortiMail unit.
If you are not concerned with email server-spoofing or man-in-the-middle attacks, you can just ignore this error message.
Appendix E: Working with TLS/SSL Page 726 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
To fix this issue
1. Do one of the following:
• Configure the remote server to send all the CA certificates together with its server certificate during the TLS/SSL handshake. This can be achieved by copying and pasting all the CA certificates into the server certificate file, assuming that they are all in PEM format.
In many cases, this is not possible. For example, the remote server belongs to another organization. Therefore, you can only fix this problem on the FortiMail unit, as described in the following option.
• Import the certificate of root CA and all intermediate CAs that issued the server certificate to the FortiMail unit, so that the FortiMail unit can validate the server certificate all the way to the root CA. For information on how to get CA certificates, see
CAFail
This error message may appear on the external email server talking to the FortiMail unit. This is because that the FortiMail CA certificate is not available to external server for verification. In early versions of the FortiMail firmware, the system does not send out all CA certificates even though they are imported onto the FortiMail unit. This issue was fixed in release 4.1.1 (build
232).
To fix this issue
1. Upgrade your FortiMail firmware to release 4.1.1 build 232 or later.
2. Import the certificates of the root CA and all intermediate CAs that issued the FortiMail certificate in effect.
Useful tools
Openssl is useful for troubleshooting and testing TLS/SSL related issues. You can use Openssl to get the certificate of the CA that issued the remote server certificate by typing the following syntax at a command-line prompt:
Openssl s_client -connect server-ip:port -starttls smtp -showcerts
The following is an example of the Openssl tool output:
Appendix E: Working with TLS/SSL Page 727 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 224:Sample Openssl tool output
Note that the certificate is displayed in Base64 format (PEM) in the output. If the server CA certificate is also displayed in the output, the FortiMail unit should be able to validate the server certificate. However, in many cases the CA certificate is not sent by the remote server. You can just copy the certificate from the command output starting from "----Begin certificate----" and ending with "----end certificate-----" and store it in a file such as server-cert.pem. Then the certificate can be read with Openssl using the following command:
Openssl x509 -in server-cert.pem -text
The following is a sample output of this command:
Appendix E: Working with TLS/SSL Page 728 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Figure 225:Sample Openssl command output
Within the certificate, there is a section called Authority Information Access (AIA) that contains a URL to the CA certificate. Download the certificate from the URL identified and import it into the FortiMail unit. If there is more than one level of CA, you can repeat the process until you get the root CA certificate. Then import all the intermediate CA and root CA certificates into the FortiMail unit.
Figure 226:Importing the CA certificate
The FortiMail unit only supports certificates in PEM format. If the CA certificates you downloaded are in DER (binary) format, you need to convert them with Openssl using the following command:
Openssl x509 -in my-ca.crt -inform DER -out myca.pem -outform PEM
Appendix E: Working with TLS/SSL Page 729 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Appendix F: Regular expressions
Some FortiMail features support the use of wild card characters (* or ?) or Perl-style regular expressions in order to create patterns that match multiple IP addresses, email addresses, or other data.
For detailed information on using regular expressions, see http://perldoc.perl.org/perlretut.html
.
Special characters with regular expressions and wild cards
A wild card character is a special character that represents one or more other characters. The most commonly used wild card characters are the asterisk (*), which typically represents zero or more characters, and the question mark (?), which typically represents any one character.
In Perl-style regular expressions, the period (.) character refers to any single character. It is similar to the question mark (?) character in wild card match pattern. As a result, example.com not only matches example.com but also exampleacom, examplebcom, exampleccom, and so forth.
To match a special character such as “.” and “*” use the backslash ( \ )escape character. For example, to match example.com, the regular expression should be: example\.com
In Perl regular expressions, an asterisk (*) matches the character before it 0 or more times, not
0 or more times of any character. For example, example*.com matches exampleeeeee.com but does not match example.com.
To match any character 0 or more times, use “.*” where “.” means any character and the “*” means 0 or more times. For example, the wild card match pattern exampl*.com should therefore be exampl.*\.com.
Word boundary
In Perl-style regular expressions, the pattern does not have an implicit word boundary. For example, the regular expression test not only matches the word “test” but also any word that contains “test”, such as attest”, “mytest”, “testimony”, “atestb”. The notation \b specifies the word boundary. To match exactly the word “test”, the expression should be \btest\b.
Case sensitivity
Regular expression pattern matching in FortiMail is case insensitive. For example, bad language
blocks bad language, Bad LAnguaGe, etc.Therefore, the regular expression /i, which may be used to make a word or phrase case insensitive in other products, should not be used in the FortiMail configuration.
Syntax
Table 70 lists some example regular expressions, and describes matches for each expression.
Regular expressions on FortiMail units use Perl-style syntax.
Page 730
Table 70: Regular expression syntax
Expression
abc
^abc abc$ a|b
^abc|abc$ ab{2,4}c ab{2,}c ab*c ab+c ab?c
a.c
a\.c
[abc]
[Aa]bc
[abc]+
[^abc]+
\d\d
\w+
100\s*mk abc\b start\B
\x
/x
Matches
abc
(the exact character sequence, but anywhere in the string) abc
at the beginning of the string abc
at the end of the string
Either a
or b abc
at either the beginning or the end of the string a
followed by two, three or four b
characters, followed by c a
followed by at least two “b”s followed by a “c” a
followed by any number (zero or more) of “b”s followed by a “c” a
followed by one or more b's followed by a c a
followed by an optional “b” followed by a” c”; that is, either “abc” or “ac” a
followed by any single character (not newline) followed by a “c” a.c
Any one of a
, b
or c
Either
Abc
or abc
Any combination of one or more a
, b
, and/or c
characters (such as a
, abba
, or acbabcacaa
)
Any combination of one or more characters that does not contain an as defg
) a
, b
, and/or c
(such
Any two decimal digits, such as
42
; same as
\d{2}
A word (a non-empty sequence of alphanumeric characters and underscores), such as foo
,
12bar8
, or foo_1
100
and mk
separated by zero or more white space characters (spaces, tabs, newlines) abc
when followed by a word boundary (for example, abc!
but not abcd
) start
when not followed by a word boundary (for example, starting
but not start time
)
Ignores white space that is neither preceded by a backslash character nor within a character class. Use this to break up a regular expression into (slightly) more readable parts.
Used to add regular expressions within other text. If the first character in a pattern is forward slash (
The pattern between second
/
If the second
/
), the
/
/
is treated as the delimiter. The pattern must contain a second
will be taken as a regular expression, and anything after the
will be parsed as a list of regular expression options (
/ treated as part of the regular expression.
i
, x
, etc). An error occurs
is missing. In regular expressions, the leading and trailing space is
/
.
Appendix F: Regular expressions Page 731 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Examples
To block any word in a phrase
/block|any|word/
To block purposefully misspelled words
Spammers often insert other characters between the letters of a word to fool spam blocking software.
^.*v.*i.*a.*g.*r.*o.*$ cr[eéèêë][\+\-\*=<>\.\,;!\?%&§@\^°\$£€\{\}()\[\]\|\\_01]dit
To block common spam phrases
The following phrases are some examples of common phrases found in spam messages.
try it for free student loans you’re already a pproved special[\+\-\*=<>\.\,;!\?%&~#§@\^°\$£€\{\}()\[\]\|\\_1]offer
Appendix F: Regular expressions Page 732 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Index
Symbols
“Configuring an antispam profile” on page 327 490
“Relay Server section” on page 212 368
Numerics
18, 43, 146, 149, 435, 436, 453, 460, 469, 492,
A
A
access control
action
discard 146, 149, 492, 497, 511 quarantine 146, 511
quarantine for review 494, 497, 511
reject 146, 149, 492, 497, 511
rewrite recipient email address 494, 497, 512
tag email in header 491, 496, 510
tag email in subject 146, 149, 491, 496, 510
active-passive HA 286, 291, 294, 300
administrator
"admin" account 26, 27, 652, 653, 657, 658, 659
alert email 292, 294, 630, 647
determining which profile applies 430
determining which profile applies 430
appearance, web-based manager 257, 258
archive
archived email
using for Bayesian training 195
asynchronous digital subscriber line (ADSL) 93, 608
authentication 26, 43, 141, 353, 396, 435, 515
Page 733
autoexempt list
B
back up
Bayesian database
black/white lists
backup
banned word scan 484, 486, 489
Bayesian control account
Bayesian database back up
global 379 per protected domain 379
reset
restore
backing up
restoring
blind carbon copy (BCC) 492, 493, 497, 510
bounce address 603 tag key 603
tagging 602 verification 602, 603
Index
verification
bridge 230, 234, 238, 241, 309, 396
bypass
antispam scan 43, 436, 489, 674
bounce message verification 464
C
carriage return and line feed (CRLF) 467
end point 193, 194, 607, 609, 610
certificate
26, 328, 329, 331, 332, 334, 335, 336, 343, 410,
certificate request
downloading and submitting 331
certificate revocation list (CRL) 335, 336, 410
clear
Bayesian database
not available 23 cluster 23, 288
column view
command line interface (CLI) 25
comma-separated value (CSV) 382, 385, 403, 640
Page 734 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
config master 302 config slave 302
configuration
configuration example
configuration, verifying the 658
connecting
content
content monitor
custom messages 261 custom variables 261
D
daemon
date 247 daylight savings time (DST) 247
dead mail mail
deep header scan 462, 463, 464
default
26, 27, 652, 653, 657, 658, 659
network interface configuration 234
Index
delivery status notification (DSN)
12, 142, 143, 176, 178, 347, 349, 438, 563, 565,
demilitarized zone (DMZ) 60, 68, 114
digital certificate requests 337
digital subscriber line (DSL) 93, 607, 608
directory harvest attacks (DHA) 664
discard 43, 146, 149, 436, 492, 497, 511, 592, 605
quarantine 176, 179, 180, 182, 579
Distinguished Name (DN) 329, 335, 336, 542
DNS black list (DNSBL) 13, 477, 483
record for DKIM 463 record for SPF 463, 479
document type definition (DTD) 503
documentation
domain
domain name
Page 735 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
download
dynamic IP address 93, 133, 235
dynamic public IP address 243, 607
E
edit
EHLO 11, 17, 367, 372, 396, 458, 465, 466, 470
email access
email archiving
encryption
Error Correcting Code (ECC) 284
Extended Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (ESMTP)
extended unique identifier (EUI) 217, 357
F
factory default settings 25, 27
failed to mount archive filesystem 213
failover 249, 294, 300, 305, 307
false positive or false negative 179, 588, 620
Index
FDN
HTTPS 672 port 443 672 port 53 672 port 9443 672
formatted view
formatting the boot device 658
FortiGuard
Antispam 13, 219, 288, 293, 458, 477, 481
FortiGuard Distribution Network (FDN)
FortiGuard Distribution Server (FDS) 221
FortiMail IBE encryption
Fortinet
Fortinet Distribution Network (FDN) 36, 37, 44, 160
Fortinet Distribution Server (FDS) 45
fully qualified domain name (FQDN)
9, 37, 38, 39, 139, 330, 347, 361, 373
fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) 330
G
7, 9, 22, 29, 31, 33, 51, 180, 235, 360, 406, 427,
Page 736 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
global
graphical user interface (GUI) 25
green
group
Index
H
HA
active-passive 286, 291, 294, 300
configuration not synchronized 290 configuration options 290, 300
effective operating mode 296, 298
failover 249, 289, 294, 300, 305, 307, 311
forcing configuration synchronization 297 forcing data synchronization 297
interface configuration synchronization 290
log messages 292, 294 mail queue sync after a failover 292
MTA spool directory sync after a failover 292
restarting HA processes on a stopped primary unit
virtual IP DNS settings 322 virtual IP firewall settings 322
hard disk
hard drive
header rewrite
HELO 11, 17, 367, 372, 396, 458, 465, 466, 470
Page 737 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
high availability (HA) 9, 23, 38, 44, 51, 102, 286
active-passive 23 config-only 23
host name 26, 38, 139, 172, 180, 244, 347, 372
how-to
web-based manager 236, 238 webmail access 236, 238, 448, 515
HTTP service
HTTPS 6, 26, 180, 236, 238, 327, 328, 330, 448, 515
hypertext markup language (HTML) 503
I
IBE active user
IBE domain
IBE encryption
IBE expired user
IBE secure question
IBE services
IBE user
import
Index
Internet service provider (ISP)
9, 31, 141, 243, 352, 400, 429, 442, 607
IP address 26, 27, 29, 132, 243
K
key size, certificate 331 key type, certificate 331
L
language
email alias objects 540 group objects 540
level
license
local certificate
Page 738 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
local domain name 38, 139, 244, 347, 581, 619
local-part 127, 180, 182, 185, 581, 619
log
antispam 149, 165 antivirus 149
login
M
queue backup 124 queue types 124
mail exchanger (MX) 137, 360, 361, 363, 476
record 7, 8, 9, 10, 39, 51, 101, 102
17, 18, 19, 20, 42, 177, 187, 189, 190, 371, 418,
419, 431, 433, 441, 444, 446, 449, 455, 466, 47
mail queues
mail transfer agent (MTA) 5, 7, 23, 31
mail user
mail user agent (MUA) 5, 7, 395
mailbox
mailHost 543 mailRoutingAddress 543
maintenance
Bayesian database back up
Bayesian database restore
black/white list back up
black/white list restore
mail queue back up and restore 207
management IP 230, 234, 238, 396, 572
manual
maximum message header size 471
maximum message size 350, 370, 471, 489
maximum transmission unit (MTU) 134, 237, 239
media access control (MAC) 32, 234, 237, 661
message
Microsoft
Microsoft Windows Service for NFS 355
Index Page 739 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
mobile subscriber IDSN (MSISDN) 93, 193, 608
blacklisting 94, 193, 608, 609
mobile subscriber IDSNs (MSISDN) 194
mode
gateway 7, 9, 22, 29, 31, 33, 51
operation 22, 29, 33, 34, 44, 290
monitor
monitoring services
MTA
multimedia messaging service (MMS) 94, 460, 608
MX
MX record 309, 322, 352, 360, 468
N
network access server (NAS) 93, 608
network address authority (NAA) 217, 357
network area storage (NAS)
network attached storage (NAS) 355
storing mail data in HA mode 306
network file system (NFS) 213, 216, 294, 355, 357
network interface 25, 27, 134, 235, 238
connected to protected server 367
network time protocol (NTP) 247
network topology 7, 44, 50, 51, 101
next-hop router 134, 135, 242, 243
Index notification
O
on HA failure
Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP)
operation mode 22, 29, 33, 34, 44, 290
P
system quarantine administrator 579
password-based encryption (PBE) 344
personal digital assistant (PDA) 607
point-to-point protocol
over ATM (PPPoA) 93 over Ethernet (PPPoE) 93
point-to-point protocol over ATM (PPPoA) 608 point-to-point protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) 608
Page 740 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
policy
POP3 5, 6, 7, 23, 38, 140, 348, 402
port
5, 6, 38, 45, 137, 139, 140, 222, 347, 348, 365
port1 25, 27, 35, 36, 238, 241
privacy-enhanced email (PEM) 332, 344
profile
protected domain 11, 39, 154, 359, 646
recipient address verification 12
administrative access 276, 278
public key infrastructure (PKI) 180, 409, 449, 514
Q
for review 146 incoming action 146
125, 178, 180, 236, 238, 427, 448, 492, 511 personal 125
release via email 493, 580 release via web 493
quarantine report 178, 179, 180, 291, 347, 526
Index Page 741 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
query
DNS
filter 524, 530, 531, 536, 541, 545
queue
backup and restore 124 dead mail 124
Quick Start Wizard 30, 33, 34, 50
R
17, 18, 19, 42, 177, 185, 188, 189, 352, 366, 36
8, 394, 395, 418, 419, 429, 431, 434, 439, 441,
444, 446, 466, 470, 593, 598, 600
read & write
administrator 131, 221, 276, 278
Received 370, 458, 473, 480, 481, 483
recipient address rewrite 494, 497, 512
recipient address verification 12, 178, 367
recipient-based policy 427, 442
incoming 442, 515 outgoing 442
reconnecting to the FortiMail unit 655
red
Redundant Array of Independent Disks (RAID) 279
42, 43, 189, 433, 486, 557, 598, 599, 600, 730
18, 43, 146, 149, 436, 453, 460, 492, 497, 511,
access denied 43, 436, 592, 605, 673
Relaying denied 43, 435, 436, 469, 592, 605
remote authentication dial-in user service (RADIUS)
report
directionality
incoming and outgoing 155, 646
resend
reset
Bayesian database
effective operating mode for HA 298
resource profile 181, 454, 512, 514, 515
restore
Bayesian database
black/white lists
Index Page 742 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
RFC
rfc822MailMember 529, 530, 542
route
S
scan
score
search 181, 189, 194, 196, 625
secure MIME (S/MIME) 342, 439, 440, 442, 562
secure shell (SSH) 216, 236, 238
secure socket layers (SSL) 519
sender address
tagging 602 verification 602, 603
sender identity, different 449, 455
sender policy framework (SPF) 463
Index sender validation
DKIM 463, 464 domain keys 463, 464
6, 7, 9, 22, 29, 102, 180, 235, 360, 380, 427, 45
services
session
short message service (SMS) 94, 608
AUTH 141, 353, 396, 431, 448, 454, 466, 514
discard 43, 146, 149, 436, 492, 497, 511, 592, 605
greeting 11, 360, 372, 458, 465, 470, 471
proxy or use implicit relay 240
reject 43, 436, 592, 605 relay 43, 436
18, 43, 146, 149, 435, 436, 453, 460, 469, 4
92, 497, 511, 561, 592, 605, 673
38, 137, 140, 141, 327, 328, 348, 353, 365, 367
Page 743 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
spam report 178, 179, 180, 291, 347, 526, 570
query to determine recipient 526
spam URI realtime black list (SURBL) 13, 483
SSL 37, 38, 140, 141, 348, 353, 514, 518, 521, 522
subject information, certificate 330
subject line 146, 149, 184, 186, 491, 496, 498, 510
subscriber ID 93, 194, 460, 461, 608
blacklisting 94, 193, 608, 609
subscriber identity module (SIM) card 93, 608
system
system options
changing 247 data and time 247
system resource usage 172 system time 172
T
T11 network address authority (NAA) 217, 357
temporary failure 186, 188, 191, 460, 561, 675
Index test
time to live (TTL)
TLS 37, 38, 41, 140, 141, 348, 353, 441
TLS/SSL
top level domain (TLD) 43, 435
9, 22, 29, 36, 180, 233, 234, 238, 241, 309, 406,
transport layer security (TLS) 334, 466, 514, 519, 559
troubleshooting 219, 223, 484, 486, 545, 667
trusted host 131, 276, 278, 671
U
unauthenticated sessions 43, 435, 467
uniform resource identifier (URI) 480, 483
antivirus definitions, manually 227
upgrade
FortiGuard Antivirus and FortiGuard Antispam 45
Page 744 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
password, when not required 571
user groups
V
verify
virtual IP
DNS settings 322 firewall settings 322
virus definition
viruses
hidden in encryption connections 466
W
wait for recovery then assume slave role
wait for recovery then restore original role
web release host name 291, 572
web UI
web-based manager
customizing appearance 257, 258
access 233, 236, 238, 448, 515
white list
wild cards 583, 598, 599, 600, 627
window
X
Index Page 745 FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 Administration Guide
Download
Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated. You may view and manage your chat links after registration here.
Document public link
Advertisement
Key features
Antispam, antivirus, and content filtering
Email archiving
Data loss prevention
Email encryption
High availability
Centralized management
Scalable architecture
Frequently asked questions
It uses a variety of techniques, including FortiGuard Antispam Service, signature-based filtering, and Bayesian analysis.
It uses a variety of techniques, including signature-based detection, heuristics, and sandboxing.
FortiMail Secure Messaging Platform 5.2.2 can operate in gateway mode, transparent mode, and server mode.